(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Northern Electric Catalogue no. 7 : Electrical Supplies"

s 









Digitized by: 




INTERNATIONAL 



ASSOCIATION FOR 
PRESERVATION TECHNOLOGY, 
INTERNATIONAL 



BUILDING 
TECHNOLOGY 
HERITAGE 
LIBRARY 



www.apti.org 



From the collection of: 



CCA 



CANADIAN CENTRE FOR 

ARCHITECTURE/ 

CENTRE CANADIEN D'ARCHITECTURE 



www.cca.qc.ca 



Z£ 



Northern 




CATALOGUE - No. 7 







CTRICAL 



SUPPLI 






Northern Electric Company 



LIMITED 



GENERAL OFFICES: MONTREAL, CANADA 



Branch Offices and Warehouses 

SAINT JOHN, N.B. HALIFAX ■ QUEBEC MONTREAL OTTAWA TORONTO 

HAMILTON LONDON WINDSOR NEW LISKEARD SUDBURY WINNIPEG 

REGINA EDMONTON CALGARY VANCOUVER VICTORIA 




Northern Electric 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Telephone Equipment 



PAGES 



7 to 28 



Special Products 



29 to 84 



Wires and Cables 



85 to 108 



Radio Receivers and Household Ap 
pliances .... 



109 to 152 



umination Equipment 



153 to 320 



Wiring Devices, Electrical Supplies 



321 to 562 



Overhead and Underground Materials 
and Tools - 



563 to 676 



Power Apparatus 



677 to 935 



FOR CLASSIFIED INDEX SEE PAGE 949 




i 



T 



Northern Electric 



3 



FOREWORD 



From between the covers of this book leaps a veritable caval- 
^^ cade of the electrical industry, it is with a deep sense of the 
important part which electricity has played in the development 
of our present standard of living that, looking back upon the 
Northern Electric Company's fifty three years of experience in 
the various branches of the electrical industry, we derive genuine 
satisfaction from once again having accomplished the pro- 
duction of our revised General Catalogue, which is bigger and 
better than ever before. 

It has been compiled, printed and bound in Canada, and 
Canadian paper has been used throughout. 

Included within these pages are illustrated Wires and Cables, 
Telephone Apparatus, Radio Broadcasting and Receiving Equip- 
ment, Police Signal, Fire Alarm and Electrical Sound Equip- 
ment of our own manufacture, together with all manner of 
electrical supplies — wherever possible, of Canadian or Empire 
in origin — of recognized high quality, to a number exceeding 
seventy thousand items. 

Complete as this catalogue may appear, however, there may 
be times when the data here given is not sufficient; to supplement 
this catalogue, therefore, we offer you the assistance of our 
seventeen sales and service branches across the Dominion. 
Specialists are located at all branch houses ready to serve you 
and assist in the solution of your electrical problems. 



Northern Eke trie 

COMPANY LIMITED 
A National Electrical Service 



J 



k; 



HALIFAX • SAINT JOHN, N.B. 

SUDBURY • TORONTO 

CALGARY 



QUEBEC • MONTREAL • OTTAWA • HAMILTON • LONDON 
WINDSOR • NEW LISKEARD * WINNIPEG • REGINA 
EDMONTON • VANCOUVER • VICTORIA 



- 



Korthcm Electric 










INFORMATION 



PRICES 

::-,:; _ oe and are s-ftj ^^S? 

J£_ ■": I,,-': -. r* ■■«*■ ^ ■—■—■» wirfa our nearest branch. 



ORDERS 

,;■-: :hic ve -•:•:' - ' en P . 

iriaJ : mail, kindly OTfer I ■»»« 

:l e le irt cle require: 

-anting w ■ B prefer 



-T « f 



"RMS 

-,,--. Easts rf ■■■ dim 3asn iiM tag |ay^-e- 

v . rva zed i» tte «*■& srtc v 

jenadjg j.rsca. :r expi^ money or:-.- iiwuto 

Iorsed co the order e N art EtaftnB Company Liimteu. 

--,,-;. 3 5 nor rec m— 'MiFij Registered mafi he 

. loc cespi -r oss IE -;.s:i- J ::e Of CM msiB. 

...... r-sijji -- :iestid. Our endorsement on cwxriraace 

nnertt eceipt of thi 

ints ;r. i :r: • - jasis r er :•_ j: :r:r -c send -e*.; -est 

„ . . -er^j_ A^'r ::es : : semi reierenoes ;r 

e 3tder CTnese w.] :e --e 

..- sole use. ami. vhen ccaoflBidkty sau^actRr- 

-: iesirarc ! 

. jiuni eg- - ; wttn references, etc.. tt wcuia re m»~ 

:e s& Tsir- iibftMUJ be -■; 5&ijpCO.D-. 

txt hi ■ ■ ; " J- heal fca*k against bffl 

:• — 5 ua Unicc i ^promf. .liter 

- - 



RETURNED GOODS 

ransport: doa charges icij :ate che *a.:<: I-.* returned goods by us. 

we - --, Jturu [oods s i :e node without Eta i ; )btained our author 

rd si : i i istr 






SHIPMENTS 

^esri-: :; spec e net^o: :i shipment wzi .- ".. S 

-- - -■ -- - n : :i 5] "<: instrucbens we will use our best 

:er ; t sfc : : ' ~ the route, but we camaoc accent response 

■. .:;:-r . : :ts on. 

•i: »xperience«: rockers who ise BBBsona rare n pack: ig conseqasttly 
>e teid * espc ■ .■ ibl ■■: :r=_i : rue cfi redelivered ia i order 

: rarrier 

Tazic es land » f assware and smr :__— cies imes * 

rid res msicpi or damage to sue : ?i: : "enfc& All goods >t cered to beshipp 

jost ne alsc _l: smdfeaser's risk, althouu - v-f = — i«gp insurance :r: such 

nents requested cc ic 5C 



mi 



*.?•!« 



>f 



A 



7 



I he history of the development of the 
telephone in Canada has been the history 
of the Northern Electric Company. From 
the early days of the telephone up to the 
present time the Northern ElectricCompany 
has been the foremost Canadian telephone 
manufacturer in all its allied branches. The 
Northern Electric Company is prepared to 
engineer and supply Telephone Systems 
for large industrials, municipalities or for 
individuals, from the most complicated 
automatic equipment to the simplest party 
to party Inter-phone System. 



for 

TELEPHONE 
EQUIPMENT 
INDEX 



See Back of 
this Page 



See alphabetical index 
for page numbers of 
listings at back 
of book. 




I 



l 



^^_^___ 



ii \ k r~- ,\ m 



Northern Electric 




TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT 

INDEX 



Automatic Telephones 

Automatic Telephone Apparatus 

Battery Boxes 

Cabel Terminals 

Condensers 

Connecting Blocks 

Desk Stands 

Distributing Frames 

Extension Bells 

Hand Generators 

Hand Sets 

Hand Telephone Sets 

Induction Coils 

Inter-phone Systems 

Magneto Desk Telephones 

Magneto Wall Telephones 

Mine Telephones 

Protectors 

Protector Groups 

Receivers 

Railway Telephones 

Ringers 

Selectors 

Switchboard Cords 

Storage Batteries 

Telephone Apparatus 

Telephone Booths 

Telephone Set Cords 

Teletypes 

Test Sets 

Transmitters 

Weatherproof Magneto Telephones 






I 



Northern Electric 



9 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 




PREFACE 

Interphone systems afford a quick means of communication 
throughout industrial plants, residences, offices, apartment 
houses, schools, etc. 

There are numerous arrangements of these systems for 
specialized applications. Some of these systems are herewith 
described and special requirements should be discussed with 
our nearest representative. 

System No. 1 

Selective Ringing — Selective Talking 

For use in business organizations, industries, stores, insti- 
tutions, etc., where frequently, more than one conversation 
will take place at the same time, and where instantaneous 
connections without loss of time are necessary. 

By pressing a button each station can selectively ring and 
talk with any other station without disturbing the rest of the 
stations in the system and as many separate conversations can 
be carried on simultaneously as there are pairs of Inter- 
Phones. For example, in a system of six Inter-Phones, three 
conversations can be carried on at the same time. 
J^/For each station in the system, one push button key is 
required in each Inter-Phone. 

Available in standard sizes of 6, 12, 16, 20 and 24 buttons; 
and in number 1324 Wall Type Inter-Phones and number 
6139-C and number 6116-CH Type Hand Sets. 

CABLE 

For connections between the various stations, cable spe- 
cially designed for Inter-Phones can be supplied. This cable 
includes the necessary number of wire conductors (two pairs 
for battery leads and one pair for each station in the system) 
and is furnished in three different types to suit various loca- 
tions and conditions: 

No. of Stations 6 12 16 20 24 

No., Fire resisting 

Braid 134B 141-B 157-B 158-B 136-B 

No., Brown Cotton 

Braid 155-B 156-B 

No., Lead Covered. . 134-BL 141-BL 157-BL 158-BL 136-BL 

These cables are listed on a following page. 

CABLE TERMINALS 

A cable terminal should be used whenever a junction is to be 
made between cables. For example: where an outside lead- 
covered cable is connected to an interior cable, or whenever a 
branch is taken off from the main cable. In cases where the 
cable can be run direct to the Inter-Phone, no cable terminal 
is necessary. The number of cable terminals required should 
be determined by the installer. For 6 and 12 button systems 
use the No. 19-A cable terminals. For 16, 20 and 24 button 
systems use the No. 19-B cable terminals. 

BATTERIES 

Not more than 12 dry cells will be necessary for operating 
the system. (Five cells for the talking circuit: four to seven 
cells for the ringing circuit depending upon the length of line). 

Prices on application. 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 
System No. 1 

(Continued) 

No. 1324 TYPE WALL INTER- 
PHONES—SURFACE 
MOUNTING 

An all metal set having a hinged 
face plate, movable transmitter and 
hand receiver. The face being hinged, 
makes it possible to easily inspect all 
connections and apparatus without 
disturbing the installation. 

Black with nickel trimmings. 




No. 1324C 








Inter- 


Phone 










No. of 


Height 


Width 


Depth 


Code No. 


Buttons 


Inches 


Inches 


Inches 


1324C- 6 


•i 


10 


SH 


3 


1324C-12 


12 


10 


6 :i s 


3 


1324C-16 


L6 


14A 


m 


3 


L324C-20 


20 


14 ft 


7's 


3 


1324C-24 


21 


1 1 A 


7's 


:•> 








No. 6139C-12 






No. 


6139-C TYPE HAND SETS 








Hand Set and 


No. of 


Code No. 




Switch-Hook Box 


Buttons 


6139C- 6 




1139-C 


6 


6139C-12 




1139-C 


12 


6139C-16 




1139-C 


16 


6139C-20 




1139-C 


20 


6139C-24 




1139-C 


24 



No. 6116-CH CRADLE TYPE HAND SETS 

The cradle or mounting for supporting this hand set con 
sists of a phenol compound base finished in black. 




No. 6116CH-12 



Code No. 
6116CH- 6 
6116CH-12 
6116CH-16 
6116CH-20 
6116CH-24 

Prices on application 



No. of 


Hand Set 


Cord 


Buttons 


and Cradle 


Feet 


6 


1116CH 


5^ 


12 


1116CH 


5H 


16 


1116CH 


oY 2 


20 


1116CH 


5H 


24 


1116CH 


m 









10 



Northern Electric 




INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 
System No. 1 

(Continued) 

KEY BOX 

The key box for these Inter-Phones is finished in dull black. 
Cable entrances are provided at bottom and ends of the box. 

No. 328C-6 328C-12 328C-16 328C-20 328C-24 

Width In. 5 5 5% W 5 % 

Length In. 1V 2 l l A 10H 10% 103* 

Depth In. 2% 2% 2% 2% 2V 8 

Button Cap.... 6 12 16 23 24 

STRANDED FLEXIBLE CABLES 

Usually connected between key box and cable terminal. 
Furnished with mercerized-cotton braid. 

If key box is mounted in stationary position, standard lead 
or braided Inter-Phone cable should be used. 
Code No 416 428 436 444 452 

No. Single Conduc- 
tors 16 28 36 44 52 

Used with Button 

Capacity 6 12 16 23 24 

System No. 11 

Selective Ringing — Common Talking 

For use where conversations can be limited to one at a time. 
Each Inter-Phone is equipped with a number of push buttons 
for calling each other station in the system. 

The wall type Inter-Phones can be furnished in capacities 
of 2, 3, 4, (i and 8 buttons, accommodating 3, 4, 5. 7, and 9 
stations respectively in a system. The desk and hand set 
Inter-Phones are furnished in capacities of 4 and 8 buttons, 
accommodating 5 and 9 stations respectively in a system. 

No. of Wall Type • 

Buttons Surface Flush Cradle Set Hand Set 

2 2527C-2 2539C-2 

3 2527C-3 2539C-3 

4 2527C-4 2539C-4 6145C-4 6034AZ or BG 
6 2527C-6 2539C-6 

8 2527C-8 2539C-S 6145C-8 6034BB or BH 

RETARDATION COIL 

A No. 51 -H retardation coil must be ordered separately 
for installation near the battery of each svstem. 

CABLES 

Cable especially designed for connection between the various 
stations can be furnished. This cable includes three common 
wires and one individual wire for each station. 

Xo. of Stations 3 or 4 6 or 8 

Code Xo. with Fire resisting Braid 161-B 162-B 

Code Xo. with Brown Cotton Braid. . . . 142-B 

Code No. with Lead Covering 161-BL 162-BL 

CONNECTING BLOCKS 

Where a junction is to be made between cables, or wherever 
a branch is taken off the main cable, a connecting block should 
be used. In cases where the cable can be run direct to the 
Inter-Phone, the connecting block is not required. 

BATTERIES 

Five dry cells are required for the operation of this system, 
when the distance between the two stations farthest apart is 
750 feet or less, and Inter-Phone cable, listed above, is used. 
On lines of greater length it is recommended that, instead of 
increasing the number of battery cells to more than 5, larger 
wire be used. 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 
System No, 12 

Master Station — Common Talking 

Consists of one centrally located "Master Station" Inter- 
Phone to which are connected other "Outlying Station 1 ' 
Inter-Phones. 

The Master Station Inter-Phone is equipped with a number 
of push buttons; one for each outlying station in the system. 

Outlying stations are equipped with one button for ringing 
the master station. 

Only one conversation can be carried on at a time. 

Capacity, one Master Station and from 2 to 8 outlying 
stations. 

Prices on application. 

MASTER STATION 

Metal Wall Type Cradle Set Hand Set 
No. of Inter-Phones Inter- Inter- 

Buttons Surface Flush Phones Phones 

2 2527C-2 2539C-2 

3 2527C-3 2539C-3 

4 2527C-4 2539C-4 6145C-4 6034AZ or BG 

6. 2527C-6 2539C-6 

8 2527C-8 2539C-8 6145C-8 6034BB or BH 

OUTLYING STATIONS 

1 2527C-1 2539C-1 6145C-1 6042K 

- .... .... *6042E 

- .... .... 6043E 

*No. 6042E is same as No. 6042K, but without face plate 
and wall box. For details see listing elsewhere. 

ACCESSORIES 

Retardation Coil 
A No. 51 H retardation coil must be ordered separately with 
each master station Inter-Phone and installed near the 
battery of the system. 

WIRING 

For connections between the outlying stations and the 
master station either cable or insulated wires can be used, 
depending largely upon the layout of the system. Three 
common wires are required throughout the system, and in 
addition, one individual wire from the master to each out- 
lying station. Where there is a long run of a large number of 
wires, it will be found economical to use cable, and at all 
distributing and junction points, to install connecting blocks. 
From these connecting blocks separate wires can be run to 
the Inter-Phones. 

The sizes of cable and the number of connecting blocks 
required should be determined in accordance with the instal- 
lation instructions. 

BATTERIES 

Five dry cells are required for the operation of this system 
when the distance between the master station and most 
distant outlying station is 750 feet or less and No. 22 A.W.G. 
wire is used. 

On lines of greater length it is recommended that, instead 
of increasing the number of battery cells to more than five, 
larger wire be used. This should be determined in accordance 
with the installation instructions. 

Note. Detailed information covering wiring diagrams, con- 
nection of wires and cables, connecting blocks, etc., can be 
found in our booklet, "Installing and Maintaining Inter- 
phones,' which will be furnished upon request. 



Northern Electric 



11 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 

Master Annunciator System 
Nos. 12A and 12AC 

2-\Vay Ringing — Common Talking 
Especially adapted lor schools where the principal may call 
the teachers individually and the teachers can call the prin- 
cipal. Similar to the No. 12 system except that the master 
station includes an annunciator lor identifying the calls from 
the outlying station*. 

Only one conversation can be carried on at a time. 
Capacity, one master station and 3 up to 20 or more out- 
lying stations. 

System No. 12A 

The master station Inter-Phone includes a push button 
block having as many buttons as there are outlying stations, 
also one extra button for electrically resetting the annun- 
ciator drops. 

Each outlying station Inter-Phone is equipped with a push 
button which signals the master station. This call will also 
be registered at the master station by the operation of the 
annunciator drop. 

MASTER STATION 

■ Group Code No. Consists of • 

No. of »Push 

Class- Group Button Cradle Cable Annunciator 

room Code Block Set Term. Code No. 

Sta. No. No. No. No. fSurface tFlush 

8 SA 9030C 6145C-0 19A 403-8 409- S 

10 10A 9032C 6145C-0 19A 403-10 409-10 

12 12A 9034C 6145C-0 19A 403-12 409-12 

14 14A 9036C 6145C-0 19A 403-14 409-14 

16 16A 903SC 6145C-0 19A 403-16 409-16 

18 ISA 9040C 6145C-0 19A 403-18 409-18 

OUTLYING STATIONS 
No. of Metal Wall Type Hand Set Type 

Buttons Surface Flush Cradle Surface ' Flush 
1 2527C-1 2.539C-1 6145C-1 6043E 6042K 

J6042E 

System No. 12AG 

System No. 12AC differs from System No. 12A in that a 
ring-all button is furnished in the push button block at the 
principal's station. This button will ring all stations simul- 
taneously for school period purposes and for fire drills. 

No. MASTER STATION 

of . Group Code No. Consists of 

Glass- 'Push Cable Annun- Code 

room Group Button Cradle Term- ciator No. 

Sta- Code Block Set inal fSur- tFlush 

tions No. No. No. No. face 

10 10AC 9072C 6145C-0 19A 403G-10 409G-10 

12 12 AC 9074C 6145C-0 19A 403C-12 409C-12 

14 14AC 9070C 6145C-0 19B 403G-14 409(11 

113 16AC 9078C oT45C-0 19B 403C-16 4O0C-16 

20 20AC 9082C 6146C-0 19B 403G-20 409C-20 

24 24AC 9086C 6146C-0 19B 403C-2I 409C 24 

26 26AC 9090G 0145C-0 2-19A 403C-26 409C 26 

l-19Aand 

30 30AC 9094C 6146C-0 1-19B 403C-30 409 C -30 

OUTLYING STATIONS 

< Wall type sets only, equipped with 24-voIt direct current 
ringers. 

No. of Buttons 1 

« ode No.. Surface Mounting 2527A< 1 

< ode No., Flush Mounting 2539.\( I 

'The push-button block includes a 6-foot connecting cord. 

No. 403 Type furnished unless otherwise specified. 

JNo. 6042E is same as No. 6042K, but without face plate 
and wall box. 

ACCESSOR IMS— Retardation (oil 
A No. 51H retardation coil must be ordered separately for 
installation near the battery of each system. 

WIRING AND BATTERY REQUIREMENTS 

Two wires common to all stations in the system and two 
individual wires for each outlying station. 

System No. 12A requires a battery of five dry cells, con- 
nected in series, to furnish current for ringing and talking. 

System No. 12AC requires a battery of dry cells or storage 
batteries to total 24 volts may be used for the ringing and 
talking battery supply. 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 

Master Annunciator Systems 
Nos. 12B and 12C 

l-Way or 2- Way Ringing — Common Talking 
Provides for communication between a master station 

annunciator and a number of outlying stations. 

The master annunciator is equipped with a hand set 

Inter-Phone, and can be obtained with or without push 

buttons. 

System No. 12B— l-Way Ringing 

The annunciator is without push buttons, enabling the 
outlying stations to ring the master station but the master 
station cannot ring the outlying stations. 

System No. 12C— 2- Way Ringing 

The annunciator is equipped with push buttons, one for 
each outlying station, enabling the outlying stations to ring 
the master station and the master station to ring the out- 
lying stations individually. 

MASTER STATION ANNUNCIATORS 
Code Nos. Code Nos. 

For For No. of For For No. of 

No. 12B No. 12C Drops No. 12B No. 12C Drops 
1204B 1204C 4 1216B 1216C 16 

1206B 1206C 6 1220B 1220C 20 

1208B 1208C 8 1224 B 1224C 24 

1210B 1210C 10 1230B 1230C 30 

1212B 1212C 12 

A No. 1003D Hand Set must be ordered separately with 
each annunciator. This set is equipped with a 3-foot cord, 
and can be hung on the hook on the side of the annunciator. 
Prices on application. 

ACCESSORIES 
Wiring 
For System No. 12B one wire, common to all stations in 
the system, and in addition, one individual wire from the 
master station to each outlying station. 

For System No. 12C one wire, common to all stations in 
the system, also two individual wires from the master station 
to each outlying station. 

Batteries 
Only one battery is required for the operation of the system. 
This should consist of three or four dry cells, where the dis- 
tance between the master station and" the farthest outlving 
station is 250 feet or less, and No. 22 A.W.G. copper wire is 
used. On lines of greater length it is recommended that, 
instead of increasing the number of dry cells to more than 
four, larger wires be use I. 

System No. 14 

2-Station Private Line 

For use where only two stations are required and where 
the sets are distantly located from each other. 
Either station can ring the other. 
No. of Metal Wall Type Desk Hand Sets 

Buttons Surface Flush Sots Surface Flush 

1 2527C-1 2539C-] 6145B-1 6034P 6042AE 

*()042AF 
*No. 6042AF is same as No. 6042AE but without face 
plate and wall box. 

WIRING AND BATTERY REQUIREMENTS 

Only two wires are used for connecting the Inter-Phones. 

A battery of three dry cells is required at each station to 
furnish current for talking and ringing if the length of line 
is less than 750 feet. If the length of the line is increased, 
additional dry cells are required at each station to insure 
satisfactory ringing. _ The following list indicates the addi- 
tional dry cells required at each station: 

Additional Number of Cells 
for Each Station 
Length of Line A.W.G. Copper Wire 

Between Stations No. 12 No. 14 No. 16 No. 18 
750 to 1000 ft. I 1 1 2 

1000 to 1500 ft. 1113 

1500 to 2000 ft. 1 2 3 

3000 to 4000 ft. 2 3 

4000 to 5000 ft. 2 

5000 to 6000 ft. 3 



12 



Northern Electric 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 
System No. 15 

Code Ringing — Common Talking 

A simple and inexpensive system for small residences, 
warehouses, or stores where only a few stations are required. 

Only one conversation can be carried on at a time. 

Each station is equipped with one push button which 
rings the bells at all the other stations. 

The various stations are called by signalling each one with 
a different code ring; for instance, two rings for Station No. 
'2. three rings for Station Xo. 3, etc. If more than stations 
are in service, signalling code mistakes are likely to occur. 
System Xo. 11 is recommended where the initial installation 
comprises more than 4 or 6 stations. 

Xo. of Metal Wall Type Desk Hand Sets 

Buttons Surface Flush Sets Surface Flush 

1 2527C-1 2539C-1 6145D-1 6043CD 6042CD 

ACCESSORIES 

A Xo. 51 H retardation coil must be ordered separately 
and installed near the battery of the system. 

P'our wires are required for connecting the Inter-Phones. 

Five dry cells are required for the operation when the 
length of the line is 750 feet or less, and not more than four 

:ions are to be used, connected by Xos. 20 or 22 A.W.G. 
copper wire. If more than four Inter-Phones are required 
or he line is longer than 750 feet, larger wires should be 

-d in accordance with installation instructions. 

Prices on application. 

Master Annunciator System No. 18C 

Xon-Interfering 

Provi les lor communication between a centra! or master 
ind a larger number of outlying stations, as follows: 

TI ister station can selectively ring and talk with anv 

the out!;, ing -tat ions and the out'ying stations can call the 
master :inunciatoi\ 

( ' ; iications can be arranged between anv two out- 

lying ions through the medium of one or two connecting 

cor t the master station. 

- N tion can be made between this system and a 

public t< :< s) <tem. 

An annunciator supervisory feature is provi lei to indicate 
the termination of a conversation between the outlving sta- 
tions. Where a large number of connections are "required 
between - ing stations, the lamp signal. Private Exchange 
5« tor surface or flush mounting, is recommended. 

MASTER STATION ANNUNCIATORS 

Annunciators regularly equipped with answering cord only. 
'f ,ri ' implication between outlying stations is desired, 

one or rs of connecting cords may be ordered. 

No. I003K Hand Set must be ordered separate! v with 
each annunciator. 

No. Drops 

' ' xie and Height Width Depth 

. Nu - Jacks Inches Inches Inches 

8HH 10 L5M m 4 5i ; 

8 4 14 L5H Ufc 5i 4 

££ 20 i-i! > ls' 4 5H 

y ~ 25 19? 8 17» 4 5^ 

30 19H lv- 4 5., 

36 193^ 213 5 i 

^ 42 23^< 2Ji 4 h x\ 

56 23% 243 4 sy 4 

64 2SH 23 U 5 g 

r*7 < 2 -- s 26 J4 ty 4 

'* M 100 32% 29j| oH 

OITLYIM, STATIONS 

No of — Metal Wall Type — — Hand Sets 

Buttons Surface Flush Surface Flush 

1 2527C-1 2539C-1 6CH3D 6042D 

*6042M 
•Same as No. 6042D. but with face plate and wall box. 



INTER- PHONE SYSTEMS 
System No. 18-C 

(Continued) 

ACCESSORIES 

One wire, common to all stations in the system is required, 
and, in addition, two individual wires between the master and 
each outlying station. Where there is a long run of a large 
number ot wires, it will be found economical to use cable and 
install cable terminals or connecting blocks at all distributing 
and junction points. From there, the installation can be con- 
tinued by means of separate wires to the various outlying 
stations. 

Five or more dry cells are required for operating the system. 

DESCRIPTION" OF METAL WALL TYPE 

INTER-PHONES 

No. 2527C, Surface Mounting 

The No. 2527C Type Inter- 
Phone has a surface mount- 
ing metal housing which 
contains all of the talking 
and signalling apparatus, also 
a metal backboard, which is 
furnished for mounting the 
set to the wall. 

The housing of the set is 
of rugged construction, being 
formed of sheet steel and is 
equipped with hinge hooks 
which match up with slots in 

v o-o-r- i tne Dase °f tne metal back- 

No. Zo2iL-4 board Th ; s arran g em ent 

permits fastening the backboard in place on the wall and then 
mounting the housing unit to it. 

Prices on Application. 

The hinge arrangement of this set enables the installer to 
swing down the housing unit from the backboard for making 
connections to the terminals; also to permit interior inspection 
of the set at any time after its installation. 

The metal backboard is designed to permit the entrance of 
wires or cabling from either the top. bottom or center of the 
set; also, a metal guide ring is located near the cable entrance 
at the base of the backboard so that the connecting wires may 
be looped through this ring to hold them in place and provide 
a proper bending point when the housing is swung forward. 

Durable dull black enamel finish with nickel trimmings. 




Code No. of 

No. Buttons 

2527C-0 

2527C-1 1 

2527C-2 2 
2627C-3 3 
2527C-4 4 
2527C-6 6 

2"27C-8 s 



For 
Systems 

20 and 21 

12. 14. 15. 

18. 20 and 21 

20 and 21 

11. 12, 20 and 21 

11. 12. 20 and 21 

11. 12. 20 and 21 

11, 12, 20 and 21 



Dimen. Housing. Inches 
Height Width Depth 



7V2 


5 


2% 


7 4 


5 


2% 


7^ 


5 


*y* 


m 


5 


2% 


- l/ 2 


5 


2% 


7H 


5 


2H 


7i4 


5 


2% 



No. 2539C FLUSH MOUNTING 

The No. 2539C Type Inter-Phone 
has a flush steel face plate on which 
is mounted all of the talking and 
signalling apparatus, also a metal out- 
let box which is furnished for mounting 
the set in the wall. 

The outlet box is of unique design 
in that metal aligning strips are fasten- 
ed at the top and bottom front of the 
box so as to properly align the set 
after the face plate unit is fasten- 
to the outlet box fin case the outlet 
box is installed out of plumb). It is 
equipped with adjustable ears for 
mounting it in the wall, the same as are 
furnished on standard sectional outlet boxes. Knockouts 
are provided at both the top and bottom for the entrance of 
/t-inch conduit or connecting wires. 




No. 2539C-2 



Northern Electric 



13 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 
System No. 18-C 

(Continued) 

The face plate support for installer is an added feature of 
this set, consisting of a wire hook mounted on a small card 
with printed instructions for its use. This hook is for tem- 
porarily supporting the Inter-Phone face plate, of flush 
type sets, during installation, so that the wires may be readily 
connected to the terminals by the installer. 

Durable dull black enamel finish with nickel trimmings. 



No. 
of 
Code But- 
No. tons 


For 

Systems 


Face 
Hgt. 


Dimensions, Inches 

Plate Outlet B 
Wd. Hgt. Wd. 


ox 
Depth 


2539C-0 





20 


9 


«ft 


7M 


4 


9-5- 


2539C-1 
2539C-2 


1 
2 


12. 14. 15. 
18 and 2D 

23 


9 
9 




1V2 


4 

4 


■^16 
^16 


2539C-3 
2539C-4 


3 

4 


11. 12, 

and 20 

11 and 12 


9 
9 


5^6 


1V2 


4 
4 


2A 

2A 


2539C-6 


6 


11 and 12 


9 


5& 


1V2 


4 


0-5. 

"16 


2539C-8 


8 


11 and 12 


9 


5£r 


l¥i 


4 


s 

^T6 



DESCRIPTION OF HAND SETS 

Selective Ringing — Common Talking 

No. 6139 Type 

This hand set unit was 
designed for installation at 
the side of a desk, on the 
wall, or any vertical surface. 
The set may be installed at 
one end, side or in the alcove 
of the desk; also recommend- 
ed for residential purposes 
for mounting at the bedside, 
either on the bed or on the 
wall within reach of the bed. 

The switch-hook box con- 
tains a switch-hook unit for 
holding the hand set in place. 
This hook operates on the 
same principle as the stand- 
ard telephone hook. A 4- 
foot cord connects the hand set to the switch-hook box. 



Composed of 




No. 6139C-1 



Hand 
Set 
No. of and 
Code But- Switch 
No. tons Box 



Con- 
ecting 
Block 



6139B-1 1 1139B-1 12E 



Push Appa- For Use 
Button ratus in 

Block Box System 

... 14 and 15C 



6139C-1 1 1139C-1 2 No. 11A . . . 



12 



6139C-4 4 1139CB 
6139C-8 8 1139CB 
Prices on application. 



104AC 35B 11 and 12 
108AC 35B 11 and 12 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 
System No- 18-C 

(Continued) 

SELECTIVE RINGING— COMMON TALKING 

No. 6034 AND No. 6043 

The Inter-Phone transmitter and receiver are a part ol 
the hand set. A bar marked Press to Talk mounted in the 
hand set handle is held down by the natural position of 
the hand while talking. When not in use, the hand set 
can be hung on a hook or laid down in any position. 

Finished in dull black. 






No. 6034 BH 






No. G034 TYPE 










No. 

of 
Code But- 
No. tons 


Push Ap- 
Hand Set But- pa- 
Code Cord ton ratus 
No. Ft. Block Box 


Con- For 
nect- Use 
ing Bell in 
Block No. System 


6034 BG 4 


1003 AD 6 104 AC 35B 


- 11 & 12 


6034AZ 4 


1003 AD 6 10 4 AC - 


8G 11B 11 & 12 


6034BH 8 


1003 AD 6 108 AC 35 B 


- 11 & 12 


6034 BB 8 


1003AD 6 108AC 


8H 11B11&12 




s+*l 



V 



No. 6043 SURFACE MOUNTING 

Surface Mounting Apparatus Units (No. 
383 Type) are equipped with an insulated 
base, black finished round metal cover and 
nickel hook. 

Approximate size, 3 {4; inches in diameter 
by 1^ inches deep. 



No. 6043 E 



Code 

No. 

6043E 
6043D 
6043 P 



No. 
of 
But- 
tons 

1 
1 
1 



Code 
No. 

1003 J 
1003 E 
1003AB 



Cord 
Feet 

3 
3 
3 



Appa- 
ratus 
Box 

383J 
383J 
383J 



For 

Use 

in 

System 

12 & 12A 
12B & 18C 
14 & 15C 



Prices on application. 



14 



Northern Electric 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 
System No, 18-C 

(Continued) 
No. 6042, FLUSH MOUNTING 

Flush Mounting Apparatus Boxes (No. 
382 Type) are intended to be set in the wall 
and are equipped with a brush brass finished 
face plate. These boxes consist of three 
parts — a Gem A Union sectional switchbox, 
an apparatus unit, and a face plate. The 
face plate is 4}/2 x 2^ inches: the wall box 
2x3x3 inches deep. 

An important point to be observed is that 
wall box and face plate are the same as 
those used in electric light wiring for push 
button switches. Sets furnished either com- 
plete, including wall box and face plate, or 
minus these parts. 



No. 6042 K 








No. 








of 




Face 




: But- 


Code Cord 


Code Switch Plate 


For 


Xo. tons 


No. Ft. 


No. box No. 


Systems 


6042E 1 


*1003G 3 


382E 


12 & 12A 


6042 K 1 


*1003G 3 


382EB Gem A 12007 


12 & 12A 


6042D 1 


1003K 3 


382J 


12B & ISC 


60-12 M 1 


1003K 3 


382 fB Gem A 12007 


12B & 18C 


c.(H2AE 1 


1003 A A 3 


3X21 B 


14 & 15C 


I.IM2AF 1 


1003 A A 3 


3S2J Gem A 12007 


14 & 15C 


*Hand set 


cord equipped 


with plug. 





DESCRIPTION OF ANNUNCIATORS 
For Systems 18C, 20J and 21 J 




For System 18C 



No. 
of 
Drops 
10 
14 
16 
20 
25 
30 
36 
42 



System 
18C 

List 
No. 
1810C 
L814C 
1S16C 
1 S20C 
1825C 
1 830C 
1836C 
1S42C 



Systems 




20J and 21J 


No. 


List 


of 


No. 


Drops 


2010 


49 


■ • 


56 


2016 


64 


2020 


72 


2025 


81 


2030 


90 


2036 


100 



System 
18C 
List 
No. 
1849C 
1856C 
1864C 
1872C 
1881C 
1890C 
1900C 



2042 



Systems 
20J and 21J 
List 
No. 
2049 
2056 
2064 
2072 
2081 
2090 
2100 



Larger sizes furnished on order. 

No. 18C System annunciators equipped with answering 
cord only. No connecting cords furnished unless ordered 
separately. 

Prices on application. 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 
System No. 18-C 

(Continued) 



For Systems 22D and 22G 



No. of 
Drops 

2 
3 

4 
5 
6 



System 
22 D 

List No 

2202D 
2203D 
2204 D 
2205D 
2206D 



System For *No. of No. Jack 

22G No. of Calling and Door 

List No. Sections Buttons Buttons 



2202G 
2203G 
2204G 
2205G 
2206G 



2 
3 
4 

5 
6 



12 
18 
24 
30 
36 



2 
3 
4 
5 
6 



Tor System 22G only. 
Larger sizes furnished on order. 







For System 22J 




No. of 

Drops 


List No. 


For 

No. of 

Sections 


No. of 
Calling 
Buttons 


No. Jack 

and Door 

Buttons 


12 


2202J 


2 


12 


2 


18 


2203J 


3 


18 


3 


24 


2204J 


4 


24 


4 


30 


2205J 


5 


30 


5 


36 


2206J 


6 


36 


6 



Larger sizes furnished on order. 



HAND SET INTER-PHONES FOR 
ANNUNCIATORS 

Annunciators do not include the hand sets which must be 
ordered separately. 

Order No. 1003K hand set for Systems 18C, 20J and 21 J, 
and for Systems 22D, G and J. 



Description of Annunciators 

These annunciators are equipped with electric reset drops. 
The drop indication is a white arrow which points directly 
at the name card. When reset, the arrow drops out of view 
behind the name card. 

The front of the annunciator protecting the drops is plain 
glass and as the arrow is between the glass and the dull black 
background, it can be easily seen from any angle. 



Northern Electric 



15 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 
System No. 18-G 

(Continued) 
FOR SYSTEMS Nos. 12A, 12B AND 12C 




No. 403 




No. 1204C to 1230C 

No. of System 12A List No. System 12B System 12C 
Drops Surface Flush List No. List No. 



6 

8 403-8 409- 8 

10 403-10 409-10 

12 403-12 409-12 

16 403-16 409-16 

18 403-18 409-18 

20 
24 
30 
Larger sizes furnished on order 



1204 B 
1206 B 
1208B 
1210B 
1212B 
1216B 



1204 C 
1206C 
1208C 
1210C 
1212C 
1216C 



• » • 



1220B 
1224 B 
1230B 



1220C 
1224C 
1230C 



HAND SET INTER-PHONES FOR 
ANNUNCIATORS 

No. 1003D hand set must be ordered separately for Sys- 
tems 12B and 12C annunciators. 

Prices on application 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 
Inter-Phone Accessories 



INTERPHONE CABLE 




For Outside Use 




For Interior Use 



The conductors are provided with single silk and single 
cotton insulation, which is coloured in accordance with a 
standard colour code, in such a way that each pair and each 
single wire can be identified. The pairs are properly twisted 
to prevent inductive disturbances. The cable is then im- 
pregnated with a wax compound and is covered with servings 
of paper and a heavy braiding, which is given a heavy coat 
of fire resisting paint. 

The impregnation with wax prevents the insulation from 
fraying when the cables are installed. It also serves to pro- 
tect the formed ends against moisture. 

Three general types of cable are provided. Each type has 
its particular use and care should be taken to order the proper 
cable for any desired purpose. These types are as follows: 

1 — Interior Cable with outside braiding treated with gray 
tire resisting paint. Use only in dry places. 

2 — Interior Cable with glazed cotton outside braiding. 
Use only in dry places where exposed to view. 

3 — Outside Cable, lead covered. Always use this cable 
outside, and inside in every case where there is apt to be 
moisture even in a small degree. Any fire resisting type of 
cable may be ordered with a lead sheath. 



Code 
No. 

*161 B 

*161 BL 

142 B 

*162 B 

*162 BL 

164 B 

161 BL 

*134 B 

♦134 BL 

155 B 
*141 B 
*141 BL 

156 B 

157 B 
*157 BL 

158 B 
*158 BL 

136 B 
136 BL 
140 B 



Conductors 
B. & S. Gauge 
No. 22 No. 18 

8 singles 

8 singles 

8 singles 

12 singles 

12 singles 

6 singles, 2 pair 

6 singles, 2 pair 

6 pair, 2 pair 

6 pair, 2 pair 

6 pair, 2 pair 

12 pair, 2 pair 

12 pair, 2 pair 

12 pair, 2 pair 

16 pair, 2 pair 

16 pair, 2 pair 

20 pair, 2 pair 

20 pair, 2 pair 

24 pair, 2 pair 

24 pair, 2 pair 

31 pair, 2 pair 



Covering D 
Fire resisting braid 


Approx. 
Outside 
iam. In 

16 


Lead Sheath 


3 8 


Brown cotton braid 


16 


Fire resisting braid 
Lead Sheath 


1 1 
32 


Fire resisting braid 
Lead Sheath 




Fire resisting braid 
Lead Sheath 


13 


Brown cotton braid 


13 
"3 2 


Fire resisting braid 


A 


Lead Sheath 


V2 


Brown cotton braid 


7 


Fire resisting braid 


H 


Lead Sheath 


JLA 

32 


Fire resisting braid 


<> 
16 


Lead Sheath 


21 
32 


Fire resisting braid 
Lead Sheath 


19 

H 


Fire resisting braid 


% 



indicates standard stock sizes normally carried in stock 
Prices on application. 



■■H 



16 



Northern Electric 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 
Inter- Phone Accessories 

FLEXIBLE STRANDED CABLE FOR INTERPHONES 

and 
SIGNALLING SYSTEMS 




Finished in mercerized brown braid. 

Colour code of conductors is in accordance with standard 
telephone practice. 

Code No 416 428 436 444 452 

No. of Conductors. . . 



16 



28 



36 



44 



52 



Prices on application. 



INTER-PHONE SYSTEMS 
Inter-Phone Accessories 




Xo. 19B Cable Terminal 



CABLE TERMINALS 

No. 19 Type 
The No. 19 Type Cable Terminal is admirably suited for 
interior distributing work. Made of hard wood, numbered 
and shellaced and equipped with a rust-proof, sheet metal 
cover finished in black enamel. The illustration shows four 
cables attached. 



List 


Capacity 


Length 


Width 


Depth 


No. 


Pairs 


Inches 


Inches 


Inches 


19 A 


14 


8 


f>Y% 


2H 


19B 


26 


14 


5Vs 


2H 



Prices on application. 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 




No. N1A Battery Box 

Battery Boxes 

No. N1A — Black japanned sheet metal box lined with 
a.n insulating material. Holds three Northern Six dry cells. 
Size of box, 9% inches long by 3M inches wide by lYi inches 

No. 2B— Similar to No. N1A. Holds nine Northern Six 
dry cells. Size of box, 14^2 inches long by 5ff inches wide by 
7j^ inches high. 



1 




No. 18 Type 



No. F Type 



Cable Terminals 

No. 18 TYPE WITH PROTECTpRS 

This is a protected terminal for open wire distribution from 

lead-covered aerial and underground cable. Inclosed in a 

black finished galvanized iron cover approximately 8 it inches 

in diameter, provided with a safety chain fastened to the 

mounting base. 

Arranged for mounting on poles. Equipped with: 

No. 7 A Fuses (7 ampere unless otherwise specified). 

No. 1 Protector Blocks. 

No. 2 Protector Blocks. 

No. 3 Protector Micas. 

A 6 foot No. 22 AWG cable stub is standard. 



Code 
No. 
18 A 

18B 
18C 



Capacity Length 



Pairs 
10 
15 
25 



Inches 
22 5-7 

2o3~2 



Code Capacity 

No. Pairs 

18D 30 

18E 50 

18F 60 



Length 
Inches 

OOY2 

46ff 
53 ft 



F TYPE WITHOUT PROTECTORS 
Cast iron case equipped with a pressed steel slip cover, both 
thoroughly galvanized to withstand severe weather condi- 
tions. 

The terminal plate is of porcelain. 
Regularly supplied with 5J4 foot cable stub. 
Code Capacity Width Length 

No. Pairs Inches Inches 

F10 10 iy 2 sy 2 

F16 16 7V 2 10H 

F26 t 26 7V 2 15M 

Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



17 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 
Condensers 




No. NIC Condenser 

No. Nl TYPES 
On rural lines trouble sometimes occurs due to parties 
leaving the receivers off the switch hooks or "listening in" 
during a call. To secure good signalling in such cases it is 
necessary to have a condenser wired in the receiver circuit 
and the Nl type is used for this purpose. There are of course 
many other uses for the Nl type condensers. 

Mounting Strap PP-954 to be ordered separately if required. 
Code Capacity 

No. MF Type of Terminals 

NIB Yi Regular terminals. 

NIC l /i Flexible leads soldered to the regular 

terminals. 




No. 147 Type Condenser 

No. 147 AND 149 TYPES 
Arranged to be mounted by means of wood screws and 
mounting strap. 

Mounting Strap PP-31078 to be ordered separately if 
required. 

Code Capacity Code 

No. MF Xo. 

147A 2.0 149B 

149A 1.0 149C 

Connecting Blocks 



Capacity 
MF 

H 

1/10 



No, 8 TYPE CONNECTING BLOCKS 




Consists of bridge type connectors, mounted on a black 
finished maple base, equipped with a screw eye for fastening 
stay cord. 

Dimensions, Inches 
Length Width Depth 

5H 1H '\s 



Code 


No. of 


No. 


Terminals 


8G 


8 


8H 


12 



7S 

m 

No. 11 AND 12 TYPES 

These styles consist of a composi- 
tion base in which the screw termi- 
nals are embedded. Each terminal 
consists of two screw bushings elec- 
trically connected by means of a 
metal strip, and provided with 
screws and washers. 

Covers may be ordered separately 
if required. 



m 



% 








No. IIA 

Connecting Block 


Code 
No. 
11A 
11B 
12E 
12F 


No. of 
Terminals 
2 
2 
3 
3 


Size 
Inches 
\y% * \-fa Without Cover 
l^xlA With Cover 
l*f x iy 8 Without Cover 
Iff x \y % With Cover 



Prices on application. 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 

Connecting Blocks 




No. 30-B Connecting Block 
No. 30 Type 
These blocks consist of brass studs embedded in a hard 
composition base. Studs fitted with two nuts (one a split 
check nut) and two washers. 



List 


Capacity- 


Length 


Width 


No. 


Pairs 


Inches 


Inches 


30-A 


6 


4A 


Wi 


30-B 


11 


1-h 


m 


30-C 


16 


io* 


1>2 


30-D 


26 


16*i 


1U 



Desk Stands 

List No. 1020AL— For 
regular bridging magneto 
service. Insulated trans- 
mitter. Includes one No. 
20AL desk stand, one No. 
323 transmitter, one No. 
143 receiver, and one No. 
450 combination cord. 
Black finish. 

Code No. 1020 PC- 
Same as No. 1020AL ex- 
cept stand is nickel plated. 




No. 1020AL Desk Stand 

Extension Bells 




No. N43 Type 

Intended for 
auxiliary use in 
connection with 
telephones- The 
resistance of 
the ringer in 
the set should 
be similar to 
other ringers on 
the line. Expo- 
sed metal parts 
are finished 
black. 



No. N43— Extension Bell 

No. N43AA— 1000 ohm. No. 38AG Ringer. 
No. N43AB— 2500 ohm. No. 3SBG Ringer. 
No. N43AF— 1600 ohm. No. 38FG Ringer. 

No. 392 Type 

Intended for use where the 
ordinary telephone ringer is 
inadequate. The coils are 
moistureproofed and all parts 
are given a protective finish. 
The 6-inch gongs are gal- 
vanized. 

Code 
No. Ohms Resistance 
392-A 1000 
392- B 2500 
392- E 1600 
392- J 1000 biasing spring 

on armature 
392-L 2500 biasing spring 
on armature 




No. 392 

Loud Ringing Extension Bell 

Prices on application. 



18 



Northern Electric 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 



Hand Generators 




No. 22A Generator 




List 


No. of 


1 No. 


Bars 


I 22A 


3 


48A 









No. 4SA Cxenerator 

HAND GENERATORS 
Current Used in 

Alternating .Magneto telephone sets 

Alternating Magneto telephone sets 




Hand Sets 



No. 1002 AC 

For use in place of a regular bridging 
desk stand or transmitter arm. Equip- 
ped -with No. 141 receiver, No. 267 
transmitter, and No. 318 cord. 



No. 1002AC Hand Set 



Prices on application. 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 
Hand Telephone Sets 




102A-3 HAND TELEPHONE SET 

For regular bridging magneto and common battery service. 
The No. 102A-3 Hand Telephone Set consists of two distinct 
parts known as the E1B-3 Hand Set and the D1B-3 Hand 
Set Mounting. Both parts have a black finish. The same type 
of hand telephone set can, however, be furnished with other 
finishes. 

They are readily converted to dial service by the addition 
of calling dial. 

The same type of desk set boxes as are used at subscribers' 
stations for desk stands, are suitable for use with the hand 
telephone set. 

Induction Coils 



No. 13 




No. 


Length 


Width 


13 


31/4" 


1" 


46 


4iV' 


w 



Used with 

Magneto Telephones 

Common Battery 

Telephones 



Protectors for Telephones 



*>4S> 




No. 58- A P 



No. 60- A P 



No. 58- A P 

Used to protect telephone sets against lightning and crosses 
with electric circuits. Consists of two No. 11C, 7 ampere 
fuses, two No. 26 and No. 27 protector blocks mounted bv 
means of No. 16 and No. 29 protector mountings on an as- 
bestos mat. a No. 48 protector mounting. 

No. 60-AP 

Used to protect telephone sets against lightning only. 
Consists of two No. 26 and No. 27 protector blocks mounted 
on a No. 49 protector mounting. 

Information on other types of protectors including Central 
Office protectors, of which the Northern Electric Company 
carries a complete line, will be furnished on request 






Northern Electric 



19 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 
Protectors for Telephones 

(Continued) 

Protector Blocks 





No. 26 No. 27 

No. 26 

Solid piece of hard non-dusting carbon, to be used with the 
No. 27 protector block. Used with No. 58-AP, 60- A P and 
several other types of protectors. 

No. 27 

White porcelain frame with a countersunk carbon plug, 
fastened in place with low temperature fusing cement. Used 
with the No. 26 protector block. 

No. 30 

Similar to No. 27 except that it is intended for cable pro- 
tection only. Porcelain is coloured blue to distinguish it 
from No. 27. 



Prices on application. 



Receivers 




No. 144 

No. 144 — Concealed binding post hand receiver. Used 

with telephone sets, desk stands, telephone arms, etc. The 

receiver cord is not included in the code number and must 
be ordered separately. 







No. 528 

No. 528 — This is a high efficiency receiver designed for 
use by telephone operators at magneto and central battery 
switchboards. The code number of this receiver includes 
a No. 11-A Headband and a No. 1466 Pad. Due to the 
increased sensitiveness of this receiver it should, for magneto 
switchboard use, be employed in circuits with the No. 63 
induction coi!. 



TELEPHONE APARATUS 
High Efficiency Telephone Ringers 




No. 38 Type Ringer 
Long Coils, Unbiased 

All No. 38 Type Ringers listed below have gongs and with 
gong posts suitable for mounting on $£-inch woodwork. 
Spacers can be furnished, however, to adapt them for mount- 
ing on ^s-inch or H-inch woodwork. 



List 
No. 

38AG 
38BG 



Approx. 

Resistance 

Ohms 

1000 
2500 



List 
No. 

38FG 



Approx. 
Resistance 
Ohms 

1600 



Prices on application. 



Test Sets 




No. 1017B Test Set 

LINEMEN'S TEST SETS 

No. 1017 Type 

A wooden box telephone test set equipped with a regular 
local battery talking circuit consisting of a standard trans- 
mitter, induction coil, receiver and a special 3-cell dry battery 
unit. Can be used either on magneto or central battery line. 

Code No. 1017B contains the following equipment: 

One No. 2D buzzer, one No. 29B A.C. generator, one No. 
370 cord, one No. 13 induction coil, one No. 266 transmitter, 
one No. 515 receiver. 

Code No. 1017E has same general features as No. 1017B 
with several added advantages. Special literature on request. 



List 
No. 
1017B 
1017E 



Will Ring 

Through 

Resistance 

Ohms 

2500 

5000 



Size of Case 
Inches 
32 x 6& x 8H 
4H x 6M x 9% 



4 27 



Finish 
Birch Mahogany 
Olive-green weather- 
proof enamel 
Batteries should be ordered separately. 



20 



Northern Electric 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 



MAGNETO 

TESTING 

SETS 

Each set consists 
of a hand generator 
and a ringer, wired 
in series, and en- 
closed in a wooden 
case. 



No. 90510 




List 

No. 

90530 



Will Ring 

Through 

Ohms 

10000 



90510 35000 



90511 



,0000 



90512 100000 



Contains 

One No. 22-K 

Generator 

One No. 19-B 

Ringer 

One No. 22-K 

Generator 

One 19-H Ringer 

One No. 22-N 

Generator 

One No. 19-A 

Ringer 

One No. 22-N 

Generator 

One No. 19-B 

Ringer 



Size Case 
Inches 

554x6 %*b\& 



Finish 
Birch 



5? 4 x65&xo?i Birch 



53 4 x6 5 8 x5i-4 Birch 



5^x6£gx5M Birch 



No. 43A TEST SET 

This is a ] >ortable set 
designed as a cable 
splicer's test set in con- 
nection with the instal- 
lation and mainten- 
ance of cable in man- 
ual or dial system 
areas. It consists of a 
buzzer circuit which 
provides tone for iden- 
tifying wires, for bal- 
ance testing and for 
running down low re- 
sistance faults on short 
non-loaded cable by 

the exploring coil method; together with auxiliary circuits 
which provide a batten,- for detecting defective pairs by 
receiver battery tests or for energizing the transmitter of a 
talking set. It also consists of a ringer buzzer by means of 
which the splicer may be called from a central office when com- 
munication with him is desired. 

The woodwork is birch, finished in olive green. 

Auxiliary test cords, etc. must be ordered separately. 

Prices on application. 




No. 43A Test Set 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 



. Transmitters 




No. 323 

No. 323 — Standard insulated type transmitter for general 
use on wall and desk telephones. 

Finished in black unless nickel finish is specified in order. 

No. 337 — A high efficiency transmitter similar to the No. 
323. For use on long central battery subscriber's loops, where 
the transmitter must operate with*a reducedjcurrent supply. 

No. N337 — For replacement purposes — consists of No. 
337 transmitter less back and mounting lug. 

No. N425 — For replacement purposes — consists of No. 
323 transmitter less back and mounting lug. 




No. 232 

Switchboard, Suspended Type 

High resistance transmitter arranged to be suspended by 
two cords entering the side of case. 




No. 234 

No. 234 Operator's Chest Type 

Switchboard operator's chest transmitter arranged to be 
supported from the neck by a No. 3A transmitter attach- 
ment. This attachment is not furnished with the transmitter 
unless so ordered. 

Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



21 



MAGNETO WALL TELEPHONES 




No. 1317 Type Wall Telephone 



The characteristic of a Magneto Telephone is that in each 
telephone there is a small hand-operated generator by means 
of which calls to Central or other telephones are made. There 
is also required at each telephone a group of dry cells for 
speech transmission. 

There are two distinct methods of calling Central. The 
first and most generally used is known as push-button ringing- 
Push-button ringing means that a subscriber when calling 
Central, depresses a small push-button on the side of the 
telephone and gives the generator crank a turn. The call is 
received at Central without disturbing any other telephone 
on the line. We recommend this system for use on rural or 
party lines because it gives the silent call to "Central." 

The second method does not require the use of a push- 
button but causes all the telephones on the line to ring each 
time Central is called- We recommend this system for use 
on town or similar lines having but one or two telephones per 
line, or on rural lines which are isolated, i.e., have no "Central.*, 




Prices on application. 



MAGNETO WALL TELEPHONES 

1317 Type 

Much thought and care, combining the experience and 
suggestions of telephone engineers and practical telephone 
men all over the country, have been devoted to the design of 
this apparatus, to simplify its arrangement, make it easy to 
install and operate, rugged and long-lived. Many of these 
telephones are installed at isolated points where skilled tele- 
phone men are not available. 

A screw-driver is the only tool required. Xo pliers, soldering 
iron, wrench or other tool is necessary. This one feature 
illustrates the advantage users of this telephone have, because 
there is no place where either a screw-driver or a good sub- 
stitute is not available. 

The cabinets of these telephones are strongly constructed 
and are given a durable, attractive finish. The door of the 
cabinet is hinged at the left, so that when open for inspection 
or adjustment, the ringer and generator can be seen when the 
generator crank is turned. By opening toward the left there is 
no danger of the door striking the generator crank and dis- 
figuring the woodwork. The door is held closed by one self- 
centering screw lock. A feature of these telephones is the 
convenient location of the main binding posts inside the 
cabinet. This prevents trouble from tampering with the con- 
nections and accidentally short-circuiting the telephone at 
the main terminals. The backboard is slotted the entire length 
to permit the wires entering the telephone either from above 
or below. 

Our Magneto Telephones are primarily designed to faith- 
fully reproduce the natural tones of the speaker's voice on long 
or short lines. This is accomplished by means of highly effi- 
cient apparatus, which is the result of many years of engineer- 
ing research and practical operation. 

These telephones, by means of their large gongs and effi- 
cient ringers, give a loud and distinct ring which responds 
clearly to all code calls. Their powerful generators will enable 
you to ring other bells clearly under the most severe condi- 
tions. 

The various parts of these telephones are connected by a 
cable consisting of flexible conductors highly insulated and 
moisture-proofed, each designated by a color and protected at 
points of wear. Each conductor is either permanently sold- 
ered or provided with a screw-type connector. Each tele- 
phone contains a picture wiring diagram and instructions for 
operation and maintenance of the telephone. 




SIMPLIFIED PACKING 

Before shipment from the factory, each telephone is com- 
pletely assembled and carefully packed in an individual 
packing case. This method of packing greatly simplifies 
handling and installing. 

The telephones are simplicity itself to install. 

Prices on application. 



22 



Northern Electric 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 
Magneto Desk Telephones 

With the increasing 
demand for telephone 
service, desk sets or 
hand telephone sets 
have met with such 
favour that they are 
now used almost en- 
tirely in business offi- 
ces, and to a large 
extent in residences. 
This popularity is due 
chiefly to their small 
compact form, durabi- 
lity, convenience and 
attractiveness. Being 
portable, they can be 
placed upon a desk 
within easy reach of 
the user, enabling tele- 
phone calls to be made 
and answered with the 
greatest ease. 

Our desk telephones 
and hand telephone 
sets described in this 
catalogue require only 
a small expense for 
maintenance. They 
have been careful ly 
designed with respect to this feature, and constructed of the 
best materials obtainable. The working parts of the stands 
and mountings are enclosed, but they are readily accessible 
for inspection purposes. 

The ringer, induction coil and hand generator are mounted 
in a handsome oak box, the unit being known as the desk 
telephone box. It can be attached to the underside of a desk 
or table, and is connected to the desk stand or hand set 
mounting (the part comprising the transmitter, switch hook 
and receiver) by a flexible cord. The dry cells are placed 
nearby in a suitable location. 

DESK TELEPHONE BOXES 




Desk Telephone 




N300— Box Open 

These boxes are of two types, the N300 and 315H; the 
former being used with the desk stands to form a desk tele- 
phone for party lines, while the latter are used with desk stands 
to form a desk telephone for individual lines. 

The construction of the cabinets and the parts used to 
equip these are the same as described in detail for the No. 
1317 type telephone. 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 
Weatherproof Magneto Telephones 

The No. 1336 Weatherproof Telephone Set will be found 
very desirable for use above ground in exposed locations and 
in mines where explosive gases are not encountered. 




No. 1336 Type Set with Outer Door Open 

No. 1336-E, Iron Box Telephone for heavy load service,, 
equipped with 2500 ohm ringer, 5-bar A.C. generator, switch- 
hook, induction coil, transmitter and receiver. 

Prices on application. 



Mine Telephones 




No. 1536 Mine Telephone 

Where explosive gases may be present the No. 1536 Tele- 
phone Set is recommended. The design of this set safeguards 
against explosions which might result from sparking of the 
switchhook and generator contacts. Other protective features 
are also incorporated to make this set safe. 

Further particulars sent upon request. 



AUTOMATIC DESK 
STANDS 

The N1050-AL automatic 
desk stand is equipped with a 
No. 323 transmitter, a No. 
143 or No. 144 receiver as 
required, a No. 549 receiver 
cord 2 feet 6 inches long and 
a No. 550 desk stand cord 5 
feet 6 inches long. The dial is 
not included in the code num- 
ber and must be ordered 
separately. Regularly sup- 
plied with a black finish. 

Prices on application. 




No. N1050-AL Desk Stand 



Northern Electric 



23 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 
Automatic Telephone 




No. N1293-GandGP 

Wall Type Telephone Sets 

The No. N1293G and GP telephone 
sets are equipped with a No, 323 
transmitter, a No. 143 or No. 144 recei- 
ver as required, and an N549 receiver 
cord, 2 feet 6 inches long. The dial is 
not included in the code number and 
must be ordered separately. Exposed 
metal parts have a black finish. 

Distributing Frames 

A distributing frame is an iron framework intended for 
supporting switchboard protective apparatus and terminal 
strips. It is usually located near the point where the outside 
wires enter the exchange building and provides a satisfactory 
method of terminating such wires, as well as a very flexible 
means of cross connecting any outside line to any switchboard 
drop without interfering with the wiring inside the switchboard. 




No. 
1431A, 
20-line 
Main 
Distri- 
buting 
Frame 
equipped 
with one 
No. 
N1435 

MP 
and one 

No. 
1435U 
I Protector 
Groups. 



This frame is especially suitable for the small rural exchange 
with a No. 1800 or other switchboard equipped for from 
10 to 40 lines, with little prospect of immediate growth. When 
more than 20 lines are to be accommodated* these frames can 
be lined up, one above the other. Cross connection facilities 
are provided by rings on the back of the frame. This frame 
is designed for mounting against the wall. The drilling is so 
arranged that our standard protector groups can be used. 

In ordering, it will be necessary to specify the protector 
groups desired, consulting the following table. 

Other types are available and information will be furnished 
on request. 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 
Protector Groups 

The following standard types of protector groups are 
designed for either central battery or magneto telephone 
exchange lines. They mount on various types of distributing 
frames, including the No. 1431-A described above. 

No. 1435R 
No protection, equipped with terminal punchings for 
terminating 25 lines. 

No. I435Y 
No protection, equipped with terminal punchings for 
terminating 20 lines. 

No. 1435U 

Protection of 20 outside lines ajainst abnormal current, 
equipped with No. 7A fuses. 

No. N1435MP 

Arranged for connection to and protection of 20 inside 
lines against high potential and sneak currents, equipped 
with No. 76A heat coils and No. 26 and No. 27 protector 
blocks. 

No. N1435MBP 

Similar to No. N1435MP except arranged for connecting 
to and protection of 20 outside lines. 

Prices on application. 

Switchboard Cords 



N*.9i COPO TIPS 




S2A Cord Switchboard End 

Northern Electric switchboard cords will be found to have 
exceptional strength and wearing qualities, and will stand up 
longer in service than any other cords manufactured. These 
cords are all of the tinsel alloy type. 

It is customary to use 4 foot switchboard and 4 foot 6 inch 
operators' telephone cords on small magneto and private 
exchanges, and 6 foot switchboard and operators' telephone 
cords on other boards. 

These lengths are carried in stock but others will he furn- 
ished on request. The switchboard cords are regularly made 
in colours — red, gray, and green. The gray cords are furnished 
unless another colour is specified. 

In ordering, give the Code No., length and colour of cord, 
and if plugs are to be attached, give the Code No. of the plugs. 
Also specify cord tips if other than the usual ones are required. 

No. S2A 

Two-conductor tinsel switchboard cord used with No. 47 
or N47 plugs on switchboards. Stock lengths 4 foot or 6 foot. 

No. L4B 

Four-conductor tinsel cord, brown mercerized cotton 
covering. Used with operator's head receiver and chest 
transmitter when attached to No. N103 plug. Stock lengths 
4 feet 6 inches, 6 feet and 10 feet. 

No. 437 

Single-conductor tinsel cord, brown mercerized cotton 
covering. Used with suspended type switchboard transmitter. 
Stock length 6 feet. 






24 



Northern Electric 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 
Telephone Set Cords 

If none of the cords described below meet with your require- 
ments, write us, sending if possible a sample cord (an old one 
will do) or a sketch, paying particular attention to the kind 
of tip required. Always specify length of cord when ordering. 

TELEPHONE RECEIVER CORDS 

List Stock 

No. Description Length Cord Tip 

10 Two-conductor tinsel 4^ ft. No. 29 receiver end. 
cord, brown mercerized 
cotton covering. 



No. 103 set end 



R2A Two-conductor tinsel 
cord, brown mercerized 
cotton covering. 



2H ft- No. 103 on both ends 



549 



Two-conductor tinsel 
cord, brown mercerized 
cotton covering. 



2H ft. No. 29 receiver end 
4^4 ft. No. 103 set end 
6 ft. 



DESK STAND CORDS 



TIA Single-conductor tinsel 
cord, brown cotton 
covering; for use with 
transmitter on No. 
1020 desk stands. 

N549 Two-conductor tinsel 
cord, brown mercerized 
cotton covering; for use 
with receiver on No. 
1020 desk stand. 



9J^ ins. No- 103 on stand end 
No. 98 on transmit- 
ter end 



2Hft 

4^ ft 
6 ft 



No. 103 on both ends 



550 



Three-conductor tinsel 5^2 ft. No. 103 on both ends 
cord, brown mercerized 8 ft. 
cotton covering; for use 10 ft. 
with No. 1020 desk 15 ft. 
stand to connect it 
with desk set box. 



HAND SET CORDS 



P 



H3B Three-conductor cord, 
brown mercerized cot- 
ton covering; for use 
with No. 102A-3 Hand 
Telephone Set between 
the hand set and hand 
set mounting. 

D3H Three-conductor cord, 
brown mercerized cot- 
ton covering; for use 
. with No. 102A-3 Hand 
Telephone Set between 
handset mounting and 
desk set box. 

Prices on application. 



ft. No. 103 on hand set 
mounting end 
No. 100 on hand set 
end 



5Hft. No. 103 on both ends 



TELEPHONE BOOTHS 
No. 1 Folding Door Telephone Booth 



I 




EndPcnel 



StWUfcr In4*u**«f fcurtfoc 






L 




N, 4 0*~«l 



f < U 



2 

« 

s 

6 

7 
8 
9 



2 *M 

5 O* 

7 fr* 

10 OH 

12 6* 

I) OH 

17 6 

19 IK* 

U SH 



The No. 1 folding door booths are designed for installation 
in groups, being built in units with unfinished sides. They are 
placed with separators between adjacent units and assembled 
with panels at either end of the group of compartments. The 
backs of the units are finished as indicated in the code listings. 

The folding door construction makes these booths particu- 
larly desirable for use in narrow hallways or passages as the 
door opens and closes in a space only three inches beyond the 
front surface of the booth. 
This door will remain as 
placed in any position. The 
sides, ceiling and the lower 
panel of the door on the in- 
side are lined with sheet 
metal. The floor and front 
baseboard are covered with 
linoleum and the threshold is 
protected with a safety tread. 

These booths are strong and 
substantial in construction. 

The special folding door 
space but protects the user. 
List No. Description 

1A Booth Birch, Light Mahogany finish, Hardwood Back. 
IB Booth Birch, Light Mahogany finish with Softwood Back. 
1C Booth Oak, Golden Finish with Hardwood Back. 
ID Booth Oak, Golden Finish with Softwood Back. 
IE Booth Birch, Dark Mahogany finish with Hardwood Back. 
IF Booth Birch, Dark Mahogany finish with Softwood Back. 

Orders for No. 1 type booths should specify the following: 

No. 1 (A, B, C, D, E or F) booths; end panels (state List 
No. of booth) ; separators (state List No. of booth) ; seats. 

Dimensions. 




10 24 1 1 H 



N*4« Om-a> 



design not only economizes 



No. of 
Units 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 



Over All Width 

Ft. In. 

2 m 

5 0% 

7 m 

10 OH 

12 ftl 



No. of Over All Width 

Units Ft. In. 

6 15 oy s 

7 17 6 

8 19 U% 

9 22 5% 
10 24 11H 



Note — Overall width includes end panels and separators. 

These booths may if specified be equipped with combination 
ceiling light and vent fixtures, outside ventilating plate and 
automatic switch. 

Prices on application. 



Northern Etectric 



25 



TELETYPE 

The art of printing a message at a distant point by means 
of a machine similar to a typewriter has advanced remarkably 
in recent years- This art, together with the long distance 
telephone, has become the principal means of long distance 
communication. The machines used for this purpose are 
variously called Teletypes, Teleprinters, Teletypewriters or 
Printing Telegraph Machines. 




Sending and Receiving Tape Teletype 

The Northern Electric Company, because of its association 
with the Teletype Corporation, is able to supply these machi- 
nes. They are used by the telephone and telegraph companies 
to handle a large percentage of their traffic but they have 
many other applications; for example; 

To connect a factory with its warehouse. 

To connect a city shipping office with wharf or freight office. 

To connect a central police station with the precincts. 

To connect the various departments of a hotel. 

To connect freight terminals on a railway. 




Sending and Receiving page teletype 

Messages can be printed on page or tape. The Northern 
Electric Company will be glad to discuss with you any parti- 
cular application. Write our nearest Branch House. 

Prices on application. 



TELEPHONE APPARATUS 
Railway Telephones 

The Northern Electric Company manufactures several 
models of telephones especially for use of the railways. 
They are local battery telephones and are so designed that a 
large number of them can be used on a long line with small 
transmission loss. They are used by railways principally for 
the dispatching of trains but they can be used for other 
purposes and are available to others who have similar require- 
ments. They can be had as wall telephones, desk telephones, 
portable telephones and telephones in weatherproof cases for 
use out of doors. 




■ » 



No. 1336F Telephone 



Selective Calling Equipment 

Telephone lines on which the above telephones are used 
may also be equipped for selective calling. This equipment 
permits the operator or dispatcher to call any one of the 
stations on the line and exclude all of the others or to call all 
of them at once. The equipment is very reliable. It is simple 
in construction and operation. It operates on alternating 
current. It is used all over the world. 




No. 60AP Selector 

No. 60-AP Alternating Current Selector 

Write your nearest Northern Electric House for a special 
catalogue of Railway Telephones and Selective Calling 
Equipment, I 

Prices on application. 



26 



Northern Electric 



AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE 
APPARATUS 



AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE EXCHANGE 

EQUIPMENT 

Automatic Equipment can be furnished to meet conditions 
of large or small offices. 

Industrial and utility requirements frequently find an 
internal telephone system of much advantage. To meet these 
conditions Private Automatic Exchanges have been de- 
signed and many are now in successful operation. 



awiTii&uAtfo 



fiAtTt«r 




I 






f-3*£a *anei» 



ism amd chkkc co*T*o^v*,t 



TYPICAL INSTALLATION 



One of the types most largely used has heen our No. 25 
type P.A.X- 

This is illustrated above and consists of sectional frame- 
work which may be equipped for varying traffic conditions 
and up to 100 lines. 

In addition to the usual traffic and line requirements, 
special services such as Superintendent's code call, Executive 
right of way. conference, etc., may be added. 

Power supply may be either A.C. or D.C. of usual fre- 
quency or voltage. 

The telephone sets are of the usual two-wire types and 
equipped with dials. 

The operation is simple, i.e., remove the receiver and dial 
the called number, if the line is busy an audible tone is given. 
If not busy, the called party's line rings automatically.. 

We shall be glad to discuss any particular application, if 
you will address our nearest Branch, giving details of the 
proposed installation. 

Prices on application. 



TERMINATING CABLES 

V 

Terminating cables are of two types— one for general use 
and the other for locations of high humidity. 

The cables for general use are Types "FA," "GA" and 
"UA." These cables consist of pairs of No. 22 A.W.G. 
tinned annealed copper wires with each conductor insulated 
with a double silk and single cotton wrapping, stranded 
together to form a core which is protected by a pure lead 
sheath. 

Type "FA" is the more generally used. It contains from 
6 to 606 pairs, and with the exception of one tracer pair, all 
pairs have the same color insulation, white paired with red- 
white. 

Type "GA" cables are made in sizes from 6 to 51 pairs, 
and each pair is distinguishable from every other by the 
color of its insulation. The type "GA" cables are used only 
where the color code is an advantage. 

Type "UA" cables are similar to the type "GA" cables 
except that the core is impregnated. The type "UA" cables 
are used where there would be objections to the usual method 
of waxing, during installation, of the exposed insulated 
conductors. 

The cables for use on locations where the humidity may 
be high for long periods are Types "MFA," "MGA" and 
"MUA." These cables are the same as the types "FA," 
"GA" and "UA" cables except that the conductors consist 
of enamelled tinned annealed copper wires. 

All six types have pure lead sheaths, as it has been found 
that this sheath is satisfactory for use within buildings. 



Code A.W.G 


Standard 
Size-Prs. 


Conductor 

Resistance 

per mile 

68° F.ohms 


Dielectric 
Strength 

A.C. 

Volts 


Insulation 

Resistance 

Megohms 

per mile 


FA 


22 


6-606 


96 


700 


500 


GA 


22 


6- 51 


96 


700 


500 


UA 


22 


6- 51 


96 


700 


500 


MFA 


22 


6-606 


105 


700 


500 


MGA 


22 


6- 51 


105 


700 


500 


MUA 


22 


6- 51 


105 


700 


500 











V 


in 


















c « 


CJ - 


■*-* c 
















M g 


"O o 


■c a 
















.a£ 


'55 e 


&«o 








-S 

z 

o 


CO 

'_ 

"5s 

0- 

6 


. - 

< 

N 


p 

o 

4-1 

c 
rt 

U t/5 

3 n 


it 

5 g 


pprox. Out 
iameter — I 


pprox. Wei 
;r foot in p 


onvenient 

hipping 

engths 


c 

3 
r- 
C 

• — 

X 

CO 

2 


onvenient 

hipping 

engths 


u 


Z 


t/5 


Oft! 


Zi75 


<Q 


< a 


U^J 


'sJCfiJ 


FA, GA 


6 


22 


6 


.047 


.34 


.25 


1000 




3500 


UA 


11 


22 


11 


.047 


.41 


.32 


1000 




3500 


MFA 


16 


22 


16 


.047 


.47 


.39 


1000 




3500 


MGA 


26 


22 


26 


.047 


.56 


.51 


1000 




3500 


MUA 


51 


22 


51 


.047 


.73 


.75 


1000 




3000 




76 


22 


76 


.063 


.89 


1.19 


1000 




2500 




101 


22 


101 


.063 


1.00 


1.42 


1000 




2500 


FA 


152 


22 


151 


.063 


1.19 


1.86 


1000 




1600 


and ' 


202 


22 


201 


.063 


1.34 


2.26 


1000 




1600 


MFA 


303 


22 


302 


.094 


1.69 


3.85 


800 




1400 




404 


22 


403 


.125 


1.97 


5.62 


600 




1100 




[606 


22 


605 


.125 


2.38 


7.45 


600 




700 



Northern Electric 



27 



STORAGE BATTERIES 

A complete line of Exide-Chloride Storage Battery Equip- 
ment, suitable for Telephone, Industrial and Signalling 
Systems, is available and complete information and quotation 
can be obtained from the nearest Branch House. 

Certain two-plate, open-cell types have been of such general 
use that detailed information is shown below, particularly 
with a view to convenience to identify replacement parts. 




3 Cells of 
Type"BTH" 



Size of plates, in inches 
Number of plates 



Normal charge rate 



Outside dimen- 
sions of glass - 
jar, in inches: 



Length 

Width 

Height 



1% 



Height of cell from bot- 
tom of jar to top of 
strap, in inches 7^ 

Weight of electrolyte in 
glass jar, in pounds.. . . 1 

Weight of cell complete, 
with electrolyte in 
glass jar, in pounds.. . . 5 




3 Cells of Type "PTH" 



Type BTH CTH 



PTH 



ETH 



4x3 5x5 8fi x 5 7% x 7M 
2 2 2 2 



Discharge (8 hours.. . % \ x /i 

in amperes \ 5 hours.. . 1 2 

for: 1 3 hours.. . \ x /2 3 



3 


4^ 


4K 


6H 


6 


9 



Wi 



2H 

8 



2H 
6 



4M 



2M 

m 

ny 2 



9K 



14 



13H 



3K 



4K 



1% 



9% 



17 



24 H 



Element, List No 21082 21080 21081 



Glass Jar, List No 217 

Prices on application 



225 



229 



21083 



234 



STORAGE BATTERIES 

These same types, as well as others, are available in the 
more recently designed "sealed types" of cells — 




5 Cell BTMH-2 unit 





6 Cell PTMH-2 Unit 



DMGO Cell 





FMGO Cell 



EMGO Cel 



Prices on application 



28 



Northern Etectric 



SILK AND COTTON INSULATED 
SWITCHBOARD WIRE 

Switchboard wire is used for the wiring of telephone switch- 
boards and miscellaneous purposes in central offices. This 
wire is supplied in single conductor, pair, triple, or quadruple 
conductor form. 

SWITCHBOARD WIRE 
Code No. 2 

This wire consists of Nos. 14, 10, 18, 19, 20, 22 or 24 A.W.G. 
tinned copper conductors covered with a double silk and 
single cotton wrapping and saturated with a transparent 
moistureproof compound. Supplied in assorted colors and 
combination of colors. This wire is the general standard used. 

ENAMELLED SWITCHBOARD WIRE 

Code No. 4 

This wire is similar to Code No. 2 Switchboard Wire 
except that the conductors are enamelled after being tinned. 
This wire is used in particular circuits and in locations of 
high humidity. 

KEYBOARD WIRE 
Code \"o. 8 Switchboard Wire 

Keyboard Wire is used for the interconnections and battery- 
leads of apparatus in telephone and telegraph circuits. This 
wire was known as "Keyboard Wire" or "B.B.E. Wire/' and 
is now known as "Code No. X Switchboard Wire." This wire 
consists of Nos. 16, 19 or 20 A.W.G. enamelled tinned an- 
nealed copper wire insulated with one serving of silk and a 
cotton braid, and saturated with a transparent moistureproof 
compound- This wire is supplied in single conductor and 
two to five conductors twisted together. The twisted con- 
ductors are tested for 500 volts between each conductor, and 
supplied in assorted colors and a combination of colors. 

SHIELDED WIRES 

Shielded wires are for use in circuits susceptible to the 
influence of stray electrostatic fields. The shielding is ac- 
complished by means of a copper braid which may be made 
with the copper braid bare or with a black or grey glazed 
cotton overall braid. It is most generally used with Code 
8 wire. 

DICTOGRAPH CABLE 

Dictograph cable is developed for use with Dictograph 
systems and consists of enamelled copper conductors, in- 
sulated with a single serving of cotton, marked for tracing, 
twisted into pairs, stranded and then finished similar to 
inter-phone cables. 

These cables can be supplied with different combinations 
of conductors and gauges of wire. Information on any parti- 
cular combination required will be furnished on request. 



The history of the develop- 
ment of the telephone in Canada 
has been the history of the 
Northern Electric Company. 
From the early days of the tele- 
phone up to the present time 
the Northern Electric Company 
has been the foremost Canadian 
telephone manufacturer in all 
its allied branches. The North- 
ern Electric Company is pre- 
pared to engineer and supply 
Telephone Systems for large 
industrials, municipalities or for 
individuals, from the most 
complicated automatic equip- 
ment to the simplest party to 
party Inter-phone System. 




29 



The Northern Electric Company and 
Associates in the Telephone field have 
achieved through engineering research 
many new scientific developments. Some 
of these are adaptations of old principles 
for use in new fields. The equipment 
developed particularly for telephone and 
radio telephone use, has been the founda- 
tion of Radio Broadcasting, Public Address 
and Music Reproducing Systems, Audio- 
meters, Audiphones, etc. You will find 
this section of your catalogue most inter- 
esting, as it presents various equipment and 
particularly the newapparatus in each group. 



for 

SPECIAL 

PRODUCTS 
INDEX 

See Back of 
this Page 



See alphabetical index 
for page numbers of 
listings at back 
of book. 



k 






^m^m 



30 



Northern Electric 




INDEX 



Radio Broadcasting Equipment 

Speech Input Equipment 

Aircraft Equipment 

Point-to-Point Equipment 

Public Address and Music Reproducing Equipment 

Audiphones 

Sound Picture Equipment 

Vacuum Tubes 

Audiometers 

Police Radio Equipment 

Police Signal Systems 

Traffic Signal Systems 

Fire Alarm Systems 

Sprinkler Watchman 



Northern Electric 



31 






Horthertt Electric 

RADIO BROADCASTING EQUIPMENT 

The Northern Electric Company offers a 100-watt Radio Transmitting Equipment which includes all the latest develop- 
ments which heretofore have been available only for high powered transmission. Adaptability is one of the outstanding features 
of this Radio Transmitting Equipment and in providing this feature, an underlying thought of the designing engineers has been 
to protect the broadcasting station owner against early obsolescence. If at some later date, the owner wishes to expand the power 
of his station to 250 watts, 500 watts, 1 Kw., 15 Kw., 25 Kw., or even 50 Kw., it can be done by adding additional units to match 
the existing equipment. Through anticipation of this possibility the designers have made this increase in power a very simple 
matter. The 100-watt Radio Transmitting Equipment is also adaptable to common frequency broadcasting which promises to 
be a very important development in the radio field for covering considerable areas by means of a number of properly distributed 
low power transmitters. A recent achievement of Northern Electric engineers is the design, construction and installation of Sta- 
tion CKY for the Manitoba Telephone System. Station CKY with a power output of 15 kilowatts, contains even,- recent refine- 
ment in broadcast transmission equipment. 








301-A Radio Transmitting Equipment 

The 301-A Radio Transmitting Equipment is a single unit 
100-watt broadcasting equipment capable of 100% modu- 
lation and is entirely A.C. operated. The 12-B Radio Trans- 
mitter consists of a quartz crystal-controlled oscillator, two 
buffer stages of radio frequency amplification, and an output 
stage in which modulation is effected. The transmitter is 
entirely contained in a grey finished steel cabinet, 6' 10" high, 
3' wide, 2' deep and weighs approximately 1535 pounds. The 

operating, tuning and power controls are mounted on the 

front of the transmitter cabinet. Due to the grid-bias system 

of modulation, a minimum number of tubes is employed. 



304-A Radio Transmitting Equipment 

The 304-A Radio Transmitting Equipment is a two unit 
1000-watt broadcasting equipment capable of 100% modu- 
lation and is entirely A.C. operated. This is essentially a 
301-A Radio Transmitting Equipment with the addition of a 
1000-watt radio frequency amplifier which is exactly the same 
size as the 12-B Radio Transmitter. This 71-A Amplifier 
consists of a single stage of push-pull radio frequency ampli- 
fication and an output circuit especially designed for the 
elimination of radio frequency harmonics. The operating, 
tuning and power controls are mounted on the front of the 
transmitter and amplifier cabinets. Ten additional vacuum 
tubes are required for the 71-A Amplifier. 




32 



Northern Electric 



RADIO BROADCASTING EQUIPMENT 




R-8170 Radio Transmitting Equipment 



The R-8170 Radio Transmitting Equipment is a 15 kilowatt 
broadcasting equipment capable of 100% modulation, and 
requires a power source of 220 volts, 3 phase, 60 cycles a.c, 

■ kv.a. for operation. This is essentially a 304-A Radio 
Transmitting Equipment with the addition of a power am- 
plifier tube unit, power amplifier tuning unit, and associated 
apparatus. A high degree of frequency stability of the carrier 
is obtained by the use of the small self-contai ned sealed oscillator 



unit, used also in the 100 and 1000 watt equipments. The 
frequency is controlled by a temperature-controlled quartz 
plate. Mercury vapor rectifier tubes furnish d.c. power at 
17,000 volts and 3000 volts for the plates of the water-cooled 
and radiation-cooled vacuum tubes, respectively. The entire 
equipment is fully automatic in operation and can be started 
by operating a single switch which, by means of a series of 
relays, energizes the various circuits in their proper sequence. 




R-l-A Frequency Monitoring Unit 

The R-l-A Frequency Monitoring Unit is an instrument for 
accurately checking the frequency of a radio transmitter. It 
incorporates a precise source of radio frequency energy, which 
is the same oscillator used in the 100, 1000 watt and 15 K\V 
Equipments, and is used as a standard for comparison, and a 
difference frequency indicating mechanism. The unit consists 
essentially of a Quartz Crystal Oscillator, two stages of radio 
frequency amplification, a detector and a visual indicator 
which registers the difference frequency between the oscillator 
in the radio transmitter and the oscillator in the monitoring 
unit. This unit fulfils the demand for high quality monitoring 
apparatus to meet the frequency checking requirements of the 
Canadian Radio Broadcasting Commission. 




R-7202 Modulation Meter 



The R-7202-A Modulation Meter is an a.c. operated instru- 
ment designed for use with radio transmitters to give a con- 
tinuous visual indication of percentage modulation. The unit 
offers a remarkably compact and neat appearance as well as 
meeting all requirements for broadcasting stations. A volume 
indicator type meter is used in this unit which gives a conti- 
nuous visual indication of the depth of modulation. It is 
extremely simple to operate, need only be checked periodical- 
ly, and the adjustment can be made during a programme. 1 

The R-7202-B Modulation Meter is a cabinet mounted 
R-7202-A'Modulation Meter. The cabinet has a sloping panel 
and is finished in'dull walnut, presenting a pleasing appearance. 



s - 



Northern Electric 



33 



Northern Electric 

SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 



The Northern Electric Company, always en- 
eavouring to provide better facilities for radio 
roadcasting stations, has developed and produced 
n entirely new series of A.C. operated Speech In- 
ut Equipments both portable and rack 
lounted. 

In the control room, the type of equipment has 
langed from the old style of rack mounting with 
acuum tubes projecting on the face of the panel 
) the modern style of "Depressed Panel Mount- 
ig" on enclosed cabinet type racks. The North- 
-n Electric Company offers to broadcasting 
:ations all that is required in speech input 
luipment from the microphone to the output 
Dntrols, including carbon and dynamic transmit- 
irs, transmitter mountings, transmitter ampli- 
ers, monitoring loud speakers, line amplifiers, 
lput and output control panels, frequency 



i 






- 






• 






9 ^1 






( 


-. .*®; 




k. . 


• *w J 




> 




BR 


p- 




c 


i 


i *•- 




1 




i 



u 




•iH 



monitoring equipment, modulation meters, volume 
indicators, etc. 

As the size of the station and the facilities 
required vary considerably, several different 
equipments have been standardized. In special 
cases where the standardized equipments do not 
meet the customer's requirements, new arrange- 
ments of the panels will be supplied. 

The amplifiers and other essential parts embodv 
the latest design features which result in extremel v 
low noise level and distortion percentages under 
the rated operating conditions. The assembling, 
wiring and testing of the apparatus before ship- 
ment from the factory result in reduced installa- 
tion and first costs. The enclosed cabinet type 
rack mounting and careful arrangement of wiring 
and appearance greatly facilitate maintenance" 
Due to its neat appearance, the apparatus will 

make an attractive addition 
to the equipment of any 
radio broadcasting station. 

The portable speech 
input equipment while 
having high quality trans- 
mission, is small, neat and 
compact for easy transpor- 
tation and is capable of 
performing the functions de- 
manded of modern stationary 
speech input equipment. 

In the new depressed 
panel construction, the 
vacuum tubes, transformers 
and other large parts 
of apparatus are mounted 
on the rear of the panel ; while 
the wiring, terminals and 
smaller parts are mounted 
in a recess on the front of 
the panel. A mat is pro- 
vided for the face of each 
panel which is held firmly 
in place by thumb screws. 
The mats afford protection 
from dust and mechanical 
injury, and present a flush 
uniform front surface with 
the elimination of many of 
the usual dust collecting pro- 
jections. All panels, ampli- 
fiers, etc., of the new depres- 
sed panel construction will 
be furnished with an alumi- 
num grey finish. 




34 



Northern Electric 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




R-4000 Amplifier— Rear view 

R-4000 Amplifier 

This is a general purpose amplifier incorporating both high 
gain and high output level, as well as including its own power 
supply, and can be used where the highest quality is required. 
The gain of 110 db. is adequate to permit use with dynamic 
or other low level microphones without preliminary amplifiers. 
It operates from either 25 or GO cycle, 110 volt a.-c. power 
supply. The maximum output is +34 db.. input impedance is 
200 ohms, output impedance is 500 ohms and 8 ohms, and 
power consumption is 175 watts, This amplifier is a compact 
four-stage unit assembled on a depressed panel type mounting 
plate, and requires 14" of mounting space on a standard 19" 
rack. Jt employs six of the improved new type long life vacuum 
tubes which must be ordered separately. A plate current 
meter and meter switch is provided to measure the plate 
currents of all the vacuum tubes. 



^ 





R-4001-A Amplifier 

This is a compact two-stage rack mounted monitoring and 
line amplifier, completely a.-c. operated from either 25 or 60 
cycles, 105-130 volts power supply. It includes a volume 
control, a plate current meter and meter switch to measure 
individually the plate current of each of the vacuum tubes. 
It employs four of the improved new type, long life, vacuum 
tubes, which must be ordered separately. The maximum gain 
is 50 db. when matched, and 42 db. when working between 
500 ohm circuits. The input impedance is 4000 ohms, the 
output impedance 500 ohms and 8 ohms, and the maximum 
output is +34 db. It is assembled on a depressed panel type 
mounting plate and requires S 3 4 " mounting space on a stand- 
ard 19" rack. 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




R-4001-B Amplifier— Rear view 

R-4001-B Amplifier 

This is the same as the R-4001-A Amplifier, except that it 
has an input impedance of 200 ohms instead ot 4000 ohms. 




R-4002 Amplifier 

This is a d.c. operated four-stage chassis mounted portable 
audio-frequency amplifier for use in conjunction with dynamic 
microphones as a remote pickup amplifier in speech input 
equipments. The maximum gain is So db., maximum output 
is -|-S db., output impedance is 500 ohms, and it is provided 
with two input circuits of 30 ohms impedance, each controlled 
by a mixer. It is contained in an aluminum carrying case 14* 
long, 10" wide, and S" high. Cords and plugs are supplied as 
part of the amplifier, but the five 264-A vacuum tubes and 
necessary batteries must be ordered separately. 






Northern Electric 



35 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




R-4003 Amplifier 

This is an a.c. operated (except for "C" batteries) four- 
stage chassis mounted portable audio frequency amplifier 
intended for use as a remote pickup amplifier for radio broad- 
casting, in conjunction with a 618-A Transmitter (dynamic 
microphone) or similar transmitter. The maximum gain is 
90 db., maximum output is +10 db., output impedance is 
500 ohms and it is provided with two input circuits of 30 
ohms impedance each, controlled by a mixer. It is contained 
in an aluminum carrying case 14" long, 10" wide and 9" high. 
Cords and plugs are supplied as part of the amplifier, but the 
"C 1 batteries and vacuum tubes must be ordered separately. 
It operates from 105-125 volts, 25 or 60 cycle power supply. 




R-4009-A Amplifier— Rear View 

R-4009-A Amplifier 

This is a single stage a.c. operated rack mounted unit 

intended for use as a preliminary amplifier with a dynamic 

microphone. It is intended to be connected between the 

microphone and its associated mixer volume control in order 

to increase the level at which the control units operate and to 

reduce tube noise. It has a gain of 30 db., an output impedance 

of 200 ohms or 50 ohms, and an input impedance of 25 ohms. 

It is assembled on a depressed panel type mounting plate and 

requires 3M" of space on a standard 19" rack. One 262-A 

vacuum tube is required and must be ordered separately. 

This amplifier operates from 110 volts 25 or 60 cycle power 
supply. 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




R-4009-B Amplifier— Front View — Mat Removed 

R-4009-B Amplifier 

This is the same as the R-4009-A Amplifier except that it 
has an input impedance of 200 ohms instead of 25 ohms, and 
is intended for use in recording and music reproducing sys- 
tems. 




RPS-100 G Amplifier 

This is a high quality A.C. operated three-stage chassis 
mounted audio-frequency amplifier intended for use as a 
broadcast pick-up amplifier in portable speech input equip- 
ments, using a 000- A transmitter (carbon microphone). It 
has a maximum gain of Bo db., a maximum output of +15 
db., an input impedance of 200 ohms, and an output impe- 
dance of 500 ohms and 8 ohms. This amplifier includes tubes, 
power cord and plugs. It operates from 105- 125 volts, 25 or 
60 cycle power supply, and requires about 100 watts. The 
dimensions are 19J^" x 9 1 i" x 9? 4 ", and it weighs about 
50 lbs. 




RPS-100-K Amplifier (Cover Removed) 

RPS-100-K Amplifier 

This is a high level A.C. operated three-stage speech input 
amplifier mounted in an aluminum case, for use with the 
Northern Electric 12A Radio Transmitter at the transmitter 
location. It has a maximum gain of 80 db., a maximum output 
of +30 db., an input impedance of 200 ohms, and an output 
impedance of 500 ohms and 8 ohms. It includes tubes, power 
cord and plug. It operates from 105-125 volts, 25 or 60 cycle 
power supply and requires about 100 watts. The dimensions 
are 19K* x %\i* x 9%", and it weighs about 50 lbs. 



36 



North ertt E he trie 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




RPS- 154- A Amplifier 

This is a single stage high quality portable unit for use as 
a preliminary amplifier with a dynamic microphone in con- 
junction with a portable amplifier such as the RPS-100 type 
amplifier. The input impedance is 25 ohms, the output im- 
pedance is 50 or 200 ohms, and the gain is 30 decibels. This 
amplifier is contained in a sturdy aluminum case 7 l A" X 5" x 
12;? o" with two removable covers and includes a power cord 
and the necessary plugs. One 262-A Vacuum Tube is required 
and must be ordered separatelv. The power supply required 
is 110 volts, 25 or 60 cycle A.C. and 135 volts, 1 mil. D.C. It 
weighs about 15 lbs. complete with cords and plugs. 




R-5029 Control Cabinet 

This is a portable four channel mixer for use with dynamic 
microphones. It can be supplied for two or three channels 
instead of four, but the number of channels required should be 
specified when ordering for less than four channels. It is 
designed for operating directly out of dynamic microphones 
ahead oi all amplifiers, and has an output impedance of 200 
ohms. It is contained in an aluminum finished steel carrying 

^ S u-u ec j u n? p f d Wlth rec eptacle. The cabinet is 20" long 
high and 8 deep. It weighs about 20 lbs 




R-5300 Equalizer 

This is a shunt type rack-mounted equalizer intended to 
correct the attenuation distortion for the frequency range of 
3o to S000 cycles per second, of non-loaded cable circuits used 
for programme transmission. It is uniformly variable bv 
means of a control appearing on the front panel. It requires 
6y 2 ol mounting space on a standard 19" rack. 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




R-5028 Control Cabinet 

This is a portable high-quality four-channel mixer for use 
with carbon microphones, and has a self-contained power unit 
operating from 110 volts, 25 or 60 cycle power for supplying 
microphone current. The carrying case is 20" long. 9" high, 
and 8" deep. A 20 ft. power cord is supplied as part of this 
equipment, and the complete unit weighs 50 lbs. One TA-41 15 
Condenser is required for operation and must be ordered 
separatelv. 




R-5452 Filter 

This filter is arranged to mount directly on the back of the 
600-A Transmitter and is designed to prevent packing of car- 
bon. It consists of a retardation coil and two condensers 
mounted on a phenol fibre disc, and is assembled in a nickel 
finished brass cover 3H" in diameter and 1%" deep It 
includes one M-l-E and two T-l-A Cords. 




R-7752 Mixer Panel 

This is a three channel mixer with a master gain control 
intended to mix the output of three dynamic microphones, 
and to control the combined output. Signal lights are pro- 
vided to show when each circuit is in operation and an auto- 
matic switch shuts off the signal light when the potentiometer 
is in the zero position. These signals are intended to be oper- 
ated in series with external signal lights from an external 24 
volt supply. The output impedance is 200 ohms. It is arranged 

ft> r „ pan , eI moun t«ng and requires 5 l A" of space on a standard 
19 rack. 



Northern Electric 



37 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




R-6-E Headset 

This is a standard 3000 ohm headset for use with radio 
receiving sets. The cases of the individual receivers are of 
brass, nickel plated. The inductance of each of the coil wind- 
ings in the receivers is held within exceedingly close limits, 
thereby assuring uniform tone in both earpieces. The head- 
band consists of two separated spring wires covered with a 
soft brown web tubing, affording a comfortable bridge to 
support the receivers on the head. 




R-7778 Control Panel 

This is a microphone control panel to supply current for 
one carbon microphone and to control the output when 
operating into an amplifier. The output impedance is 4000 
ohms and is primarily intended to work into an R-4001-A 
Amplifier. The microphone current is supplied by a self- 
contained power unit which operates from 110 volts 25 or 60 
cycle power supply, and a meter is provided to measure the 
microphone current. This pane! is arranged for rack mounting 
and requires 5*4" on a 19" rack. One TA-4115 Condenser is 
required for operation but must be ordered separately. 




n 



R-7789 Input Control Panel 

This input control panel provides three keys for switching 
three incoming telephone lines to the amplifier input, or to the 
subscriber set, as required. A master telephone line switch is 
provided, also a key for turning "Off" and "On" a dynamic 
microphone for local announcements. Both circuits are 
equipped with volume controls. The microphone key also 
disconnects the monitoring loudspeaker when turned to the 
"On"' position. This panel requires 7" of mounting space on a 
standard 19 " rack. 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 
R-7754 Output Control Panel 

This output control panel provides volume control and 
switching for two monitor circuits and an output "On-Off 
key. It requires 5J4" of mounting space on a standard 19 " 
rack. It is designed for use in conjuction with radio trans- 
mitters such as the Northern Electric 100 watt 12-B Radio 
Transmitter. 




R-7777 Control Panel 

This control panel is intended for use at a transmitting 
station where the transmitter is remote from the studio, and 
provides input and output switching facilities. On the input 
side it provides switching between two lines, a variable line 
equalizer, a repeating coil and line pads. On the output side 
it provides an "On-Off" key for the transmitter, and a volume 
control for a 500 ohm monitoring circuit. It requires 3J4" of 
mounting space. 







R-7755 Voltage Control Panel 

This panel consists essentially of a tapped auto-transformer, 
tap switch, and an a.c. voltmeter. The switch provides line 
voltage adjustment in ten 3 volt taps. It requires 534" of 
mounting space, and operates from 100-130 volts, 25 or 60 
cycles. It will provide a 15 volt correction for a 1 KW. load. 

R-7798 Terminal Panel 

This is a rack mounted depressed panel type terminal panel 
primarily intended lor terminating power circuits on speech 
input bays. It provides forty screw type terminals and 
requires 7" of mounting space on a standard 19" rack. 




R-7783 Jack Panel 

This jack panel consists of a black phenol fibre panel fitted 
to a mounting plate and is drilled for mounting a maximum of 
ninety-six 218-J or similar type jacks. The jacks are grouped 
in pairs, thus providing forty-eight circuits for amplifiers, 
telephone lines, volume indicators, etc. The jacks required 
are not supplied as part of this panel and must be ordered 
separately. It requires 534 " of mounting space on a standard 
19" rack. A convenient arrangement is to connect the jacks 
so that the normal setup of the circuits with which the jacks 
are associated is continuous when plugs are not inserted in the 
jacks, because the circuits are connected through the jack 
contacts. This provides a flexible arrangement since an ampli- 
fier or other unit may be readily isolated and then patched 
in at another point in case of emergency. 



■M 



*- ft 



■■ 



38 



Northern Electric 






SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 
R-7792 Jack Panel 

This is similar to the R-7783 jack panel except that it pro- 
vides for forty-eight 218-J or similar type jacks instead of 
ninety-six. It requires Z%* of mounting space and provides 
for two rows of jacks grouped in pairs, thus providing twenty- 
four circuits for amplifiers, telephone lines, volume indicators, 
etc. The jacks required are not supplied as part of this panel 
and must be ordered separately. 



0000003G > 3 <2> © r ■ "5 ) rj O G -L 




R-7753 Jack Panel (fully equipped) 

R-7753 Jack Panel 

This jack panel provides for twenty-four 218-J or similar 
tvpe jacks and requires l?/ 4 * of mounting space on a standard 
1*9" rack. The jacks are grouped in pairs thus providing 
twelve circuits for amplifiers, telephone lines, volume indicat- 
ors, etc. The jacks required are not supplied as part of this 
panel and must be ordered separately. 

Jacks 

218-J Jacks. These are heavily insulated, single mounted 
tip and sleeve jacks o l 2 " long, with a nickel finished sleeve 
arranged for use with 241-A plugs, and have a single break 
contact on the tip. 




K-iTs* Monitor Panel. Front Mat Removed. 

R-7787 Monitor Panel 

This monitoring panel consists of a 10" dynamic speaker 
mounted on a steel mounting plate. The panel is equipped 
with a volume control and "On-Off " key. It has its own field 
supply for operation from 110 volts, 2o or GO cycle circuits. 
It requires \'2 ] A " of mounting space on a standard 19" rack. 
One 274-A Vacuum Tube is required as a rectifier, but must 
be ordered separately. 



t? 




H 



I 






R-7780 Volume Indicator Panel 

This is a rack mounted volume indicator for measuring 
the output energy levels of amplifiers and speech input equip- 
ments. It consists essentially of a rectifier voltmeter tvpe 
volume indicator. It will indicate levels from to +40 decibels 
in 2 db. intervals. It is primarily intended to operate across 
a circuit having a 500 ohm impedance in each direction from 
the bridging point. This volume indicator requires 5%" of 
mounting space on a standard 19" rack. 

R-7790 Volume Indicator Panel 

This is the same as the R-7780 volume indicator except that 
it reads from —10 to +30 decibels instead of from to +40 
decibels, 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 
R-7796 Monitor Panel 

This monitor panel consists of a Z-595-A loudspeaking 
telephone mounted on a depressed panel, and a three point 
switch to switch the loudspeaking telephone to any one of 
three circuits. It requires 15%' of mounting space on a 
standard 19" rack. A field supply capable of delivering: 2.4 
amperes at 12 volts is required to operate the loudspeaking 
telephone. 




R-7779 Monitor Panel 

The R-7779 Monitor Panel consists essentially of a high 
quality 10-inch dynamic loudspeaker mounted on a depressed 
panel. A potentiometer provides means for controlling the 
volume and a snap switch controls the external field supply 
for the speaker exciting coil. It requires 12 J^ inches of mount- 
ing space on a standard 19-inch rack. A field supply capable 
of delivering 0.75 amperes at 2-1 volts is required to operate 
the loudspeaker. 

R-7788 Telephone Panel 

This is a rack mounted panel for furnishing telephone com- 
munication between studio and transmitter locations in speech 
input equipments. The apparatus is assembled on a depressed 
panel type mounting plate, and requires 5K* of space on a 
standard 19" rack. One 206-A-3 Hand Telephone Set is 
required for use with this panel, but must be ordered 
separately. 




R-7781 Mixer Panel 

This is a rack mounted four channel mixer intended for use 
with dynamic microphones, and requires 5^" of mounting 
space on a 19" rack. This mixer panel can be supplied for two 
or three channels instead of four, but the number of channels 
required should be specified when ordering a mixer for less 
than lour channels. This mixer is designed for operating 
directly out of dynamic microphones ahead of all amplifiers, 
and has an output impedance of 200 ohms. 



Northern Electric 



39 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




R-7786 Mixer Panel 

This is a rack mounted high quality four channel mixer for 
use with carbon microphones. Four potentiometers are 
provided for controlling the volume and mixing the output of 
the microphones. The microphone current is supplied by a 
self-contained power unit which operates from 110 volts 25 
or 60 cycle power supply, and a meter is provided to measure 
the microphone current. It requires S%" of mounting space 
on a 19" rack. One TA-4115 Condenser is required for opera- 
tion but must be ordered separately. 




C 



R-7775 Terminal and Fuse Panel, mat removed 

R-7775 Terminal and Fuse Panel 

This is a rack mounted panel designed to protect the power 
circuits of amplifiers and rectifiers, and requires?" of mounting 
space on a 19" rack. It provides fuses for six power circuits, 
either a.c. or d.c. Signal lamps are provided which indicate 
when the fuse is blown. It also has twelve separate terminals. 
Six plug fuses are required for operation, but must be ordered 
separately. 




R-7785 Terminal Panel 

This is a rack mounted panel for terminating the local cable 
on speech input bays and interconnecting it to external 
circuits. It consists of three terminal strips, each having 
forty punchings, giving a total of 120 terminals. The terminal 
strips are widely separated preventing interference between 
high level and low level circuits. Ample space is provided on 
each side of this panel to bring in the cables. It requires 
h l /i" of mounting space on a 19" rack. 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




R-7791 Output Control Panel 

This output control panel provides facilities for controlling 
the volume, and switching the input of the monitoring am- 
plifier to either of the three monitor output circuits on large 
radio transmitters, such as the Northern Electric 15 K.W . 
Transmitter, or the audio input to the radio transmitter. An 
"On-Off" key is provided for the audio input to the radio 
transmitter. It requires 0V4" of mounting space on a standard 
19 " rack. 




R-7793 Blank Panel 

Blank panels have been designed to fill in the unequipped 
positions of speech input bays or other such mounted equip- 
ments, to match the other panels on the racks so that the 
completed front of the equipment presents a pleasing and 
compact appearance. These panels are made of heavy gauge 
steel with vertical fillers at the edge to bring them out flush 
with the equipped panels on the rack, but should not be used 
as mounting plates. These blank panels can be supplied in 
any width in multiples of 1%" in width in order to suit the 
requirements of each rack layout. Two metal strips are 
located on the rear of the blank panels adjacent to each end 
which combine with the standard duct details furnished with 
enclosed cabinet type racks to form a completely enclosed 
duct system. 




R-7804 Power Unit 

The R-7804 Power Unit is a rectifier-filter unit designed 
to operate from a 110 volt 25 or GO cycle a.c. power supply, 
and to supply a maximum load current of 50 miltiamperes at 
180 volts d.c. and 2 amperes at 10 volts a.c. It is intended to 
supply plate and filament current to amplifiers, oscillators 
and other similar equipment whose total load requirements 
come within the limit of the unit. It consists essentially ot the 
necessary power transformer, a full wave high vacuum recti- 
fier tube, and a filter circuit. It requires 7" of mounting space 
on a standard 19" rack. One 274-A Vacuum Tube is required 
but must be ordered separately. 



40 



Northern Etectric 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




R-7820 Power Unit— Mat Removed 

R-7820 Power Unit 

This is a rack mounted power unit primarily intended as a 
power supply for energizing speaker fields. It will supply 
24 volts at 1.25 amperes, or 12 volts at 2.5 amperes of filtered 
d.e. It consists of two full wave rectifier circuits, using copper 
sulphide rectifiers, each delivering 12 volts at 1.25 amperes, 
arranged so that they can be connected in series or parallel 
to give 24 or 12 volts; and a single section filter. Taps are 
provided on the power transformer to take care of line voltage 
variations. It requires h}i" of mounting space on a standard 
19" rack, and operates from 110 volts, 25 or 60 cycle power 
supply. One TA-4115 Condenser is required for operation, 
but must be ordered separately. 



Q 






i ne ■ ■ i 



■ m h s ■ ■ 



m 



m m b a p ■ 



3 



L_ 




b n s o a 
lomii 
vim I 



a a 



a bins a 
a a a aa 
a a a a 

IISIB 




R-7803 Power Unit 

This is a rack mounted unit consisting of a full wave rectifier 
and a double filter unit. It will deliver 6 amperes at 24 volts 
from one filter circuit, and 4 amperes at 24 volts from the 
other circuit. The 6 ampere circuit consists of a single stage 
filter which provides sufficient filtering for field supply, signal 
circuits, and other uses not requiring a high degree of filtering. 
I he four ampere circuit consists of a two stage filter and 
provides sufficient filtering for use as filament supply to 
amplifiers, microphone current, exciting lamps and other'uses 
requiring a high degree of filtering. Two rectifier bulbs are 
employed, mounted in removable sockets which allow them 
to be readily changed by simply removing the front mat 
A spare socket is also provided in which to mount a spare 
bulb for qu.ck replacement. A meter and meter switch permit 
the d.rect current in each rectifier bulb and each output circuit 
to be read separately. Taps are provided on the power trans- 
former to take care of line voltage variations and drop in 
output due to aging bulbs. It requires 12^" of mounting 
space on a standard 19" rack and operates from 110 volts 
25 or 60 cycle power supply. Two No. 189048 Tungar Bulbs 
and four TA-4115 Condensers are required for operation, but 
must be ordered separately. 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




R-7807 Power Unit— Mat Removed 

This is a rack mounted power unit and consists of two full 
wave rectifier circuits andthree filter sections. It will deliver 
12, 6 and 4 amperes respectively, at 24 volts from the first, 
second, and third circuits of the triple filter unit. It is essen- 
tially an R-7S03 Power Unit with the addition of a 12 ampere 
-4 volt circuit. The 12 ampere circuit is filtered comparably 
to the 6 ampere circuit, and can be used for loudspeaker fields 
signal circuits, etc. A meter and meter switch permit the 
circuit in each bulb and each output circuit to be read separa- 
tely. I aps are provided on the power transformer to take care 
ot hne voltage variations. It requires 15%" of mounting 
*P ace ° n a standard 19" rack and operates from 110 volts, 
-o or 60 cycle power supply. Four No. 189048 Tungar Bulbs 
and tour TA-4115 Condensers are required for operation, 
but must be ordered separately. 




RPS-117-A Volume Indicator 

This is a rack mounted volume indicator for measuring the 
output levels of amplifiers in speech input equipments It 
consists of a copper oxide rectifier voltmeter tvpe volume 
indicator, and will indicate levels from to +40' decibels in 
- db. intervals. It is primarily intended to operate across a 
circuit having a 500 ohm impedance in each direction from 
the bridging point. The frequency response is uniform within 
one db. from 3d to 10,000 cycles per second. It requires o l A" 
of mounting space on a standard 19" rack, and has a black 
japan mat and back cover finished in aluminum. 

RPS-117-C Volume Indicator 

■JS?*!?*?' S 5 m r aS the Rp S-H7-A Volume Indicator 
except hat. t reads from— 10 to +30 decibels instead of from 
U to +40 db. 

R-7799 Volume Indicator 

This is a small portable unit and is contained in a small 
^"g case about 5 X 3 " X 3 "' and wei * hs approximately 
decibel ste's CS fl "° m ~ 10 to + 30 decibe 's in 5 



Northern Electric 



41 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 





Racks — Enclosed Type 

Three different standard enclosed type racks are available 
for use in mounting the new depressed type panels in Speech 
Input, Music Reproducing and Public Address Systems; they 
consist essentially of a metal cabinet which is open at the 
front, and is equipped with a hinged door at the rear in order 
to provide a means of access to the rear of the panels. The 
door is equipped with a three point locking device which is 
operated by means of a handle. The rack is drilled to mount 
a set of wiring ducts. 

THER-7951 RACK: Is 5'8M" high, Y%%» wide and \%W 

deep. The front of the rack provides approximately 64^" of 
available space for mounting panels. 

THE R-7952 RACK: Is 6'11" high, V8H" wide and 12^' r 
deep. The front of the rack provides approximately 79 " of 
available space for mounting panels. 

THE R-7954 RACK: Is the same height as the R-7951 
rack, but is 4^£" deeper, to enable a frequency monitoring 
equipment to be mounted in it. 

< 

R-8650 SHELF 

This writing shelf consists of a black ebonized wood top 
20-2*1j" wide and 16 " deep, with metal mounting brackets 
drilled to mount on a standard enclosed type rack for use in 
Speech Input Equipments. 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




R-8608 Speech Input Equipment 

This speech input equipment is a self-contained completely 
a.c. operated unit for use with a radio transmitter situated at 
a distance from the studio. The equipment consists prin- 
cipally of an R-4358 type speech input bay which is an as- 
sembly of amplifiers; control, switching, telephone and 
monitor panels; volume indicators, potentiometers and other 
circuit accessories for one programme channel. It is designed 
to accommodate three incoming telephone lines, one of which 
is the programme circuit, one an emergency programme circuit 
and the other an order wire circuit. Keys are provided tor 
switching in these telephone lines to the input of the ampli- 
fiers, or to the telephone panel. A line equalizer has been 
provided for compensating for any transmission loss encoun- 
tered in non-loaded programme circuits. It employs a 600- A 
Transmitter for announcing purposes at the radio transmitter 
location. Space is provided to mount an R-5501 frequency 
monitoring equipment and an R-7202 Modulation Meter, 
which however, do not form a part of the bay, and must be 
ordered separately. This complete speech input bay is o'824" 
high, 3'H ft- w 'de and 17 " deep. 



42 



Northern Electric 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 



i 




600-A Transmitter 

This is a double button high quality microphone, in which 
the harmonics are materially reduced as compared with the 
single button type. It is of the push-pull type, consisting of 
two heavy metal rings clamping a thin stretched duraluminum 
diaphragm which actuates two carbon buttons mounted one 
on each side. Each button is mounted over a gold-plated spot 
in the center of the diaphragm. 

It has a nickel finish and is approximately o 1 2" in diameter 
and 2" deep. 

CORDS— FOR USE WITH CARBON MICROPHONES 

(600-A TRANSMITTERS) 

T— 3— A CORD: This is a brown cotton covered cord equip- 
ped with No. 92 cord tips on one end and arranged for a 
No. 7055 Hubbell cap at the other end, and is supplied in 12 ft. 
and 25 ft. lengths. 

R-48/2 CORD: This is a brown cord consisting of two 
tinsel conductors having cotton and silk insulators and a tinsel 
shield which forms a third conductor, having a silk covering, 
and is supplied in lengths of 12 ft. 

CORDS— FOR USE WITH DYNAMIC MICROPHONES 

(61SA TRANSMITTERS) 

M-3-K CORD: This is a brown cotton covered cord 
equipped with a 285-A plug and 406-A jack. Supplied in 
lengths of 12 and 25 feet. 

M-3-J CORD: This is a black rubber covered cord equipped 
with a 2S5-A plug and 405-A jack. Supplied in lengths of 
100 feet. 

R-4865 CORD: This is a brown cotton covered cord equip- 
ped with a 285-A plug for the microphone end, and a 7311 
Hubbell Plug on the other end. Supplied in lengths of 
12 and 25 feet. 

P-350692 CORDAGE: This is a two conductor shielded 
brown cotton covered cord. Order as required. 

KS-7133 CORDAGE: This is a two conductor shielded 
rubber covered cordage as used in the M-3-J cord for outdoor 
use. Order as required. 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




618-A Transmitter 

This dynamic microphone is entirely free from all sources 
of distortion, has a low noise level, is compact and rugged and 
is not affected in its performance by changes of temperature, 
humidity and barometric pressure. Embodying the most 
recent advances in electro-acoustic design, it represents a 
distinct advance over other pick-up equipment in use at the 
present time. The frequency response is uniform for the 
complete range of audible frequencies. The rugged and simple 
construction insures a long and satisfactory life. Protection 
for the diaphragm is provided by a perforated metal grid 
covered with silk and held in the face of the transmitter by a 
threaded ring. The grid and the metal shell which forms the 
housing of the transmitter are insulated from the moving coil 
and constitute a shield which may be connected to ground. 
A three conductor jack is mounted on the back of the housing. 
The dynamic microphone is approximately 3 l /£" in diameter, 
is about 3" deep and weighs 2Y 2 pounds. It will be furnished 
in an oxidized bronze finish, unless a black crackle finish is 
required. 



PLUGS AND JACKS FOR 61S-A TRANSMITTER 

285-A-13 PLUG: This is an oxidized bronze finished plug 
as supplied on the M-3-K Cord, to fit a 405-A Jack on the 
618-A Transmitter. 

2S6-B-13 Plug: This is an oxidized Bronze finished plug 
mounted on a brass escutcheon plate for standard outlet box 
for connecting the M-3-K Cord to a wall outlet. 

4C6-A-13 JACK: This is an oxidized bronze finished jack 
as supplied on the M-3-K Cord to fit the 286-B Plug. 



CORDS— PATCHING 

R-4869 CORD: This is an 18" two conductor white cord 
used for patching purposes on jack panels. This cord is essen- 
tially a P2AA cord equipped with two 241-A plugs, each 
conductor of the cord being brought out to the tip contact of 
the plug. The plugs are double plugs and have black insulating 
shells. 









Northern Electric 



43 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 




17-A-13 Transmitter 
Mounting 



r 



i 




i 




19-A-13 Transmitter 
Mounting 



17-A-13 Transmitter 
Mounting 

This is a suspension mounting for 
the dynamic microphone, adapted 
for suspending over an orchestra or 
audience when a table or floor 
mounting would not be appropriate. 



19-A-13 Transmitter 
Mounting 

This is a floor type mounting for 
the dynamic microphone, which can 
be varied in height between 3'8" 
and 5'10" \ Designed for use when 
a person is standing and speaking 
into the microphone. 



r~ 




18-A-13 Transmitter 
Mounting 

This is a table mounting for the 
dynamic microphone with a fixed 
height of 13"; usually used when a 
person is sitting at a table and 
speaking into the microphone. 

R-8859 Transmitter 
Mounting 

This is an extension table moun- 
ing for the dynamic microphone, 
which can be varied in height 
between 26" and 35". Suitable 
when a person is standing at a 
table and speaking into the mi- 
crophone, such as at banquets, 
and it is desired to place the micro- 
phone stand on the table. 



SPEECH INPUT EQUIPMENT 





1 



V 



18-Z-13 Transmitter 
Mounting 

This is a table mounting for the 
60Q-A transmitter with a fixed 
height of 16", usually used when a 
person is sitting at a table and 
speaking into the microphone. 



19-Z-13 Transmitter 
Mounting 

This is a floor type mounting for 
the 600-A transmitter which can be 
varied between 311* and 6'1 ". 
Designed for use when a person is 
standing and speaking into the 
microphone. 




19-Z-13 Transmitter 
Mounting 



R-8860 Transmitter Mounting 

This is an extension table mounting for the 600-A trans- 
mitter, which can be varied in height between 29" and 38". 
Suitable when a person is standing at a table and speaking 
into the microphone, such as at banquets, and it is desired 
to place the microphone stand on the table. 




44 



Northern Electric 



Northern Electric 

AIRCRAFT RADIO EQUIPMENT 



• 



Travel by air has been safeguarded and facilitated greatly 
by Aircraft Radio Equipment which affords rapid and de- 
pendable means of communication between planes and 
ground stations. 

Radio gives to aircraft three important services, communi- 
cation, advice and direction. The planes which fly daily over 
the air routes are in constant two-way communication with 
the ground stations situated at intervals of about two hundred 
miles along their routes. By this means they report progress 
at regular intervals, and in case of sudden changes of weather 
they receive warning and advice. In weather conditions which 
would normally make flying impossible, and for night flying, 
planes fly with comparative safety due to the reliability of 
the radio beacon. 

Radio Telephone Equipment to cover the general commu- 
nication needs of aircraft takes the form of two separate sys- 
tems; a low frequency system for receiving radio beacon 
signals and weather reports, and a two-way high frequency 
radio telephone system which permits the plane to keep in 
constant touch both with other planes and with ground 
stations. The two-way telephone system enables pilots to 
receive dispatching and landing instructions in all kinds of 
weather. It also allows intercommunication between points 
within the plane itself. 



The Northern Electric Company now introduces new radio 
telephone equipment for use in transport planes. This im- 
proved equipment has been evolved as the result of conti- 
nuous and exhaustive research combined with the experience 
acquired through intimate contact with the field. Many- 
fundamental improvements have been made including a 
preselected frequency, superheterodyne receiver, and a new 
radio transmitter, both of which are arranged for rapid 
shifting to either the day or the night frequencies. A reduction 
to a minimum of the number of apparatus units, complete 
conduit wiring, and the inclusion of an improved side tone 
circuit by means of which the pilots may converse with each 
other, are other outstanding features. 

The Equipment is arranged so that the beacon receiver can 
be operated separately from the two-way communication 
system. This permits one pilot to listen to the beacon while 
the other is listening to the ground station. However, the 
circuit is arranged so that either one or both pilots may listen 
to both receivers as they may desire. 

For ground stations several Radio Telephone Equipments 
are available, which are capable of supplying from 10 to 400 
watts of unmodulated carrier power. 




Northern E fee trie 



45 



AIRCRAFT RADIO EQUIPMENT 




50 Watt Radio Telephone Equipment 



This equipment provides two-way high frequency radio 
telephone communication with other aircraft or ground 
stations having suitable equipment. It also provides for 
receiving beacon signals and weather reports from ground 
stations. The transmitter is capable of supplying about 
50 watts of carrier power to a suitable airplane antenna, 
and is capable of substantially complete modulation. Quartz 
crystals control the frequencies of the radio transmitter, and 
mechanical means are provided to change the adjustment of 



the radio transmitter to any one of the three frequencies 
determined by the quartz plates. 

Two Superheterodyne Radio Receivers form a part of 
this equipment. One receiver is a low frequency- receiver 
for reception of beacon and weather reports. The other is 
a high frequency receiver for telephone or continuous wave 
reception, and utilizes quartz crystal controlled oscillator 
circuits. This equipment operates from a 12 volt storage 
battery and a power unit consisting of two dynamotors. 




New Aircraft Receiver 
AIRPORT RADIO RECEIVER 






This is a superheterodyne radio receiver primarily in- 
tended for use at airports for the reception of radio signals 
from aircraft. It consists of three distinct units; a radio 
frequency amplifier, an intermediate frequency amplifier, 
and an audio frequency amplifier. These units are mounted 
together on a frame, which in turn is mounted in a steel 
cabinet. This cabinet also contains a power line and control 
line filter. This radio receiver requires 107 to 122 volts, or 
215 to 245 volts single phase, 25 or 60 cycle a.c. power supply 
for operation. The weight of this receiver mounted in the 
cabinet is approximately 210 lbs. 




Airport Radio Receiver 



i »* 




46 



Northern Electric 



AIRCRAFT RADIO EQUIPMENT 
Airport Equipment 

10 WATT RADIO TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT 



This radio telephone equipment is intended for use in 
ground stations for the.purpose of radio telephone communi- 
cation to aircraft in the vicinity which are equipped with 
suitable transmitting and receiving equipment. This equip- 
ment consists of a radio transmitter and radio receiver, 
together with the necessary accessories such as vacuum tubes, 



desk stand, etc. The transmitter is capable of supplying 10 
watts of carrier power to a suitable antenna, and is capable of 
substantially complete modulation. A quartz plate controls 
the carrier frequency of the transmitter. This equipment 
operates on 110 volts, 25 or 60 cycles, single phase, a.c. power 
supply. 







4()i) WATT RADIO TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT 



n equipment is intended for use in ground station:- for 
- purpose ol radio telephone communication with aircraft. 
I' empl ■ a multi-frequenc) crystal controlled transmitter 
wh« h ma) be pre-adjusted i" any ten frequencies within the 
range ol 2 to lvl megacycles, h is rated at -loo watts of 
'"' power ai frequencies between 2 and 12 megacycles, 
•""I 300 watts .it frequencies from 12 to lvl megacycles. 
^"5 '"" flti'sL* ten frequencies ma} 1 elected by a single 
digit eration ol a telephoni ial. Substantially complete 
i ol the carrier bj the voice frequi a ie possible 
ov « 'ts e range. It employs a full complement of North- 

ern! Ur-cooled Vacuum rubes. Frequency stability 

" ,: ! : t>5 »>« of a thermostatically controlled 

quart* for each of the frequencies to which the trans- 

mit i - adjusted. A power source of i kva, 200 to 240 volts 

Pri es on 



3 phase, 25 or 01) cycles a.c. is required for operation. The 
radio transmitter and its associated rectifier are housed ifl 

individual metal cabinets 83" high, 24" wide and 29" deep. 

The radio receiver is a superheterodyne set having an 
unusual degree of sensitivity and of intermediate radio 
frequency selectivity. It is arranged for continuous vurial 
tuning and designed for use with coaxial radio frcquem 
transmission lines of about 70 ohms impedance. Jt emplo 
a full complement of Northern Electric Air-cooled Vacuu 
Tubes. A 25 or 60 < ycle single phase a.c. power supply is 
required for operation. This radio receiver is contained in a 
metal cabinet B3" high, 21'," wide, and 12- It 

weighs 300 to 500 lbs. depending upon the combination of 
panels employed. 

request. 



Northern Electric 



47 



Northern Electric 



POINT-TO-POINT RADIO EQUIPMENT 



Reliable radio communication can be obtained over mod- 
erate distances by using relatively low power transmitters, 
and frequencies in the short wave band. "Point-to- Point" 
radio communication as it is called, is becoming popular in 
several fields on account of certain advantages that it has 
over other types of communication. By using short wave 
frequencies, longer distances can be covered with lower 
powered transmitters, and static interference can be reduced. 
Transmitters capable of operating on more than one fre- 
quency become a most reliable means of communication for 
the reason that reception on some frequencies is nearly always 
better than on others, depending on the time of day, and 
various other conditions. 



Northern Electric Point-to-Point Equipment has been 
developed to make use of these advantages and to provide 
reliable communication for marine, forest patrol, Point-to- 
Point Telephone and other uses, and has been giving reliable 
service in different parts of Canada for several years now. 



The Northern Electric can supply short wave trans- 
mitting equipment rated at 20, 50 and 400 watts output for 
the transmission of radio telephone, or telegraph commu- 
nication over short and medium distances for Point-to-Point 
application. Specially designed radio receivers can I >l 
supplied for use with these equipments. 



9 



Telephone companies make use of radio commu- 
nication in their long distance circuits where for either 
physical or financial reasons it is impracticable to 
install toll lines. In deep forests for instance, tele- 
phone circuits would be likely to become broken at a 
remote point when it is most needed, due to falling 
trees, lightning, storms, fires, etc. Also cable lines 
cannot always be maintained across a channel on 
account of flood and ice conditions. 



Radio communication is a great contribution to the 
problem of conserving the timber wealth of the nation. 
Radio equipped lookout towers enable warnings to 
be broadcast by fire rangers at the first sign of a fire, 
and enable thousands of acres of forest land to be 
saved. 



Pulp and Paper companies utilize radio commun- 
ication between power generating stations and mills. 
These are a few of the instances of improved commun- 
ication, and avoid inconvenience and loss to the persons 
dependent upon them. 




■ ■■■ ■ ■ 






400-\Yatt Transmitting Equipment 



/ 



48 



Northern Electric 



POINT-TO-POINT RADIO EQUIPMENT 

20 WATT TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT 

This radio transmitting equipment incorporates facilities 
for telephone, tone telegraph, and continuous wave trans- 
mission over relatively short distances, and is equipped for 
quick change-over to either one of two predetermined fre- 
quencies, from telephone to tone telegraph, or CW. The 
carrier output for telephone transmission is rated at 20 watts, 
and is capable of complete modulation. Approximately 
30 watts is available for continuous wave telegraph trans- 
mission. The carrier frequency is maintained within close 
limits of the assigned value by quartz crystal frequency con- 
trol units. Additional features of this transmitter include 
remote control and automatic ringing facilities. A power 
source of approximately 300 watts, 107 to 122 volts, 25 or 
60 cycles is required for operation ; or in such places where no 
commercial power is available, power may be supplied from 
a dynamotor. The complete equipment including the power 
unit arranged for operation from commercial lighting cir- 
cuits; is assembled in a metal cabinet attractively finished 
in aluminum grey 19" x 14" x 21" high and weighs approxi- 
mately 100 lbs. It can be mounted either on a standard 19" 
rack or can be supplied as a portable unit completely 
enclosed in a sturdy carrying case. 




20 Watt Radio Transmitter 
(Front cover removed) 



50 WATT TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT 

This transmitting equipment provides for radio telephone 
transmission, and if necessary can be modified for continuous 
wave and tone telegraph communication. The transmitter 
has an output of 50 watts unmodulated radio frequency 
power, and is capable of complete modulation. The carrier 
frequency is maintained within close limits of the assigned 
value by a quartz crystal frequency control unit for each 
Irequency. The transmitter is equipped for a quick change- 
over to any one of a maximum of three predetermined fre- 
quencies, but unless specified it is normally equipped for 
only one frequency. It is designed to operate from an 
ordinary 110 volt ax. power supply, 25 or 60 cycles, single 
phase, and consumes approximately 1 k.w. If a.c. power is 
not available it may be operated from a dvnamotor, or a gas 
engine driven generator. This equipment is assembled in 
3 S"!?,. 1 ?? 11 cabinet approximately 24" wide, 18" deep, 
and 40 high, attractively finished in black crystalline lacquer 



Prices on request. 



• 



POINT-TO-POINT RADIO EQUIPMENT 

400 WATT RADIO TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT 

This radio telephone equipment employs a multi-frequency 
crystal controlled transmitter which may be preadjusted to 
any ten frequencies within the range of 2 to 18.1 megacycles. 
It is rated at 400 watts of carrier power at frequencies between 
2 and 12 megacycles, and 300 watts at frequencies from 12 to 
18.1 megacycles. Any one of these ten frequencies may be 
selected by a single digit operation of a telephone dial. Sub- 
stantially complete modulation of the carrier by the voice 
frequencies is possible over its whole range. It employs a 
full complement of Northern Electric Air-cooled Vacuum 
Tubes. Frequency stability is maintained by means of a 
thermostatically controlled quartz plate for each of the 
frequencies, to which the transmitter is adjusted. A power 
source of 4 leva, 200 to 240 volts, 3 phase, 25 or 60 cycles a.c. 
is required for operation. The radio transmitter and its 
associated rectifier are housed in individual metal cabinets 
83 " high, 24 " wide and 29 " deep. 




Radio Receiver For 400 Watt Transmitting Equipment 

The radio receiver is a superheterodyne set having an 
unusual degree of sensitivity. It is arranged for continuously 
variable tuning and designed for use with coaxial radio fre- 
quency transmission lines. It employs a full complement 
aa iNo l thern Electric Air-cooled Vacuum Tubes. A 25 or 
60 cycle single phase a.c. power supply is required for opera- 
oo n \ - , IS radl0 receiver is contained in a metal cabinet 
l g J 14 " wideand 12M"deep. It weighs 300 to 500 
pounds depending upon the combination of panels employed. 

Special radio transmitters of higher power can be supplied 
on request. 

Prices on request. 



Northern Electric 



49 



Northern Electric 

PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MUSIC 
REPRODUCING EQUIPMENT 

Since the development of the vacuum tube made possible the amplification of the human voice so that a speaker without 
raising his voice could address large assemblies of listeners, the principle has been applied to Public Address and Music Reproducing 
Systems for the wide projection of sound and music from some central point such as at hotels, auditoriums, schools, exhibitions, 
sports gatherings, etc. Such strides have been made in the art of sound reproduction that today the quality of the output from the 
loudspeaker is comparable to the sounds of voice originally picked up by the microphones. 

The Northern Electric Company with the past experience of having manufactured and installed "the largestjnstallations of 
public address and music reproducing equipment in Canada, offers a complete line of apparatus including microphones, amplifiers, 
reproducers, receivers, projectors, transmitter mountings, power amplifiers, mixer and control panels, loudspeakers, etc., and can 
supply equipment covering every commercial need that may arise in the field. 




■■ 



MBM 




50 



Northern Electric 



PUBLIC ADDRESS and MUSIC REPRODUCING EQUIPMENT 




RP5-100-F Amplifier 

This is a high quality completely A.C. operated three-stage 
chassis-mounted audio-frequency amplifier, intended for use 
in an average size public address system without the necessity 
of using additional amplification, and is intended tor use with 
a 600- A Transmitter Carbon microphone . It has a maximum 
\ .in of SO db, a maximum output of — 30 db. an input im- 
pedance of 200 ohms, and output impedances of 500 ohms and 
8 ohms. It includes tubes, power cord and plug, and operates 
from 105-125 volts. 25 or 60 cycle power supply and requires 
about 100 watts. It is contained in a sturdy sheet stee! alum- 
inum rinished case with a carrving strap. The dimensions are 
19?i*x9H r x9 - and it weighs about 50 lbs. 




RPS-120-A Amplifier 

This is a single-stage, high-quality, completely A.C. oper- 
ated portable power-amplifier, which has an undistorted 

wer output rating of 15 watts. It has a maximum gain of 
25 : 'king OUt of 500 ohm circuits, and a maximum output 

of -r The input impedance is 4000 ohms, and the out- 

put impedances are 500 ohms and 8 ohms. It is contained in 

sturd: s -^ steel aluminum finished carrying case 19 l >" 
! 4 ' x 9 4 '. and weighs about 50 lbs. It operates f 



rom 



x 

110 




require or operation, but must be ordered separately. 




R-4000 Amplifier 



The R-4000 Amplifier is a general purpose amplifier incor- 
porating both high gain and high output level as well as in- 
cluding its own power supply, and can be used where the 
highest quality is required. The gain of 110 db. is adequate 
to permit use with dynamic or other low level microphones 
without preliminary amplifiers. It operates from either 25 or 
60 cycle. 110 volt A.C. power supply. The maximum output 
is -1-34 db, input impedance is 200 ohms, output impedances 
are 500 ohms and S ohms, and power consumption is 175 watts. 
This amplifier is a compact four-stage unit assembled on a 
depressed panel type mounting plate, and requires 14' of 
mounting space on a standard 19' rack. It employs six of 
the improved new type long life vacuum tubes, which must 
be ordered separately. A plate current meter and meter 
switch is provided to measure the plate currents of all the 
vacuum tubes. 




R-4000 Amplifier 
This is a single-stage A.C. operated rack-mounted power 
amplified primarily intended for use in public address or 
theatre systems where it will operate out of any low powered 
amplifier into loudspeaker circuits. It has a maximum gain 
of 20 db: a maximum output of +35 db; an input impedance 
ot 4000 ohms, and an output impedance of S ohms. It requires 
7' of mounting space on a standard 19' rack. It operates 
from 105-130 volts 25 or 60 cycle power supply. Two 300- A 
and one 2 1^4- A Northern Electric Vacuum Tubes are required 
tor operation, but must be ordered separately. 



;... 



• • ■• 



■ ■ ■ ■ 



• ■ t m 







* t * 
< % a 



■ a a a • • -" • k " m m 
a a ■ a a a* a a a a a 
ft * • a » « ft « • % ti • 

■ ■ « • • • ■ « ■ • a « 



■••F 



■ § » ■ 



ft « a a 



a « • 




fe£=? 




R-4007 Amplifier 

This is a single-stage A.C. operated rack mounted power 
amplifier for use in public address or theatre systems. It has 
a rated maximum output power of LOO watts -4-42 db) and is 
intended to operate out of an R-4000 type amplifier into a 
loudspeaker system. It has an input impedance of 500 ohms, 
an output impedance variable between 4 and 90 ohms; and 
a maximum gain of 20 db. It consists of two 2S4-B Vacuum 
Tubes as an over-biased push-pull Class A" Amplifier. It 
operates from 110 volts 25 or 60 cycle power supply and re- 
quires about 300 watts. The plate supply is obtained through 
a rectifier-filter consisting of four 253-A Vacuum Tubes in a 
bridge circuit. A 274-A Vacuum Tube and an associated 
filter supply the grid biasing voltage for the amplifier tubes. 
This amplifier requires lo 5 ^' of mounting space on a stan- 
dard 19 9 rack. The seven vacuum tubes required for oper- 
ation are not supplied as part of this amplifier and must be 
ordered separately. 

Prices on request. 



Northern Electric 



51 



PUBLIC ADDRESS and MUSIC REPRODUCING EQUIPMENT 




15 Type Horn 

The 15-A Horn is a wooden exponential horn tor speech 
and music reproduction, having a spiral profile and a rect- 
angular cross-section. It is adapted for the attachment of a 
555 Receiver, and fittings are fastened to the horn to permit 
suspension. It has a low frequency cut-oft" of 57 cycles. The 
mouth opening of this horn is 4' 4" square and the over all 
height is 6'. The developed length is 14'. It has a black finish 
and weighs about 140 lbs. 

The 15-B Horn is similar to the 15-A Horn except that it 
is equipped with a receiver attachment for attaching two 555 
Receivers to produce double the volume of sound obtained 
from the 15-A Horn. 




16-A Horn 

This is a sheet steel divided horn and is intended for speech 
and music reproduction where available space is shallow.^ The 
sound passage is rectangular in section and exponential in 
shape, and is divided into two independent parts a short dis- 
tance back from the mouth. The extreme ends of the sound 
passages are flanged to mount to receiver attachments, each 
of which is suitable for attaching two 555 Receivers. Fit- 
tings are provided to permit suspension of the horn. It has an 
approximate low frequency cut-off of 57 cycles. The mouth 
opening of this horn is 3' 8" wide and 5' high. The over all 
width is 8' 10*4 ". It has a developed length of 9' 11 ". This 
horn weighs about 400 lbs. 



RACON HORNS 




513 Type Horn 

Bell 18 in. x 24 in. Depth 23 l 2 in. 
Overall dimensions 21 J 2 x 26 1 2 x 23 * 2 in. 
Air column 7 l -- 2 feet. 

Equipped with cast aluminum throat, patented self-sup- 
porting frame, bronze loose coupling. 

Particularly adapted for auditoriums, light portable 
equipment, and public address systems, where small size and 
light weight are desirable. 

A departure in standard horn design, giving excellent 
musical, as well as speech reproduction out of proportion to 
the size of the horn. 

Weight 23 } ■•? pounds including frame. 

Stormproof type guaranteed for all climates and weather. 

Code: 513-A Outdoor Type — Stormproof. 

Code 513-B Indoor Type — De Luxe. 




511 Type Monitor Horn 

Bell 10 in. x 20 in. Depth 13H in. Air column 48 in. 

Equipped with bronze loose coupling. 

This horn has been particularly developed for monitor 
service and for paging systems and similar requirements where 
a small, compact, efficient projector is required. Excellent lor 
all speech service. Supplied with universal mounting bracket. 

\\ eight 4 pounds. 
■ 
Code: 511-A Stormproof. 

Code: 511-B De Luxe. 



52 



Northern Electric 






PUBLIC ADDRESS and MUSIC REPRODUCING EQUIPMENT 

RACON HORNS 






415-A Horn 

Unbreakable 6-Foot Reinforced 

Horn 

Bell, 30 inches diameter. Length, 
6 feet. 

Demountable into three sections. 
Equipped with cast aluminum 
throat, cast aluminum joints, rein- 
forced bell rim and loose coupling 
for unit attachment. 

Made of Racon Acoustic Storm- 
proof Material, reinforced through- 
out. Guaranteed unbreakable. The 
last word in trumpet design and par- 
ticularly adaptable where high qual- 
ity and high efficiency is required, 
with the ability to withstand the 
roughest handling without breakage. 

Weight, 19 lbs. 



4H-A Horn 

Bell, 30 inches diameter. Length, 6 feet. 

Stormproof. Equipped with metal 
rolled-on beaded edge, reinforced cast 
aluminum throat and 4 inch suspension 
ring. Guaranteed for outdoor use in all 
climates and weathers. Loose coupling 
for unit. 

Weight, 21 lbs. 

Note. These horns are used in con- 
junction with No. 555 Receivers. 



STORMPROOF TYPE GUARANTEED 

WEATHERPROOF INCLUDING 

IMMERSION IN WATER 



417-A Horn 

All Aluminum 6-Foot Horn 
Bell, 30 inches diameter. Length, 6 feet. 
Demountable into four sections. Equip- 
ped with cast aluminum throat, sturdy 
clamping edges, reinforced bell rim and 
loose couplings for unit attachment. 
Proper acoustic design to reproduce the 
full range response. 




416-A Horn 

Portable 6-Foot Stormproof 
Horn 

Bell, 30 inches diameter. Length 
6 feet. 

Demountable into three sections 
for portability. Equipped with 
metal beaded edge, cast aluminum 
throat, cast aluminum sections at 
all joints and loose coupling for unit. 

Weight, 27 lbs. 

A Public Address Horn adapted 
for use on sound trucks, where 
portability is essential and storage 
space limited. 



411-A Horn 

Bell, 22 inches diameter- Length, 314 
feet. 

Stormproof. Equipped with rolled-on 
metal beaded edge, reinforced cast alum- 
inum tone arm, and suspension ring. 
Loose coupling for unit. Guaranteed for 
outdoor use in all climates and weather. 

Weight, 11 lbs. 



411-A Horn 



ALL HORNS FURNISHED WITH 

GRAY FINISH UNLESS 

SPECIFIED BLACK 



Northern Electric 



53 



PUBLIC ADDRESS and MUSIC REPRODUCING EQUIPMENT 




595 Type Loudspeaking Telephone 

This is a 12" moving coil loudspeaker, the frequency res- 
ponse of which is from 50 to 7000 cycles. The impedance of 
the voice coil is 16 ohms. Field excitation is required, and the 
loudspeakers can be supplied for the following field windings: 
Z-595A 2,4 amperes at 12 volts d.c. 

595A 1.2 amperes at 24 volts d.c. 

595B 0.6 amperes at 45 volts d.c. 

This 595 type Loudspeaking Telephone may be mounted 
either in a cabinet or on a baffle. 




596 Type Loudspeaking Telephone 
Prices on request. 



The 596 Type Loudspeaking Telephone is a high frequency 
moving coil horn type unit, having a frequency range from 
3000 to 12000 cycles. The horn is very small being only 4 3 4 ' 
long and 2^-" in diameter at the opening. The impedance of 
the voice coil is 20 ohms. Field excitation is required, and 
loudspeakers can be supplied for the following field windings: 

596- A 1 ampere at 7 volts d.c. 

596-B 0.3 ampere at 24 volts d.c. 

This loudspeaking telephone may be mounted either in 
a cabinet or on a baffle. On account of the fact that fre- 
quencies below 3000 cycles will overload this loudspeaker, 
an R-7401 Network must be used when connecting to the 
output of an amplifier. The Z-133 Bracket is designed for 
mounting this loudspeaker to a bailie, but must be ordered 
separately. 





555 Receh er 

This is an electro-dynamu »>r moving coil type receiver 
of high efficiency (about 35%), and when connected i<> a 
horn is used as a general purpose loudspeaker. The im- 

pendance of the voice coil is 16 ohms; and it requires L.5 
amperes d.c. at 7 volts lor field excitation. On account ol 
the efficiency of this receiver the output volume is greater 
than most loudspeakers, and lower power amplifiers may be 
used than with other commonly used types of speakers, to 
obtain the same volume. The 555 Receiver may also be used 
in conjunction with the 595 and 59b type Loudspeakers to 
obtain the improved distribution ol sound which is obtained 
with the 555 Receiver connected to a horn. 




RPS-176-A Loudspeaking Telephone 

This is a 12" dynamic loudspeaking telephone with self- 
contained field supply,, and can be mounted on a baffle or 
in a suitable cabinet. It requires a 110 volt 60 cycle a.c. 
power supply for operation. One Northern Electric 274-A 
Vacuum Tube is required for operation, but must be ordered 
separately. 

When required for 25 cycle operation, it should be ordered 
as the RPb-176-B Loudspeaking Telephone. 



54 



Northern Electric 




PUBLIC ADDRESS and MUSIC REPRODUCING EQUIPMENT 




R-6912 Type Loudspeaker with Front Cover Removed 

This Loudspeaker consists of a 12" RPS-176-A Dynamic 
Loudspeaking Telephone mounted in a carrying case 20" x 20" 
x 11", and weighs about 60 lbs. The carrying case is made of 
reinforced plywood covered with black leatheroid fabric, and 
has two removable covers which are held in place by trunk 
fasteners. A power cord 15' long and a three-prong plug for 
the voice circuit are also supplied as part of this loudspeaker 
This loudspeaker works in conjunction with the RPS-100-F 
Amplifier in small public address systems for auditoriums, 
schools, halls, etc.; and can also be used as an extension to a 
radio receiving set loudspeaker. It requires a 110 volt 60 
cycle a.c. power supply for operation. One Northern Electric 
274-A Vacuum Tube is required for operation but must be 
ordered separately. 

When required for 25 cycle operation, it should be ordered 
as the R-6912-B Loudspeaker. 




R-6905 Loudspeaker — Rear View 
This Loudspeaker is intended for use in announcing sys- 
tems and consists essentially of an 8" dynamic speaker 
mounted in an ornamental wooden cabinet approximately 9* 
high, 5H" deep and 12" wide. The voice coil has an impedance 
of 4 ohms. It requires .05 amperes d.-c. at 24 volts for field 
supply. 




R-6905 

and 

R-6914 

Loudspeakers 



The R-6914 Loudspeaker is intended for use in small music 
reproducing systems and consists essentially of an 8" magnetic 
speaker mounted in an ornamental wooden cabinet approx- 
imately 9" high, 5M" deep and 12" wide. The input impe- 
dance is 4000 ohms. In appearance the cabinet is the same as 
the R-6905 Loudspeaker. 

R-6917 Loudspeaker 

This loudspeaker is primarily designed as a high quality 
monitoring speaker for use in public address and music repro- 
ducing systems. It consists of a Z-595-A Loudspeaking 
Telephone and an R-7820 Power Unit, mounted on a floor 
type walnut finished cabinet. It has a volume control, power 
"On-Off" switch, and operates from 110 volts 25 or 60 cycle 
power supply. The input impedance is 8 ohms. 




R-6918 Loudspeaker — Front View 
The R-6918 loudspeaker is a high quality monitoring 
speaker for use in public address and music reproducing 
systems. It consists of a 595-A and a 596-B Loudspeaking 
Telephone mounted on a 3' x 3'6" wooden baffle for wall 
mounting. Acoustic cloth is fitted over the mouth of the 
Speaker, and the front of the unit is finished in aluminum 
grey. An R-7401 Coupling Network is mounted on the back 
of the baffle, and a 24 volt 1.6 amperes d.c. supply is required 
for the field supply- This unit is complete with mounting 
brackets. 

R-6919 

Loudspeaker 

The R-6919 
loudspeaker is a 
high quality 
monitoring 
speaker for use 
in public address 
and music repro- 
ducing systems. 
It consists of a 
595-A Loud- 
speaking Tele- 
phone mounted 
on a 3' x 3' 
wooden baffle 
intend ed for 
wall mounting. 
Acoustic cloth is 
fitted over the 
mouth of the 
speaker and the 
front of the unit 
is finished in 
aluminum grey. 
A 24 volt 1.2 ampere d.c. source is required for field 
excitation. This unit is complete with mounting brackets. 

Prices on request. 




R-6918 Loudspeaker — Rear View 



Northern Electric 



55 



PUBLIC ADDRESS and MUSIC REPRODUCING EQUIPMENT 




R-8401 type Reproducer Set — Cover Removed 

This is a portable reproducer set designed for use in con- 
junction with music reproducing and public address systems 
for reproducing lateral cut disc records recorded at either 
783^ or 33 1/3 R.P.M. and up to 12" in diameter. It is made in 
two models, the R-8401-A for use on 60 cycle operation and 
the R-8401-B for use on 25 cycle operation. It consists essen- 
tially of a motor and turntable for driving the records, and an 
electro-magnetic reproducer equipped with a volume control. 
This apparatus is mounted in a sheet aluminum carrying case 
equipped with a removable cover. When closed for carrying 
it is approximately 1'3" wide, 1/6* long, and 7% w deep. It is 
finished in black crinkled lacquer with chromium plate trim, 
and weighs about 26 lbs. 




R-7550 Public Address System 

This is a portable public address system completely a.c. 
operated, and entirely self-contained in a small attractive and 
compact carrying case 14 " high, 12" wide and 8" deep. This 
unit includes an amplifier, vacuum tubes, loudspeaker, cords, 
and a microphone, and has sufficient volume for a small hall 
or auditorium. Provision is made for connecting this portable 
public address system to an R-8401 Reproducer Set. The 
weight of this unit is about 35 lbs., and it is supplied with a 
black crackle finish. 

Note. For other associated apparatus see Speech Input 
Equipment Section. 

Prices on request. 




618- A Transmitter 

This dynamic microphone is entirely free from all sources 
of distortion, has a low noise level, is compact and rugged and 
is not affected in its performance by changes of temperature, 
humidity and barometric pressure. Embod\ ing the most 
recent advances in electro-acoustic design it represents a 
distinct advance over other pick-up equipment in use at the 
present time. The frequency response is uniform for the 
complete range of audible frequencies. The rugged and simple 
construction insures a long and satisfactory life. Protection 
for the diaphragm is provided for by a perforated metal grid 
covered with silk and held in the face of the transmitter by a 
threaded ring. The grid and the metal shell which forms the 
housing of the transmitter are insulated from a moving coil 
and constitute a shield which may be connected to ground. 
A three-conductor jack is mounted on the back of the housing. 
The dynamic microphone is approximately -V \ ' in diameter, 
is about 3" deep and weighs 214 lbs. It will be furnished in 
an oxidized bronze finish, unless a black crackle finish is 
required. 




600- A Transmitter 

This is a double button high quality microphone, in which 
the harmonics are materially reduced as compared with the 
single button type. It is of the push-pull type, consisting of 
two heavy metal rings clamping a thin stretched duraluminum 
diaphragm which actuates two carbon buttons mounted one 
on each side. Each button is mounted over a gold-plated 
spot in the center of the diaphragm. It has a nickel finish 
and is approximately 3 l /o" in diameter and 2" deep. 






56 



Northern Electric 



Northern E/ectrfc 



AUDIPHONES 



After years of research the equipment which today is 
available to the hard of hearing enables them to be brought 
back into the world of sound, and take a normal place in bus- 
iness and social affairs. This is accomplished by the aid of a 
small microphone, an amplifier box and a tiny earpiece. 

The distinctive character of these new hearing aids is 
quickly discernible. They are compact, light in weight, and 
neutral in color with all exposed metal surfaces attractively 
finished in blue-gray damaskeen. Every line is expressive of 
refinement. Three different types are available to meet 
individual tastes and requirements. Each type is suitable for 
adults and children. These Audiphones are designed so that 
they may be carried conveniently on the person. While they 
may be concealed easily, their pleasing appearance makes it 



unnecessary to do so. You will be pleased with the neat 
appearance, the sturdy construction and the dependable per- 
formance of these new hearing aids. 

Where the aural nerves are so affected as to prevent ampli- 
fied sound being of material assistance, a new development 
known as the " bone-conduction" receiver may be used. By 
means of a headband, this is held close to the bone structure 
at the back of the ear, and sound vibrations actually passed 
through the bone can be detected by the affected person. 

Special group audiphone equipments are available for use 
in churches, theatres and other public places, to enable deaf 
persons to hear the proceedings as clearly as persons whose 
hearing is normal. 




* 



Northern Electric 



57 



AUDIPHONES 




36 Type Audiphone 

The 36 Type Audiphone is suitable for adults or children 
whose hearing impairment is not of an extreme character. 
The instrument is provided with a control for regulating the 
volume ot sound to meet individual requirements. The qual- 
ity of sound reproduction is excellent. 

No amplifier is used with this audiphone and because of its 
small size and neutral, gray color, the instrument is scarcely 
noticeable, even when worn on the outside of the clothing. 




37 Type Audiphone with Bone Conduction Receiver 

The 37 Type Audiphone includes an amplifier and is espe- 
cially suitable for adults or children whose hearing impairment 
is of an extreme character, or for those persons who prefer a 
more powerful instrument than the 36 Type. 

Either a bone or an air conduction receiver may be used. 

It is designed for use for persons who wish to carry the 
microphone and amplifier in separate pockets or other con- 
venient places about the clothing. A control is provided for 
regulating the volume of sound, 

MICROPHONES 

The microphones used in the 36, 37 and 38 Type Audi- 
phones are small, thin discs measuring 2% inches in diameter 
and weighing but 2% ounces. The remarkable efficiency and 
high sensitivity of these microphones is largely responsible 
for the faithful reproduction of sound obtained with these 
Audiphones. 



AUDIPHONES 

The 38 Type Audiphone is designed for the benefit of those 
users who prefer the amplifier and microphone in a single unit. 
Many users also choose this instrument because it may be 
carried in a leather covered case. 

The 38 and 39 Type Audiphones are equally powerful, but 
in the 38 Type the microphone, amplifier and control, instead 
of being separated, are assembled in a neat metal box some- 
what similar in size and shape to a cigarette case. This case is 
finished in the same blue-gray as the exposed metal surfaces 
of the other audiphones. 

Either a^ bone conduction or an air conduction receiver may 
be used with this audiphone. 




38 Type Audiphone 
Air Conduction Receiver 

The air conduction receiver is small, inconspicuous, highly 
efficient and capable of reproducing a wide range of frequen- 
cies. It is designed to be held in the ear by a receiver attach- 
ment (earpiece). The diameter of the receiver is approx- 
imately V% of an inch, and the weight but M of an ounce. 
Receiver attachments for use with this receiver are illustrated 
below. 





Receiver Attachments 

Two types of receiver attachment (ear pieces) are available 
for use with the air conduction receiver. At the left is the 5-A 
individually moulded, and at the right is a soft rubber, uni- 
versal type ear piece, coded as the 14 Type Receiver Attach- 
ment. 

BONE CONDUCTION RECEIVER 

The new 700- A Bone Conduction Receiver is capable of 
transmitting a wide range of frequencies and is interchange- 
able with the air conduction receivers on 37 and 38 Type 
Audiphones. This receiver is light in weight, inconspicuous, 
and is form fitting in shape. The surface which makes contact 
with the head is concaved to conform to the shape of the 
mastoid bone with which it makes contact. 

The bone conduction receiver is held in position by either 
one of two ways. It may be used with a light inconspicuous 
headband which is furnished, or it may be used with a lor- 
gnette handle which may be obtained at a moderate additional 
cost. 



58 



Northern Electric 



AUDIPHONES 




12- A Carrying Case 
The metal, vanity-like carrying case, covered with dark 
blue leather, is designed for use with the 38 Type Audiphone. 
Its size is 6 inches long bv 3? 8 inches wide by 2% inches deep. 







Nos. 7106, 7106B, 7107 and 7108 Batteries 
When choosing a battery it is well to keep in mind that the 

audiphone operates equally well with any of these batteries 

but that in general the life of batteries varies with their size. 

In other words, a larger battery may be expected to have a 

longer life than a smaller one. 

These batteries are of the highest quality, and when their 

sizes are taken into consideration, yield unusually long service. 




No. HC Battery Box 

The No. 11C Battery Box provides a convenient method 
of carrying three ordinary flashlight batteries. A jack is 
provided in one end of the box for plugging the audiphone 
into the battery circuit. 



AUDIPHONES 
6041A Group Audiphone 

This new audiphone, consisting of a small microphone, or 
transmitter and headsets, requires no batteries, operating 
entirely from 110 volt, 60 cycle alternating current obtained 
from any convenient outlet. The microphone, headsets, 
volume controls and cord are light in weight and attractively 
finished. They are constructed of materials which will with- 
stand severe usage. They can be installed in theatres, churches, 
schools and other public buildings with very satisfactory 

results. . , . 

This equipment with the necessary wiring and jacks will 

serve from one to thirty headsets or receivers. 




79-A Amplifier 

The amplifying unit is of the single stage frequency type. 
Its dimensions are 11" x9^"x 9". This amplifier is efficient 
in operation and is designed to connect directly to 110-120 
volt, 25-60 cycle commercial power main. The current con- 
sumption is only that of a 40 watt electric light bulb. A con- 
necting cord with an "ON" and "OFF" switch is provided. 
This switch is the only one required for the operation of the 
entire system. 




616-C Transmitter mounted in a 20-A Transmitter mounting 

and equipped with a T2L Cord 




6064-A Telephone Set which includes the 700- B Bone 

Conduction Receiver 

A 6055-D Telephone Set should be ordered if an air con- 
duction receiver is required. This telephone set differs from 
the 6064-A Telephone Set in that the 700-B Bone Conduction 
Receiver and 14-A Headband are replaced by the 528 Air 
Conduction Receiver. 



Northern Etectric 



59 



Korthern Electric 



SOUND PICTURE EQUIPMENT 



The Northern Electric Company pursuing their general 
policy of constantly improving their product, have developed 
and produced an entirely all new A.C. operated theatre sound 
system as an improvement of the former designs of sound 
picture equipment. 

The Northern Electric engineers who have designed this 
new and improved equipment have had in view a sound pic- 
ture system which would incorporate compactness, simplicity 
and better sound quality at the lowest price consistent with 
high quality. The result is the new No. 5 Series Northern 
Electric all A.C. operated Wide Range Theatre System, 
designed by Northern Electric engineers with the background 
and experience of the Bell Telephone Laboratories and their 
years of organized research in acoustic and electrical sound 
reproduction. It is manufactured entirely in Canada. 

This system surpasses all previous sound equipments in 
compactness, sound quality, ease of operation and reliability. 
It incorporates the latest improvements in sound technique. 



Its simplicity is apparent since batteries, battery-chargers 
and motor-generator sets are eliminated by all A.C. operation. 
It can be installed in much less time than previous systems, 
due to the fact that all the projector room equipment, except 
that mounted on the projection machines, is factory built into 
a single enclosed unit. The sound pick-up equipment employed 
assures the highest quality of reproduction. New type long- 
life tubes are used which will give reliable operation over a 
long period. This equipment includes also the features of 
extended frequency range, high output power and low noise 
level which have made previous Northern Electric Wide 
Range Theatre Systems so successful. 

The design and manufacture of this equipment has been 
carried out with the same precision and attention to detail 
that has characterized Northern Electric Theatre Systems 
from the inception of sound pictures, and every detail of 
assembly and finish is carefully checked and inspected. 



to POAtn , 




LOU0$P£ak£« 



PROJECTION MACHINES WITH 

NEW TYPE NORTHERN ELECTRIC 

SOUND EQUIPMENT 




FREQUENCY 

LOW FP£QU£NCY 
L/NlT 



Wiring layout of a theatre using the New all A-C 
operated Wide Range Equipment 



60 



Northern Electric 



SOUND PICTURE EQUIPMENT 
R-4350 Amplifier Bay 

This amplifier bay includes the main amplifier, the rec- 
tifier-filter unit for supplying direct current to the exciting 
lamp and speaker field, the monitor loudspeaker, and the 
fuse and terminal panel. The various panels are mounted 
on a cabinet type rack which is completely enclosed, and has 
a three-point locking device for the rear door which is operated 
by means of a handle. The new depressed panel type of 
mounting is used for all apparatus, which makes wiring and 
terminals in each of the panels accessible from the front of 
the rack. This means that inspection and maintenance can 
be carried out very easily, and that all parts requiring at- 
tention can be seen from the front of the panel by simply 
removing the front mat. Shelves for holding spare tubes 
and fuses are set inside the rear door of the amplifier bay so 
that the spares are instantly available when required. This 
amplifier bay is all a.c. operated from either a 60 or 25 cycle, 
110 volt supply. This unit is 6'0" high. 1'9" wide, l'O" deep, 
and weighs approximately 425 lbs. It has an aluminum grey 
finish. 




Front and back views of 
R-4350 Amplifier Bay, show- 
ing Amplifier, Power and 
Monitoring Panel of the new 
all A.C. operated Wide 
Range Equipment. 



Only a single amplifier is employed in the whole equip- 
ment. This is a compact, four-stage unit with self-contained 
power supply, and is the highest quality commercial amplifier 
ever used in theatre sound systems, covering the complete 
range of audible frequencies without distortion. It employs 
six of the most recently designed Northern Electric Vacuum 
Tubes and operates directly from the 110 volt supply. This 
system is amply sufficient for average sized theatres with a seat- 
ing capacity of 1000 seats. For larger theatres an additional 
power amplifier is required, and is included in the R-4352 
Amplifier Bay. 



Prices on request. 



SOUND PICTURE EQUIPMENT 
R-4352 Amplifier Bay 

The R-4352 Amplifier Bay having an output rating of 
upwards of 100 watts has ample power to supply the largest 
theatres using sound equipment. This amplifier bay is the 
same size as the R-4350 Amplifier Bay and is similar to it 
except that it has a larger rectifier filter unit, and the addition 
of a single stage 100 watt power amplifier. 

This amplifier bay is required when the seating capacity 
is in excess of 1000 seats. 




R-4352 Amplifier Bay 

For loudspeaker units, horns, etc., see Public Address an* 
Music Reproducing Section. 

Prices on request. 



Northern Electric 



61 




Kortherti Electric 

VACUUM TUBES 

The Northern Electric Company, associated 
with Bell Telephone Laboratories Inc. and the 
Western Electric Company, has pioneered in the 
development and manufacture of electronic 
tubes for all purposes. The following pages list 
the operating constants of all types — triodes and 
multi-element tubes, water-cooled power tubes, 
relay tubes, and photo-electric cells; also rectifiers 
of the high-vacuum, gas-filled, and 
mercury-vapor types. 



300A Vacuum Tube 






274A Vacuum Tube 



267 A Vacuum Tube 



279A Vacuum Tube 



There are three pre-eminent features of Northern Electric vacuum tubes: 

First: High efficiency designs. The most recent theoretical and technical developments 
lave been embodied in the designs, resulting in extremely desirable characteristics of tubes of 
ivery general type. 

Second: Uniform characteristics. In order to ensure that equipment employing vacuum 
:ubes will perform correctly it is essential that the tubes used have characteristics uniform 
between different tubes of the same type, and that this uniformity should be maintained 
:hroughout the useful life of the tubes. By rigid adherence to strict manufacturing tolerances, 
md careful inspection of every tube, the Northern Electric Company has been successful 
n obtaining a high degree of uniformity sufficient for practically any application in which 
vacuum tubes are used. 

Third: As a result of precision manufacturing technique, long-period and accelerated 
ife tests and other methods of control, unusually long life is obtained from Northern Electric 
cubes. This results not only in reduced tube operating costs, but also in freedom from break- 
lown and in continuity of service of the associated equipment. 



62 



Northern Electric 



VACUUM TUBES 









CODE 
NO. 



205 D 
205 E 



212E 

2 ISA 



220B* 
228A* 



231D 
232A* 



236A* 
239A 



2 42 A* 



2 44 A 
2 45 A 



2 46 A 
247A 



Classification 



General Purpose Triode 
General Purpose Triode 



General Purpose Triode 
General Purpose Triode 



Water-cooled Power Amplifier. 
Water-Coo led Power Amplifier 



General Purpose Triode 

Water-Cooled Power Amplifier 



CATHODE 
TYPE 



FILAMENT 

OR HEATER 

SUPPLY 



Oxide Coated Fil. 
Oxide Coated Fil 



Thor. Tungsten Fil... 
Oxide Coated Fil 



Tungsten Fil. 
Tungsten Fil. 



A.C. - D.C. 
D.C. 



A.C. - D.C. 

D.C. 



Water-Cooled Amplifier 
General Purpose Triode 



251 A* 
252A 
2 54 A 

254B 
257A 
2 59 A 



2 60 A 
261A* 
262 A 



2 64 A 
265A* 
268 A 



270A* 
271 A 
2 72 A 



2 73 A 
2 75 A 
2 76 A 



278A 
279A 
281 A 



2S2A 
283 A 
284A 



284B 
284C 
2 85 A 
2 U A 



2 90 A 
291 AJ 
292A 



293 A 
2 94 A 

295A 



296A 
298A 
3 00 A 



303A 



3 04 A 



Power Amplifier 



Audio Amplifier 

Screen-Grid H.F. Amplifier 



Screen-Grid H.F. Amplifier 
Audio Amplifier 



H.F. Power Amplifier 

Audio Amplifier - 

Screen-Grid R. F. Amplifier, Harmonic Generator.. . 



Screen-Grid R.F. Amplifier, Harmonic Generator.. . 

Amplifier 

Screen-Grid H.F. Amplifier 



Screen-Grid R.F. Amplifier, Harmonic Generator.. . 

Power Amplifier 

Audio Amplifier 



A.F. Amplifier Triode. . . . 
Water-Cooled Amplifier. . 
R.F. Oscillator, Amplifier 



Power Amplifier and Modulator 

Power Amplifier 

General Purpose Triode. . .' 



Dectcctor Triode. . . . 

Power Amplifier 

Oscillator, Modulator 



Screen-Grid H.F. Power -Amplifier 

Power Amplifier 

Co-Planar Grid Amplifier 



Oxide Coated Fil 
Tungsten Fil. . . . 



Screen-Grid R.F. Amplifier, Harmonic Generator.. . 

Variable Mu, Screen-Grid H.F. Amplifier 

Amplifier, Modulator 



Amplifier, Modulator 

Amplifier. Modulator 

Power Pentode Power Amplifier 

Triple Grid, Variable Mu, H.F. Amplifier 



Triple Grid Variable Mu, H.F. Amplifier 

Pentagrid Converter, Oscillator-Modulator 

Duplex-Diode Triode, Double Half-Wave Recti- 
fier, L.F. Amplifier 



Power Output Pentode. . . 
Power Output Pentode. . . 
Oscillator, R.F. Amplifier 



General Purpose Triode 

Double-Ended. Watcr-Cooled Amplifier 
Power Output Amplifier 



Duplex-Diode Triode, Double Half-Wave Recti 
fier, L.F. Amplifier \ . . . . 



High Frequency Triode Generator 



Tungsten Fil. . . . 
Oxide Coated Fil 



A.C. - D.C. 
A.C. - D.C. 



D.C. 
A.C. - D.C. 



Thor. Tungsten Fil... . 



Heater 
Heater 



Oxide Coated Fil 
Heater 



Thor. Tungsten Fil — 

Oxide Coated Fil 

Thor. Tungsten Fil — 



A.C. -D.C. 
D.C. 



A.C. - D.C. 



A.C. - D.C. 
A-.C. - D.C. 



D.C. 
A.C. - D.C. 



Thor. Tungsten Fil.. .. 

Oxide Coated Fil 

Heater 



Thor. Tungsten Fil — 
Thor. Tungsten Fil.... 
Heater 



Oxide Coated Fil 

Tungsten Fil 

Thor. Tungsten Fil — 



Thor. Tungsten Fil — 

Heater 

Heater 



Heater 

Oxide Coated Fil.. . 
Thor. Tungsten Fil. 



Thor. Tungsten Fil... 
Thor. Tungsten Fil... 
Oxide Coated Fil.. . . 



Thor. Tungsten Fil... 

Heater 

Thor. Tungsten Fil... 



Thor. Tungsten Fil... 
Thor. Tungsten Fil.. . 

Heater 

Heater 



Heater 
Heater 

Heater 



Heater . 

Heater 

Thor. Tungsten Fil... 



A.C. -D.C. 
A.C - D.C. 
A.C. - D.C. 



A.C. -D.C. 

D.C. 
A.C. - D.C. 



A.C. - D.C 
A.C. -D.C 
A.C. -D.C 



D.C. 

A.C. - D.C. 

A.C. 



A.C. - D.C. 
A.C. - D.C. 
A.C. - D.C. 



A.C- D.C. 

A.C. - D.C. 

A.C. 



A.C- D.C 

D.C. 
A.C -D.C 



A.C- D.C 
A.C - D.C 
A.C - D.C. 



A.C. 
A.C 
A.C. 
A.C. 



D.C. 
D.C. 
D.C 
D.C 



A.C. 
A.C. 



D.C. 
D.C 



A.C - D.C 



Thor. Tungsten Fil... 

Tungsten 

Oxide Coated Fil. . . . 



A.C 
A.C. 
A.C 



D.C 
D.C 
D.C 



Heater 



Thor. Tungsten Fil 



A.C. 
A.C. 
A.C 



D.C. 
D.C 
D.C 



A.C - D.C 



A.C. - D.C 



NORTHERN 
ELECTRIC 

SOCKET 



100M- 115B 
100M- 115B 



113A 
125B 



128A 
126A 



130B - 131A 
132 A - 133 A 



132A 
130B 



133A 
131A 



112A - 118 A 



134A 
134A 



137A 
137A 



130B 
134A 



131A 
137A 



142A 
130B - 131 A 
1MB - 131A 



130B - 131A 
130B - 131 A 
134A - 137A 



130B 

112A 

130B - 131A 



143A 
Speciar Mtg. 
130B - 131A 



Special Mtg. 
134A - 137A 
134A - 137A 



134A - 137A 
130B - 131A 
112A - 118A 



Special Mtg. 

142A 
134A - 137A 



130B - 131A 
134A - 137A 
112A - 113A 



112A - 113A 

112A - 113A 

134A - 137A 

144 A 



144 A 
None 

144 A 



144A 

137A 

112A - 118A 



Special Mtg. 
Special Mtg. 
130B - 131A 



144 A 



130B - 131A 



MAXIMUM 

OVERALL 

DIMENSIONS 



HEIGHT 






13H' 
2-11/16' 



2W 
18* 



4" 

30' 



30' 
4' 



7-15/16' 









21-11/16' 
6-15/16' 



6-15/16' 
4-9/16' 



Hr 



8%' 
7-15/16' 



4' 
45-5/16' 
6-15/16' 



17' 
VA" 



S 5 A' 
7-15/16' 



21-11/16' 

21-11/16' 

6 3 A" 



6-15/16" 
7-15/16' 



8-7/16' 
7-15/16' 

S}4" 



5X 



514' 



4%' 

$X' 

7-15/16' 



14H' 
51-7/16" 

6H' 



w 



(> 7 A' 



DIAMETER 



2%' 



11/16' 



3-9/16' 
3^' 



1-3/32' 



H l 



1-3/32' 



2-5/16' 



1-13/16' 
1-13/16' 



1-13/16' 
1-13/16' 



6' 

2-11/16* 

2-7/16' 



2-7/16' 

1-3/32' 

1-13/16' 



6H* 
2-5/16* 

1-13/16* 



1-3/16* 
9-9/16* 
2-7/16' 



4" 

2-7/16' 

1-13/16' 



1-13/16' 
2-3/16' 
2-5/16' 



6" 

6' 

2-11/16' 



2-7/16' 
1-13/16' 
2-15/16' 



2-5/16' 

2-5/16' 

1-13/16' 

1-13/16' 



1-13/16' 
1-13/16* 

1-13/16" 



1-13/16" 

1-13/16' 

2-5/16' 



4-1/16" 

9-9/16' 

2H' 



1-13/16 



2-7/16' 



*The characteristics given for all Power Tubes designated by an asterisk are based on their use as Class 'B" Amplifiers. 

JThe characteristics given in the table are for the modulator section of the tube with the oscillator control-grid voltage equal 
to — 7.5 volts and the oscillator anode voltage equal to 180 volts. At the bottom of the next page are the characteristics for the 
oscillator section of the tube under the same conditions. 




Northern Electric 



63 



VACUUM TUBES 



NORMAL 

FILAMENT 

OR HEATER 

CURRENT 

AMPERES 


NORMAL 

FILAMENT 

OR HEATER 

VOLTAGE 


NORMAL 

PLATE 
VOLTAGE 


NORMAL 

GRID 
VOLTAGE 


NORMAL 
SCREEN 
OR NET 

VOLTAGE 


NORMAL 

PLATE 
CURRENT 

MILLI- 
AMPERES 


AVERAGE 
AMPLIFI- 
CATION 
FACTOR 


AVERAGE 

PLATE 

RESISTANCE 

OHMS 


AVERAGE 

TRANS- 
CONDUCT- 
ANCE 
MICRO.MHOS 


MAX 

PLATE 
DISSIPA- 
TION 
WATTS 




1.60 
1.60 


4.5 
4.5 


350 

350 


-22.5 
-22.5 




30 

30 


7.3 
7.3 


4000 

4000 


1820 
1820 


14 
14 




6.0 
0.25 


14.0 
1.0 


1500 
60 


-55 
-3 




167 
1.8 


16 
5.8 


2000 
14000 


8000 
410 


250 




41.0 
41.0 


21.5 
21.5 


10000 
5000 


-250 
-300 




1500 
1500 


40 
16 


8000 
2000 


5000 
8000 


10000 
5000 




0.06 
61.0 


3.1 
20.0 


90 
18000 


-3 
-450 




2.0 
2000 


7,8 
40 


16000 
7000 


490 
5700 


25000 




41.0 
0.27 


21.5 
1.1 


15000 
100 


-400 
-8 




1500 
2.2 


+0 
6.2 


8000 
14000 


5000 
440 


15000 




3.2 


10.0 


1000 


-80 




150 


12.5 


3500 


3600 


100 




1.60 
1.60 


2.0 
2.0 


135 
180 


-6 
-1.5 


45 


5.5 
5.1 


10 
170 


10000 
220000 


1000 
770 






0.10 
1.60 


3.3 
2.0 


180 
135 


-1.5 
-4.5 


45 


1.5 
3.2 


335 
15 


830000 
16000 


400 
940 






15.6 
2.0 
3.2 


10.0 
5.0 
5.0 


3000 
450 
500 


-300 

-60 

-40 


175 


500 
CO 
60 


10.3 
5 1 
80 


2250 

1500 

80000 


4550 
3330 
1000 


1000 
30 
20 




3.2 

0.06 

1.60 


7.5 
3.1 
2.0 


750 

90 

180 


-60 

-3 

-1.5 


150 
75 


75 
2.0 
5.5 


100 

7.8 
550 


75000 

16000 

400000 


1330 
490 

1380 


25 




3.2 
3.2 
0.32 


10.0 
10.0 
10.0 


2000 

1000 

135 


-100 

-£0 

-4.5 


300 


100 
150 

2.8 


200 

12 
15.5 


175000 

3500 

17000 


1150 

3400 

910 


100 

10U 




0.30 
183.0 

3.2 


1.5 

22.0 

5.0 


100 

18000 

500 


-8 

-550 

-100 




2.1 

8000 
60 


7.0 

32 
5 


13000 
2250 
5000 


540 

14000 
1000 


100000 
20 




9.75 

2.0 

0.32 


10.0 

5.0 

10.0 


2500 
350 
100 


-150 

-25 

-7 




200 
36 
6.3 


16 
8.5 
6 


1750 
2900 
6000 


9000 
2920 
1000 


350 
20 




1.60 

1.2 
3.0 


2.0 

5.0 

10.0 


135 

200 

1000 


-1.5 

-45 

-80 




0.15 
45 
125 


102 
2.9 
12 


320000 
1050 
3500 


320 
2850 
3425 


15 
100 




15.6 

21.0 

1.6 


10.0 

10.0 

5.0 


3000 

3000 

130 


-125 
-300 
-50 


500 
60 


400 

800 

35 


400 
10 

3 


85000 
1800 
3500 


4700 
5550 
1430 


800 

1200 

10 




3.0 

1.60 
3.2 


10.0 

2.0 

10.0 


1000 

180 

1000 


-100 
-1.5 
-165 


200 
75 


100 
5.9 
85 


100 
585 
4.8 


70000 

430000 

1900 


1430 
1360 
2500 


70 

85 




3.2 
3.2 
1.60 
1.60 


10.0 

10.0 

2.0 

2.0 


1250 

1000 

180 

180 


-185 
-147 
-12 
-1.5 


150 

75 


80 

75 
8.8 
6.2 


5 

5.3 
135 
850 


2000 

1900 

153000 

700000 


2500 

2800 

880 

1200 


100 
85 




0.32 
0.32 

0.32 


10.0 
10.0 

10.0 


180 
180 

135 


-1.5 
-1.5 

-6 


75 
75 


5.3 
4.0 

2,1 


1160 
180 

1 3-. 3 


950000 
290000 

20000 


1200 
620 

665 






0.32 
0.32 
3.25 


10.0 

10.0. 

10.0 


180 

180 

1000 


-18 
-18 
-40 


180 
180 


14.5 

14.5 
150 


105 

105 

25 


100000 

100000 

6000 


1050 
1050 
4200 


100 




6.0 

207.0 

1 2 


11.0 

30.0 

5.0 


3000 

18000 

300 


-160 
-600 
-62 




180 

8000 

60 


19 
32 
3.8 


3200 

1740 

700 


6000 

18400 

5400 


350 

100000 

30 




1.6 


2.0 


135 


-6 




2.0 


12.5 


20000 


620 






3.25 


7.5 


1000 


-85 




100. 


11 


4800 


2300 


50 





^Normal Plate Current -.3.1 Milliamperes 

Average Amplification Factor 66 

Average Plate Resistance 110.000 Ohms 

Average Transconductance 600 Microhms 







64 



CODE 
NO. 



214E 
219D 
222A 
233A 



234A 
237A 
249A 



249B 
253A 



25SA 
256A 



258B 



263A 
263 B 



2 66 A 

267A 



269A 

274A* 
2 77 A 



280A 
287A 



289A 



297A 
299A 



301 A 



Northern Electric 



RECTIFIER AND SPECIAL PURPOSE TUBES 



CLASSIFICATION 



Half-Wave, High Vacuum Rectifier * 

Half-Wave, High Vacuum Rectifier 

Half-Wave, High Vacuum Water-Cooled Rectifier, 
Half-Wave, High Vacuum Water-Cooled Rectifier. 



Half-Wave, High Vacuum Rectifier 

Half-Wave, High Vacuum Water-Cooled Rectifier 
Ha If- Wave, Mercury Vapor Rectifier 



Half-Wave, Mercury Vapor Rectifier 

Half-Wave, Mercury Vapor Rectifier 



Half-Wave, Mercury Vapor Rectifier 
Argon Gas-Fi!Ied Relay Device 



Half-Wave, Mercury Vapor Rectifier 



Double Half-Wave, Argon Gas-Filled Rectifier 
Double Half-Wave, Mercury Vapor Rectifier.. 



Half-Wave, Mercury Vapor Rectifier 
Half-Wave, Mercury Vapor Rectifier 



Argon Gas-Filled Relay Device 

Double Half-Wave, High Vacuum Rectifier 
Argon Gas-Filled Relay Device 



Half-Wave, Mercury Vapor Rectifier 
Mercury Vapor Relay Device 



Half-Wave, Argon Gas-Filled Rectifier 
Half-Wave, Argon Gas-Filled Rectifier 



CATHODE 
TYPE 



Thoriated Tungsten Fil. 
Oxide Coated Filament. 
Tungsten Filament. 
Tungsten Filament 



Thoriated Tungsten Fil. 

Tungsten Filament 

Oxide Coated Filament. 



Oxide Coated Filament... 
Oxide Coated Filament... 



Oxide Coated Filament 
Indirectly Heated 



Oxide Coated Filament 



Oxide Coated Filament 
Oxide Coated Filament 



Oxide Coated Filament 
Oxide Coated Filament 



Oxide Coated Filament 
Oxide Coated Filament 
Indirectly Heated 



Oxide Coated Filament. ,-. 
Oxide Coated Filament 



Tungsten Filament 
Tungsten Filament 



Argon Gas-Filled Relay Device 

Half-W ave, Mercury Vapor Rectifier 



Double Half-Wave, Mercury Vapor Rectifier 



Oxide Coated Filament 
Oxide Coated Filament 



Oxide Coated Filament 



FILAMENT 

OR 
HEATER 
SUPPLY 



A.C. 
A.C. 
A.C. 
A.C. 



A.C. 
A.C. 
A.C. 



A.C. 
A.C. 



A.C. 
A.C. 



A.C 



A.C 
A.C 



A.C. 

A.C. 



A.C. 
A.C. 
A.C. 



A.C. 
A.C. 



A.C. 
A.C. 



A.C 
A.C 



A.C. 



NORTHERN 

ELECTRIC 

SOCKET 



112A - 118A 

D-85700- 119A 

128A 

132A - 133A 



Special 

132A - 133A 

130B 



130B 
138A - 139A 



Special Mtg. 
137A 



138B - 139A 



139A 
280A Plug 

139 A 
280A Plug 



Specia 
139A 



130B 
130B 

137A 



130B 
137A 



Mogul 
Mogul 



130B 

Special Mtg 



130B 



MAXIMUM 
OVERALL 

DIMENSIONS 



HEIGHT 



7^8" 

18" 
2334' 






6-13/16' 



19-1/16" 
W 



8-15/16' 



1054" 



2154' 

ir 



4-9/16' 
6^' 



6-9/16' 
6-9/16' 



6-13/16' 
6-13/16' 



4' 

37' 



6M' 



•Maximum Applied A.C. Voltage, 660 Volts R.M.S. per Plate. 



DIAMETER. 



2-1/16' 

3-9/16" 
4-3/16* 



.4' 

4-3/16' 
2-11/16" 



2-11/16" 
2-3/16' 



5-3/16" 
1-13/16" 



2-11/16' 



3tf' 



r 



2H' 

2-3/16' 
2-11/16" 



2-3/16' 
2-3/16' 






1-3/16' 

ny 2 ' 



2-7/16' 






3A— PHOTO-ELECTRIC CELL 

Nominal Anode Supply Potential -_-.-________ 90 volts 

Maximum Anode Supply Potential - - - - 120 volts 

Maximum Anode Current ---______-_ 10 microamperes 

Approximate Static Sensitivity at 9(J volts with a light source at a color temperature 

of27luK. ----_______ 60 microamps. per Lun 

Window area -------------- JJ Square Inches 



R-7S50— PHOTO-ELECTRIC CELL— Same rating as the 3A but has a standard 4 prong-base. 



Northern Electric 



65 



RECTIFIER AND SPECIAL PURPOSE TUBES 



A. C. 


BATING 


TWO HALF-WAVE OR ONE 


APPROX. 
ANODE- 
CATHODE 
POTENTIAL 
DROP 

VOLTS 


MAXIMUM PEAK RATING 


OPERATING AMBIENT 
TEMPERATURE RANGE 




FILAMENT 
OR 


FILAMENT 

OR 

HEATER 

VOLTACE 


DOUBLE HALF-WAVE REC- 
TIFYING WITH SINGLE PHASE 
A.C. SUPPLY. D.C. RATING 


PLATE 
CURRENT 

AMPERES 


INVERSE 
POTENTIAL 

VOLTS 


POTENTIAL 

B ETW E E N 

ANODE AND 

CONTROL 

ELECTRODE 

VOLTS 


POTENTIAL 

BETWEEN 

CATHODE 

AND 

HEATER 

VOLTS 


INSTANT- 
ANEOUS 
POTENTIAL 
BETWEEN 
ANODES 
VOLTS 




HEATER 
CURRENT 
AMPERES 


MAXIMUM 

°C. 


RECOM- 
MENDED 
°C. 




CURRENT 
MILLIAMPERES 


VO LTAG E 




3.2 

6.0 

41.0 

41.0 


10.0 
14.0 
21.5 

21.5 


150 

250 
3500 
2000 


750 

1500 

10000 

20000 




















3.9 

61.0 

7.0 


11.0 

20.0 
2.5 


1000 

5000 

800 


2000 

20000 

2000 


15 


1.1 


6500 








0-50 


10-40 




7.5 
3.0 


2.5 
2.5 


1000 
300 


2300 
1000 


15 
15 


1.5 

0.5 


7500 
3500 






- 


0-50 
10-50 


10-40 
15-40 




20.0 
1.7 


5.0 
2.3 


3000 


6000 


15 
10-20 


0.075 


20000 


325 


12 




15-40 


30-36 




7.5 


2.5 


1000 


2300 


15 


1.5 


7500 








0-50 


10-40 




15.0 
15.0 


2.S 
2.5 


4000 
6000 

< 


25 

25 


8 
10 


6 
10 








100 
100 


10- 50 


20 - 50 




60.0 
10.0 


5.0 
5.0 


12000 
1600 


6000 
2300 


15 
15 


20 
2.5 


20000 
7500 




• 




20-40 
0-50 


30-36 
10-40 




.55 
2.0 
2.8 


2.2 
5.0 
5.0 


150 


500 


16 -24 
10- 20 


0.02 
0.5 




275 
350 


12 










3.0 
7.0 


2.5 
2.5 


300 


1000 


15 
10-20 


0.5 
1.0 


3500 


2500 






10-50 
10-50 


15 -40 
15 -40 




19.0 
19.0 


2.2 
2.2 


12000 
12000 


60 
90 


5- 10 
6-11 


10 
10 


300 
375 














.35 
157.0 


1.75 
5.5 


40000 


5000 


22 
15 


0.1 
75 


16000 


250 






20-40 


30-36 




3.0 


5.0 


500 


550 


15 


1.0 


18000 








10- 40 










3A— PHOTO-ELECTRIC CELL 

Nominal Anode Supply Potential ------------ 90 volts 

Maximum Anode Supply Potential ------------ 120 volts 

Maximum Anode Current _ — -- — _____« \q microamperes 

Approximate Static Sensitivity at 90 volts with a light source at a color temperature 

of 2710°K. ___________ go microamps. per Lumen 

Window area -------------- 1.5 Square Inches 

R-7850— PHOTO-ELECTRIC CELL— Same rating as the 3A but has a standard 4 prong-base. 



66 



Northern Electric 



Northern Electric 

AUDIOMETERS 
INSTRUMENTS FOR MEASURING THE ACUITY AND QUALITY OF HEARING 



The Audiometer is made in several types design- 
ed for specific purposes, making an appropriate 
apparatus available to individual specialists, 
medical practitioners, hospitals, or commercial 
institutions, halls of learning, etc. 

Where hearing of an employee may jeopardize 
the lives of hundreds of people, such as a railroad 
switchman, or incapacitate the individual for a 
certain occupation such as a telephone or telegraph 
operator, also for the health of pupils in school and 
college, periodical hearing tests should be com- 
pulsory, and for such tests one of the types of 
NORTHERN ELECTRIC Audiometers is 
adapted. 

In the fields of transportation and industry it 
has been discovered that many "failures of the 
personnel," apparently due to dullness or slow 
thinking, are in reality due to impaired hearing. 

Similarly in educational institutions, examina- 
tions frequently show that the so-called "dull 
student" is not dull at all, but is a victim of defec- 
tive hearing that isolates him from much of the 
oral instruction. 



The prevalence of these cases has led to the 
widely used practice of testing prospective em- 
ployees and school pupils. Such tests tend to pre- 
vent the victim of impaired hearing being placec 
in jeopardy himself, becoming a personal hazard 
to others, or becoming a subject of unfair criticism 

The primary requirements for such tests oi 
hearing are speed and accuracy. All should be 
quickly tested according to the same standards 
and by a means which cannot be influenced by the 
person undergoing the test. 

The superiority of the audiometer method over 
the old methods of using tuning fork or monochord , 
is so apparent to even the casual observer, that it] 
requires only to be drawn to the attention of those 
who are interested for it to become generally 
recognized. The results obtained with the Audio- 
meter are reliable and consistent, and it is possible- 
to measure with absolute accuracy the acuity and 
quality of hearing and make possible the analyzing 
of any defects which are discovered, permitting 
of a correct diagnosis of the case and prescription 
for its remedy. 



The No. 4-A Audiometer and a No. 4-A 

Receiver Holder, showing the eight 

compartments and the manner of 

nesting telephone head sets 







Northern Electric 



67 



AUDIOMETERS 



4- A Audiometer 

The 4-A Audiometer is intended primarily for use in measuring 
hearing sensitivity. Combined with one or more 4-A Receiver Holders 
as illustrated on the preceding page, it can be used to measure the 
hearing sensitivity of as many as forty persons at one time, and in 
this way is most often used in measuring the hearing sensitivity of 
school children- The 4-A Audiometer is similar to a portable phono- 
graph except that the sound is heard through a receiver rather than 
through a horn. It consists essentially of a spring phonograph motor 
and turntable with the associated speed control and stop, a magnetic 
phonograph reproducer, a receiver and two specially made phono- 
graph records. 



No. 5-A Audiometer 

The No. 5-A Audiometer will quickly determine the percentage of 
hearing loss of those tested by examiners for automobile examining 
boards, school boards, employment departments of railroads and 
industrial organizations, and for the records of the examinations 
coupled with applications for insurance. 




No. 5-A Audiometer with cords, receiver 
and tools packed, ready for transportation 



No. 2-B Audiometer 

The No. 2-B Audiometer is suitable for general 
diagnostic use. This instrument possesses the 
following particular advantages and conve- 
niences: 

Accurate tests may be made not only by 
trained otologists but also by office assistants or 
nurses. 

The data obtained may be recorded by means 
of graphs which are easily interpreted and make 
possible a tentative diagnosis even before making 
a fully complete examination of the patient. 

The graphs visualize to the physician the 
defects in hearing and give an indication of the 
type of disease causing the deafness. 

Comparison of sequent charts demonstrates 
actual improvement in function or the contrary. 

The Audiometer makes possible speedy and 
accurate tests of distinct value in medico-legal 
cases. 




No. 2-B Audiometer 



- ^ 





ELECTRICAL STETHOSCOPE 




: 

i 



~ 



ecrr 



? rfmesmce 



» ■ » 



s n • - - 



**r 



ars m. :nv*i nosceaisicie n me scuc mc m.m -r 

liizneiccci anniirnns :i ne nar: m<: ims. 7: i 

:ecrar die gsdnssrjce nis sec-jme xs . _ m: :i ins 

~r_ - sea is i :en - * ■ i :<i.~t <^r : m SEncscrce 

tnriraniins Hid me neilim. :r; — - - :j^ ivzr*: 
-ie igg^aacmeyn: - ■ - tccaarus suiriirie m m.m 

me _-; r. : "ne •-■■ Ltaces 2C ae aearz m«z .mis. 



lis i - i- - - v ;e±n _ nc - -i 17 



ne 



. 




"izie ise== "r mis iew nscrxmear mc 

- : - ,, v -vjiT.ierr :r ^e? scones r," z^~^i 
zie :•-* a Erroeg nee m " >-.: m: :ifrr-r:z lew icsshiilus 




_ie 



-i- — T. 



icsrzue _ r 



:e 



_„ 



-tt:t C~TT*r 



rr^m ne imirumzinen >; in : 

_m z z n :er : c szajeacs 
1 -_:._- - : em= :c i smr e ' mi 

me ihiMi^' — ~i~«~ * 

--.us m nen me -.tltjmh 



■■£ sa me 



: r. 



me 



me 



nie -e*rr*Mi 



s. 



7 :e :'ir=rirrciiTg faftcures :i me N":. 

mesrjce its : ret^si c c. racier:- ~ : - 
.: : 1 r ■ I: _- - ; _ : .: - ; 1 __ : _:-: :n ~ 
smwn in ___^cmzx:ri izov^ 



-z z.r^r:i. 

' . ~Zd<= £JY«- 



eer m±d wfret"> £=- 



:e zccimez m«:a 1 : - . zl- ;■: 



.: .i 



" :e. 



GATE : I Z RAY OSCILLOGRAPH TUBES 

jcnimif Tjix Is 1 aw n;ir±aiza- I^ncce Ru." J^cmormzn Tire : me :cc 



:« I* n : : trnefici- r 1 as lev - . - - ner=_£s^-z i^e"jxni^ iac zjjzzlz 
:j >:r^en :t r umirunJ t^jzice S^'ng zm misc agmmziz^ 7:f ^:~fez ^ :rsir 

- : ; * x:ex:mci_ ; b: . : uiiii zcn. sine - : 1 z twimiSa^ ^u± zc rxe r_L:e * i. r 1 -<-? 

ns . - ; :er-cu- secdan- i : : ■* :cn ----- -^^ :c - - ^ ^ariicr ^ .: :.; - ricz *v:ca "zie 

l mures uB . "": _: ' rrT-nec ry :.: _ ; * : : r: .-- 5 . m a mzsisr _: : iemiii2: 

ji Lt ae. i. r^ . : nrraa. n : - : ": - ~-~zz me rcn.'^sitzctni- J^ncce ?wi 7^:e :x =ciier 
:r _r_ ic-jncn fer^en. Tie _7." :e 7-i ?szi :^razc Tize s me ncsc firmer -tth-it^ 

viil a :e ise^ :r ;-_ f.;.: v :: - -eczr^zi. isdl^ziciis l£ me iii^ier ■ . :^ize5 :cr 

-easuruisme nc<iTii;?rcn a -_ : r^ecacae — irrgmTi — n-j *?*-*. tttit s \ienuasc icuurare ne_ ■ 
lerimimng eiecrr:.- r -_ : :r.--:.:mcE xxc r^i'ieicy nzes. I: ~ _.i-: me \ ~ le^.ce e: 
A % -3. :ur -^ -scs^^s mi ie:t~ : B«xec zia re zicrr^t Srecc Tie ; :^r- 

^cr^r"ir^ics :c . : * . -.*.=■ :r ■ : _ in-x iucri;?~~n;j aerzzic zcc^rcia— - n ■■ ^ tr^ zr omgpszcM wtj** 
ran :e ncrr*: .. . ■ ^r 

' - " -j.mc«ie ".: " . . : * 7 . :-r z»s: s i zcimz 

"- ""- " - " - 1 fc~i.c7 :f ±iezm-.ci_ l*. ; - .riecie «jnacaiex2. :cr ise : \: : 

me Ippmi 1 ^ rzttsss :r i vacuum race n -v : : me zizncce "i = :r ±ie*zzr : :- i^ner- 

::-::: :t me me m«i sre i Iicr^csm server m me :c:er «kL me :_: : 
Juearsc Ti^_Tieir inc. me JUflle it m' i -Hsr w.m 2 * r :~ me -^ — » " :- ,~j: ;: : 
; i^i mih -n ven a ftaaebL gn: imfciiki wfcc: .:rzi me screen- Tie ^r^i ^ 1 

^sc Ti i ^r -zrr at zl. :: .13 ' mgscLZ^ inc zik sfliim'r. v :._i :r^i»ierr me 
e ±i«zr-:n ~- =.: -. ^ahie nrrf xls: : : :t:zi£- : 5 tizronHS. 





Northern Electric 



69 



Horthern Electric 



POLICE RADIO EQUIPMENT 



Northern Electric Police Radio Equipment is applicable to 
all towns and cities, and has a great many uses. As a weapon 
for the further suppression of crime it affords many possibili- 
ties. Descriptions of escaping criminals may be broadcast, 
making it possible to intercept them in their flight. The use of 
radio by the police will inspire considerable fear, even super- 
stition in many criminal minds, due to the rapidity with which 
radio enables the police to cope with lawless activities. Radio 
transmission is instantaneous. Information which is broadcast 
from headquarters is received immediately by those of the 
police force provided with receiving sets, and all officers 
receive the information at the same time. 

Radio affords one of the finest means of improving the ser- 
vice of the police department. In those cities where transmit- 
ters have been installed and cars equipped with receivers, 
tests under actual conditions have proved this fact conclu- 



sively. By means of radio, districts which before gave infinite 
trouble are being controlled quickly. 

Cruising cars or motorcycles may be directed quickly to a 
certain spot or locality for: 

The apprehension of criminal-. 
The prevention of burglaries, 
Locating stolen cars, 
Locating missing persons, 
Investigating fires. 
Investigating accidents, 
Investigating riots, 
Investigating other disturbances. 

By the same means forces may be concentrated, or l.\ 
directing information to certain cars, a definite beat may be 
patrolled, or a single station assigned some particular dutj 




70 



Northern Electric 



POLICE RADIO EQUIPMENT 

The Northern Electric Company can supply transmitting 
equipment rated at 20, 50, 100 and 400 watts for the trans- 
mission of messages by Police Departments for the dispatching 
of information from a central office to patrolling automobiles, 
motorcycles or Police Stations equipped with radio receivers. 
These equipments are entirely a.c. operated. 




X 



\ 



20 WATT TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT 

This radio transmitting equipment provides police radio 
telephone, or telegraph communication for cities having 
a population of less than 75,000. It is rated at 20 watt, 
unmodulated radio frequency output, is capable of complete 
modulation and employs a full complement of Northern 
Electric Air-cooled Vacuum Tubes. This transmitting 
equipment together with the necessary accessories, such as 
antenna, ground system, subscribers set and telegraph key 
forms a flexible, complete, efficient and reliable systems 
suitable for many different applications. Frequency stability 
is maintained by means of a quartz plate and its associated 
vacuum tube oscillator. A power source of 300 watts at 
107 to 122 volts, 25 or 60 cycles single phase is required for 
operation, or direct current supply by a motor generator set. 
This equipment is assembled in a small metal cabinet attract- 
ively finished in aluminum grey lacquer, and weighs approx- 
imately 100 lbs., complete with its associated a.c. power unit. 

Prices on request. 



POLICE RADIO EQUIPMENT 

50 WATT RADIO TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT 

This radio transmitting equipment provides police radio 
telephone communication for cities having a population of 
less than 100,000. It is rated at 50 watts unmodulated radio 
frequency output, is capable of complete modulation, and 
employs a full complement of Northern Electric Air-cooled 
Vacuum Tubes. This transmitting equipment together with 
the necessary accessories such as antenna, ground system 
and microphone, which is not included in the equipment, 
forms a complete, efficient and reliable system. Frequency 
stability is maintained by means of a thermostatically con- 
trolled quartz plate. A power source of approximately 
1 kva at 105 to 125 volts, single phase, 25 or 60 cycles is 
required for operation. This equipment is assembled in 
small metal cabinets attractively finished in black crystalline 
lacquer. 

100 WATT RADIO TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT 

This radio transmitting equipment provides for police 
telephone communication for cities having a population of 
between 100,000 and 200,000- It is rated at 100 watts un- 
modulated radio frequency output, is capable of complete 
modulation, and employs a full complement of Northern 
Electric Air-cooled Vacuum Tubes. This transmitting 
equipment together with the necessary accessories, such as 
antenna, ground system and microphones which is not in- 
cluded in the equipment, forms a complete, efficient and 
reliable system. Frequency stability is maintained by means 
of a quartz plate associated with a Vacuum Tube Oscillator. 
A power source of approximately 1.1 kva at 105 to 125 volts, 
single phase, 25 or 60 cycles is required for operation. The 
transmitter is contained in a metal cabinet 6' high, 28 ,r wide 
and 16" deep. Less tubes it weighs about 500 lbs. 

400 WATT RADIO TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT 

This radio transmitting equipment provides police radio 
telephone communication for cities having a population of 
between 200,000 and 800,000. It is rated at 400 watts un- 
modulated radio frequency output, is capable of complete 
modulation, and employs a full complement of Northern 
Electric Air-cooled Vacuum Tubes. This transmitting 
equipment together with the necessary accessories, such as 
antenna, ground system and microphone, which is not in- 
cluded in the equipment, forms a complete, efficient and 
reliable system. Frequency stability is maintained by means 
of a thermostatically controlled quartz plate. A power source 
of approximately 4.5 kva at 200 volts, 3 phase, 25 or 60 cycles 
is required for operation. 

The Northern Electric Company can also supply receiving 
sets specially designed for police cars, motorcycles, or police 
headquarters. 

Prices on request. 



Northern Electric 



71 



Korthern Electric 



POLICE SIGNAL SYSTEMS 



The Northern Electric Police Signalling System consists of 
iignalling boxes mounted on pedestals, poles, or buildings at 
zarious points within municipal or other premises. These 
)Oxes contain signalling mechanisms and telephones which are 
:onnected by wire with a police headquarters desk, on which 
s mounted a recording set consisting of a register, a time stamp 
ind a paper take-up reel; also keys and switches for mani- 
pulating the other service features of the system. 

A Radio Cruiser officer, or a patrolman reporting from their 
:>eat or post, opens the signal box door and pulls down a lever 
co send the box number to police headquarters where the 
lumber and time of its receipt is automatically recorded on 
registered paper, and then recoiled by a take-up reel. Removal 
Df the telephone receiver at the box also signals police head- 
quarters and indicates that telephone communication is 
desired; the number signal proves where the officer is; the 
time record proves at what minute he has reported; and by 
conversation he proves his identity. Every officer therefore 
acts as his own sergeant operating from a distance. 

The system consists further of recall units comprising 
flashlights or bells, or both flashlights and bells. These units 
are distributed at different prominent points where they can 
best be seen and heard, and are connected by wire to the police 
central desk on which is mounted a flashlight transmitter for 
sending out general and special signals. In modern police 
work, occasions of importance constantly arise requiring means 
for the central station to select and signal any one, or all of 
the members of the force, wherever they may be. This is 
accomplished by means of the re-call units. 

No Signalling System is complete that does not provide 
means for the following: 

(1) Telegraph report and emergency signalling from out- 
lying stations to headquarters. 

(2) Telephoning between headquarters and outlying 
stations. 

(3) Audible signalling to men from headquarters. 

(4) Selecting and signalling to any single patrolman. 

(5) Signalling to all of the force simultaneously. 



A System carrying all of these features is as essential to the 
perfect work of the police force no matter how small, as the 
telephone and telegraph is to the perfect work of an army 
signal corps; and full measure of service cannot be expected 
from any police force unless such a system is furnished for 
their use. 












72 



Northern Electric 



POLICE SIGNAL SYSTEMS 







Police Desk 









?CU (r 



SB, 



METROPOLITAN 

COMBINATION 

PEDESTAL 

This pedestal accom- 
modates a police box 
on one side, and fire 
alarm box on the other. 
The Bell light unit at 
the top is used for 
re-calling the police- 
man when on his beat. 
The interior of the 
pedestal base accom- 
modates the terminal 
strips to suitably ter- 
minate the under- 
ground cables. 






Metropolitan 
Combination Pedestal 



NORTHERN ELECTRIC GAMEWELL PRIVATE 

AUXILIARY POLICE BOXES FOR THE 

PROTECTION OF BANKS, HOTELS, 

JEWELLERY STORES, ETC. 

A direct silent connection with police headquarters is the 
best and surest protection against criminals. If you are 

able to summon police 
assistance instantly 
you are able to deal 
with criminals on an 
equal footing. If you 
cannot, the criminals 
have an advantage 
which may cost you 
thousands and thou- 
sands of dollars. Mun- 
icipal authorities are 
invariably willing to 
co-operate with banks, 
stores, hotels, or own- 
ers of other property 
that offers temptation 
to criminals, by per- 
mitting a Northern 
Electric- Gamewell 
auxiliary police box to 
be connected directly 
to police headquarters 
on the nearest police 
signalling circuit. 

Auxiliary Police Box 

The advantage of being able to summon instantly and 
automatically the services of the organized police force, is, 
manifestly of great value. Criminals will take chances of 
holding up a bank; they will rob safes, steal furs, jewellery 
or other valuables and practically the only protection against 
such losses is to be able to summon instantly, the assistance 
of the police department. 



Prices on request. 




Northern Electric 



73 



Northern Electric 

TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS 



To regulate the movement of traffic so that 
tieups and congestion at intersections are elimin- 
ated; and to have traffic flowing smoothly at all 
times; the Northern Electric Company has avail- 
able two distinct signalling systems for the ade- 
quate controlling of city or district traffic by 
means of electric traffic signals. 

One system is known as the Traffic-Actuated 
Control System, and is based on the principle 
of traffic signals actuated by means of the traffic 



itself. This system consists of three major parts, 
the traffic signals, the traffic detectors, and the 
control mechanism. The traffic detectors are 
placed in all approaches to each signalized inter- 
section to record approaching traffic. The con- 
trol mechanism receives the information from 
the detector and assigns the right-of-way by- 
means of standard traffic signals to the different 
streets in accordance with the traffic flow as 
registered by the detectors. 



The other system known as Fixed-Time Control is divided 
into four classifications, which are described as follows: 



(A) Simplex. The operation of the signal in this system 
is not related to the operation of any other signal. 



(B) Synchronized. This is a type of co-ordinated control 
in which all signals show the same colour in the same di- 
rection simultaneously. 



(C) Limited Progressive. This is a form of progressive 
system in which the signals are grouped, the alternate 
groups showing opposite colours in a given direction, and 
all signals changing simultaneously. 



(D) Flexible Progressive. This is a form of progressive 
system in which the operation of each signal is determined 
by the traffic requirements of the intersection, and which 
in addition provides for the continuous movement of traffic. 




74 



Northern Electric 



EAGLE CONTROLLERS 
For Fixed Time Signals 




Automatic Simplex Timer enclosed in aluminum cabinet 

For ordinary street intersections which are at such a distance 
from other intersections equipped with traffic signals that 
coordinated action between the signals at the two intersec- 
tions is impractical. 

This controller can also be equipped for Manual Control 
either with door open or closed. No transfer switch has to be 
thrown when going from automatic to manual operation. 




Automatic and Manual Synchro-Simplex Controller Enclosed 

in Cast Aluminum Cabinet 



Whenever street intersections within 1500 feet of each other 
are equipped with signals, the signals should maintain a 
definite time relation with respect to each other. This can be 
accomplished at minimum expense without the use of special 
inter-connecting wires between the controllers, by the use of 
Eagle Synchro-Simplex Controllers. These Controllers are 
equipped with flashing night light facilities. The time cycle 
may be varied over a wide range by changing of gear on the 
front of the controller, an operation which requires less than a 
minute. Mounting supports within cabinets and signal 
connections permit interchanging the Synchro-Simplex 
Controllers with Eagle (Induction type) Simplex Controller. 

These controllers can be^equipped for Manual control also 
as illustrated above. 



EAGLE CONTROLLERS 

Eagle Senior Controllers are used in flexible progressive 
systems to provide flexibility to a degree that is not available 
in any other type. They may be purchased in their simplest 
form, and as conditions demand, other features, such ^ as 
hand control, remote shutdown, emergency signals, flashing 
lights, special cycles, etc.; may be added at nominal expense. 

These Eagle Senior Controllers may be operated at isolated 
intersections with no regard for coordination with other 
controllers. They may be coordinated with other controllers in 
a limited progressive system by means of one interconnecting 
wire; or may be connected to an Eagle Master Controller 
and thereby control from a central point as a unit in a flexible 
progressive system. 




Eagle-Senior Controller Equipped with Local Right 

Arrow Switch. 



Co-Ordiplex Controllers 

These Co-Ordiplex Controllers may be used independently 
at intersections which are to be later interconnected. They may 
also be interconnected with one or two wires and kept pos- 
itively in step with each other. These Co-Ordiplex Con- 
trollers if used in a genuine progressive system must be 
supervised by a master controller at a central point. From 
the master controller signals may be started into operation 
or shutdown, or they may be switched to an emergency 
condition during which all signals show red, or to night 
flashing combination, during which amber or red lights 
flash. The master controller keeps all signals in step with 
each other, and provides the means of adjusting the cycle 
length from a central point. 




Co-Ordiplex Traffic Signal Controllers 



Prices on request. 



Northern Electric 



75 



EAGLE CONTROLLERS 




Interior View of Master Controller in Aluminum Cabinet 

These Master Controllers range in size from 15 to 100 inter- 
section capacity and are used for supervising Flexible Pro- 
gressive Systems employing Co-Ordiplex or Eagle Senior 
Controllers. 




Eagle Midget Controller in Sheet Metal Box with sliding 

door without lock 

This Eagle Midget Controller is ball-bearing throughout. 
Its extremely low cost is due to the fact that its component 
parts are employed in large quantities in the manufacture of 
similar products. If greater flexibility is required the Eagle 
Simplex or Co-Ordiplex Controller should be ordered. 



Eagle Duplex Controllers pro- 
vide two conditions of signal 
timing. Condition No. 1 is for 
traffic at peak hours. Condition 
No. 2 is for average traffic. The 
change from Condition No. 2 
to Condition No. 1 and back 
again may be set to occur at one, 
two or three times each day. At 
a special hour of the night the 
Controller automatically dis- 
continues the "Stop-and-Go " 
operation and goes to flashing 
amber. The reverse takes place 
in the morning. 




Eagle Duplex Controller in aluminum Cabinet 



EAGLE CONTROLLERS 




Auxiliary Manual Controller 

While traffic control systems are designed to operate 
primarily from an automatic controller, it is advantageous 
on certain occasions to control a signal or group of signals 
by hand control independently of the remainder of the system, 
to take care of abnormal traffic conditions. 

The hand controls are arranged to give the same change 
period as that provided by the Automatic controller. In 
addition to this sequence of operation there is also provided 
a night light or auxiliary switch. This cabinet is arranged 
to operate the hand control with the cabinet door closed 
by means of an operating handle, which is inverted through 
an opening in the door. When not in use the handle is kept 
within the cabinet. 




Eagle Aluminum Weatherproof Control Cabinets 

These Cabinets present an attractive appearance. They 
are strong and durable. An extensive assortment has been 
developed to accommodate many types of traffic signal 
controllers. These cabinets are of cast aluminum. They 

are equipped with a substantial 
brass lock. The door is hinged 
to the cabinet body by heavy 
members cast in the door and 
body casting. Studs and wing 
nuts are provided for clamping 
controllers into place. 




Control Cabinet 

Designed to mount on wall or 

wood pole, if used without 

brackets. 



76 



Northern Electric 



EAGLE TRAFFIC SIGNALS 
For Fixed Time or Traffic Actuated Signals 




Four-Way Three-Color Signal Arranged to Slip Over a 
Column Having ^Y 2 " Outside Diameter 

Eagle square section type signals can be furnished in two, 
three or four way types and any desired number of sections 
can be provided to make a two or three colour signal, or a 
signal with directional arrows or lenses with special wording. 
When two and three way signals are furnished, the blank 
sides are equipped with doors which may quickly be replaced 
by optical units if the situation requires the signals to show 
any more directions at a future date. The signal body and 
combination door and visor are of aluminum die cast construc- 
tion which assures perfect interchangeability of parts. Each 
optical unit consists of a lens and a silvered glass mirror 
reflector of the highest quality. Both the optical unit door 
and the reflector holder are pivoted on hinges, and conse- 
quently bulbs may be replaced with greatest ease. These 
traffic signals can be supplied with special visors and special 
lenses where required to meet unusual conditions. 




Four-Way Three-Color Signal Arranged for Span Wire 

Suspension 



EAGLELUX TRAFFIC SIGNALS 

One-Way Type 

Eaglelux Signals are of ornamental design which gives a 
pleasing appearance and will harmonize with lamp standards 
from plain to very decorative designs. The housings are of 
metal of uniform thickness and are adaptable to both vertical 
and horizontal mounting. The optical unit is of the double 
hinge type and consists of reflector, lens, socket and cast 
aluminum door and visor. The vertical mounted signal 
has a die cast aluminum door and visor. 




Eaglelux Signal with 
Ornamental clamps 




Eaglelux Signal Back View 
showing ornamental design 



Eaglelux Combination Unit Signal 

and Controller 

Where a quick economical suspension installation is ne- 
cessary, the Eaglelux Combination Unit is without a peer. 
Merely string span wire between two supports, run two wires 
from a switch to a nearby pole, and connect to the power 
supply. No internal connection to make, no controller to 
mount on pole or pedestal. 




Combination Signal and Controller 



Northern Electric 



a 



EAGLELUX TRAFFIC SIGNALS 







Four-way Three-colour 

Adjustable Post Top Type 

Signal (Tenon Adapter). 

Eaglelux Adjustable Type Traffic Signals 

The signal body, door and visor are of cast aluminum. 
Each optical unit consists of a lens and silvered glass mirror 
reflector. Both the optical unit door and the reflector holder 
are pivoted on hinges and consequently bulbs may be replaced 
with greatest ease. Doors and visors are die cast as a unit 
unless special long visors are ordered, in which event sand 
cast door and special visors are furnished. Standard methods 
of mounting, either with or without a floodlight, include the 
following: Span wire suspension, mast arm suspension, 
bracket arm supports at both top and bottom of signal, and 
post top mounting. Special types can be furnished on short 
notice. 



EAGLE FLASHERS 




Eagle Junior Flasher — For Beacon Signals 

This is an alternate ball bearing beacon flasher with two 
separate circuits. One circuit is closed during one hall 
of the time and the other circuit is closed during the other 
half. Its silver contact points are rated at 10 amperes. 
It is designed for 110 volt, (>0 cycle operation. It may be 
adjusted to flash from 12 to 36 times per minute. 




Two-way Three-colour 

Adjustable Bracket Type 

Signal. 










Four- Way Three-colour 
Adjustable Span Wire 
Suspension Type Signal 
with Floodlight. 



Prices on Request. 




Eagle junior Alternate Flasher 

In Weatherproof Aluminum Cabinet with Radio Inter- 
ference Eliminator. 

Airway Beacon Flasher 

The Eaglelux Airway Beacon Flasher contributes to the 
safety and certainty of air travel. Its cost is reasonable, 

its performance is sure. 




110-volt, 60-cycle Beacon Flasher contained in 
Galvanized Steel Cabinet 

Prices on request. 



78 



Northern Electric 



EAGLELUX BEACONS 







EAGLELUX BEACONS 



. 



■ 



Eaglelux Beacons 

Eaglelux Beacons warn traffic of dangerous intersections, 
bridge abutments, street obstructions, etc., and send out a 
warning which cannot escape attention. The clear uniform 
beam of light instantly classes it as a quality product. Die 
cast aluminum parts and silvered glass mirror reflectors are 
major parts of .Eaglelux Beacons. A very wide assortment 
is available from which the requirements of any situation may 
be made. 




■ 



• • 



Eaglelux Beacon mounted 
on a pedestal 

Eaglelux Combination Beacon 
and Siren Unit 

The Eaglelux Combination Beacon and Siren Unit is a most 
efficient \safety device. The Beacon is constructed largely of 
die cast aluminum parts, and the entire unit will render 
perfect service for years. The Beacon may be furnished to 
shine its light intone, two, three or four directions. 




Showing blank door open on which is mounted flashing 

mechanism 







Four-Way One-Light Beacon With Siren Arranged for Span 

Wire Suspension 

Prices on request. 



Northern Electric 



79 



Northern Electric 



TRAFFIC ACTUATED SIGNALS 



To approach more nearly the ideal condition where signal 
indications could change in exact accord with traffic demands 
from minute to minute, the Northern Electric Company has 
to offer what is known as Traffic-Actuated Control Signals, 
by which traffic desiring to use the intersection roadway 
automatically actuates the control mechanism. 



Three major conditions for determining the exact justifica- 
tion for traffic controlled systems are: to reduce delays, to 
reduce accidents and to achieve improvement in the orderly 
and convenient movement of traffic. While these conditions 
apply with equal force to Fixed-Time control, Traffic-Actuated 
Signal Systems are more efficient for all three conditions than 
Fixed-Time Control for the following reasons: — 




Full consideration of the desirability of Traffic-Actuated Signal 

Systems should be made before any decision is reached as to 

which of the two types of control should be utilized. 



Traffic-Actuated Signals when properly 
designed and operated results in less delay 
than is involved in Fixed-Time Control due 
to the fact that the delays inherent in general 
Fixed-Time Control during light traffic are 
eliminated. 



As Traffic-Actuated Signals can be operated 
continuously, it generally proves more effective 
in reducing or preventing accidents, because 
violations of the signals which frequently 
cause accidents, are less likely on account of 
reduced waiting periods. 



Traffic-Actuated Signals can be more 
responsible to traffic demands than Fixed- 
Time Control, and hence under most condi- 
tions results in more orderly and convenient 
movement of traffic. There is less tendency to 
avoid intersections having Traffic-Actuated 
Control, thus resulting in more logical 
routing of traffic and creating fewer demands 
for signals. 






80 



Northern Electric 






TRAFFIC ACTUATED SIGNALS 
Trolley Detectors 

At intersections used by tramcars, a special Detector is 
mounted on the overhead trolley wire. These Detectors 
are actuated by the collector wheel and the trolley pole, and 
the signal is transmitted to the control mechanism in exactly 
the same manner as a signal from a standard Vehicle De- 
tector. 

Vehicle Detectors 




Vehicle Detector — Top View 

The Vehicle Detector is a contact making device placed 
in the pavement, and actuated by the pressure of a wheel 
passing over it at any point. It is enclosed in a heavy metal 
frame and the top portion which is flush with the road surface, 
is of live rubber. These Detectors are very rugged mechanic- 
ally, and are unaffected by temperature changes and snow. 
Standard lengths are 4, 6 and 8 feet. They are installed 
in the normal path of vehicle movement approaching an 
intersection. 



-■ 



• \ 




Electro-Matic Dispatcher 

The Electro-Matic Traffic Actuated Dispatcher is designed 
for use with any standard type of traffic signal, and provides 
for all standard colour sequences. The radio type dials and 
switches mounted on the control panel on the front of the 
Dispatcher provide a quick and simple means of independent- 
ly adjusting each of the several intervals obtainable on all 
phases. The construction of Electro-Matic Dispatchers is 
governed by the exclusive Electrostatic method of operation. 
No motors are used and moving parts are reduced to an 
absolute minimum. There are no continuously rotating 
parts, and lubrication is not required. The energy con- 
sumption of this Dispatcher averages less than 20 watts. 
Long life and dependable economical service is assured. 

Dispatcher Cabinets 

Cabinets suitable for mounting Electro-Matic Dispatchers 
on either pedestals or poles are supplied in cast aluminum. 
Ample space is provided for housing the Dispatcher together 
with the main and auxiliary switches. A terminal strip is 
provided for connecting incoming wires, and all interior 
wiring is included. The cabinet is thoroughly waterproof, 
and is equipped with reliable locks. 



TRAFFIC ACTUATED SIGNALS 






- "■ ■ 







Dispatcher Cabinet 



One-Way 

Adjustable 

Type 

Signal 







Standard assemblies of adjust- 
table type signals are available in 
1, 2, 3 and 4 types and with 1, 2 
or 3 lenses. All adjustable 
signals are made* of one-way 
signal units supported by orna- 
mental and substantial mount- 
ing brackets. 

The signal body and door and 
visor are of cast aluminum. 
Each optical unit consists of a 
lens and silver glass mirror 
reflector. Both the optical unit 
door and the reflector holder are 
pivoted on hinges, and conse- 
quently bulbs may be replaced 
with greatest ease. Doors and 
visors are die-cast as a unit. 







Weldless Steel Pedestals 

These pedestals are made of heavy weldless steel fitted 'with 
ornamental collars. The shaft is fluted to give a pleasing 
appearance. The high quality of the steel coupled with the 
one-piece construction results in a pedestal that is unbreak- 
able. The base section is provided with a door to facilitate 
pulling in and connecting the necessary wires. The top portion 
is reduced in diameter to accommodate a standard adjustable 
type signalhead. This type of pedestal requires a minimum 
of sidewalk space and provides maximum strength and 
safety. 



Northern Electric 



81 



Northern Electric 



FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 



The extent of any fire in a protected community depends 
in large measure upon the promptness with which the fire- 
extinguishing appliances are brought into operation. The 
fire alarm system of a city or town ought, therefore, to be as 
nearly perfect as money and skill can make it; a deficient or 
obsolete fire alarm system constitutes a general hazard. 

The first and obvious disadvantage of having too few fire 
alarm boxes is the loss of time between the discovery of the 
fire and the notification of the fire department. The first few 
moments in fighting a fire are the vital moments. The arrival 
of the fire department a few minutes earlier or a few minutes 
later may make the difference between a small fire and a 
conflagration. It may make the difference between a fire that 



can be put out by chemicals and one that requires three or 
four alarms. 

If the fire alarm box fails then, it fails miserably; if it makes 
the slightest error, it is a costly error. The best that the mind 
and hand of man can produce is none too good for emergency 
signalling. That is the basis on which the Northern Electric 
apparatus is made. 

Practically all of the central office station apparatus in 
Canada with which the boxes must work is of Northern 
Electric construction. 

A fine illustration of the quality of Northern Electric 
Company's skill and workmanship will be found in Montreal's 
new fire alarm central office which is the largest centralized 
fire alarm system in the world. 




82 



Sorthern Electric 




FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 
For Municipal Service 

". z CYC. -<- " " £ 

fire, eternal v$g&- 
BZBDE i* the price of 

sa^er. a*: conse- 
quently, m \ Sg©- 
tem capable oi finl- 
rJimg 'its purpose 
must possess cer- 
tain st:* I I E s 

t to 
the pffiStt of honor 
as sentrv to thf r_"-r 

The prirrjc :•: )&Bt 
a I x alarm 
sicci ..:; s stem E 
. ISSB3 s cut an alarm 
ctf firas to tfce r.-\- 
fig: : :.: g force w5a 
ee the shoe: i£3l pos- 
sible tune .after a 
6re K known : 
Esast at. trie :»esr 
ants and ingenniD ntf sk engineer havt been turaajg 1 

to bear on dris <* re goesriGE :■" ssnrim fflsme in the trsms mir - 
si or of ala";s 

Sits olrriouf thai : 5k nun be hbk -eadii ; riberibeaS a is 
inc :-:r- than e c. - 3 has mack oeadv-i ■ ; oerefort o; Hffltt- 
ter hov -5 . ■ ; 6r< jeparrDmraMl maj be * v-;.i tap bribe 
acirievemem K purpose . no: = Bmflgte c - facilities 

for ol . ; b . .-. .. . £bs exaoJ toratoenK 1 fees vithont 

ms of ; mm 
Fee alann: fcdegrapb sigmfing s^SteHE consist oi Tour de- 

F re Alarm Bz es ar Screei Signaling E te afta E ms 

-_ _-~ .-. : . 1 raitus 

[ . : cn E r.c 'X E " . prmfird 

I n l ns 

FIRE ALARM BOXES 

■ ~e alarm :■: ees or scree: s gna^mg star ) or, f ms JK Bam- 

sidered the KUtposts e I % ~ s gna Big 5 -srece ami can prise liaffl 

. amend a :o_ svsten wiitl winck tfaf ceriera] pntehi asanas 

mosi ".'■.: n :\c:c:: Is > mereion I gh - essential 

• : ,;. • t bf ' as ip des g E J an such a manner that the 'Operating 

• rts are readily acofissifeik aaac £& method . peraxiiui ssdh 

• ai : ma be eas' cmderatood- No etl-ort mnsr bH f-nared in 

"•:::".::: tin . p>er .:; device fie -:•" .f-ure the ::- ec! m a r :>^- 

;.;.: bJ sasffi am :. Etd v^"-: tiffi transmission sS alarr:. ; 

Pfae me sn :> "'^ biosKS nssa bfl pass : ra .: action, dor- 

: . I* :.: [ -. 3 k tet E : be :«es: imown manner ": D : be bcBSsib 

:-:mer;.r. u?t. moisture ar.-i nxBcfeaamcai] iijjury.. 

Fire Alarm B; :;-;*f bj 5hic . 3 lonr general rvpes 

..rael^ i- j;-:*:*f.f Sli Sgnoocag ■ "Ncm- 

Interi erin : . ::•*.: c ' ' or so ci. . I ' . ^in ' : 1 nxes. 

The Northerr ~ i~m£vr 2 - : ' : r - - access w " Slow 

ese ■ ne An,— r»; s .> : jmiBiWiw p:> - aoaaa- 

inter . ".brace de"vices pre^ T enting inter- 

: ;•;.- e .. a3s whether resulting* "*: _ v 

GBN :■ m ma3 cac ee mar atiGJE S iftK 30 HI : -n-eror tibc 

<wantltsTiftrric operation o 1 numriej :•. iaanies 

r. ::__;- :>peratiat "> 1 r. _:"^.ber of lite 
jizick Successr^ 1 t :■. bccBeJ 1 :•: bzK ivl'^:: contr. 
: ::■ :-_-r^ ; "iant^ ar. e»Brt :: secure tri? r: :r : ~anf- 

:ssior a ts e .".aJ at the beganimig clJ each round "vi::s: : 
>»;v r j.-.'^fr-.-ve' :•: '-:- ;■:»:".:-' . * ;-' tht sasn none tims 
make an eSorr to seorara the circuit at the nn' mg 01 a 

series - ro: 

c - la Esi : " : < &w alarm QnaK k ccmsnrucisofl 

in such a maimer : erier or <ruMffifriiwn «ff sjggrik 

I result zhroL 1 : : he tzipecBitiDr two or more bones,, att «r 

phoxe? s: o:>- -1: < ; :;r:» 

.: ; O: :.: f s C" 



a:»o: : * * -: r_~'t :-.- • or f 



maticalhr selected r.o awmtw i 1 

Tlbc Plain' or iatnftmg faaaaes di 

r jrcesf ri;>r-ir -;r - , - - 



MRE ALARM SYS : MS 
CESHTStAL STXOOBS bqcbpment 

TIte CKttknal station ^ tt&£ beaut of the fire ahna ^ ifteiu 

at this point is locazted aftft ffippmtafiBB far HeomOTg, HWBBWfiBB 
and txansniititinjg signaHs £ini albDraas off fine "lite feaffflserr Scir 

supplying the eleoino-aiiflfliwt: iamoe nsD^say tbs cperaase ate 
if- ais. .'catjoi in ttftie centraH gtattiflwiu 



Tire alarm sigraJIiBg s^'stems rar;-: ■ s:^e 
circuit system 2sdfi^«aite Szar a. small tamna Id agofteuus of macnj 
crrcuiis T raqonrrDS a iarce oaff aagasraltors iccm5tant]3~ on dixry in 
the ceni^al station -and tnu - - e- ied imiftfii tm gfwniJHB 

heads; namely, ajfltornatic amfl imaraBBiL 

When a system fceoOTues Haaj^ ©non^ii rm waaasaat sBk cbw- 
stant actecdance at lihe ooittrafl geaftraexn «ff one «ir more «5»ra- 
tors it *DBLs^f co (be «£mtiira!h: soltsEiinaltnc in ns ffumf.tticns aafiB ac- 
quires ifnn'vTr-i^ r tibc manual tttmgffmfegkm (of sigpmQs ffiraam 

the cenrraJ stall loe to the ire i 

7 -fees em agaplficaaian. 





The City of Mzanttn^l Fore Aftainm CencraJl Office Anting vte 
IProtector Boari amd ttte Recssrffipg 



■ -iainza 



■ 



Alarm H|p |p«<«?wtfTiK: tfcip^wMi^ IIuiiM ckflBCBK CD tcfae sn^ocni 'de- 
pendedagBamtOB^nniDiHiii Karotttefee4E|g?teTiigfagqetA 



IThts c^onpanem consists a g^wifis md 
the fire departnifiist btTHHC^, and wane 
of tbi 'ignting* Bonce* jmiiwif 

ties. 



jn 



or . '•. v : £ 



».--■. 



recofrd and date aB 




. - .JE 



tOfr to* 



Oodtri- -^arrjevitl 

* . :.•:"". ■ * : ot'**i " .j or. o: 



i„ .. 



■:i *->r. -1 ■: 






Northern Electric 



83 




FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 

FOR INDUSTRIAL PLANTS 
HOSPITALS, SCHOOLS, HOTELS, etc. 

Fire alarm systems furnish a 
means for the discoverer of a 
fire to signal instantly to all em- 
ployees and firemen, that there 
is a fire, and where it is, thus 
avoiding all the serious loss of 
time inevitable to any other 
method of conveying alarms. 
Whatever protection facilities 
there may be, as water-supply, 
hydrants, hose, pumps, and 
chemical engines, none of them 
are of any value until after the 
fire-fighting force has learned 
the location of the fire- 
Fire alarm boxes are placed at 
the points of greatest danger, 
and generally throughout the 
plant, so located that not over 
200 feet must be travelled to 
reach one from any part of the premises. 

Each box sends a signal indicating its location. 

The boxes can be operated by anyone who can open a door, 
and pull a hook. 

A single operation of the alarm box causes four repetitions 
of the alarm on all the gongs, bells, whistles, or electric horns 
in the equipment- 
There are three types of industrial fire alarm systems. 

1. Where the plant fire department is the only available 
force. 

2. Where instant connection with the public fire depart- 
ment is desired from many interior stations. 

3. Where there is a plant and a public fire department, and 
both can be called instantly and simultaneously. 

The life of standard fire alarm apparatus is indefinitely 
long. Apparatus already fifty years old is still in service. 

The cost of maintenance is extremely small, and the equip- 
ment can be properly cared for by the plant electrician, or 
any skilled machinist, after brief instructions. 

Type Equipments 

Equipments are recommended by our engineers, after a 
study of, the requirements needed to meet local conditions in 
each case. 

Northern Electric-Gamewell apparatus has always been 
known to be of the highest standard for accuracy and dur- 
ability. 




FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 

For Industrial Plants — (Cont'd) 

HOSPITALS, SCHOOLS, HOTELS, etc. 

Many arrangements and modifications of these systems 
can be made to suit all conditions. 

Class 1. Supervised — Code Signalling — Non Auxiliary, 

Class 2. Supervised — Non-Code Signalling — Auxiliary. 
Class 3. Supervised — Code Signalling — Auxiliary. 

Supervised Code Signalling Xon-Auxiliary Local Drill and 

Fire Signal System 

This is one of the most popular industrial systems manu- 
factured. It consists of return signal auxiliary fire alarm boxes, 
terminal set, vibrating alarm bells and city auxiliarized fire 
alarm box. It provides any desired number of interior fire 
alarm stations, from any one of which alarms can be directly 
and instantly transmitted to fire departments. 

Such stations are usually located on every floor of the build- 
ing protected, and where floor areas are very large, there are 
often two or more stations on each floor. 

Each station is in effect a duplicate of the nearest alarm box 
in the public fire alarm system. 

Each auxiliary box is provided with a 'return signal" by 
which the sender of the alarm may know that the street box 
has operated. 

Supervised, Non-Code Signalling, Auxiliary, Local Drill and 

Fire Signal System 

There are two systems which can be considered under this 
heading, the first of which is known as the return signal aux- 
iliary system and the other known as the silent auxiliary 
system. 

Return Signal Auxiliary System 

This system will give local fire drill on vibrating gongs and 
call city fire department simultaneously, but will not strike 
code numbers on alarm apparatus. It can be equipped with 
annunciators located at convenient points to indicate point 
from which alarm was given. 

Silent Auxiliary System 

In this system a local battery is dispensed with by connect- 
ing the signalling magnet directly in the signal circuit. This 
magnet is normally shunted by an auxiliary loop of low re- 
sistance which connects in series all the auxiliary sub-stations 
on the premises to be protected. 

Operating a sub-station to cause a fire signal will break this 
auxiliary shunt loop of low resistance so that the only path for 
the current will then be through the starting magnet to ener- 
gize same to release the signal mechanism. 

Supervised, Code Signalling, Auxiliary, Local Drill and 

Fire Signal System 

This system will give local fire drill on electro-mechanical 
gongs and call city fire department simultaneously. The fire 
drill will be struck in code on all alarm apparatus indicating 
the point from which alarm was given. 

This is the best, most efficient and reliable Industrial 
System manufactured. It combines all the good features 
contained in systems described and in addition allows a fire 
drill to be pulled in at any time from any fire alarm station 
without sending the call to the Fire Department. 

It consists of Code Signalling Fire Alarm Boxes (the type 
being determined by the class of building to be protected and 
by the number of boxes installed), Electro-Mechanical Gongs, 
Selective Relay, Supervisory Relays and City Auxiliarized 
Fire Alarm Box. 

Prices on application. 






84 



Northern Electric 



NORTHERN ELECTRIC GAMEWELL SPRINKLER WATCHMAN 



This equipment is intended for use 
in connecting the average sprinkler 
system directly with the municipal 
fire department through a Northern 
Electric-Gamewell Master Fire Alarm 
Box — Calls the firemen instantly 
upon the opening of a sprinkler head. 
The quickest, most reliable and 
economical sprinkler supervisory ser- 
vice known. 






View below shows how DRY-PIPE 
SPRINKLER SYSTEM can be connected 
directly to the municipal fire alarm system 
so that the opening of a sprinkler head 
automatically trips a Northern Electric- 
Gamewell Master Type Fire Alarm Box 
which, in turn, transmits its alarm instantly 
to the fire department. Apparatus designat- 
ed constitutes the Northern Electric-Game- 
well Sprinkler Watchman except the sprinkler 
valve. 




View above shows how WET-PIPE 
SPRINXLER SYSTEM can be connected 
directly to the municipal fire alarm system. 
Apparatus designated constitutes the North- 
ern Electric-Gamewell Sprinkler Watchman 
except the sprinkler alarm valve. 



The Master Box need not necessarily be 
installed alongside the Sprinkler Riser. A good 
location for its installation ison the nearest pole 
in the street adjoining the sprinkler-protected 
building; for in this way the public may also 
operate the Master Box to send in the alarm 
the same as a regular city fire alarm box. 



Write for further particulars. State whether 
your sprinkler system is WET OR DRY 
PIPE; how many riser valves you have and 
the wording and numbers cast on each. 

We can then show you how the Sprinkler 
Watchman will fit your needs. 



PAGE 



85 






I 



,yr&i: 



!.' vy. 



' '* 



The Northern Electric Company manufac- 
tures and distributes all types of standard 
and special wires and cables. The buyer of 
wires and cables is interested in true quality, 
prompt delivery and (air price. It is by 
meeting these demands and satisfactorily 
serving discriminating buyers that the 
Northern Electric Company has achieved 
its position in the wire and cable field. 



for 

RANGE of 

WIRE and 

CABLE 

See Back of 
this Page 



See alphabetical index 
for page numbers of 
listings at back 
of book. 





k 





86 



Northern Electric 



WIRE AND CABLE DIVISION 

Northern Electric 

WIRES and CABLES for 
POWER-LIGHT TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CIRCUITS 



Ma 



A. B.C. Cable 

Antenna Wire 

Annunciator Wire 

Armature Wire 

Armored Cable 

Asbestos Covered Wire 

Automobile Wire 

Bare Copper Wire and Cable 

Bare Copperweld Wire and Cable 

Bronze Wire 

Bell Cord 

Brass Wire 

Cab Tire Cable 

Cadmium Copper Wire 

Car Wire 

Control Cable 

Copperweld Wires and Cables 

Dictograph Cable 

Elevator Cable 

Enamelled Wire 

Fire Alarm Cable 

Fixture Wire 

Flameproof Wire and Cable 

Flexible Armored Cable 

Flexible Cords 

Hollow Core Cable 

Lead Covered Cables 

Magnet Wire 

Marine Wire and Cable 

Metallizing Wire 

Military Wire 

Neon-tube Cable 

Xon .Metallic Armored Cable 

Xorel-X Cable 



nufacturers of: 

Oil-burner Cable 

Office Wire 

Paper Power Cable 

Paper Telephone Cable 

Police Patrol Cable 

Radio Wire 

Range Wire 

Rubber Covered Wire 

Rubber Insulated Cable 

Service Cable 

Service Entrance Cable 

Signal Wire and Cable 

Slow-burning Weatherproof Wire and 
Cable 

Slow-burning Wire and Cable 
Soil Heating Cable 
Stove Wire 
Switchboard Cable 
Switchboard Cords 
Switchboard Wire 
Telegraph Cable 
Telephone Cable 
Telephone Cords 
Telephone Wire 
Terminating Cable 
Thermostat Control Cable 
Trolley Wire 
Varnished Fabric Cable 
Weatherproof Copper Cable 
Weatherproof Copper Wire 
Weatherproof Iron Wire 
Cable Terminals 
Junction Boxes 
Splicing Materials 



ALL CLASSES OF CABLE SYSTEMS INSTALLED 



Northern Electric 



87 



SOLID BARE COPPER WIRE 
Copper Line Wire 

Hard Drawn, Medium Drawn, Soft Drawn 

Northern Electric copper wire, both soft annealed and hard 
drawn, complies fully with the standard specifications of the 
"American Society for Testing Materials" for copper wire. 

The wire is accurate in diameter and uniform in cross- 
section within the limits of the permissible variations given 
in the specification. 

When ordering state whether hard, medium or soft annealed 
wire is required. 







* 


^rea 


Approx. 




Size 


Diam. 


Circular 


Square 


Wgt. Per 


Lbs. 


B.&S. 


Mils 


Mils 


Inches 


1000 Ft. 


Per Mile 


0000 


460 


211600 


.1662 


641 


3382 


000 


410 


167800 


.1318 


508 


2682 


00 


365 


133100 


. 1045 


403 


2127 





325 


105500 


. 08289 


320 


1686 


1 


289 


83690 


. 06573 


253 


1337 


2 


258 


66370 


.05213 


201 


1061 


3 


229 


52630 


.04134 


159 


841 


4 


204 


41740 


. 03278 


126 


667 


5 


182 


33100 


. 02600 


100 


529 


6 


162 


26250 


. 02062 


79.5 


420 


7 


144 


20820 


.01635 


63.0 


333 


8 


128 


16510 


.01297 


50.0 


264 


9 


114 


13090 


. 01028 


39 . 6 


209 


10 


102 


10380 


.008155 


31.4 


166 


11 


91 


8234 


. 006467 


24.9 


132 


12 


81 


6530 


.005129 


19.8 


104 


13 


72 


5178 


. 004067 


15.7 


82.7 


14 


64 


4107 


. 003225 


12.4 


65.6 


15 


57 


3257 


. 002558 


9.86 


52.1 


16 


51 


2583 


. 002029 


7.82 


41.3 


17 


45 


2048 


. 001609 


6.20 


32.7 


18 


40 


1624 


.001276 


4.92 


26.0 


19 


36 


1288 


.001012 


3.90 


20.6 


20 


32 


1022 


. 0008023 


3.09 


16.3 



Also put up in long lengths on reels, as desired 
Prices on application. 




A wire-drawing machine 



•-• - 



SOLID BARE COPPER WIRE 
Trolley Wire 





Round Grooved 

Hard drawn copper trolley wire is covered by the American 
Society for Testing Materials specification. Round trolley 
wire is similar to standard hard drawn wire. Grooved trolley 
wire standard sections are those known as the "American 
Standard Grooved Trolley Wire Sections/' The standard 
sizes are given below. 

Grooved trolley wire may vary 4% over or under any 
weight per unit length from standard as determined from the 
nominal cross-section. 

Electrical Conductivity (Minimum). — Mile-ohm at 68 de- 
grees Fahr. not to exceed 900.7 equals 97.16 percent I.A.CS. 

Where extra strength and durability are required we supply 
cadmium-copper trolley wire. Although having somewhat 
higher resistance than copper wire of the same size, cadmium- 
copper wire has much greater tensile strength and toughness 
making it very resistant to wear. It can be supplied in both 
round and grooved forms. 

The following table gives a comparison between copper and 
cadmium copper trolley wires: 

0000 B.&S. 000 B.&S. 

Grooved Round Grooved Round 

ActualArea-CircuIarMils 212,000 211,600 167,300 168,000 

Actual Area-Square Ins. . . 1665 . 1662 . 1314 . 1320 

Weight-Pounds per 1000 ft. 641. 7 640.5 506.4 508.8 

Weight-Pounds per mile. 3388 3382 2674 2687 

Hard Drawn Copper — 

Cond. 97.16% I.A.CS. 

D.C. Resistance -Ohms 

per mile at 20°C 2659 . 2664 . 3369 . 3353 

Tensile Strength-Pounds 

per square inch 46,600 49,000 48,500 51,000 

Breaking Strength- 
Pounds 7,759 8,143 6,373 6,734 

Elastic Limit-Pounds... 4,267 4,479 3,505 3,703 

Elongation-Percent in 10" 3.75 3.75 3.25 3.25 

Cadmium Copper — 

Cond. 85% I.A.CS. 

D.C. Resistance- Ohms 

per mile at 20°C 3039 . 3045 . 3851 . 3832 

Tensile Strength -Pounds 

per square inch 62,000 62,000 64,000 64,0C0 

Breaking Strength- 
Pounds 10,320 10,300 8,410 8,450 

Elastic Limit-Pounds... 6,144 6,132 5,046 5,070 

Elongation-Percent in 10 * 3 . 25 3 . 75 2 . 75 3 . 25 

00 B.&S. B.&S. 
Grooved Round Round 

Actual Area-Circular Mils 137,900 133,200 105,600 

Actual Area-Square Inches 1083 . 1046 .08296 

Weight-Pounds per 1000 feet 417.4 403.2 319.7 

Weight-Pounds per mile 2204 2129 1688 

Hard Drawn Copper — 

Cond. 97.16% I.A.CS. 
D.C. Resistance-Ohms per mile at 

20°C 4087 .4230 . 5336 

Tensile Strength - Pounds per 

square inch 50,200 52,800 54,500 

Breaking Strength-Pounds 5,437 5,524 4,521 

Elastic Limit-Pounds 2,990 3,038 2,487 

Elongation-Percent in 10" 2.80 2.80 2.40 

Cadmium Copper — 

Cqnd. 85% I.A.CS. 
D.C. Resistance-Ohms per mile at 

20°C 4672 .4836 .6099 

Tensile Strength-Pounds per 

square inch 66,000 66,000 69,000 

Breaking Strength-Pounds 7,150 6,900 5,720 

Elastic Limit-Pounds 4,289 4,143 3,385 

Elongation-Percent in 10* 2.25 2.75 2.40 

Prices on application. 









88 



Northern Electric 



COPPERWELD WIRE 



Copperweld wire consists of a steel core to which an outer 
layer of pure copper has been welded by the Molten Welding 
Process. Copperweld does not rust; the ordinary 30 per cent 
conductivity grade is 50 per cent stronger than hard-drawn 
copper or galvanized iron wires of equal size. 

We manufacture three grades of Copperweld. These are: — 

(1). High strength— 30% conductivity— Comparing this 
wire to the International Annealed Copper Standard, it has 
a conductivity of 30 per cent of that of hard-drawn copper of 
the same size. 

(2). "High strength 40% Conductivity"— Similar to 30 per 
cent but with a thicker coating of copper so that 10 per cent 
more conductivity is obtained. 

(3). "Extra high strength"— A special grade of 30 per cent 
conductivity wire, the steel core of which is of high carbon 
steel. This wire is 50 per cent to 80 per cent stronger than the 
ordinary 30 per cent grade, depending on the size, and is used 
for making extra strong cables for long spans. It is also used in 
mixed Copperweld-copper cables for railway electrifications, 
feeder cables, etc. 

We supply Copperweld as bare line wire, stranded cable, 
weatherproof braided wire, bond wire and rubber insulated 
telephone wire. We also supply copperweld strand, guy wire 
and ground rods. 

Engineering Data "Copperweld," a looseleaf folder giving 
full information on Copperweld products, can be obtained 
from our nearest distributing house. 

Prices on application. 

Copperweld-Copper Conductors 

The use of composite copperweld-copper conductors for 
transmission and distribution of power makes possible the 
construction of lines with long spans, small sags and high 
factors of safety. 

Such copperweld-copper conductors have special advantages 
in the construction of rural lines. They are designed in 2 and 3 
wire types which have wires of relatively large diameter as 
compared with the wires in a 7 wire conductor of a similar 
size. This presents greater resistance to wear and less suscep- 
tibility to damage both when in service and during construc- 
tion. 

Because of their irregular shape these conductors have little 
or no tendency to vibrate even when strung on long spans with 
high stringing tensions. They are, therefore, practically free 
from danger of parting through fatigue in service. 

The following table gives, at a glance, the important infor- 
mation on the sizes and designs of copperweld-copper con- 
ductors usually used for rural distribution. 

Cond. 

Equiv. Weight Allow. 

toH.D. Diam. Pounds Break. Sag Allow. 

Cond. Copper of Cable per Load 60°F. Span 

No. B&S Inch 1000 ft. Pounds Feet Feet 

2A 2 .367 258 5890 3.5 400 

3 A 3 .325 203 4790 3.5 403 

4A 4 .290 161 3930 3.5 413 

5A 5 .259 128 3190 3.6 385 

6A 6 .230 101 2580 3.9 360 

7R 7 .253 93.6 2760 3.7 383 

8R 8 .225 74.3 2240 4.0 353 

The sag and span data shown above is for Heavy Loading 
District-^" ice 8 lbs. wind at 0°Fahr. Maximum tension-60% 
of rated breaking load. Based on 30 foot poles set 5}A feet in 
the ground. Conductors on cross arms assumed at 24 feet 
above ground at poles. Allowable spans and sags at 60°F. to 
maintain clearance requirements of the National Electrical 
Safety Code for lines with voltage from 750 to 15000 volts 
which run along country roads. 

Type A Conductors — 2 hard drawn copper wires and 1 extra 
high strength copperweld wire modulus of Elasticity: 17,700,- 
000 lbs. per square inch. Coefficient of Linear Expansion: 
.000,008,5 per degree Fahr. 

Type R conductors — 1 hard drawn copper wire and 1 extra 
high strength copperweld wire Modulus Elasticity: 19,000,- 
000 lbs. per square inch. Coefficient of Linear Expansion: 
.008,008,1 per degree Fahr. 



FIRE ALARM AND RAILWAY 
SIGNAL WIRES AND CABLES 

In the construction of overhead lines for fire alarm and 
railway signalling systems, safety and reliability are the 
foremost requirements. For this reason we recommend the 
use of High Strength Copperweld conductors. 

Having great strength, ample conductivity and freedom from 
rusting, Copperweld Signal Line Wires are ideal overhead wires 
for signal, switch and other control circuits. The mechanical 
stability of its steel core — its high elastic limit, its great security 
against stretching, fatigue and against breakage due to 
bending — gives Copperweld wire a reliability which cannot 
be equalled by other types of wire sometimes used. 

Copperweld wire can be supplied in all forms either as a 
solid wire or in stranded form and either bare or with standard 
weatherproof finish. 

BRASS WIRE 

Brass Wire is usually an alloy of copper and zinc but in some 
cases a third element such as lead is also used. The copper 
content varies from 65% to 90%. It is customary to include 
all mixtures containing less than 80% of copper under the name 
of High Brass and those containing from 80 to 90% copper 
under the name of Low Brass. 

Brass Wire is used for a variety of commercial purposes and 
varies considerably in composition for different requirements. 
We supply all types of brass wire and specialize in wires used 
in the manufacture of pins, hooks and eyes, screws, nails, 
rivets, nipples, springs, brushes, etc. 

Standard grades of brass wire are: 

Soft — Tensile strength 40,000 to 50,000 pounds per square 
inch. 

Medium— Tensile strength 70,000 to 80,000 pounds per 
square inch. 

Hard— Tensile strength 80,000 to 100,000 pounds per 
square inch. 

BRONZE WIRE 

Bronze in its simplest form is an alloy of copper and tin 
in which the latter element is the hardening and strengthening 
agent. Frequently a third element is introduced such as 
phosphorus, silicon, manganese, zinc, aluminum or cadmium. 
In some cases more than three elements are used. Cadmium- 
copper alloys are called cadmium bronzes. 

Bronze Wire possesses great tensile strength and toughness 
and is also highly resistant to corrosion. These properties 
make it valuable for both mechanical and electrical uses. 
It is used for overhead telephone, telegraph and power lines, 
as both conductor and messenger strand, on the seacost and in 
localities where exposed to chemical fumes. It is used also 
for armature binding, springs, radio aerials, fishing line, etc. 

In the following table are shown some of the bronzes in 
general use — 

Percentage Tensile Strength 

Conductivity (Lbs. per Sq. Inch) 



Type 
Neco-13 
Neco-18 
Neco-30 
Neco-40 
Neco-55 
Neco-65 
Neco-80 
Neco-85 
Neco-B 
Neco-F 



13 
18 
31 
40 
55 
65 
80 
85 



121,600 

129,900 

98,000 

83,500 

84,000 

73,100 

81,000 

77,000 

131,500 

158,000 



METALLIZING WIRE 

We manufacture all types of wire used in the metallizing 
or metal spraying process including zinc, lead, tin, copper, 
brass, bronze, cadmium, etc. For the proper operation of the 
"guns" used in this process it is essential that the wire be 
clean, uniform in diameter with the surface free from nicks, 
bumps and other irregularities. We have had considerable 
experience in manufacturing such wire and are able to supply 
a product that meets these requirements in all respects. The 
sizes mostly used are No. 10 B. & S., No. 12 B.&S., and No. 15 
B. & S. Other sizes can also be supplied. 

GALVANIZED TELEPHONE AND 
TELEGRAPH WIRE 

See listing in Overhead and Underground Materials section. 

GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE STRAND 

See listing in Overhead and Underground Materials section. 



Northern Electric 



89 



BARE COPPER CABLE 



STANDARD STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTORS 




Bare copper conductors are made up of concentrically laid 
wires. The number of wires forming the conductor may be 
7, 19, 37, 61 or 91 depending on the size of the finished con- 
ductor. 

Furnished in hard drawn, medium drawn or soft annealed 
wire as required. 

We can make up stranded conductors to any desired special 
strand but recommend the standard strandings given below. 

Standard Stranding 



Stranded 

Conductor 

Cir. 

Mills 


Weight 

Lbs. 

per 

1000 Feet 


No. of 
Wires 


Diam. 
Each 
Wire 
Inches 


Diam. 

Stranded 

Conductor 

Inches 


2000000 


6179 


91 


.1483 


1.631 


1750000 


5405 


91 


. 1387 


1.526 


1500000 


4631 


61 


.1568 


1.411 


1250000 


3862 


61 


. 1432 


1.289 


1000000 


3086 


61 


.1280 


1.152 


950000 


2933 


61 


.1248 


1.123 


900000 


2780 


61 


. 1215 


1.094 


850000 


2622 


61 


.1180 


1.062 


800000 


2469 


61 


.1145 


1 031 


750000 


2316 


61 


.1109 


.998 


700000 


2160 


61 


.1071 


.964 


650000 


2006 


61 


. 1032 


.929 


600000 


1853 


37 


.1273 


.891 


550000 


1700 


37 


.1219 


.853 


500000 


1543 


37 


.1162 


.813 


450000 


1390 


37 


.1103 


.772 


400000 


1236 


19 


.1451 


.726 


350000 


1082 


19 


.1357 


.679 


300000 


925.3 


19 


. 1257 


.629 


250000 


772 


19 


.1147 


.574 



Standard Stranding 



Size 
B.&S. 


Weight 

Lbs. per 

1000 Feet 


No. 
of 
Wires 


Diam. 
Each 
Wire 
Inches 


Diam. 
Stranded 
Conductor 

Inches 


0000 


649.1 


7 


.1739 


.522 


000 


518.4 


7 


.1548 


.464 


00 


410.0 


7 


.1379 


.414 





325.6 


7 


.1228 


.368 


1 


256.4 


7 


.1093 


.328 


2 


203.6 


7 


.0974 


.292 


3 


161.3 


7 


.0867 


.260 


4 


127.9 


7 


.0772 


.232 


5 


101.5 


7 


.0688 


.206 


6 


80.38 


7 


.0612 


.184 


8 


50.69 


7 


.0486 


.146 


10 


31.81 


7 


.0385 


.116 


12 


19.97 


7 


.0305 


.092 


14 


12.57 


7 


.0242 


.073 



Prices on application. 



BARE COPPER CABLE 

STANDARD FLEXIBLE COPPER CONDUCTORS 

It is often found that the flexibility of the Standard Strand- 
ed Conductors is not sufficient to meet certain service con- 
ditions. In such cases we recommend the design given in the 
table below. 











Diam. 


Diam. 




Approx. 


Weight 


No. 


Each 


Stranded 




Area 


Lbs. per 


of 


Wire 


Conductor 




Cir. Mills 


1000 Feet 


Wires 


Inches 


Inches 




2000000 


6257 




217 


.0960 


1 . 6320 




1 750000 


5475 




217 


.0898 


1 . 5270 




1500000 


4692 




169 


.0942 


1.4130 




1250000 


3911 




169 


.0860 


1 . 2900 




1000000 


3085 




127 


.0887 


1 . 1540 




950000 


2934 




127 


. 0865 


1.1250 




900000 


2780 




127 


. 0842 


1 . 0950 




850000 


2624 




127 


.0818 


1 . 0640 




800000 


2472 




127 


.0794 


1 . 0330 




750000 


2313 




127 


.0768 


.9990 




700000 


2159 




127 


. 0742 


. 9650 




650000 


2005 




127 


.0715 


. 9300 
.S940 




600000 


1851 




127 


.0687 




550000 


1698 




127 


. 06.58 


. 8560 




500000 


1543 




91 


.0741 


.8160 




450000 


1389 




91 


.0703 


.7740 




400000 


1235 




91 


. 0663 


. 7300 




350000 


1080 




91 


.0620 


.6820 




300000 


925. 


1 


91 


. 0574 


. 6320 




250000 


771. 


46 


91 


.0524 


. 5770 




Size B. & S. 














0000 


653. 


39 


61 


. 0589 


.5310 




000 


517. 


14 


61 


. 0524 


.4720 




00 


410. 


75 


61 


.0467 


.4210 







325 . 


93 


61 


.0416 


. 3750 




1 


257. 


84 


61 


. 0370 


. 3330 




2 


204. 


41 


37 


.0423 


.2970 




3 


162. 


37 


37 


. 0377 


.2640 




4 


128. 


97 


37 


. 0336 


.2360 




5 


102. 


13 


37 


.0299 


.2100 




6 


80. 


83 


37 


. 0266 


.1870 




8 


50. 


86 


37 


.0211 


.1480 




10 


31. 


91 


37 


.0167 


.1170 




12 


20. 


25 


37 


.0133 


.0940 




14 


12. 


61 


37 


.0105 


.0740 




STANDARD EXTRA FLEXIBLE COPPER 1 






CONDUCTORS 








2000000 


6375 




703 


. 0533 


1.869 




1750000 


5565 




703 


.0498 


1 . 743 




1500000 


4769 




703 


.0461 


1.617 




1250000 


3977 




703 


.0421 


1.477 




1000000 


3193 




427 


.0484 


1 . 305 




950000 


3037 




427 


.0472 


1.278 




900000 


2884 




427 


.0460 


1.242 




850000 


2699 




427 


.0445 


1.206 




800000 


2544 




427 


. 0432 


1.170 




750000 


2393 




427 


.0419 


1 . 134 




700000 


2236 




427 


.0405 


1.098 




650000 


2073 




427 


.0390 


1.053 




600000 


1917 




427 


. 0375 


1.017 




550000 


1757 




427 


. 0359 


.972 




500000 


1595 




427 


. 0342 


.927 




450000 


1431 




427 


. 0324 


.873 




400000 


1277 




427 


.0306 


.828 




350000 


1115 




427 


.0286 


.774 




300000 


957. 


05 


427 


. 0265 


.720 




250000 


799. 


52 


259 


.0311 


.651 




Size B. & S. 














0000 


676. 


17 


259 


.0286 


.602 | 




000 


534. 


97 


133 


. 0355 


.535 




00 


423. 


87 


133 


.0316 


.475 







337. 


58 


133 


.0282 


.425 




1 


257. 


95 


91 


.0303 


.333 




2 


203. 


31 


91 


.0269 


.296 




3 


161. 


83 


91 


.0240 


.264 




4 


128 . 30 


61 


.0261 


. 235 




5 


102.24 


61 


. 0233 


.210 




6 


80.70 


61 


.0207 


.186 




8 


51. 


36 


61 


.0165 


.148 




10 


31. 


91 


37 


.0167 


.117 




12 


20.25 


37 


.0133 


.094 




14 


12. 


61 


37 


.0105 


.074 





90 



Northern Electric 






ROPE GORE AND HOLLOW CORE 

CONDUCTORS 





In the all-copper Northern Electric Hollow Conductor one 
or more layers of copper strands are spiralled around a core of 
twisted copper having an I-shaped section. 

Engineers have been giving increased study to corona loss 
from high voltage overhead transmission lines for a number 
of years. This problem has generally been solved by using a 
conductor of sufficiently large diameter to bring this loss 
within tolerable limits. When material such as hemp is used 
as a core to increase the diameter, the core is liable to deterior- 
ate, especially in warm, damp climates. 

Hollow-core conductors have been developed to obtain the 
desired outside diameter without the use of such an easily 
deteriorated material as hemp, which adds nothing to the 
tensile strength or conductivity. These cables consist of copper 
or bronze wires stranded around a core of soft copper. The 
soft copper core has an I-shaped section and is twisted with 
a short lay thus offering a good support for the wires and 
making the cable very rugged and capable of withstanding 
high compression. The I-section core adds to the conductivity 
and to the tensile strength of this cable as well as to the 
weight. With this construction, the outside diameter and 
cross-sectional area of the cable are independent within wide 
limits, permitting the design of transmission cable which will 
provide maximum economy both as regards corona and 
resistance losses and permanency. 

Cores are also used in large cables to reduce the so-called 
"skin effect" with alternating current. The resistance of 
metallic conductors is greater for alternating currents than 
for direct current. With large alternating currents, the dis- 
tribution of current is not uniform throughout the cross- 
section of the conductor, the density being greater at the 
surface than at the centre. This concentration of current 
towards the surface increases with the frequency of the cur- 
rent, varies with the materials and diameter - of the con- 
ductor, and causes an apparent increase of resistance which 
is known as "skin effect." 

This increase in resistance due to the "skin effect" of altern- 
ating currents may be decreased by building the conductor 
around a core. The core generally used in insulated cables is 
hemp rope, but in bare overhead cables that are exposed to 
the weather, the core should be of metal, such as the copper 
I-section core of hollow-core cables. Our insulated rope-core 
cables are designed to produce the most economical cable as 
regards both "skin effect" losses and cost of cable. 

Extra high voltage transmission is an important factor in 
meeting the widespread and growing demands for power. 

Hollow Core Copper Conductors have been developed to 
overcome some of the principal difficulties encountered in long 
distance A.C. transmission of extra hi^h voltages and large 
currents. Some of the advantages of Hollow Core cables are :— 

1. Corona and resistance losses can be controlled and 
reduced as the hollow construction permits the variation of 
outside diameters and cross sections within wide limits. 

2. The conductor is made entirely of copper and therefore 
is high in conductivity and tensile strength. 

3. The twisted copper I-section core eliminates the use of 
formerlv used perishable fillers, thus adding strength without 
the addition of dead weight and increasing its conductivity 
and durability. 

4. There can be no shifting of stresses between the cores 
and the outside layers due to temperature changes as thev 
are both made of copper. 

5. They are as easy to handle as any concentric copper 
cable. 

The high efficiency and low maintenance cost mark hollow 
core conductors as an important contribution to the develop- 
ment of super-power. 



WEATHERPROOF COPPER WIRES AND 

CABLES 




Weatherproof wires and cables consist of copper con- 
ductors covered with two or three weatherproofed braids. 
These wires and cables are used extensively for the outdoor 
distribution of power where they are subject to the effects 
of all types of weather. It is important, therefore, that 
the material used in their construction be of the best quality 
and properly constituted to withstand the ravages of exposure 
to the elements. 

In designing our weatherproof wires and cables we have 
combined the latest accepted standards with the results of 
our own research and experience, producing a cable that is 
ideally adapted for service under conditions encountered in 
Canada. 



TRIPLE BRAID— SOLID CONDUCTOR 



Approx 





Approx. Wei 


ght 




Diam, 






Pounds 






over 


Size 


Per 




Per 




Insulation 


B.&S. 


1000 Feet 


Mile 




In. 


0000 


767 




4050 




.760 


000 


629 




3320 




.710 


00 


502 




2650 




.650 





407 




2150 




.590 


1 


316 




1670 




.540 


2 


260 




1370 




.480 


3 


199 




1050 




.430 


4 


164 




865 




.390 


5 


135 




710 




.350 


6 


112 




590 




.320 


8 


75 




395 




.290 


9 


62 




325 




.280 


10 


53 




280 




.260 


12 


35 




185 




.210 


14 


25 




130 




.190 


TRIPLE BRAID 


—STRANDED CONDUCTOR 








Approx. 


Concentric 


Size 


Approx. 


Weight 


Diam. 




Strands 


Cir. 


Pour 


ds 


over 


No. 


Diam 


Mils 


Per 


Per 


Insul. 


of 


Each. 


B.&S. 


1000 Feet 


Mile 


In. 


Wires In. 


2000000 


7008 


37002 


2.03 


91 


.1483 


17.50000 


6193 


32699 


1.92 


91 


.1387 


1500000 


5380 


28406 


1.81 


61 


. 1568 


12.50000 


4508 


23802 


1.69 


61 


.1432 


1000000 


3674 


19399 


1 . 55 


61 


.1280 


900000 


3332 


17593 


1.49 


61 


.1215 


800000 


2992 


15798 


1.43 


61 


.1145 


7.50000 


2822 


14900 


1.40 


61 


.1109 


700000 


2650 


13992 


1.37 


61 


.1071 


600000 


223.5 


11801 


1.29 


37 


.1273 


500000 


1894 


10000 


1.22 


37 


.1162 


4.50000 


1724 


9103 


1.18 


37 


.1103 


400000 


1553 


8200 


1.14 


19 


.1451 


3.50000 


1345 


7102 


1.10 


19 


. 1357 


300000 


1174 


6199 


1 05 


19 


. 1257 


250000 


985 


5201 


1.00 


19 


.1147 


0000 


800 


4224 


.82 


7 


.1739 


000 


653 


3448 


75 


7 


. 1548 


00 


522 


2756 


.68 


7 


. 1379 





424 


2239 


.62 


7 


. 1228 


1 


328 


1732 


.55 


7 


. 1093 


2 


270 


1426 


.50 


7 


.0974 


3 


206 


1088 


.45 


7 


.0857 


4 


170 


898 


.41 


7 


. 0772 


5 


140 


739 


.37 


7 


. 0688 


6 


115 


607 


.35 


7 


.0612 


8 


78 


412 


.31 


7 


. 054 5 


9 


65 


343 


.29 


7 


. 0432 


10 


56 


296 


.28 


7 


. 0385 




Prices on application 







Northern Electric 



91 



WEATHERPROOF COPPER WIRES AND 

CABLES 




Double braid weatherproof is similar in construction to 
triple braid weatherproof except that the covering consists of 
two braids only. This type is often used under favorable 
conditions when economy is essential. 



DOUBLE BRAID— SOLID CONDUCTOR 



Size 
B. & S. 



Approx. Weight 
Pounds 
Per Per 

1000 Feet Mile 



Approx. 

Diam. 

over 

Insulation 

In. 



0000 


723 




3817 




.640 


000 


587 




309S 




.590 


00 


467 




2467 




.540 





377 




1989 




.500 


1 


294 




1553 




.470 


2 


239 




1264 




.400 


3 


185 




977 




.370 


4 


151 




795 




.350 


5 


122 




646 




.320 


6 


100 




529 




.300 


8 


66 




349 




.270 


9 


54 




283 




.260 


10 


46 




241 




.240 


12 


30 




158 




.190 


14 


20 




106 




.170 


16 


15 




83 




.150 


18 


12 




64 




.140 


DOUBLE BRAID- 


-STRANDED CONDUCTOR 


Size 






Approx. 






Cir. 


Approx. Weight 


Diam. 






Mils 


Pounds 


over 


No. 


Diam. 


and 


Per 


Per 


Insul. 


of 


Each 


B.&S. 


1000 Feet 


Mile 


In. 


Wires 


In. 


2000000 


6690 


35323 


1.91 


91 


.1483 


1750000 


5894 


31120 


1.81 


91 


.1387 


1500000 


5098 


26917 


1.69 


61 


.1568 


1250000 


4264 


22514 


1.57 


61 


.1432 


1000000 


3456 


18248 


1.43 


61 


.1280 


900000 


3127 


16511 


1.34 


61 


.1215 


800000 


2799 


14779 


1.28 


61 


.1145 


750000 


2635 


13913 


1.24 


61 


.1109 


700000 


2471 


13047 


1.21 


61 


.1071 


600000 


2093 


11051 


1.14 


37 


.1273 


500000 


1765 


9319 


1.02 


37 


.1162 


450000 


1601 


8453 


.98 


37 


.1103 


400000 


1436 


7582 


.94 


19 


.1451 


350000 


1248 


6589 


.89 


19 


. 1 357 


300000 


1083 


5718 


.84 


19 


. 1257 


250000 


907 


4789 


.79 


19 


.1147 


0000 


745 


3934 


.70 


7 


.1739 


000 


604 


3189 


.64 


7 


.1548 


00 


482 


2545 


.59 


7 


.1379 





388 


2049 


.55 


7 


.1228 


1 


303 


1600 


.51 


7 


.1093 


2 


246 


1299 


.43 


7 


.0974 


3 


190 


1003 


.40 


7 


.0867 


4 


155 


818 


.37 


7 


.0772 


5 


126 


665 


.35 


7 


. 0688 


6 


103 


544 


.33 


7 


.0612 


8 


68 


359 


.29 


7 


. 0545 


9 


56 


296 


.27 


7 


.0432 


10 


48 


253 


.26 


7 


. 0385 



Prices on application 



SLOW-BURNING WIRES AND CABLES 

These wires have three close braids all saturated with a 
white fireproof compound, and finished with a smooth, hard 
finish. The compound used on the outer braid becomes very 
hard but still the wire retains its flexibility. As this insulation 
does not deteriorate in a continued high temperature, it is 
especially suitable for engine and boiler rooms, furnaces and 
foundries. 

The conductors of these wires and cables are exactly the 
same as those of ordinary double braid or triple braid weather- 
proof. Details of construction will be found in the tables for 
these wires shown on the preceding pages. 

Slow-burning wire is considerably heavier than weather- 
proof. The weights per unit length are greater than those of 
triple braid weatherproof by about 10 per cent in the case of 
the larger stranded conductors, this ratio increasing to as 
much as 35 per cent in the case of small stranded or solid 
conductors. 

SLOW-BURNING WEATHERPROOF 
WIRES AND GABLES 

The insulation of this wire does not burn as readily as that 
of ordinary weatherproof nor is it so liable to soften under 
heat. It is not suitable for outside work. The insulation 
is composed of one braid, thoroughly saturated with a black 
weatherproof compound, covered with two braids saturated 
with white fireproof compound, giving a hard, smooth finish. 
Dimensions and weights approximately the same as for slow- 
burning wire. 

WEATHERPROOF IRON WIRE 

DOUBLE AND TRIPLE BRAIDED 

These wires are extensively used in telephone and telegraph 
work, and have the same insulation as regular weatherproof 
wires. They are finished the same as all other weatherproof 
wires and are put up for shipment in coils only, wrapped in 
burlap. 

Double Braided 
Approx. Approx. 

Lbs. per 
Mile 

135 710 

93 490 

77 407 

63 338 

46 243 

23 148 



Size 
B.W.G. 

6 

8 

9 
10 
12 
14 



Lbs. per 
1000 Ft. 



Triple 


Braided 


Approx. 


Approx. 


Lbs. per 


Lbs. per 


1000 Ft. 


Mile 


147 


775 


103 


543 


85 


449 


71 


375 


52 


275 


34 


179 



Prices on application. 




Large Braiders used principally in braiding cotton insulation 

on Weatherproof Cable. 



92 



Northern Electric 



MAGNET WIRE 







Double Cotton Covered Wire 
Magnet Wire is used for a number of purposes but mostly 
in the winding of induction coils for radio, telephone and 
telegraph apparatus, for armature and field coils of motors 
and generators, and for transformer windings. 

The copper used is of the highest conductivity, drawn 
true to gauge, free from imperfections and annealed extremely 
soft. 

The insulating materials used on magnet wire consist 
principally of enamel, silk and cotton. 

Enamelled Magnet Wire consists of copper conductor 
covered with a continuous, thin, uniform film of an insulating 
enamel. This enamel wire has high dielectric strength, 
very low space factor and may be bent around relatively 
sharp corners without danger of cracking or opening up of 
the insulation. The enamel film has a high resistance to 
oil and to weak acids and alkali. Enamelled wire may be 
operated at temperatures above that allowable for textile 
insulated wires. On account of its better heat conductivity 
coils wound with enamelled wire will transfer the heat gener- 
ated by the current to the outside of the coil much more 
readily than is the case with the textile insulated wire. 

Textile Insulated Magnet Wire (silk or cotton) has the 
insulation wound spirally around the conductor, successive 
layers being wound in opposite directions. While there 
are several species of cotton used for insulating, only Sea 
Island Cotton is used for magnet wire, as it is of a very soft, 
heavy texture, and produces an even yarn which makes an 
ideal covering for this type of wire. The space factor for 
silk covered magnet wire is lower than that for cotton co\ ered 
magnet wire, though not so low as for enamelled wire. When 
silk magnet wire is required, the insulation is an Italian 
Tram Silk composed of fine selected fibres. 

Round, flat or square magnet wire is manufactured and is 
covered with enamel, silk, cotton or asbestos, or combinations 
of these, depending on the use for which it is intended. 

We also supply Bonded Magnet Wire in which the cotton 
insulation is cemented to the conductor. This "bonding" 
of the insulation to the wire is accomplished by the use of an 
insulating compound which acts as a cementing agent causing 
the cotton to adhere firmly. Such wire may be twisted and 
bent to much sharper angles without the cotton wrap opening 
and exposing the conductor. When "bonded" magnet wire is 
cut the cotton wrap stays in place and does not unravel. The 
danger of short circuits due to wires crossing one another is 
less, particularly between adjacent layers where wires cross at 
nearly the same angle as that at which the cotton is applied. 
This type of magnet wire is particularly adapted for use with 
high speed coil winding machines. Tests have shown that it 
will stand up under more severe conditions than will unbonded 
wire. 

The following tables give details which are standard for 
round magnet wire: 

MAGNET WIRE— Silk Covered 







Single 


Silk 
Lbs. 


Double 


Silk 
Lbs. 




Bare 


Overall 


per 


Overall 


per 


Size 


Diam. 


Diam. 


1000 


Diam. 


1000 


B.&S. 


Inches 


Inches 


Feet 


Inches 


Feet 


16 


.0508 


. 0533 


7.91 


.0546 


8.01 


17 


.0453 


.0478 


6.28 


.0491 


6.37 


18 


.0403 


.0428 


4.97 


.0441 


5.07 


19 


.0359 


.0384 


3.95 


.0397 


3.96 


20 


.0320 


.0345 


3.15 


.0358 


3.19 


21 


.0285 


.0310 


2.50 


.0323 


2.53 


22 


.0254 


.0279 


1.97 


.0292 


2.00 


23 


.0226 


.0251 


1.58 


.0264 


1.59 


24 


.0201 


.0226 


1.25 


.0239 


1.28 


25 


.0179 


.0204 


.99 


.0127 


1.01 


26 


.0159 


.0184 


.79 


.0197 


.80 


27 


.0142 


.0167 


.63 


.0180 


.64 


28 


.0126 


.0151 


.50 


.0164 


.51 


29 


.0113 


.0138 


.40 


.0151 


.41 


30 


.0100 

■ • 


.0125 


.32 


.0138 


.33 



Prices on application. 







Single 


Silk 
Lbs. 


Double 


Silk 
Lbs. 




Bare 


Overall 


per 


Overall 


per 


Size 


Diam. 


Diam. 


1000 


Diam. 


1000 


B.&S. 


Inches 


Inches 


Feet 


Inches 


Feet 


31 


. 0089 


.0114 


.25 


.0127 


.26 


32 


.0080 


.0105 


.20 


.0118 


.21 


33 


.0071 


.0096 


.16 


.0109 


.17 


34 


. 0063 


.0088 


13 


.0101 


.14 


35 


.0056 


.0081 


.11 


.0094 


.11 


36 


.0050 


.0075 


.08 


.0088 


.09 


37 


.0045 


.0070 


.07 


.0083 


.08 


38 


.0040 


. 0065 


.06 


.0078 


.06 


39 


.0035 


.0060 


.05 


.0073 


.05 


40 


.0031 


.0056 


.04 


.0069 


.05 



Cotton Covered 







Single 


Cotton 


Double 


Cotton 


0000 


.4600 


.4720 


642.2 


.4780 


643.8 


000 


.4096 


.4216 


509.4 


.4276 


510.8 


00 


.3648 


.3768 


404.1 


.3828 


405.4 





.3249 


.3369 


320.9 


.3429 


322.2 


1 


. 2893 


.3013 


254.5 ' 


.3073 


255.6 


2 


.2576 


.2696 


202.0 


.2756 


202.9 


3 


.2294 


.2414 


160.2 


.2474 


161 . 1 


4 


.2043 


.2163 


127.2 


.2223 


128.0 


5 . 


.1819 


.1939 


101.0 


.1999 


101.5 


6 


.1620 


.1720 


80.15 


.1780 


80.76 


7 


.1443 


.1543 


63.73 


.1603 


64.25 


8 


.1285 


.1375 


50.58 


.1425 


51.07 


9 


1144 


.1224 


40.13 


.1264 


40.58 


10 


.1019 


.1069 


31.87 


.1119 


32.28 


11 


.0907 


. 0957 


25.30 


.1007 


25.64 


12 


.0808 


.0858 


20.12 


.0908 


20.46 


13 


.0720 


.0770 


16.01 


.0810 


16.32 


14 


.0641 


.0691 


12.71 


.0731 


13.01 


15 


.0571 


.0621 


10.11 


.0661 


10.38 


16 


.0508 


.0558 


8.03 


.0598 


8.26 


17 


. 0453 


.0503 


6.40 


. 0543 


6.60 


18 


. 0403 


.0453 


5.09 


.0493 


5.28 


19 


. 0359 


.0409 


4.06 


.0449 


4.24 


20 


.0320 


.0370 


3.23 


.0410 


3.40 


21 


.0285 


. 0335 


2.57 


.0375 


2.73 


22 


.0254 


. 0304 


2.04 


.0344 


2.17 


23 


.0226 


.0276 


1.64 


.0316 


1.75 


24 


.0201 


.0251 


1.31 


.0291 


1.42 


25 


.0179 


.0229 


1.05 


.0269 


1.15 


26 


.0159 


.0209 


.83 


.0249 


.93 


27 


.0142 


.0192 


.67 


.0232 


.76 


28 


.0126 


.0176 


.53 


.0216 


.62 


29 


.0113 


.0163 


.44 


.0203 


.51 


30 


.0100 


.0150 


.35 


.0190 


.42 


31 


.0089 


.0139 


.29 


.0179 


.35 


32 


.0080 


.0130 


.24 


.0170 


.29 


33 


.0071 


.0121 


.19 


.0161 


.25 


34 


.0063 


.0113 


.16 


.0153 


.21 


35 


.0056 


.0106 


.13 


.0146 


.18 


36 


.0050 


.0100 


.11 


.0140 


.15 


37 


.0045 


.0095 


.09 


.0135 


.13 


38 


.0040 


.0090 


.08 


.0130 


.11 


39 


.0035 


.0085 


.07 


.0125 


.10 


40 


.0031 


.0081 


.06 


.0121 


.09 



Prices on application 



Northern Electric 



93 



ENAMELLED MAGNET WIRE 



size 
B.&S. 


Bare 
Diam. 
Inches 


Plain Enamelled 

Lbs. 
Overall per 
Diam. 1000 
Inches Feet 


Single Silk- 
Lbs. 
Overall per 
Diam. 1000 
Inches Feet 


14 


.0641 


.0671 1 


2.60 


• • > * 




15 


.0571 


.0599 10.00 


• • • • 


• • 


16 


.050S 


. 0535 


7.94 


. 0555 


8.00 


17 


.0453 


.0478 


6.26 


.0499 


6.33 


18 


.0403 


.0427 


4.96 


.0448 


5.03 


19 


.0359 


.0383 


3.95 


.0404 


4.01 


20 


. 0320 


.0342 


3.14 ' 


. 0364 


3.19 


21 


. 0285 


.0305 


2.49 


. 0328 


2.54 


22 


. 0253 


. 0274 


1.98 


. 0297 


2.03 


23 


, 0226 


.0245 


1.57 


. 0268 


1,60 


24 


.0201 


.0219 


1 . 24 


. 0242 


1.28 


25 


.0179 


.0196 


.99 


.0219 


1.01 


26 


.0159 


.0175 


.783 


.0198 


.810 


27 


. 0142 


.0156 


.621 


.0180 


.645 


28 


.0126 


.0140 


.493 


.0164 


.514 


29 


.0113 


. 0126 


.391 


.0150 


.411 


30 


.0100 


.0112 


.311 


.0136 


.329 


31 


.0089 


.0100 


.246 


.0124 


.260 


32 


.0080 


.0090 


.196 


.0114 


.210 


33 


.0071 


.0080 


.155 


.0104 


.168 


34 


.0063 


. 0072 


.123 


.0096 


.135 


35 


.0056 


.0064 


.098 


.0088 


.109 


36 


.0050 


.0058 


.078 


.0082 


.087 


37 


.0045 


.0052 


.062 


.0076 


.070 


38 


.0040 


.0042 


.049 


.0071 


.057 


39 


.0035 


.0041 


.039 


.0065 


.046 


40 


.0031 


.0037 


.031 


.0061 


.038 


Size 
B.&S. 


Double Silk Single 
Over- Lbs. Over- 
all Per all 
Diam. 1000 Diam. 
Inch Feet Inch. 


Cotton 
Lbs. 
Per 
1000 
Feet 


Double 
Over- 
all 
Diam. 
Inch. 


Cotton 
Lbs. 
Per 
1000 
Feet 


14 




.0715 


12.8 


.0755 


13.1 


15 




.0644 


10.25 


.0684 


10.4 


16 


.0568 


8.13 .0580 


8.10 


.0620 


8.49 


17 


.0512 


6 . 49 . 0524 


6.42 


.0564 


6.67 


18 


.0461 


5.15 .0473 


5.15 


. 0513 


5.35 


19 


.0417 


4.09 .0429 


4.10 


.0469 


4.28 


20 


.0377 


3 . 29 . 0389 


3.26 


. 0429 


3.45 


21 


.0341 


2 . 63 . 0353 


2.61 


. 0393 


2.78 


22 


. 03 10 


2 . 08 . 0322 


2.09 


. 0362 


2 . 23 


23 


.0281 


1 . 66 . 0293 


1.66 


. 0333 


1.80 


24 


.0255 


1 . 30 . 0267 


1.33 


. 0307 


1 . 45 


25 


. 0232 


1 . 05 . 0244 


1.07 


. 0284 


1.17 


26 


.0211 


. 854 . 0223 


.85 


. 0263 


.960 


27 


.0193 


. 683 . 0205 


.685 


.0245 


.786 


28 


.0177 


.548 .0189 


.550 


.0229 


.642 


29 


.0163 


.441 .0175 


.440 


.0215 


.530 


30 


.0149 


.355 .0161 


.360 


.0201 


.439 


31 


.0137 


.286 .0149 


.290 


.0189 


.369 


32 


.0127 


.230 .0139 


.235 


.0179 


.310 


33 


.0117 


.187 .0129 


.191 


.0169 


.264 


34 


.0109 


.154 .0121 


.156 


.0161 


.226 


35 


.0101 


.125 .0113 


.128 


.0153 


.196 


36 


.0095 


.101 .0107 


.106 


.0147 


.170 


37 


.0089 


.085 .0101 


.088 


.0141 


.155 


38 


.0083 


.071 .0095 


.074 


.0135 


.145 


39 


.0078 


. 059 . 0090 


.067 


.0130 


.081 


40 


.0074 


. 050 . 0086 


.057 


.0126 


.080 



INTERIOR COPPER WIRES 
AND CABLES 

ANNUNCIATOR WIRES 

Annunciator wire is used for 
connecting call bells, annunci- 
ators, etc, on low voltage bat- 
tery circuits. The wire consists 
of a solid annealed copper con- 
ductor, wound with two tight 
servings of cotton, saturated in 
a transparent wax compound 
and carefully polished to pre- 
vent the adherence of dust. The standard colors of annun- 
ciator wire are red, brown, blue, black, green, white, red-white, 
brown-white, blue- white, blue-brown, and green- white. 

The wire is usually shipped in one-pound coils, or on seven- 
pound spools, in sizes No. 14, 16, 18, 20 and 22 B_ & S. 

DAMP-PROOF ANNUNCIATOR WIRE 

This wire is for use in damp places and is made up similar to 
annunciator wire, except that the inner serving of cotton is 
saturated in a black weatherproof compound which protects 
the wire against moisture. 






Annunciator 




Damp- 


proof Annunciator 




Approx. W 


t. Lbs. 




Approx. 


Wt. Lbs. 




per 1,000 feet 




per 1,000 feet 


Size 


Single T 


wisted 


Size 


Single 


Twisted 


B.&S. 


Conductor 


Pair 


B.&S. 


Conductor Pair 


14 


15 


30 


14 


16.6 


33.2 


14 


9 


18 


16 


11.1 


22.2 


18 


6 


12 


18 


7.7 


15.4 


20 


4 


8 


20 


5.0 


10.0 


22 


3 


6 


22 


3.1 


6.2 



ANNUNCIATOR CABLE 

Annunciator cable is used in wiring buildings for electric 
bells, annunciators, etc. The cable consists of any desired 
number of annunciator wires stranded together and covered 
with a cotton braid saturated in a transparent wax compound 
and polished. 

ELEVATOR ANNUNCIATOR CABLE 

Elevator annunciator cable is used to connect the annunci- 
ator in the elevator car to the signal push buttons on the dif- 
ferent floors. As it hangs freely in the shaft at all times it must 
possess strength and flexibility. The conductors are composed 
of a strand of fine copper wires insulated with servings of cot- 
ton and covered With a dry cotton braid. The braid of each 
conductor has a distinctive marking throughout its length so 
that it can be easily identified at either end of the cable. 
The required number of conductors are cabled together and 
covered with two heavy dry cotton braids. Where extreme 
flexibility and greater tensile strength are required, the con- 
ductors may be cabled around a hemp or jute core. 

OFFICE WIRE 

Office wire is largely used by telephone and telegraph com- 
panies for high grade annunciator wiring. It is superior grade 
of annunciator wire insulated with a cotton serving and a braid 
saturated in a transparent compound and polished. The 
standard color is red-white and it is supplied in the following 
standard sizes, in coils of about 500 feet. 

Size Feet Wt. Lbs. Size Feet Wt. Lbs. 

B. & S. per Lb. per 1000 ft. B. & S. per Lb. per 1000 ft. 

44 23 18 

63 16 20 
100 10 



12 
14 
16 



143 
200 



7 

5 



DAMP-PROOF OFFICE WIRE 




No. 18 Single Conductor 

This wire is for use in damp places and is insulated with 
servings of cotton saturated in a black weatherproof compound 
to protect the wire from moisture. It is then covered with a 
cotton braid saturated in a transparent compound and polish- 
ed. It is supplied in the same sizes and color as office wire 
in coils of about 500 feet. 

Price on application. 



94 



Northern Electric 






INTERIOR COPPER WIRES 
AND CABLES 

OFFICE CABLE 

Any number of office wires or damp-proof office wires may 
be stranded together and braided or lead-covered to form a 
cable. To facilitate soldering, any of the above types of 
wires may be tinned if called for. They also may be had in 
twisted pair form. 

SILK BELL CORD AND CABLE 

Silk bell cord is used for desk push buttons and annunciators 
where good appearance is essential. It consists of a copper 
conductor which is composed of six fine annealed copper 
strands each No. 34 B. & S. insulated with servings of cotton 
and a colored silk braid. Any number of such conductors 
may be stranded together to form a cable, over which, unless 
otherwise specified, no further covering is placed except in 
cables having 8 conductors or more over which an overall 
cotton or silk braid is placed. Standard colors are royal blue, 
green, old gold, yellow, olive and maroon. 




Large Bare Wire Strander used in the manufacture of 

Transmission Cable. 



SOIL HEATING CABLE 




Soil heating cahlt or, as it is sometimes called, hotbed 
■ able, is used by market gardeners, truck farmers and amateur 
growers as a means of applying controlled heat directly to the 
soil. It is used mostly in hotbeds taking the place of manure 
over which it has many advantages. 

The cable \s laid directly in the soil and is connected to the 
regular power supply mains. A switch is provided for turning 
the current on and off so that the temperature of the soil is 
always under control. By means of an inexpensive thermostat 
this control may be made entirely automatic. 

The cable consists of a resistance wire conductor, which 
serves as a heating element, insulated with cotton and paper 
and covered with a lead sheath. 

Ask our nearest branch for full details and samples. 



RUBBER-COVERED WIRES 



SOLID COPPER CONDUCTORS 




Our rubber-covered wires are made in accordance with the 
requirements of the Canadian Engineering Standards Asso- 
ciation. Each coil is tested and receives an approval stamp 
before leaving the factory. 

The conductors consist of thoroughly tinned copper wire 
and are insulated with a superior grade of rubber compound 
which is thoroughly vulcanized. Oyer the insulation is 
applied the protective fibrous covering which consists of 
braid thoroughly saturated in weatherproof compound. 

The Canadian Electrical Code requires at least one braid 
on No. 8 and smaller and at least two braids or one braid and 
one tape, on all larger sizes. Wax with a high melting point 
gives to these wires the smooth hard outside finish, which 
makes them especially desirable for conduit work. They 
are supplied with any colour of outer braid as desired, but 
black or white is standard. 

Several finishes alternative to the standard weatherproof 
can be supplied. Single braid wires can be furnished with 
a white fireproof compound over the braid. We also supply 
single and multiple conductor cables with lead sheath over all. 




No. 10 Solid Single Braid Wire 







Single Braid 




Approx. 
Wgt. 
Lbs. 








Approx. 




Diam. 


Rubber 


Diam. 


Size 


Copper 


Wall 


Over All 


per 


B.&S. 


In. 


In. 


In. 


1000 Ft. 


8 


. 12S5 


4/64 


.30 


75 


10 


.1019 


3/64 


.24 


52 


12 


.0808 


3/64 


.22 


37 


14 


.0640 


3/64 


.2) 


28 


*16 


.0508 


1/32 


.17 


18 


*18 


.0403 


1/32 
Double Braid 


.]<, 


15 


2 


. 2576 


4/64 


.47 


275 


4 


. 2043 


4/64 


.41 


189 


6 


. 1 020 


4/64 


.37 


1 33 


8 


.1285 


4/64 


.34 


88 


10 


1019 


3/64 


.28 


58 


12 


.0808 


3/64 


.26 


43 


14 


.0641 


3/64 


.24 


33 


'Fixture Wire. 









Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



95 






RUBBER COVERED WIRES 
AND CABLES 

STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTORS 




No. 00 Stranded Double Braid Cable 

The conductors of these cables consist of a number of 
small tinned copper wires twisted together to form a con- 
centric strand. The cables thus formed are more pliable 
than those with solid conductors; in other respects they are 
similar to the solid conductor wires on the preceding page 
and can be supplied with the same finishes. Made in accord- 
ance with the requirements of the Canadian Engineering 
Standards Association. Each coil is tested and receives 
an approval stamp before leaving the factory. 







Single Braid 


Size 








B.&S. 






Rubber 


or No. of D 


iam. of 


Wall 


CM. Wires 


Each 


Inches 


8 


7 


.0486 


4/64 


10 


7 


.0385 


3/64 


12 


7 


.0305 


3/64 


14 


7 


.0242 


3/64 


*16 


3 


.0293 


1/32 


*18 


3 


. 0233 


1/64 






Double Braid 


2000000 


127 


. 1255 


8/64 


1750000 


127 


.1174 


8/64 


1500000 


91 


.1284 


8/64 


1250000 


91 


.1172 


8/64 


1000000 


61 


.1280 


7/64 


950000 


61 


.1248 


7/64 


900000 


61 


.1215 


7/64 


850000 


61 


.1180 


7/64 


800000 


61 


.1145 


7/64 


750000 


61 


.1109 


7/64 


700000 


61 


.1071 


7/64 


650000 


61 


.1032 


7/64 


600000 


61 


.0992 


7/64 


550000 


61 


. 0950 


7/64 


500000 


37 


.1162 


6/64 


450000 


37 


.1103 


6/64 


400000 


37 


.1040 


6/64 


350000 


37 


. 0973 


6/64 


300000 


37 


.0900 


6/64 


250000 


37 


.0822 


6/64 


0000 


19 


.1055 


5/64 


000 


19 


.0940 


5/64 


00 


19 


.0837 


5/64 





19 


.0745 


5/64 


1 


19 


.0664 


5/64 


2 


7 


.0974 


4/64 


4 


7 


.0772 


4/64 


6 


7 


.0612 


4/64 


8 


7 


.0486 


4/64 


10 


7 


.0385 


3/64 


12 


7 


.0305 


3/64 


14 


7 


.0242 


3/64 


*Fixture Wire. 







Approx. 

Diam. 

Over All 

Inches 

.31 

.25 

.23 

.21 
.18 
.14 

2.03 

1.95 

1.81 

1.69 

1.47 

1.43 

1.41 

1.38 

1.35 

1.31 

1.28 

1.24 

1 .21 

1.17 

1.10 

1.04 

1.00 

.95 

.90 

.84 

.77 

.71 

.66 

.61 

.57 

.50 

.44 

.39 

.36 

.29 

.27 

.25 



Approx. 
Wgt. Lbs. 

per 
1000 Ft. 

88 

55 

40 

30 

19 

11 

6976 

6150 

5323 

4489 

3564 

3398 

3232 

3061 

2896 

2728 

2559 

2390 

2222 

2054 

1848 

1671 

1501 

1330 

1157 

984 

828 

674 

551 

452 

375 

294 

202 

142 

90 

63 

46 

36 



Prices on application. 



RUBBER-COVERED CABLES 



FLEXIBLE RUBBER-COVERED CABLES 




No. 1 Flexible Double Braid Cable 

These cables are all Canadian Electrical Code Standard and 
are especially designed for switchboard, dynamo and motor 
connections. 



Size 
B.&S. 

0000 

000 

00 



1 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 



Rubber 

Wall 
Inches 

5/64 

5/64 

5/64 

5/64 

5/64 

4/64 

4/64 

4/64 

4/64 

3/64 

3/64 

3/64 



No. 
Wires 

61 

61 

61 

61 

61 

37 

37 

37 

37 

37 

37 

37 



Diam. 

Inches 
.0529 
. 0524 
.0467 
.0416 
.0370 
. 0423 
. 0336 
. 0266 
.0188 
.0169 
.0133 
.0105 



Approx. 

Diam. 
Over All 

Inches 

.76 
.70 
.65 
.60 

-,s 

.51 

.45 

.40 

.31 

.25 

.23 

.21 



Approx. 

Weight 

Lbs. per 

1000 Ft. 

854 

710 

582 

480 

372 

292 

193 

136 

95 

58 

43 

32 



TWIN— PARALLEL— COPPER CONDUCTORS 




No. 14 Solid Twin Wire 

Twin rubber-covered wire consists of two Canadian Electric 
Code wires laid parallel, one conductor having a white braid 
and the other a black braid; over the parallel conductors, an 
additional braid. Wire of this construction is approved by 
the Canadian Engineering Standards Association for use in 
unlined conduits. 







Twin, Solid 






Size 
B.&S. 




Approx. 
Rubber Dimensions 
Wall Over All 
Inches Inches 


Approx. 

Wgt. Lbs. 

per 1000 Ft 


8 




4/64 


. 33 x . 62 


175 


10 




3/64 


. 27 x . 51 


113 


12 




3/64 


. 25 x . 47 


83 


14 




3/64 


.24 x .43 


63 






Twin, Stranded 




Size 
B.&S. 


Rubber 

Wall 

Inches 


Concentric 
Strands 
No. Diam. 
Wires Each 


Approx. 

Dimensions 

Over All 

Inches 


Approx. 
Wgt. Lbs. 

per 
1000 Ft. 


6 


4/64 


7 . 0612 


.40 x .75 


287 


8 


4/64 


7 . 0486 


.35x .66 


185 


10 


3/64 


7 . 0385 


.29 x .54 


120 


12 


3/64 


7 . 0305 


.26 x .49 


88 


14 


3/64 


7 . 0242 


. 25 x . 45 


67 



Prices on application. 



96 



Northern Electric 



RUBBER-COVERED WIRES 

FIXTURE WIRE 



■ ■ 



No. 18 Solid Conductor Fixture Wire 

A single conductor wire, that may be used under specific 
conditions for wiring fixtures, show cases, etc., and furnished 
in solid or stranded conductor as wanted. 

Conductors are insulated with Canadian Electrical Code 
compound and then covered with a saturated cotton braid. 
Dry cotton or silk can also be furnished. 

HEAT RESISTING FIXTURE WIRE 

Types CF and CFC for use in fixtures in dry places where 
temperature conditions do not exceed 90°C, may be had with 
solid or flexible conductors, either in plain form or having 
outer colored cotton or silk braids. Type CF refers to single 
conductor wires and Type CFC refers to two or more flexible 
conductors cabled together. The insulation on both CF 
and CFC wires and cords consist of jo" cotton thickness, 
thoroughly saturated with heat and moisture-resisting com- 
pounds and polished. 

Types AF and AFC same as above except they are insulated 
with asbestos and are for use where temperature conditions 
exceed 90°C. 

HIGRADE 

RUBBER COVERED WIRE 

This wire was designed to meet the demand when a better 
grade than Code is required and where the requirements do 
not justify the use of 30 per cent. It is the grade generally 
supplied on special or high-class building work. In elasticity, 
tensile strength and dielectric qualities, the insulation is much 
superior to the ordinary grade. 

Supplied with either standard black braid or white braid 
finish, or other colours if desired. 

Each coil is tested and stamped with an approval label 
before leaving the factory 7 . 

Dimensions, weights, etc., approximately the same as for 
code wires. 

THIRTY PER CENT 

The insulation used for this wire is made in accordance with 
the latest engineering standards and is the best compound 
for special or high voltage work or for very severe service 
conditions. Each coil is tested and stamped with an approval 
label before leaving the factory. 

Dimensions, weights, etc., approximately the same as for 
Code wires. 

Supplied with either standard black braid or white braid 
finish, or other colours if desired. 

RUBBER INSULATED PLAIN LEAD- 
COVERED CABLE 

Supplied in all sizes and types for -working voltages up to 
5,000 volts unshielded and up to 15,000 volts with special 
shielding. For higher voltages we recommend the use of 
paper or varnished cambric insulation. 

Prices on application. 

CONTROL CABLE 

These cables are used in Central Stations and Sub-stations 
for carrying control circuits. They consist of tinned, annealed 
copper conductors each of which is rubber insulated and 
covered with a distinguishable colored cotton braid. The 
braided conductors are stranded together (with jute fillers if 
necessary- to provide a compact core) and covered with a 
layer of insulating tape. Over the tape is placed either a 
weatherproof cotton braid or a lead sheath. 

Unless otherwise specified we follow Canadian Electrical 
Standards Association specifications which call for stranded 
conductors and code rubber insulation. We can also supply 
solid or flexible conductors and 30% insulation where required. 
A flameproof finished braid may also be substituted for the 
standard weatherproof braid. 

We also supply control cables with steel armoring for 
various purposes. Cables having steel tape or flexible inter- 
locking armor are suitable for burying directly in the ground 
or for installation where liable to mechanical injury. Steel wire 
armored cables may be used for submarine work and also 
where the cables are to be installed vertically such as in mine 
shafts, etc. 



A.B.C. FLEXIBLE ARMORED CABLE 

(Type AC) 




Northern Electric Company ABC (Armored Bushed Cable) 
is quick and easy to install. The flexible steel armor protects 
the insulated conductors from mechanical injury and also 
provides a continuous path to ground, removing danger due 
to stray currents and shorts. The moisture-proof Kraft Armor 
over the insulated conductors gives further protection against 
abrasion of conductors during installation. 

Adequate space is provided between the conductors and 
steel armor for the insertion of the fibre bushing at the ends 
of the cable. The bushings protect the insulation from the 
sharp edges and add greatly to the safety of the installation 
(License under Pat. Nos. 288408 and 289660). 

This cable is approved for use under The Canadian Elec- 
trical Code and is made up under the following standard 



sizes. 





Two Conductor 


Three Conductor 






Weight 




Weight 


Size 




Per 




Per 


B&S 


Outside 


Ins. 1000 


Outside 


Ins. 1000 


Gauge 


Diam. 


Wall Feet 


Diam. 


Wall Feet 


Solid 










14 


.555 


A 259 


.580 


& 302 


12 


.588 


294 


.615 


350 


10 


.625 


a 342 


.655 


« 4X4 


Stranded 










8 


.836 


4/64 635 


.882 


4/64 762 


6 


.958 


764 


1.013 


936 


4 


1.054 


953 


1.116 


1186 


2 


1.195 


1186 


1.275 


1509 



TYPE A.C.L.— FLEXIBLE ARMOURED 
LEAD SHEATHED CABLE 

Northern Electric type A.C.L. Cable is for use in the same 
manner as A.B.C. Cable where conditions are more severe. 
The Kraft paper armour is replaced with a lead sheath 
which adds to the mechanical strength and moisture-proof 
properties of the cable. 

NOREL-X NON-METALLIC SHEATHED 

CABLE 




This cable is particularly suitable for residential wiring. 
It is clean, easy to handle, moisture-proof and fireproof, and 
provides a wiring system that is rugged and trouble free. 
Over and above these facts it makes a neater job, is quicker to 
install and, therefore, is more economical for house wiring. 

This cable is approved for use under the Canadian Electrical 
Code and we are supplying same in the following sizes. 

iductor Three Conductor 

Ins. Weight Outside Ins. Weight 
Wall per M ft. Diam. Wall per M ft. 



Size 


Two Cc 


B&S 


Outside 


Gauge 


Diam. 


Solid 




14 


.375 x .565 


12 


.385 x .595 


10 


.415 x .635 


Stranded 




8 


.597 x .886 


6 


.522 x .971 


4 


.570 x 1.067 


2 


.630 x 1.187 



64 
JL 
64 

64 



4/64 



153 
184 
233 

426 

541 

745 

1041 

We can also supply Norel-X cable with an uninsulated neutral 
should it be required. 



JL 
64 


97 


.615 


64 


117 


.640 


3 
64 


154 


.690 


/64 


280 


.930 


u 


347 


1.041 


u 


482 


1.144 


it 


674 


1.273 



(< 



ii 



ii 



Northern Electric 



97 



SERVICE CABLE 

Used for connecting the power distribution line to the 
building. These cables are used in place of weatherproof 
service wires, where improved appearance is desirable. Service 
cable is also easier to run through trees. 

There are a number of different ways in which Service 
Cables are made up. For convenience in ordering, these cables 
have been divided into the following eight classes in accord- 
ance with their construction. 

Class 
No. Description of Make-Up 

1 Where 2, 3 or 4 single weatherproof braided rubber 
insulated conductors are simply to be twisted together 
to form a cable with no overall covering. 

2 Where 2, 3 or 4 double weatherproof braided rubber 
insulated conductors are simply to be twisted together 
to form a cable with no overall covering. 

3 Where 2, 3 or 4 single weatherproof braided rubber 
insulated conductors are to be twisted together to 
form a cable with a single weatherprodf overall braid. 

3A Where 2, 3 or 4 plain rubber insulated conductors, 
(no braids on conductors) are to be twisted together to 
form a cable with a single weatherproof overall braid. 

4 Where 2, 3 or 4 single weatherproof braided rubber 
insulated conductors are to be twisted together to 
form a cable with an overall tape and a single weather- 
proof braid. 

5 Where 2, 3 or 4 double weatherproof braided rubber 
insulated conductors are to be twisted together to form 
a cable with a single weatherproof braid. 

6 Where 2, 3 or 4 double weatherproof braided rubber 
insulated conductors are to be twisted together to 
form a cable with an overall tape ami a single weather- 
proof braid. 

7 Where a 3 conductor cable is required consisting of two 
R.C.D.B. conductors and one double braided weather- 
proof conductor all twisted together with no outer 
covering. 

8 Where a 3 conductor cable is required consisting of two 
R.C.S.B. conductors and one double braided weather- 
proof conductor all twisted together with no outer 
covering. 

Where a cable has an overall tape and braid covering jute 
fillers may be specified in order to provide a compact and 
round core. 

SERVICE ENTRANCE CABLE 

TYPE A.S.E. 

Service entrance cable is used to carry the power leads from 
the point of attachment of the service wires at the building to 
the service entrance switch. It is attached directly to the wall 
of the building by means of ordinary pipe straps. 

The cable consistsof two or three rubber insulated and double 
weatherproof braided conductors with 600 volt insulation and 
one paper wrapped neutral conductor all stranded together 
and covered with a layer of flexible, galvanized steel armor. 
The armor is covered with a layer of rubberized tape, weather- 
proofed, a second layer of rubberized tape and an overall 
weatherproof ed cotton braid. 

In the following table we show the cables in general use; 

Approx. Approx. Wt. 
Size and Description O.D. 1000 feet. 

2 of No. 6 R.C.B. and 1 of No. 8 paper 

covered 1 . 18" 1035 lbs. 

2 of No. 4 R.C.B. and 1 of No. 6 paper 

covered 1.27* 1257 lbs. 

2 of No. 2 R.C.B. and 1 of No. 4 paper 

covered 1 . 38 v 1566 lbs. 

2 of No. 1 R.C.B. and 1 of No. 4 paper 

covered 1.58* 1991 lbs. 

2 of No. 1/0 R.C.B. and 1 of No. 2 paper 

covered 1.72" 2222 lbs. 

2 of No. 6 and 1 of No. 10 R.C.B. and 1 of 

No. 8 paper covered 1. 18* 1091 lbs. 

2 of No. 4 and 1 of No. 10 R.C.B. and 1 of 

No. 6 paper covered 1.27" 1314 lbs. 

2 of No. 2 and 1 of No. 10 R.C.B. and 1 of 

No. 4 paper covered 1.38* 1623 lbs. 

2 of No. 1/0 and 1 of No. 10 R.C.B. and 1 

of No. 2 paper covered 1.72* 2279 lbs. 



PAPER INSULATED POWER CABLES 




250000 CM. 
Triple Conductor — 13200 Volts, Lead Covered 

The first Paper Insulated Lead Covered Power Cable made 
in Canada was manufactured by this Company in Montreal. 

Paper Insulated Power Cables, on account of their relatively 
low cost and satisfactory characteristics when properly 
constructed and installed, can be recommended and are being 
used for all classes of feeder and distribution work on electric 
light and .power circuits, both overhead and underground. 

They can be manufactured with conductors covering a 
large range of sizes and for all the voltages used inordinary 
underground transmission work. They are made up with 
single or multiple conductors. Multiple conductor cables are 
made with conductors of round cross section or sector, as 
desired. 




500000 CM. 
Single Conductor — 13200 Volts, Lead Covered 

The conductors are either solid or stranded wires drawn 
from copper of the highest conductivity and thoroughly 
annealed. Thin tapes of manilla paper are applied spirally 
to the thickness required. The cable is thoroughly dried and 
impregnated with a suitable compound after which it is 
covered with a lead sheath to prevent access of moisture. 

When cables are to be laid in water or in the ground, addi- 
tional protection is provided in the form of steel wire or steel 
tape armour over the sheath. 

VARNISHED FABRIC INSULATED CABLES 




No. 2 B. & S — Single Conductor— 3300 Volts— Braid Covered 

Cables insulated with varnished fabric are extensively used 
for power-house work. Like paper insulated cables, they are 
made up with single conductor or multiple conductor as re- 
quired, but unlike the paper insulated cable they may be used 
without a lead sheath. 

Standard methods of finishing consist of lead sheath, 
weatherproof braid or slow burning braid. The copper con- 
ductors are insulated with successive layers of the varnished 
fabric, which are separated from each other by a lubricating 
compound. This compound prevents the absorption of 
moisture by the cable and also allows the cable to be bent 
without cracking the insulation. 

Prices on application. 



98 



Northern Electric 



ARMORED CABLES 

There are three different types of armor which may be 
employed on cables where an external protection is necessary, 
namely, steel tape, steel wire and steel wire braid. Their 
relative functions and uses are described hereinafter. 

STEEL TAPE ARMORED CABLES 




No. 6 B. & S — Sector 
Double Conductor — 6600 Volts, Lead Covered — Steel 

Tape Armored 

Steel tape armored cables are used extensively for under- 
ground work and in other places where cables, so armored, will 
not be subject to tensile strain. They are particularly adapt- 
able to being laid directly in the ground without further pro- 
tection and are thus frequently used where it is not desired to 
install a conduit system. The following table gives details 
of steel tape armoring on lead covered cable: — 



Diameter over Width of 



lead sheath 
• Inches 
.500- .750 
.751-1.000 
1.001-1.750 
1. 751 — Up. 



Steel Tape 

Inches 

. 75 

100 

150 

2.00 



Thickness of Increase in Dia 
Steel Tape for armoring 



I Inches) 
.020 
.020 
.030 
.030 



Inches 

.400 

.450 

.490 
.490 



Steel tape armored cables are constructed as follows: 

The cable is first covered with an impregnated jute bedding. 
A steel tape of suitable width and thickness is then wound on 
with sufficient space between each turn of the tape to enable 
the cable to be easily bent. A second steel tape is then applied 
in a similar manner so that it will cover the spaces left by the 
first tape. Two layers of jute are then applied in reverse 
directions and saturated in a preservative compound. The 
cable is then given a coating of whitewash or other compound 
to prevent layers sticking when reeled. 



WIRE ARMORED CABLES 




No. 4 B &S Stranded — Triple conductor — 2500 volts. Rubber 
insulated — Lead covered — Double steel wire armored. 

Wire armored cables are used extensively for submarine and 
underground work and in mine shafts, tunnels and other places 
where the cables are subject to severe strains. The size and 
number of wires required depend upon the size of the cable, 
the importance of the system of which it is to be a part, and 
the severity of the conditions under which it is to operate. 
It is sometimes advisable under severe conditions to use a 
double wire armor, in which case two layers of wires in reverse 
directions are used. The wires are applied over a jute bedding 
and are covered with two layers of jute in a similar manner 
to steel tape armored cables. 



ARMORED CABLES 

(Continued) 
STEEL WIRE-BRAIDED CABLES 




NHhH* 



This cable consists of either rubber or paper insulated con- 
ductors covered with a lead sheath, a jute bedding, a layer of 
interlocking armor and an outer weatherproofed jute braid. 
Developed particularly for Mine Signal and Telephone work 
its design makes it well able to withstand the crushing impacts 
that it is liable to suffer in such service. It is also well adapted 
for burying directly in the earth for carrying underground 
telephone lines. Its design can, of course, be modified to meet 
individual requirements. 

FLEXIBLE ARMORED CAB TIRE CABLES 







Rubber Insulated Lead Covered Wire Braid Armored Cable 

Three Conductor 

Steel wire braid is a very flexible and efficient armor used 
for all classes of small wires and cables, particularly marine 
cables. It consists of fine galvanized steel wires closely woven 
and tightly applied- With lead-covered cables the wire braid 
is applied over a jute or other suitable bedding, and on cables 
other than lead-covered it is usually applied immediately over 
the weather-proof braids. Wire-braided cables are generally 
supplied without any covering over the wire braid, which is 
treated with a special compound over which a coat of paint 
may be applied after the cable is installed. 

Prices on application. 

FLEXIBLE INTERLOCKING ARMORED CABLES ! 

Flexible interlocking armor of the type used on A. B.C. cable 
has a wide use in the cable field. Such armor is strong, flexible. 
light and comparatively inexpensive. It may be applied to 
practically any type of cable and may consist of galvanized 
steel, aluminum or copper (tinned or plain). Galvanized steel 
is most generally used and provides an exceedingly strong 
armoring which is resistant to most forms of corrosion. 
Aluminum and copper are used principally in mines where 
their resistance to the corrosive effects of certain alkalies and 
acids is of value. Both these metals also have a desirable 
feature for such work in that they do not throw sparks when 
struck by a sharp object as does steel. 

We show herewith some specific examples of flexible armored 
cables. Inquire at our nearest branch for samples and further 
details. 

MINE SIGNAL AND UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE 

CABLE 



The use of interlocking armor on a type S Cab Tire cable 
provides a light, flexible cable for portable power leads that is 
practically indestructible. Such cable is in demand by com- 
panies who must afford the ultimate in protection. 

FLEXIBLE ARMORED LEAD COVERED POWER 

CABLE 

Lead covered power cables of all t\-pes may be covered with 
flexible interlocking armor. Such cables may be buried 
directly in the ground without further protection. Ideal for 
airport lighting and control circuits. 



Northern Electric 



99 



LEAD-COVERED PAPER INSULATED 
TELEPHONE CABLES 

Paper-insulated lead-covered telephone 
cables are everywhere superseding the 
unsightly and cumbersome network of 
the old open-wire construction. Their 
advantages, in congested areas and for 
long distance transmission between 
cities, have long been established. 

In these cables each telephone circuit 
consists of a pair of copper wires indi- 
vidually insulated by a wrapping of 
paper. The twisted pairs are stranded 
together to form a core which is pro- 
tected from damp and mechanical injury 
by a lead sheath, containing a small 
percentage of antimony or tin. When the 
cable is to be laid under water or in the 
ground additional protection in the form 
of wire armor or steel tape is applied 
over the sheath. 

We make many specialized forms of 
paper insulated telephone cable; among 
these may be mentioned cables with 
Large sized conductors for long distance 
underground lines, composite cables con- 
taining conductors of two or more 
gauges of wire and quadded cables 
designed to give three telephone circuits 
for every four conductors in the cable. 

TYPES OF CABLE 
Lead-covered paper-insulated cables, except for some 
•ecial types mentioned later, may be divided into two general 
asses according to the method of installation: 

1. Cables for aerial use or for underground use in ducts. 

2. Submarine cables. 

1. Aerial Cables and Underground Cables in Ducts. 
Under the usual conditions of installation of telephone 
,bles, the same type of cable may be used for aerial construc- 
)n or in ducts underground. Until recently plant practices 
Lve called for somewhat higher dielectric strength for cables 
r aerial use. Actual experience, however, has shown that 
is special requirement is not warranted, and the same cable 
now being furnished for either use, resulting in econoniies 

>t only in cost of the cable but in the smaller stocks required. 

2. Submarine Cables. 

Paper insulated submarine telephone cable is made in 
veral general classes to meet the varying conditions en- 
untered. A statement to us of conditions to be met will 
ing to you information on the most suitable cable for the 
editions. 

CODED PAPER INSULATED CABLES 




The foil 
sulated 
id uses: 



owing table lists the Northern Electric coded paper- 
cables and shows their important characteristics 



CO 



;m 



;a 

SB 



A 



24 



11 



11 
ft 

3.9 
-1212 



¥ Sb - 



fcc-r. S & 
to 

3 Q.^ 

o2 






00 — 

©5 

lis 

e « ~ 

o <^.C 



v 



c. 
.2cS 



to 

© 
4? 

C 

c 

$1*8 

ill! 



c 






080 145 500 500 A.C. 



22 11-909 .090 



19 
19 



6-455 
6-303 



16 26-152 



090 
072 



072 



92 500 500 A.C. 

46 500 700 A.C. 

46 500 700 A.C. 



23 500 1000 A.C. 



2.14 Short 

Subscriber 
Lines 

1.79 Subscriber 
Lines 

1.26 Trunk and 

1.11 long Sub- 
scriber 
Lines 
. 75 Toll en- 
trance and 
long 
trunks. 



COMPOSITE CABLES 



Composite cable (composed of conductors of two or more 
iuges) can be furnished. The combinations of pairs utilizing 
e space within the lead sheath most economically, are 
mewhat limited, and our cable engineers will make recom- 
endations along this line upon receipt of detailed inform- 
ion on the conditions to be met. 



CODED PAPER INSULATED CABLES 



S CO 

rt -t= 
it 

ASM 1212 
ASM 909 
BSA 909 



ASM 
BSA 
ASM 
CNB 



606 
606 
455 
455 



ASM 404 

BSA 404 

CNB 404 

ASM 303 

BSA 303 

CNB 303 

DNB 303 

ASM 202 

BSA 202 

CNB 202 

DNB 202 

NH 152 

ASM 101 

BSA 101 

CNB 101 

DNB 101 

NH 101 

ASM 51 

BSA 51 

CNB 51 

DNB 51 

NH 51 

ASM 26 

BSA 26 

CNB 26 

DNB 26 

NH 26 

ASM 11 

BSA 11 

CNB 11 

DNB 11 

CNB 6 

DNB 6 



(A 

• 

.§ 

7) 


Guaranteed 
No. of Pairs 


Max. Average 
Mutual A.C. 
Capacitance Micro- 
farads per Mile 


Nominal Thickness 
of Sheath (Inches) 


Approximate Outside 
Diameter (Inches) 


Approximate Weight 
per 1000 Ft. (lbs.) 


Convenient No. of 
Feet on Reels 


24 


1200 


.080 


.115 


2.61 


7970 


650 


24 


900 


.080 


.105 


2.21 


6060 


900 


22 


900 


.090 


.115 


2.61 


8500 


650 


24 


600 


.080 


.105 


1.90 


4690 


1100 


22 


600 


.090 


.105 


2.15 


6020 


900 


24 


450 


.080 


.095 


1.66 


3670 


1200 


19 


450 


.090 


.115 


2.61 


8460 


650 


24 


400 


.080 


.090 


1.56 


3220 


1400 


22 


400 


.090 


.095 


1.78 


4280 


1200 


19 


400 


.090 


.115 


2.48 


7770 


700 


24 


300 


.080 


.085 


1.36 


2560 


1600 


22 


300 


.090 


.095 


1.60 


3580 


1400 


19 


300 


.090 


.105 


2.15 


5980 


900 


19 


300 


.072 


.115 


2.51 


7185 


700 


24 


200 


.080 


.080 


1.14 


1910 


1800 


22 


200 


.090 


.085 


1.33 


2550 


1600 


19 


200 


.090 


.095 


1.78 


4250 


1200 


19 


200 


.072 


.105 


2.09 


5182 


900 


16 


152 


.072 


.115 


2.51 


7190 


700 


24 


100 


.080 


.075 


0.85 


1200 


2500 


22 


100 


.090 


.080 


0.99 


15S0 


2500 


19 


100 


.090 


.085 


1.30 


2480 


1600 


19 


100 


.072 


.090 


1.52 


2979 


1400 


16 


101 


.072 


.105 


2.12 


5180 


900 


24 


50 


.080 


.070 


0.64 


770 


3000 


22 


50 


.090 


.070 


0.73 


950 


3000 


19 


50 


.090 


.075 


0.95 


1460 


2500 


19 


50 


.072 


.OSO 


1.13 


1803 


1800 


16 


51 


.072 


.090 


1.52 


2970 


1400 


24 


25 


.080 


.070 


0.52 


560 


3500 


22 


25 


.090 


.070 


0.58 


670 


3500 


19 


25 


.090 


.070 


0.72 


930 


3000 


19 


25 


.072 


.075 


0.84 


1149 


2500 


16 


26 


.072 


.080 


1.13 


1790 


1800 


24 


10 


.080 


.070 


0.39 


380 


3500 


22 


10 


.090 


.070 


0.44 


450 


3500 


19 


10 


.090 


.070 


0.53 


600 


3500 


19 


10 


.072 


.070 


0.61 


700 


3000 


19 


5 


.090 


.070 


0.44 


450 


3500 


19 


5 


.072 


.070 


0.48 


509 


3500 



TELEGRAPH CABLES 



Telegraph cables are made up in the same manner as paper 
insulated telephone cables. Due to the fact that they operate 
at higher potentials the conductors are usually double paper 
wrapped and heavier lead sheats are used. 

Both quadded and non-quadded cables are used and also 
cables containing both quadded and non-quadded pairs. These 
cables are used to carry telegraph circuit? of all types including 
carrier circuits. In addition they quite often carry radio 
broadcast hook-ups and other voice circuits. 

Capacitance balances are extremely important in cables 
of this type and satisfactory operation is dependent on the 
engineering knowledge and practical experience behind their 
design and manufacture. The Northern Electric Company's 
many years of manufacturing experience and the constant 
researches and experiments of their Engineers particularly 
qualifies this company as authorities on this type of cable. 

Telegraph cables are customarily designed to withstand 
test potentials up to 1200 volts A.C. between conductors and 
from conductors to sheath. For circuits paralleling high 
voltage lines, cables designed to withstand test potentials up 
to 3500 volts A.C. from conductors to sheath can be furnished. 

A specification describing in detail this type of cable will 
be furnished on request. 

SUPERVISORY CONTROL CABLES 

These cables are used in connection with the remote control 
of electrical apparatus such as switchgear, etc., and for remote 
metering circuits. In general telegraph cable construction is 
followed. These cables are manufactured with dry cores and 
also with impregnated cores. 



. 



100 



Northern Electric 



RUBBER-INSULATED TELEPHONE 
TELEGRAPH CABLES 

For short runs inside, where moisture is present, and also 
for aerial and submarine use, paper-insulated lead-covered 
cables are sometimes found undesirable and rubber-insulated 
cables are used. These cables are usually made up with Nos. 
19, 18, 16 or 14 B. & S. conductors. The conductors are in- 
sulated with rubber and twisted into pairs. The pairs are 
stranded in layers and covered with insulating tape, and over 
this core is applied the required outer covering consisting of 
either a weatherproof finish or a lead sheath. If the cable is 
for submarine or other use where it will be subject to strain, 
it is usually further protected by one or more layers of armor 
wires. 

Rubber-insulated telephone cables have a higher electro- 
static capacity than paper-insulated cables, and as this 
reduces their transmission value they are not recommended 
for use in long lengths. 

TERMINATING CABLES 

These cables are used for terminating all types of paper 
insulated telephone and telegraph cables. They are spliced 
directly to the paper insulated cable where it enters the build- 
ing and are used to lead the circuits to the terminating rack. 
They consist of tinned annealed copper conductors insulated 
with silk and cotton. The insulated conductors are twisted 
together to form pairs which are stranded together to form 
a core and covered with a lead sheath. For terminating quadded 
telephone or telegraph cables the pairs may be quadded also 
if required. For humid localities enamelled conductors are 
supplied. 

For complete descriptions of different types of terminating 
cables see listing under Telephone Apparatus Section. 

SILK AND COTTON INSULATED 
SWITCHBOARD WIRE 

Switchboard wire is used for the wiring of telephone and 
telegraph switchboards and miscellaneous purposes in central 
offices. 

For complete details refer listing under Telephone Apparatus 
section. 

DICTOGRAPH CABLE 

Used in connection with Dictograph systems. For details 
refer listing under Telephone Apparatus Section. 




Section of Stranding Room showing a 

Strander 



Telephone Cable 



INSULATED TELEPHONE WIRES 

The conductors of all these wires are thoroughly tinned 
The insulation is of a high quality rubber compound and varie- 
in thickness according to the size and requirements of th< 
different wires; over this is placed a weatherproof braid; oi 
when wanted for inside use, a glazed cotton braid of anj 
standard colour combination. 

POTHEAD WIRE 

Style A 




Used in interior and pothead work for terminating a paper 
insulated telephone cable. It is composed of an annealec I 
copper conductor carefully tinned and covered with a high 
quality of rubber compound. Two such wires are twistec 
together to form the twisted pair, one conductor having a 
raised tracer on the surface of the rubber. No braid is placec 
over this wire, as it would act as a wick to convey moisture 
into the pothead and probably ruin the paper insulated cable 

DROP WIRES 
Outside Distributing Wires 




Drop 
Wire 

"HC" 



"CS" 



"B" 



* 'pD" 



( * nr»i» 



BP 



"CR" 



"BR" 



Iron 



Cad- 
mium 



Description 

Consists of two tinned copper conductors, each 
insulated with rubber and covered with cotton braid 
saturated in a weatherproof compound. Conductors 
twisted together to form a pair. 

Consists of two tinned Copperweld conductors, each 
insulated with a rubber compound, covered with a 
cotton braid thoroughly saturated in a weatherproof 
compound and twisted together into a pair. 

Consists of two tinned bronze alloy conductors insu- 
lated with rubber and braided with a weatherprco! 
braid. The braided conductors are twisted together. 
Consists of two tinned copperweld conductors, in- 
sulated with rubber. Conductors laid parallel and 
covered overall with a weatherproof braid; one con- 
ductor marked for tracing. 

Consists of two tinned bronze alloy conductors, insulat- 
ed with rubber. Conductors laid parallel and covered 
overall with a weatherproof braid; one conductor 
marked for tracing. 

Consists of two tinned copperweld conductors similar 
to "CP" except heavier rubber insulation and braided 
overall with Hawser cord. 

Consists of two tinned alloy conductors similar to 
"BP" except heavier rubber insulation and braided 
overall with Hawser cord. 

Consists of two galvanized iron conductors insulated 
with rubber, each covered with a cotton braid saturated 
in a weatherproof compound. Conductors twisted to- 
gether to form a pair. 

Consists of two tinned cadmium copper conductors, 
each insulated with rubber, covered with a cotton 
braid thoroughly saturated in a weatherproof com- 
pound and twisted together into a pair. 

INSIDE WIRE 
Style C 




Used for interior connections between the telephone and 
the entrance to the building. It consists of a tinned annealed 
copper conductor insulated with rubber and covered with a 
glazed cotton braid. Two or three of these conductors are 
twisted together the braid of each conductor having a colored 
thread for tracing purposes. The usual colors of braid are 
brown or ivory. Other colors, however, may be had to order. 



Northern Electric 



101 



INSULATED TELEPHONE WIRES 

DUCT WIRE 
Used instead of Inside Wire in conduit systems in buildings, 
ilso used instead of Inside Wire in exposed installations 
.here subject to very damp conditions. Similar in make- 
p to inside wire except has weatherproof braids. 

SUBSTATION GROUND WIRE 




Used for making the connections between the telephone 
>rotector and the ground at the subscriber's station. It con- 
ists of a tinned annealed copper conductor, insulated with 
ubber and covered with an impregnated braid. 

Prices on application. 




DISTRIBUTING WIRE 

Style D 

Used in place of twisted pair outside distributing wire 
.vhen it is necessary to run the connection underground or in 
)ther places where braided wire would be unsuitable. It 
;onsists of two tinned, annealed, copper conductors, insulated 
A'ith rubber, twisted together with jute and covered with 
i lead sheath 1/16" thick. 

Style E 
Sometimes used as a substitute for lead covered distributing 
wire (style D), but generally for inside work where moisture 
is present. It is made up in the same manner as Style D, 
Except that a weatherproof braid is used in place of a lead 
sheath. 

BRIDLE WIRE 

Style G 

This is similar to Style HC wire, except that the con- 
ductors are annealed instead of hard drawn copper. This wire 
is generally used between open line wires and terminal boxes. 



DISTRIBUTING FRAME OR JUMPER WIRE 

E Type 

A flameproof wire used principally for cross connecting 
work on distributing frames. It consists of a tinned annealed 
copper conductor, enamelled, insulated with servings of 
purified silk and moistureproofed. The wire is then covered 
with a cotton braid and saturated in a flameproof compound. 
Available in two, three and four conductors with each con- 
ductor marked for tracing purposes. 



INSULATED TELEPHONE WIRES 

TELEPHONE WIRES— Two Conductor— Insulation 

and Weights 

Size of Conductor B. & S. 



Style A 

Drop Wire HC 

Drop Wire CS 

Drop Wire B 

Drop Wire CP 

Drop Wire BP 

brop Wire CR 

Drop Wire BR 

Drop Wire Cadmium 
Copper . 

Drop Wire Iron 

Inside Wire 

Style D 

Style E 

Style F 

Style G 

EType 

Substation 

Ground Wire 

Duct Wire 



22 



20 19 18 17 16 14 13 
Diameter over Insulation Inches 



h 



.120 
.120 
.110 
.110 
.110 
.110 

.10-1 



A 



ft 



ft 



12 



ii 



. 082 A ft 



078 .085 
. . .085 
072 .086 



A 
A 
A 
A 



4,32 

A 

A 
A 



A 

A 
A 
A 



H 



A 



4/32 A 



060 



Weight per 1000 Feet (Pounds) 



17 



33 51 56 81 



14 



• • 


• • 


32 


• • 


•17 


61 


. . 


. . 




36 


4 m 


• - » * !• 


- * 


, . 




37 













29 








• • 




30 
47 













- - 


• ■ 




47 
47 


• • 


. . 


.. 


.. 


34 




46 


60 


10 


21 


27 


, » 


42 


56 


. . 


. . 


. . 


. . 


3S5 


. . . . . . 


. . 


. . 


29 


. . 


44 


58 


17 












20 




32 






• • • ■ • . 


in 














• ■ 


15 




18 


31 



Style A 12 

Drop Wire HC 

Drop Wire CS 

Drop Wire B 

Drop Wire CP 

Drop Wire BP 

Drop Wire CR 

Drop Wire BR 

Drop Wire Cadmium 

Copper 

Drop Wire Iron 

Inside Wire 

Style D 

Style E 

Style F..... 13 

Style G 

E Type 6 

Substation 

Ground Wire 

Duct Wire 13.3 



FIRE ALARM AND POLICE PATROL 

GABLES 

These cables are used in fire alarm and police patrol systems 
to carry signal and telephone circuits between the street 
boxes and the fire and police station. Most cables are manu- 
factured in accordance with specifications of the International 
Association of Municipal Electricians. These specifications 
may of course be modified to suit individual requirements. 
The cables consist of tinned, annealed copper conductors 
insulated with a special 30% rubber compound. 

For telephone circuits the insulated conductors are twisted 
into pairs. For signal circuits this is not necessary. The con- 
ductors are then laid up concentrically in layers, using jute 
fillers if necessary to provide a compact core, and covered 
with a layer of rubber insulating tape and a lead-tin or lead- 
antimony sheath. A weatherproof braid may be substituted 
for the lead sheath for aerial installation. 

In police signal and telephone systems paper insulated lead 
sheathed cables are also used as trunk cables between stations. 
They may have single or double paper wrapped insulation on 
the conductors and may have dry or impregnated cores 
depending on circuit requirements and operating conditions. 

These cables are also supplied with steel tape armoring 
over the lead sheaths making them suitable for burying 
directly in the ground without further protection. 

We are equipped to supply and install complete fire alarm 
and police signal systems including cables and all apparatus. 
See listings under Special Products Section. 









102 



Northern Electric 



FLEXIBLE CORDS 



Flexibility is the predominating feature of our standard and 
special flexible cords and cables, as listed hereinafter. Every 
step in the manufacture of our products is carefully inspected 
and no expense is spared to produce the best obtainable 
flexible cords and cables. 

A large stock of all standard cords is always available so as 
to give prompt and satisfactory service. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

• 

Flexible cords consist of small extra flexible copper con- 
ductors, insulated and protected in a manner suitable for the 
service which will be required of them. 

The conductors consist of a number of small individual 
copper strands, cabled together and covered with a cotton or 
paper separator. 

The insulation consists of a rubber compound which meets 
all the requirements of the Canadian Electrical Code. 

All flexible cords manufactured by the Northern Electric 
Company carry the company's standard marker consisting of 
an orange and purple thread twisted together and laid parallel 
to the core under the overall braid. 



Size of 

Conductor 

B.&S. 

8 

10 
12 
14 



STANDARD STRANDING 

No. of No. of 

Wires Size of Wires 

No. 30 Conductor No. 30 

B.&S. B.&S. B.&S. 

165 16 26 

104 18 16 

65 *20 10 

41 

*This size is not approved by the Canadian Electrical Code 
rules. 

Colors 

Cotton-covered Cords — The most called for finish of 
cotton -covered cords is a brown braid which will be furnished 
unless otherwise ordered. The following colours can be 
supplied or combinations of any two of them: Red, black. 
brown, green, yellow, blue, gray, white, maroon, orange, 
olive and brushed brass. 

Silk-covered Cords — In all cases when ordering silk-covered 
cords, the color required must be specified. The following 
are standard colours: green, maroon, olive, old gold, blue, 
brown, brushed brass, black, red, white, yellow, gray, rose and 
Tiffany green. 

Prices on application. 






Type 

AT 

CT 

AFC 

AFPO 

AFPD 

CFC 

CFPD 

CFPO 



PO(A) 
C 

PD 
P(A) 



P(A) 

CA 
PA 



PWP 



K 
PAWP 

SJ 

s 



ES 



AFS 
AFSJ 
HC 
HPD 



SUMMARY TABLE 

As pendants in dry places where not subject to hard usage 



Trade Name 

Tinsel Cord 
Tinsel Cord 
Heat Resisting Cord 
Heat Resisting Cord 
Heat Resisting Cord 
Heat Resisting Cord 
Heat Resisting Cord 
Heat Resisting Cord 



Braid on Each 
Conductor 

Cotton 

Cotton 

Cotton or Silk 

None 

None 

Cotton or Silk 

None 

None 



Reinforcement 
Or Filler 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 



Outer Cover 

Cotton or Silk 

Cotton or Silk 

None 

Cotton or Silk 

Cotton or Silk 

None 

Cotton or Silk 

Cotton or Silk 



As pendants and portables in dry places where not subject to hard usage 

Parallel Cord Cotton None Cotton or Silk 

Lamp Cord Cotton or Silk None None 

Twisted Portable Cotton None Cotton or Silk 

Reinforced Cord Cotton Rubber Jacket Cotton or Silk 

As pendants and portables in dry places where subject to hard usage 

Reinforced Cord Cotton Rubber Jacket Cotton or Silk 

Armored Cord Cotton None Armor 

Armored Reinforced Cord Cotton Rubber Jacket Cotton and Armor 

As pendants in dry places where not subject to hard usage 
Moistureproof Reinforced Cord Cotton Rubber Jacket Moistureproof Cotton (2) 

As pendants and portables in damp places where subject to hard usage 

Si T A DUt} ' Sf- r An a £ 0tt ° n J Ute Moistureproof Cotton (2) 

luni^H^ S° tt0n Rubber Jacket Cotton Moistureproof ed & Armored 

Junior Hard Sen ice Cord None Rubber Jacket None 

Hard Service Cord None Rubber Jacket None 

Elevator lighting and control 

Cotton Rubber Jacket and Outer Moistureproof Cotton Braid or 

No Jacket and 3 Cotton Braids, outer one to be flame- 
proofed. 

None Rubber Jacket None 



Elevator Cable 



Elevator Cable 



Rubber Jacketed Heat Resisting Cord 
Rubber Jacketed Heat Resisting Cord 
Heater Cord 
Heater Cord 



Portable Heaters 



None 

None 

Cotton or Silk 

None 



Rubber Jacket 
Rubber Jacket 
None 
None 



None 
None 
None 
Cotton or Silk 



Pn im C p OCk ,?\ P r °" able li8hting devices and Mantel T >"P e Radios tha < a ™ »ot liable to be moved frequently 

™ iti) Parallel Cord Cotton Von*. r *«• c-n 

POSJ All Rubber ParaHe, Cord gJT Rubber Jacket NoT °' ^ 



Northern Etectric 



103 



FLEXIBLE CORDS 




LAMP CORD, TYPE C 




For general use as pendant cord in dry places; as portable 
cord for use when not exposed to hard usage. 

Construction. — Two or more insulated conductors twisted 
together with glazed cotton or silk braid on each conductor. 
No Outer covering. Insulation not less than 1/32 inch on 
No. 18 and No. 16 A.W.G. For larger sizes same as rubber- 
covered wire. 

Approximate weights of two-conductor cord: 



Size 
B.&S. 

10 
12 

14 



Weight 
Pounds per 1000 Ft. Size 

B.&S. 



Cotton 

120 
85 
63 



Weight 
Pounds per 1000 Ft. 



Silk 

115 
81 
59 



16 
18 



Cotton 

37 

27 



Silk 

34 
25 



Prices on application 



TWISTED PORTABLE CORD, TYPE PD 



Vc 






;$®m»*^'^^ 



For portable use in offices, dwellings and similar dry places 
where not likely to be subjected to rough usage and where 
appearance is an essential feature- 
Construction. — Twisted pair with glazed or plain cotton 
braid on each conductor; glazed cotton or silk outer covering 
around twisted conductors; insulation not less than 1/32 inch 
on Nos. 18 and 16 A.W.G. ; for larger sizes same as rubber- 
covered wire. 

Approximate weights of two-conductor cord: 

Weight Weight 

Pounds per 1000 Ft. Size Pounds per 1000 Ft. 



Size 
B.&S. 

10 
12 
14 



Cotton 

121 

88 
G7 



Silk 

116 
83 
62 



B.&S. 

16 
18 



Cotton 

41 

30 



Silk 

38 
27 



Prices on application. 



FLEXIBLE CORDS 

PARALLEL CORD, TYPE PO 




Exactly similar to Type PD t except that the conductors 
are laid parallel instead of being twisted together and that 
under specified conditions 1/64" insulation is allowed for 
No. 18 B. & S. 

Prices on application. 



ALL RUBBER PARALLEL CORD, TYPE POSJ 

For use only with clocks, portable lighting devices and 
radios of the table or mantle type, which are not liable to be 
moved frequently and where appearance is a consideration. 

Construction. — Two rubber insulated conductors laid 
parallel and covered overall with a rubber jacket. 



REINFORCED CORD, TYPE P 




For pendant or portable use in dry places only. 

Construction. — Twisted pair with glazed or plain cotton 
braid on each conductor; rubber jacket not less than 1/64 inch 
thick around twisted pair; outer covering of glazed cotton or 
silk; insulation not less than 1/64" for No. 18 and 1/32" for 
No. 16 B. & S. ; for larger sizes same as rubber-covered wire. 

Approximate weights of two-conductor cord. 

Weight Weight 

Size Pounds per 1000 Feet Size Pounds per 1000 Ft. 
B. & S. Cotton Silk B. & S. Cotton Silk 





Size 
B.&S. 

10 

12 
14 


Wt., Lbs. 
per 1000 Ft. 

209 

159 
127 


Size 
B.&S. 

16 

18 

• > 


Wt., Lbs. 
per 1000 Ft. 

81 


■»■*"■ 


64 


^ 


■ * 



10 
12 
14 

Prices on application. 



198 


192 


148 


143 


117 


112 



16 
IS 



73 
57 



69 
54 



REINFORCED WEATHERPROOF CORD, TYPE PWP 

For pendant or portable use in damp places where not 
subject to hard usage. 

Construction. — Similar to Type P, except that the outer 
braid is saturated and finished with a weatherproof com- 
pound. 



Prices on application. 



BRAIDED HEAVY DUTY CORD, TYPE K 



►»>NVW»»V»»>V» 






Specially constructed for pendant or portable use in damp 
places where subject to hard usage. Also suitable for use on 
Theatre Stages. 

Construction. — Twisted conductors with cotton braid on 
each conductor; these built up with jute to form a circular 
exterior; outer covering of two braids or a tape and a braid 
saturated with moisture-proof compound. 

Prices on application. 






104 



Northern Electric 



FLEXIBLE CORDS 




ARMORED REINFORCED WEATHERPROOF CORD, 

TYPE PAWP 

For portable use in damp places where likely to be subjected 
to severe service. 

Construction. — Twisted pair with glazed or plain cotton 
braid on each conductor; rubber jacket not less than 1/64-inch 
thick enclosing the twisted pair; outer covering of plain 
cotton, saturated with moisture-proof compound, the whole 
encased in standard armor; insulation not less than 1/32-inch 
for Nos. 18 and 16 B. & S. ; for larger sizes same as rubber- 
covered wire. 

Prices on application. 

CAB TIRE CABLES 
Hard Service Cord, Type S 



C 



TT 



■ ■- 



-qi.' -• 'in lift 




The flexible connection for portable lights and motor-driven 
tools in railway and machine shops, shipyards, chemical 
works, mines, etc. 

Construction. — Flexible copper conductors, insulated to 
code thickness with a special grade of rubber; conductors 
twisted together and covered with a heavy jacket of special 
wearproof vulcanized rubber compound, very similar to that 
used for cab tires. It has no outer braid. This cable will resist 
the action of steam, oil, acid or alkalies; is light and flexible 
and will outwear any braided cable. 

Standard cable has two conductors. Also manufactured 
with three or more conductors. 



CAB TIRE CABLE 

Junior Hard Service Cord, Type SJ 

For pendant or portable use where not normally exposed to 
hard usage other than ordinarily is to be expected in offices, 
dwellings and similar places. Particularly adapted for use 
with household appliances such as vacuum cleaners, washing- 
machines, etc. 

_ Two types are supplied. One is termed "SJ-Heavy" and is 
similar in construction to type S cord, except that the rubber 
jacket is thinner. The other type is termed "SJ-Light" and 
has the same construction except that the conductors are 
twisted together with cotton fillers. This type of construction 
makes the cable more resistant to flexing strains and lengthens 
its life. The "Light" type is for use with portable appliances 
and the "Heavy" type for stationary appliances. 

Prices on application. 

MINE LAMP CABLE 

For use with the electric head lamps worn by miner. Similar 
in construction to type S except that it customarily is of 
lighter construction with smaller overall diameter. We also 
manufacture a special mine lamp cable with very short lay 
conductors. This special cable is extremely resistant to injury 
due to flexing and has an exceptionally long life. 

Prices on application. 



FLEXIBLE CORDS 

ARMORED CORD, TYPE CA 

For pendant or portable use in dry places such as show 

windows, etc. 

Construction. — Twisted pair with glazed or plain cotton 
braid on each conductor and the twisted pair encased in 
standard armor; insulation not less than 1/32-inch for Nos. 18 
and 16 B. & S.; for larger sizes same as for rubber-covered 
wire. 

Prices on application. 

ARMORED REINFORCED CORD, TYPE PA 

For pendant or portable use in dry places where likely to 
be subjected to severe service. 

Construction. — Twisted pair with glazed or plain cotton 
braid on each conductor; rubber jacket not less than 1/64-inch 
thick around twisted pair; outer covering of glazed cotton 
or silk; the whole encased in standard armor; insulation not 
less than 1/32-inch for Nos. 18 and 16 A.W.G.: for larger sizes 
same as rubber-covered wire. 

Prices on application. 

ELEVATOR CABLES, TYPE E 




Used for elevator lighting and control. 

Construction. — Conductors twisted together with glazed 
or plain cotton braid on each conductor; rubber jacket not 
less than 1/64-inch thick around assembled conductors; outer 
covering of plain cotton saturated with moistureproof com- 
pound. If desired, the rubber jacket may be omitted, in which 
case three plain cotton braids may be substituted, the final 
braid being saturated with a moistureproof compound. Tape 
may be substituted for either one or both of the two inner 
braids. Insulation not less than 1/32-inch for No. 16 A.W.G.; 
for larger sizes same as rubber-covered wire. When used for 
elevator lighting conductors must not be smaller than No- 14 
B. & S. and when used for elevator control conductors must 
not be less than No. 16 B. & S. 

Prices on application. 

ELEVATOR CABLE, TYPE ES 

Used for elevator lighting and control. 

Construction : — Rubber insulated conductors stranded 
together and covered with a rubber jacket. The jacket is made 
of special compound and is very tough and durable. 

Prices on application. 

SUPER CAB TIRE TRAILING CABLE 

For use with electric shovels, coal cutters, drag lines, dredges, 
lifting magnets, cranes and similar heavy machines where 
ability to stand up under severe usage is an important factor. 
These cables may be dragged over rough surfaces and sharp 
objects without causing injury. Sudden shocks and bruising 
blows have very little effect on this cable. 

Construction. — The extra flexible copper conductors are 
covered with a high quality 30% rubber insulation, stranded 
together and covered with a double reinforced special com- 
pound covered with a reinforcing braid of cable laid twine 
and an outer jacket also of special rubber compound. The 
two jackets are vulcanized together by specially developed 
processes. 

Prices on application. 

ARC-WELDING CABLE 

As the name implies these cables are used in conjunction 
with arc-welding equipment- Two classes of cable are required 
for this type of work and are known as ''Lead" cables and 
"Electrode" cables. 

Lead Cables — Construction. — Tinned, annealed, extra 
flexible copper strand insulated with a special high quality 
rubber compound- 
Electrode Cable-Construction. — Plain, annealed, extra 
flexible copper strand, covered with a reinforcing hawser 
cord braid and special non-corroding rubber compound. 
Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



105 



FLEXIBLE CORDS 

HEATER CORD, TYPE HPD 




For use with portable electric heating" devices. 

Construction. — Flexible copper conductors covered with a 
separator a thin wall of rubber and a layer of asbestos. The 
conductors are twisted together and covered overall with 
either a cotton or a silk braid. 

Prices on application. 

HEATER CORD, TYPE HC 
Same as type HPD except that each conductor is individu- 
ally braided with either cotton or silk and the two conductors 
are twisted together with no overall covering. 

Prices on application. 

RUBBER JACKETED HEAT RESISTING CORD, 

TYPE AFS 

For use with portable heating devices such as soldering 
irons, etc., where subjected to particularly severe usage. 

Construction. — Type AFC heat resisting cord covered 
with a special >£$' rubber jacket. 

Prices on application. 

RUBBER JACKETED HEAT RESISTING CORD, TYPE 

AFSJ 
Same as type AFS except jacket thickness is only 1/32". 
Prices on application. 

RUBBER JACKETED HEATER CORD, TYPE HSJ 

For use with portable heating devices where subject to 
severe service. 

Construction. — Type HPD heater cord covered with] a 
special 1/32" rubber jacket. 

TINSEL CORD TYPE AT 

Used in lengths not exceeding 8 feet attached directly, or 
by means of a special plug, to portable heating appliances 
rated at 50 watts or less. 

Construction: conductors consist of copper tinsel strands 
covered with rubber insulation and asbestos and an overall 
cotton or silk braid. 

Prices on application. 

TINSEL CORD TYPE CT 

Same as Type AT except no asbestos is used in its construc- 
tion, and it cannot be used with heating appliances. 

Prices on application. 

ASBESTOS INSULATED RANGE WIRE 

This is used where an absolutely fireproof wire is desired 
for low tension service, such as for the interior wiring of 
electric ranges and places where very high temperatures are 
encountered. Either solid or stranded conductor, it is in- 
sulated with braid asbestos lappings and thoroughly im- 
pregnated with flameproof compound. This class of wire is 
not weatherproof. 



THERMOSTAT CONTROL CABLE 




This cable is used for thermostat control circuits 
principally in connection with oil burning furnaces. 
The cable is used to connect the thermostat with the relays 
controlling the furnace heat. It may also be used for any 
thermostat control circuit of similar nature. 

It consists of two or more solid annealed copper conductors 
each of which is covered with a cotton serving and a cotton 
braid thoroughly saturated with flameproof compound. Each 
conductor is differently colored. The conductors are stranded 
together and covered with an overall dry, colored cotton braid. 

No. 16 gauge only is approved. Other gauges can, of course, 
be supplied. 

NEON-TUBE AND OIL-BURNER-IGNITION 

CABLE 




Used for connecting the high-tension terminals of trans- 
formers to electrodes both of neon-tube signs and oil-burner 

ignition equipment. 

This cable is manufactured in accordance with the Canadian 
Electrical Code and is supplied in three types as follows; 

Type Maximum Working potential 

GTO- 5 5000 volts 

GTO-10 10000 volts 

GTO-15 15000 volts 

The cable consists of a No. 14 B&S gauge tinned, annealed 
flexible conductor over which is placed a specially developed 
corona resisting insulation. The thickness of this special 
insulation varies according to the type of cable. Over the 
insulation is placed a cotton braid thoroughly impregnated 
with absorption-resisting and flame-resistive compounds. 

This cable can also be supplied with a lead sheath over the 
outer braid where added protection is desired. Long runs of 
lead sheathed cable is not to be recommended, however, 
unless special transformers are used, due to the fact that the 
lead sheath increases the electrostatic capacity of the cable 
which may overload standard transformers. 

Prices on application. 

DYNAMO OR BRUSH HOLDER CABLE 

This cable consists of flexible copper conductor, insulated 
with rubber and finished with either a weather proof or a 
glazed cotton braid. 

Black glazed cotton braid will be furnished unless other- 
wise specified. All sizes 70000 CM. and larger to have rubber- 
filled tape under outer braid. 

Voltage : 

These cables stand voltage and insulation resistance 
test as called for by the Canadian Engineering Standards 
Association for Rubber Covered Wires and Cable (600 volt 
class) for the respective size of conductors. 



No. of Wires 

and Size 

19-24 B&S 

37-24 B&S 

61-24 B&S 

91-24 B&S 

125-24 B&S 

150-24 B&S 

175-24 B&S 

225-24 B&S 

275-24 B&S 

325-24 B&S 

37.5-24 B&S 

450-24 B&S 

550-24 B&S 

650-24 B&S 

775-24 B&S 

925-24 B&S 

1110-24 B&S 

1325-24 B&S 

1600-24 B&S 

1925-24 B&S 

2300-24 B&S 

2750-24 B&S 



CM. 

7600 

14800 

24400 

35400 

50000 

60000 

70000 

90000 

110000 

130000 

150000 

180000 

220000 

260000 

310000 

370000 

440000 

530000 

640000 

770000 

920000 

1100000 



Insulation Approx. 
Thicknesses Diam., Inches 



3/64" 
3/64" 
4/64 " 
4/64" 
4/64" 
4/64" 
5/64" 
5/64" 
5/64" 
5/64" 
5/64" 
5/64" 
5/64" 
6/64" 
6/64" 
6/64" 
6/64" 
7/64" 
7/64" 
7/64" 
7/64" 
8/64" 



.256" 

.296" 

.411" 

. 454 " 

. 534 " 

. 572 " 

. 627 " 

. 657 " 

.720" 

.754" 

.775" 

.840" 

.877" 

.977 

1 . 047 " 

1 . 085 " 

1.182" 

1.249" 

1.429" 

1 . 537 " 

1 . 669 " 

1.835" 



106 



Northern Electric 



RADIO WIRES 

Unless otherwise specified we manufacture our radio 
wires strictly in accordance with the Radio Manufacturers 
Association, C.E.$.A. and H.E.P.C. specifications where 
applicable. On vulcanized rubber insulated wires we use 
a special compound that is free stripping and which does 
not tarnish the conductors. The following is a brief 
description of the more generally used wires. 

ANTENNA WIRE 

Used for constructing radio antennas. Consists of hard 
drawn bare copper wire. May be used as solid or stranded 
wire. The most popular wire in use is a No. 16 B. & S. 
gauge 7 of No. 24 strand. Enamelled copper wire is some- 
times used for antennas and has the advantage over bare 
copper in that it does not corrode. Bronze wire is also used 
for antennas. We can supply antenna wire in any shape 
or form. 

LEAD-IN WIRE 

A rubber insulated wire used for connecting the antenna 
to the radio receiving set or the lightning arrester. May or 
may not have a cotton braid over the insulation. The most 
popular wire now in use is a No. 14 or No. 16 solid tinned 
copper conductor covered with 3/64" or 1/32" rubber in- 
sulation. 

WINDOW AND GROUND LEAD WIRE 

This wire is used to connect the receiving set to the lead-in 

wire where it terminates at the window and to connect the 

set to ground. Usually consists of a No. 18 or No. 20 solid 

or flexible copper conductor with a light rubber insulation. 

HOOK-UP OR PRODUCTION WIRES 
Hook-up wires as the name implies are used for connecting 
up the radio set itself. Such wires are used by radio man- 
ufacturers, servicemen and amateur set-builders. A large 
variety of different constructions and gauges are supplied 
depending on the requirements and preferences of the user, 
he following tables give the requirements for wires used in 
power operated receivers. 

Table 1.— TYPES AND USES OF WIRES 

Location Maximum Types 

in Radio Set Voltage Permissible 

Inside the VR64; UVR64; VSR32; 

Chassis Housing 300 CR32; AR32. 

,n ^ etl ? e IT . VR32; UVR32; VSR3/64; 

Chassis Housing 500 VXR64. 

Either Inside or Outside VXR64; VR32; VR64 

Chassis Housing 300 (See Note). 

Either Inside or Outside VXR32; VR3/64; VR32 

Chassis Housing 500 (See Note). 

Note— Types VR64 and VR32 may be used outside the 

chassis housing if the wires are bunched or cabled with a 

closely-woven cotton braid applied overall. 

Table II 
CONSTRUCTION OF VARIOUS TYPES OF WIRES 

Insulation 
x Thickness 

Iype Kind Inch Covering 

v-x-r£? Vulcanized Rubber 1/64 1 Braid 

VR^ « V64 2 « 

VK32 " i/oo i « 

VXR32 « « {%$ \ tt 

VR3/64 " ■ ^ { u 

UVR64 Unvulcanized Rubber 1/64 1 ■ 

vIrI/64 S^V**™*" V32 64 None 

ARS9 !1 ea , t - res ! st . in g ^ton V32 Optional 

J\K.6Z Heat-resisting Asbestos 1/32 " 

Braid Finish: Dry or Treated. 

In addition to hook-up wire we also supply cord assemblies 
for speaker connections, etc., and type PO cord sets for power 



AUTOMOBILE CABLES 

Northern Electric Company's Automobile Cables are made 
up to meet the requirements of the Society of Automotive 
Engineers (S.A.E.). They also meet the requirements of the 
Specifications of the various automobile manufacturers 
The use of only the best materials and a rigid inspection 
ensures the user of a product that will give long and satisfac- 
tory service under the severest conditions. 



IGNITION CABLES 

Ignition cables are divided into two classes i.e. high tension 
or primary and low tension or secondary. The high tension 
cables are used for the coil to distributor to spark-plug circuit 
and the low tension cables for the battery to coil circuit. 

They consist of a flexible tinned copper conductor covered 
with a thick wall of special rubber insulation. The rubber 
insulation may or may not be protected by a heavily lacquered 
cotton braid. 

For high tension circuits either 7 M.M. or 9 M.M. cables 
may be used. This designation refers to the diameter over 
the rubber insulation. The 7 M.M. cable is satisfactory for 
use on passenger cars and light trucks. The 9 M.M. cable, 
which has a heavier insulation wall, is recommended for 
heavy duty work such as is encountered on large trucks 
tractors, etc. 

For low tension circuits the smaller 5 M.M. cable is suitable. 

We also supply Ignition cable specially developed for use 
with buses and heavy duty trucks, etc., where extremely 
severe operating conditions exist. The insulation on this cable 
consists of a combination of varnished cambric and rubber 
and it is covered with a special heavily lacquered braid It is 
extremely resistant to the effects of sustained high temper- 
atures in conjunction with gasoline and oil fumes. 



LIGHTING CABLES 

For use in the automobile lighting circuit. 

Construction:— A flexible tinned copper conductor with 
either rubber or varnished cambric insulation covered with a 
lacquered cotton braid which may or may not have further 
protection in the form of a bright flexible aluminum or steel 
armor. No. 14 and No. 16 are the most used sizes. 



STARTER CABLES 

Used to connect the battery to the starter. Consists of a 
flexible annealed copper conductor covered with a separator 
rubber insulation, an insulating tape and an outer weather- 
proofed cotton braid. Sizes range from No. 1 B & S to No 2/0 
H & S and larger depending on the model of car 



SPOTLIGHT CABLE 

Used for connecting spotlight to battery. Consists of two 
flexible rubber insulated and cotton braided conductors 
twisted together. Each conductor has its cotton braid coated 
with lacquer which provides an attractive finish and makes the 
wire weatherproof. 



HORN-BUTTON WIRE 

For connecting the horn with the battery. Consists of a 
flexible tinned, annealed copper conductor covered with 
rubber insulation and a cotton braid. May also be had in two 
conductor form. 



CHARGING CABLE 

A special cable intended for use in Battery Charging. Used 
to connect the batteries to the rectifier. Consists of a flexible, 
tinned, annealed copper conductor covered with a special 
acid resisting rubber insulation. 



Northern Electric 



107 



CABLE TERMINALS 

For Street Lighting or Similar Service 

Cable terminals are designed to protect the ends of lead 
covered cables against electrical breakdown and mechanical 
injury. A very small amount of moisture in the insulation of 
a cable will destroy the dielectric qualities of the insulation. A 
properly installed cable terminal of the right type will absolutely 
prevent the entrance of moisture. A further function of the 
cable terminal is to re-inforce cables at the ends where break- 
downs due to electrostatic discharges generally occur. 

For general all round service we recommend the well known 
G. & W. line of cable terminals. For description and informa- 
tion on these terminals refer to Power Apparatus section of 
this catalogue. 

We also manufacture ourselves a special type of terminals 
for street lighting and similar service, a description of which 
follows. 

COMBINATION TERMINAL AND SERIES CUTOUTS 

TYPES SC-1, SC-2 AND SC-3 





Type SC Type ST 

Cutouts for series arc and incandescent street lighting 
circuits up to 7000 volts, particularly adapted for use inside 
post pedestals. The cut-out consists essentially of three parts, 
(1) a brass base in the form of a wiping sleeve , (2) an insulating 
casing, (3) a cover of insulating materials. The lower portion 
forms a pothead for a lead covered cable. 

Operation. — When a lamp fails the continuity of the service 

is maintained by the fusing of a film cutout between the metal 

parts of the cover. To make repairs the cover is removed, 

continuity being maintained by the springing together of 

phosphor bronze parts in the casing. Type SC-1 is adapted 

for one double conductor cable, Type SC-2 for two single 

conductor cables and Type SC-3 for one double conductor 

and two single conductor cables. 

Approx. 
Approx. Lbs. of 
List Approx. Over All Dim., In. Shipping Comp. 
No. Height Width Depth Wt., Lbs. to Fill 

1100 iy 2 fyi *H 4 1 



Type 
SC-1 
SC-2 
SC-3 



1101 
1102 



7V 2 



4M 



4 
5 



1 

VA 



TYPES ST-1, ST-2 AND ST-3 
Designed for similar service to the Type SC terminals 
where automatic cutout and disconnecting feature are not 
required. The terminal consists of (1) a brass base in the form 
of a wiping sleeve, and (2) an insulating casing. 
ST-1 1200 8 4K 4H 7 VA 

ST-2 1201 8 4H ±Y% 7 VA 

ST-3 1202 8 



% 

m 



4U 



8 



Tvpe 

MT 

MT 



GABLE TERMINALS 

For Street Lighting or Similar 
Service — (Cont'd) 

TYPE MT 

For multiple arc and incandes- 
cent street lighting circuits up to 
600 volts. The terminal consists 
of two parts, (1) a brass base in 
the form of a wiping sleeve, (2) 
a cast iron casing. The base 
and the casing are screwed 
together making a perfectly 
watertight connection. 

Type MT 

Approx. 

Approx. Over All Approx. Lbs. of 
List Sheath Dimens. In. Ship. Comp. 

No. Inches Hgt. Wd. Dpt. Wt. Lbs. to fill 

iooi Up to .875 6 zy 2 sy 2 7 r 

1002 .876 to 1.25 7 4 4 10 VA 

TVPE SJB BOX CUTOUT 





For use on series 
arc and incandes- 
cent street lighting 
circuits up to 7000 
volts. Especially de- 
signed for operating 
on circuits where 
double conductor 
cable is employed. 
The cutout consists 
of a rectangular box 
moulded from in- 
sulating material 
having high dielec- 
tric properties and 
mechanical 
strength. It is di- 
vided into a rear 
and front compart- 
ment by a separat- 
ing wall of the same 
material which is 
moulded in one piece with 
the box. The front compart- 
ment is easily accessible and 
contains the contact springs, 
etc., which form the operat- 
ing parts of the cutout. The 
rear compartment is the cable s; 

chamber the conductors from the lead covered cable and from 
the leads to the lamp are brought for connection through the 
dividing wall to the details in front. The special features of 
this cutout are as follows: 

1. — Individual lamps isolated for the purpose of inspecting 
and repairing without interfering with the remainder of the 
circuit. 

2. — The cable may be easily sectionalized for the purpose 
of testing and locating faults. 

3. — Lamps may be transferred to a different circuit in case 
of a breakdown, since each leg of the cable is accessible at 
every junction box. 

Northern Electric compound is recommended for filling 
the sealing chamber. 



Type SJ B 
i aling chamber. 



Into this 



Type 
SJB 



List 
No. 
1200 



Normal 
Working 
Voltage 
0—7000 



Approx. Overall 
Dim. Inches 
H \Y D 



Approx. Approx. 
Ship. Lbs. 
Wt. Comp. 
Lbs. to Fill 
11 3 



IVA 6 4^ 

As No. 6 B. & S. or No. 8 B. & S. are the sizes generally- 
used in practice, the lugs have been designed for these or 
smaller sizes. 



108 



Northern Electric 



NORTHERN ELECTRIC SEALING 

COMPOUNDS 





No. 23 SEALING COMPOUND 
Standard for use in filling telephone cable potheads, tele- 
phone cable terminals and telephone condensers. 
Put up in 5 lb- cans. 

No. 30 SEALING COMPOUND 
For use in all kinds of power cable splices, terminals and 
junction boxes and in all places on power work where a semi- 
solid insulating compound is required. 
Put up in 10 lb. cans. 

No. 66 SPLICING COMPOUND 
For use in the splices of paper insulated power cables which 
are impregnated with compound having a mineral oil base. 
Put up in 10 lb. cans. 

NORTHERN ELECTRIC PAPER TAPE 
For wrapping paper power cable splices. A manilla rope 

paper of the highest grade which has been dried under vacuum 

and impregnated with insulating compound. 

Put up in convenient sized rolls 1, 2 and 3 inches wide. 
Sold in tins containing the tape completely submerged in 

insulating compound. 

COPPER CABLE 
CONNECTORS 

High conductivity tinned 
copper connectors of the same 
cross section as the cables 
they are designed to join. No 
sharp edges to cause electro- 
static discharges. 

When ordering state size 
of conductors and whether 
solid, stranded or sector. 

Prices on application. 

LEAD SLEEVING 

We carry in stock lead tin 
sleeving in the sizes more 
commonly required for splic- 
ing purposes. Lengths listed 
below are standard stock lengths, but shorter sections can be 
furnished when required at slight additional expense. 

Approx. 

Wt. Lbs. 

per Length 

2.71 

3.76 

4.71 

5.13 

5.82 

7.64 

8.4.5 

9.26 

15.44 

17.90 

22.31 

24.90 

4.63 

5.36 

6.09 

6.81 

Prices on application. 




Copper Cable 
Connectors 



Inside 






Diam. 


Thickness 


Length 


In. 


Inches 


Inches 


1 


.12.5 


15 


IK 


. 1 25 


17 


1M 


.125 


17 


m 


.125 


17 


2 


.125 


17 


2K 


.125 


20 


2H 


.125 


20 


W 


.125 


20 


3 


.188 


20 


sy 2 


.188 


20 


4 


.188 


22 


4V 2 


.188 


22 


3 


.188 


6 


3H 


.188 


6 


4 


.188 


6 


4H 


.188 


6 



UNDERGROUND CABLE 
INSTALLATIONS 

Installation Contracts 

We have a large staff of highly trained 
installers who are familiar with all phases 
of cable installation work and we are well 
prepared to take contracts for the supply 
and installation of cables and the neces- 
sary accessories to make a complete 
installation. 

All cables manufactured by the com- 
pany are subjected to rigid tests and 
careful inspection before leaving the 
factory. We are, therefore, able to gua- 
rantee our cable as it leaves the factory, 
but it is obvious that we cannot extend 
this guarantee to installed cable unless the 
installation is done bv our own Installation 
Department. The best cable manufac- 

■ 

tured can be ruined by handling and 
installing entrusted to inexperienced work- 
men. 

We can at all times give prices on 
installations of any magnitude, but at the 
same time are prepared to undertake 
small jobs, such as installing potheads or 
locating and repairing trouble. 

For the convenience of our customers, 
we are able to supply cable jointers and 
helpers to supervise small installation jobs 
or to make special splices which would not 
warrant the customer hiring his own men 
for the work. 




In this section of our catalogue we have 
listed a wide variety of useful household 
appliances, and there are many more items 
that we could have included which we 
merchandise. Send us your inquiries for 
any electrical appliances you may be in the 
market for and you may rest assured that, 
if it is made, we can get you the descrip- 
tion as well as price information you seek. 






for 

RADIO 
RECEIVERS « re d 

HOUSEHOLD 
APPLIANCES 
INDEX 

See Below 



■r 



I 



• 



AND 



i 



See alphabetical index for 
page numbers of listings 
at back of book. 



I 



. - 



• 



INDEX 



Casseroles 


Heaters 


Rangettes 


Chafing Dishes 


Hot Plates 


Refrigerators 


Clocks 


Humidifiers 


Resistance Wires 


Coffee Urns 


Ironers 


Sandwich Toasters 


Drainers 


Irons 


Sewing Machine Motors 


Fans 


Kettles 


Toasters 


Fan Heaters 


Mixers 


Vacuum Cleaners 


Fires 


Percolators • 


Ventilating Fans 


Floor Machines 


Radio Receivers 


Waffle Griddles 


Floor Polishers 


Radio Tubes 


Washers 


Grates 


Ranges 


Water Heaters 



110 



Northern Electric 










Northern Electric 



111 



Northern Electric radio receivers 



VV/ITH its unparalleled experience of over 50 years in 
the sound transmission field . . . years which have 
seen its growth from the Pioneer of sound transmission to 
Canada's foremost builder of theatre sound systems / 
broadcast transmitters, public address systems and other 
scientific sound transmitting equipment . . . Northern 
Electric is equipped — as is no other organization — to 



design Radio Receivers, For Northern Electric is SUPREME 
IN SOUND. 

Complete lines of Electric and Battery models — standard 
broadcast and all wave . . . Consoles, table and mantel 
models and automobile receivers — are carried in stock in 
each of our 16 distributing branches. Illustrated literature 
and full information regarding the Northern Electric 
franchise on request. 




112 



Northern Electric 







ELECTRIC RANGES 



N 



ORTHERN ELECTRIC introduced the first electric 
cooking range into Canada twenty-two years ago. 
Since then Northern Electric has consistently been ahead 
of the field in pioneering and perfecting new improve- 
ments. These ranges are designed and built for the 
Canadian Home. Modern and attractive in appearance, 



they combine the maximum of beauty with perfect 

performance. 

With models changing as new ideas are incorporated, no 

specific range is illustrated here. A complete line is, 

however, carried by all our 16 distributes branches. 

Illustrated literature and full information on request. 



Morthern Electric 



113 




ELECTRIC REFRIGERATORS 



ALL the mechanical efficiency and all the convenience 

features that are offered today are embodied in the 

Refrigerators carryins the Northern Electric guarantee. 

With designs constantly changing as new ideas are 



evolved by engineers, no specific model is illustrated 
here. A full line of refrigerators is, however, carried 
by our 16 distributing branches across Canada. Illustrated 
literature and full details are available on request. 



114 



Northern Etectric 







ELECTRIC IRONERS 



ALL the latest improvements in electric home ironers 

have been incorporated in the ironers carryins the 

Northern Electric guarantee. In addition they have 

many convenience features which set an entirely new 

standard in home ironers. While the illustration shown 



here does not depict any specific model, it gives 
some idea of the compactness and ease of operation 
of these ironers. 

A full line is carried by each of our 16 distributes 
branches. Illustrated literature and full details on request. 



Northern Electric 



115 







ELECTRIC WASHERS 



C^REATER protection for clothes and greater protection 
for the user , . , maximum washing efficiency . . . 
freedom from noise and vibration . . . and a rugged 
construction that eliminates costly servicing have long 
been features of washers carrying the Northern Electric 



guarantee. The illustration shown here, while not 
depicting any specific model, gives a general idea of 
their appearance. 

A full line is carried by our 16 distributing branches. 
Illustrated literature and full details on request. 



116 



Northern Electric 









ROYAL SUPER GRAND VACUUM 

CLEANER 




Two Speed Motor — Head Light — Motor Driven Brush — 
Greatest Suction Power — New and Better Bag Material — 
Beautiful Appearance — Easiest Operation — Swiftest Cleaning. 

Simple fairness to this splendid new Royal demands words 
that would seem extravagant were they not so obviously 
backed by actual facts. The Super Grand offers you everything 
that you could possibly ask. It gives you ease of operation, 
thoroughness and swiftness. Its power is so great that even 
on the low speed (used to do most of your cleaning) a thorough 
job is done, with the added advantage of quiet operation. 

List price S69.50 

OUTSTANDING SUPER GRAND FEATURES 

Head Light for illuminating dark corners. 

Two Speed Motor — with switch at finger tips. 

Powerful suction combined with motor driven brush. 

Special Compo Bearings insuring most years of service. 

Patented wide hinged opening bag. EASY to empty. 

New style two color bag of heavy dust tight material. 

Chromium Plated Handle with comfortable grip. 

Handle Lock — holds handle rigidly in any position. 

Positive Nozzle adjustment for most efficient cleaning of 
rugs of various thickness. 

Wheels with Compo bearings. No squeaking — longer life. 

Double wheels in rear to prevent tipping. 

Super Service, non-kinkable rubber covered cord. 

Royal Cleaning Tools: Beautifully finished — most efficient in 
their many uses — easy to attach — List price, including the 
famous Royal Sprayer for moth proofing $12.50 



ROYAL SPECIAL VACUUM CLEANER 




An ideal cleaner for use in small homes and apartments — 
— also just right to use as an extra cleaner* It is full size, 
rugged and powerful. Built to give long service and to clean 
swiftly and thoroughly. Easy to use and light to carry. 

Not only does this new Royal clean rugs and bare floors, 
but also with its tools, it cleans everything above the floor. 
It also uses the Royal Sprayer to spray moth-proofing liquids. 

Do not buy any cleaner that cannot use tools efficiently and 
conveniently. They add practically 50% to the service an 
electric cleaner gives you. 

SPECIAL FEATURES 

Automatically lubricated bearings. 
Powerful Suction. 
Wide nozzle 

Large easy running wheels. 
Convenient trigger switch. 
Patented nozzle adjustment. 
Positive handle lock. 
Easily emptied dust bag. 
Rubber covered super service cord. 

Complete Set of Cleaning Tools — Including Royal Sprayer, 
only $12.50. 

List Price, revolving brush type but less tools, $42.50. 




ROYALETTE 

Quick — Light — Powerful 

Rubber Nozzle — Demothing Sprayer — Blower 

The ROYALETTE comes in a beautiful highly polished 
finish — is so easy to use that you'll substitute it for a clothes 
brush for dusting your clothes and hats — it cleans closed car 
interiors thoroughly and quickly — it picks up the crumbs 
from the table — the dust from lamp shades and upholstery — it 
literally does hundreds of cleaning tasks you've never expected 
a hand cleaner to do. It's a cleaner of a thousand uses. 

List Price $19.50 



Northern Electric 



117 



UNIVERSAL VACUUM CLEANER 

Model 95 

New — Unique — Different 

Economical 

Unusually light weight, slightly 
less than 8 pounds. Specially de- 
signed nozzle aided by permanently 
attached bristle bar permits fast, 
thorough removal of all surface 
litter while extra powerful heavy 
suction removes deeply embedded 
dirt. Hand cleaner convenience 
with floor model performance. Tog- 
gle switch conveniently located at 
finger tips beneath pistol grip 
handle. 20 feet of non-kinking 
cord. Soft rubber casters prevent 
marking or scratching of floors or 
furniture and insures quiet opera- 
tion. Attractive dust-proof bag, 
maroon color with gold trim. 

Packed one in a carton 

Weight packed 12 lbs. 

List Price S22. 50 




ROYAL 
ELECTRIC FLOOR POLISHER 




The Rotary brush action of the Royal Floor Polisher is the 
same that is used in the large expensive floor polishers for 
commercial use. The Royal Polisher is built strong, sturdy 
and will give many years of satisfactory service. 

List Price with extra felt high lustre buffing Pad $29.50 



STAR-RITE HOUSEHOLD MOTOR 

For Electrifying Sewing Machines 





No. 551 
Star-Rite Household Motor 

A motor that can be readily installed to instantly electrify 
any make of sewing machine. 

Base, cast iron. Motor casing, drawn steel. Polished nickel 
finish. Operates clock-wise or counter clock-wise. No bolts or 
screws to get out of order. Self-aligning bronze bearings. 
10 feet of cord, attached to foot control, connection plug near 
motor. 2-piece attachment plug. 

Grinder attachment for sharpening tools, cutlery,, etc., and 
Polisher, for use on pots and pans and all metal objects — 
obtainable at slight extra charge. AC or DC. Voltage, 110 
(32 and 220 Voltage at slight extra cost.) Standard packing, 1. 
Shipping weight, 12 lbs. The foot control on the Star-Rite 
Household Motor permits operation at a speed as slow or fast 
as desired. 

List No. 551 Household Motor List Price $19.95 

Polisher attachment List Price 1 , 15 

Grinder attachment List Price 1 . 00 

HAMILTON BEACH SEWING MOTORS 
Automatic Chain Sritch Sewing Motor 

A special bracket for auto- 
matic or chain stitch type 
sewing machines. Attaches 
permanently. Swings under 
head when not in use. Gives 
perfect operation. Electrical 
characteristics and speed 
pedal same as Home motor. 

List Price 
List No. Each 

E.Z. Automatic Chain 
Stitch Sewing Type $36.40 

TAILOR SEWING MOTOR 

Heavy Dutv 

.» — 

This heavy-duty 
motor is ideal for 
tailor shops, glove 
factories, shirt 

houses, overall 

makers, and for all 
light factory and 
tailor sewing ma- 
chines. Fits prac- 
tically all types and 
models. Drive- 

pulley slips under 
hand wheel then 
two thumb screws 
complete the adjustment. No holes to bore, no tools, clamps, 
or belts. All motor parts are oversize and extra strong. This 
insures long life with an absolute minimum of service atten- 
tion. Motor operates perfectly on either AC or DC current, 
105 to 115 volts, 25 to 60 cycles. Can be shifted easily from 
one machine to another, offering marked power flexibility. 
Has a bobbin winder attachment, may be run in either direc- 
tion, and is complete with speed pedal. 

List No. List Price Each 

E.Z. Tailor Type $44.70 





118 



Northern Electric 













Model A 



KENT FLOOR MACHINE 
Model A 

The Kent Floor Machine will not 
only spread wax and polish, but it 
will scrub, sand and do a complete 
refinishing job and maintain all 
kinds of floors. Wood, Linoleum, 
Rubber, Terrazzo, Tile, Marble, 
Cork, Cement, etc. 

That the Kent Method provides 
the quietest, easiest, most effective 
way of maintaining beautiful floors 
is attested by the fact that the Kent 
Floor Machine is used today in 
thousands of great public buildings 
where the only consideration is satisfaction and results. 

The machines plug conveniently into any electric light 
socket. They are self-propelling and cost about 2c per hour 
for current. 

MOTOR 
Please be sure to specify kind of current machine is to be 
operated on. If alternating current, give voltage and cycles; 
if direct current, give voltage. 

Equipped with 

}4 Horse Power Motor: 

A.C. 110 volt, 60 cycle, or D.C. 110 volt, or A.C. 
220 volt, 60 cycle. 
25 feet Super Service Cable 
1 Palmetto Wax Spreading Brush. 
1 Tampico Polishing Brush. 
1 Lamb's Wool Buffer. 

S21S.25 

(Machine with motor of other voltage or frequency: $229.75) 

ATTACHMENTS 
All the weight of the machine, 35 pounds, is on the attach- 
ment. All brushes are 11 inches in diameter. The machine 
comes equipped with the three important waxing and pol- 
ishing attachments. The steel wool mat is used to burnish 
floor seals; or in case waxed surface seems slippery, to remove 
excess wax. The steel wire brush is for heavy scrubbing or 
for cleaning marble and cement floors. The sandpaper holder 
with fast cutting sandpaper disc produces a velvet finish on 
wood floors. Used also for sanding table and desk tops. The 
steel wool pad is used with the steel wire brush to remove old 
finish softened by varnish remover. Shipping weight 55 lbs. 

FOR WAXING AND POLISHING 

Palmetto Waxing Brush $5 . 30 

Tampico Polishing Brush 5.30 

Lamb's Wool Buffer 3.55 

Wax Applicator (Lamb's Wool Mop) 2.15 

Steel Wool Mat, coarse, medium or fine 85 

FOR SCRUBBING 

Fibre Scrubbing Brush 5.30 

Floor Squeegee 2 . 50 

Water Pan 7.05 

Steel Wire Brush 9. 55 

FOR REFINISHING 

Sandpaper Holder with 10 Discs of Fast Cutting Sand- 
paper, 5 medium, 5 fine 6 . 35 

Sandpaper Holder only 4.95 

Fast Cutting Sandpaper, fine, per disc 17 

Fast Cutting Sandpaper, medium, per disc 22 

Fast Cutting Sandpaper, coarse, per disc 28 

Steel Wool Pad 50 

EXTRA 
Super Sen-ice Cable, per extra foot 20 




KENT FLOOR MACHINE 

Model B 

Medium Commercial Size 

A general utility machine 
used for scrubbing, waxing, 
polishing and sandpapering 
medium size floor areas. 

MOTOR 

Please be sure to specify 
kind of current machine is to 
be operated on. If alter- 
nating current, give voltage 
and cycles; if direct current, 
give voltage. 

Equipped with 
3^ Horse Power Motor: 

A.C, 110 volt, 60 cycle, or D.C. 110 volt, 

or A.C. 220 volt, 60 cycle. 
35 feet Super Service Cable. 
Any 96.35 Attachment $266.75 

Machine with ^ H.P. motor, recommended for 
heavy duty, particularly sanding 313.25 

(Machine with motor of other voltage or frequency: 
H H.P., S284.75; l A H.P., S336.75). 

ATTACHMENTS 

All the weight of the machine is on the attachment: 65 
pounds with ^ H.P. motor; 80 pounds with l A H.P. motor. 
All brushes are 11 inches in diameter. The steel wool mat is 
used to burnish floor seals; or in case waxed surface seems 
slippery, to remove excess wax. The steel wire brush is for 
heavy scrubbing or for cleaning marble and cement floors. 
The bronze wire brush is for use with strong cleaning solutions. 
The solution tank fits on the machine with valve control from 
handle allowing the application of solution to floor as needed. 
The steel wool pad is used with the steel wire brush to remove 
old finish softened by varnish remover. 

Equipped with 35 feet of Extra Heavy Rubber Covered 
Cable. 

Shipping weight: H H.P. 90 lbs.; and l / 2 H.P. 105 lbs. 

FOR WAXING AND POLISHING 

Palmetto Waxing Brush S6.35 

Tampico Polishing Brush 6 . 35 

Lamb's Wool Buffer 3. 55 

Wax Applicator (Lamb's Wool Mop) 2. 15 

Steel Wool Mat, coarse, medium or fine 85 

FOR SCRUBBING 

Fibre Scrubbing Brush 6 . 35 

Steel Wire Brush 10.60 

Bronze Wire Brush 13 . 75 

Floor Squeegee 2 . 50 

Water Pan 7.05 

Solution Tank, 8 quart capacity 28.20 

Shampoo Brush, for rugs and carpets 6.35 

FOR REFINISHING 

Sandpaper Holder with 18 Discs of Fast Cutting 

Sandpaper, 6 each, fine, medium, coarse 8. 10 

Sandpaper Holder only 5.30 

Fast Cutting Sandpaper, fine, per disc 17 

Fast Cutting Sandpaper, medium, per disc 22 

Fast Cutting Sandpaper, coarse, per disc 28 

Steel Wool Pad 50 

Carborundum Disc, coarse, medium or fine 9. 90 

Carborundum Stone, coarse, medium or fine 1.40 

Pumice Pad, for scouring 4.25 

Extra 
Super Sen-ice Cable, per extra foot .28 



Northern Electric 



119 



KENT FLOOR MACHINE 

Model G 

Large Commercial Size 




Model C 



A heavier machine espe- 
cially adapted for the sand- 
papering of floors in new and 
old buildings, and the scrub- 
bing, waxing, and polishing of 
large floor areas. 

MOTOR 
Please be sure to specify 
kind of current machine is 
to be operated on. If alter- 
nating current, give voltage 
and cycles; if direct current, 
give voltage. 



Equipped with 
1 2 Horse Power Motor: 

A.C. 110 volt, 60 cycle, or D.C. 110 volt, 

or A.C. 220 volt, 60 cycle. 
35 feet Super Service Cable, 
I Any $9.15 Attachment. $370.00 

\ Machine with % H.P. motor, recommended for 
leavy duty or commercial sanding 417.50 

(Machine with motor of other voltage or frequency: 
M H.P. S393.75; % H.P. $446.00). 

ATTACHMENTS 

All the weight of the machine is on the attachment: 85 
pounds with l / 2 H.P. motor; 110 pounds with % H.P. motor. 
The 15 inch brushes are for faster work on larger areas. The 
bteel wool mat is used to burnish floor seals; or in case waxed 
surface seems slippery, to remove excess wax. The steel wire 
brush is for heavy scrubbing or for cleaning marble and cement 
floors. The bronze wire brush is for use with strong cleaning 
solutions. The solution tank fits on the machine with valve 
control from handle allowing application of solution to floor 
as needed. The steel wool pad is used with the steel wire 
brush to remove old finish softened by varnish remover. 

Equipped with 35 feet of Extra Heavy Rubber Covered 
Cable. 

Shipping weight: H H.P. 115 lbs.; % H.P. 130 lbs. 

FOR WAXING AND POLISHING 

Palmetto Waxing Brush, 13 inch $9.15 

Palmetto Waxing Brush, 15 inch 10.25 

Tampico Polishing Brush, 13 inch 9.15 

Tampico Polishing Brush, 15 inch 10.25 

Lamb's Wool Buffer 3.55 

Wax Applicator (Lamb's Wool Mop) 2. 15 

Steel Wool Mat, coarse, medium or fine ' .85 

FOR SCRUBBING 

Fibre Scrubbing Brush, 13 Inch 9.15 

Fibre Scrubbing Brush, 15 inch 10.25 

Steel Wire Brush, 13 inch 13.40 

Steel Wire Brush, 15 inch 15.15 

Bronze Wire Brush, 13 inch 16 . 20 

Floor Squeegee 2 . 50 

Water Pan 7.05 

Solution Tank, 8 quart capacity \ 28.20 

Shampoo Brush, for rugs and carpets, 15 inch 10.25 

FOR REFINISHING 
Sandpaper Holder with 18 Discs of Fast Cutting 

Sandpaper, 6 each, coarse, medium, fine 10.95 

Sandpaper Holder only 7.05 

Fast Cutting Sandpaper, fine, per disc 22 

Fast Cutting Sandpaper, medium, per disc 28 

Fast Cutting Sandpaper, coarse, per disc 35 

Steel Wool Pad 64 

Carborundum Disc, coarse, medium or fine 14.80 

Carborundum Stone, coarse, medium or fine 1.40 

Pumice Pad, for scouring 6.35 

Extra 
Super Service Cable, per extra foot 28 



KENT FLOOR MACHINE 




Model D 



MOTOR 

Please be sure to specify 
kind of current machine is to 
be operated on. If alter- 
nating current, give voltage 
and cycles; if direct current, 

give voltage. 
Model D 

Equipped with 
1 Horse Power Motor: 

A.C. 110 volt, 60 cycle, or D.C. 110 volt, 

or A.C. 220 volt, 60 cycle. 
50 feet Super Service Cable. 
Any $14.80 Attachment. $559,75 

(Machine with motor of other voltage 
or frequency: $585.25). 

ATTACHMENTS 

The entire weight of the machine, 125 pounds, is on the 
attachment. All brushes are 20 inches in diameter. The 
steel wool mat is used to burnish floor seals; or in case waxed 
surface seems slippery, to remove excess wax. The steel wire 
brush is for heavy scrubbing or for cleaning marble and cement 
floors. The solution tank fits on the machine with valve 
control from handle, allowing application of solution to floor 
as needed. The steel wool pad is used with the steel wire 
brush to remove old finish softened by varnish remover. 

Equipped with 50 feet Extra Heavy Rubber Covered 
Cable. Shipping weight 160 lbs. 

FOR WAXING AND POLISHING 

Palmetto Waxing Brush $14.80 

Tampico Polishing Brush 14.80 

Lamb's Wool Buffer 8.45 

Wax Applicator (Lamb's Wool Mop) 2.15 

Steel Wool Mat, coarse, medium or fine 1.15 



FOR SCRUBBING 

Fibre Scrubbing Brush 

Steel Wire Brush 

Floor Squeegee. 

Water Pan 

Solution Tank, 8 quart capacity 

Shampoo Brush, for rugs and carpets 



14.80 

21.15 

2.50 

7.05 

28 . 20 

14.80 



FOR REFINISHING 

Sandpaper Holder with 10 discs of Fast Cutting 
Sandpaper, 3 coarse, 4 medium, 3 fine 

Sandpaper Holder only 

Fast Cutting Sandpaper, fine, per disc 

Fast Cutting Sandpaper, medium, per disc 

Fast Cutting Sandpaper, coarse, per disc 

Steel Wool Pad 

Extra 
Super Service Cable, per extra foot 



14.80 
9.90 
.50 
.64 
.78 
.85 

.28 






120 



Northern Etectric 



LEWIS PORTABLE HUMIDIFIER 




Lewis Portable Humidifier 





Here is the operating 

mechanism. Sufficient 
water is admitted to 
cover the heating ele- 
ment. 



As the water supply 
is exhausted the float 
tips automatically cut- 
ting off the current. 



LEWIS PORTABLE HUMIDIFIER 

The Lewis Portable Humidifier operates on an entirely 
new principle — forced evaporation from a restricted heating 
surface. The operating and heating elements are encased 
in a float which rides on the surface of the water in the urn. 
There are no motors, and no fans. Only the water covering 
the heating element is heated. When the water supply 
becomes exhausted the unit automatically shuts itself off. 
Approximately a full pint of water is evaporated every hour 
and the urn has a capacity for nine or ten hour6 steady run- 
ning. 

Not only does the healthful vapor from the Lewis Portable 
Humidifier protect against colds and other winter ills — but 
in cases where colds have been contracted from outside ex- 
posure it is effective in their treatment. Volatile oils may 
be evaporated with the water for the relief of nasal, throat 
and lung congestion. 



ORNAMENTAL— DECORATIVE 

The Lewis Portable Electric Humidifier harmonizes with 
any setting in which it may be placed. The urn is green like 
old oxidized copper. To the casual eye it is an antique of 
some distinction — yet actually it performs the miracle of 
putting the breath of Spring into the air. 

Lewis Portable Humidifier, List Price S18.50 



SMITH ELECTRIC CLOCKS 
Bi-Synchronous Master Clock System 




Intended to maintain accurate time throughout an offic 
block, factory, hotel or other large institution, the nev 
Smith's Bi-Synchronous Master Clock System provides th- 
advantages of Synchronous Electric Time without the nee< 
for every clock to be plugged in to the mains, and it em 
bodies several unique features. 

1. The Master Instrument is of the synchronous type 
This ensures that accurate time is maintained by the con 
trolled frequency of the A.C. electric mains. 

2. It is impossible for the clocks in the System to hav 
an accumulative error. 

3. The System is entirely independent of ordinary es 
capement or pendulum control. It is therefore free fron 
error due to mechanical or temperature variations. 

4. Even in the event of a current failure the Master Cloc 
continues to run at correct speed so keeping all the clock 
in the System right. 

In the event of the current being interrupted, a sell 
operated change-over switch brings into operation a batter 
supply of current and a vibrating reed which maintains it 
oscillations at the same frequency as the time controlled A.C 
current. When normal current flows again, operation froi 
the mains is at once automatically resumed. 

The System can be retarded or advanced as a single uni 
when "Summer Time" makes changes necessary; there i 
no occasion to correct the clocks individually nor any ris 
of the introduction of discrepancies between them. 

This new Smith's Bi-Synchronous Master Clock Syster 
operates through "Slave" Clocks which can be supplied i 
practically any design, either for domestic or commerci 
purposes. Time Recorder Machines, Bell-Controllers, etc 
can of course be incorporated in the System and existin 
clocks converted. 

Prices on application. 









c 



Northern Electric 



121 



SMITH ELECTRIC CLOCKS 
Synchronous 




Callboy 

ETNA ALARM CLOCK 

with Floodlight Dial 
Pleasing boudoir design with 
Moulded Case. The Cream Dial 
.vith Raised Silvered Zone can 
;>e floodlit at will by means of 
i bulb concealed at the head. 
Height 5 H*; Width 53^"; Depth 
}". Oxydized Silver finish or 
Walnut finish. List Price $9.50 




Tanga 

CEYLON 
DESK CLOCK 

Chromium Plated with Chro- 
mium Plated Solid Metal Stand. 
Silvered Dial, Raised Silvered 
Zone with Chrome Slip. 

Height 5K"; Width 7M"; 
Depth 2V 8 \ 
List Price $11.75 



Burnham 

ORIENT 
MANTEL CLOCK 

Finished in Oxidized Silver 
metal case of distinctive 
design. Height 5K"; Width 
5U'; Depth 3J/ 2 ". Dial 3^* 
diam. 

List Price $13.50 



CALLBOY 
ALARM CLOCK 

The new Synchronous 
Electric Alarm, in Green, 
Maroon, Walnut or 
Mahogany finish. Has 
cream dial with raised 
silver zone. Height 4^"; 
Width 4A"; Depth 2y 2 \ 

List price with plain dial 
$7.00; with luminous dial, 

87.50 




Etna 

TANGA 

RADIO ALARM 

CLOCK 

Bakelite walnut case. 
Length 7%"; Height 
6H"; Depth 2%". Silver 
Dial Raised Zone. 



List Price 



§12.00 





Ceylon 

BURNHAM 
MANTEL CLOCK 

With moulded Bake- 
lite case in Walnut or 
Mahogany, Gold or 
Oxidized Silver finishes. 
Height 6"; Width 
7M"; Dial 3J/ 2 " diam. 
With raised zone dial. 



List Price. 



$11.75 




SMITH ELECTRIC CLOCKS 

Synchronous 




Darwin 



ALDWYCH 

MANTEL CLOCK 

Attractively Carved 
Design in Solid Wood. 
Chromium Plated Be- 
zel, Silvered Dial with 
Raised Silvered zone 
on Chrome Slip. 
Height b%"\ Width 
W; Depth 3H"- 
Walnut or Oak. 
List Price.. .. $20.00 



Brockville 



GLAMIS 
MANTEL CLOCK 

A modern clock sup- 
plied in Walnut or 
Mahogany. Height 
9%"; Width 9H". Dial 
5 l A" X 7". As Syn- 
chronous Electric. 

List Price... . $22.50 



Orient 



DARWIN 
MANTEL CLOCK 

Popular model of spe- 
cial value. Solid walnut 
case. Length 8"; Height 
53**; Depth 2J/ 8 ". 

List Price $12.00 




Aldwych 




BROCKVILLE 

MANTEL 

CLOCK 

Supplied in Wal- 
nut or Mahogany. 
Height 7"; Width 
SV 2 "; Depth 3". 

List Price. . $20.00 





Haddington 



Glamis 

HADDINGTON 
STRIKING CLOCK 

Figured walnut inlaid 
with ebony and rose- 
wood. Chromium plat- 
ed bezel, self coloured 
dial with raised silver- 
ed zone. 

Height 6H"; Width 
13"; Depth %W- 
List Price $28.00 






122 



Northern Electric 



SMITH ELECTRIC CLOCKS 
Synchronous 




Kitchen 



DOVER 

COMMERCIAL 

WALL CLOCK 

Designed for use in 
factories, etc. Has 
strong metal case. 
Outside 15%* diam. 
Dial 12' diam. Both 
Interior Type, or 
waterproof Exterior 
Type. 

12" Dial. Int. $17.50 

12* Dial. ext. 20.00 

18" Dial. int. 35.00 

IS" Dial. ext. 42.00 



Arun 



TRURO 

INTERIOR 

HANGING CLOCK 

Double-sided hang- 
ing model for interior 
use, supplied in Wal- 
nut or Mahoganv 
finish. \hM" wide, ~'" 
deep, dial 12" diam. 

List Price £53.50 



DUBLIN KITCHEN 
WALL CLOCK 

Wall Clock in spun metal, 
all chromium case with cream 
dial, designed for us^ in 
kitchens, bathrooms, offices, 
halls, etc., Outside 9" diam. 
Dial 6" diam. White finish. 

List Price $8.50 




Commercial 




ARUN FLUSH 
WALL CLOCK 

For interior or exterior, 
fits flush with a wall or 
shop front. Artistic Bronze 
finish Bezel, with fix- 
ing holes to facilitate 
screwing to wooden 
mount. Back setting for 
hands. 

List Price IS" dial. $40. 00 
List Price 24" dial $45.00 




Truro 



SMITH ELECTRIC CLOCKS 

DOUBLE-SIDED ILLUMINATED 
ADVERTISING CLOCKS 

For Hotels, Restaurants, Shops, etc. 




Publicity Type 

Double-sided illuminated clock for hotels, restaurants, shops 
or wherever an outdoor timepiece of distinctive design 
is required. Constructed of lead-coated sheet steel with 
wrought-iron bracket, finished in cellulose spray to any 
desired colour. Standard finish is bronze. Contains lamp 
holders for illuminating the dial and panels; two independent 
circuits, one for the clock and one for the lighting. Can be 
supplied with or without publicity panels. 

: PUBLICITY MODELS 



List 


Dial 




Dimensions 




No. 


Dia. 


Height 


Width 


Thickness 


H-8 


18" 


3iM r 


22%' 


9 


H-9 


24* 


40%* 


30 * 


9* 



MODELS WITHOUT ADVERTISING PANELS 



List 


Dial. 








No. 


Dia. 


Height 


Width 


Thickness 


10 


18' 


22%* 


22%' 


9* 


11 


24* 


27 ' 


27 ' 


9' 



All the above models are also made with 30' and 36" dials, 
Supplied complete with suspension or wall type bracket. 

Prices on application. 






Northern Electric 



123 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 
Coffee Urn Sets 

Make Perfect Drip Coffee Automatically — the water drips 
is it heats. 




FONTAINE PATTERN 

Metal Handles 
Ivoroy Grained Faucet Handle 
No. E721005— 10 Cups— Chromium 
E7210 Urn, 7210 Sugar Bowl, Creamer and Tray- 
Weight packed 24 lbs. 
List Price SI 18.00 




LAFAYETTE PATTERN 

Ivoroy Antique Handles 
No. E721904— 9 Cups— Chromium 
E7219 Urn, 7200 Sugar Bowl, Creamer and Tray 

Weight packed 18 lbs. 

List Price % 100.00 




CONTINENTAL PATTERN 

Ivory Finish Handles 
No. E7131104— 11 Cups— Chromium 
E71311 Urn, 7070 Sugar Bowl, Creamer and 7220 Tray- 
Weight packed 1S% lbs. 

List Price $40.50 

Watts 400 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 

Coffee Urn Sets 

Make perfect drip coffee automatically — the water drips 
as it heats. 




GRECIAN PATTERN 

Metal Handles 

Ivoroy Grained Faucet Handle 

No. E718904 9 Cups Chromium 

E 7189 Urn, 7800 Sugar Bowl, Creamer and Tray 

Weight packed, 17 J/£ lbs. 
List Price, $67.00 




ALADDIN PATTERN 

Metal Handles 

Ivoroy Grained Faucet Handle 

No. E723904 9 Cups Chromium 

E7239 Urn, 7230 Sugar Bowl, Creamer and 7120 Tray 

Weight packed, 22 H lbs. 
List Price, S67.00 




All equipped with 6 ft. art silk cord. 
Packed one set in a carton. 



THE WESTMINSTER PATTERN 

Cut Glass Top 

Ivoroy Grained Handles 

No. E7256904 9 Cups Chromium 

E72569 Urn, 725 Sugar Bowl, Creamer and Tray 

Weight packed, 18 lbs. 

List Price, S84.00 

Watts 400 



All equipped with 6 feet art silk cord 
Packed one set in a carton 






















124 



Northern Electric 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 
Coffee Urn Sets 

Make Perfect Drip Coffee Automatically— the water drips 

as it heats 

Almost immediately after current is turned on the patented 
quick-acting pump starts circulating the water and the exclu- 
sive UNIVERSAL cone-perforated spreader plate so dis- 
tributes the liquid through the coffee that a full-flavored 
beverage is obtained with one-third less coffee. 

Units Protected by Patented Safety Fuse Plug. Gold Lined 
Sugar Bowls and Cream Pitchers. 




Hamilton Pattern — Ivory Finish Handles 

List No. E71 15804, 8 Cups, Chromium. 
E71158 Urn, 7070 Sugar Bowl, Creamer and 717 Tray 
Weight packed 13 lbs List Price $38.50 




Colonial Pattern — Black Finish Handles 

List No. E7114804, 8 Cups, Chromium. 

E71148 Urn, 7440 Sugar Bowl, Creamer and 7220 Tray 

Weight packed 13 lbs List Price $44 .50 







Loving Cup Pattern — Black Bakelite Handles 
List No. E716904, 9 Cups, Chromium. 
E7169 Urn, 740 Sugar Bowl, Creamer and 7550 Tray 

Weight packed 17 lbs., Watts 400 List Price $58.75 

List Nos. E71 15804 a nd E7114804 W atts 380 

Equipped with 6 ft. Art Silk Cord. Packed one set in a carton. 



CANADIAN BEAUTY COFFEE 
PERCOLATORS 




No. 477 
Coffee Set — Urn, Cream, Sugar and Tray 

No. 477 Percolator Set 

A beautiful 4-piece coffee service. Inside of cream and 
sugar and tray bottom in beautiful satin finish. Percolator 
in highly finished untarnishable chrome plate. Drop handles, 
faucet, harmonizing beautifully with the general design. The 
tray 14" in diameter, the urn holds 8 cups, equipped with 
fuse to prevent burnouts and also cold water pump. 

List Price $24.75 

No. 476 Urn 

8 cup urn as shown in 477 set. 
No. 476— Percolator only List Price $17 .25 



No. 473 Percolator 

6 cup, chrome plated, 
panelled sides, black han- 
dle. Equipped with cold 
water pump. Element 
protected by fuse to pre- 
vent burnouts. Complete 
with 6 ft. silk cord set. 
Volts 110-115. Watts 450. 
Shipping weight 4 lbs. 

List Price $11.00 




No. 473 



No. 474 Percolatoi 

8 cup, chrome plated, 
panelled sides, black han- 
dle. Equipped with cold 
water pump. Element 
protected by fuse to pre- 
vent burnouts. Complete 
with 6 ft. silk cord set. 
Volts 110-115. Watts 450. 
Shipping weight 4^ lbs. 

List Price $12.25 




No. 474 



■ 



Northern Electric 



125 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 
Coffee Percolators 

Jake Perfect Drip Coffee Automatically — the water drips 

as it heats 

Almost immediately after current is turned on the patented 

uick-acting pump starts circulating the water and the exclu- 

ive UNIVERSAL cone-perforated spreader plate so distri- 

)Utes the liquid through the cofTe that a full-flavored beverage 

s obtained with about one-third less coffee. 

Units Protected by Patented Safety Fuse Plug. 



Beaumonde 
Pattern 

Black Enameled 
Base 

Chromium 
Plated Body 

Black Handle. 

Hinged Cover 

List No. E6626 

Capacity 6 
Cups 

Weight packed 
4M lbs. 

List Price $14.50 




No. E6626 

Colonial Pattern 

Chromium 

Black Bakelite Handle 

List List 

No. Cap. Price 

E7644 4 Cups $14.50 
E7646 6 Cups 16.25 
E7649 9 Cups 17.50 

Weight packed 3*A, 
i\i, 5 lbs. respectively 





No. E7644 

New Modern 
Pattern 

Chromium 
Black Handle. 

Hinged Cover 

List No. E7626 

Capacity 
6 Cups 

Weight packed 
4M lbs. 

List Price $12.85 



No. E7626 

China Floral Design 
Ivory China Body, Colored 
Floral Design. Chromium 
Plated Mountings 
Automatic Thermostat cuts off 
current should percolator 
boil dry 
List No. E6927 Capacity 7 Cups 
Operates on A. C. only- 
Weight packed 7M lbs. 
List Pri ce $13.25 

Equipped with 6 ft. Art Silk Cord 
Watts 400; E6927, Watts 350 
Packed one in a carton. 




No. E6927 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 



Coffee Percolators 




Colonial High- 
Boy Pattern 
Chromium 

Black Handle. 
Hinged Cover 

List No. E7847 
Capacity 
7 Cups 

List Price $13.25 

Empire Pattern 
Plain Pattern 
not paneled 

List No. E7857 

Capacity 

7 Cups 
Weight packed 
4H lbs. 

List Price $12.50 



No. E7847 



Puritan Pattern 

Chromium 

Black Handle 

List No. E7273 
Capacity 3 Cups 
Weight 3^ lbs. 

List Price $8.50 

List No. E7276 
Capacity 6 Cups 
Weight 4 lbs. 

List Price $9.95 

List No. E7279 
Capacity 9 Cups 
Weight ±Yz lbs. 

List Price $11.75 

List No. E72711 
Capacity 11 Cups 
Weight 5K lbs. 

List Price $13.25 




No. E72 76 




Pilgrim Pattern 

Chromium 

Black Handle 

List No. E7236 
Capacity 6 Cups 

Weight packed 
4 lbs. 

List Price $9.50 



No. 7236 



Equipped with 6 ft. Art Silk Cord, No. E7236. 

Watts 400; E7273 Watts 350, E7847 and E7857 Watts 380. 

Packed one in a carton, six in a unit package, No. E72711 
packed one in a carton only. 

List Nos. E7847 and E7857 packed six in a unit package. 



126 



Northern Electric 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 

Coffee Percolators 



Empire High- 
Boy Pattern 
Chromium 

Black Handle. 
Hinged Cover 

List Xo. E 79467 

Capacity 
7 Cups 

"Weight packed 
4 lbs. 

List Price SI 1.75 




Xo. 7236 




Chromium Black 
Handle 

List Xo. E7206 

Capacity 6 Cups 
Packed 1 in a carton 
Weight Packed 4 lbs. 

List Price $7.95 

Equipped with 6 ft. 
art silk cord. 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC COFFEE WARES 

Electrovac Coffee Makers 

The Electrovac offers a convenient way to prepare drip 
coffee — a way that is fast, sure and economical, producing 
delicious coffee of unusual clearness every time as it is im- 
possible to make coffee in it without having the water at 
just the temperature which gives the finest results. 

Water, placed in lower bowl, is heated by an electric 
unit. WTien upper glass bowl is placed in position, the lower 
bowl is rendered air-tight. Steam pressure immediately 
forces hot water to upper bowl where it mingles with the 
coffee. As lower bowl cools a powerful vacuum is created 
and coffee in upper bowl is pulled by this vacuum through 
filter cloth into lower bowl. 



Xo. E7206 



Hot Water Kettle 




No. E9263 

Xew improved construction prevents unit from warping 
and assures its being in perfect contact with kettle at all 
times thereby preventing any possibility of impaired efficiency. 

Unlike any other kettle of its kind' the Universal cannot 
overheat as its Automatic Safety Fuse Plug Protection pre- 
vents injury to appliance should water boil dry. 

The fastest, most convenient means of supplying small 
quantities of hot water. 

Its 1000 watt unit boils a quart of water in seven and one 
half minutes — other amounts in proportionate greater or less 
time. 

Black Handle 

No. E9263 — Aluminum — Capacity 3 Quarts 

Operates on A. C. only. Equipped with 6 ft. Cord 

\\ eight packed 5J4 lbs. 
Packed one in a carton, three in a unit package. 

List Price §10.95 




No. E7517 No. E6616 

No. E7517 Capacity 7 Cups 

No. E75114 Capacity 14 Cups 

Weight packed 5 to 7 ^ lbs. 

No. E751704 Set Includes 
E7517 Electrovac, 710 Sugar Bowl, Creamer and 717 Tray 

Weight packed 14 lbs. — Watts 625 

Extra Cover for Bottom Bowl 

Heat Resisting Glass Upper Bowl 

Chromium Plated Bottom Bowl 

Tin Lined Inside 

Ivoroy Casein Handles, Knobs and Feet 

Push Button Switch in Cord 

List No. E7517 $22.25 

List Xo. E75114 27.00 

List No. E75 1704 39.65 

BEAUMONDE PATTERN 

Xo. E6614 Capacity 4 Cups 

Xo. E6616 Capacity 6 Cups 

Xo. E6618 Capacity 8 Cups 

Watts 550 

Heat Resisting Glass Bowls 

Black Enameled Base 

Exposed metal Chromium Plated 

Black Handles 

Push Button Switch in Cord 

Weight packed 4, 4H and b l A lbs., respectively 

Packed one in a carton 

List No. E6614 $ 9.95 

List No. E6616 11.95 

List Xo. E6618 13.25 

Watts 400 
Packed one set in a carton 

All above equipped with 6. ft. Art Silk Cord 



■ 



Northern Electric 



\n 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 

Sandwich Toasters, Waffle Makers and 

Griddles 

Has two sets of interchanging grids — a flat set for toasting 
large or 3 small sandwiches, frying bacon, eggs, pancakes, 
eats, cakes, etc., and a waffle set for making all kinds of 
affles, corn pone, etc. 

Expansion hinge allows ample clearance for waffle batter 
» raise and holds upper grid in upright position or allows it 
> rest back on the handle for two-plate surface cooking. 




No. E6360 
BEAUMONDE PATTERN 

Black handles and knobs. Push button switch in cord. 

No. E6360. Black enamelled and chromium plated. Size 
f aluminum cooking plates, 10^ x hV% inches. Furnished 
ith aluminum drip cup to catch excessive fat which flows 
irough drain when cooking chops, etc. 

List Price, each $15.95 

No. E69770. Same as E6360 except furnished with flat 
rids only. 

Weight packed, 7% to 9 lbs. 

List Price, each $12 . 95 




No. E7360 
DE LUXE PATTERN 

Black handles and knobs. Push button switch in cord. 

No. E7360, chromium. Size of aluminum cooking plates, 
§Y% x 5^ inches. Furnished with aluminum drip cup to 
atch excessive fat which flows through drain when cooking 
hops, etc. 

Weight packed, 9 lbs. 

List Price, each $14.50 




No. E79770 
EMPIRE PATTERN 

Toasts 2 large or 3 small sandwiches of varying thickness 
deluding "three-deckers," Fries bacon and eggs, meat and 
ish cakes, etc, Browns pancakes perfectly. Expansion hinge 
iolds upper grid in upright position or allows it to rest back 
m the handle for two-plate surface cooking. 

Black handles and knobs. Push button switch in cord. 

No. E79770, chromium. Size of aluminum cooking plates, 
0}4 x h h /% inches. 

Weight packed, 7% lbs. 

List Price, each Sll .95 

Watts, 660. Equipped with 6 feet Art Silk Cord, Packed 
>ne in a carton, three in a unit package. 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 
Hospitality Tray Sets 




No. E8720 SET COMPLETE 
Consists of: 

List No. E6360 Combination Sandwich Toaster, Waffle 
Maker and Griddle- 
Black Enameled and Chromium Plated. 

Size of Aluminum Cooking Plates, 10^g x 5^8 inches. 
a List No. 8620 Walnut Finish Tray with Black Handles, 
size 21H X 16 inches. 

5-Compartment Crystal Clear Glass Dish, 6K x 14H inches. 

Walnut Trimmed Maple Cutting: Block, 5 x 1434 inches. 

Cutting Knife, 7-inch Stainless Steel Blade, Ivoroy Grained 
Handle. 

Tray, Glass Dish, Cutting Block and Knife packed in a 
carton. 

Sandwich Toaster packed in separate carton. 

Weight packed, 19% lbs. complete 

List No. E6360 Toaster only List Price $15.95 

List No. 8720 Hospitality Tray Set List Price $26.75 




mates, 
^ttingte 



No. E8620 SET COMPLETE 

List No. E6722 Oven Toaster, Black Enameled and Chro- 
mium Plated Toasts two slices of bread, 4 x i% inches, gjfrthe 
same time. A 

List No. 8620 Walnut Finish Tray with Black Manxes. 
size 21H x 16 inches, 5-Compartment Crystal f?lear 
Dish, 6k£ x \^Vi inches, Walnut Trimmed Maple C 
Block, 5 x 14}/£ inches. 

Cutting Knife, 7-inch Stainless Steel Blade, Ivoroy Grained 
Handle. 

Tray, Glass Dish, Cutting Block and Knife packed in a 
carton. Toaster packed in a separate carton. 

Weight packed, 16^t lbs. complete. 

List No. E6722 Toaster only List Price SI 1 . 75 

List No. 8620 Hospitality Tray Set List Price S22.50 

Automatic Oven Toaster 

Toasts both sides at the same 
time in the uniform heat of an 
enclosed oven. Instantly adjust- 
able for any degree of brown- 
ness. By simply setting a lever, 
the kind of toast desired is auto- 
matically delivered entirely free 
from oven. Current remains on 
continuously thus giving speed 
and uniformity to the toasting. 

EMPIRE PATTERN 

2-Slice Toaster 

List No. E7732 Chromium 

Bakelite Handles and Fibre Feet. Push Button Switch in Cord. 

Takes slice of bread A l /i x 4% in. 

Watts 660 

No. E7732 packed one in a wooden case. Weight packed 
\2Y 2 lbs. 

List Price $23.50 




No. E7732 










128 



Northern Electric 







UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 
Universal Toasters 

Long life Nichrome Wire Units Toast Fast and Uniformly. 

BEAUMONDE 

PATTERN 

DOUBLE-QUICK 

OVEN TOASTER 

Toasts both sides of 
two slices at a time. 
Bread rack tips out 
and down on hinge. 

Black Enamelled Top 
and Base. 

Chromium Plated 
Sides and Ends. 

Black Bakelite Han- 
dles and Fibre Feet. 

List No. E6722 takes 
slice of bread 4x4% rs >°- hb ' 2Z 

in. Watts 660. 

Weight packed 4% nnrmi it nrnrir 

lbs. List Price. $11. 75 DOUBLE-QUICK 

OVEN TOASTER 

Meets the demand for 
a large capacity toas- 
ter where the ordinary 
single slice type is not 
fast enough to meet 
family requirements. 

Black Bakelite Han- 
dles and Fibre Feet. 

List _ No. E7722 
Chromium, takes slice 
of bread 4 x 4?£ in. 

Watts 660. 
Weight packed 4% lbs. 
NO.E7722 ■ List Price.... $9.95 

GRECIAN 

PATTERN 

TURN-EASY 

TOASTER 

Opening" the bread 
rack turns the toast. 

Black Knobs and 
Feet. List No. E79312 
Chromium takes slice 
of bread 5 x 4% in. 

Weight packed 3 lbs. 

Watts 625. 

List Price S4.75 






No. E7612 



No. E79312 



TURN-EASY 
TOASTER 

Opening the bread 
rack turns the toast. 

Black Enamelled 
Top, Base and Ends, 
Chromium Plated 

Bread Racks. Black 
Knobs and Feet. 

List No. E7612 takes 
slice of bread 5x4% in. 

Weight packed 3H 
lbs. Watts 625. 

List Price. . $4.95 



Equipped with 6 ft. Art Silk Cord. Packed one in a 
carton, three in a unit package. 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC^WARES 
Universal Toasters 

Long Life Nichrome Wire Units Toast Fast and Uniforml; 




No. E7812 

BEAUMONDE 

PATTERN 

TURN-EASY TOASTER 

Opening the bread rack 
turns the toast. 

Black enamelled top, 
base and ends, chromium 
plated bread racks, black 
knobs and feet. 

No. E6612 takes slice 
of bread 5 x 4% inches. 

Watts, 625. Weight 
packed, 3J^ lbs. 

List Price S5 . 75 




No. E7312 



TURN-EASY TOASTER 

Opening the bread rack 
turns the toast. 

Black enamelled top 
and base, chromium plated 
bread racks and ends, 
black knobs and feet. 

No. E3612 takes slice 
of bread 5 x 4% inches. 

Watts. 625. Weight 
packed, 3 lbs. 

List Price S4.25 



OLD ENGLISH 

PATTERN 

TURN-EASY TOASTEI 

Opening the bread racl 
turns the toast. 

Ivory Casein Knob 
and feet. 

No. E7812 chromium 
takes slice of bread 5 : 
4% inches. Watts, 625 

Weight packed, 3 lbs. 

List Price $6.7. : 




No. E6612 



DE LUXE PATTERN 
TURN-EASY TOASTER 

Opening the bread rack 
turns the toast. 

Black knobs and feet. 

No. E7312 chromium, 
takes slice of bread 5 x 
4% inches. Watts, 625. 
Weight packed, 3 lbs. 

List Price $5.50 




No. E3612 



Equipped with 6 feet of Art Silk Cord. Packed one in 
a carton, three in a unit package. 



Northern Electric 



129 




No. 405C 



CANADIAN BEAUTY TOASTERS 

No. 405C 
utomatic Toaster 

Fully automatic, ope- 
tted by pressing down 
ver at front; when toast 

ready it drops down on 
> tray at bottom of 
>aster. 

There are five distinct 
)asting periods as indi- 
lted on front. All parts 
eautifully embossed and 
nished in chrome plating-. 

Standard cord set supplied. Volts 110-115, Watts 660. 

Shipping weight 6^ lbs. Standard Case 6. 

List No. 405C List Price $12.95 



No. 409 

Panelled Style 
Turnover Toaster 

Modernistic design. 
Highly finished polished 
chrome plate. Side, top 
and toast rack beautifully 
embossed. Element con- 
structed from clear India 
mica, wound with nickel 
chrome resistance wire. 
Toasts uniformly even the 
largest slice of bread. 
Equipped with cool fibre 
handles. Design eliminates 
crumb accumulation. 




No. 409 

Volts 110-115. Watts 600. 
Standard Case 12. 
Shipping weight 3^ lbs. 
List No. 409 



List Price $4.60 



No. 406 

New Style 
rurnover Toaster 

Toaster constructed 
am cold Rolled Steel, 
ghest grade, chrome 
ated and with heavy 
ise. Element construct- 
from solid mica and 
)und with nickel chrome 
sistance ribbon. Toaster 
11 toast largest slice of 
ead evenly. Toast 

:k equipped with cool 
re handles. Easy to 
;an. 

Volts 110-115. Watts 600. 
Standard Case 12. 
Shipping Weight 3 lbs. 
List No. 406 




No. 406 



List Price $3 . 20 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 

Chafing Dishes 

Quick, thorough cooking without scorching or burning. 
Water placed in the lower pan is soon brought to the boiling 
point. Food pan rests snugly in the water pan and all the 
heat goes into the food. Ideal for preparing the again 
popular dish, Welsh Rarebit. 

Black Handles, cover and food pan silver lined, water pan 
tin lined — Capacity 3 pints. 

Two heats: 160 and 400 watts. 

Equipped with Universal safety fuse plug. 




No. E740 — Chromium 

Weight packed 1234 lbs. 

List price $23.75 




No. E721 — Chromium 

Weight packed 6 lbs. 

List price $15.85 




BEAUMONDE PATTERN 

No. E621 — Black Enamelled and Chromium Plated 

Weight packed 6 lbs. 
List Price $17. 50 



Equipped with 6 ft. art silk cord. Packed one in a carton 
No. E740 is packed in a wooden case. 












130 



Northern Electric 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 
Adjustable Automatic Waffle Makers 

These models automatically regulate and maintain the 
heat by a simple and accurate adjustable thermostatic 
control. A soft signal light glows while grids are preheating. 
When proper baking temperature is reached it signals the 
fact by going out. After batter is poured it shines steadily 
while waffle is baking and goes out when waffle is perfectly 
done. Adjustable Automatic Models operate on A.C. only- 




No. E7124 Automatic 

Chromium. Black handles, knob and feet 
7M ,bs - List Price 



Weight packed 
$13.50 




No. E7424 Automatic 

Chromium. Bakelite handles, knob and feet. Weight 
packed 7V£ lbs. List Price $14.95 

Watts 660. Equipped with 6 ft. Art silk cord. Packed 
one in a carton, three in a unit package. 

CANADIAN BEAUTY WAFFLE IRON 




No. 425 WAFFLE IRON 

Beautifully embossed chrome plated with ebonized wood 
handles. S" aluminum grids, expansion hinge which acts as 
stabilizer minimizing likelihood of batter bubbling over. 
Equipped with automatic heat indicator. 

Height, 5H"- Diameter at flanged base, 11 H"- 

Standard cord set. 

Standard case 3. Shipping weight, 5 lbs. 

List Price $8.75 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 
Non-automatic Waffle Makers 

Heat indicators show when grids are at the correct bakinj 
temperature. 




No. E69384 
BEAUMONDE PATTERN 

Black enamelled and chromium plated with black handles 
and feet. With heat indicator. Weight packed 1Y 2 lbs. 
List Price S9 . 9c 



No. E7104 
Chromium 




No. £7404 
Chromium 



No. E7304 
Chromium 




No. E7504 
Chromium 



List No. Description Finish 

E7104 Bakelite Handles and feet Chromium 
E7504 Bakelite Handles and feet 
E7404 Bakelite Handles and feet 
E7304 Bakelite Handles and feet " 



Wgt. Lbs. 
Packed 


List 
Price 


m 

7V2 
7 


$7 .01 

8.7. 
9.5< 
9.51 



Watts 660. Equipped with 6 ft. Art Silk Cord. Packed on* 
in a carton, three in a unit package. With heat indicator 



Northern Electric 



131 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 

Casseroles 




No. E-965 

Inexpensively cook a dinner dish for as many as eight, 
ooks meats and vegetables tenderly and deliciously with all 
ieir original flavor and nutritiousness — they shrink less and 
iste better. Cost less than half a cent per hour to operate. 

Cooking may be started on high heat, then safely cooked on 
>w while the housewife is away- 
Finished in Ivory Enamel with Green Enamel Band at Top. 

No. E965 Aluminum Interior and Cover. 

No. E9965 Porcelain Enamelled Interior and Cover. 

Two Heats, Low 100, High 325 Watts. 

Lining is surrounded with a thick wall of high insulating 
laterial and encased in a steel outer shell. 

Connects to any electric light socket. Capacity 3 quarts. 

Inside diameter 6% inches. Outside diameter 9 inches. 

Weight packed 7 lbs. Equipped with 6 feet Art silk cord. 

Packed one in a carton, three in a unit package. 

o- E965 . . .List Price $7.25 

o. E9965 List Price 7.9.5 

Oven Cookers 

For All Kinds of Electric Cookery in the home 




Z^& 



No. E9604 

Roasts meats and bakes biscuits, cakes, etc., nicely brown. 
Stews, Boils, Steams and Fricassees — does everything 
ithin its capacity that a standard size electric range oven 
ill do and with the same delicious perfection of results. 
Cooks a Z x /i lb- roast with two kinds of vegetables in 
parate pans — sufficient food for the average family meal. 
Operates from any electrical outlet. Cooks largely by 
ored heat and costs less than a flat iron to use. May be 
)erated in a horizontal position for such cooking operations 

baking bread and biscuits. 

The thick insulation between its aluminum lining and 
rong steel case keeps the food deliciously hot for hours, 
aking it very convenient for hot picnic dinners, for it is 
sily carried anywhere. 

Equipped with 3 aluminum food containers, two 1-quart 
id one 2-quart capacity, round grid, gem pan, baking pan, 
ilong rack and two pan lifters. 
Two Heats, 125 and 500 Watts. 

Cooking Well, 10 inches deep, 6J^ inches in diameter. 
Height over all 13H inches- 
Finished in Sage Green Enamel with Black Band at Top 
im. 

No. E9602 same as E9604 but without baking pan, 2 gem 
iM and oblong rack. Equipped with 6 feet cord. 
Weight packed 14 to 15 lbs. Packed one in a carton. 

o. E9604 List Price 815.85 

o. E9602 List Price 14.25 



UNIVERSAL MIXER BEATER 




No. E781 

Portable. May be used over stove or elsewhere and in any 
bowl or pan. 

Tilt Back Motor. Bowls and beaters easily removed — 
batter drips back into bowls. 

Unbreakable Steel Bowls. Do not break like glass. 

Chromium Beaters. Easily attached and detached by 
simple spring lock. 

No. E781. Mixer-beater, beverage mixer (as illustrated). 
List Price, $25.85. 

No. E782. Same as above but equipped with No. 811 juicer 
attachment. List Price, $28.25. 

No. E784. Same as above but equipped with both No. 811 
juicer attachment and No. 803 sheer, shredder and grater 
attachment. List Price, S35.25. 

Will do all mixing, blending, beating, whipping, creaming, 
stirring more thoroughly than by hand and in a fraction of 
the time required. 

Small bowl; diameter 5V£"\ capacity 1 qt. Large bowl; 
diameter 9", capacity 3 qts. Revolving tray diameter, 7-fc". 
Height over all, \± l /±" . Size of base 13 x 7Y%" . Acid-resisting 
porcelain enamelled bowls, ivory with green decorations. 
Base has rubber feet. Operates on A.C. or D.C. current. 

Weight packed, 15, 18, 20 lbs. respectively. 

The electrically operated juicer 
coaxes the last drop of juice from 
all citrous fruits. It is fast, easy to 
operate. Easy to clean. 

Diameter of bowl, 6". Die cast 
aluminum ridged reamer. 

List Price $5.00 

VEGETABLE SLICER, 

SHREDDER AND GRATER 
ATTACHMENT 




No. 803 

Note: To operate this attach- 
ment it is neces-sary to have 
the No. 811 juice extractor. 

List Price $5 . 00 






132 



Northern Electric 



CANADIAxN BEAUTY RANGES 




No. 321K Range 

Similar in every respect to \"o. 321 excepting larger cooking 
surface, size 15" x 29 1 4" and casserole feature. This feature 
comes in response to popular demand and can be used as an 
auxiliary baker for pot roasts, puddings, etc., when oven is 
otherwise engaged. 

List Price §48.00 




No. 322 Range 

Cabinet type for heavy duty permanent wiring. 
Height to top of cooking surface. 32^>". 
Size of Cooking Surface, 19" x 19". 
Overall Height. 40- s ". 

Cooking Surface equipped with two 7 3 4 " elements. 1500 
watts. 

Oven equipped with Bottom and Top Elements. 

Appliance receptacle supplied. 

All elements controlled 3-heat range switches. 

Large Warming Oven. 14" x 18" x 7". 

Baking Oven heavily insulated and strongly made. 
Equipped with automatic control. 

Size of Oven. 15V x \h%* x 11*. 

Standard Finish, Ivorv and Green or Two-tone Grey. 

Volts. 110-220. 3 wire amps. 49. 

Watts, 5,390. 

Standard case. 1. Shipping Weight, 150 lbs. 

List Price S55.00 

No. 322T 
With automatic control. List Price $62.00 



CANADIAN BEAUTY RANGES 




No. 321 Range 

A Canadian Beauty Range that will fill cooking and bakin 
requirements of the average Canadian home equipped wit 
heavy wiring. Cooking surface provides for 2 large size< 
elements 7%" with 3 heat graduations, making for a mos 
flexible cooking unit, allowing from a slow simmering fire c 
660 watts to a quick, aggressive heat of 1500 watts. 

Surface elements give a total of 3000 watts. 

Size of cooking surface, 15" x 27". 

Height to top of back, 50%". Height to top of cookin 
surface, 33 l /i" . 

Oven, 17" x 13K" * 12%", equipped with top and bottoi 
elements automatically controlled. 

Appliance receptacle supplied, all connections monel meta 
Hinged top. 

Standard Finish, Green with Ivory or Two-tone Grey. 

Volts, 110-220. Watts, 5390. 

List Price $45.0 

No. 32 IT 
With automatic control, List Price $45.0 



Northern Electric 



133 



CANADIAN BEAUTY RANGETTES 

The cabinet type Canadian Beauty Rangette adds a modern 
ouch to the kitchen. Possessing all the eye appeal of larger 
nore costly, heavy type ranges, its design provides for many 
advantages for the housewife. Just the right height for con- 
venient use with generous warming oven space 14* x 18* x 7* 
and extra large, heavily insulated baking oven. Every 
woman will appreciate the time and labour-saving features of 
the cabinet type design. The large flat surface on top of the 
oven will prove to be a handy emergency receptacle when 
baking. Perfect ventilation is another feature of these 
rangettes, minimizing sweating and smoking ovens. 

This rangette provides for 1320 watts most efficiently 
arranged for convenient baking and cooking. Just plug in 
to any wall or base receptacle. 



CANADIAN BEAUTY RANGETTES 




No. 222T Rangette 



No. 222T and No. 222 Rangettes 

New Cabinet Type Rangette. Height to top of cooking 
surface, 32^". Size of cooking surface, 19" x 19". Equipped 
with two 7%" range elements, also top and bottom oven 
elements. All elements controlled by special switches clearly 
marked. Maximum wattage 1320. Other features of this 
rangette are automatic oven ventilation, hinged top to allow 
lor easy servicing, extra large warming oven. Baking oven 
;ize \b%* x \hW x 11". Standard finish: Light Green and 
Ivory and two-tone Grey. 

List Xo. 222T Rangette with thermostat 
:ontroI List Price $53 . 50 

List So. 222 Rangette, without thermo- 
stat control List Price $46.00 




No. 221T— No. 221 Rangettes 

Where space is at a premium this popular Canadian Beauty 
Rangette offering will serve admirably for the small family's 
need of a serviceable compact baking and cooking unit. 

While Canadian Beauty Rangette Xo. 221 is moderately 
priced, it has not been built to a price, all materials and 
workmanship are of the highest class. 

Size of cooking surface, 15" x 24*4 ". 

Height to top of back, 50? 4 ". 

Height to top of cooking surface. 33 J£*. 

Two top cooking elements, 7?4" dia., 1320 watts. 

Size of oven. 17" x 13*4" x &% *> equipped with bottom and 

top elements. 

All elements controlled by special switches, clearly marked 
showing elements they control. 

Standard Finish: Green and Ivory or Two-tone Grey. 

Hinged Top, polished chrome plated. 

Xos. 221 and 221T come with or without high back. 

List Xo. 221T. equipped with thermostat 
oven control List Price 837 50 

List No. 221 without oven thermostatic 
control List Price §31 75 

List No. 21 B, High Back for 221 Range. .List Price $3.00 



134 



Northern Electric 






CANADIAN BEAUTY TABLE RANGETTES 




No. 217 



No. 217 Rangette 



Size. of cooking surface 23M" * 14? 4 ". 

Height to top of back rail 34 H". 

Height to top of cooking surface 30?4". 

Top equipped with one 7%" and one h%' element. Watts 
1320. 

Size of oven 15K" x 11 K" x 11 M'. Equipped with bot- 
tom and top elements. 

- 

All elements controlled by special switches, giving the 
greatest combination of heats. 

Standard Finish: Ivory and Green or Two-tone Grey. 

Top polished and chrome plated. 

No. 217 comes with and without high back. 

List No. 217 Rangette List Price $27.75 

List No. 17B High Back for No. 217 Rangette 3.00 



CANADIAN BEAUTY TABLE RANGETTE? 




No. 216K 
Size of cooking surface 2434" x UK* 
Height to top of back rail 19>£". 
Height to top of cooking surface 15". 
Size of oven 10" x 12H" * 7%*. 

Cooking surface equipped with one element 7%" diameter 
1,320 watts and one 500 watt element below casserole. 

Oven equipped with one element in bottom. Left to 
element acting as top element for oven. 

All elements controlled by one rotary switch in combinatio; 
with two-way toggle switch, giving the greatest combinatio: 
of heats on 1,320 W, Special Roasting Pan, porcelai: 
enamelled, two-piece, size 8" x 12" x 5" supplied. Come 
complete with cord and tandem blade plug cap, for use oi 
base or wall receptacle- 
Finish: Baked Enamel in Ivory and Green color combina 
tion with chrome plated top. Volts 110-115. Watts 1,320. 

List No. 216K List Price $20.5 




No. 216 

No. 216 as 216K but without casserole feature. Cookin 
surface providing for one 7%" element 1,320 watts and on 
5%" element 660 watts. 

List No. 216 List Price $14.9 



Northern Electric 



135 



CANADIAN BEAUTY ELECTRIC 

HOT PLATES 




[o. 218 Combination Hot Plate and Casserole 

otal Length 22 %" 

otal Width 12%" 

otal Height 5M' 

Size of Cooking Surface, 20^" long, 10" wide. 
Large Element— 1320 watt, 1%* diameter, equipped with 
ne 3-heat switch, operating high, medium, low and off. 

Element in Well for Casserole — 660 watt, 5%" in diameter, 
Iso operated by 3-heat switch, giving high, medium, low and 
If. 

This switch combination is so designed that the power 
onsumption cannot exceed 1320 watts. 

Element for casserole can be operated when large element is 
n either medium or low. 

Size of Casserole— Diameter 7". Depth 3^". Total 
iameter of flange and cover 8>£" with a total height to top of 
over of h}/i" . Inside, white porcelain. Outside, brown 
iorcelain. Volts, 110 to 115. Watts, 1320. 

List No. 218 Hot Plate and Casserole. .List Price $10.50 

No. 215 
Single Burner 

Enamel 

Equipped with one 
%" range element 
320 watts, controlled 
>y one three-heat 
witch. Size 14" x 14" 
: 5' high. Baked 
■name! finish. Color 
:ombinations, blue, 
)lack, green and ivory. 

Complete with cord and plug cap for use off wall or base 
eceptacle. Volts 110-115, watts 1320. Well protected, long 
ife element. 

List No. 215 Hot Plate List Price S5.25 

No. 215C — Same as above only in chrome plated finish. 

List No. 215C Hot Plate List Price $6 . 75 



No. 289 
Single Burner 

Size lOK " x 1034" x 5" 
high. 5H" element. Com- 
plete with cord and plug 
supplied in the following 
finishes — light grey with green 
legs, green with ivory legs 
and ivory with green legs. 
Very modern in design. Volts 
110-115. Watts 600. 

List Price SI. 75 




No" 215 




No. 239 
List No. 289 Hot Plate 



CANADIAN BEAUTY ELECTRIC 

HOT PLATES 




No. 285 

No. 285 Two Burner Hot Plate 

Size 12" x 21 %' x 5" high. Left element 7%', 1200 watts. 
Right element 660 watts. Controlled by one switch as 
follows — 1st snap left element on high. 2nd snap left element 
600 watts, right element 660 watts, third snap right element 
660 watts, fourth snap all off. Supplied with cord and plug 
cap, for use on wall or base receptacle. Standard Finish: 
Color combinations of Blue, Black, Green and Ivory, baked 
enamel. Volts 110-115, watts 1260. 
List No. 285 Hot Plate List Price 85 25 

No. 285C— Same as above only finished in full chrome 
plate. 

List No. 285C. Hot Plate List Price $7 50 

List No. 285H. Hot Plate with two 
switches List Price $7.00 




No. 287 Two Burner Hot Plate 

Size 10H" X 20" x 5" high, equipped with two 5%" range 
type elements each controlled by off and on switch, r inished 
in the following color combinations, grey with blue legs, 
green with ivory legs, and ivory with green legs. Complete 
with cord and plug cap for use on wall or base receptacle. 
Volts 110-115, watts 1320. 

List No. 287 Hot Plate List Price S3 50 

No. 287F — Same as above in construction, wattage and 
finish only elements controlled by one three-heat and one 
single heat switch. 

List No. 287F Hot Plate List Price $5.00 

List No. 2S7H, with three heat switches. .List Price $6.20 




No. 220 Two Burner Hot Plate 

Equipped with two 7%" range elements of 1500 watts each, 
controlled by three heat switches. Size 14" x 26" x 5" high. 
Full chrome plated finish. This is a heavy duty plate for 
permanent installation in homes equipped with heavy wiring. 
An ideal installation for heavy duty in the laundry. Volts 
110-220, 3000 watts. 

List No. 220 Hot Plate List Price 812. 00 






136 



Northern Etectric 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 

Hot Plates 

Very convenient for the Home, Shop or Laboratory 

No. E9586 

NICKEL 

Black Handle, 

Fibre Tip Feet 

Cooking Top, 

6 in. diameter 

Watts 550 
Weight packed 
\V 2 lbs. 
No. E9586 List Price S4.25 

No. E795 CHROMIUM 

Black Handle and Feet 

Cooking Top, 4)^ in. diam. 

Watts 400 

Weight packed 1\i lbs. 

List Price $5 . 50 

No. E795 






No. E797 CHROMIUM 

Black Handle and Feet 

Cooking Top, 6 in. diam. 

Two Heats, 300 and 500 
Watts 

Weight packed 5 3 4 lbs. 

List Price S7.95 



No. E797 



^ Equipped with 6 ft. Art Silk Cord. Packed one in a carton. 
No. E958G three in unit package. 

Canadian Beauty Electric Hot Plates 

No. 282 Hot Plate 
Single Burner 

Single burner, o%" 
range type heating ele- 
ment. Constructed 
from cold rolled steel. 
Chrome plated finish 
with green enamelled 
legs. 1V 2 " diameter. 
Operates from any or- 
dinary circuit. Com- 
plete with cord and 
plug. A most compact 
yet practical little 
cooking unit. Volts 
110-115, 600 watts. 

List No. 282 Hot 




No. 282 
Plate List Price $2.30 



Canadian Beauty Kettle 

No. 472 

Watts 1320. Cap- 
acity 3 pints. Will 
boil this quantity in 5 
minutes. Exceptional- 
ly attractive panelling 
of highly polished alu- 
minum. Cool handle 
equipped with base 
safety fuse. Comes 
complete with water- 
proof rubberized cord 
and connection plug 
cap. 

List Price.. .. $6.35 




No. 472 Electric Kettle 






UNIVERSAL MILK WARMER 




No. E7930 




Heats water in 
which baby's milk 
bottle is immersed. 
May be used as a 
water or liquid food 
heater. 

Black Handle and 
Knob. 

No. E7930 

CHROMIUM 

Watts 400 

Capacity of bottle, 

8oz. 

Capacity of 
container, 24 oz. 

Weight packed 
S l A lbs. 

Packed one in a 
carton 

List Price $10.75 



HANKSCRAFT 
BOTTLE WARMER 

The new Junior Model Baby 
Bottle Warmer 

Heats Baby's bottle, then 
shuts current off automatic- 
ally. Heats all standard 
sizes of bottles. Fully guar- 
anteed. Works on 110 volt 
alternating current. Choice 
of blue or pink. 

Model No. 673 $2.95 



UNIVERSAL 

WATER 

HEATER 

Immersion 
Type 



Xo. 673 



For quickly heating (by immersion) a 
small quantity of water or other liquids. Per- 
forated Safety Stand keeps heater in upright 
position. 

Diameter of Stand 2 in. 

No. E7701 CHROMIUM 

300 Watts 

Heating capacity, ordinary drinking glass 

List Price $4.85 

No. E7702 CHROMIUM 

500 Watts 

Heating capacity, one to two pints. 

List Price $6.40 

Weight packed 1 lb. 

Packed one in a carton 



No. E7702 



HANKSCRAFT EGG COOKER 

Cooks Four Eggs Automatically 
by Electricity in Live Steam. 

It operates on the principle of 
passing electric current through water, 
using the amount of water as a timing 
factor. The electricity turns the 
water to steam and cooks the eggs. 
When the tablespoon sful of water is 
gone the eggs are done and the 
current is shut off. 

Finished in ivory and chrome or 
copper. 

No. 193 $3.95 




Xo. 193 



Northern Electric 



137 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC IRONS 
Wrinkle-Proof Round Heel Irons 

Round Heel, an exclusive UNIVERSAL feature, irons 
ickward and sideways as easily as forward without wrinkling 
le fabric. Finely tapered point and beveled sole plate slip 
isily under buttons and into finest pleats. Long life mica unit 
istributes heat evenly from point to heel. 




List No. E7836 

ADJUSTABLE 
AUTOMATIC IRONS ^ • 

Chromium Plated 
6 lbs. 800 Watts 

Jst No. E7836 Mahoganized Handle List Price 

,ist No. E7816 Black and Ivory White Handle 

Light Weight, Full Size Irons 

.ist No. E7833 3^ lbs. 800 Watts List Price 

Jst No. E7133 3H lbs. 1000 Watts List Price 

Weight packed 4^4 to 7 lbs. Above operate on A.C 



$8 . 65 
§8 65 

$9.95 
S9.95 
. only. 




List No. E7709 

NON-AUTOMATIC 

IRONS 

Mahoganized Handle 
Weight of Iron, 6 lbs. 580 Watts 

.ist No. E7709 Chromium Plated List Price $4,75 

Light Weight, Full Size Iron 

-ist No. E7703 3}4 lbs. Black and Red Handle 

Weight packed 4 14 to 7 lbs List Price $4.75 

Equipped with 6 ft. Cord. Packed one in a carton, six in a 
in it package. 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC IRONS 
Standard Household Irons 

High grade, long life mica Nichrome units distribute heat 
evenly from point to heel. Large heat storage capacity per- 
mits much of the ironing to be done on stored heat. Tapered 
points and bevelled edges for easier ironing. 




No. E7976 

ADJUSTABLE AUTOMATIC IRON 

Chromium plated. Mahoganized handle. No. E7976 
6 lbs., 700 watts. List Price, $6.95 

Weight packed, Q% lbs. Operates on A.C. only. 




No. E7770 
NON- AUTO MATIC I RO N 

6 lb. Irons. 580 watts. Black handle. 

No. E7770 Chromium. List Price 

No. E9507 Nickel. List Price 
Weight packed, 6H ' Ds - 

Boudoir and Tourist Iron 



U . 25 
$3 50 







No. E7043 

Mahoganized handle. Weight of iron, 3 lbs. 
chromium finish, round heel, List Price, $4.75. 
Weight packed, 3^ lbs. 



No. E7043 



Equipped with 6 feet cord. Packed one in carton, six in 
a unit package. 












138 



Northern Electric 



CANADIAN BEAUTY IRONS 




No. 478 



No. 478 IRON 
Constructed with 
heavy cast iron sole 
plate, cold rolled steel 
top, handle strap and 
hackstand. New ele- 
ment construction with 
resistance wire laid in 
porcelain and insulated 
from sole plate with 
solid mica. 

Finished in high po- 
lished nickel. 

Standard Cord Set. 



Volts 110-115. Watts 540. 

Shipping Weight 6J/£ lbs. Standard case 6. 

No, 478 List Price $2.45 




Xo. 480 

No. 480 IRON 

Modern and practical stream-lined design. Panelled top. 
Embossed handle strap. New style well-balanced hackstand. 
Tapered sole plate. Improved thumb rest. Best chrome 
plate all over. Element constructed from solid mica wound 
with nickel chrome resistance ribbon. Mahogany finished 
handle. Complete with cord set. 

Volts 110-115. Watts 540. 

Shipping Weight 7 lbs. Standard case 6. 

No. 480 List Price $3.70 




No. 495 

No. 495 AX. IRON 

Automatic adjustable iron equipped with cool, well shaped 
handle and thumb-rest. Element constructed from solid mica 
wound with nickel chrome resistance ribbon- Very modern 
in design. Complete with cord set. 

Sole plate tapered and streamline body. 

Chrome plated finish. 

Volts 110-115. Watts 1,000. AX. Current only. 

Shipping weight lYi lbs. Standard case 6. 

No. 480 Iron List Price $7.65 



CANADIAN BEAUTY IRONS 
No. 479 Iron 

Constructed with heavy 
cast iron sole plate, cold 
rolled steel top, handle 
strap and backstand. New 
element construction with 
resistance wire laid in 
porcelain and insulated 
from sole plate with solid 
mica. Cool, well shaped 
mahogany handle. Com- 
plete with cord set. Finished in best chrome plate. Standar 
cord set. Volts 110-115. Watts 540. Shipping weight 6J^ lb: 
Standard case 6. 

List No. 479 List Price $2.8 




No. 479 




No. 484 Iroi 

3-lb. Traveller 

Iron equipped wit 
removable handh 
element construci 
ed from mica woun 
with nickel chrom 
resistance ribbon. 

Chrome Plate 

finish. Standar 
No. 484 Cord Set. Volt 

110-115. Watts300. Shipping weight 4 lbs. Standard case < 

List No. 484 List Price $3.4 



No. 475 Junior Iron 

Chrome plated with Jade Green 
top and handle. Silk cord to match. 
Volts 110-115. Watts 200. 

Weight 1% lbs. Shipping weight 
2 lbs. Standard shipping carton 12. 

List No. 475 List Price $1.60 





Nos. 103 to 108 



No. 475 

Nos. 103-8 
Tailors' Irons 

Specially designed t 
meet the needs of tai 
ors. Heat quickly an 
are guaranteed to giv 
lasting service. Wati 
800, 850 and 901 
Volts 110-115. A 



tached 8-ft. cord and plug. Stand included. All tailors 1 iror 
equipped with 3-heat switch. 

List 
No. 

103 
104 
105 
106 
107 
108 



switch. 






Weight, lbs. 


Std. 


List Prk 


each 


pkg. 


each 


10 


1 


$15.50 


12 


1 


16.60 


14 


1 


17.75 


16 


1 


18.85 


18 


1 


19.95 


20 


1 


22.15 






Northern Electric 



139 




UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 
Laundry and Tailor Irons 

HEAVY 
LAUNDRY 

[RONS 

For heavy flat 

work and 

pressing 

Nickel Plated 

No. E908 

8 lbs. 6.-.0 W.au 

Detachable 

Cord 

List I'n.r ST 10 

No. E9I0 
10 lbs. 

BOO \\,.tts 

List Friri >" 50 
Cord permanently attached 
Requires Special V\ irinn 
I urnished in 100-114V, 115-120V, 215-230V, 235-250V 

Weight packed 954 to 1 1 ' , lbs. 

EXTRA 

HEAVY 

LAUNDRY 

AND 
I AILORS" 

IKONS 

Aluminumi/i-d 
Hood, Nickel 
Plated 

Sole Plate 

Cord 

|irrnianently 

attached 

Requires 
penal \\ iring 

Furnished in L06-114V, L15-120V, 215-230V, 235-250V 

Sole Plate 54 x X in. 

No. E9P2 12 lbs. 850 Watts 

List Price $12 50 

No. E915 15 lbs. 900 Watts 

List Price $14.50 

Weight packed 18K to 21 lbs. 





TAILORS' IRONS 

3-Heat Reversible Switch 

Requires Special Wiring 

Cord permanently attached 

Furnished in 106-1 14V. 115-120V, 21 0-225 V. 230-240V 

Sole 

Watts 
Low Med. 
212 425 
225 450 
250 500 



No. 

;9ii5 

'.'.1120 

■:«»i25 



Wet. 

15 lbs. 
20 lbs. 
25 lbs. 



Plate 
Inches 

3Hxi0H 

3^ X 103 4 
4 xl2 





List 


High 


Price 


850 


$21 v'> 


900 


23 4t) 


1000 


26 50 



Weight packed 20 , ;>. 25J4, 30 ^s lbs., respectively. 



PENBERTHY "FILORDRAIN" 

For Filling or Emptying Washing Machines, etc 




Style \\ 

I he " Pen berth) ■ " I- ilordrain is not a complicated machine . 
it is ,ts simple in its arrangement as is the common hose nozzle. 
There are no moving parts, nothing to gel oui of ordei or ad- 
justment, which together with the Fad that it requires no 
attention and only water for power, makes it an ideal addition 
to any home. 

It allows you to run cold water, ho1 water <>r a mixture of 
hot and cold water at an) desired temperature into your tub 
or washing machine. 

Style M is Filordrain with five feet oi first qua I it) hose 

attached. 

List Price, Style B. 



Style A 

A small, inexpensive device lor 
transferring water to a higher level, 
using city water pressure as power. 
It does away with the necessity of 
lifting heavy pails of dirty water 
drained from the tub, sloppy, dirty 
floors, made bo when taking out 
drain plug or in lifting the pail to 
the sink. <>r through letting water 
drain through floor trap. It saves 
labor for t he houses ife and ( -ill 
be used for any number of purposes. 




Style A is Filordrain onl\ 

List Price. Stvle A $2 IM) 



Mvle A 



PENBERTHY FAUCET ADAPTER 

A simple device for changing 
smooth or plain faucets into thread- 
ed ones. Fits any standard half- 
inch faucet. The lower end of the 
rubber tube or gasket is fastened 
securely into the brass casting. It 
will last a lifetime. It is the best 
and least expensive article of its 
kind on the market. Simple in con- 
struction — easily installed — just slip 
it on the nose of the faucet, being sure the screw is at t he- 
back, and tighten the screw. It gives you a thread as strong 
and rigid as if it were one piece. Threaded with -)\ " standard 
hose thread. 

Saves buying a new faucet when you want to use a Filor- 
drain, garden hose, water motor or any device of this type. 

List Price, Each $0 40 




140 



Northern Electric 



MAJESTIC TUBULAR HOT WATER 

HEATERS 

With Backer Patented Elements 
CONSTRUCTION OF THE ELEMENT 




—J 



D 



Before Treatment in autoclave 




After treatment in autoclave all magnesium is now converted 

into magnesium oxide. 

Construction of the Element 

The tubular elements are produced by the well known 
Backer process of electric insulation. The outside tube (a) 
is a seamless drawn copper tube. Into it is placed a magne- 
sium metal tube (b) (made by coiling up magnesium ribbon). 
The coiled up resistance wire (c) (high-grade nickel chromium), 
is inserted into the magnesium tube and into the centre of the 
resistance wire coil is inserted a magnesium wire (d). 

The tube is now placed in an autoclave and treated with 
steam of very high pressure, whereby the magnesium metal is 
converted into chemically pure crystalline magnesium oxide. 
I taring the conversion the magnesium oxide expands to 
approximately double the volume of the original magnesium 
metal, whereby the resistance coil becomes imbedded in the 
oxide! in such a way that the insulating oxide layer between 
the wire coil and the outside tube is of absolutely even thick- 
ness, a result which cannot be attained by any other method 
of insulation. 




Porcelain 
2 Ter. Slock 



Heater 



Wiring Dia^am/or 
Remote Control 




MAJESTIC TUBULAR HOT WATER 

HEATERS 

With Backer Patented Elements 




Remote Control 
Switch with 
Pilot Light. 




No. 32A 

Circulation 

Type 



No. 29 A 
Immersion Type 

IMMERSION TYPE 



Circulation 
Type 



No. 26 
1" pipe size plug. 
3K" outlet box. Total length. 11 
Length of tube outside head, 8%". 
Volts. 110-115. Watts. 500. 

List No. 26. List Price 



$5 80 



No. 27 
1" pipe size plug. 

3K" outlet box. Length of heater. 13K 
Volts. 110-115. Watts. 600. 
Length of tube outside head. 10^". 
Shipping weight. 2 lbs. 2 oz. 

List No. 27. List Price 



$6 



No. 28 
1 " pipe size plug. 
3K" outlet box. Length. 13#*. 
Length of tube outside head. 1034 
Volts, 110-115. Watts. 750. 
Shipping weight, 2 lbs. 2 ozs. 

List No. 28. List Price 



$7 40 



No. 29-A 
1 " pipe size plug. 
3%" outlet box. Length. 13^". 
Single tube. 

Volts, 110-115. Watts. 1000. 
Shipping weight. 2 lbs. 4 ozs. 

List No. 20 A. List Price 



$7 90 



No. 29- B 
1 " pipe size plug. 

3J4" outlet box. Single tube. Length, 11 %' 
Volts. 220. Watts. 1000. 
Shipping weight. 2 lbs. 3 ozs. 

List No. 29-B. List Price 



%H 15 



Northern Electric 



141 



MAJESTIC TUBULAR HOT WATER 

HEATERS 

WITH BACKER PATENTED ELEMENTS 

Circulation Type 

No. 33 

3 heat reciprocating switch attached to heater. 

For connection to %" water supply pipes. 

Length of heater 26%". 

Standard voltage 220. Watts 3000. 

Shipping weight 24 lbs. 

List No. 33 List Price $25 . 55 

No. 33-A 

Three heat for remote control. 

Supplied with 3 heat reciprocating switch. 

Pilot light receptacle and nickel plated front plate. 

For connection to %" water supply pipes. 

Length of heater 26%". 

Standard voltage 220. Watts 3000. 

Shipping weight 26 lbs. 

List No. 33-A List Price $34.80 

No. 34 

Circulation type flat rate and booster. 

Flat rate tube 660 watts, 110 volts. Eooster tube 2000 
watts, 220 volts. Booster heater tube can be supplied for 
110 volts. Standard heater supplied with single heat switch 
for booster tube, attached to heater. Can also be supplied 
for remote control. 

For connection to %" water supply pipes. 

Length 26 %". 

Standard voltage — 

Booster heater tube 220 volts, 2000 watts. 
Flat rate heater tube 110 volts, 660 watts. 

Can be supplied with booster heater tube 110 volts. 

Shipping weight 25 lbs. 

List No. 34 List Price $26.40 

No. 35 

3 heat reciprocating switch attached to heater. 

For connection to J4" water supply pipes. 

Length 38%*. 

220 volts only. Watts 5000. 

Shipping weight 38 lbs. 

List No. 35 List Price $42 . 25 

No. 31 

3 heat reciprocating switch attached to heater. 

For connection to %" water supply pipes. 

Length 2334". 

Can be supplied for remote control when so ordered. 

Voltage 220. Watts 2000. 

Shipping weight 2\ l /i lbs. 

List No. 31 List Price $24.80 



No. 32 

Single heat with switch attached to heater. 

For connection to %" water supply pipes. 

Length 26%". 

Voltage 220. Watts 3000. 

Shipping weight 22 lbs. 

List No. 32 List Price $21 .60 

' No. 32-A 

Single heat for remote control. 

Single heat tumbler switch, pilot light receptacle and 
Bakelite plate. 
For connection to %" water supply pipes. 
Length 26 %". 
Voltage 220. Watts 3000. 
Shipping weight 23 lbs. 

List No. 32-A List Price $23.75 



RED SEAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS 







Immersion Two Tube Circulation 

Type Immersion Type Type 

IMMERSION TYPE (Without Switch) 

Length from 

Watts Voltage Outlet Diam. Thread bottom List 

Box Tube thread to end Price 

Octagon 

500 110 3%" 1" 1" UK" $ 8.50 

750 110 3^" 1" 1" HM" 8.50 

1000 110 3%" 1" 1" 11M* 8.50 

1500 110-220 334x4%" V%" 1" 12" 12.36 

2000 110-220 334x414" %" 1" 1434" 16.48 

3000 220 3?/*x4%" 7 A" 1" 21%" 20.60 

4000 220 334x4%"- 2%" 2" 2134" 25.75 

5000 220 334x4%" 2%" 2" 21 34" 25.75 

Octagon 

500 220 3%" 1" 1" UK" 8.24 

750 220 3%" 1" 1" UK" 9-27 

1000 220 3%" 1" 1" UK" 9-79 

* 500 110-220 314" 1" 1" UK" 11-85 

* 750 110-220 3%" 1" 1" UK" H-85 
*1000 110-220 3%" 1" 1" UK" H-85 

*2000 110-220 334x4%" Vs" 1" 14J4" 19-57 

*3000 220 3^x434" ~'A" 1" 21%" 24.72 

* With 3-heat switches. 

CIRCULATION TYPE (Without Switch) 

Octagon 

500 110 3%" 1" 1" UK" S14.94 

750 110 3)4" 1" 1" UK" 14-94 

1000 110 3%" 1" 1" UK" 1494 

Angle 

1500 110-220 3!4x4%" y % " l" 14%" 18.54 

2000 110-220 334x434" V%" 1" W 2302 

3000 220 334x4%" V% 1" 2334" 27.55 

4000 220 3^x4%" 214" 2" 21^" 46.35 

5000 220 334x4%" 2%" 2" 2134" 46.35 

Octagon 

500 220 3%" 1" 1" UK" 14-42 

750 220 3%" 1" 1" 11 K" 15-45 

1000 220 3%" 1" 1" 11%" 15.97 

* 500 110-220 3%" 1" 1" H%" 17.91 

* 750 110-220 3%" 1" 1" 11%" 17.91 
*1000 110-220 3%" 1" 1" 11%" 17.91 

Angle 

*2000 110-220 3^x4%" %" 1" 17%" 26.11 

*3000 220 33^x4%" H" 1" 2334" 31.67 

* With 3-heat switches. 

SUCCESS WATER HEATERS 

Watts Voltage List Price 

500 110 $5.15 

750 110 5.15 

1000 110 5.15 







1 



142 



Northern Electric 






UNIVERSAL CURLING IRONS 

Universal Curling Irons crimp the hair into beautiful 
glossy waves or curl it into fluffy individual curls, as desired, 
with little effort and at a negligible cost. The rods heat fast 
and evenly along their entire length, practically eliminating 
danger of scorching. Strong spring clamps hold hair firmly 
in position. .Tapered points slip smoothly into the hair 
without catching or snarling. All models are beautiful y 
finished with colored enameled handles to fit harmonizmgly 
into the most elegantly furnished boudoirs. 




No. E7801 

DE LUXE MODEL WITH COMB 

Hair Dryer made of Aluminum. Detachable swivel con- 
nector plug facilitates movement of curler and prevents cord 

twisting. . 

Chromium Plated Rod and Clamp 

Lavender Handle with Green Trim 
and Green Button 

No. E7801 Without Hair Dryer, List Price $4.00 

No. E78011 With Hair Dryer, List Price 4.85 

Weight packed 1 lb. 

Packed one in a display carton, 12 in a unit package 




No. E7502 

Chromium Plated Rod and Clamp 

No. E7502 Lavender Enameled Handle 

Permanently Attached Cord 

List Price $2 . 45 

Weight packed 11 oz. 

Packed one in a carton, 3 in a unit package 

Four unit packages (one dozen) in a large package 







No. E9505 

Nickel Plated Rod and Clamp 

No. E9505 Gray Enameled Handle 

Permanently Attached Cord 

List Price $1 . 50 

Weight packed 11 oz. 

Packed one in a carton, 12 in a unit package 




No. E7503 

With detachable connector plug for easily disconnecting 
curler and curling the hair on stored heat without need or 
bother of disconnecting cord at outlet. 

Chromium Plated Rod and Clamp 

No. E7503 Green Enameled Handle 

List Price $2 . 85 

Weight packed 9 oz. 

Packed one in a carton, 12 in a unit package. 

All equipped with 6 ft. Art Silk Cord 



CANADIAN BEAUTY CURLING IRONS 







No. 454 
CURLING IRON 



Chrome Plated %" Tube with 5 ft. silk swivel cord, and 
pull off plug. Supplied in the following colors: Blue, Green, 
Pink and Ivory. Volts 110-115. Watts 20. Weight 5 oz. 
Shipping weight l A lb. Standard shipping carton 12 assorted. 

List No. 454 Curling Iron List Price $2.00 





No. 451 CURLING IRON 

Chrome Plated ^ " Tube with 5 ft. Silk Swivel Cord attach- 
ed. Supplied in the following colors: Blue, Green, Pink and 
Ivory, Volts 110-115. Watts 20. Weight 5 oz. Shipping 
weight Y% lb. Standard shipping carton 12 assorted. 

List No. 451 Curling Iron List Price $1.50 

CANADIAN BEAUTY CURLING TONG 

HEATER 

No. 52 
CURLING IRON HEATER 

This is a beautiful 
new design heater, 
suitable for use in 
the home or beauty parlor. 
There is accommodation for two 
pairs of curling irons. Left hole, 
high heat. Right hole, low heat. The element consists of a 
porcelain tube wound with best resistance wire. Complete 
with detachable plug. Watts 125. Volts 110-115. Weight 2 
lbs. Shipping weight 2% lbs. Standard Shipping Carton 12. 

List No. 52 Curling Tong Heater List Price $4.25 

No. 52C CURLING IRON HEATER 

Finished in chrome. 

List No. 52C Curling Tong Heater List Price $4.75 



SUPREME ELECTRIC 
HAIR DRYER 

A switch controls a stream 
of air, hot or cold as desired, 
which blows its air to the roots 
of the thickest hair. 

Supplied in three beautiful 
colours, mahogany, jade green 
or walnut, also in nickel plated 
finish or chromium finish. 

110 V. 550 W. 

Packed one in 
a carton. Weight 
4 lbs. 




Finish 


Volts 


Watts 


List Price 


Jade Green 


110 


550 


$10.85 


Mahogany 


110 


550 


10.85 


Walnut 


110 


550 


10.85 


Nickel 


110 


550 


10.85 



Northern Etectric 



143 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 



Heating Pads 










^ 




THREE-HEAT PAD 

Complete with removable muslin cover for dry applications. 
Three speeds controlled by switch in cord. Two thermostats 
provide heat regulation. Watts 65-40-25. 

No. E9147 Peach Eiderdown Cover 

Weight Packed 2\i lbs. 

Packed one in a carton, six in unit package 

List Price $4.75 




THREE-HEAT PAD 

Complete with separate washable muslin slip and water- 
proof cover. Three speeds controlled by switch in cord. Two 
Thermostats provide heat regulation. Watts 65-40-25. 

No. E9344 Orchid Eiderdown Cover 

Weight Packed 2J4 lbs. 

Attractively Colored Display Box, six in unit package 

List Price $6.50 



Pads equipped with 9 ft. Art Silk Cord; others with 6 ft. 
cord. 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 

Heating Pads 



Bring almost instant relief 
from pain caused by cramps, 
congestion, rheumatism, lum- 
bago or neuralgia. Light and 
fleecy, pliable as flannel, soft 
as eiderdown. In dark, position 
of control lever can be deter- 
mined by raised projections on 
switch. Non-Radio interfering. 
Size 12 x 15 in. All pads 
wrapped in cellophane. 



UNIVERSAL HWW 



* ;v 






:— '- « 



i 




DE LUXE MAINTAINED THREE-HEAT PADS 

Three separate heats, 185° F., 150° P., 115° P., are held 
by four automatic heat regulating thermostats — twice the 
number employed in other pads — an exclusive patented 
Universal feature. Watts 65. 

List Price 

fNo. 99444 Orchid Eiderdown Cover §8.95 

fNo. 99646 Green Eiderdown Cover 8.95 

No. E9930 Pearl Gray Eiderdown Cover 8.75 

fApproved by Ontario Hydro Electric Commission. 

Complete with separate washable muslin slip and water- 
proof cover, safe, sanitary heat for either wet or dry appli- 
cations. 

Weight Packed 2^ lbs. 

Packed one in a carton, six in unit package 
Pads equipped with 9 ft. Art Silk Cord. 



CANADIAN BEAUTY HEATING PAD 




No. 60 Heating Pad 



Attractively packaged to make sales 

No. 60 Heating Pad 

12 x 15 Heating Pad equipped with three heat indicating 
switch and two automatic thermostats for safety and temper- 
ature regulation. 

Element made from nichrome wire wound on asbestos core 
and insulated with pure asbestos braiding. 10 ft. silk cord 

supplied. 

Extra cover supplied to keep pad clean and dry. Cellophane 

wrapped in beautiful display box- 
Cover of pad pure wool, Kenwood blanket cloth, in blue 

color. 

Volts 110-115. Watts 60. 

Shipping Weight 2 lbs. Standard Case 6. 

List No. 60 Heating Pad List Price $5.65 

No. 60A 

Same as above only in rose colored cover and cord. 
List No. 60A Heating Pad List Price $5. 65 




144 



Northern Electric 



MAJESTIC NU-GLOW FIRES 
Live, Flickering, Illuminated Grates 




No. 68B 

Height. 213/2"; width, 28H"; depth, 18%"; shipping weight, 
90 lbs.; watts, 3000. 

Model Xo. 68A, same as above. Watts 1320. 

Model 681, same as above. Watts, 1000. With 6 ft. 
cord for use off wall or base receptacle. Weight, 75 lbs. 



List 
Xo. 

681 

68A 

68 B 



Nu-Glow Grand De Luxe, 1000 W 
Xu-Glow Grand De Luxe. 1320 W 
Xu-Glow Grand De Luxe, 3000 W 



List 
Finish Price 

..Standard 837.00 

..Standard 37.00 

..Standard 40.00 




Xo. 69B 

Height, 23"; width, 38"; depth. 18M"; shipping weight, 
125 lbs.; watts, 3000. 

Model 69A, same as above, Watts, 1320. 

Model 691, same as above. Watts, 1000. With 6 ft. cord 
for use off wall or base receptacle. Weight, 105 lbs. 

List Finish List 

No. p r i ce 

691 Xu-Glow, 1000 \Y\, Wrought Iron $47 .50 

69A Xu-Glow. 1320 W., Wrought Iron 47 . 50 

69B Nu-Glow, 3000 W., Wrought Iron 55 .00 

All grates may be obtained in the following finishes: Brass, 
Copper, Wrought Iron and Baked Antique, as also "Summer 
Fires," meaning without heat feature. 



MAJESTIC NU-GLOW FIRES 
Live, Flickering, Illuminated Grates 




Height, 20"; width, 19^"; depth, 15"; shipping weight, 
65 lbs. Watts, 3,000. 

Model No. 65A, same as above. Watts 1320. 

Model No. 651, same as above. Watts, 1000. With 6 ft 

cord for use off base or wall receptacle. Weight, 55 lbs. 

List List 

No. Finish Price 

651 Nu-Glow Colonial, 1000 W. Standard $22. (X 

Same in Baked Antique finish 18. OX 

65A Nu-Glow Colonial, 1320W Standard 22. Of 

Same in Baked Antique finish 18. 5C 

65B Nu-Glow Colonial, 3000 W Standard 27. 5( 

Same in Baked Antique finish 23. 5< 




No. 67B 

Height, 213/ 2 "; width, 21^"; depth, 16M"; shipping 
weight, 05 lbs.; watts, 3000. 

Model No. 67A, same as above. Watts, 1320. 

Model 671, same as above. Watts, 1000. With 6 ft. cord 
for use off wall or base receptacle. Weight, 60 lbs. 

List List 

No. Finish Price 

671 Nu-Glow DeLuxe, 1000 W Standard $29. »>< 

Same in Baked Antique finish 24. 0C 

67A Nu-Glow DeLuxe, 1320W Standard 29 . Of 

Same in Baked Antique finish 24. 01 

67B Nu-Glow DeLuxe, 3000 W Standard 33. 0C 

Same in Baked Antique finish 29. 01 



Northern E tec trie 



145 



MAJESTIC NU-GLOW FIRES 
Live, Flickering Illuminated Grates 




No. 63B BABY GRAND 

Height, 18H"; width, 1W; depth, 11"; shipping weight, 

45 lbs.; watts, 3000. 

Model No. 63A, same as above. Watts, 1320. 

Model 631, same as above. Watts, 1000. Equipped with 
cord for use off wall receptacle. 

List List 

No. Finish Price 

63 Summer Fire only, no heat Standard §9.00 

Same in baked antique finish 7 . •")() 

631 Nu-Glow Baby Grand, 1000 W Standard 15.50 

Same in baked antique finish 14. 00 

63A Nu-Glow Baby Grand, 1320 W Standard 15.50 

Same in baked antique finish 14 00 

63B Nu-Glow Baby Grand, 3000 W Standard 1 7 . 00 

Same in baked antique finish 15.50 




No. 64B 

Height, 20"; width, 20"; depth, 15*4 "; shipping weight, 
65 lbs.; watts, 3000. 

Model No. 64A, same as above. Watts 1320. 

Model 641, same as above. Watts, 1000. With 6 ft. 
cord for use off wall or base receptacle. Weight, 55 lbs. 

List List 

No. Finish Price 

641 Nu-Glow Grand, 1000 W. Standard $22.00 

Same in baked antique finish 18 . 00 

64A Nu-Glow Grand, 1320 W Standard 22 . 00 

Same in baked antique fin ish 18 . 50 

64 B Nu-Glow Grand, 3000 VV Standard 27 . 50 

Same in baked antique finish 23 . 50 



PORTABLE ELECTRIC HEATERS 




No. 2-A 



No. 2-A Grate Type Nu-Glow Heater 

The Majestic Portable No. 2-A is designed to meet the 
need of those who want a (le-lu\e radiant heater for the home. 
Beautifully finished in bronze and burnished brass, with 
chrome reflector artistically wrought fire box and element 
guard, this heater typifies the last word in engineering and 
designing skill of an organization famous for its good products. 

Size 17H" high, 15 :j .i' wide, N : * , " deep. Shipping weight 
30 lbs. Volts 110-115. Wattage 1200. This heater is 
equipped with switch so that live fire can be used with or 
without heat. Shipping weight 30 lbs. 
List No. 2-A List Price $14 70 




No. 2-C Grate Type Portable Heater 

Embodied in this grate type portable heater is a combination 
of ultra-modern design, sound construction and perfected 
heating principles. Reflector finished in chrome, and end 
castings are finished in gold and brown. Six horizontally 
placed heating elements radiate a sun-like warmth, unfluctuat- 
ing and comforting. Tastefully designed chrome guard adds 
a most pleasing effect to this heater. 

This popular heater comes complete with cord and plug 
cap for attaching to base or wall receptacle. Capacity 1100 
watts. Volts 110-115. Size \AW x UJi* * 8}^". Ship-^ 
ping weight 17 lbs. 
List No. 2-C List Price $8.70 






146 



Northern Electric 


















PORTABLE ELECTRIC HEATERS 




No. 5-C 

No. 5-C Heater 

A very popular number, improved as to appearance and 
embodying every advance in heater science- New style 
octagon embossed reflector adjustable so that heat can be 
directed where desired. Well balanced design on sturdy base. 

No. 5-C has Chrome Plated Reflector and standard finish 
is Mahogany or Crystal Black. 

No. 5 Heater has Coppered Reflector and is finished in 
Pastel Ivory with Brown highlighting. Heater comes com- 
plete with cord and attachment plug. Volts 110-115, Watts 
660, Reflector 13". Shipping weight 7 lbs. 

List No, 5-C. Heater. List Price S4.50 

List No. 5. Heater List Price S4. 15 




No. 6-C 
No. 6-C Heater 

This Canadian Beauty Heater with its large reflector in 
Chrome, and mounted on an artistically finished base decorat- 
ed in Gold with Brown and Pastel. 

Ivory with Brown highlighting, is certain to be a popular 
number. Bowl is mounted on an adjustable cradle and so 
enables heat to be directed at any angle desired. This 
heater comes complete with cord and attachment plug cap. 
Capacity 1100 watts. 110-115 volts. Reflector 14". Ship- 
ping weight 123^ lbs. 

List No. 6-C. Heater List Price S5.95 



UNIVERSAL FAN HEATERS 




No. E798 

Forces warm air into the room at the rate of 235 cubic feet 
per minute. The circular housing which surrounds both fan 
and element eliminates air pockets and assures maximum 
output of forced heated air. 

List Price 
No. E798 French Green-Gray Enamel Moire Finish. $11.50 

No. E7981 Ivory Enamel Moire Finish 11.90 

No. E7983 Black Enamel Moire Finish 11 .90 j 

Chromium Plated Guard 
Height 9% inches Base 11 }/o in. wide, 4}/o in. deep i 

Watts, 1320 I 

Weight packed 8% lbs. 
Non-radio interfering motor 
Operates from a convenience outlet but not a lamp socket. 

MAJESTIC AIRFLOW HEATERS 




7 Major Uses 

L The most effi- 
cient portable heat- 
er. 

2. Fast, conve- 
nient hair drier. 

3. As an air con- 
ditioner. 

4. As a media- 
tor or perfumator. 

5. As a kitchen 
exhaust fan. 

6. As a clothes 
drier. 

7. As a window 
defroster. 



No. 401 MAJESTIC AIRFLOW HEATER 

A well-built appliance of pleasing appearance embodying 
the latest in Electric Heater designs. It is equipped with 
a fan creating a forced circulation of air. 

A special switch is attached to the Heater: 
First snap — Element on high in combination with the fan 
Second snap — Element on low in combination with the fan 
Third snap — Element off and fan operating. 
Fourth snap — All ofF. 

The Heater is finished in combination of chrome and enamel 
Motor for fan can be furnished for 60 or 25 cycle. 
To be operated from wall or base receptacle. Volts 
100-115. Watts 1320. 

No. 401 Airflow Heater List Price $16.71 

No, 400 Heater — same as above. One heat only. 

No. 400 Airflow Heater, no switch List Price $14. 5( 



i 



Northern Electric 



147 



MAJESTIC AIRFLOW HEATERS 




No. 402 Wall Type 

Silent in operation. 

Beautiful in appearance. 

Will not interfere with radio reception. 

Safe, simple and economical to operate. 

Approved by Ontario Hydro Electric Commission 

Fully enclosed. 

Fully guaranteed. 

Every home, office and store a prospect. 



No. 402 WALL TYPE BATHROOM HEATER 

COMBINATION HEATER AND HAIR-DRIER 

An inexpensive, thoroughly efficient hair-drier, passing all 
iydro requirements, and fully guaranteed. Silent in opera- 
ion. 

This drier overcomes the one great objection to home 
ihampooing. It will pay for itself many times over from this 
itandpoint alone. 

Will prove to be a great comfort in the bathroom in chilly 
veather, and as an emergency drier for stockings, etc. 

Can be installed at very low cost. 

Designed for permanent installation, and operated with one 
leat only. 

It is furnished with outlet box for conduit wiring, and in- 
cudes flush type tumbler switch with Bakelite flush plate. 

The construction of the element same as No. 400 Majestic 
Xirflow. Same motor and fan. 

Standard finish, Chrome plate guard. Volts 110-115. 
Watts 1320. 

-ist No. 402 Airflow Heater List Price $20.00 



UNIVERSAL SAFETY FAN 




A new type "all-around" guard of closely spaced rings of 
heavy gauge wire make it the Safest Fan on the market. 
This guard provides the maximum of protection against 
accident and yet does not materially cut down or interfere 
with the proper air delivery of the fan. 

No. 310 French Green-Gray Moire Finish 

Non-Oscillating Single Speed 

Non-radio Interfering motor 

35 Watts 110 Volts 60 Cycles AC 1550 R.P.M. 

10 inch blades develop 550 cubic feet of air per minute 

Width 11 in. Height 13 in. 
Durable 8 ft. Green Cord 
Weight % l /2 lbs. Weight packed one in a case, 17 lbs. 
Performance data subject to variation 10% plus or minus. 

List Price $13.50 

HOW TO FIGURE COST OF OPERATING ANY 

ELECTRICAL APPLIANCE 

Lay a rule across this chart. Place ruler edge at the left of 
chart on proper watts taken by appliance, then running across 
raise or lower the rule in center to point on center line giving 
local rate. You can now read the costs in cents to operate 
an appliance for one hour. The answer is on line with your 
ruler's edge as it appears at extreme right. The answer is 
in cents. 

Cents 



Watts 




i+oo . 




li0»O 




IZQO 


uJ 




*_/ 


1100 - 


2T 




< 


10&$ - 


Q- 




Q- 


300 - 


< 




> 


600 - 


eO 




■7 


700 - 


lU 




* 


&00 . 




500 _ 




40O _ 


5 
* 




300 . 




£00 . 




10 . 




- 






2 



3 

5 
i 

7 

a 

3 

it 



IC 






I* 



T — f 



148 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE FANS 




16 Inch Oscillating 



WESTINGHOUSE FAN MOTORS 
Powerful, Quiet. Economical 

Westinghouse Fan Motors have built into them all the 
experience and skill Westinghouse has gained in the con- 
struction of millions of fan motors. 

The 12 and 16 inch fans have slow speed motors, 1000 
RPM which gives more quiet operation and longer life than 
the ordinary 1500 RPM fan motor. 

Westinghouse Fan Motors are noted for their high effi- 
ciency in moving great volumes of air for the current con- 
sumed. Rivet ted laminations and large bearings prevent 
vibration. Lubrication is required only once a season. 

The 10, 12 and 16 inch fans are provided with moulded 
Micarta blades which are lighter and stronger than metal 
blades and are easier to keep clean. They are much superior 
to metal for quiet operation and permanently retaining 
correct shape. 



WESTINGHOUSE FANS 







12 Inch Oscillating 



OSCILLATING FANS I 

The Westinghouse Oscillating Fan is designed to swee 
the far corners of a large room several times a minute. 

Made in four sizes with capacities ranging from 365 t 
1720 cubic feet per minute, they provide for every requin 
ment. The fan may be tilted either upward or downwar 
and may be mounted if desired in either a vertical or hor | 
zonta! position. 

The oscillating movement may be instantly adjusted f( 
either a 45° or 90° arc or for a steady blow. 

The sturdy guards, joints and control switch are in ever | 
way superior in quality and construction to the ordinary fai 




CEILING FANS 

Westinghouse Ceiling Fans keep refreshing air constant 
in circulation at the very minimum cost for current. The 
extremely quiet operation together with automatic oilir 
system is designed to give many years of service with 
minimum of attention. 

Attractive in design and finish, they are the ideal inste 
lation for shops and stores. 






i 



Northern Eh c trie 



149 



WESTINGHOUSE FANS 

60 CYCLE FANS— 100-120 VOLTS 





Diam. No. of 


No. of 


List 


List 


Type I 


nches Blades 


Speeds 


Number 


Price 


>n-0scillating 


8 


4 


1 

1 


♦4205501 
*770572J 


$ 6.90 


a 


10 


4 


3 


517733 


13.25 


" 


10 


4 


3 


803018 


17.00 


I « 


12 


4 


3 


*516909 


28.00 


dilating 


8 


4 


1 


517520 


13.75 


a 


10 


4 


1 


517723 


19.00 


». 


10 


4 


3 


803008 


23.00 


a 


12 


4 


3 


12FL3 


36.00 


* M12 


4 


3 


800373 


40.00 


K 


16 


4 


3 


*516873 


40 . 50 


M16 


4 


3 


800377 


48.00 


Mling 


36 


4 


3 


6533731 


56.00 


u 






3 


802627/ 


U 

a 


52 


4 


3 
3 


5171921 
52C3 


68.00 


xhaust Horizontal 


12 


4 


1 


516931 


34.00 


u f< 


16 


4 


1 


516942 


38 . 00 


xhaust Vertical 


12 


4 


1 


516946 


38 . 00 


U u 


16 


4 


1 


516948 


42 . 00 


25 CYCLE FANS— 100-120 VOLTS 




on-Oscillating 


8 


4 


1 


*420550 


$ 6.90 


a a 


10 


4 


1 


517736 


17.50 


U u 


10 


4 


3 


803021 


20.00 


a u 


12 


4 


3 


*516903 


30.00 


scillating 


8 


4 


1 


653431 


17.00 


u- 


10 


4 


1 


517728 


22.00 


a 


10 


4 


3 


803013 


25 . 00 


u 


12 


4 


3 


516853 


38 . 00 


u 


16 


4 


3 




40 . 50 


eiling 


36 


4 


1 


699829 


59.00 


a 


52 


4 


3 


699022 


72.00 


xhaust Horizontal 


12 


4 


1 


516925 


36 . 00 


U <( 


16 


4 


1 


516936 


41.00 


D.C. 


FANS- 


-100-120 VOLTS 




on-Oscillating 


8 


4 


1 


*420550 


S 6.90 


u u 


10 


4 


1 


517736 


17.50 


u u 


12 


4 


3 


516901 


33 . 00 


scillating 


8 


4 


1 


653431 


17.00 


ii 


10 


4 


1 


517728 


22 . 00 


u 


12 


4 


3 


516851 


38 . 00 


u 


16 


4 


3 


516864 


41.00 


eiling 


52 


4 


3 


653439 


75 . 00 


xhaust Horizontal 


12 


4 


1 


516923 


37.00 


II u 


16 


4 


1 


516934 


41.00 


xhaust Vertical 


12 


4 


1 


516945 


41.00 


ii ii 


16 


4 


1 


516947 


45 . 00 



*Present stock only, no more of these styles will be ordered. 
M — Master Aire Fans with capacitor motors. 

SPECIAL FEATURES 

220 Volt Fans— For 220 volt fans, both A.C. and D.C 
scillating and Non-Oscillating, also Exhaust Fans, add to 
hedule price $2.00; on Ceiling Fans add $3.00 Net. 

30 Volt Fans— D.C— For 30 volt D.C. fans, use price of 
^responding 110 volt D.C. Fans, plus .$2.00 Net. 

Ceiling Fans — Style number and price of ceiling lans in- 
ude fan and wall ring with suspension details. 

Exhaust Fans — Style number and price of exhaust fans 
elude fan and wall ring without speed regulator or connector. 

Regulator for Fans— A.C. and D.C. 100-120 Volts. 

Style — Any style of Alternating Current or Direct Cur- 
at Regulator List Price $8.00 



WESTINGHOUSE FANS 

Standard and Special Finishes 

Where the finish of the fan is not specified, the standard 
finish as described in catalogue will be supplied. For special 
finishes, plated other than chrome, and special spray, the 
additional net charge will be as follows: 

For A.C. and D.C. Desk and Bracket Fan Motors, 
special finish on motor body, base and guard, 8" and 
10*, add $3.00 

For A.C. and D.C. Desk and Bracket Fan Motors, 
special finish on motor body, base and guard, 12" 
and 16*, add 4.00 

For A.C. and D.C. Ceiling Fan Motors, for special 
finish on motor bodies, metal feet of blades and 
casing of Hanger Rod for Ceiling Fan Motors, in- 
cluding the ceiling canopy, add 8.00 

For chromium plated fans, all sizes, add to regular 
retail price 10 . 00 

Cords and Plugs — Desk and bracket type tans are equipped 
with cord and separate plug — no allowance will be made 
when cord and plug are omitted. 




EXHAUST FANS 

Wherever necessary to renew the air completely in a lew- 
minutes, Westinghouse exhaust fans may be depended upon 
for noiseless and efficient operation. 

The motors are single speed, but a speed regulator may 
be supplied. They require repacking only at long intervals. 




List 
No. 

420 
421 



Starrite Ventilating Fans 

Description 

10" Universal, Ivory Finish 

10" Induction. 60 cy 



List 
Price 

16 . 95 

15.00 






150 



Northern Electric 



STAR-RITE FANS 




No. 416 16" Oscillator 



li 




No. 422 8" Non-oscillating 

Desk or Wall Fans 

Outstanding value in fans. The pleasing modernistic design 
of base and guard, the smooth, noiseless operation, and the 
improved dependable oscillating mechanism (motor cannot 
be injured if oscillation is obstructed) mark the quality high 
spots of these fans. No interference to radio in inductor models. 
Adaptable for table use or wall mounting, and an adjustable 
screw in base permits operation as either a stationary or 
oscillating fan. Finish black with highly polished brass 
finished blades. Complete with cord and plug (cap only). 

List List 

No. Description Price 

422M 8" straight, Indue. 60 cycle $ 4.95 

422UM 8" straight. Universal 8 .95 

431M 8" oscill., Indue, 60 cycle 8.95 

431UM 8" oscill., Universal 11.50 

423M 10" straight, Indue, 60 cycle 7 .95 

424M 10" straight, Universal 14.50 

426M 10" oscill., Indue, 60 cycle 11.95 

429 M 10 " oscill., Universal 16.50 

414 12" oscill., Indue, 60 cycle 32.00 

414A 12" oscill., 25 cycle 35.00 

416 16" oscill., Indue, 60 cycle 35.00 

416A 16" oscill., 25 cycle 38.00 



UNIVERSAL ELECTRIC WARES 

Soldering Irons 

Simple and Rigid in Construction 
Long Life Heating Unit easily replaced 

Solid Copper Tips, Large Cool Handles. Nickel Plated I 
Finish. 

No. E9130 Watts 150 f 
Diameter of Tip Y% in. 
Length Overall 14 \i in. || 
Weight of Tip 3 oz. 

Total Weight 1 ^ lbs. 
Weight packed 1 % lbs. 
List Price $8.75 

Available in higher wattages up to 370 watts and in diameter 
of tips up to \ X A" . 

Soldering irons are equipped with 6 ft. cord. Packed one 
in a carton. 

VULCAN ELECTRIC SOLDERING IRONS 




No. E9130 




No. 10 

All ' "Vulcan" irons equipped with 6 foot approved heater 
cord and attachment plug cap. They will operate from any 
lighting socket on either A.C. or D.C. 

The bevel and thread of each tip exactly fits the heating 
head, resulting in exceptional heat conduction efficiency. 
To replace tips, tap on alternate sides and then unscrew. 
For best results use only genuine Vulcan Tips. 

The Vulcan construction is very simple, consisting of but 
five complete parts, all easily replaceable. (A Tip, a hermetic- 
ally sealed heating head, a handle, a cord and a plug). 

All Vulcan irons are adjustable in length. Terminals are 
readily accessible by simply sliding the handle off the stem 
onto the cord. 



List 




Net 


Tip 


List Price 


No. 


Watts 


Weight 


Dia. 


Complete 


10 


44 


10 oz. 


A* 


$ 6.00 


20 


50 


10 oz. 


7 '/ 

16 


8.00 


30 


60 


12 oz. 


W 


10.00 


40 


90 


13 H oz. 


w 


11.25 


50 


120 


18 oz. 


"A" 


12 . 75 


60 


175 


22 oz. 


1 


14.75 


70 


220 


28 oz. 


IK" 


17.25 


80 


310 


37^ oz. 


lVs" 


20.00 


90 


430 


50^ oz. 


w 


23.00 



No. 10 is specially designed for light Radio Repairs and 
home use, while No. 90 is recommended for automobile 
radiators, copper sinks, roofs, leaders, heavy metal patterns 
and all heavy soldering work. 

Always specify voltage when ordering standard voltages. 

Standard voltages 32-110-115-120-220-230-240-250 volts. 
Special voltages $1.00 extra. (No. 10 Iron supplied only in 
32-110-115 and 120 volts). 

UNIVERSAL GLUE POTS 

Interior of Vessel made of Pure Aluminum 

Water Jacket made of Cast Iron 

Black Handle 

No. E952 1 quart 

Diameter 8 in. 

Two Heats 110-440 Watts 
List Price $14.75 

No. E953 2 quarts 

Diameter 9}4 in- 

Three Heats 165-330-660 Watts 

List Price $17.75 

Weight packed 11 to 18 lbs. 

Glue Pots equipped with 6 ft. Cord. Packed one in a 
carton. 




Northern Electric 



151 



RADIO RECEIVING SET TUBES 
Westinghouse Radiotrons 




so. UV-27A 

rype 

-A-6 
-C-6 
:-A-3 

NA-o 
NA-6 

l-A-7 

>- B-7 
>-Z-3 

■-A-4 
J-A-6 

-A-7 
5- B-7 
5-C-6 

i-D-6 
i-F-7 
12-Z-3 

25-Z-5 

>0-A 
U-A 

01-B 
01-C 

\VI 

IV 

UX-10 

WD-11 

WX-12 

UX-12-A 

15 

19 

t'X-20 

WX-20 

IX-21-B 

UX-22 

UY-24-A 

VVX-25 

UX-26 

UY-27-A 

W-30 
W-31 
W-32 

W-33 
W-34 

W-35-A 

W-36 
W-37 
W-38 

W-39-44 

UX-40 

W-41 

W-42 
W-43 
UX-45 

W-46 
W-47 
W-48 

W-49 

UX-50 

W-53 

W-56 

W-56 
W-57 

W-58 
W-59 
W-71-A 

W-75 
W-76 
W-77 

W-78 
W-79 
W-80 

W-81 
W-82 
W-83 
W-83 V 

W-84 
W-85 

W-89 

UV-99 
UX-99 
WX-99 







Xo. W-80 No. W-30 Xo. 6B7 Xo. 6A7 

Description and Filament Voltage List 

Pentagrid Converter— 2.0 82 . 50 

Pentagrid Converter— 2.0 2.75 

Power Amplifier Triode — 2.5 2.50 

Power Amplifier Pentode — 2.5 1 . 75 

Duplex Diode High-Mu Triode — 2.5 1.85 

Pentagrid Converter — 2.5. 2.40 

Duplex-Diode Pentode — 2.5 2.40 

Rectifier— Full Wave— 5.0 1 .75 

Power Amplifier Pentode — 6.3 2.15 

Class ,4 B" Twin Amplifier — 6.3 2.20 

Pentagrid Converter — 6.3 2 . 40 

Duplex-Diode Pentode — 6.3 2.40 

Triple Grid Detector Amplifier — 6-3 1.85 

Triple Grid Super-Control Amplifier — 6.3 1 .75 

Triode Pentode — 6.3 2 . 75 

Rectifier— Half- Wave— 12.6 1 .75 

Rectifier Doubler — 25.0 1.75 

Detector— 5.0 2.50 

Detector Amplifier — 5.0 1 . 10 

Detector Amplifier — 5.0 1 . 10 

Detector Amplifier — 5.0 1 . 10 

Rectifier— Half- Wave — 6.3 2 . 10 

Rectifier— Half- Wave— 6.3 . . . 1 . 55 

Power Amplifier Oscillator — 6.5 4 . 00 

Detector Amplifier — 1.1 3.00 

Detector Amplifier — 1.1 3.00 

Amplifier, Detector— 5.0 1 . 30 

Pentode— 2.0 4.40 

Class "B" Twin Amplifier— 2.0 2.00 

Power Amplifier — 3.3 i . 75 

Power Amplifier — 3.3 1 . 75 

Power Amplifier— 5.0 3 .00 

R. F. Amplifier— 3.3 2.20 

R. F. Amplifier— 2.5 1 -75 

Amplifier Detector— 5.0 1 .30 

Amplifier — 1.5 1 . 10 

Detector Amplifier — 2,5 1.15 

Detector Amplifier— 2.0 1.30 

Power Amplifier — 2.0 1 . 30 

R. F. Amplifier— 2.0 2.25 

Power Amplifier Pentode — 2.0 1.95 

Super-Control R. F. Amplifier Pentode — 2.0 2.25 

Super-Control R. F. Amplifier — 2.5 1 - 75 

R. F. Amplifier— 6.3 170 

Detector, Amplifier— 6.3 1 .25 

Power Amplifier Pentode — 6.3 1-75 

Super-Control R. F. Amplifier Pentode — 6.3 1 .80 

Voltage Amplifier — 5.0 1 .30 

Power Amplifier Pentode — 6.3 1 - 70 

Power Amplifier Pentode — 6.3 1 . 80 

Power Amplifier Pentode — 25.0 2 . 00 

Power Amplifier — 2.5 1-20 

Dual Grid Power Amplifier — 2.5 1 . 70 

Power Amplifier Pentode — 2.5 1 . 60 

Power Amplifier Tetrode— 30.0 4 . 50 

Dual Grid Power Amplifier— 2.0 1-70 

Power Amplifier— 7.5 4.00 

Class "B" Twin Amplifier— 2.5 2.15 

Duplex Diode Triode — 2.5 1-75 

Super-Triode Amplifier Detector — 2.5 1.25 

Triple-Grid Detector Amplifier — 2.5 1 . 75 

Triple-Grid Super-Control Amplifier— 2.5 2.25 

Triple-Grid Power Amplifier — 2.5 2.40 

Power Amplifier — 5.0 1 . 20 

Duplex-Diode Triode — 6.3 , 1.75 

Super-Triode Amplifier Detector— 6.3 1.30 

Triple-Grid Detector Amplifier — 6.3 1.85 

Triple-Grid Super-Control Amplifier — 6.3 2.35 

Class "B" Twin Amplifier— 6.3., 2.55 

Rectifier— Full-Wave— 5.0 1-10 

Rectifier— Half-Wave— 7.5 4.00 

Mercury Vapor Rectifier — Full-Wave — 2.5 1.45 

Mercury Vapor Rectifier — Full-Wave — 5.0 1 .55 

High Vacuum Rectifier— Full -Wave 3.00 

Rectifier— Full-Wave— 6.3 2.00 

Duplex-Diode Triode Amplifier— 6.3 1.80 

Triple-Grid Power Amplifier— 6.3 1-85 

Detector, Amplifier— 3.0-3.3 2.00 

Detector, Amplifier— 3.0-3.3 2 . 00 

Detector, Amplifier— 3.0-3.3 2.00 



ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE WIRES 

CHROMEL "A" 

This is the first nickel-chromium alloy ever made for resist- 
ance purposes. Its composition is 80 per cent, nickel and 
20 per cent, chromium. 

It is an accepted fact that this alloy resists oxidation more 
vigorously than any other base metal combination. It has 
become the standard alloy for electrical heating elements 
which run at temperatures between 1400° F. and 2000° F. and 
which are exposed to the air. Some of its specific applications 
are in ranges, radiant heaters, grills, hot plates, and electric 
furnaces. 

Chromel "A" is used almost universally in the heating 
elements of industrial and laboratory electric furnaces. On 
these applications durability is the first requisite. The 
temperature is generally high, and the operation continuous. 

CHROMEL "C" 

This is a nickel-chromium-iron alloy containing about 25 
per cent, iron and 11 per cent, chromium. 

The iron content somewhat lowers its durability at high 
temperatures, yet it is very satisfactory for certain uses. 
Although not quite so resistant to oxidation as Chromel "A" 
or "B," yet it finds extensive use in flat-irons, toasters and 
other devices. 

It is well suited for electrically heated devices operated at 
rather low temperatures, or where the heating elements are 
enclosed, as in flat-irons, and thus protected to a certain degree 
against oxidation. 

For radio rheostats, Chromel "C" is particularly suited, 
because of its very high resistance — about 65 times that of 
copper — and because atmospheric conditions cannot cause it 
to corrode. It allows the construction of permanent and com- 
pact apparatus. 

COPEL AND NICKEL-MANGANESE 

Copel is an alloy of 55 per cent, copper and 45 per cent, 
nickel. 

Its principal characteristic is a temperature-coefficient that 
is practically nil. This property suggests its use in certain 
electrical instruments where an extremely low, or negligible, 
temperature-coefficient is desired. 

Copel is practically non-corrosive under ordinary atmos- 
pheric conditions, and has a fairly high electrical resistance, 
the average being 298 ohms per cir. mil foot at 75° F. These 
two properties recommend it for use in rheostats, particularly 
for radio work. 

Copel is also a good alloy for "hot" resistance purposes 
where the temperature is not above 800° F. 

HOSKINS PURE NICKEL 

No. 651 
Nickel, No. 651, is the purest obtainable. This purity is 
evidenced by the very low resistivity of the wire, and its very 
high temperature coefficient of resistance. The value of this 
coefficient depends on the temperature range as follows, from 
which may be calculated the resistance at various tempera- 
tures: 

Temperature Range, °F. Coefficient per °F. 
68° to 200° . 0035 

68° to 400° .0039 

68° to 600° . 0045 



68° to 800° 

Temperature Range, °C. 
20 Q to 93° 
20° to 204° 
20° to 316° 
20° to 427° 



.0046 

Coefficient per °C. 
.0063 
.0070 
.0081 
.0083 



Resistivity at 68° F.=50 ohms per Cir. Mil-Foot. 
Resistivity at 20° C. =8.30 microhms per Cm. Cube. 
Specific Gravity =8. 86 Pounds per Cu. In. =0.320 

Prices on application. 



152 



North era Electric 






~ 



A National 

Electrical 

Service 



VANCOUVER 



EDMONTON 



CALCARY 




REGINA 



WINNIPEG 




NEW LISKEARD QUEBEC 



SUDBURY 




% 



/ 

#MONTREAl 
OTTAWA 



SAINTJO^N 



• ■ 



^TORONTO 

•HAMILTON 
|7 LONDON 
WINDSOR 




HALIFAX 



#NT 






Serving all Canada 

You are never far from a Northern Elec- 
tric distributing house, each one of which 
is stocked and staffed to render a com- 
plete electrical service for public utility, 
industrial, amusement, municipal and 
home requirements. This national elec- 
trical service has been built up over the 
years through a wealth of manufac- 
turing and research experience. Let it 
simplify your electrical problems and 
point the way to real economies. 



M W 



or even Street Lighting, you will find in this 
catalogue a representative selection of the 
best and latest in lighting equipment to 
choose from. » Experienced Lighting 
Specialists are located at our many dis- 
tributing centres, alert to assist you with 
your lighting problems. We want you 
to take full advantage of their services. 



for 

ILLUMINATION 
EQUIPMENT 



Whatever your problem may be in Residen- INDEX 

tial, Commercial, Industrial, Church, School 



See Back of 
this Page 



See alphabetical index for 
page numbers of listings 
at back of book. 



■> 



' 







"'"?„. 



154 



Northern Electric 



K* 



ILLUMINATION 
EQUIPMENT 



INDEX 



Residential Lighting 
Commercial Lighting 

Floodlighting 

Overhead Street Lighting 

Ornamental Street Lighting 



Tubular bteel Poles 



Mazda Lamps 
Decorative Lighting 

Industrial Reflectors 
Show Window Reflectors 



Sign Transformers 



Time Switches 
Reelite Hangers 
Vaporproof Reflector- 






" 






Northern Electric 



155 



RESIDENTIAL LIGHTING FIXTURES 




Since Residential Lighting Fixtures, like the clothes we 
wear, are subject to seasonal and yearly charges in styles, we 
are not, therefore, listing them in this catalogue in detail. 
Whenever you are in the market for Residential Lighting 
Fixtures, write to our nearest branch for a copy of our very 
latest Residential Lighting Fixture catalogue. A copy will 
then be mailed you promptly. 






156 



Northern Electric 



MODERN DECORATIVE LUMINAIRES 



for 



BEDROOM— SUN PARLOR— BATHROOM— DINETTE 




Diameter of Glass Disc. . 



No. 491 D.6 

Length Overall 10" 

Extension 5 

(Furnished with Pin Switch) 




No. 496/D.6 
Diameter of Glass Disc 14" 

Note: Ceiling Holders shown on No. 496/ D.6. is for illus- 
tration purposes only and will not be furnished. 

List List 

No. Description Price 

491 /D.6— Wired Complete $11.25 

494 /D.6— Wired Complete 10. 00 

496/ D.6 — Glassware Only — With Chromium Banding 

on Disc 7 . 05 

496/D.6 — Glassware Only — Without Chromium 

Banding on Disc 6 . 50 

Glassware is furnished with standard 4" fitter and can be 
attached to any 4" holder. 

Note: No. 491 and No. 494 are furnished wired complete 
and finished in "Chromalume" finish. 

(Chromalume is a highly polished cast Aluminum, and looks 
like Chrome). 



LE MODE LUMINAIRE 

for 
SUN PARLOR— BREAKFAST ROOM —BED ROOM 

AND DINETTE 




No. 82/D. 3 

[2 Lightsl 




No. 80/ D. 4 
[3 Lightsl 

No. 80 is furnished with a metal reflector, which eliminate 
the unpleasant halo of light around the edge of the ceilin 
band. 

Finish of Fixtures: 

CHROMIUM ANTIQUE IVORY. 

Choice of Glassware: D. 3, D. 4. 



List Prices 
Chromium Ivor 

$19.25 $14.0 

18.75 13.5 

14.25 10.5 



13.75 



10.0 



List Dimensions 

No. Dia. Length 

82/D. 3 15" x 8" 

82/D. 4....: 15" x 8" 

80/D. 3 15" x 3" 

80/D. 4 15" x 3" 

When ordering, please mention: 

(1) Number of Fixture. 

(2) Finish of Fixture. 

(3) Number of Decorated Glass 

All fixtures are furnished wired complete and packed on 
to a carton. 



Northern Eh x trie 



157 



BEDROOM UNITS AND SHADES 



MADE OF "IVORY" GLASS 




No. 7541 B 






^ l//i-_ 


j* ■-,— 




No. 7531 B 


ist 


Std. 




.0. 


Pkg. 


Wid 


.541 B.. 


4 


9" 


507B. . 


.. 12 


7" 


53 IB.. 


. . 12 


5" 




Dimensions 
Width Length F'ter 

x 5]4" x 4" 
x 4H" x 2K" 
x 4H" x 4" 



No. 7507 B 




Std . 


List 


Pkg. 


Price 


r Wgt. 


Each 


14 lbs. 


So . 00 


" 17 lbs. 


4.00 


18 lbs. 


3 . 75 



Tinting 

A brown tint is blended onto the "IVORY" glass and 
ainty touches of Pastelle color are applied to the raised 
oral designs. 







No. 199T 




No. 197T 

Std. 
Dimensions Pkg. 


List 


.ist 




Std. 


(Inches) Wgt. 


Price 


io. 


Glass 


Pkg. 


W'thL'th F'ter Lbs. 


Each 


99T 


"Ivory "Tinted. 


12 


9x7 x4 30 


$5 . 00 


97T 


"Ivory "Tinted. 


12 


7x6Mx2M 21 


2.50 



BATHROOM AND KITCHEN 

CHROMIUM PLATED WALL BRACKETS 

Wall Brackets of distinction, for Medicine Cabinets and 
over Kitchen Sinks. 

Highly polished CHROMIUM with genuine "VELVA" 
glassware. 




B. 143 [2 Lights] 

Length of Bracket Back 534 inches 

Width of Glass Shade 12% inches 

Extension from Wall 6 14 inches 

(With Canopy Switch |. 

List Price $13.75 




B. 142 [1 light] 

Length of Bracket Back 5% inches 

Width of Bracket Back 4^ inches 

Extension from Wall 6% inches 

[Pull Chain). 

List Price $6 . 50 

When ordering, please specify fixture number. 

All Brackets are furnished wired with approved wiring 
materials, and packed complete with glassware in individual 
cartons. 



158 



Northern Electric 



GUTH PORCELAIN ENAMEL AGLITE 

UNITS 

For bathrooms, toilets and hospitals 



vy~>s 



h 




No. A-1077 



No. A-1066 






Jk 

No. A-1064 No. A-1075 

Nos. A-1076 and A-1077 
With Adjustable Shade Canopy, 4^ in- Diameter. Extends 
Yx in. Overall Opal Glass No. G3144. 

List Socket' List 

No. Price 

A1076 Keyless $3.25 

A1077 Chain Pull 3.75 

White or Ivory Fluted Shades can be furnished at 30c list 
additional. 

Nos. A-1066 and A-1077 
Canopy, ± h /% in. Diameter. 
List List 

No. Socket Price 

A1066 Keyless SI. 60 

A1067 Chain Pull... 2.10 

Can also be furnished in Black. 

Nos. A-1064 and A-1065 
Length, 7V£ in. overall. Canopy, 4H in- Diameter. Opal 
Glass 6'4 x 234 in. No. G1382. ' 

List List 

No. Socket Price 

A1064 Keyless S3. 00 

A1065 Chain Pull 3.50 

White or Ivory 1 Fluted Shades can be furnished at SI. 35 list 
additional. 

Nos. A-1072 to A-1075 
With Adjustable Shade. Canopy, 6 x 4% in. Extends 83^ in. 
overall. Opal Glass No. G3144. 

List List 

No. Equipment Price 

A1072 Keyless, without Plug $3.40 

A1073 Chain Pull, without Plug 3.90 

A1074 Keyless, with Plug 4.00 

A1075 Chain Pull, with Plug 4.50 

f White or Ivory Fluted Shades 

can u furnished at 50c list 
additional. 



Nos. A-3346 to A-3349 

Canopy, 6 x 4% in. 
Extends 33^ in. overall 

List List 

No. Equipment Price 

A3346 Keyless, without 

Plug $3.00 

A3347 Turn Switch, with- 
out Plug 3.60 

A334S Keyless, with Plug.. 3.40 

A3349 Turn Switch, with 

Plug 4.00 




GUTH PORCELAIN ENAMEL PENDANTS 

For 
Laboratories, Laundries, Hospitals, etc. 




No. S-74350 No. A-3349 

No. S-74350 

Porcelain enameled steel pendants, with screwless internal 
safety holder— 30" long overall— additional length— 24" 
sections or less, 0.50 list— with chromium coupling. 

List Price 

4" Medium socket $11.65 

6" Medium socket 12. 10 

6" Mogul socket 13.25 

GUTH PORCELAIN ENAMEL FLANGES 







No. K-1166 

Guth one-piece flange is made of rust-resisting Armcc 
iron. Aglites of polished cold-rolled steel, with permanent 
Lumo-Vitro Enamel finish. 

The Guth flange is installed with the greatest ease and 
rapidity. The self-adjusting patented spring glass holder 
obviates rattling or breakage; instantly engages or releasee 
glassware, no bothersome set screws. They are dust proof 
and have a perfectly smooth glossy porcelain finish that it 
easily cleaned. 

All flanges regardless of exterior color have white enameled 
surface inside glass, which assures maximum light output 
The enamel surface outside assures highest efficiency. 

Guth flange is non-vibrating — self-adjusting — dust proof. 
No visible screws. Knockouts for switches. Approved by 
fire underwriters. 

Ideal for use in schools, offices, stores, public buildings, 
hospitals, etc. 



No. A-3349 



List 










List 


No. 


Lights 


Socket 


Diam. 


Fitter 


Price 


K1164 


1 


Medium 


7H" 


V 


$2 6.' 


K1166 


1 


Medium 


10 " 


6" 


3.1C 


K1167 


1 


Mogul 


10 * 


6" 


3.75 


*K3395 


2 


Medium 


10 " 


6" 


5.1C 



Standard finishes — White, ivory, antique bronze and black. 

Polished chromium — Made of brass, 4* fitter $1.75 list 
additional— 6" fitter $2.40 list additional. 

One complete unit packed in separate carton- 

*One socket positioned for night light. 






Northern Electric 



159 



GUTH SUPER ILLUMINATORS 
Luminous Bowl Indirect Lighting 



The satin finish glass 
w-\ illuminates the 
tside of the reflector, 
thout glare — and 
ds to the beauty of 
e individual units 
d to the complete 
stallation. 




Xo. R-4355 



No. R-4910 



Guth Super Illuminators 
not only reflect the maximum 
amount of light for wattage 
used — but they also properly 
distribute the light over a 
wide area through the use of 
wide angle reflectors. They 
produce efficient, uniform 
lighting intensities, eliminat- 
light source, also shadows and 



Base 

Medium 
Medium 



Diam. 

12" 
14" 



g all glare from the 
idesirable reflection. 
They fit into standard outlets without the necessity of 
ecial wiring. Easy to install — the swivel joint stem assures 
;ture hanging true regardless of position of fixture stud or 
itlet. Canopy slips over swivel thus simplifying installation, 
isy to service — for cleaning or relamping, simply unhook 
le of the three supports which attach the reflector to the 
cket cover. 

List 

No. Watts 

W910 100 

14912 150-200 

Brass and aluminum. 

Finish— Xo. F781— Pewter and Old Gold. 

edallions on outside of reflector. Inside reflector, white oxide. 

L4355 150-200 Medium 

L4357 300-500 Mogul 

L4359 750-1500 Mogul 

Built of Brass and Aluminum. 

Finish — Chromium, and satin and polished aluminum. 

side reflector, white oxide. 

Finishes other than specified above, 20% list, additional. 

Watt lamp requires socket extension. 

Canopy Pull Switch $1.00 list additionai, (knockout in 

iopy.). 

S-inch lengthening MP-2018 60c list. 12 inch lengthening 

P-2019. . . 85c list. 

Luminous Glass Bowl available tinted, as ordered — Amber, 

ue, Pink or Green — without extra charge. 

3-Light Lamp Equipment — Mogul 3-Light Socket $1.40 

\ additional. 3-Light Canopy Pull Switch §2.10 list, 

ditional. 

Packed in individual cartons. 



14" 
18" 

99 » 



List 
Lgth. Price 

26 " $18.50 
30" 20.00 

Decalcomania 



30" $17.00 
36" 24.80 
42" 31.50 



GUTH SUPER ILLUMINATORS 




No. R4671 








List 






List 


No. Watts Base 


Dia. 


Lgth. 


Price 


R4671 150- 200 Watts Medium 


14" 


30" 


$24 . 20 


R4672 300- 500 Watts Mogul 


18" 


36 " 


31.50 


R4673 750-1500 Watts Mogul 


22 " 


42" 


41.50 


Built of brass and aluminum. 









Finish — Chromium, and satin and polished aluminum. 
Inside reflector, white oxide. 




Xo. R4474 

INDIRECT LIGHT WALL BRACKETS 
(For one 150-200 Watt Lamp) 

Built of aluminum and brass. 

Finish — Xo. F785, satin and polished cadmium. Inside 
reflector, white oxide. 

Luminous bowl — Satin finished crystal glass (white or 
tinted amber, blue, pink or green at no extra charge.) Switch 
in canopy. 

Size— Extends 12} 2 V from wall— Height \\ l A". 

Reflector — 12" diameter. 

List List 

Xo. Description Price 

R4474 As illustrated $28. 50 

R4747 With ornaments to match Xo, R4671 33-95 



160 



Northern Electric 



NOVEL LIGHTING UNITS 

for 
BEER GARDENS— TAVERNS— TAP ROOMS 

.The fixtures and keg-supporting brackets, which are made of cast aluminum are true reproductions of real wood carving 
and the antique wood finish applied is so realistic as to challenge detection. 




No. 8135 (5 Lights) 

Overall Length 42 inches 

Spread 20 inches 

List Price Each wired complete $24.00 





Glasses 


Only 










List 








Dimensions 






No. 


Finish 


Diameter 


Length 




Fitter 


2700 


Oak Color 


10" 


x 


12" 


X 


6 " 


2700 


' ' Hyperion" White 


10" 


X 


12" 


X 


6 " 


2710 


Oak Color 


10" 


X 


10" 


X 


6 " 


2710 


"Hyperion" White 


10" 


X 


10" 


X 


6 " 


2706 


Oak Color 


5" 


X 


6" 


X 


3K" 


2706 


''Hyperion" White 


5" 


X 


6" 


X 


3M" 


List 


Standard 




Weight Standard 




List 


No. 


Carton 




( 


arton 




Price 


2700 


1 




6 


lbs 




.. $10.00 


2700 


1 




6 


lbs 




7.00 


2710 


1 




5M 


lbs... 




7.50 


2710 


1 




5H lbs. 




4.50 


2706 


12 




20 


lbs 




3.75 


2706 


12 




20 


lbs 




2.50 







No. 8101 (1 Light Bracket) 

Length 8 l A inches 

Extension 7 X A inches 

(With Canopy Switch) 
List Price Each wired complete. . $10.00 

Units can be furnished in Oak Color 
or "Hyperion' 1 White. 

Specify color desired. 

Glass kegs furnished are regular No. 2706: 

Diameter 5 inches 

Length 6 inches 

Fitter 3% inches 




No. 2700 

With Clear Crystal Bottom and Metal 

Connecting Ring 






■ 



Northern Electric 



161 



MODERNE LOUVRE LUMINAIRE 

with 
"HYPERION" GLASSWARE 




MODERNE LOUVRE LUMINAIRE 

and 
"HYPERION" GLASSWARE 



' 



No. 714— L3309 
No. 716— L3312 
No. 716— L3314 
No. 716— L3316 

Fixtures are furnished wired complete with No. 16 Heat 
Resisting Wire, and with Porcelain Medium Base Sockets, 
^dd 0.45 List for Mogul Sockets. 

Fixtures are furnished only in Chromal finish, a two-tone 
:ombination of Polished Chrome on the louvres and Satin 



inished Aluminum on 



List 

No. 

14— L3309 

16— L3312 

16— L3314 

16— L3316 

L3309 

L3312 

L3314 

L3316 



List 

Price 

Fixture 

Complete 

$15.00 

17.25 

18.75 

22.00 



the pendants. 
List 
Price 
Glass- 
ware 
and 
Louvres 
only 



Overall 
Length 
of Fix- 
Dimensions of ture 
Glassware only Complete 
Diam. Lgth. Fitter Ins. 



$6.50 

8.50 

10.00 

13.25 

For longer overall lengths, add 75c list per foot or fraction 
>f a foot. 



9* 
12" 
14" 
16" 

9 
12 
14 
16 



x 

X 



w 

xll%" 

xiiH" 



x 

X 
X 
X 



4" 
6" 
6" 
6" 



36 
39 
39 
39 



" 



V 



tf 



r 



X 
X 
X 
X 



Wx4" 



\\ l A" 



X 
X 
X 



6" 
6" 



• 




• 






No. 708— L3510 
No. 710— L3512 
No. 712— L3514 

Fixtures are furnished wired complete with metal reflectors, 
which do not permit the light to form halos on the ceiling. 

Fixtures are furnished only in Chromal finish, a two-tone 
combination of Polished Chrome on the Louvres and Satin 
finished Aluminum on the Ceiling Bands. 




No. 3510 to No. 3514 




No. 3510M to No. 3514^ 



List 

Price 

Fixture 



List 
Price 
Glass- 
ware 
and 



List 
No. 



Com- Louvres 
only 



plete 
708--L3510S12.50 
710— L3512 15.75 
712— L3514 20.00 

L3510 ... S7.50 

L3512 ... 9.50 

L3514 ... 11.25 

3510 
3512 
3514 
3510^ 
3512^ 
3514^ 
*No Fitter but with -lole 



List 
Price 
Glass- 
ware 

only 



Dimensions of No. 
Glassware of 

Diam. Depth Fitter Igts 



x 8" 
xlO' 



S3. 75 

5.75 

7.30 

4.15 

6.40 

7.95 
in Bottom. 



10"x3%" 

i2" x in " 

14" x4V s " x 12" 
10" x 33/s" x 8" 
12" x4^" x 10" 
14"x4>g" xl2" 
10" x3^"x 8" 
12" x43/8" x 10" 
14"x4^"xl2" 
10"x3K"x * 
12" xSW x* 

14"x4K"x * 



2 
2 
3 



162 



Northern Electric 



MODERNE LOUVRE UNITS 

'Hyperion'' Glassware combined with CHROME finished 

Metal Louvres 




No. L601 
No. L602 
No. L603 
No. L604 

Note: Standard No. 716 Pendants can be furnished for 
these Louvre Units. 

Dimensions of Glassware 
Diameter Length Fitter 

10" x 6M" x 4" 

12" x 7H" x 6" 

14" x 8" x 6" 

16" x 8%" x 6" 





Li 


st 


Price Glassware 


List No. 






and Louvre 


L601 






6.50 List 


L602 






8.50 List 


L603 






10.00 List 


L604 






13.25 List 



THE "EXCELITE" WALL BRACKET 

METAL WORK FINISHED IN DULL CHROME 




Specifications: Wired complete with socket and No. 18 
stranded copper Heat Resisting wire, approved by the Natio- 
nal Board of Fire Underwriters. 

Will take any size Inside Frosted Lamp up to 150 watts. 

Length 11H inches, width 10% inches. 

Packed One to a Standard Carton. Weight, 4 lbs. 



List 
No. 

1611 

1611 E. 

1611 V. 

1611 B. 

1611 W. N. 

1611 I. N. 



Finish of Glass 

Plain White 

White Etched 

White "Nukraft," Decorated 

Ivory "Nukraft," Decorated 

White "Nukraft," Plain 

Ivory "Nukraft," Plain 

Note: — With Pin Switch Control — 4§c List extra. 

Please mention number and specify Finish of Glass desired. 



List 
Price 
Each 

S11.25 
16.25 
13.75 
14.75 
12.25 
13.25 



COMMERCIAL LIGHTING FIXTURES 

WITH CRYSTAL ETCHED GLASSWARE 







No, 80 /D. E. (3 Lights) 

Diameter 15 inches Length 3 inches 

List Price Each — Chromium $14.50 — Cadmium $14.00 
Metal reflector inside stops any light from showing on the 
ceiling, around the edge of the metal band. 




No. 81/D. E. (2 Lights) 

Diameter 15 inches Length 6jnches 

List Price Each — Chromium $15.50— Cadmium $14.75 




No. 82 /D. E. (2 Lights) 

Diameter 15 inches Length 8 inches 

List Price Each— Chromium $19.50— Cadmium $18.50 
All fixtures are furnished wired complete with approved 

wiring material. 

All bands are provided with hinges for easy relamping and 

cleaning. 

When ordering please mention the fixture number complete. 
Fixture can also be furnished with plain white "Hyperion 
Glass 1 ' (not etched). 



i 



Northern Electric 



163 



:OMMERGIAL LIGHTING FIXTURES 

with 
CRYSTAL ETCHED GLASSWARE 




No,84/D. E. [4 Lights] 



ameter 15 inches 



Length .30 inches 



List Price, each, Chromium $30.00; Cadmium $27.50 

If lengths of over 30 inches are required No. 84 will be 
rnished with chain between the canopy and break, at an 
tra cost of 75c list per foot for CHROME and 50c list per 
rf for CADMIUM. 

All fixtures are furnished wired complete with approved 
ring material. 

All bands are provided with hinges for easy relamping and 
waning. 

When ordering, please mention the fixture number complete. 
Fixture can also be furnished with plain White "Hyperion 
lass" (Not Etched). 



GLASS LOUVRE UNITS 

*"CHIP CRYSTAL" FINISH 

*"Chip Crystal" is a beautiful, decorative Crystal Glass 
with a chip design, which is everlasting. 

No. 726/5315— Overall length— 17 inches— same as No. 
716/5315 only it is supplied as close-up ceiling fixture with 
short stem. 




No. 716/5315— Overall length — 40 inches 

Pendants will be furnished 28 inches from top of canopy- 
to bottom of holder, and wired with medium base sockets. 

If longer lengths are desired, add $1.25 list per foot or 
fraction of a foot. 

Metal Bands on Glass Discs are furnished in Polished 
Chrome. 

Fixture Finished in Brushed Aluminum. 



List 
No. 

716/5315 



726/5315 



Wattage 



Dimensions 
of Glassware 
Finish of includ. Discs 
Glassware Length Dia. 

"Chip 

Crystal" 12" 14" 100-2 00 W-Frosted $25.00 



List 
Price 



"Chip 

Crystal 



O ft 



12 



14" 100-200 W-Frosted 23.25 



164 



Northern Electric 



MODERNE LOUVRE LUMINAIRE 

("Astralite" is Daylight Glass) 




MODERNE LOUVRE LUMINAIRE 

"ASTRALITE" GLASS 



No. 736— L1712 
ASTRALITE" GLASSWARE 



Suspension type fix- 
tures No. 716 and No. 
736 will be furnished 
28 inches long — from 
top of canopy to bot- 
tom of holder. (Quo- 
tations will be given 
for special lengths 
other than this.) 

All fixtures will be 
f u rn ished with Me- 
di u m Base Porcelain 
Sockets and No. 16 
Heat Resisting Wire. 

All metal parts are 
finished in Chromal. 
(Chromal is a Brushed 
Aluminum finish on 
the pendant and po- 
lished Chrome on the 
Louvres.) 



List No. 
Complete 

716/L1712 
726 /L 17 12 
736/L1712 
716/L1714 
726/L1714 
736/L1714 
701/L1708 





No. 710— L1712 List Price Each Complete S23.50 
No. 716— L1714 List Price Each Complete S26.25 



No. 701— L1708 
(With Canopy Switch) 



List No. 




List 


List 


Glassware 


Dimensions of 


Price 


Price 


with Lou- 


Glassware Only 


Com- 


Glass 


vres only 


Diam. Lg^h. Fitter 


plete 


only 


L1712 


12" x8H"x6" 


123 . 50 


S6 . 35 


L1712 


12* , x8H"x6" r 


22 . 45 


6.35 


L1712 


12"x8M"x6" 


28 . 25 


6.35 


L1714 


14" x9K'x6' 


26 . 25 


8.00 


L1714 


14'x9K'x6' 


25 . 20 


8-00 


L1714 


14"x9K"x6" 


31.00 


8.00 


LI 708 


8'x6K'x4" 


20.25 


2.00 




No. 726— L1712 List Price Each Complete $22.45 
No. 726— L1714 List Price Each Complete $25.70 
All fixtures are furnished with Porcelain Medium Ba 
Sockets and No. 16 Heat Resisting Wire, approved by t 
Board of Fire Underwriters. 

Metal Parts are finished in Chromal. 
(CHROMAL is a Brushed Aluminum finish on the penda 
and Polished Chrome on the Louvres.) 



Northern E tec trie 



165 



MODERNE LOUVRE LUMINAIRE 

"HYPERION" AND "ASTRALITE" GLASSWARE 
Louvres are Blown In Glass Balls, and Finished in Black or Platinum 





No. 726— B ^11 

Metal parts are fur- 
nished in "BRUSHED 
ALUMINUM tin i.l, ^_^ 

Suspension type fixtures Ml mm (([ 

No. 730, will be furnished H Jjl 
28 inches long — from top B^ fc^f 

of canopy to bottom of 

holder. I^^^B 

(Quotations will be 

given for special 

lengths). 

All fixtures will be fur- 
nished with Medium Base 
Porcelain Sockets and No. 
16 Heat Resisting Wire. 

Patents pending on No. 701 — B 806 

Louvre Balls (With Canopy Switch) 

No. 736— B 814 

List Price List Price List Price List Price 

List Hyperion Astralite Hyperion Astralite 

fsj 0> Black Black Platinum Platinum 

Complete Lined Lined Lined Lined 

726— B 814 $19.90 $21 . 10 $22 35 $23.80 

736— B 814 25.70 26.90 28.15 29.60 

701— B 806" 13.60 13.80 14.05 14.45 

B814 14" x 14" x 6" 12.20 13.40 14.65 16 10 

BSOG.WW." 6* x 6" x 3H*and4" 2.75 3.05 3.30 3.70 

(B 806 packed 27 to carton) 

When ordering BS06 Glass only, please mention size of Fitter— 3ki " or 4*. 







166 



Northern Electric 






THE "EXCELITE UNIT" 

Semi-indirect lighting has long been recognized as the ideal 
form of artificial illumination for school, office and accounting 
rooms, stores, hospitals and all places where good illumination 
without eye strain is essential. 

Heretofore, the low efficiency of units of this type, together 
with the high initial and constant maintenance cost, have made 
the expense of this form of lighting almost prohibitive. 

Realizing the field for a unit combining efficiency with 
distinctive appearance and low cost, we have developed the 
EXCELITE which has completely fulfilled the purpose for 
which It was designed. 

In presenting the EXCELITE, we offer a unit of true semi- 
indirect type with the remarkable efficiency of 82%, a light 
output equal to that of the best direct lighting units. 

Illuminating engineers are agreed that excess light delivered 
in the zone between 60° and 90° is most harmful because it 
enters the eye at the critical angles which cause eye strain. 
The distribution chart of the EXCELITE unit shows a very 
considerable reduction of candlepower in this zone thus 
insuring an absolutely glareless luminaire. 

A further examination of the distribution, will show that 
61% of the light output of the bare lamp is directed in the 
zone between 90° and 180° with only 21% being directed in 
the zone between zero and 90°. This means that 75% of the 
light output of the unit itself is directed above and 25% below 
the horizontal plane passing through the lamp filament — a 
truly extraordinary performance in that it conforms exactly 
with the best principle of semi-indirect lighting as prescribed 
by the foremost illuminating engineers. 

The candlepower per square inch test indicates the maxi- 
mum brightness of the bowl to be 1.9 candlepower and the 
average to be 1.14 candlepower. This overcomes any possi- 
bility of excessive globe brightness with its attendant eye 
strain. 

A study of the distribution curve shows that the maximum 
candlepower is obtained between the angles of 105° and 180° 
which assures that the greatest possible amount of useful 
light will be reflected back to the working plane, evenly dis- 
tributed over an extremely wide area. 

Actual working tests made in a room with eleven foot 
average conditioned ceiling, with 200 watt frosted inside 
lamps in units spaced on nine foot centres, gave an average 
of eleven foot candles throughout the room on the working 
plane. 

Too much attention cannot be called to the luminous socket 
cover which is an exclusive patented feature of EXCELITE. 
By the use of this device, the light output of the unit has not 
only been increased, but, due to the design of this member, the 
energy formerly dissipated in heat is diffused in light. 

The specially designed fixture is of stem pendant type with 
patented swivel joint at canopy and is dignified and attractive 
in appearance. The parts are chrome plated brass and highly 
polished aluminum. 

Provision for the easy installation, relamping and cleaning 
of the EXCELITE unit has been properly provided for by 
the simplicity of the mechanical construction, an indispensa- 
ble feature of well-designed lighting equipment. The glass 
socket cover has only to be raised a few inches for easy access 
to the lamp or the inner surface of the bowl. 



THE "EXCELITE" UNIT 



Th 



// 



Excelit 

Unit 

CONSTRUCTION a 
INSTALLATION 

1. Stem Pendant. 

2. Knurled Lockout. 

3. Threaded Screws. 

4. Metal Plat*. 

5. Threaded Turned Knob 

6. Locknut. 

7. Spring Clips. 

8. Glass Socket Cover, 

9. Cast MetaJ Harp. 

10. Threaded Stem. 

11. Socket. 

12. Lamp. 

13. Glass Bowl. 

14. Metal Spinning. 

15. Rubber Washer. 

16. "Equalizer" Laclngf. 

17. Threaded Nipple. 

18. Turned Metal Knob. 



// 



The installation and assembly of the 

"E«celite" unit is entremely simple 

due to its well-designed mechanical 

construction. 




Construction and Installation 



(a) Attach the Stem Pendant (1) to the ceiling outle 
in the regular way. 

(b) Slip the Glass Socket Cover (8) onto the Cast Met; 
Harp (9) which should then be secured to the Metal Plal 
(4) by means of the two Threaded Turned Knobs (5). 

(c) Turn the two Spring Clips (7), firmly securing tl 
Glass Socket Cover (8) to prevent vibration. 

(d) Insert (if at hand) the Lamp (12) into the Sock< 
(11). 

(e) Place the Rubber Washer (15) into the Glass Bo> 
(13) and attach same to the Harp (9) by means of the "Equa 
izer" Loclcnut (16) threaded onto the Nipple (17). 

(f) Secure the Metal Spinning (14) to the Glass Bo 
(13) by means of the Turned Metal Knob (18). 

To relamp: Turn both Spring Clips (7) inward and rai 
Glass Socket Cover (8). 






Northern Electric 



167 



THE "EXCELITE" UNIT 





THE "EXCELITE/' UNIT 

One characteristic of the Excelite Unit is the striking 
nd unusual beauty of its lines. We do not believe there was 
ver such a combination of efficiency with attractiveness 
resent in the same Luminaire, and we are certain that a 
isual inspection will convince anyone. 

For anyone who is seeking a unit which will make an im- 
lediate and forceful appeal to the consumer; which will 
ispire the latter with a desire to have it installed in his own 
:ore or office building, we are certain there has been no 
uminaire developed in the last ten years more appropriate 
) this purpose than the Excelite. 

The Luminous socket cover described elsewhere is undoubt- 
Jly a particularly attractive and striking feature. It gives the 
nit unusual character and distinction. In a word the 
xcelite belongs to that class of developments which almost 
>mpel people to own it because of its striking appropriate- 
ess, its unusual beauty and its efficiency. 

The Excelite has the following features of superiority: 

1. Distinctive appearance, being conservatively modern 
i design . 

2. Low maintenance cost due to the ease in cleaning and 
damping. 

3. Properly designed diffusing glass bowl is doubly sup- 
Drted from the bottom thereby insuring safety from breaking 
lat is not possible when drilled with holes in the sides for 
ispending from chains. 

4. Lightly polished glass diffusing bowl of special density 
?rfecte<f for high reflection and low absorption. 

5. Exclusive patented luminous socket cover. 

6. Extremely low surface brightness which eliminates glare. 

7. High percentage of total light output converted into 
seful light. 



THE "EXCELITE" UNIT 

CEILING TYPES 

Plain White — Decorated Nukraft and Etched Glassware with 

Dull Chrome Finished Fixture. 




The "Excelite' 11 as a ceiling type unit for low ceilings. The 
plain white decorated Nukraft and Etched glass bowls can be 
furnished with this type ceiling luminaire. 

"Excelites" are furnished wired complete with porcelain 
sockets and No. 16 stranded copper heat resisting wire, 
approved by the National Board of Fire Underwriters. 

(Please mention number and specify glass desired). 

Dia. Over- Wgt. List 

Lumin. Finish of of all Std. Lamp Price 

No. Glass Bowl Bowl L'gth Car. Size Each 

Lbs. Watt 

1626 Plain White 16" 17" 11 200 $25.00 

1630 Plain White 20" 21" 15 300-500 41.50 

1626E White Etched 16" 17" 11 200 32.50 

1630E White Etched 20" 21* 15 300-500 50.00 

1626Y White Nukraft Dec. 16" 17" 11 200 28.75 

1630Y White Nukraft Dec. 20" 21" 15 300-500 46.00 

1626B Ivory Nukraft Dec. . 16" 17" 11 200 30.00 

1630B Ivory Nukraft Dec. . 20" 21" 15 300-500 47. 50 

Note. It is essential that inside frosted lamps be used to 
avoid unsightly ceiling striations, which are produced by 
clear crystal lamps. 

Packed one in a carton. 



168 



Northern Electric 






"SUPERBA" 

SEMI-INDIRECT LUMIXAIRE 

A semi -indirect luminaire for schools, offices, accounting 
rooms, stores, hospitals and all places where good and ade- 
quate illumination, without eye strain, is essential. 





No. 4616 

Superior Features 

1. Distinctive appearance. 

2. High percentage of light output. 

3. Lightly polished glass diffusing bowl of special density, 
perfected for high reflection and low absorption. 

4. Low surface brightness — eliminating glare. 

5. Low maintenance cost. 

Specifications 

Oyer all length, 30 inches. Diameter of bowl, 16 inches. 

Wired complete with porcelain Edison base socket and 
No. 16 heat resisting wire. 

For use with 150-200 watt inside frosted lamps. 300-500 
watt can also be used if wished with Mogul Socket. 

%' diameter stem can be furnished instead of H" as shown, 
at no extra cost. (Kindly mention same when ordering). 

Can be furnished with special 3 light socket and switch to 
take the new 3 light lamps. 

Prices furnished on request. 

The fixture, which is finished in "Dull Chrome," is of 
the stem pendant type with swivel joint at canopy and is 
dignified and attractive in appearance. 

The glass bowl is suspended by three very small link chains 
and it is only necessary to unhook one or two of these chains 
for relamping or cleaning. 

There will be an additional charge of $1.50 list per foot, 
or fraction of a foot, for fixtures more than 30 inches over all. 



SHELCREST FIXTURES 



BRASS 

SLOTTED 

HICKEY 



SHALLOW 
SUP CANOPY 
WITH KNOCKOUT 



BRONZE 

CHAIN 



SECTIONAL STEM 







SAFETY 
HOLDER 



Shelcrest Fixtures are a distinct advance in design, material 
and appearance from competitive commercial fixtures now 
available. They have many unique features — simple fool- 
proof holder, sectional stem, swivel joint, shallow slip canopy 
and maximum insulating qualities. 

The globe holder is safe, simple to operate and makes 
globe installation or removal easy. The canopy is the po- 
pular shallow slip type, held in place by a round bushing 
which gives the free-swinging effect of a ball and socket 
joint. The ceiling type has a canopy and socket cover 
molded in one piece. 

Shelcrest fixtures are supplied wired with No. 14 stranded 
asbestos-covered wire, marked for polarity. They are fur- 
nished in hanging and ceiling types, accommodating all lamp- 
up to and including 300 watts. When used with "99/ 
"66," "33" or "88" plain or decorated globes, Shelcrest 
are suitable for the finest of commercial interiors. 

Material — Shelcrest fixtures are made of genuine mouldec 
Bakelite, which is frequently used in manufacturing object; 
of art. The fixtures thus have all of the charm, and warmth 
of color, as well as the long-wearing qualities and accuracy 
of molding which is associated with this product. 

Packing and Assembly — Shelcrest fixtures are made \x\ 
of interchangeable parts, all of which accurately fit eacl 
other without the use of metal screws and damps, thus faci 
litating shipping in a knock-down form and permitting read} 
assembly without the usual inconvenience of missing parts 

Finish — The standard finish of Shelcrest fixtures is Japanes* 
Bronze. The color permeates the entire material and sur 
face scratches, common to fixtures with any other finish, wil 
not show on Shelcrests. The finish will not tarnish or fade 

Insulating Qualities — While all electrical fixtures are re 
quired to meet certain insulation requirements the Shelcrest 
because of its bakelite construction, offers additional in 
sulating properties not found in metal fixtures. 

Installation — By actual demonstration the Shelcrest fixtur 
has proved to be the easiest type to install. A patente< 
hickey used with the pendant type can be attached to th 
stud of an outlet box regardless of its depth or alignment 
Through this hickey, is passed a bronze chain of a type tha 
can be taken up or let down with ease, requiring no additions 
fittings. The canopy, which is slip type, drops the ful 
length of the stem, permitting maximum working con 
venience. 






Northern Electric 



169 



SHELCREST FIXTURES 

Specifications for Shelcrest Fixtures 

helcrest Fixtures are made of genuine Bakelite — holders are 
I iwless safety saddle type — they fit securely under inside 
I k of glass. Special brass slotted hickey adaptable to various 
, let box conditions. Extra strong bronze chain carries the 

ght of the unit. Shallow slip canopy with knockout for 
, opy switch. Canopy held in place by spherical-shaped 

• >hing threaded to top section of stem, forms ball joint, 
m three sections, each %" diameter 6" long, held on per- 

• t alignment, permits lengthening or shortening. Socket 
d rigidly in place. Ceiling and suspension types are similar 
ept canopy and socket cover are moulded in one piece and 
unting is accomplished by slotted strap. Finish is perman- 
:, smooth, and Japanese bronze in color. Shelcrest Fixture 
rts are numbered and interchangeable. Fixtures are sup- 
ed wired with asbestos-covered stranded wire, ground leg 
ite, live leg brown. All fixtures packed in individual cartons 
; 8 x 6, clearly labelled. 





M6H-3320 



Hanging Type 
Suspension type Shelcrests are really chain suspension fix- 
ures encased in a genuine Bakelite stem. The extra strong 
ironze supporting chain attaches to a brass slotted hickey 
daptable to all outlet conditions. The shallow canopy with 
;nockout, the adjustable hickey, the sectional stem, and 
ironze chain are all features. The globe holder is safe, simple 
o operate and makes for low cost in maintenance. It is 
addle shaped and accurately seats the globe from the inside 
md under the neck. To remove the globe for cleaning or 
amp changing, lift cover and tilt to a 30° angle and slip oft 
he globe. 



SHELCREST FIXTURES 



SLOTTED STRAP 
MOUNTING 



CANOPY & 
KNOCKOUT 



SAFETY 
HOLDER 







M6C-6620 



Ceiling Type 

Shelcrest Ceiling Fixtures have a canopy and socket cover 
moulded in one piece. The globe holder is a rigid saddle, 
shaped to accurately seat the globe from the inside and under 
the neck. To remove globe, simply tilt to a 30° angle and slip 
off the holder. Slotted strap mounting and shallow canopy 
with knockout are convenience features. 



FIXTURES WITHOUT GLASS 

List Socket Std. App. Unit 

No. Type Used Overall Pkg. Ship. Wgt. 
M4C Ceiling Medium W 12 1% lbs. 



M6C Ceiling Medium 5" 12 

M4H Hanging Medium 23" 12 

M6H Hanging Medium 24" 12 

M7H Hanging Mogul 24" 12 

M6H Hanging Medium 24" 12 

M C Recept. Medium Zy 2 " 12 

Finish: High Polish Japanese Bronze, 
finishes on application. 

Wire: Wire attached; one white, one black. 

Extra Length: 70 cents per six inch section. 



2 lbs. 
2 lbs. 
2M lbs. 

2H lbs. 
2Y 2 lbs. 
1 lb. 

-Cost of 



List 
Price 
each 
$4.80 

6.40 

6.40 

7.40 

9.20 

8.86 

2.50 

other 






170 



Northern Electric 



COMMERCIAL UNITS 

made of 
"HYPERION" GLASS 

The Glassware of Highly Efficient Lighting Qualities 




The Hanger shown is for illustration purposes only 

and will not be furnished 

Std. 

Dimensions Pkg. List 

List (Inches) Std. Wgt. Suggested Price 

No. Wid. L'th F'ter Pkg. Lbs. Wattage Each 

606 S l Ax 6 x4 12 18 75 SI. 50 

606>£ 9 x6Kx4 12 23 75-100 1.75 

HOT 10 x 6^x 4 4 11 100 2.75 

608 12 x 6^x 4-3 4 15 100-150 4.70 

609 14 x 7J/ 8 x 6 2 10 150-200 6.00 

610 16 x 8 3 / 4 x 6 2 14 200-300 7.20 

611 18 x 9 x 6-8 1 K) 300-500 13.75 

611M 20 xlO x8 1 15 300-500 24.75 

If No. 608 is ordered please specify whether 4" or 6" fitter 
is desired. 

If No. 611 is ordered please specify whether 6" or 8" fitter 
is desired. 



THE "ULTRA-LITE 

An Indirect Lighting Unit that diffuses the light, which i< 
redirected from the ceiling to the working plane below. 

Beautiful in Appearance — Efficient in Illumination. 




"Ultra-Lites" are furnished wired complete with slovs 
burning wire, and approved wiring devices. 

Special white porcelain effect enamel is applied to the inside 
of the reflector. 

The Grey outer finish is applied the same way. 

Overall lengths, other than shown, are not recommended 
as they reduce the illumination efficiency. 

If utmost efficiency is secondary to effect, fixtures can be 
furnished in extra lengths at an added cost of SI. 25 list per fool 
or fraction of a foot. 

Can be furnished wired with 2 Circuit Socket and 3 Circuit 
Switch for Trilite Lamp — Prices given on request, 

Dia. 



Re- 
List List flee- 
No. Price tor 
016-R S13.05 16' 
020-R 16.20 20" 
016-R 11.55 16* 



Sug- 
gested 
Wattage 



020-R 14.40 20"/ only 



Overall 
Finish Length Wired 

Chromalume /35" Medium Base 150-20( 
and Grey \36" Mogul Base 300-50( 
Grey [35* Medium Base 150-2(X 



36* Mogul Base 3O0-5(X 



Northern Electric 



171 



COMMERCIAL LIGHTING FIXTURES 



with 
HYPERION" GLASSWARE 



• • 




No. 816/B. 26 



Length of Pendant to bottom of stem is 24 inches. 

Pendants are furnished in either CHROME or CADMIUM 
ishes, wired complete with medium base sockets. 

If longer lengths are desired, add $1.50 list per foot or 
iction of a foot for CHROME and $1.25 list per foot for 
VDMIUM. 



List 



Diameter Recommended List 



Price 



No. 


of Glassware 


Wattage 


Chromium 


Cadmiun 


6/B. 26 


16 inches 


200-500 


$20 . 00 


$19.00 


6/B. 24 


14 inches 


1 50-300 


17.50 


16.50 


8/B. 22 


12 inches 


1 00-200 


14.50 


13.50 



When ordering, please mention fixture number, size of 
assware and finish of Pendant desired. 



COMMERCIAL LIGHTING FIXTURES 

with 
"HYPERION"' GLASSWARE 







No. 817 L551M 

Length overall — \\'\ inches 



Pendants are semi-rigid, with swivel arrangement inside 
canopy. 

Fixtures are installed by crossbar in canopy. 

Deep flanged canopy provided, so that levolier or other 
similar switches may be installed. 

Pendants are furnished in CHROME, BRONZE or ( AD- 
MI I'M finishes, wired complete for \\ lights. 

If longer lengths are desired, add $1.50 list per foot or 
fraction of a foot for CHROME and $1.25 per foot for CAD- 
MIUM or BRONZE. 



Dimensions 
List of Glassware 
No. Dia. Depth 

817/1551H 16' x 6H 
817/155114 H* x 5 



Recom- 
mended 
Wattage 

226-450 

120-225 



List Prices 
Chro- Cad- 
mium mium Bronze 

$20.00 S17.50 $17.50 
18.50 16.00 16 00 



When ordering, please give the Size of Glassware and Finish 
of Pendant. 



t — 



172 



Northern Electric 



COMMERCIAL UNITS 

made of 
HYPERION GLASS 

The Glassware of Highly Efficient Lighting Qualities 










COMMERCIAL UNITS 

made of 
"HYPERION" GLASS 

The Glassware of Highly Efficient Lighting Qualities 



The Hanger shown is for illustration purposes only and 
will not be furnished. 




The Hanger shown 

ic for illustration purposes only 

and will not be 

furnished 



Wgt. 

List Dimensions Std. Std. Suggested List 

No. Width Length Fitter Pkg. Pkg. Wattage Price 

400 8" x 9" x 4" 12 20 lbs. 100-150 SI. 75 

401 10" x 12" x 6" 1 41bs. 150-200 4.70 

402 12" x 14" x 6" 1 81bs. 200-300 6.00 

Will be furnished without holes unless specified. 



List 
No. 


Dimensions 

(Inches) 

Wid. L'th F'ter 


Std. 
Pkg. 


Std. 
Pkg. 
Wgt. 
Lbs. 


Suggested 
Wattage 


List ll 
Price j; \ 

Each 1 

IK 


612 .. 


. . . 8Hx 7x4 


12 


18 


75 


$1.50 1 


612H-- 


. . . 9 x 7\£x 4 


12 


23 


75-100 


1-75 I 


613 .. 


. . .10 x 6^x 4 


4 


11 


100 


275 \ 


614 .. 


...12 x 7^x 4-6 


4 


15 


100-150 


4-70 


615 .. 


-.14 x8Mx6 


2 


10 


150-200 


6.00 1, 


616 .. 


..16 x%6 


2 


14 


200-300 


7.20 || 



If No. 614 is ordered please specify whether 4" or 0" fitter 
is desired. 



V%»rAvfiiN»vriJV 



i m 












In' 









' 






















ft 1' 



• 



I 



• 



I 












I M I > 



% y 






\\ 






• 















I 









\ 




























174 



Northern Electric 



"STELLAR" CRYSTAL BOTTOM UNITS 

MADE OF "HYPERION" GLASS 
(Complete with Crystal Cut Bowl) 




No. 6165E 




No. 6165 



List 


Std. 


Dimensions 


No. 


Pkg. 


Width Length F'ter 


6165. . . . 


1 


11* x 17' x 6' 


6165E... 


1 


11' x 17' x 6' 




Std. 


List 


Pkg. 


Price 


Wgt. 


Each 


13 lbs. 


§13.75 


13 lbs. 


17.25 



List 
No. 



List 
No. 

2300 



CRYSTAL BOTTOM UNITS 

HYPERION GLASS 





No. 2400 



Dimensions Standard List 

Diam. Length Fitter Carton Weight Price 



2400 9' x 12' x 4' and 6 



Gibs. So. 00 




No. 2300 



Dimensions Standard List 

Diam. Length Fitter Carton Weight Price 

9' x 12' x 4' and 6' 1 6 lbs. $5.00 

Specify the size of Fitter required (4' or 6'). 






Northern Electric 



175 






it 



PREMIER" UNITS 



MADE OF "HYPERION" GLASS 




MODERNE LIGHTING UNITS 

MADE OF "HYPERION" GLASS 



No. 2259 
No. 2260 





No. 1460D— Yiy 2 " x 10M* x 6" Fitter 
No. 1459D— 9" x 7" x 4" Fitter 







No. 


2257E 












No. 


2258E 








,ist 

to. 


Standard 
Pkg. 


Dimensions 
Width Length 


Fitter 


Weight 

Standard 

Pkg. 


List 
Price 


259 


8 


9" 


IV2" 


4" 


22 lbs. 


$2.50 


260 


1 


12^" 


ioy 2 " 


6" 


10 lbs. 


6.35 


257 


12 


5M" 


9" 


4" 


26 lbs. 


2.50 


258 


1 


10" 


16^" 


6" 


12 lbs. 


9.35 


257E 


12 


5V2" 


9 ' 


4" 


26 lbs. 


4.00 


258E 


1 


10 " 


16H" 


6" 


12 lbs. 


13.20 


259E 


8 


9 " 


7H' 


4" 


22 lbs. 


4.00 


260E 


1 


12^" 


ioy 2 " 


6" 


10 lbs. 


7.40 




No. 1458D— 10K" x 16M" x 6" Fitter 
No. 1457 D— 6" x 9" x 4" Fitter 
No. 1461 D— 12 H" x 20" x 6" or 8" Fitter 

Modernistic Glassware 



List 


Standard 










List 


No. 


Pkg. 


Width Length 


Fitter 


Finish 


Price 


1457 


12 


6" x 9" x 


4" 




Plain 


12 . 50 


1457D 


12 


6" x 9" x 


4" 




Blk. Line 


4.00 


1458 


1 


10 1 4"xl6^"x 


6" 




Plain 


6.00 


1458 D 


1 


10K"xl6K"x 


6" 




Blk. Line 


13 . 20 


1459 


8 


9" x 7V 2 "x 


4" 




Plain 


2.50 


1459D 


8 


9" x 7y 2 "x 


4" 




Blk. Line 


4.00 


1460 


1 


12^"xl0M"x 


6" 




Plain 


6.35 


1460D 


1 


12H"xl0M"x 


6" 




Blk. Line 


7.40 


1461 


1 


12^"x20" X 6 


"or 


8' 


' Plain 


27.50 


1461D 


1 


12H"x20" x6 


"or 


8' 


Blk. Line 


35.75 



176 



Northern Electric 



THE "ARISTOCRAT" UNIT 

MADE OF "HYPERION" GLASS 
DECORATED 



BLACK LINED 





No. 1260E— 12H" x 10M* x 6" Fitter 
No. 1259E— 9" x 7H" x 4" Fitter 

DECORATED 



No. 1258D— 10^" x 163^" x 6" Fitter 
No. 1257D— 6" x 9" x 4" Fitter 

No. 1261D— 12H" x 20" x 6" or 8" 

Fitter 



BLACK LINED 





No. 1260D— 123^" x \0W x 6" Fitter 
No. 1259 D— 9" x 7H" x 4" Fitter 



No. 1258E— 10M* x 16M" x 6" Fitter 

No. 1257E— 6" x 9* x 4" Fitter 

No. 1261E— 12H W x 20" x 6" or 8" Fitter 



PLAIN WHITE 




No. 1258—10^" x 16H" x 6" Fitt 
No. 1257—6" x 9" x 4" Fitter 
No. 1261— 12^" x 20" x 6" or 8" Fitt 



PLAIN WHITE 




No. 1260— 1234' x 1034" x 6" Fitter 
No. 1259—9" x IVi" x 4" Fitter 



List No. 




List No. 




List No. 




Standard 


Weight 


Plain White 


List Price 


Decorated 


List Price 


Black Lined 


List Price 


Package 


Stand. Package 


1257 


$ 2.50 


1257-E 


S 4.00 


1257-D 


% 4.00 


12 


26 lbs. 


1258 


9.35 


1258-E 


13.20 


1258-D 


1320 


1 


12 lbs. 


1259 


2.50 


1259-E 


4.00 


1259-D 


4.00 


8 


22 lbs. 


1260 


6.35 


1260-E 


7.40 


1260-D 


7.40 


1 


10 lbs. 


1261 


27.50 


126 1-E 


35.75 


1261-D 


35.75 


1 


17 lbs. 






Northern Electric 



177 



MAJESTIC UNITS 



MADE OF "HYPERION" GLASS 




No. 1958 
No. 1957 




No. 1960 
No. 1959 



List Std. 

No. Pkg. 

1957 12 

1958 1 

1959 8 

1960 1 



Dimensions 
Width Length F'ter 

6' x 9* x 4' 

16K* x 11M' x 6" 

9' x 1W x 4" 

12M" x 10H* x 6" 



Std. 
Pkg. 
Wgt. 

26 lbs. 

12 lbs. 

22 lbs. 

10 lbs. 



List 

Price 

Each 

S2.50 
9.35 
2.50 
6.35 



"MAJESTIC" UNITS 

MADE'OF "HYPERION" GLASS 




No. 1960E 
No. 1959E 




List. 
No. 

1960E.... 
1959E... . 
1958E.... 
1957E.... 



No. 1958 E 
No. 1957E 

Std. 
Std. Dimensions Pkg. 

Pkg. Width Length F'ter Wgt 



1 

8 

1 

12 



12 l A" x 10M* x 6* 10 lbs. 

9" x 7y 2 " x 4" 22 lbs. 

16^" x 11M" x 6" 12 lbs. 

6* x 9* x 4" 26 lbs. 



List 

Price 

Each 

$7.40 
4.00 

13.20 
4.0O- 



178 



Northern Electric 



"PROGRESS" UNITS 

IN "HYPERION" AND "ASTRALITE" GLASS 

*"Astralite" is Daylight glass. 




No. L2816 



No. L2818 



The metal louvres, illustrated above, are made of solid 
brass throughout, and are substantially constructed from 
heavy square brass stock, so as to retain their shape and 
firmness at all times. They are furnished in a high grade 
Chromium finish and are completely assembled for shipment. 




No. 2816 



No. 2818 



(i 



When ordering, please mention the number and whether 
Hyperion" or "Astralite" daylight glass is desired. 

Weight 
Glass Dimensions Standard Std. List 
Length Width Fitter Pkg. Pkg. Price 

16" x 10M" x 6" 1 8 lbs. $10.30 

18" x 1034" x 6" 1 9 lbs. 16.65 

16" x 10M" x 6" 1 12^ lbs. 22.80 

18" x 10M" x 6" 1 13Hlbs. 29.15 



List 

No. 

2816 

2818 

L2816 

L2818 



CUT DIAMOND DESIGN UNITS 



in 



■ . 



ALABASTER" GLASS 



The scintillating and sparkling effect, produced by the 
Diamond Cut design, is both unique and attractive and the 
"Alabaster" glass materially softens any glare, making it 
restful to the eyes, yet efficient in illumination. 




No. 510 

One piece "Alabaster" Unit. 





1^55 




[^JW^ 4-M ''■/ ' 








i^l9y*^H 


^fijff^OB^^FfP^&'smj-^^^m 




l2*- v -' I 






t* 


■ -. 






l^tttfeW fa*y 




;?' ^H 




icfaiicy- 


-^ m ™ 






St*" J V" 






i ■ I 


If^u iT?*- \ a j 


H BM in tk filFTt 


■sTOImMIL 


1 twill 1 ttmii * 1^2? 


1 LXA w^C&AtfTMiTr-J^ 











No. 509 

With 8" Cut Crystal Glass Bottom Dish and Chrome Con- 
necting Ring. 

Dimensions Standard List 

Diam. Length Fitter Carton Weight Price 

%W x 11M* x 6" 1 7 lbs. $6.50 

9^" x 12M' x 6" 1 8 lbs. 8.10 

When ordering, please mention the Unit number. 



List 
No. 

510 
509 



Northern Electric 



179 



VELVA PRESSED REFLECTORS 




ist 

, r o. Glass 

007 Velva 

008 Velva 

009 Velva 



No. 3007 

Std. Dim. of Glass 
Pkg. (Inches) 

bbf W'th L'th F'ter 

72 7y s x3y 8 x2H 

48 8Hx4 x2M 

24 10 x4%x2K 



Std. 
Pkg. 
Wgt. 


List 
Price 

Each 


146 
122 
110 


$1.35 
1.85 
2.50 



BOWLS AND DISHES 




No. 260— Hyperion 
Furnished with Bottom Hole 




No. 1551— Bowl 
Hyperon and C. R. I. Glass 




List. Std. 

No. Pkg. 

1558 24 

1558 6 

1558 5 

1558 4 

1551 6 

1551 4 

1551 5 

260 4 



No. 1558— Dish— Deep Type 
Hyperion and C.R.I. Glass 

Std. 

Pkg. 
Wgt. 

38 lbs 



Dimensions of Glass 
Width Length F'ter 



8' 
10" 
12* 
14" 
10" 
12" 
14" 
10" 



x 
x 

X 
X 
X 
X 



4" 
5" 
6" 

7" 

5H 

5% 

9" 



x 
x 

X 
X 

x 
x 
x 
x 



8" 
10" 
12" 
14" 

8" 
10" 
12" 

6" 



15 
22 
24 
25 
22 
30 
16 



lbs 
lbs, 
lbs, 
lbs, 
lbs 
lbs 
lbs 



List 

Price 

Each 

§2.50 
3.75 
5.75 
7.70 
3.75 
5.75 
7.70 
2.75 



NOVA BLOWN REFLECTORS 

and 

SILVERED REFLECTORS 

(Genuine Silver Plated Glass) 

Mirrored surface is guaranteed against peeling or deteriora> 
tion. 



List 
No. 

7000 S 

7001 S 

7002 S 

7003 S 

7006 S 

7007 S 

7008 S 

7009 S 




Nova 

No. 7000 
No. 7001 
No. 7002 
No. 7003 




List 




Std 


No. 


Glass 


Pkg 


7000 


Nova 


36 


7001 


Nova 


30 


7002 


Nova 


24 


7003 


Nova 


12 


7006 


Nova 


36 


7007 


Nova 


24 


7008 


Nova 


24 


7009 


Nova 


12 



Nova 

No. 7006 
No. 7007 
No. 7008 
No. 7009 

PLAIN "NOVA" REFLECTORS 

Wgt. 
Stand. 
Dimensions 
Pkg. Width Length Fitter lbs. 

bVi" x 4" x 2K" 
m' x 4^" x 2H" 
7H" x m n x 2K" 
8H" x 6" x 2H" 
7" x 3H' X 2M" 
8" x SVs" x 2V A " 
9" x 4Ks" x 2]4" 
11" x 5" x 2\i" 

SILVERED GLASS REFLECTORS 

Wgt, 
Std. 
Std. Dimensions Pkg. 

Pkg. Width Length Fitter lbs. 



'kg. 


List 


bs. 


Price 


32 


$1.25 


34 


1.35 


32 


2.00 


32 


2.55 


76 


1.35 


34 


1.85 


30 


2.15 


40 


2 80 



Glass 

Silvered 36 

Silvered 30 

Silvered 24 

Silvered 12 

Silvered 36 

Silvered 24 

Silvered 24 

Silvered 12 



5H 

61 



■ 



1 

8H 

7" 

8" 
9" 

11" 



" 



If 



x 4" 
x AVs 

x 4% 
x 6" 

x3H 
x S 5 A 
x4K 
x 5" 



tr 



» 



x2M 
x2K 
x2K 
x2H 
x2H 
x2K 
x 2K 
x 2H 



" 



32 
34 
32 
32 
76 
34 
30 
40 



List 
Price 

S3 . 25 

3.40 

4.25 

5.25 

3.40 

3.80 

4.55 

5.75 



The outer surface of the Silvered Reflectors is finished in a 
satin silver color. 



180 



Northern Electric 



DUOLUX LIGHTING UNIT 

MAXIMUM LIGHTING EFFICIENCY— MINIMUM 

SURFACE BRIGHTNESS 

"Duolux" is an all-white glass unit which, when illumin- 
ated, produces a beautiful mellow ivory tone — (eliminating 
glare and eye-strain) — while still retaining its interior 
whiteness, for maximum reflection to the ceiling. 

"Duolux" is ideal for the illumination of hospitals, offices, 
showrooms, schools and all other places where adequate 
illumination, without eye-strain, is essential. 




$13.50 



No. 2716 

Overall length of fixture complete is 30 inches. 

For ^ longer overall lengths, add 90c list per foot or fraction 
of a foot. 

Standard stem diameter is J^*— Stem %' diameter can 
be supplied if desired. 

No. 2716— With 16" diameter "Duolux" Bowl. 
List Price 

Wired with porcelain Medium Base Socket for 
150-200 watt lamp. 

No 2720— With 20" diameter "Duolux" Bowl. 
List Price 

Wired with porcelain Mogul Base Socket for 
300-500 watt lamp. 

For fixtures wired to take the new 3-light Lamps. 

Add $3.00 list for the special 2-circuit socket and switch. 

Add $1.50 list for the 2-circuit socket only, when no switch 
is required. 

Pendants are made of Brass and finished in "Dull Chrome." 



$25 . 50 



GUTHFAN CONDITIONAIRES 

Circulate Air a new and Better way 

Cools you all over — without drafts or air-blasts."' "Draws 
the cooler air up from beneath the fan and circulates it over a 
wide area. Circulates 5,134 cubic feet of air per minute 
More efficient than 3 sixteen inch oscillating type fans. 




No. R-4813 12" spread 

This type GUTHFAN without lighting equipment. Two 
speed. Standard finish is English Brass. Can be furnished in 
bilvertone, (if specifically ordered) at no additional cost. 

AC 110 Volt, 60 Cycle $81.60 

DC HO Volt , gg.oo 




No. 4808 

3 Lights, 600 Watts Capacity, 20* Spread 
A popular type of GUTHFAN with Guth SuperJIluminator 
indirect lighting unit, particularly effective in rooms with 
light colored walls and ceilings. (Ceiling height should not be 
greater than fourteen feet for maximum lighting efficiency.) 
The wide angle indirect lighting reflector is finished in two- 
tone Aluminum, with satin and polished bands 

AC 110 Volt, 60 Cycle S102 50 

DC 110 Volt UQO0 






Northern Electric 



181 



GUTHFAN CONDITIONAIRES 




No. R4806 
3 Lights 450 Watts Capacity 21 " Spread 

Another popular^ fixture with a neat cased alabaster glass 
bowl in petal form — attractive, yet simple, and suitable for 
offices, shops, hospitals or other general installations. Finish- 
ed in English brass. 

AC 110 Volt 60 Cycle $110.00 

DC 110 Volt 126.00 




No. R4815 
3 Lights 11" Ceiling Plate Two Speed 

Ideal for the low ceiling rooms. Attractively finished in 
3uco Ivory Enamel. May be had in other finishes at small 
idditional cost. Also available without lights — R4815 NX. 

AC 110 Volts 60-Cycle $ 90. 50 

DC 110 Volt 107.00 




No. R4964 
4 Lights 

A very effective "elevator cab" model of unique design. 
Veiling ring is cast iron with brass band. Finished to match 
urroundings. Has 4 lights and measures 19" over all. 
U960 is without lights and measures 14" in diameter. 

AC 110 Volt 60 Cycle $129. 00 

DC 110 Volt 145.50 



GUTH PORCELAIN ENAMEL 
"INDIRECT-LITE" 



E 



3 



J 



xmj 





No. R5354 




Photometric Chart Showing Light Output of 82% 

Suspension of Semi-rigid type finished Polished Chrome. 
Suspension of Chain type finished Ivory Enamel. 
Socket Cover for both porcelain enameled. 
Reflector bowl finished Lumo- Vitro Enamel. 
Ivory outside — White inside. 

List Numbers 
Semi-rigid Chain List 

Stem Stem Wattage Diam. Lgth. Socket Prices 

R-5354 R-3750 100-150 10* 30" Med. $14. 20 

R-5355 R-3751 200 14" 30* Med. 15.50 

R-5357 R-3753 300-500 18 " 36" Mog. 19.40 

R-5358 R-3754 750-1000 18* 36" Mog. 19.40 

R-5359 R-3755 750-1500 22 " 42" Mog. 28.70 

Single pole canopy pull switch $1.65 extra 

Mogul socket for 3-wattage lamp 1.65 " 

Canopy pull switch for 3-wattage lamp 2.50 " 

Extra length for Chain stem, per foot 85 " 

t ~*u - r c • • -j / 6" MP-2018 .70 " 

Lengthening for Semi-rigid stem < 12 „ M p_ 2 019 1 00 " 



182 



Northern Electric 



MURALIER COLOR CONTROL LIGHTING 




Select the color filter you want . . . slip it into place . . . 
light Muralier and it is tinted on the surface of the fixture 
with the color you choose. 

Muralier fixtures supply a projected light or illumination 
that is sparkling white plus the added feature of color control 
for decoration . . . changeable transmitted color that is 
confined within the area of the fixture. With Muralier it is 
no longer necessary to have always the same color effect in 
your fixture (when lighted) as when it was originally installed. 




Muralier Chain Hanger. 

With blue glass filter, there is added a richness to many 
schemes of interior decoration. 

With red glass filter, Muralier enhances the beauty of 
many decorative plans. 

With green glass filter, there is created an illusion that is 
ideal for many different purposes. 

With amber glass filter, Muralier puts new vitality into 
lighting of any room. 



MURALIER COLOR CONTROL LIGHTING 




No. 8006— THE MURALIER WALL POCKET 

This fixture attaches flush against the wall, and furnishes 
attractive supplementary lighting, matching the general 
lighting plan. Muralier color filters are obtainable with 
these wall pocket fixtures. The projected light is of course 
white. 





Muralier Swivel Hanger. 
1. The only lighting fixture with color control. When 
lighted, the fixture takes on the color of the glass filter, 
without affecting the whiteness of the illumination. 

2. Changing the color of the fixture (when lighted) is as 
easy as changing a lamp bulb. The fixture can be red, 
amber, blue or green or other colors according to the color 
of filter inserted in the fixture. 

3. It provides indirect lighting . . . the most evenly 
distributed and agreeable type of lighting. 

4. Muralier makes available effective illumination, color 
harmony and unusual eye-appeal without the penalty of 
any premium. 



CV 



Northern Electric 



183 






[URALIER COLOR CONTROL LIGHTING 

5. Muralier gives you colors that fit the mode of the day 
. . color harmony for every occasion . . . easily change- 

>le . . . decorative possibilities that are unique and fas- 

nating. 

6- The distinctive color effect of Muralier is unequalled 
any other lighting fixture. The luminous colors give the 
feet of richly colored glass. 

7. Color can be easily changed to match the decorative 
Ian. It is no longer necessary to have the same color effect 
i your fixture as when it was originally installed. 

8. Muralier radiates an everlasting spirit of newness and 
leer. 






ist 
lo. 



012 
015 
016 
024 
302 
305 
308 
006 

.ist 
Jo. 

012 

015 

016 

024 

302 

305 

308 

006 



Length 

Type Overall 

Suspension 36" 

Suspension 42" 

Suspension 42" 

Suspension 42* 

Ceiling 18" 

Ceiling 21H" 

Ceiling 24^' 

Wall Pocket 10"x5%" 



Diam. 
Bowl 


Type 
Socket 


133^" 


Medium 


15" 


Mogul 


18" 


Mogul 


24" 


Mogul 


13M" 


Medium 


15" 


Mogul 


18" 


Mogul 


12" 


Medium 



Wattage 
100-1 50-200 W 
300W 
• 500W 
750-1000W 
100-150-200W 
300W 
300-500W 
75- 100 W 



Standard Wt. Lbs. 
Package Std. Pkg. 

6 
8 

8 
12 
5 
8 
8 
6 



List 
Price 



Swivel hanger supplied at extra price. 

Wall pocket is wired complete with switch. 

When 100W or 150W lamp is used in Nos. 8012 or 8302 
ise socket extension. 

Standard finish is silvertint. 

Special finish: etched and polished gold. 



MURALIER GLASS COLOR FILTERS 



-ist 



List 
No. 



List 
No. 



List 
No. 



<ed Amber Green Blue 

1508 8509 8510 8511 

1512 8513 8514 8515 

4522 8523 8524 8525 



Dia. 
Bowl 

13M' 
15 "-18 

24* 



Dia. 
Fitter 
5" 



List 
Price 



5518 8519 8520 8521 Wall Pocket 5x2^" 

Standard package, 1. Weight, standard package, 1H pounds 



REGENT LIGHTING UNITS 
Semi-indirect 

The Regent is a modern fixture that yields artistic and 
effective illumination . . . the standard of lighting necessary. 
The glass used in the lower section is Galax having an em- 
bossed design. It is of heavy density for maximum reflection 
and low visible brightness. The rich diffused flow of light 
serves to accentuate the lines of beauty in the fixture which 
adds a decorative charm to anv interior. 




Illustration shows Swivel Stem Suspension which can be 
supplied at extra cost. 



List Length 

No. Type Overall 

1915 Chain Suspension 36" 

1918 Chain Suspension 36" 

1924 Chain Suspension 42" 

1935 Ceiling 16" 

1938 Ceiling 17 



« tr 



Diam. 
Bowl 

15" 

18' 

24" 
15" 

18' 



Wgt. of 
Wattage Std. Pkg. 

20O-300W 8 lbs. 

3OO-500W 8 lbs. 

750-1000W 12 lbs. 

200-300W 7 lbs. 

300-500VV 8 lbs. 



Mogul socket is standard. Standard package is 1. 
Prices on application. 

Note — When a 200- watt lamp is used in the 15" size, use 
a socket reducer for correct focal position. 

Standard finish for all above list numbers: Silvertint. 

Special finishes: Etched and polished gold, royal bronze. 
Prices on request. 

The bowl as well as the canopy and husk are made of 
aluminum. 

Regent can be had wired for Dual Filament Bulbs. Prices 
on request. 






184 



Northern Electric 



AMOLIER LIGHTING UNITS 





Amolier is an all-purpose unit with the meritable features of direct, indirect and semi-indirect lighting. The Galax dual-densit 
enclosing globe of homogeneous structure affords maximum upward reflection of diffused light over a wide area and supports tr 
etched aluminum deflector which screens the light source. The low density direct light through the bowl section also lights tr 
face of the deflector with a soft luminous effect. 



List 

No. 


Type 


Length 
Overall 


Diam. 
Bowl 


Type 
Socket 


Glass 
Size 


Wattage 


6240 


Chain Suspension 


36' 


18' 


Medium 


12 'x5" 


200W 


6241 


Chain Suspension 


40" 


18' 


Mogul 


12 'x6' 


300W 


6242 


Chain Suspension 


48' 


22" 


Mogul 


14'x6" 


500W 


6243 


Ceiling 


18' 


18' 


Medium 


12 'x5' 


200W 


6244 


Ceiling 


18' 


18' 


Mogul 


12 'x6" 


300W 


6245 


Ceiling 


24' 


22' 


Mogul 


14 'x6' 


500W 



Standard finish for all above list numbers: Silvertint. 

Special finishes: Etched and polished gold, royal bronze. Prices on request 



Standard Wgt. of List Prio 
Package Std. Pkg. Each 



1 
1 
1 

1 
1 



18 lbs. 
23 lbs. 
26 lbs. 
17 lbs. 
20 lbs. 
20 lbs. 






Northern Electric 



185 



ECONOMY SAFETY HANGERS 




No. 1160 
No. 1160M 
No- 1140 



Standard finish: 



Overall lengths: 
Wired pendants: 



Wired ceiling 
fixtures: 

Strap type canopies 



SPECIFICATIONS 

Plated statuary bronze. 
As shown in schedule. 



Standard equipment. Medium base porcelain socket 
and No. 18 asbestos-covered wire. Mogul socket and 
No. 14 asbestos-covered wire. 

Two-piece sign receptacle with pigtails. Mogul 
socket and No. 14 asbestos-covered wire leads. 

6 in. diameter, complete with strap, screws and knurled 
nuts. 



Slip type canopies: 6 in. diameter. 



All canopies: 
Packing: 



Have knockout for pull switch. 

All fixtures packed one complete to a carton in standard 
package quantities as listed. 




No. 1176 
No. 1176M 
No. 1174 



No. 1260 
No. 1260M 
No. 1240 



>t 

>. 

30 

50M 
10 
50 

»0M 

[0 

r 4 

6 

6M 



Type Socket 

Pendant Medium Base 

Pendant Mogul Mogul 

Pendant Medium Base 

Ceiling Medium Base 

Ceiling Mogul Mogul 

Ceiling Medium Base 

Semi-Rigid Suspension Medium Base 

Semi-Rigid Suspension Medium Base 

Semi-Rigid Suspension Mogul 



Size 


Length 


Fitter 


Overall 


6" 


30" 


6" 


30" 


4" 


30" 


6" 


4^" 


6" 


4K" 


4" 


4M" 


4" 


30* 


6" 


30" 


6" 


30" 



Standard Wgt. of List Price 
Package Std. Pkg. Each 






24 
24 
24 
24 
24 
24 
12 
12 
12 



54 
59 
52 
38 
43 



$3.00 
4.00 
3.00 
2.00 



3.00 



30 


1.70 


46 


5.50 


48 


5.50 


54 


6.50 







186 



Northern Electric 



UTILITY HANGERS 




_N 




No. 1184 



No. 1186 



Xo. 1178 





No. 1196 



Xo. 1194 



Stamped from 24 gauge steel, very rigid, deep step canopy 
with K.O. for Xo. 61A Levolier switch, bronze plate finish, 
wired with Xo. 16 slow burning wire, porcelain medium base 
receptacle with covered terminals. 3 screw fitters. 



List 
Xo. 



Type 

£1184 Pendant 4' 30 ' 24 

til 86 Pendant 6 r 30 ' 24 

£1194 Ceiling 4' AY 2 ' 24 

£1196 Ceiling 6' 5%' 24 

£1178 Semi- Rigid 4' 30' 12 

£1180 Semi-Rigid 6' 30' 12 

*1180M Semi- Rigid 6' 30' 12 

£Medium base socket. 

*Mogul base socket. 



Size Length Std. Wgt. of List Price 
Fitter Overall Pkg. Std. Pkg. Each 



46 
50 
30 
40 
50 
50 
58 



SI. 55 
1.65 
1.00 
1.25 
4.00 
4.25 
5.25 



WHITE ENAMEL KITCHEN UNITS 




Diameter of Canopy 6H'- Fitter 4*. 

Knockout for Levolier Switch. Eyelet for Pull Cha 

Receptacle. 

26-gauge Steel, with heavy two-coat white enamel finish. 

Weight List 
List Std. Lbs. Pric 

No. Description Pkg. Std. Pkg. Eaci 

1611 Unit, with two wood screws... 24 23 $ .; 

1613 Unit, with mounting strap and 

screws 24 25 .( 

1614 Unit, with mounting strap, 

screws and No. 990 Recep- 
tacle with leads 24 35 .8 

1615 Unit, with mounting strap, 

screws and No. 995 Pull 

Chain Receptacle 24 36 1.2 



CEILING BANDS 




No. 7542 

Weight List 

List Std. Lbs. Price 

No. Description Pkg. Std. Pkg. Each 

7542 Z x /i" Fitter, steel, sprayed brass 

finish 100 40 S 3.' 

2090 4' Fitter, brass, brushed brass 

finish 50 20 .61 

243 6' Fitter, brass, brushed brass 

finish 12 20 1.6; 



Northern Electric 



187 



COMMERCIAL DESK LAMPS 




No. 8050 



No. 8051 




No. 8075 

Equipped with Six Feet Silk Covered Parallel Cord and 

Attachment Cap. 



List 
No. 



Finish 



Height Base Shade 



List 

Price 

Each 



8050 Statuary Bronze with 

pebbled tan relief.. 14^" 6H"*6" Metal $10.50 

8051 Brass with pebbled 

green relief 1 W 6^ "x6" Green-Opal 

Cased 13.00 



8075 Brown morocco 14" 6"x4%" Metal 



4.75 



Standard Package, 6. Weight, Standard Package, 72 lbs. 



FLEXIBLE ARM DESK LAMPS 

All lamps equipped with six-feet parallel silk-covered cord 
and attachment cap. 




No. 74 



No. 76 




No. 73 

List 

No. Finish Arm 

73 Autumn brown 10" 

74 Spray brown 8" 
76 Statuary bronze 

or polished 

copper 12" 

8048 Statuary Bronze 8" 



No. 8048 

List 
Std. Wt. Lbs. Price 
Socket Pkg. Std. Pkg. Each 
Push Thru 12 65 S3. 00 

Push Thru 12 55 2.25 



Push Thru 6 
Pull Chain 6 



36 
42 



3.65 
5.25 



All items individually packed. 



188 



Northern Electric 



UTILITY CLAMP LIGHTS 








No. S001 








List 
No. 


Finish 


Socket 


Std. 
Pkg. 


Weight 
Lbs., 

Std. Pkg. 


List 
Price 
Each 


S001 


Brushed brass. . . - 


. Push Thru 


12 


25 


$3.00 


S003 


Statuarv bronze. . 


. . Push Thru 


12 


2-5 


3.00 



PORCELAIN LIGHTING UNITS | 

With Pull Chain 

660 Watt, 250 Volt 



PICTURE LIGHTS 

This unique design of picture light can be attached to any 
frame and the shade adjusted to properly illuminate canvas. 




No. 5060 
No. $070 

Compact — Neat Appearing — Eacient — Inconspicuous. 

SATIN BRASS FINISH 

Supplied with 10 ft. silk covered No. IS parallel cord and 
bakeike parallel blade attachment cap. 



Sockets Supplied 
One Intermediate Bas^. 



List 
No. 


Extension Shade 


S060 


6H' 


S061 


13 V 14/ 


SOTO 


6V TV 


8071 


13V 14* 


List 
No. 


Designed for Lamp 
Not Supplied) 


S060 


OneT 64 -125 Volt 


S061 


Two T 6 1 2 - 125 Volt 


SOTO 


One T10 - 125 Volt 


S0T1 


Two T10 - 125 Volt 



Two Intermediate Base 
One Medium Base. 
Two Medium Base. 




Std. 
Pkg. 

6 

3 

6 

3 



Weight List 
Lbs., Price 
Std. Pkg. Each 



9 

7M 

9 

7M 



$5.10 
6. To 
6.10 



T. 



• 



J3Z 

No. 9831 

WITH BELLMOUTH 
For Weight 

List Octagon Lbs., 

No. Box Description Std. Pkg. 

9835 4 r 4K r diameter by 2%' 

depth, 6 r chain and 
insulator 25 

&S36 4' 4V diameter by 2^' 

depth, 6' linen cord. . 25 

9825 3*i r or3V Zyf diameter by 2%* 

depth, 6 r chain and 
insulator. . . - 

9S26 3Vor3V 3>£ r diameter by 2%' 

depth, 6' linen cord . . 20 
Standard Package, 20. 

WITH SHADEHOLDER RING 

9833 4' 4%' diameter by 2%' 

, depth, 6 r chain and 

insulator 22 

9834 4' 4|C' diameter by 2%' 

depth, 6' linen cord . 22 
9823 ZH* otZM* %%' diameter by 2H* 

depth, 6' chain and 

insulator 15 

9S24 3Vor3V Z~y$' diameter by 2)i' 

depth, 6' linen cord. . . 15 

Standard Package, 20. 

WITH 2\i' FITTER 

9831 4 r A%' diameter by 3' 

depth, 6 r chain and 
insulator 

9S32 4 r 4%' diameter by 3 r 

depth. 6' linen cord. . . 22 

9S21 Ste'orZX'W diameter by 3' 

depth, 6 r chain and 
insulator 15 

9822 3H'or3V3>£ r diameter by 3' 

depth, 6' linen cord. . . 15 
Standard Package, 20. 

LINEN CORD Weight 

List StcL Lbs.. 

No. Description Pkg. Std. Pkg. 

4886 7 long, with connecting link 

and bell 10 : 4 



11.25 
1 50 



1 
1 25 



$1 00 
1 25 

75 



$125 

1.9 

1 00 
l.» 

List 



I 10 






Northern Electric 



189 



PORCELAIN LIGHTING 

UNITS 

660 Watt, 250 Volts 




No. 1674 
No. 9829 

KEYLESS FOR 4" OUTLET BOXES 

Weight List 
-ist Std. Lbs., Price 

Jo. Description Pkg. Std. Pkg. Each 

674 With Shade Ring 50 41 % 40 

837 With Bell Mouth 20 25 80 

839 With 2&* Fitter 20 25 '. 65 

KEYLESS FOR 3K" and 3M" OUTLET BOXES 

673 With Shade Ring 50 31 $ 30 

827 With Bell Mouth 20 20 80 

829 With 214" Fitter 20 20 65 




301 Keyless 285 Keyless 

302 Key 286 Key 



287 Keyless 

288 Key 



293 Keyless 

294 Key 




291 Keyless 297 Keyless 

292 Key 298 Key 

Standard Package, 12. 



st 

D. 

5 
6 
7 
8 
3 
4 
1 
2 
7 
8 
5 
6 
1 
2 



Description Size 
Keyless 6" x5" 
Key 6" x5" 

Keyless 6^"x5" 
Key 6M"x5" 
Keyless 63^"x5" 
Key 6^"x5" 

Keyless 6H"x4M" 

Key 6^"x4^" 

Keyless 6>£"x5" 

Key 6H"x5 f/ 

Keyless 6M"x4M" 
Key 6H"x4^" 

Keyless 6^"x4H" 
Key 6M*x4H' 



Colors 

White or Black 24 

White or Black 24 

White or Ivory 28 

White or Ivory 28 

White or Ivory 28 

White or Ivory 28 

White or Black 28 

White or Black 28 

White or Green 28 

White or Green 28 
White or Green 
White or Green 
White 



295 Keyless 

296 Key 

Wt. Lbs. List Price 
Std. Each 

Pkg. White Colors 
$ .85 $1.05 



28 
28 
24 
24 



1.40 

.85 
1.40 

.85 
1.40 

.85 
1.40 

.85 
1.40 

.85 
1.40 

.85 
1.40 



White 
M\ brackets excepting Nos. 301 and 302 cover 3*4", 
d 4' octagonal boxes. Nos. 301 and 302 cover 3}£ 
h" octagonal boxes. 



1.60 
1.05 
1,60 
1.05 
1.60 
1.05 
1.60 
1.05 
1.60 
1.05 
1.60 



3M" 
and 



NOVA ELECTRICS, EYE SHADES, 
REFLECTORS AND BALLS 





No. B-57— Ball 



No.— 501 Reflector 




No. 1520— Reflector 




No. 499— Half Shade 




No. 300— Electric 



List 

No. 

490 

300 

1520 

1520 

1520 

501 

57 

57 

57 

57 

57 

57 

57 

57 



Stand. 
Pack. 

36 
36 
45 
30 
24 
30 
27 
12 
12 

4 

1 

1 

1 

1 



D 



Width 

4^" 

5" 

6" 

7" 

8" 

6^" 

6" 

7" 

8" 
10" 
12" 
14" 
16" 
18" 



imensions of 
Length 



Wgt. 
Stand 
Glass Pack. 

Fitter lbs. 



x 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 



6" 



\'» 



'4 

3^" 

4H" 
5" 

m a 

6" 

7" 

8" 
10" 
12" 
14" 
16" 
18" 



x 
x 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 



// 



It 



II 



II 



2^" 

2K" 
2H" 

3K 

3M" 

3X-4' 
4-5-6" 

6-7-8" 

6-8" 

6-8 * 

6-8" 



33 
30 
30 
36 
40 
30 
26 
18 
22 
15 
6 
8 
10 
13 



List 
Price 

$1.25 

.80 

1.00 

1.35 

1.85 

1.00 

1.05 

1.35 

1.65 

3.85 

5.80 

8.80 

12.40 

22.00 






Please specify sizes of 1520 and B-57 that may be desired. 
Also mention size of Fitter desired on B. 57 Balls. 




190 



Northern Electric 




LOUVRE LIGHTS 




L-66 

Small in size — neat in appearance — plaster plate may be 
set square if box is out of line. 

Standard finish is white enamel, making an ideal under 
coat for decorating on the job. Other finishes can be fur- 
nished at additional cost. 



Individually packed. 



List 
Wt. lbs. Price 
Wattage Socket Std. Pkg. Each 



List 

No. Description 

L-66 Galvanized box, chro- 
mium plated reflector, 
porcelain receptacle, 
plaster plate and Lou- 
vre plate 10 Interm. 

L-67 Galvanized box, alumi- 
nized inside, porcelain 
receptacle, plaster 
plate and Louvre plate 

Standard Package, 6. 
Lamps not included. 



22 $3 . 50 



25 Medium 24 3.50 







e 


\ 


r 


2} 


r 


^ / 


r 


\i 


°c 


\ l 


c 


\ 


a 


^ 


cz 


> 





.POLISHED ALUM/hUM 
DEFLECTOR 



MTd. 
SCREWS 



L0UY&. PLATE S'<5' 
PLASTER PLATE 6" x 6" ~ l 




OUTLET BOX 
+H ' SQUARE 
xZ'/b'DEEP 



Xo. L-66 




INSlDC Or BOX. 
SPRAYED ALUMINUM 



AfTO. 
SCREWS 



LOWXE PLATE S'* 5' 




PLASTER PLATE <>fo&C 



OUTLET BOX 
to. ' SQUARE 
3 'DEEP 



No. L-67 



EXIT LIGHTS 




No. 3480 




No. 3481 




m 



No. 3482 

Boxes made of 20 gauge steel. 
Inside, sprayed aluminum. 
Outside, sprayed bronze. 

Crystal glass— black backing— red letters. 
Lettering 6" high. 

Equipped with one medium base porcelain receptacle. 
Boxes have M" K.O.'s on all sides. 

The red lettering on black background, lighted from'behind, 
makes the lettering more distinct and legible than the red 
lettering on opal glass, or white lettering on red background. 

Flush mounting type has hinged front with two screw 
fastening. On other types, glass is easily removed for re- 
lamping. 



k 

|38l 



List 

No. Description 

3480 Flush mounting 

3481 Top mounting 

3482 Open back 

3483 Open End 

Standard Package, 1. 



Box 
Wide 

12 ' 

12 r 

12 ' 
12" 



Weight List 

Dimensions Lbs., Price 

High Deep Std. Pkg. Each 



8' 
8' 
8' 
8' 



4 r 
4* 
4' 
4' 



6 

4 

4H 



$7.00 
6.50 
5.50 
5.50 



m 



Car 



lit 

r 

■mi 

m 

m 



m 



Northern Electric 



191 



INTERIOR ELECTRIC SIGNS 

hese signs are supplied in standard sizes and standard lettering. They are rigidly constructed, and the colored lettering on 
.ns.de of the glass is more legible than the sand glass letters used on other makes of signs. 





MENS ROOM 



r 


• 


















- i^HH^IHI 






ENTRANCE 




• 






CHAIN SUSPENSION TYPE 








ist 
o. 


Wide 


Size of Sign 
High 


Thick 


Hanger Size of Gla 
Length Wide h 


ss 
ligh 


Type Lamps 
Supplied 


List Price 

Each 


121 


IVA" 


m 


5M' 


12' 10* 


7' 


1-25W-T10 


$22 . 50 


122 


15H' 


12%" 


5V 2 ' 


12' 14' ] 


0' 


1-50W-TS 


.30.00 


123 


21^* 


m* 


VA" 


12' 20' 


6* 


/1-25W-T10\ 
U-50W-T8 / 


32.50 


124 


21K' 


U%" 


5M" 


12' 20' ] 


2' 


/1-25W-T101 
\l-50W-T8 / 


35 . 00 


Cartoned individually 


■ 


















SEMI-RIGID SUSPENSION TYPE 








ist 

0. 


Wide 


Size of Sign 
High 


Thick 


Hanger Size of Glaj 
Length Wide H 


is 

igh 


Type Lamps 
Supplied 


List Price 
Each 


131 


u%' 


m* 


5H' 


12' 10' 


7' 


1-25W-T10 


$25 . 00 


132 


15M* 


12%' 


5H* 


12* 14' 1 


0' 


1-50W-T-8 


32.50 


133 


21M' 


8%' 


5M' 


12' 20' 


6' 


/1-25W-T101 
\1-50W-T8 J 


35 . 00 


134 


2VA* 


14M* 


5H' 


12' 20' 1 


2' 


/l-25W r -T10\ 
\1-50W-T8 / 


37.50 


Cartoned 


individually. 






BRACKET TYPE 








ist 
o. 


c 

Wide 


>ize of Sign 
High 


Thick 


Bracket Size of Glas 
Length Wide H 


s 


Type Lamps 
Supplied 


List Price 
Each 


141 


iiH' 


9%' 


5y 2 ' 


18' 10' 


7' 


1-25W-T10 


$27.50 


U2 


W 


\2%' 


5H' 


22' 14' 1 


0' 


1-50W-T8 


35.00 


143 


21%' 


W 


5H r 


28' 20' 1 


5' 


/1-25W-T101 
\1-50W-T8 / 


37.50 


144 


21%' 


14%' 


5} 


V 


28* 20' r 


2' 


/1-25W-T10\ 
\1-50W-T8 / 


40.00 



Cartoned individually. 






192 



Northern Electric 



INTERIOR ELECTRIC SIGNS 





PEDESTAL MOUNTING TYPE 



List 
No. 


Wide 


Size of Sign 
High 


Thick 


Pedestal 
Length 


Size of Glass 
Wide High 


3451 


HM* 


W 


5y 2 " 


15" 


10" 


7" 


3452 


15M" 


12%" 


5V2" 


15" 


14" 


10' 


3453 


21^" 


m' 


5H" 


15" 


20" 


6" 


3454 


21K" 


u%' 


5H" 


15" 


20" 


12" 



Type Lamps 
Supplied 

1-25W-T10 

1-50W-T8 

1-25W-T10 
1-50W-T8 

1-25W-T10 \ 
1-50W-T8 J 



Cartoned individually. 



List 
No. 

3461 
3462 
3463 
3464 



Wide 
UK" 

15K" 



Size of Sign 
High 



H" 



H" 



2V4" 



sy 4 " 

14 3 4" 



WINDOW OR COUNTER TYPE 

Thick 

5H" 

5M" 

5K 2 " ■ 
5W 



Size 
Wide 


of Glass 
High 


10" 


7" 


14" 


10" 


20" 


6" 


20" 


12" 



Type Lamps 
Supplied 

1-25W-T10 

1-50W-T8 

1-25W-T10\ 
1-50W-T8 J 

1-25W-T10\ 
1-50W-T8 / 



List Price 
Each 

$25.00 
32.50 
35.00 

37.50 



List Pri« 
Each 

$20.00 
27.50 
30.00 
32.50 



Cartoned individually. 

LETTERING 

The standard lettering is in Neon green color, and any type of sign may be had with the following lettering without extra cc: 

Telephone To-day's Special 



Entrance 
Men's Room 
Ladies 



Elevator 
Information 






Special quotations will be made on other wording required. 

The merchant's message, to be put on the sign under the heading "To-day's Special," may be put on by the use of letter! 
crayons or the water colors commonly used by butchers and other merchants. 

FINISH 
Standard finish of these signs is sprayed bronze. Quotations can be made on other finishes. 

LAMPS 
The proper lamps, as given in the specifications, are supplied with each sign. 
Each sign supplied with 10 feet of parallel cord and rubber attachment plug. 



Northern Electric 



193 



BENJAMIN SHOW CASE LIGHTING 

FIXTURES 




LAMP SECTION 
OF WHATEVER 
LENGTH REQUIRED 



NO. 4349- 
REAR ENTRANCE 
STEM ASSEMBLY 



tzzr- 

a 



i 

f 
\ 



I 






/ / 

% 

U 



T"7 




L—L-' 

Standard finish for parts listed below is dark bronze out- 
e — lamp sections are aluminized inside. 

LAMP SECTIONS 

.amp sections are completely wired for "through" connection 
i take T-10 tubular lamps. 

Weight List 
No. of Lbs. Price 
Description Lights Std Pkg. Each 



it 



>1 
54 

>5 
)7 
>6 

58 
59 



il 
>1* 



W Lamp Section 1 8 $2.50 

12" Lamp Section 1 10 3.00 

16" Lamp Section 2 13 3.50 

22" Lamp Section 2 18 4.00 

30" Lamp Section 2 22 4.50 

30" Lamp Section 4 29 6.00 

34" Lamp Section 4 31 6.50 

For Curved Part of Case 

83^" Lamp Section 1 8 2.50 

18" Link Section 5 1.60 

^Standard Package, 5. 

'This unit consists of an 18" section of soft brass tubing 
) which can be cut and bent to fit show case curve, and 
) end blocks (F & H) for linking lamp sections together. 

ENTRANCE STEM ASSEMBLY 

Weight List 
t JStd. Lbs., Price 

Description Pkg. Std. Pkg. Each 

19 Complete for rear entrance.... 5 25 $3.40 

.ist No. 4349 consists of connecting block (F), 33" of 

izontal tubing of soft brass with 90° bend (E), elbow (D), 

' of vertical tubing of soft brass (C), with one end threaded 

screwing into floor fitting, floor fitting (B) and outlet 

<CA). 

•0 Complete for front entrance 5 23 S2.30 

-ist No. 4350 consists of connecting block (F), 33" of soft 
ss tubing with 90° bend (E), outlet box (A), and floor 
ing (B). After tubing is cut to the required length the 
light end should be threaded for screwing into floor fitting. 
A Standard Package also consists of any assortment of 5 
;he above List Numbers. 



BENJAMIN SHOW CASE LIGHTING 

FIXTURES 

Wgt. 

of List 

List Part Std. Std. Price 

No. Letter Description Pkg. Pkg. Each 

4347 F Connecting Block 5 2H $-60 

4347BX FX Connecting Block for BX 5 2H 70 

4348 H Connecting Block 5 2]/ 2 .60 

4348BX HX Connecting Block for BX 5 2]/ 2 .70 

4362 E 33" Tube with 90° bend. . 5 5 .80 

4363 C 33" Tube with Threaded 

end 5 5 .60 

4358 G 18" Tube ■ 5 3 .40 

4364 D Elbow 5 2 .50 

4368 B Floor fitting 5 2 .50 

4369 A Outlet Box and Cover 5 5 .40 

4346 I Plug Socket only 5 W 2 .30 

5088 X M'xVs" Threaded 

Coupling 5 1 .10 

JThis item is not shown in illustration but is used with 
List No. 4363 for making long extensions where required in 
wall case work. 

Prices do not include wires or lamps, excepting as specified. 



TUBULAR REFLECTORS 




No. 281 



f Us Any 5tandard 
Brass Shell Socket 




For T-IQ Tubular Lamp 



For Two T-10 Tubular Lamps 

Reflector Only, List No. 282, has two metal straps by 
which it may be attached to any 'brass shell" twin socket. 
It is slotted on one side to allow adjustment half way around 
the lamp. The mounting bracket may be set at any one of 
the three positions shown in the diagrams below. 

Reflector with Socket, No. 281, consists of Reflector 282 
and Twin Socket 432, which is tapped Y% inch iron pipe size. 

Finish — Both reflector and socket are polished nickel. 

Wght. 
of 
Std. Std. 
Pkge Pkge 

Reflector only 10 7 

Reflector with socket 10 

*" Cap Keyless Twin Socket.... 50 



List 
No. 

282 
281 
432 



Description 



10 
13 



List 

Price 

$1.40 

2.75 

1.10 



Possible Positions of Mounting 



These diagrams show positions of mounting and the possible 
adjustments of List No. 281. 




upright 



5 



5VSP£rtD£D 



S/eAC/CST 



194 



Northern Etectric 



TUBULAR REFLECTORS 




No. 30 



Fits Any Brass Shell Socket 




For T-8 Tubular Lamp 



For One T-8 Tubular Lamp 

Reflector Only, List No. 31, has a metal strap by which it 
may be attached to any straight or angle type of "brass shell" 
socket. It is usually used as illustrated in the above diagram 
of upright position, employing an angle socket. The Reflector 
may be adjusted around the lamp within an angle of 90 
degrees. 

Reflector with Socket, List No. 30, consists of Reflector 
31 and Angle Socket 411, which is tapped Y% inch iron pipe 
size. 

Finish — Both reflector and socket are polished nickel. 

Wght 

of 
Std. Std 
Description Pkge 

Reflector only 10 

Reflector with socket 10 

y s " Cap Angle Keyless Socket 50 



List 
No. 

31 
30 

411 



Pkge. 

6 

10 
8 



List 
Price 
Each 

S2.25 

2.85 

.70 



HALF SHADES 



For use with Desk Lamps, Bracket Lamps, Oil Gauge Lamps, 

etc. 




No. 362 



No. 367 



Pear Shaped Half Shades 

Fit Standard Brass Shell, Standard Porcelain Sockets, or 
Benco Sockets, and take 25, 40, 50 and 60 watt Mazda lamps. 

Construction — Consists of a pear-shaped shade with a 
choice of three holders. The shade is of steel or brass, as 
indicated in listing. The holder for brass shell sockets is of 
brass, the holders for porcelain sockets and Benco sockets 
are of copper. 

Finish — The inside of shade is aluminized; outside as 
indicated in listing. 









Wgt. 










of 


List 


List 


Type of Holder 


Description 


Std. 


Price 


No. 






Pkge. 


each 


362 


For Std. Brass 


Brass Shade, fin. 








Shell Sockets 


Brushed Brass 


10 


$0,88 


364 


For Std. Brass 


Brass Shade, fin. 








Shell Sockets 


Polished Nickel 


10 


1.05 


36o 


For Std. Brass 


Steel Shade, fin- 








Shell Sockets 


Green Enameled 


10 


.48 


365P 


For Std. Por- 


Steel Shade, fin. 








celain Sockets 


Green Enameled 


10 


.53 


367 


For Benco 


Steel Shade, fin. 








Sockets 


Green Enameled 


9 


.45 



Standard Package, 20. 



HALF SHADES 




No. 74-2 

Parabola Shades 

Fit Standard Brass Shell Sockets and take 25, 40, 50 andi 
watt Mazda lamps. 

Construction — Consist of parabolic-shaped steel reflectc 
with thread for brass shell sockets. List No. 74-2 6y 
diameter bv 2 ft" high, while List No. 8000-1 is 5%" diamet 
by 2%' high. 

Wgt. 
of Lis 
Std. Std. Pric 
Description Pkge. Pkge. Eac 



List 
No. 

74-2 



8000-1 



Type of Holder 

For Std. Brass 
Shell Sockets 

For Std. Brass 
Shell Sockets 



Sprayed Bronze 
Statuary Bronze 



100 48 SO. 



100 36 




No. 277 

Tubular Half Shades 

Fit Standard Brass Shell Sockets and take T-10 Tubu 
lamp. 

Construction — Shade has hinged collar which allows it 
swing out and give free access to the lamp when maki 
replacement. 

Finish — Aluminized inside; outside as indicated in listing 

List 
No. 
277 



278 



Description 
Brass Shade, finished 
Polished Nickel 

Steel Shade, finished 
Green Enameled 



Std. 


Wgt. of 


List 


Pkge. 


Std. 


Pric 




Pkge. 


Eacl 


20 


7 


SO.i 



20 



.( 



Whatever your problem may be in 
Commercial, Industrial, Church, School 
or even Street L%hting, you will find in 
this catalogue a representative selection of 
the best and latest in Lighting Equipment 
to choose from. 

Experienced Lighting Specialists are 
located at our many distributing centers, 
alert to assist you and your electrical 
engineers with your lighting problems. 
We want you to take full advantage of 
their services. 



Northern Electric 



195 



C-RAY SHOW WINDOW REFLECTORS 
lasy to Select the Correct X-Ray Reflector 



Loct* Reflector, ncv From Glua Back of Window 1 

Distance from Front to Back of Window — ■ 





eflector 


Size Lamp 




Size Lamp 


No. 


Watts 


Reflector No. 


Watts 


310 


100 


804 


200 


400 


150 


842 


500-300 


410 


150 


844 


150-100 


500 


200 


900 


500-300 


510 


200 


1010 


500-300 



hink of the window to be lighted as though looking 
ugh the "end" of it. This will help to determine the three 
visions needed to select the proper reflector: 

) The height above the floor at which the wiring for the 
ctors will be mounted. 

) Depth of window from front to back. 

) Height of background or display. 

etermine what reflector to use from the table above. 
: locate mounting height in the left column "Height." 
he next column find the depth of window. Move along 
line to the column under "height of background or dis- 
." That gives the height corresponding to that in the 
window. The reflector designated in this space is the 
to use. Example: For show window 9 feet high, 5 feet 
, with background 5 feet high, No. 510 Reflector should 
sed. 

Spacing of Reflectors 

ie number of reflectors to use is influenced by the bright- 
of neighboring windows, the intensity of the street 
lination, goods displayed, and color of the background, 
ell as the merchant's realization of the advertising and 
g value of bright, well lighted windows. The closer 
tors are spaced, the brighter becomes the light in the 
ow and vice-versa. In average installations spacing 
center to center of reflectors is from 12 to 24 inches. In 
al, the following spacing is suggested: 

rge cities, business district, 12 inches. 

rge cities, suburban district, 12 inches to 18 inches. 

ia.ll cities, 12 inches to 18 inches. 

wns, 15 inches to 24 inches. 



X-RAY SHOW WINDOW REFLECTORS 

No. 53 Thrifty-Three 

For Three 100-Watt Lamps 




TJf 



A lighting appliance that makes practical, effective""show 
window lighting at low cost available for the small store. 

Furnished with 3 No. 310 Favorite Reflectors, CurtiStrip 
wire channel with 3 lamp sockets and holders and 2 universal 
hangers. Complete with wire and all parts needed, except 
lamps, ready for immediate use. 

Length overall 39H inches; length of CurtiStrip 36 inches; 
height from bottom of reflector to top of CurtiStrip channel 
8H inches. 

Maximum suspension with 2 universal hangers is adjustable 
from 12 to 42 inches over all. 

Packed in one carton; weight 16 pounds. 
No. 53 Complete Unit, Wired. . , List Price each $19.75 



No. 310 FAVORITE X-RAY SHOW WINDOW 

REFLECTORS 
For 100-Watt Lamps 



Designed for windows of the aver- 
age small store. 

Holder required is Form O 2}4 
inches. 

Diameter 7 inches; height of reflec- 
tor only b 5 /i inches. 



Standard package, 20 reflectors. 
Weight, standard package, 26 pounds. 
List No. 310 List Price each S3. 50 



Tests Show that X-Ray Reflectors 
Save Light— Save Money 

In same window, with same goods, 
same current (300 watts), X-Ray 
Reflectors deliver twice as much light 
as enclosing globes and four times as 
much light as bare lamps. 

Average of 6 Points on Display 




swsras BBSS 




i^im»n»n^nnn»^wm 



Section diagram through 
test window 



with 

2 — 150 watt or 
3—100 watt 
Bare Lamps 

1 — 300 watt lamp 

in 
Enclosing Globe 

3—100 watt lamps 
in 3 No. 310 
X-Ray Reflectors 



Intensity 

13 
Foot 

Candles 

23 

Foot 

Candles 

56 

Foot 
Candles 










196 



Northern Electric 



X-RAY SHOW WINDOW REFLECTORS 

For Shallow Windows 

No. 410 "Jill," 150 Watts 

No. 510 "Queen," 200 
Watts 

No. 420 "Master," 150 
Watts 

No. 530 "Monarch," 200 
Watts 

Shallow windows with 
low trim or low back- 
ground (depth approx- 
imately one-half the height) should be lighted by semi-concen- 
trating X-Ray Reflectors. Nos. 420 and 530 provide greatest 
concentration of light in the Attraction-Zone, i. e., the lower 
portion of the window. 




List 
No. 

410 
510 
420 
530 



Width Height Depth 

m* 8H" 9^" 
vm* ioh' wH" 

m" 7A* 8^" 

9" 9M* 



H" 



Holder 

Included 
Included 
Included 
Included 



Std. Pkg. 

10 (25 lbs.) 
10 (38 lbs.) 
10 (20 lbs.) 
10 (28 lbs.) 



List 
Price 

$5.00 
6.00 
4.50 
6.00 



For Very Shallow Windows 




No. 844 "Comet," 150- 
100 Watts 

No. 804 "Aladdin," 200 
Watts 

No. 842-A "Corona," 500- 
300 Watts 



These X-Ray Reflectors 
provide an intense concentration in the lower part of the 
window and uniformly illuminate the upper portion to 
about the same intensity. 

List List 

No. Dia. Height Holder Std. Pkg. Price 

844 .. $H" W A-3^" 12 (19 lbs.) $3.85 

For 150-watt lamp use No. 10012 extension ring (Ea. $0.20) 
and No. 10300 X-Ray Holder (Ea. $0.55) with X-Ray or 
CurtiStrip Sockets. 

804 10^" 9M" See Note 12 (23 lbs.) $7.15 

No. 10800 X-Ray Holder (Ea. $1.00) can be used only 
with X-Ray or CurtiStrip Sockets. 

842-A Corona 13*4 12" See Note 10 (53 lbs.) $17.50 

Includes No. 842-R Reflector ($13.50); and No. 10414 
Holder, No. 8300-B Mogul H" Socket. 



For Deep Windows 




for 



List 
No. 

400 
500 



Width Height 



No. 400 "Jack' 
150 Watt Lamp 

No. 500 "King" for 
200 Watt Lamp. 

Deep windows with 
a high background or 
trim (depth and height 
approximately equal) 
should be lighted by 
distributing X-Ray 
Reflectors. "Jack" and 
"King" provide this 
wide spread of light 
with greater concen- 
tration in the lower 
portion of the window. 

List 

Depth Holder Std. Pkg. Price 

8" Included 10 (21 lbs.) $5.00 ea. 



X-RAY SHOW WINDOW REFLECTORS 

For Super- Lighting 




Nos. 900, 910, 1010, 
500 or 300 Watt Lamps 
Holder and Socket in> 
eluded with each. Super 
lighting is high intensitj 
lighting, generally used ir 
large windows or to reduci 
reflections in plate glas: 
during the day-time. 



No. 900— "Giant" 



DEEP WINDOWS List 

Price 
Width Depth Height Std. Pkg. Each 
13" 13" 13%" 4 (26 lbs J $13 7; 




8H" 8H" 
10' 10" 10M" Included 10 (30 lbs.) 6.00 ea. 



SHALLOW WINDOWS 

No. 910— 

"Leviathan" 13" 13" 14>g" 4 (29 lbs.) 13.7., 

No. 1010— "Blimp" 13" 13" 12^g" 4 (26 lbs.) 13.7. 

(Holder and }4" Socket bushed to %", included with each. 

No. 7 SCOOP JR. X-RAY SHOW WINDOW 

REFLECTORS 
For 75, 60, 40 or 25-Watt Lamps 

For small size deep window 
and average deep display case: 

Holders required for variou 
size lamps: 75 or 60-watt, Fori 
H 2 l /i inches; 40 or 25-wati 
Form O 2 l /i inches. 

Width 5 inches; depth fror 
to back 4% inches; height c 
reflector only 3% inches. 

Standard package, 20 re 
flectors. 

Weight, standard package, 11 pounds. 

List No. 7, List price, each $2.7 

No. 11 HOOD JR. X-RAY SHOW WINDOV 

REFLECTORS 
For 75, 60, 40 or 25-Watt Lamps 

For small shallow windov 
and average wall displa 
cases. 

Holders required for va 
ious size lamps: 75 or 6' 
watt, Form H 1^/i inche 
40 or 25-watt, Form O 2} 
inches. 

Width 5 inches; dept 
front to back 5^s inche 
height of reflector only 3H inches. 

Standard package, 20 reflectors. 

Weight, standard package, 15 pounds. 

List No. 11. List price, each S3. i 

Old Types of Reflectors 

(Listed for reference only, where additional reflecto 

are required on old jobs.) 

Lis 

Pric 
Holder Std. Pkg Eac 

included 36 (16 lbs.) $3.: 

"H"2M"16(301bs.) 6.1 

Included 8 (26 lbs.) 19. J 

"O" 2 K" 24 (37 lbs.) 4. 1 




List 








No. 


Width 


Height 


Depth 


515 


6K" 


ZYs' 


2A" 


731 


VA" 


VA" 


9" 


750 


14" 


VA" 


7" 


778 


IV2" 


6^" 


IVs" 






Northern Electric 



197 



X-RAY COLOR RAYS 




olor-Ray is an accessory for producing color lighting 
cts with standard X-Ray Window Reflectors. It con- 
s of a simple metal frame with 4 sheets of colored gelatin 
1, blue, green and amber); clips securely on the reflector; 
y easy to install or to change colors, 
.'tandard package, 10. List 

t Wt. Lbs. Price 

For Use with Reflector Std. Pkg. Each 

40 No. 400 Jack 7 $2. 50 

41 No. 410 Jill 7 2.50 

55 Nos. 500 and 510 7 2.75 

99 Nos. 900 and 910. 7 4.40 

V70 No. 1010 Blimp 7 5.25 

COLOR GELATIN SHEETS 

size W/i x 11 Yi Inches Size 15 x 15 Inches 

7 or Nos. 440 and 441, also For Nos. 55, 99 and 10870, 

A, 303-A and 338. also Nos. 88, 808 and 888. 

List List 

;t Price List Price 

». Color Each No. Color Each 

372 Red SO. 30 10472 Red $0.35 

373 Amber 0.30 10473 Amber 0.35 

374 Green 0.30 10474 Green 0.35 

375 Blue 0.30 10475 Blue 0.35 
Standard package; 10 sheets one color or assorted. 
Weight, standard package, approximately, one pound. 

X-RAY LOUVERS 
For Concealing Light Source from View 





FULL 3tt£ 
OF SPRING CLtP 
IN PC&T/C* m 




TYPE N' 

I NG*HAL TO *V//»0^*V 



i. 



\ 



Type p 

For A3(_*r«D w.«oc»v3 



Corner or island type win- 
dows often require a means of 
concealing the lamps and light 
from reflectors along the ad- 
jacent side. Louvers can be 
installed at any time in dimpled 
X-Ray Reflectors. 

Hinged sections of continuous louvers available on order. 

Each louver is a complete unit; finish, gray. 

Standard package, 1. 

rYPE N LOUVERS, FINS AT RIGHT ANGLES TO 

GLASS 

Wt. Lbs. List Price 
For Use with Reflector Each Each 



It 



W0-N 
U0-N 
500- N 
)10-N 
H)0-N 
)10-N 
110-N 



No. 400 Jack 

No. 410 Jill 1 

No. 500 King 

No. 510 Queen 

No. 900 Giant 

No. 910 Leviathan ■ 



No. 1010 Blimp 2 



1 


$4.00 


1 


4.00 


1 


4.00 


1 


4.00 


2 


5.00 


2 


5.00 


2 


6.00 



rYPE P LOUVERS, FINS PARALLEL TO GLASS 

U0-P No. 410 Jill 1 $4.00 

J10-P No. 510 Queen 1 4.00 

•10-P No. 910 Leviathan 2 5 . 00 

10-P No. 1010 Blimp 2 6.00 




X-RAY FINISHING FLANGES AND 

PLASTER RINGS 

For Recessing X-Ray Reflectors above Ceiling of Window 

Finishing Flanges 

Recessing the reflectors 
and wiring above the ceil- 
ing gives the window a 
neat appearance. Light- 
weight cast flanges finish 
off the opening, support 
the reflector in correct 
position and reinforce ply- 
wood ceilings that would 
otherwise be weakened 
after openings are cut- 
Louvers and colorray can 
be used the same as when 
equipment is supported 
from transom bar or ceil- 
ing. On newly plastered 
ceilings, use plaster rings described below. Flanges are sup- 
plied unfinished; may be painted to match window ceiling. 

Standard package, 10. 
Flange 

For Reflector 

No. 11 Hood Jr. . . 

No. 11 Hood Jr. with Louver. . 

No. 310 Favorite 

No. 400 Jack 

No. 410 Jill 

No. 500 King 

No. 510 Queen. 

Nos. 600 and 610 

No. 731 Hood 

Nos. 804 and 810 

Nos. 842 and 848 

No. 844 Comet and No. 420. . . 

Nos. 900 and 910 

No. 1010 Blimp 





List 


Std. Pkg. 


Price 


Wt.. Lbs. 


Each 


9 


SO . 45 


12 


3.75 


3 


.65 


15 


.85 


16 


.85 


22 


1.10 


24 


1.10 


■ ■ 


1.50 




1.25 


24 


1.60 


26 


3.95 


16 


.75 


26 


1.65 


26 


1.90 



No. 

10394 

10594 

14310 

11400 

11410* 

11500 

11510* 

10329 

10349 

10417 

14004* 

10517 

10432* 

14110* 

* Plaster ring available for use with this flange shown below. 

PLASTER RINGS 

Plaster rings, made of 
light-weight cast iron, are 
used where reflectors are 
to be recessed above plas- 
ter ceilings. They serve as 
a ground to plaster to, as a 
base for securely mount- 
ingceiling finishing flanges, 
and make the ceiling 
rigid by reinforcing the 
lathing around the open- 
ing. 

Plaster rings are install- 
ed by the lathing con- 
tractor. Plastering con- 
tractor places final coat of 
plaster flush with the bottom of the plaster ring. Finishing 
flanges support the reflector in the proper position and finish 
off the opening in the ceiling. Lugs on sides are placed off- 
center to allow for close spacing between reflectors. 

Plaster rings are also available for hinged rims and general 
lighting reflectors. 

Plaster rings should be ordered early, even before reflector 
equipment, so that they will be on the job ready for use 
when lathing is being done. 




Standard package, 10. 



List 
No. 

14006 
14007 
14008 



For Reflector 



Finishing Std. Pkg. 
Flange No. Wt., Lbs. 



No. 410 Jill 11410 



No. 510 Queen. 

No. 900 Giant or No. 

910 Leviathan .... 



14111 Nos. 842, 848 and 1010 



11510 

10432 
/14004\ 
\14110/ 



20 
24 

26 
26 



List 

Price 

Each 

SI . 25 
1.65 

2.00 
3.00 



198 



Northern Electric 






X-RAY INTERIOR FLOODLIGHTS 

Three Types of Light-Control 

Three general types of light-control are provided with 
X-ray interior floodlights. The illustrations below give 
an idea of the distribution from each unit. These three 
types are briefly described as follows: 

CENTER SPOT BEAM 

This combination of a 
flood and spotlight has a 
wide range of uses because 
of its intense concentration 
and wide general illumina- 
tion. Small shop windows 
can be completely lighted 
with one or two of this type 
of unit so that the principal 
portions of the display are 
highlighted. At the same 
time there is sufficient light 
provided for the rest of the 
display. 
On Short Swivel Base On Portable Stand 




List 


Std. Lamp 




54" High 


No. 


Watts 


List 


Std. Lamp 


44 


150-100 


No. 


Watts 


*33-A 


200 


*303-A 


200 


33-B 


200 


303-B 


200 


*88 


500-300 


*808 


500-300 


88-B 


500-300 


808-B 


500-300 
SPOT BEAM 




On Short Swivel Base 

List Control Std. Lamp 
No. Ring No. 
*33-A 13351 

33-B 13351 
*88 18860 

88-B 18860 



Watts 

200 

200 

500-300 

500-300 




Where the general flood 
of light is not wanted but 
instead more of a spotlight 
effect is needed the Spot 
Beam should be used. A 
control-ring is used with 
the regular Type 33-A or 88 
to confine all of the light 
into one powerful spot beam. 
This combination is generally 
used in store interiors for 
spotlight sales and wherever 
the light source should be 
concealed. 

On 54" Portable Stand 

List Control Std. Lamp 

No. Ring No. Watts 

*303-A 13351 200 

303-B 13351 200 

*808 18860 500 

808-B 18860 500-300 

FLOOD OF LIGHT 

This distribution is readily 
understood. In X-Ray in- 
terior floodlights the overall 
spread is approximately 100° 
with the greatest concentra- 
tion of light in the 40° zone. 

The two sizes of this type 
of unit have a wide variety 



On Short Swivel Base 


On Portable Stand 




List 


Std. Lamp 




54" High 




No. 


Watts 


Nos. 


338, 338-B, 888 


and 


*338 


200 


888-B < 


:an be supplied 


on 


338-B 


200 


portable stand 54 inches 


♦888 


500-300 


high by 


so specifying. 




888-B 


500-300 












1 *Regularly supplied with 
green and amber gelatin for 
have no color equipment and 



Color-Frame and red, blue, 
color highlighting. All others 
are for white lighting only. 







No. 44 X-RAY INTERIOR FLOODLIGHTS 

For 150 or 100-Watt Lamps 

Concentrating type f c 
white lighting only; no cole 
equipment available. This i 
a combination of spot am 
floodlight. Base has universe 
adjustment. 

Diameter of reflector 
inches. Depth from back c 
socket to front of reflector 
inches with 100-watt lamp, 1}4 inches with 150-wat 
lamp using holder extension (included). Diameter of bas 

d}i inches. 

Standard package containing one unit weighs 5 pounds 

List No. 44. List price, each 88.2 

No. 33-A X-RAY INTERIOR FLOODLIGHT; 

For 200-Watt Lamps 

Concentrating type ^ fc 
white or colored lightinj 
For smooth soft edge beai 
use inside frosted lamp 
Base has universal adjus- 
ment. Color equipment cor 
sists of 4 pieces of gelati 
(red, blue, green and arnbei 
frame and clips. 

Diameter of reflector 10. 1 
inches. Depth back of sockt 
to front of reflector 10K inches. Diameter of base 3^ inche 

List No. 33-A with Color Equipment, wt., 7 lbs, each. $13. S- 

List No, 33-B without Color Equipment, each 11 .f 

List No. 303-A Portable with Colors, wt., 31 lbs, each. 24.2 

List No. 303-B Portable without Colors, each 22. C 

Portables have 54-in. stand and 10-ft. cord with plug. 

No. 88 X-RAY INTERIOR FLOODLIGHT 

For 500 or 300-Watt Lamps 

Concentrating type fc 
white or colored lightinj 
Base has universal adjus 
ment. Diameter of reflects 
IS}4 in - Depth from back ■ 
socket to front of reflects 
11H in. Diameter of ba< 
Z x /i in. Color equipmer 
consists of 4 pieces of gelati 
(red, blue, green and ambe 
frame and clips. 








; 



List No. 88 with Color Equipment, each $22.1 E 

List No. 88-B without Color Equipment, each 18. 1 

List No. 808 Portable with Colors, each 34. ( 

List No. 808-B Portable without Colors, each 30. C 

Weight, No. 88, 12 lbs., No. 808, 30 lbs. 

Portables have 54-in. stand and 10-ft. cord with plug. 







X-RAY CONTROL-RINGS 
For Interior Floodlights 

A louver for converter 
regular interior floodligh 
into commercial spotlight - 
Consists of a circular spi I 
shield for eliminating tl 
spill of light comrnonto a 
floodlights and confining a 
the light to one straigl 
controlled beam. 

Control-ring is used onl 
with concentrating types and is available only for 200 an 
500-300 watt sizes listed below. Attached by snapping sprinj 
clips over the lip of the floodlight reflector. Does not interfei 
with the use of color-ray and can be used with reflectors whe 
recessed. 

Standard package, 1; shipping weight, 1 pound. 
List No. 13351 for Nos. 33-A, B and 303-A, B, each. . . $5.2 
List No. 18860 for Nos. 88, 88-B, 808 and 808-B, each 4.1 



> 



Northern Electric 



199 




X-RAY GENERAL LIGHTING 
REFLECTORS 

Used for lighting factories, ar- 
^w^n^m mories, gymnasiums, shops. Mount- 

^. ed individually or in groups above 

I* glass panels or skylights, etc. Nos. 

/"A I 585, 54, 848 and 590, furnished 

"^JAB^^ with Mogul Socket and Holder, 

are designed especially for high 
interiors. 

DISTRIBUTING REFLECTORS 

t Code Name Std. Wt. Price 

and Description Pkg. Lbs. Each 

, "Mill" 25-75-W. lamp (20) 12 $1.65 

Holder required: For 75- and 60-W. lamp, Form 
"H" 2K" Holder; for 40- or 25-VV. lamp, Form 
"0" 2 l A". 

i "Hickory" 60-100- W. lamp (24) 22 2.20 

Holder required: For 100-W. lamp, Form "H" 
2M' Holder; for 75- or 60- W. lamp, Form 
"0"2^". 

) "Oak" 150-W, lamp (16) 33 3.85 

Form "A" 3K" Holder required. 
;;"Ash" 200-W. lamp (8) 24 4 . 70 

Form "A" 3K" Holder required. 

i /'Spruce" 500 or 300- W. lamp (4) 24 12 . 65 

Holder and Yi" Mogul Socket (with %" reducer) 
inclusive. 

i-R Reflector only for No. 585 (4) 8 . 80 

SEMI-CONCENTRATING REFLECTORS 

I "Radish" 60-100-W. lamp (24) 30 S3 . 30 

Holder required: For 100-W. lamp, Form "H" 
2H>, for 75- or 60-W., Form "O" 2\i". 

) "Carrot" 150-W. lamp (18) 32 6.60 

Form "H" 2^" Holder required. 

) "Crown' ' 200-W. lamp (6) 19 8 . 25 

Form "A" 3K" Holder required. 

\ /'Little Boy" 500-300-W. lamp. . . (6) 33 17.50 
Holder and Mogul H" Socket (with %" reducer) 
inch 

5-R Reflector only for No. 848 (6) 13 . 50 

) "Big Boy" 1500-1000- W. lamp. . . (2) 42 35.00 

Holder and Mogul Socket (with loop) incl. 
)-R Reflector only for No. 590 (2) 26 . 00 

X-RAY PORTABLE FOOTLIGHTS 

150-100*-Watt Lamps on 12-Inch Centers 




designed for show windows, small stages and wherever 
tandardized or portable footlight is needed. 
Sturdily constructed of heavy gauge steel with inside 
ished aluminum bronze. X-Ray reflectors on 12-inch 
iters. Height over all 5M inches. Depth from front to 
:k b l A inches. Provided in 2 standard lengths, 4 and 8 
t, but can be made to any length. Furnished unwired 
ithout wire) and unassembled. Removable wireway cover 
kes wiring easy. 

standard finish, statuary bronze lacquer enamel. 

standard* 'package is one section. Average shipping 
ight per foot on sections 4 feet long or more is 4H pounds. 

i. 10584 Section 4 Feet Long for 4 lamps each $53 . 10 

i. 10588 Section 8 Feet Long for 8 Lamps each 98.75 

i. 10589 (Use this number for other lengths). 

3n Orders up to 8 Feet per foot $15 . 00 

3n Orders for More than 8 Feet per foot 13 . 75 

specify length required. 

k With 100-watt lamps use short" (%-inch) socket extension. 



CURTISTRIP 




CTJp^ 



CurtiStrip is a simplified wiring channel and 
race-way. Standardized fittings permit 
almost any assembly. The patented snap-in 
flat cover permits outlets to be placed on any 
spacing. The cover, placed between sockets 
or fittings, is cut to length required with 
tinners' shears and snaps firmly in place in the 
lip of the channel. Channel is cut to any 
length with a hack saw. Sections longer than 
10 feet are coupled together with No. 10 
coupling. 

Channel and cover are made of No. 20 U.S. 
gauge cold rolled steel cadmium plated, a 
process that presents an attractive finish and 
protects the metal. This surface may be 
painted on the job, or it can be brushed and 
lacquered where a satin silver finish is wanted. 

CURTISTRIP CHANNEL 

CurtiStrip Channel is made in only one size 
2]/<i inches wide, \% inches deep. The wire 
way is large enough to carry as many as 30 
No. 14 rubber covered wires under sockets, 
local inspection permitting. This is important 
where many circuits or a long run of outlets 
would otherwise make it necessary to put in 
additional risers at several points* 

Illustration below shows one spacer and 
socket cover removed from a section of 
CurtiStrip, giving a clear idea of how wires 
are laid under terminal screws of CurtiStrip 
sockets and the large wire carrying capacity. 








~s&m 



Standard package is 100 feet of ten 10-foot lengths. 
No. 1 Channel with Cover, per foot $0.60 

Weight, standard package, 130 pounds. 
No. 1-A Channel without Cover, per foot 55 

Weight, standard package, 103 pounds. 
No. 1-B Cover Only for No. 1-A Channel, per foot 10 

Weight, standard package, 40 pounds. 




oo wAi r -* o <: 
ON -CrURTlSTRie_^ 







s 




CJ*-ON-CUAmTEUP 



■wnwNU 




m.ray «r\xtffd«* 

ilO WAT! )3"0 C 




Recessed and Cove Lighting 



.-?• 






200 



Northern Electric 



CURTISTRIP SOCKETS AND 
RECEPTACLES 

Sockets and receptacles can be spaced as close as 2% 
inches on centers. Their 2-piece construction saves time 
and simplifies wiring. 

Cover spaces are cut 2}i inches shorter than the center 
to center measurements between outlets. 

Example: Outlets on lS-inch centers have 15%-inch 
spacers. 







Wires are not cut but stripped and laid under terminal 
screws along groove. Porcelain top completely covers bare 
wire. Not '"necessary to compound terminals. 

No. 4 PLUG-IN PORCELAIN RECEPTACLES 

Polarized receptacle — 15 amperes 
125 volts, 10 amperes 250 volts dead 

Height over all in CurtiStrip 2% 

inches. . 

Standard package of 10 weighs i 

pounds. 

List No. 4 List Price each SO. 70 

No. 5 STANDARD PORCELAIN SOCKETS 

Standard porcelain socket with shade 
holder groove for use with X-Ray re- 
flectors having Form X Holders and for 
all other standard shade holders used 
on porcelain sockets. 

Height over all in CurtiStrip 2-ft 

inches. 

Standard package of 50 weighs 27 

pounds. 

List No. 5 List Price each SO. 60 

No. 5-A SPECIAL PORCELAIN SOCKETS 
Special porcelain socket, no shade holder groove, for use 

with X-Ray holders and cove lighting reflectors. 
Height over all in CurtiStrip "ifgjnches. 
Standard package of 50 weighs 2t pounds. 

List No. 5-A. List Price each SO . 60 

No. S PORCELAIN ANGLE SOCKETS 

Porcelain angle socket for X-Ray cove 
lighting reflectors. 

"Height over all in CurtiStrip 5J4 
inches. Top of CurtiStrip to center of 
socket 2% inches. 

Standard package of 50 weighs 47 
pounds. 
List No. S List Price each $1.50 



No. 19 NIPPLE ATTACHMENTS 

Nipple attachments, ^-inch female 
thread, for supporting reflectors on 
nipple or for use with X-Ray cove light- 
ing reflectors. 

Standard package of 10 weighs 3 
pounds. 
List No. 19 List Price each SO. 50 





11 




No. 19-BX ATTACHMENTS 

Attachment designed to connect \4r 
inch BX to CurtiStrip or for attaching 
34-inch socket to CurtiStrip by using 
chase nipple. 

Standard package of 10 weighs 3 pounds. 
List No. 19-BX. . .List Price each SO. 40 



CURTISTRIP FITTINGS 
Standard Finish, Cadmium Plated 

No. 6 End Caps 

Designed to close and finisl 





to M inch) for lead-in circu; 

Standard package of 10 weigh 
3 pounds. 

List Xo. 6 . . List price each S0.4( 

No. 12 Service Boxes 

Designed for use \ wher 
conduit larger than % inch i 
necessary. 

Has four ^-inch knockout 
bottom, end and 2 sides, tha 
may be reamed up to 1} 
inches- Size extending out 
side of CurtiStrip 2% x2$] 
x 2% inches. 

Standard package of li 
weighs 12 pounds. 

List Xo. 12. List Pries each SI. a: 

No- 14 Elbows 

Elbow is adjustable fror 
70 to ISO degrees. Cover i 
removable and eliminate - 
fishing of wires. Separabl 
body permits using elbow a 
splice box. 

Standard package of on 
weighs 3 pounds. 

price each SI. 6 







List Xo. 14. List 





Xo. 16 Couplings 

This coupling is used for connect 
ing 2 pieces of CurtiStrip. 

Does not reduce size of wirewa 
or interfere with use of other Curt 
Strip sockets and receptacles. 

Standard package of 10 weighs 

pounds. 

List Xo. 16. List price each SO. 4 



Xo. IS Box Adapters 

For connecting CurtiStrip to 4-inc 
standard octagonal outlet box. 1, : 
3 or 4 adapters may be used so tha 
CurtiStrip may be run in as man 
different ways from one outlet bc> 

Standard package of 10 weighs 

pounds. 

List Xo. 18. List price each. . $0.7 






; .\VnS>\AsvvvvVv\<^Vvvvw>KSv5 



'CURTISTRIP 





LIGHTING WITH 

x-RRY rer_e:ctccjs 

RfJO CuRT\STRjP 




C_":r~- ~ 



X-Ray cove lighting re- 
flectors may be mounted on 
Xo. 5-A Socket and entire 
length of CurtiStrip Tilted 
to secure correct distribu- 
tion of light. 



Reflectors mounted on Hi 
8 Socket or Xo. 19 Nippl 
Attachments are adjuste 
individually. 

CurtiStrip is generall 
fastened with Xo. 9 Strap- 



Northern Electric 



201 



GURTISTRIP SUPPORTS 
Standard Finish, Cadmium Plated 





Five standard X-Raylets (CurtiStrip fittings) offer com- 
ete flexibility for mounting CurtiStrip. To bolt against 
ly flat surface use No. 9 Strap. To hang clown from beam 
ceiling use No. 2 hanger. This is adjustable from 4 to 
[ inches over all, where a chain or rigid rod hanger is to 
i used, the No. 13 bracket should be substitued. 

No. 2 UNIVERSAL HANGERS 

This hanger can be made any length from 4 to 34 inches, 
lcludes 2-piece perforated hanger, one No. 9 strap, 4 angle 
rackets and 6 bolts. 

Standard package of 10 weighs 16 pounds. 

ist No. 2 List Price each $1 . 00 

No. 9 STRAPS 
For holding CurtiStrip against any flat surface. 
Spread over all 3jf inches. Holes on 3^-inch centers. 
Standard package of 10 weighs 2 pounds, 
ist No. 9 List Price each -SO. 15 

No. 13 BRACKETS 

Designed to hang CurtiStrip on pipe or chain hanger, 
ipe or chain not included. 

Height top to bottom 3 inches. 

Standard package of 10 weighs 4 pounds, 
ist No. 13 List Price each $0 . 55 

No. 15 HANGERS 

For mounting CurtiStrip on wall or transom bar. May be 
sed as shown or reversed. 

With long leg of bracket at wall the distance from wall 
> center of CurtiStrip is 5 inches. Height of bracket may 
e varied from 12^ to 8K inches or less by drilling new 
oles. With short leg of bracket at wall, distance from wall 
) center of CurtiStrip may be varied from SK to 10}-^ inches, 
eight varying from 5 to 7 inches. 

Standard package of 10 weighs 11 pounds. 
ist No. 15, Includes No. 9 Strap List Price each $0.85 

No. 24 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 
For mounting CurtiStrip out from transom bar or for 

jspending from ceiling. Includes VA * 3-inch rectangular 

ange, %-inch nipple 6K inches long with 2 locknuts and 

\o. 13 brackets. 
Standard package of 10 weighs 9 pounds. 

ist No. 24 List Price each $1 .00 



LightStrip is a standardized lighting channel and can be 
made to any length with outlets spaced as required on the 
job. It is made with CurtiStrip and LightStrip unit as- 
semblies in 3 sizes from 25 to 150 watts capacity. 

Each section of LightStrip requires the same total length 
of No. 1 CurtiStrip also 2 No. 6 end caps and No. 16 couplings 
to connect short pieces of CurtiStrip or pieces over 10 feet 
long. It may be a short 1-light section or a longer section 
with many lights. It is wired on the bench, is easily installed 
and quickly connected to the lighting circuit like a fixture. 
It has ample capacity for carrying wires. The same methods 
of support used for CurtiStrip are used for mounting Light- 
Strip. All CurtiStrip fittings and plug-in receptacles are 
standard for LightStrip. 

Reflectors are bright aluminum finish; other metal parts 
are cadmium-plated. 

FOR 25-WATTT-6^ INTERMEDIATE BASE TUBULAR 

LAM PS 

No. 26 Unit Assembly 

List No. 20 assembly includes bright aluminum reflector and 
intermediate base socket unit. Minimum spacing between 
units 8 inches on centers. Cover spacers are cut 8 inches 
less than actual center to center spacing between units. 

Standard package of 10 sets weighs \.Yi pounds. 

List No. 26 Assembly. List Price per set $1 .95 

FOR 25 TO 150-WATT MEDIUM SCREW BASE 

TUBULAR LAMPS 

These assemblies include bright aluminum reflector with 
spring clip to hold lamp and medium screw base tilting 
socket. Socket tilts out for inserting or removing lamp. 

No. 27 Unit Assembly 

For 25-watt T-10 medium screw base lamps. Minimum 
spacing between units 9 inches on centers. Cover spacers 
are 8% inches less than actual center to center spacing. 

Standard package of 10 sets weighs 5% pounds. 

List No. 27 Assembly. List Price per set $2.25 

No. 28 Unit Assembly 

For 40 or 50 watt T-8, 75 or 150-Watt T-10 medium screw 
base tubular lamps. Minimum spacing between units 15 
inches on centers. Cover spacers are cut 14% inches less than 
actual center to center spacing. 

Standard package of 10 sets weighs 7 pounds. 

List No. 28 Assembly. List Price per set §2 50 

WATTAGE REQUIRED WITH LIGHTSTRIP 

The same total wattage will generally be used with Light- 
Strip as would normally be employed. 

Panel Lighting: For even lighting on flashed opal glass 
panels, the light source must be kept at proper distance from 
glass. 

For narrow panels distance from front of LightStrip to 
glass must not be less than panel width. 

For wide panels where several rows of LightStrip are 
used, distance between rows must not exceed distance from 
front of LightStrip to glass. 

Where No. 27 or 28 are used behind glass panels, allow 
% inch of space between top of CurtiStrip and underside 
of glass. 

For room illumination from panels 4 watts per square 
foot of floor area will generally give approximately 6 to 8 
foot candles. 

Color Lighting Effects: Wattage and spacing should be 
the same as for white lighting. 



202 



Northern Electric 



CURTIS LIGHTING 
Eye Comfort Standard Fixtures 




CURTIS LIGHTING 



■ 



X-Ray, Indirect Lighting Fixtures 



"GEM". LIST No. 5050 

For 500 or 300 watt standard lamp; 200 watt if socket redu- 
cer is used. 

FINISH: SILVER GREY 

Diameter of bowl \V/ 2 inches; depth 6% inches. Suspension 
36 inches. 

Packed in a carton with No. 14 wire for quick delivery. 
Shipping weight 12 lbs. 

List Price each $16.50 




'■JEWEL". LIST No. 6040 
For 750, 1000 or 1500 watt standard lamp. 
Husk to cover neck of lamp included. 

FINISH: SILVER GREY 
Diameter of bowl 18 inches; depth 9 inches. 
Suspension 48 inches. 

Packed in a carton with No. 14 wire for quick delivery. 
Shipping weight 21 lbs. 

List Price each S27.00 



List No. 5870 

500—300 Watts 

Diameter— 18" 

Depth— 7^" 

Finish — Silver Grey 

List Price $26 . 00 



List No. 7200 

500—300 Watts 

Diameter— 19" 

Depth— 6" 

Finish — Silver Grey 

List Price $26 . 00 








Northern Electric 



203 



PERMAFLECTORS 
For Show Window Lighting 

>ermaflectors are silver-plated glass reflectors with a 
manent reflecting surface. 

FINISH 

rhe silver color satin finish has many advantages both to 
user and to the trade; its makes the reflector less conspi- 
ius when not concealed by valance or sign; harmonizes 
re universally with the variety of colors found in show 
idow ceilings and backgrounds; is suggestive of light, 
er and glass; and unlike the enamel heretofore used for 
ector backing, this silver color will not darken under the 
t of the Type "C" lamp. 



No. 55 
Concentrating type. For me- 
dium size shallow windows; 
medium high trim; island win- 
dows, or windows with upper 
part of background of glass. 

Lamp: 100 watt, A-23 (inside 
frosted) and 150 watt PS-25. 

crossrosssp^^J Holder 2)4" Form "O" 

Dimensions: 

Height, as shown o^-" 

leight, adapter extended ; Q% " 

>pening circular, diameter %y 2 " 

tandard Package 40 

ist Price: Reflector and one Adapter $4. 80 



No. 77 
For shallow windows, medium 
trim, open back. 

Lamp: 100 watt A-23. 

Holder:2K" Form OB or OP. 
Dimensions: 

Height bV 2 " 

Diameter 7" 

Center to back 2^" 

Standard Package 48 

List Price : Each $5 . 10 





No.77 




No. 110 
1"^ For low, deep windows, 3 to 

7 feet high, in which trim is car- 
ried to level of reflectors. 

Lamp: 100 watt, A-23 (inside 
frosted) and 150 watt PS-25. 
vi^^M Holder I"," l-'orni "O" 

^^ Dimensions: 

,^d| Height, as shown 7^" 

- fm ^^^^^^^^ m Height, adapter extended 834 " 

Opening circular, diam. . .8H" 

Standard Package 40 

st Price: Reflector and one Adapter. $4. 80 



PERMAFLECTORS 
For Show Window Lighting 

Permaflectors are silver-plated glass reflectors with a 
permanent reflecting surface. 

FINISH 

The silver color satin finish has many advantages both to 
the user and to the trade; it makes the reflector less conspi- 
cuous when not concealed by valance or sign; harmonizes 
more universally with the variety of colors found in show 
window ceilings and backgrounds; is suggestive of light, 
silver and glass; and unlike the enamel heretofore used for 
reflector backing, this silver color will not darken under the 
heat of the Type "C" lamp. 

No. 54 

For shallow windows 7 to 10 

f' j feet high, medium trim, island 

windows or open back windows. 
Lamp: 150 watt PS-25; 200 
watt PS-30. 

Holder. 234" Form "O" 

.^■ 7 Dimensions: 

fiTOpfesJ Height, as shown 7%" 

Height, adapter extended. .8" 
Opening circular, diam.. .934" 

Standard Package 32 

List Price: Reflector and one adapter $6.10 



No. 100 

Designed particularly for win- 
dows having depth of one-half 
to three-fourths the distance 
from floor to reflectors. Ideal 
for windows having high trim. 

Lamp: 150 watt PS-25; 200 
watt PS-30. 

Holder. 2^" Form "O" 

Dimensions: 

Height, as shown 8%" 

Height, adapter extended 9iV 

Width.... 83^" 

Front to back 83^" 

Center to back 3%" 

40 





Standard Package 

List Price: Reflector and one Adapter $5.75 

No. 112 
Designed for a dual service — 
lighting both window display 
and transparent sign, as in drug 
stores, cigar stores, etc. 

Lamps: 100 watt A-23; 150 
watt PS-25; 200 watt PS-30. 

*/|/JSit^^^t^B 1 lol.lcr. 2M " Form "O" 

ltzii&irtnfKK: ^\\\\\\^M^|^ Dimensions: 

HKffidl Height, as shown 6&* 

Height , adapter extended 7 % " 
Opening circular, diam. . .9%" 

Standard Package 32 

List Price: Reflector and one Adapter $6.35 




Whatever your problem may be in 
Commercial, Industrial, Church, School 
or even Street Lighting, you will find 
in this catalogue a representative 
selection of the best and latest in 
Lighting Equipment to choose from. 



Experienced Lighting Specialists are 
located at our many distributing 
centers, alert to assist you and your 
electrical engineers with your lighting 
problems. We want you to take full 
advantage of their services. 



. 



1 















204 



Northern Electric 



PERMAFLECTORS 

No. P-40 





APPARENT CANOLEPOWER 



DISTRIBUTION NS-P-40 
100 WATT A-23 LAMP 



For indirect _ lighting from coves. Broad distribution. 
Minimum spacing 8 in. o.c. Also for lighting wall cases, 
bank cages, indirect lighting fixtures, art gallery, lighting, 
etc. 

Lamp— 50-60-75 watt A-21, with 2l£-in. holder Form "O"- 
100 watt A-23, with 2^-in. Holder Form "H." 

Dimensions— Height, 2% in. Width, 4^ in. Length, 
byh in. 

Standard package — 48. Weight, approximately 40 lbs. 
Standard carton — 24. 

List Price— Each $3.75 

■ 

No. P-75-A 




DISTRIBUTION N&P-75A 
100 WATT A-23 LAM D 



For cove lighting where a concen- 
trated distribution is required for 
throwing the light some distance. 
Also for stock quotation boards; art 
galleries, small shallow show windows 
where overhead room is limited and 
high intensity is desired; and for in- 
direct lighting fixtures. 

Color-Lite — No. 4-A. 
Lamp— 100 watt A-23. 

Dimensions— Height, 3% in. Diameter, 6% in. Length, 

Standard package— 24. Weight, approximately 75 lbs. 
Standard carton — 6. 

List Price— Each S4 . 50 

No. P-25 

For cove lighting, wall cases, bank cages, etc. Also for 
multi-unit, low wattage, indirect and luminous bowl fixtures. 

Lamp— 25-40- watt, A-19; 50-watt, P-19. 

Holder— 2^ in. Form "O," or 2y A in. Form "S." 

^jpimensions— Height 3^ in.; diameter 3|f in.; length, 

Standard package— 48. Weight— Approximately 30 lbs. 
Standard carton-24. Weight-Approximately 15 lbs. 
List Price — Each $3 .00 




PERMAFLECTORS 
For Industrial Lighting 

No. 1-60 




For the same uses as No. 1-25. 
Also for low mounting industrial 
use, as over benches, inspection 
tables, stock shelves, etc. 

FLUSH MOUNTING RING 
—No. 1-60. 




APPARENT CANDLFPn wr 
DISTRIBUTION N£|-6o 
J00VVATTA-23LAMP 



Color-Lite— No. 4-A. 

Lamp— 60 watt A-21 or 100 watt A-23. 

for H 7lfo r O~waft in ' F ° rm "°" ^ ^ W * tt " 2M ^ F ° rm " H 
Dimensions— Height 4^ in. Diameter 6% in. 
Standard Package— 40. Weight, approx. 52 lbs. 
Standard Carton — 10. 
List Price — Each . . 



83.0 






No. 1-75 



For low mounting localized industrial lighting (5 to 12 ft 

fix?nr. W f° fl P K ne) - Als °- f °, r orna ™ntal direct lightin, 
nxture; for flush mounting in low ceilings. 




FLUSH MOUNTING RING 
-No. 55. 

Lamp— 100 watt A-23. 
Holder— 214 in. Form "H." 

Dimensions— Height 4% in. Diameter 8% in. 
Standard Package— 40. Weight, approx. 69 lbs. 
Standard Carton — 10. 
List Price— Each . , 



APPARENT CANDLEPOWER 

DISTRIBUTION N2I-75 

75WATT A-23 LAMP 



S3 . 30 



No. 1-100 
Companion to No. 1-75 
FLUSH MOUNTING RING— 
No. 1-201 

a o? m £riw *' at * with 2 ^ in - Form "H" Holder; 100 watt 
A-23 with 2\i in. Form "O" Holder. 

Dimensions— Height b% in. Diameter 9% in. 

Standard Package— 40. Weight, approx. 85 lbs. 

List Price— Each $3 go 



Northern Electric 



205 



PERMAFLEGTORS 
For Industrial Lighting 

No. 1-200 




CANDLEPOWER 



NON N2 1-200 
/ATT LAMP 




No. 1-200 



For use whenever a highly concen- 
trated beam over a limited area is 
desired. Primarily a local lighting 
unit. Adapter No. 1256 supplied. 

mp— 200 watt, Adapter extended; 150 watt, Adapter 
>ressed. 

)lder— 2\{ in. Form "O." 

men sions— Height... 1% in. Diameter. ... 11 in. 

indard Package— 32. Weight, approx. 100 lbs. 

mdard Carton — 8. 

it Price— Each $ 6 >2 fi 

No. 1-505 





APPARENT CANDLEPOWER 



DISTRIBUTION N£|-505 
500 WATT LAMP 



high bay industrial lighting where the lighting equip- 
is located 25 ft. or more above the floor and exceptional 
ntration is required. Also very effective for lighting 
?h skylights as in art galleries, bank lobbies and similar 
ations. Also a splendid reflector for service in direct 
\g ornamental lanterns. 

industrial lighting the spacing between Permaflectors 
1 not exceed their height above the work plane. 

id— 300-500 watt. 

der — Furnished with 4-in. round box cover, Mogul 
able and Form "M" holder. 

len sions — 

t, overall, including 4 in. outlet box 14^ in. 

t of Permaflector 9% in. Diameter 16 in. 

len used on Conduit No. 6, discard box cover and attach 
and holder to conduit.) 

idard Package— 10. Weight, approx. 80 lbs. 
idard Carton — 5. 

Price — Each, as illustrated 820. 50 

5-GO (reflector only) 16. 50 

I-505-B— 

Attach to l^-in. Conduit Stem: Without extra charge, 
505 will be furnished equipped with Box No. KO-11, 

Socket and Form M Holder. When so ordered, specify 

I-505-B. 



PERMAFLECTORS 
For Industrial Lighting 




No. 1-1000 




CURVE »-L»WP AT FOCUS 
cunvc'a' — lamp >» above focuo 
CuKvE'C' — LAMP Vt BELOW FOCUS 



fl»>AR[MT CanOL-CPOWIW 

Distribution N*I-1000 
1000 Watt Lami» 



For industrial lighting where the lighting unit must be 
from 25 to 50 ft. or more above the floor andjexceptionally 
concentrating in distribution. Also for lighting through 
skylights. Spacing between Permaflectors should not exceed 
their height above the work plane. 

Flush Mounting Ring— No. 1-1000. 
Lamp— 300-500-750-1000 watt. 

Holder— Mogul Socket and special holder furnished, tapped 
for H-in. conduit. Two socket positions; one for 300-500 
watt; one for 750-1000 watt. 

Dimensions — 

Height over all . . 16% in. Height of Reflector. .8^ ™- 

Diameter of Reflector , 16 in. 

Standard Package— 1. Weight, approx. 19 lbs. 
Standard Carton — 1. 

List Price — As shown $22 50" 

I-1000-GO (reflector only) ' i 6 " 5 o 



No. E-75 





apparent candlepower 
Distribution nse-75 
75 watt a -23 lamp 



Distributing type for low mounting (5-12 r ft. above work 
plane), industrial service; for use in ornamental direct light- 
ing fixtures, and for use in flush mounting in low ceilings. 

Flush Mounting Ring— No. 1-60. 

Lamp— 75 watt A-21; 100 watt A-23. 

Holder— 2%". Form "H". 

Dimensions— Height 4%". Diameter *$%". 

Standard package— 32. Weight, approx. 42 lbs. 

Standard carton — 8. 

List Price— each $2 . 50 



206 



Northern Electric 









PERMAFLECTORS 
For Industrial Lighting 



No. E-100 





APPARENT CANDLEPOWER 



DISTRIBUTION NSE-lOO 

1 50 WAT! LAMP 



Companion to No. E-75. 
Flush Mounting Ring — No. 55. 
Hinged Ceiling Roundel — special. 

Lamp— 150 watt PS-25 with 2\i". Form "H" holder; 
100 watt A-23 with 2}4". Form "O" holder. When equipped 
with "LC" holder, No. E-100 in combination with Hinged 
Ceiling Roundel No. 1 takes the 200 watt PS-30 lamp. 

Dimensions— Height &H". Diameter 8%'. 
Standard package— 28. Weight, approx. 56 lbs. 
Standard carton— 7. 

List Price — each S3 . 75 



No. E-200 




Apparent C^NOlEPOWER 



Distribution N 2 E"200 
200W*TT Uvmp 



Companion to No. E-75. Adapter No. 1256 supplied. 
Flush Mounting Ring— No. 54. 

Lamp— 200 watt PS-30, Adapter extended; 150 watt PS 
25, Adapter compressed. 

Holder— 2K". Form "O." 
Dimensions— Height 9%". Diameter 914". 
Standard package — 28. Weight, approx. 82 lbs. 
Standard carton — 7. 



List Price — each 



$4.80 



INDOOR DISPLAY-SPOTS 





No. 420 
For 100 Watt or 150 Watt Lamp 



No. 421 
For 200 Watt Lai 



Display-Spots are indoor spotlights, primarily designed 
show window lighting, but have many other applicatio 
such as the lighting of display pieces in stores and like c 
jects. 

They have a spun aluminum reflector, equipped with p. 
celain receptacle, and provided with a combination adjusts!" 
base and bracket, designed to permit the unit to stand on 
fasten to flat surfaces. They can be placed on the floor 
mounted on the ceiling or sidewall and adjusted for directi 
the light from any desired angle. 

Finished outside in Satin Brown, and the inside of the 
flector is oxidized aluminum. 

Three gelatine color discs (green, red and amber), togetl 
with six feet of heater cord and an attachment plug, j. 
provided with each Display-Spot. 



List 
No. 



Weight Lis 
Std. Lbs., Prit 
Pkg. Std. Pkg. Eac 



Description 

420 For 100 watt or 150 watt lamp 6 30 

421 For 200 watt Lamp 6 32 

Individually packed. 



S5. 

7. 



Whatever your problem may be in 
Commercial, Industrial, Church, School 
or even Street Lighting, you will find in 
this catalogue a representative selection of 
the best and latest in Lighting Equipment 
to choose from. 

Experienced Lighting Specialists are 
located at our many distributing centers, 
alert to assist you and your electrical 
engineers with your lighting problems. 
We want you to take full advantage of 
their services. 



Northern Electric 



207 



PERMAFLECTOR WINDO-FLOODS 





WINDO-FLOOD No. 100 

leflector Q%" diameter; height 
rail including bracket, 10>^*- 

,amp: 100 watt A-23. 

itandard Package 8 

burnished complete, without 
\p, including 30" of cord and 

t Price $7.00 

flectoronly $3.00 

No. 1-60 
Reflector used with WF-100 



WINDO-FLOOD No. 200 

Same as Windo-Spot No. 200, excepting 
lector has a different design, giving wider 
itribution of light, with less intense 
Ural spot. 

Reflector 9H* diameter; height overall 
:luding bracket, 1134*. 

Lamp: 200 watt PS-30 must be used. 
Standard Package 8 

Complete, excepting lamp, and including 
f of cord with plug. 

st Price 10.00 

Sectors only (1-201) 6. 25 

No. L201^A 

Same reflector as used with the Windo- 
ood is furnished equipped with adapter 
r attaching to Conduit No. 1 or 2%" O 
ade holder. Good for certain appli- 
tions in, high shallow windows- 
List Price (including Adapter No. 
56) $9.35 



WINDO-FLOOD No. 500 

Similar to Windo-Spot No. 500, ex- 
pting reflector is of different design, to 
row a broad flood of light rather than a 
ot of light. 

Lamp: 300 watt PS-35; 500 watt PS-40. 

Height overall including bracket ... 18* 

Diameter of Permaflector IVA" 

Standard Package 1 

List Price: Complete as shown, 
thout lamp, including 30" of cord 
d attachment plug $20.50 

Reflector only , . $ 9.35 



No. WF-500 
No. E-500 

Same reflector as'used with Windo-Flood No. 500. 
' PERMAFLECTOR SPILL SHIELDS 



For the purpose of 
minating the spill 
ht of the Windo-Spot 
:flectors, without in- 
ference with the 
am of light, 

onsists of spun metal 
g and metal cup sup- 
rted on tripod as 
wn. Suspended by 
•ans of springs same 
Colorlites. 

Colorlite Roundels 
iy also be used. 

List Prices — 

Spill Shield SS-100 (for use with Windo-Spot WS-100) S4. 25 

For colored lighting use 8 in, diameter (red, amber, green, blue) 

indel Extra 2.40 

Spill Shield SS-200 (for use with Windo-Spot WS-200) 5. 55 

For colored lighting use9r> in. diameter (red, amber, green, blue) 

indel Extra 2.40 

Spill Shield SS-300 (for use with Windo-Spot WS-300) 6. 80 

For colored lighting use 10% in- diameter (red, amber, green, blue) 

indel 77.... Extra 6.80 

Spill Shield SS-500 (for use with Windo-Spot WS-500) 7. 65 

For colored lighting use 13 in. diameter (red, amber, green, blue) 
indel. Extra 12.75 




/^ 


r — 


Jz^^z 


r 


No. SS-200 


• 



PERMAFLECTOR WINDO-SPOTS 





These provide an effective method of 
high lighting with clear or colored light 
portions of the window display to which 
particular attention should be drawn. 

WINDO-SPOT No. 100 
Reflector 8 V*" diameter; height 

overall including bracket 11". 
Lamp: 100 watt A-23 only. 

Standard Package 8 

Complete, excepting lamp, including 

30* of cord and plug. 

List Price $7.70 

Reflector only 53.60 

No. C-100 
Reflector only, used in Windo-Spot 
No. 100. 
List Price 33.00 



WINDO-SPOT No. 200 

Reflector 10" diameter; height over- 
all including bracket 13^*. 

Lamp: 200 watt PS-30 must be used. 

Standard Package 8 

Furnished complete, excepting lamp, 
and including 30" of cord and plug. 

List Price: Each S10.00 

Reflector only, (C-2Q1) Price, $6.25 

No. C-201-A 

Same reflector as used with Windo- 
Spot No. 200 is furnished equipped with 
adapter for attaching to conduit No. 1 
or2}4" O shade holder. Good for certain 
applications in very high and shallow 
windows. 

List Price (including Adapter No. 
1256) 39.35 



WINDO-SPOT No. 300 

Reflector 11H" diameter; height 
overall including bracket 13 %". 

Lamp: 300 watt PS-35. 

Standard Package 8 

Furnished complete as shown, without 
lamp, including 30" of cord and plug. 

List Price $14.50 

Reflector only (C-300) S8 . 75 

No. C-300-A 

Same reflector as used with Windo- 
Spot No. 300 is also furnished for light- 
ing certain high shallow show windows 
having low trim, as follows: 

No. C-300 (no holder and fittings) Sll .90 

No. C-300-A (includes reflector, mogul socket, 4" box cover and 

Holder No. 12-A 317.00 

No. C-300-B (includes reflector, mogul socket. Holder No. 12-A 

and Box KO-11) S17.00 

WINDO-SPOT No. 500 

Reflector 13H* diameter; height 

overall including bracket IS" 

Furnished complete, as shown, with- 
out lamp and including 30" of cord and 
attachment plug. 

Lamp: 300 watt PS-35; 500 watt 
PS-40. 

Standard Package 1 

List Price: Each S22.00 

Reflector only. (C-500) Price 12.00 

No. C-500-A 

Same reflector as used with Windo- 
Spot No. 500 is also furnished for light- 
ing certain high shallow windows where 
very high intensity is required, as 
follows: 

No. C-500 (no holder and fittings) 813.05 

No. C-500-A (includes reflector, mogul socket, 4" box cover and 

"M" holder) 19.55 

No. C-500-B (includes reflector, mogul socket, Box KO-11 and 

"M" holder) 19.55 



PORTABLE BASE 

For use with Windo-Spot or Windo- 
Flood. 






Cast iron, 8" diameter. 
List Price: Each 



82.15 



208 



Northern Electric 






PERMAFLECTORS 
For Industrial Lighting 

No. E-500 




APPARENT CANDLEPOWER 



DISTRIBUTION N2E-500 
50OWATT LAMP 




Distributing type intended for in- 
termediate mounting high intensity 
industrial service; mounting 12 to 25 feet above the work 
plane; for the lighting of gymnasiums; and for flush mount- 
ing in ceiling in combination with Hinged Ceiling Roundel 
No. 2. 

Also useful for installation in Gothic and other designs of 
lanterns, in churches and public buildings. 

Flush Mounting Ring — No. E-500. 

Hinged Ceiling Roundel — Special. 

Lamp — 300-500 watt, clear or bowl frosted. 

Holder — Form "M," with Mogul Socket and 4-in. round 
outlet box cover. 

Dimensions — 

Class, height 9}^ in. 

Glass, diameter 11^ in. 

Overall height, including 4-in. outlet box 14 in. 

Standard package — 8. Weight, approx. 74 lbs. 

Standard Carton — 1. 

List Price — Complete as shown $13. 50 

List Price — Glass only 9. 50 

No. E-500-B. 

To attach to J^-in. Conduit Stem: Without extra charge 
No. E-500 will be furnished equipped with Box No. KO-11, 
Mogul Socket and Form "M" holder. When so ordered 
specify as No. E-500-B. 

HINGED CEILING ROUNDELS 
No. 1 — Diameter 10 in. Includes stippled glass roundel. 

For use with Permaflectors Nos. 55, 110, E-100 and 1-75. 
The E-100, when used with Ceiling Roundel No. 1 may be 

used with 200-watt lamp if attached to LC holder. 

No. 2— Diameter 13^ in. 
Includes heat resisting stippled 
glass roundel. For use with Per- 
maflector No. E-500. 




No. 3— Diameter 19H in. 
Includes heat resisting stippled 
glass roundel. For use with Per- 
maflector No. 1-1000 or B-1001. 

No. 5 — Diameter 6H in. Includes stippled glass roundel. 

For use with 1-25 or E-25-A Permaflectors. 

List Prices 

No. 1 — Complete $7.75 

No. 1— Glass only ($% in. diam.) 2^75 

No. 1 — Band only 6.80 

No. 2 — Complete* 20.00 

No. 2 — Glass only (12 in. diam.) 12.00 

No. 2 — Band only , 1 1 . 05 

For heavy wire guard attached to hinged member add. $4.00 

No. 3 — Complete $37 . 40 

No. 3 — Glass only (15^ in. diam.) 18.70 

No. 3 — Band only 18.70 

No. 5 — Complete 3.00 

No. 5 — Glass only (4^ in. diam.) .90 

No. 5 — Band only 2 . 55 




PERMAFLECTOR COLOR-LITES 

The Color-Lite is an auxiliary to the Windo-Spot, Win 
Flood and other Permaflectors, providing color mediums 
either gelatin films or glass. 

COLOR-LITE No. 1 
Standard Package 

List Price: Each, includ 
one gelatin sheet each of r 
blue, green and amber. $2 
Gelatin Circles only, Ea.O 
For use with reflect 
Nos. 100, 54, 1-100, 1-2 
C-201, E-200, E-225, Win 
Spot No. 200, Windo-Fh 
No. 200. 

COLOR-LITE No. 2 

Color medium is gh 
Fits same Permaflector 
No. 1. Colors red, bl 
green and amber. 

List Price: Including ( 
color of glass $3 

Glass Roundels only, 
Each $2 

COLOR-LITE No. 2-DBX 

Consists of hinged metal frame supported from husk 
WS-200 or WF-200 by three metal straps and equipped w 

stippled daylight roundel. 

List Price: Each, including daylight blue glass roundel $7 

COLOR-LITE No. 5 

Similar to No. 1, for use with Permaflectors Nos. 1 
55, C-100, C-101, E-100, 1-75 and Windo-Spot No. 100. 

List Price: Each $2 

Gelatin Circles only, Each $0. 

COLOR-LITE No. 7 

Similar to No. 1, but larger, for use with Permaflect 
Nos. 500, 555, C-500 and Windo-Spot No. 500. 

List Price: Each, including one gelatin sheet each of 
red, blue, green and amber $5. 

Gelatin Circles only, Each 




COLOR-LITE No. 9 

Gelatin Color-Lite for Windo-Spot No. 300; similar 
Color-Lite No. 1. Diameter 11M'- 

List Price: Each, including one gelatin sheet each of 
red, blue, green and amber $3. 

Gelatin Circles only, Each $0 

COLOR-LITE No. 10 

Glass Color-Lite for Windo-Spot No. 300; similar to Col 
Lite No. 2. Diameter 11^'. 

List Price: Each, including one color of glass IS. 

Glass Roundels only. Each $6. 

HEAT RESISTING SQUARE GLASS PLATES- 

(UNCOLORED) 



Plate No. 
1* 

2* 

3* 

4* 
5* 
6* 

7* 
8* 



Size in Inches 
135^ square 
135^8 square 

1' 2is square 

11 square 

103^ square 

8M square 

7 square 

9M square 



Description 
Stippled inside 
60° spread, 

ribbed inside 
Stippled inside 
Stippled inside 
Stippled inside 
Stippled inside 
Stippled inside 
Stippled inside 



List Pri 
$17. 



^Available in colors (red, amber, green, blue) on 
orders of 25 plates or more of any one size and color, 
day delivery. 



17. 

25. 

9. 
8. 
5. 

4. 

7. 

spec 
Thii 



■ 



Northern Electric 



209 



PERMAFLECTORS 

FLUSH MOUNTING 

For convenience in making flush mounting installations, 
'ittsburgh Outlet Box Cover Assemblies, to which the Adap- 
ers of holders of the Permaflectors are directly attached, are 
ised. It will be noted that Permaflectors No. 100, No. 110 
.nd No. 500 are cut off at an oblique angle. To successfuly 
et these Permaflectors flush, it is necessary to construct the 
eiling with a dip towards the plate glass at the same angle. 

When flush mounting Permaflectors it is necessary that the 
>pening in the ceiling be cut to the proper size. Upon request 
i templet or drawing for cutting the opening will be supplied. 

For high wattages in confined spaces it may be desirable 
o provide ventilation to prevent abnormal temperatures. 



FLUSH MOUNTING RINGS 





No. 500 



No. 55 



Min. Diam. 

spacing of hole 
Flush For Permaflector No. on centers, in ceiling List 
Ring No. inches inches Price 

CIRCULAR 



28* 


28; E-26 


7H 


oH 


SO. 60 


54* 


54; E-200;E-225; E 


1-200 12 


$% 


.90 


55* 


55; 110; E-100; I-7c 


» 10H 


m 


.60 


555* 


555 


15 


12% 


1.30 


C-100 


C-100; C-101 


10M 


m 


.60 


C-200 


C-200 


12 


10M 


1.30 


C-201 


2-201; 1-201; 1-100 


12 


10M 


.90 


E-500 


E-500 


15 


12K 


3.00 


1-25 


1-25; E-25-A 


6 


W 


.40 


1-60 


1-60; E-75 


sy 2 


7 


.50 


*** 

1-1000 


1-1000 


24 


16M 


4.25 




NON-CII 


ICULAR 






100 
500** 


100 
500 


11 
15 


Templet 
free on 
request 


1.50 
3.50 



♦Blueprint free on request, showing how to locate centers. 

**Blueprint free on request, shows exact size to cut hole in 
ceiling. 

***Furnished with wire mesh guard at $7.65. 







PERMAFLECTORS 
Holders 

Form "O" and Form "H" Holders are common to the 
trade and may be had at any electrical store or jobber. These 
holders are not a part of the Permaflector line, but we supply 
them as a matter of accommodation. 

FORM "O" (LOW) HOLDER, 2K IN. 
No. OB— The Uno Holder for brass shell, 
threaded sockets. 
No. OB List Price— Each $0.21 

No. OP — Weatherproof for porcelain soc- 
kets with holder grooves. 

No. OP List Price— Each $0.45 

No. S — For Sockets No. 1 or 3 or Assemblies 
Nos. B-l or B-2. 
No. S List Price— Each $0.30 

FORM "O" (LOW) HOLDER, 3% IN. 
No. S-3K— Similar to No. S. 
List Price— Each $0.85 

« ,R ^3k FORM "H" (HIGH) HOLDER, 2V( IN. 

sc ^'-j^ F No. HB— The Uno Holder, for brass shell, 

threaded sockets. 
No. HB List p r ice— Each $0.55 

No. HP — Weatherproof, for porcelain 
sockets with holder grooves. 

ZL^im-i List Price— Each $0.65 

No. HP 

No. L — For Sockets Nos. 1 or 3, Assemblies 

Nos. B-l or B-2. 

List Price— Each $0. 45 

No. LC — Same as No. L, excepting it is ]/± 
No. L j n i on ger. 

List Price— Each $0. 45 

No. LCA — Same as L, excepting it is % in. 
longer. 
List Price— Each $0.45 

No. 810 ADAPTER No. 810 

Combines functions of former No._ 8 and No. 10 holders. 

In compressed position, for use with B-508, with B-3 As- 
sembly or No. 6 Conduit. 

In extended position, for use with Permaflector No. 54 
and 300-watt PS-35 lamp for indirect lighting service only 
as in wall urns. 
List Price— Each $2. 15 

^^^ HOLDER No. 12-A 

\\ For use with No. 300 and C-300 on B-3 

Assembly or No. 6 Conduit. Socket goes 
inside of holder. 

List Price— Each $3.40 

No " 12A FORM "M" HOLDER 

Form "M" Holder is a 4-in. safety holder 
for use with Mogul Socket No. 4 and Per- 
maflector Nos. 500, 555, C-500, E-500, 1-505 
and B-1001. 

No - M List Price-Each $2.15 

FORM M-3 HOLDER 

Form M-3 holder is a 4-inch safety holder 
for use with Mogul Socket No. 4 and Perma- 
flector B-1001. 

No. M-3 List Price— Each $2.15 











210 



Northern Electric 






PERMAFLECTOR KNOCK OUT STRIP 




No. KO-1. Furnished in 10-foot Lengths with Knock 

Outs 3 inches on Centers 

KNOCK OUT STRIP 

Permafiector Knock Out Strip is wiring duct or conduit 
for unit assembly of reflector type illumination equipment. 
Provides a time and money-saving method of installation 
in show windows and for many other applications. May be 
used with any standard reflector and shade holder. 

It consists of two main parts; the face and the back. The 
face is provided with suitably shaped knock-outs spaced 
three inches on centers, providing for quick installation of 
sockets on any desired spacing. The back fits closely over 
the face covering three sides of the strip, assuring ample 
protection to the wiring. 

The square shape of Knock Out Strip is a new idea in 
wiring duct construction. With Knock Out Joint No. 
KO-4, it is now possible to turn corners vertically as well as 
horizontally. 

Requires no bending, drilling or punching and a minimum 
of cutting on the job. Hack-saw and screw-driver are the 
only tools required. 

Material is corrosion-proof and finished in standard Per- 
mafiector silver coloured satin finish. 

Permafiector Knock Out Strip is furnished in standard 
ten-foot lengths. 

Size— 1-27 /32 " square. 

Standard package — Ten 10-ft. lengths. 

Weight— 141 lbs. 

List Price — Per foot $0. 85 




Knock Out Socket Inserted in Knock Out Strip 

The screws for attaching the Permafiector Adapter or 
shade holder when tightened engage the slots in the Knock 
Out Strip, thus locking the socket firmly in position. The 
wiring is easy and simple; the back member being off, the 
binding screws in the sockets are exposed, convenient for 
quick wiring. Weight of reflector carried on lugs of socket. 

KNOCK , OUT SOCKET 

Permafiector Knock Out Socket 
is a porcelain medium screw socket 
especially designed for Knock Out 
Strip. It has no springs or other 
parts to get out of order. Merely 
insert socket in knock-out opening 
and turn. The socket can be in- 
serted in only one position, thus 
automatically fixing the polarity 
and lining up the conductor con- 
nections. 

Standard package — 100. 

Weight— 21 lbs. 

List Price— each $0.50 Socket No. KO-8 




PERMAFLECTORS 



TO ATTACH 
ADAPTERS 

Loosen the two 
screws in socket. 
Place large holes of 
openings in rim of 
adapter over the 
screw heads, and 
turn slightly so 
that screw heads 
engage in smaller 
portion of the open- 
ings. Then tighten 
screws (screw heads 
are then within the 
adapter). 

Do not attempt 
to assemble by 

putting the receptacle inside the adapter. The "S" Holder 
and the Knock Out Fitter No. KO-9 are attached in same 
manner as adapters. 



KNOCK OUT FITTER 

Provides shade holder 
groove for attaching any 
standard holder. It is at- 
tached in same manner as 
adapters. 

Standard Package 25 

Weight 1 lb. 

Price— Each SO. 50 







- 




Fitter No. KO-9 



KNOCK OUT COUPLING 

Permafiector Knock Out 
Coupling is used for joining 
together lengths of Knock 
Out Strip. It is fixed in posi- 
tion by means of set screws. 
Standard Package 10 

Weight 7 lbs. 

Price— Each SO . 70 



KNOCK OUT END 

Permafiector Knock Out 
End is used at the end of 
Knock Out Strip. It is pro- 
vided with a knock-out for 
standard 24-in. conduit or 
BX connector. It is held 
fixed by set screws furnished. 




Coupling No. KO-3 



Standard Package 10 

Weight ...4H lbs. 




End No. KO-2 



Price — Each 



SO. 50 



KNOCK OUT JOINT 

Permafiector Knock Out 
Joint slips over the Knock 
Out Strip and is fixed in place 
by the set screws. Permits 
any angle to be made be- 
tween adjacent sections of 
Knock Out Strip from 65 to 
180 degrees, inclusive. Being 
square it is reversible on the 
Knock Out Strip. 

Standard Package 8 

Price — Each 




Joint No. KO-4 
Weight *. ....14 1bs. 

$2.55 






fe 



Northern Eh c trie 



211 





PERMAFLEGTORS 

KNOCK OUT BOX 

Attaches to ]^-'m. con- 
duit stem hanger or nipple. 
. r* ^ ■ ■ ■ ■g i Accommodates Mogul 

Socket No. 4 and Holder 
M, as used with Perma- 
flectors No. 500, 555, 
E-500 and 1-505. In 
combination with Knock 
Out Strip, Knock Out 
Hub No. KO-10, H-in. 

Box No. KO-11 n !gP le °f ha "g er ' P ro ; 

vides the convenient 

*hod of wiring for 500-watt equipment. 

Standard Package, 10; Weight, 7 lbs. 

st Price— Each SI . 70 

KNOCK OUT HUB 

Fits into knock out in 
face of Strip and is fixed 
- — — — in position by two screws. 
*. - Permits attachment of 

" L — — 500-watt reflector equip- 
ment supported on J^-in. 
conduit stems. Makes it 
possible to enter face of 
Strip at any convenient 
point either with %-\n. 
Hub No. KO-10 rigid conduit, cord and 

^2-in. porcelain bushing or 

armored cable and J^-in. 

p~^\ cable connector. Parti- 

! ^| -— •--■■' cularly useful for flush 

— - mounting window light- 
■ ing installations, where 

connection from wiring 
duct to individual reflec- 
tors is made by means of 
armored cable. 

Standard Package, 10; 

As hub appears when in Weight, 3 lbs. 

place in conduit List Price — Each SO. 85 

KNOCK OUT FLANGE 

Screws into Hub No. 
KO-10. Flange provides 
base for support of 
Permaflector Windo-Spots 
and Floods. Three No. 
8/32 machine screws 
y :m furnished for fastening 
— spot and flood bases in 

position. 

Standard Package, 10; 
Weight, 2V 2 lbs. 
Flange No. KO-12 List Price— Each SO. 85 

KNOCK OUT U-STRAP 

Permaflector Knock 

Out U-Strap is designed 

for surface mounting of 

^^_ Knock Out Strip. It fits 

1 neatly around the Knock 

^ '" "^^M Out 'Strip. Use No. 9 

wood screw for fastening 

U^Strap No. KO-7 in P osItIon - 

Standard Package, 10; weight, 2 lbs. 

List Price Each SO. 25 

KNOCK OUT BRACKET 

Permaflector Knock Out Bracket 
is designed for supporting Knock 
Out Strip from the transom bar. or 
other vertical surfaces. A set screw 

■ ^^^^^^^^^™ furnished in the Knock Out Bracket 

fixes the Knock Out Strip in posi- 

*>^^^^^^^^h lion. Use No. 9 wood screw for 

i^^^HJ^Ktiv^ Standard Package 6 

Weight 9 lbs. 

Bracket No. KO-5 List Price— Each SO. 70 







PERMAFLECTORS 



KNOCK-OUT SPLICE BOX— 

No. KO-14 

Permaflector Knockout Splice Box is 
used at the end of Knockout Strip instead 
of End KO-2, where it is desired to enter 
with more than one conduit or armored 
cable. It has removable cover for access 
to box when splicing wires; and has ^-in. 
knockout in bottom and in end and two 
J^-in. Knockouts in each side. 

Standard Package 8 

Weight 9 lbs. 

List Pric^-Each 82.15 

KNOCK OUT HANGER 

Permaflector Knock Out Hanger is used 
for supporting Knock Out Strip at a dis- 
tance below the ceiling. It is adjustable 
from 20 to 37 inches and if legs are cut 
with hack-saw at desired points, can be 
used for shorter suspension than 20 inches. 
A set screw fixes Knock Out Strip in 
position. Use No. 9 wood screws for 
fastening in position. 

Standard package 6 

Weight 15 lbs. 

List Price— Each 81.70 




Hanger No. KO-6 



PERMAFLECTOR 



Heat-Resisting Cover Glasses 






Clear 



Stippled 



Size 


Type 


Description 


8" 


C 


Clear 


8" 


ST 


Stippled 


9^" 


C 


Clear 


9&' 


ST 


Stippled 


9^" 


SP 


Spread 


11M' 


C 


Clear 


iik" 


ST 


Stippled 


iik* 


SP 


Spread 


12" 


C 


Clear 


12" 


ST 


Stippled 


12" 


SP 


Spread 


1%%' 


C 


Clear 


13%" 


ST 


Stippled 


13%" 


SP 


Spread 


1692' 


C 


Clear 


16%" 


ST 


Stippled 


16%" 


SP 


Spread 


18%" 


C 


Clear 


18%' 


ST 


Stippled 


18%" 


SP 


Spread 



Spread 



List Price 

S 4.10 

4.10 

8.50 

8.50 

8. 50 

10.20 

10.20 

10.20 

11.50 

11.50 

11.50 

13.60 

13.60 

13 . 60 

25.50 

25.50 

25 . 50 

29.75 

29.75 

29.75 



212 



Northern Electric 



PERMAFLECTORS 
For Indirect Luminaires 

(Lamps Burning Base Up) 

The Permaflectors are designed for use in- indirect lumi- 
naires, lamps hanging pendant base up. The exterior sur- 
face of these Permaflectors is deeply cross-fluted, in order to 
provide a smooth distribution of light over the ceiling. The 
interior glass surface, however, is smooth which makes it 
easy to clean. There are no deep wrinkles in the glass sur- 
face in which dust and dirt may lodge. 

The light distribution is very broad thus covering a large 
ceiling area with a single unit, smoothly and uniformly graded 
without sharp cut-off. 



PERMAFLECTOR No. B-200 





APPARENT CANPLEPQWER 



DISTRIBUTION NtB-200 
200 WATT LAMP 



Application. — For use in opaque bowl, indirect lumi- 
naires such as our Luminaire B-2-P. 

Lamps.— 200 watt PS-30, 150 watt PS-25, 100-watt A-23. 
Preferably use inside frosted lamps. To produce light dis- 
tribution indicated by curve, center contact of base of 200- 
watt lamp must be 4% in. above top rim of Permaflector 
B-200. 

Dimensions — Diameter 9M". Depth 4^". 

Standard package — 40. Weight, approx. 60 lbs. 

Standard carton — 10. Weight, approx. 15 lbs. 

List Price — each $5. 70 



PERMAFLECTOR No. B-501 





APPARENT CANDLEPQWFR 



DISTRIBUTION N*B-50I 
500 WATT LAMP 



Application. — For use in opaque bowl, indirect luminaires 
such as our Luminaire B-5-P. 

Lamps.— 500 watt PS-40, 300 watt PS-35. Preferably use 
inside frosted lamps. To produce light distribution indicated 
by curve, center contact of base of 500-watt lamp must be 
5% in. above top rim of Permaflector B-501. 

Dimensions — Diameter 12". Depth 6". 

Standard package— 14. Weight, approx. 56 lbs. 

Standard carton — 7. Weight, approx. 28 lbs. 



List Price — each 



$7.20 



PERMAFLECTORS 

Permaflectors for Urns, Floor and Table Lamps," Box Type 
Luminaires and Built-in Indirect Lighting Equipment. 



PERMAFLECTOR No. B-208 

Application — For indirect lighting service, lamps vertical 
base down position. Consists of Permaflector B-200, 3J4 in. 
deep outlet box and cover, socket and holder. 

Lamps — 200 watt PS-30. Unless a stippled cover glass be 
used over the Permaflector, we recommend the use of the 
inside frosted lamp. 

Dimensions — Diameter 9 l A in. Overall depth 8% in. 
Standard Package — 40. Weight, approx. 84 lbs. 
Standard Carton — 10. Weight, approx. 21 lbs. 

List Price — B-208 each (includes 3^ in. box, cover, socket, 
holder) $5 .00 i 



PERMAFLECTOR No. B-1001 





..^'.vWVAW 




*' «^SS* ,,v ^--v,VA^V*Y*^ 




.>>•*;;> *V- Ay.V. a 1 






• 


.... 

"ii^rr.-.-'-'v... 










Sir j. 1 T. ZZ^Z17fm£? t±:: - • 




:: ir^==0Z-- 




■b 


fljflfr-:: - - ' -: "^— rr- 




It 






■fe 






' , ■: 






1 


/ 




■ 


v"^Mrtf 






V."— ^m^"* 4 




^^^^m 


•S?' 






,^B Bi i 




■v,yy-!'\r^,. 




■ 



No. B-1001 



^Application — For 
indirect lighting 
service, lamps ver- 
tical ^ base down 
position . Con sists 
of Permaflector, 4 
in. deep box, cover, 
mogul socket and 
M-3 Holder. 

Lamps — 1000 
watt PS-52, 750 
watt PS-52. Unless 
stippled cover glass 
be used over the 
Permaflector, we 
recommend the use 
of the inside frosted 
lamp. 



Dimensions — Diameter 16 in. Overall depth 13^$ in. 
Standard Package — 8. Weight, approx. 80 lbs. 
Standard Carton — 1. Weight, approx. 10 lbs. 

List Price — B-1001 each (consists of Permaflector, 4 in. 
box and cover, mogul socket and Holder M-3) $23.45 

List Price— B-1001-GO (reflector only) $14.70 



PERMAFLECTOR No. B-508 

Application— For indirect lighting service, lamps vertical 
base down position. Consists of Permaflector, 4 in. deep 
outlet box, cover, mogul socket and Adapter No. 810. 

Lamps— 500 watt PS-40, 300 watt PS-35. Unless stippled 
cover glass be used over the Permaflector, we recommend the 
use of the inside frosted lamp. 

Dimensions — Diameter 12 in. Overall depth llj^ in. 

Standard Package — 14. Weight, approx. 80 lbs. 

Standard Carton 
—7. 

Weight, approx. 
40 lbs. 

List Price — B- 
508 (includes 4 in. 
outlet box cover, 
mogul socket and 
Adapter No. 810 
$13.45 

List Price — B- 

508-GO (reflector 
only) $7.20 




Northern Electric 



213 



HOLOPHANE WINDOW REFLECTORS 




No. 916 

Phis new Holophane Window Reflector is more efficient 
n any reflector on the market. This increase is due to a 
nbination of new reflecting and refracting prism designs. 
is new reflector is most flexible in application. It can be 
d exposed on the window ceiling or flush into any type of 
ing construction. The bottom flange is horizontal so that 
complicated ceiling construction is necessary for flushing- 
The required ceiling opening is circular which facilitates 
;allation as compared with odd-shaped openings for other 
sctors. 

to. 916. For use with flat (2}£* Form "O") holder. The 
n metal grooved neck provides a secure means of holding 
unit. Holder supplied with unit. 

fo. 913. For Y2* pipe mounting. 

o. 914. For outlet box mounting. The flange collar 
ches directly to the ears of a 3*4 " outlet box offering a 
ale and convenient means of support. 



Overall Dimen. 

Diam. Depth 

11" 9H* 

11* 11%* 

11" \\V> 



Lamp 
Wattage 

200 W 
200 W 
200 W 



List 
Price 

% 7.00 
10.50 
12.20 




No. 963 



Use: 



No. 981-983 



No. 963 for very high or shallow windows. 
No. 981 and No. 983 for small and medium size, average 
li windows. Also for enclosed back windows where the 
d refinement of the anti-glare screen is unnecessary. 

Spacing: 

No. 963 — 12" on centres. May be spaced as close as 11". 
recommended more than 18" apart. 
Mo. 981—9" to 12" on centres. Never more than 18". 
No. 983—12" on centres. Never more than 18". 



5t 

). 



Schedule "R" 2\i"— H Holder 

Wgt. 

Std. Std. Dimensions 

Qty. Fkg. Diam. Height 

8 23 10%" 5%" 
30 60 %Y 2 " 5" 

8 23 10%" 6H" 



Mazda 
Lamp 

lOOf-150 

100 
lOOf-150 



List 

Price 

Each 

84 . 50 
3.00 
4.50 



Use %" socket extension with 100 watt lamp or change 
m "O" Holder. 



HOLOPHANE WINDOW REFLECTORS 




No.936V.F. 

The 936 has a velvet finish vertical diffusing screen which 
shields the eyes of those who stand in front of it when lighted. 
It is the most powerful light director for window displays, and 
gives illumination to the transparent sign or valance by 
transmitted light rays which other devices absorb. 

For open and closed back windows, also for island 
windows. 

Spacing: 

12" to 15" on centres. 



List 
No. 



Std. 
Qty. 



Schedule "R" 

2M* "O" Holder 

Wgt. 

Std. Dimensions 

Pkg. Diam. Height 



936 V.F. 10 



80 



10" 



8" 



Mazda 
Lamp 

200 



List 

Price 

Each 

$6 . 00 




No. 944 V.F. 
Completely Enclosing 

Windows of refinement are especially suited by the 
illumination from, and appearance of, this light director. The 
window display is made clearly visible in thoroughly diffused 
illumination. A complete absence of all harsh unmodified 
rays. Exceptionally desirable for instance, in furniture display 
lighting. 

For large windows with open or closed backs, and for 
island windows. 

Spacing: 12" on centers. 

Schedule "R" 

2H" "O" Holder 
Wgt. 
List Std. Std. Dimensions 

No. Qty. Pkg. Diam. Height 



Mazda 
Lamp 



List 

Price 

Each 



944 V.F. 8 



90 



10" 



91 



ft 



200 $10.50 



Information on Colour Filters and Ceiling Flanges for 
all Window Reflectors supplied on request. 



214 



Northern Electric 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 




Ceiling Type 
(C) ' 



Extensive types are for low ceilings where the spacing is not 
more than twice the mounting height above the working 
plane. 

Nos. C-2110— C-2120— C-2130— C-2140— C-2140-6"— 

C-2170— C-2180 

Intensive types are for low ceilings where the spacing is 
not more than \% times the mounting height above the 
working plane. 

Nos. C-2133— C-2143— C-2143-6" 

We list and recommend the use of Holophane glassware with 
Holophane hangers as complete units because that is the 
only method by which we can assure correct illumination. 

Always use Holophane glass with Holophane fixtures to 
obtain best results, 

Ceiling Type— Schedule "R" Discounts 

Cora- Fix- Ship. List 

plete ture Glass Std. Wght. Dimensions Mazda Price 
Unit Only Only Qt. Std. Qt. Diam. Depth Lamp Each 

C-2110 12 66 iy 2 ' 10K" 75-100 2K"-0 $8.00 

0391 .... 12 20 6" i 3 A" 2M*-0 3.50 
.... 2110 12 46 1%" 6H" 75-100 2M"-0 4.50 

C-2120 8 72 954" 11%" 100t-150 ZH"-0 10.55 

0392 .... 8 20 6" iW 3"4"-0 3.80 
....2120 S 52 9%" 7%" 100t-150 3M'-0 6.75 

C-2130 6 116 12" 13^" 200 4" 17.80 

0393 G 30 6" 4%" 4" 3.80 

2130 6 86 12* 9H" 200 4" 14.00 

C-2133 6 116 12* 13H' 200 4* 17.80 

0393 .... 6 30 6* i 3 A" 4" 3.80 
.... 2133 6 86 12* 9%* 200 4* 14.00 

C-2140 5 125 14* 15* 300-500 4" 24.70 

0394 .... 5 30 6* 4%* 4" 4.70 
2140 5 95 14" 11* 300-500 4* 20.00 

C-2140-6* 5 126 14" 14%* 300-500 6* 26.00 

0395 .... 5 36 8%" 4%* 6" 6.00 
2140-6* 5 90 14* 10H* 300-500 6* 20-00 

C-2143 5 125 14* 15* 300-500 4* 24.70 

0394 5 30 6" 4%" 4" 4.70 

2143 5 95 14" 10%" 300-500 4* 20.00 

C-2143-6* 5 126 14" 14 34" 300-500 6* 26.00 

0395 5 36 8%* \%" 6" 3.80 

2143-6" 5 90 14" 10%" 300-500 6* 20.00 

C-2170* 8 95 9%* 11?*" 100t-150 4* 10.50 

0393 8 40 6" 4%* 4* 3.80 

....2170* S 55 9%" 7%" lOOt-150 4* 6.75 

C-2180* 4 66 12" 13H" 200 5* 20.45 

0398 4 22 6* ±%" 5* 4.70 

2180* 4 44 12* 9%* 200 5" 15.75 

Prices on special fixture finishes and rigid stem fixtures 
furnished on request. 

*One piece unit. 

fUse Vs" socket extension with 100 watt lamp. 

No. 2170 available with Screw Thread Fitter. 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 







t 







Suspension Type 
(S) 

Extensive types are for high ceilings where the spacing is 
not more than twice the mounting height above the working 

plane. 

Nos. S-2110— S-2120— S-2130— S-2140— S-2140-6"— S-2170 

— S-2180. 

Intensive types are for high ceilings where the spacing is 
not more than 1)4= times the mounting height above the work- 
ing plane. 

Nos. S-2133— S-2143— S-2143-6'. 

We list and recommend the use of Holophane glassware with 
Holophane hangers as complete units because that is the only 
method by which we can assure correct illumination. 

Always" use Holophane glass with Holophane fixtures to 
obtain best results. 

Suspension Type — Schedule "R" Discounts 

Com- Fix- Ship. Dimensions List 

Plete ture Glass Std. Wght. Dia- Depth Mazda Hold- Price 

Unit Only Only Quan. Std. meter Lamp ere Each 

Quan. 

S-2110 12 71 l l A" 29%* 75-100 2>i*-0 $8.90 

0371 .... 12 25 6* 24" 2%"-Q 4.40 

.... 2110 12 46 7^* 6%" 75-100 2^"-0 4.50 

S-2120 8 77 9?4" 31^" 100f-150 3^*-0 11.45 

0372 8 25 6" 24'" .3^£*-0 4.70 

....2120 8 52 9%" 7%* 100t-1503%'-0 6.75 

S-2130 6 116 12* 31" 200 4* 19.20 

0373 6 30 6" 24* 4" 5.20 

. . . 2130 6 86 12* 9%* 200 4* 14.00 

S-2133 6 116 12' 31* 200 4" 19.20 

0373 .... 6 30 6* 24" 4" 5.20 
.... 2133 6 86 12" 9%" 200 4" 14.00 

S-2140 5 129 14" 33* 300-500 4" 26.00 

0374 5 34 6" 24" 4" 6.00 

....2140 5 95 14* 11" 300-500 A" 20.00 

S-2140-6* 5 126 14" 33%" 300-500 6* 27.10 

0375 5 36 6" 24" 6* 7.10 

2140-6" 5 90 14" 10%* 300-500 6" 20.00 

S-2143 5 124 14" 33%" 300-500 4" 26.00 

0374 .... 5 34 6* 24" 4" 6.00 
.... 2143 5 90 14" 1014" 300-500 4* 20.00 

S-2143-6" 5 126 14" 33%" 300-500 6" 27.10 

0375 5 36 6" 24" 6" 7.10 

2143-6" 5 90 14* 10%" 300-500 6" 20.00 

S-2170* 8 95 9K' 31" lOOf-150 4" 11.95 

0373 .... 8 40 6" 24* 4" 5.20 

....2170* 8 55 9%" 7%" 100t-150 4" 6.75 

S-21S0* 4 64 12" 32%" 200 5" 22:05 

0378 4 20 6" 24* 5" 6.30 

....2180* 4 44 12* 9%" 200 5" 15.75 




I 



m\ 



Northern Electric 



215 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 




Ceiling Type 

Nos. CF— 100, CF 
—200, CF— 300 



For ceilings not exceeding 12 feet high. (Except on ceilings 
th interfering beams use suspension type). 
Permanent depreciation is impossible. Temporary depre- 
ition due to dust and dirt is at least 25 per cent less rapid 
an with any other indirect lighting fixture. Approximately 
per cent of the light distribution is upward and 30 per cent 
iwnward, producing little or no contrast between the 
ightness of the unit and the lighted ceiling. The upward 
ht is thrown off at wide angles so that there are no ceiling 
adows or bright spots and no definite cut off on the ceiling. 
Fixtures are heavy gauge brass, modern design, suitable for 
%h class interiors. Standard finish bank bronze. Brush brass 
rnished without extra charge on special orders. Fixtures 
mplete with wire and socket. 

We list and recommend the use of Holophane glassware with 
Mophane hangers as complete units because that is the only 
:thod by which we can assure correct illumination. 
Always use Holophane glass with Holophane fixtures to 
tain best results. 

Schedule "R" Discounts 



)m- Fix- Ship. 

ete ture Glass Std. Wgt. Dimensions 

nit Only Only Qt. Std.Qt. Dia. Depth 



-100 



-200 



-300 



■ ■ m ■ 



0400 



0401 



7322 



7344 



0402 



7344 



5 
5 
5 

4 
4 
4 
3 
3 
3 



90 
20 
70 
112 
24 
88 
84 
18 
66 



12" 

7A" 
12" 

14" 

m" 

14" 
14" 

14" 



14" 

m 

1QA" 4" 
16 H* bA" 

3M" sy 2 " 
13 %" oy 2 * 

16 H" 5H" 
SH" 5A" 

13 $** $A" 



Holder 

4" Special 
4 " 



i i 



1 1 



1 1 



I I 



List 
Mazda Price 
Lamp Each 
1001-150S18.20 
4.70 
100t-150 13.50 
200 24.90 
5.40 
200 19.50 

300 25.70 
6.20 
300 19.50 




Realite" 



'he Holophane "Realite" (R-500 and R-1000) meets 
sent day requirements for totally indirect lighting due to 
modernistic design, efficient operating qualities and flexi- 
ty of fixture treatment. Its ability to direct the light 
ward and upward at wide angles to the ceiling results 
ndirect illumination of exceptional quality. Cleaning is 
smplished by simply wiping off the smooth outside of the 
is refractor. 



)m- 
ete 
nit 
K) 

100 



Optical 
Assembly 



7180-A 
7190-A 



Ship. 

Std. Wgt. Dimensions 

Qt. Std. Qt.Diameter Depth 

4 92 24" 

4 80 1114" 

4 200 30" 

4 110 14M" 



30" 

12H" 

42^ 



Mazda 

Lamp 

300-500 

300-500 

1000 

1000 



List 
Price 
Each 
$44.00 
28.00 
66.00 
30.00 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 





No. C-1011, C-1211, C-1411 






Suspension Type 
Nos. F— 100, F— 200, F— 300 



No. B-3354 



Com- 
plete 
Unit 
F-100 



F-200 



F-300 



F-500-16" 



Schedule "R" Discounts 
Ship. 
Fix- Wgt. 

ture Glass Std. Std. Dimensions 
only Only Qt. Qt. Dia. Depth Holder 



0380 



0381 



0382 



0386* 



F-500-lS"i0383** 



5 
5 
5 
4 
4 
4 
3 
3 
3 
2 
2 

7366 2 
1 
1 

7388 1 



7322 



7344 



7344 



91 12" 

21 6" 

70 12" 

114 14" 

26 6" 



34" 
24" 



List 
Mazda Price 
Lamp Each 



4" Special 1001-150S19.20 



4" 



10 H" 4" 



88 
87 
21 
66 
110 
20 
90 



14" 
14" 
6" 
14" 
16J4 



37" 
24" 
13 W 

37" 
24" 



514" 

5y 2 " 

514" 

sy 



5.70 
100t- 150 13.50 



I 1 



It 



" 



iay 2 " 28" 



5^" 
13%" 514" " 
36" Special Band 



16 X" 



16" 
119 21 W 4S" 

45 2134" 32 l A" 
74 18" 23" 



(1 



• i 



1 1 



200 

200 
300 

300 
500 

500 
500 

500 



26.60 

7.10 

19.50 

27.40 

7.90 

19.50 

75.00 

45.00 

30.00 

91.50 

46.50 

45.00 



Prices on special fixture finishes and rigid stem fixtures 
furnished on request. 

tUse Ys" socket extension with 100 watt lamp. 

JHas ornamental cast metal supporting ring at widest 
point of glass. 

*Swivel Rod Suspension. 

**Four Chain Suspension. 

On special orders polished metal liners can be supplied 
instead of the standard white glass liners. Prices on application. 

The C-1011, C-1211, C-1411, fixtures are made of heavy 
gauge brass, hinged to facilitate re-lamping. 

Bank bronze finish. Wire is not included. 

Beside the main socket there is an extra intermediate base 
socket for 10 watt night light service on separate circuit. 

The units often present the only way to secure an efficiently 
controlled illumination under very low ceilings, such as 
mezzanines. 

Spacing should not exceed twice the mounting height. 

The B-3354 fixture is made of heavy gauge brass, bank 
bronze finish. 

Schedule "R" Discounts 

Com- Fix- Ship. Dimensions List 

plete ture Glass Std. Wgt. Diam. Dia. un- Mazda Price 

Unit Only Only Qt. Std. Qt. Overall der Flge. Depth Lamp Each 



C-1011 3 60 

0310 3 25 

1011 3 35 

C-1211 3 94 

0312 3 29 

1211 3 65 

C-1411 3 108 

0314 3 30 

1411 3 78 

B-3354 20 100 

0373-B .... 20 45 
3354 20 55 



13" 
13" 
10" 

UK' 

15H" 

12" 
18" 
18" 
14" 

9" 

8" 

6" 



» • 



liH" 



13H 



7H" 

2H" 

4%" 
8*A" 

3H" 
5H" 

WW 

zy 9 " 

6%" 

1114" 

m" 



75-100 817.55 
14.20 



75-100 
150 

150 
200 

200 
60-100 

60-100 



3.35 

25.20 

19.00 

6.20 

41.50 

28.40 

13.10 

7.55 

5.20 

2.35 









216 



Northern Electric 









HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 




No. C-2172 

For corridors and industrial aisles. The effective illumina- 
tion from these units is far greater than can be obtained from 
any symmetric lighting equipment in such locations. Fixture 
fits 7>M" — i" outlet boxes. Bank bronze finish. 

Spacing not to exceed two and a half times the mounting 
height. 



Com- 
plete 
Unic 

C-2172 



Fix- Ship List 

ture Glass Std. Wgt. Dimensions Mazda Price 

Only Only Qt. Std. Qt. Dia. Depth Lamp Each 



0396 



" 12" 75t-100t-150 811.15 
4%* 4.40 



8 75 9% 

8 20 6* 

.... 2172 8 55 9%" 7%" 75t-100t-150 

|Use J4" socket extension with 75 or 100 watt lamp. 
Above Unit available with threaded fitter. 



6.75 




Use on 


spacings not exceeding 7 feet. Mount 7 feet from 


the floor. 










For library book stacks, 


stock bins and similar places. 


Com- 
plete 
Unit 


Fix- 
ture Glass 
Only Only 


Std. 
Qt. 


Ship 

Wgt. Dimensions Mazda 
Std. Qt. Diam. Depth Lamp 


List 
Price 
Each 


02176 





8 


73 9%* 6%* 60 


$8.35 




0366 .... 


8 


18 5%* \* 


1.60 




2176 


8 


55 9%* 6%* 60 


6.75 



Above unit available with threaded fitter. 

Note: 

Write for booklet No. 1000 on Holophane Specifications for 

Library Bookstacks, Record Vaults and Similar Locations. 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 




Nos. 681— AL, 690— AL, Nos. 622-AL, 652-AL, 

691— AL 692-AL 

These heavy duty Industrial units are designed to gh 
maximum downward illumination and are specially intend( 
for mounting high above the work. 

The 681-AL and 691-AL are for all High Bay locations- 
that is where the mounting above work equals or excee< 
the spacing distance. 

The 690-AL is for High Bay locations where the spacing 
less than the mounting height. 

Ship. 

Com- Fix- Wgt, . 

plete ture Glass Std. Std. Dimensions Mazda Pn< 

Unit Only. Only Qt. Qt. Dia. Depth Lamp Eat 

681-AL* 5 105 15%* 20%* 300-500 $21. 

0673 5 40 15%" 20%* 6 - 

....6681-AL 5 83 15%* 7%" 300-500 15. 

690-AL 3 150 22' 27%* 750-1000-1500 42. 

0675 3 40 22' 27%' !*• 

....6690-AL 3 110 21%*ll%" 750-1000-1500 27. 

691-AL 4 155 19%" 27* 500f-750- 1000- 1500 42 

0674 4 40 19K" 27* 14 

....6691-AL 4 115 19%* 9%'500t-750-1000-15QO 27. 

*681 can be furnished, clear glass minus aluminum co\ 
at $17.00 list. 

flf 500 watt lamps are to be used specifiy for 500 wa 
These units have an overall length of 27" when used w: 
lamps larger than 500 watts. When set for 500 watt the def 
is 24K". 

Ship. 

Com- Fix- Wght. Li 

plete ture Glass Std. Dimensions Mazda Pri 

Unit Only Only Qt. Diam. Depth Socket Lamp Ea 

622x 94 12%* 20%* Medium 100-150-200513 

0671 25 12%" 20%" Medium 4 

.... 6522 69 11%" 6 %' Medium 100-150-200 8 

652x 101 13 %* 20 %* Mogul 200J-300-500 16 

0672E 30 13 %* 20y B " Mogul 6 

6552 71 12%* 7%* Mogul 200J-300-500 10 

622-ALf 98 12%* 20%" Medium 100-150-200 17 

0671 25 12%" 20%" Medium 4 

6522-AL 73 11%" 6 Va" Medium 100-150-200 13 

652-ALt 105 13%" 20%" Mogul 200J-300-500 21 

0672E 30 13%* 20 %" Mogul 6 

6552-AL 75 12%* 7 %* Mogul 200^-300-500 15 

692-ALf 140 19%* 27%" Mogul 500-1500 42 

0674E 35 19%* 27%* Mogul 14 

.... 6692-AL 105 19%* 10%* Mogul 500-1500 27 
622x, 652x. 622-AL. 652-AL. Standard quantity 5. 
692-AL, Standard quantity 3. 

xThese units not supplied with aluminum cover. 

jComplete with dust-tight aluminum cover spun p 
manently over reflector. 

tSocket adapter required to change from mogul to medi 
base lamp. 






Northern Electric 



217 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 




No. 685 V.F. 

This unit uses 200, 300 and 500 watt lamps and has been 
esigned especially as a replacement unit to put new life in 
lose parts of the plant where old, depreciated or obsolete 
v'pes of reflector equipment are in use. Where a higher level 
f illumination is needed, but larger lamps cannot be used 
ecause of limited circuit capacity > it is especially applicable. 

The deep prismatic glass bowl is held rigidly between a 
ocket cover and a supporting ring by three rods with knurled 
uts. By unscrewing the nuts and lowering the bottom ring 
he glass is easily removed either for cleaning, or replacement. 
Jnit has l^" female pipe thread fitting. Mogul socket is 
tandard. 

For best results the spacing should not exceed 13^ times the 
nounting height above the work. However, enameled metal 
effectors can be replaced by this new unit regardless of the 
pacing with no sacrifice in uniformity and a 30% gain in 
llumination can be expected. 

For use on present outlets using condulets, outlet boxes or 

virernold* An easy to attach aluminum cover can be put over 

he reflector when used in extremely dirty or hazardous 

ocations. 

Ship. 

Wght. List 

Std. Dimensions Mazda Price 

Qt. Dianu Depth Lamp Each 

47 12M" 12H* 200*-300-500S10.35 

15 5%" 5V%" 5.25 

32 12M" JK" 20Q*-300-500 5.10 

*Use mogul to medium adapter with 200 watt lamp. 



Com- 
plete 
Unit 
585 V.F. 



Fix- 

ture 
Only 

0685 



Glass Std. 

Only Qt. 

4 

4 

6585VF. 4 




No. 6484 V.F. 

The No. 6484 is an extensive type industrial light director 
rcade of heavy pressed prismatic glass with reinforced flange 
it the bottom edge and terminating at the neck so as to 
iccommodate a 3K" set screw fitter. The glassware is engaged 
oy three heavy set screws with bevel ends to prevent backing 
)ut under vibration which is also insured by knurled head 
lock nuts. The fitter is of heavy gauge spun brass with a 
Dorcelain mogul socket terminating in Yi female pipe thread 
for pendant mounting on any l A" male pipe device or rein- 
orced cord with ]4" cord grips. The fitter finish is dull nickel. 

Ship. 
Wght. 

Std. Dimensions 
Qt. Diam. Depth 
95 12* 12 H* 

15 ±%" W" ^ 
80 12* 8M" 300 



Com- 


Fix- 






plete 


ture 


Glass 


Std. 


Unit 


Only 


Only 


Qt. 


5484V.F. 






8 




0650 


• 


8 




a a ■ ■ 


6488V. F. 


8 



Mazda 

Lamp 

300 



List 

Price 

Each 

88.65 

3.55 

5.10 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 





No. 6531—6541 



No. 6533—6543—6583 





No. 671 



No. 653—654 



These units are usually recommended on ordinary factory 
ceiling heights up to' but not exceeding 20 feet. The Nos. 653 
and 654 series are made of heavy pressed prismatic glass with 
reinforced flange at the bottom edge. They are equipped with 
metal extension necks in three different types of construction 
to suit as many different wiring conditions. Units No. 653 
and 654 are designed for mounting on any standard 2^" form 
"O" holder. Fixtures for Nos. 6531 and 6541 are designed for 
mounting on 4" outlet box. Fixtures for Nos. 6533, 6543 and 
6583 are designed for use on y 2 " conduit or reinforced cord 
with W cord grips. 

Nos. 6533, 6543 and 6583 have porcelain sockets with 
threaded neck and lock nut so that the entire socket assembly 
can easily be taken out of the fixture for wiring. Metal parts, 
dull nickel finish. 

All of these units are particularly suitable for use in general 
factory lighting installations where the electric outlets are 
grouped to conform to the machinery arrangement. The 
maximum spacing for all reflectors should be 1^ times the 
mounting height above work. 

Ship. . 

Com- Fix- Wght. . List 

plete ture Glass Std. Std. Dimensions Mazda Price 

Unit Only Only Qt. Qt. Diam. Depth Lamp Each 

653* 8 42 9" 7%" lOOf-150 S3. 20 

0936 8 20 Wx" 2%" 1-00 

6573* 8 22 9" 5%" 100t-150 2.20 

654* 6 48 10%" 8%" 200 4.15 

0936 6 20 3M" 2H" 100 

6575* 6 28 10%" 6M* 200 3.15 

6531* 8 45 9* Wi" 100t-150 7.15 

0641 8 23 \Yz" 4H" *.95 

6573* 8 22 9* 5%" 100t-150 2.20 

6533* 8 42 9* 10H" lOOt-150 5.95 

0643 8 20 3K" 5%" 3.75 

6573* 8 22 9" 5%" 1001-150 2.20 

6541* 6 51 10 %" 105/8" 200 8.10 

0641 6 23 4%" 4H" *- 9 5 

6575* 6 28 10%" 6K" 200 3.15 

6543* 6 48 10%" 11W 200 6.90 

0643 6 20 3%" 5%" 3.75 

.... 6575* 6 28 10%" 6&" 200 3.15 

6583* 10 101 11%" 12J4" 300 8.65 

0644 10 23 3%" 6" 4.60 

6588* 10 78 11%" 6K" 300 4.05 

671J 5 95 13>£" 20%" 100-150-200 13.35 

0672 5 15 13K" 20%" 4.45 

6671J 5 80 12%" 6K" 100-150-200 8.90 

^Standard finish — clear glass. 

*Standard finish — velvet finish glass. 

fUse %" socket extension with 100 watt lamp. 

Add $4.55 to list price of No. 671 for aluminum cover. 






218 



Northern Electric 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 




Regularly furnished velvet 
finish. 

It is imperative that the 
proper holders be used with 
these light directors. 

Extensive: Use where the 
spacing is not more than 
twice the mounting heig-ht 
above the working plane. 

Intensive; Use where the 
spacing is not more than \ l /i 
times the mounting height 
above the working plane. 



CSE— CSI— 75— 100— 200 



Glass 
Only 

CSE-75 
CSE- 100 
CSE-200 
CSI-75 
CSI-1O0 
CSI -200 



Std. 

Qt. 

10 
8 
6 

10 
8 
6 



Ship. 
Wght. 

Std. 

Qt. 

36 
21 
30 
36 
21 

30 



Dimensions 
Diam. Depth Holder 

IVz" 



8y 8 » 



5V»" H-l 

6" H-l 

7 y 8 » H-2 

5H" H-l 

Gy s " H-l 

10 y 8 " 7H" H-2 



'2 

I 

9H" 
8" 

sy a » 



Mazda 
Lamp 

75-100 
1001-150 

200 
75-100 
lOOf-150 
200 



List 
Price 
Each 

S2.10 
2.60 
5.10 
2.10 
2.60 
5.10 





No. 02470—02472—02476 

For outdoor Railroad 

Platform use 



No. 02470-S, 02472-S, 

02476-S 

For indoor use 




JNo. 02470-BC, 02472-BC, 02476-BC 
For indoor low ceiling use 



Complete Fixture Glass Std. 

Unit Only Only Qt. 

02470* 8 

0234 8 

2470 S 

02472* g 

0234 .... 8 

2472 8 

02476* s 

0234 ... 8 

2476 8 

02470-S 

0362 8 

2470 8 

02472-S 8 

0362 8 

02476-s :::::::: 2472 1 

0362 .... 8 

2476 8 

02470-BC 8 

0363-BC 8 

2470 8 

02472-BC s 

0363-BC 8 

2472 8 

02476-BC 1 

0363-BC ....«■ 8 

2476 8 

fUse J4" socket extension 
* Vapor proof fittings. 
}These units with box cove 
the head room is limited as in 



Ship. 

Wght 

Std. 

Qt. 

68 

18 

50 

68 

18 

50 

68 

IS 

50 

70 

20 

50 

70 

20 

50 

70 

20 

50 

65 

15 

50 

65 

15 

50 

65 

15 

50 



Dimensions Mazda "J 
Diam. Depth Lamp 

9 3*" 10H" 100t-150 
■S l A" 
8" 
10" 
3V6" 
8* 

3 l A" 

rw 

10%" 

8" 
10" 
d%" 
8" 

9y 2 " 

7H" 

IK" 

8" 

7^ 8 * 

iw 

8" 
7K" 

\W 



4M 
9 Kg* 

9J4" 

434" 
9 A" 

9 14" 
4M" 

9 A" 

*W 

9 A" 

*A" 
9li" 

4 l A" 

m~ 

9Vs" 

9 A" 

4K* 
9%' 
Q 7 A" 
4K" 
9 A" 



100t-150 
100t-150 

lOOf-150 
100t-150 

100t-150 
lOOf-150 

100t-150 
100t-150 

100t-150 
100t-150 

100t-150 
100t-150 

100t-150 
lOOf-150 

100t-150 
lOOf-150 



with 100 watt lamp 



lOOf-150 



List 
Price 
Each 

S13.50 
5.10 
8.40 

13.50 
5.10 
8.40 

12.60 
5.10 
7.50 

11.40 
3.00 
8.40 

11.40 
3.00 
8.40 

10.50 
3.00 
7.50 

11.10 
2.70 
8.40 

11.10 
2.70 
8.40 

10.20 
2.70 
7.50 



r fitters are for use indoors where 
parking garages. 



-- 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 





No 02208 



No. 02328 



No. 02338 



These globes provide a gas proof chamber for the lamp as 
well as serving as an extremely efficient lighting unit. The 
complete light director consists of a one piece heavy duty 
prismatic glass globe with threaded glass fitter which engages 
a cast aluminum holder for mounting on Yi" conduit. 

For Acid Rooms, Paint Shops, Electro-Plating and Pi. k- 
hng Departments, Oil Refineries, Powder Houses, and Grain 
Elevators. 






S'c 



■< 



Com- 
plete 
Unit 

02208 



02328 



02338 



Fix- 
ture 
Only 

023i 



0232 



0233 



Ship. 
Glass Std. Wght. Dimensions 
Only Qt. Std. Qt. Diam. Depth 



2208 



2328 



20 
20 
20 
8 
8 
8 
4 
4 
4 



110 
35 
75 
63 
20 
43 
77 
25 
52 



&y s n 

3*A" 

6 A" 

8A" 
8-rV* 

iojl* 

4%" 
ION* 



8H" 

2%' 

&%» 

\0%" 

2%» 

8H" 
12%" 

m" 

8H" 



List 

Mazda Price 

Lamp Each 

40f-50-60 $8.20 

4.30 

40t-50-60 3.90 

1001-150 10.50 

4.65 

lOOf-150 5.85 

200 17.20 

5.45 

200 11.75 



2338 

fUse y% socket extension. 

Use No. 02208 with maximum 60 watt lamp on spacing not 
exceeding two times the mounting height. 

Use No. 02328 with maximum 150 watt lamp on spacing 
not exceeding two and a half times the mounting height. 

Use No. 02338 with maximum 200 watt lamp on spacings 
not exceeding the mounting height. 

Aluminum covers spun permanently over the reflectors can 
be supplied on any of these numbers at $4.55 list. 



- 



[t 



L'se 

id 

Uffl 

i 







■b 



No. 02486-S No. 02490-S 

n i « ^« Shi P- List 

Complete Fixture Glass St. Weight Dimensions Mazda Price 

Unit Only Only Qt. Std. Qt. Diam. Depth Lamp Each 

02486-S •■••■•- •■■■ 4 60 12 X" 1214" 300 $19.70 

0369 " E Alii 4 10 6 ^" 3 ^* ! -'' 

MAnn c 2486 4 50 12M" Wa" 300 15.20 

02490-S 4 60 UA" 13%" 300 19.7'. 

0369 4 10 6%* 3%' 450 

02490-JDW* 4 60 12^*13^* 300 28.20 

^in^'T covers can be spun on the No. 02486-S and 
02490-S. Prices on request. 

*Note: This unit consists of glass No. 2490 with an alumi- 
num cover spun over the upper glass member and a blue glass 
lower member. 

Space No. 02486-S on 8 foot centres along the centre line 
of the aisles. Mount 9 feet from floor to bottom of unit. The 
world "Aisle" marked on the bottom of the unit should be 
parallel with the aisle. 

Space No. 02490-S on centres not greater than VA times 
the mounting height. For Hosiery Mills, Cigar Factories and 
special applications. 









Sde 
tin 

fiat 

toread 

Hi 

i 









'■'. ?.• 



% 



Northern Electric 



219 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 





No. 830— No. 832 



No. 831— No.833 



Jse No. 830 and No. 832 with 100 to 200 watt lamps for 
tdoor locations where a wide spread of light is required, 
times the mounting height above the ground). 

Use No. 831 with 100 or 150 watt lamp outdoors for wide 
•ead lighting (Gasoline Stations). No. 831 is complete 
ch receptacle and fits directly on 4" or 3^" outlet boxes. 

Use No. 833 with 200 watt lamp and in same locations as 
». 831. 



Com- 


Fix- 






Ship. 








List 


plete 


ture 


Glass 


Std. 


Wght. 


Dimensions 


Mazda 


Price 


Unit 


Only 


Only 


Qt. 


Std. Qt. 


Diam. 


Depth 


Lamp 


Each 


S30 


.... 


.... 


8 


49 


7H" 


9Vs" 


100t-150 


S10.05 




0891 


* • . - 


8 


22 


7H" 


5H" 




4.80 




■ . ■ ■ 


4337 


8 


27 


6H" 


o" 


100t-150 


5.25 


832 


. > . > 


.... 


8 


58 


8y 2 " 


UH' 


200 


13.00 




0890 


* ■ » ^ 


8 


18 


m* 


6* 




5.50 




* ■ • ■ 


4334 


8 


40 


7H" 


6J4" 


200 


7.50 


831 


.... 




8 


43 


7%" 


7H" 


100t-150 


8.45 




0892 




8 


16 


IVz" 


3V a " 




3.20 






4337 


8 


27 


VA" 


5" 


lOOf-150 


5.25 


833 


• ■ • • 


■ ■ ■ ■ 


8 


62 


8H" 


9K" 


200 


12.50 




0897 




8 


22 


SH" 


zy 2 " 




5.00 




• • . • 


4334 


8 


40 


7j|* 


6K" 


200 


7.50 



fUse J4" socket extension with 100 watt lamp. 





No. 0878 

Bracket for mounting Nos, 

043384, 043774. 



Nos. 043384, 043774 

(Symmetrical) 

(Asymmetrical) 



Scientifically designed for the lighting of outdoor sub- 
tions. The main light is delivered to the underside of the 
erstructure and at the same time an adequate ground 
mination is provided through the lower diffusing bowl, 
ture is made of cast aluminum with a 1M" female pipe 
eaded connection. 

his unit gives the maximum illumination upward to the 
erstructure, an adequate ground illumination, and the 
t heat dissipation. 



)m- 
ete 
nit 

184 



Fix- Ground Refrac- 
ture Light tor 
Only Diffuser Only 



Schedule "R" Discounts 

Ship. 
Outer Wght. 

Globe Std. Dimensions Mazda 
Only Qt. Dia. Depth Lamp 



0873 



7184 



4338 



74 



0873 



7184 



437 



1245 



Bracket .... 

andard quantity, 4. 

With 200-watt lamp use 
Fixture and glass will be 



1245 



82 

10 

* 

36 
36 
82 

10 

* 

36 
36 
15 



IS" 
15" 

HH" 

8 l A" 

12K" 
15" 

15" 

HH" 

8H" 

12K" 



24 " Span 



18H* 200t 

8y 2 " 

Z% H 300 
78* 

11#* 500 

18H* 200t 

814" 

3 3 A" 300 

7>S" 
UK" 500 



List 
Price 
Each 

S60.10 
30.00 

6.00 
12.25 
11.85 
61.60 
30.00 

6.00 
13.75 
11.85 
12.60 



Mogul to Medium Base Adapter, 
packed together in a carton. 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 





No. 04338 

(Symmetric Light 

Distribution) 

No. 04376 

(Two-way Light 

Distribution) 

No. 04377 
(Fan-shaped Light 
Distribution 



No. 04177 V.F. 

(Fan-shaped Light 

Distribution) 

No.04333 

(Symmetric Light 

Distribution) 



These Holophane Yard Lighting units are heavy duty, 
outdoor, cast metal fixtures and Holophane double refractor 
globes in symmetric and asymmetric distributions. The 
fixture is dust tight, with adjustable socket position for 
different sizes of lamps or for varying the spread, and ter- 
minates in l^" female pipe thread connection. All exposed 
glass surfaces are smooth and dirt resisting. 

Write for special bulletin "Lighting Specific for Industrial 
Yards." 



Fix- 
Complete ture 
Unit Onl 



04177V.F.f 



0882 



04333 



0SS2 



04338 



(J.vS 



04376* 



OSS 



04377f 



Oss 



Ship. 

Wght. 
Glass Std. Std. Dimensions Mazda 
Only Qt. Qt. Dia. Depth Lamp 



4 

4 

4177V.F.T 4 



4333 



4338 



4376 



4377f 



4 
4 
4 

4 
4 

4 

4 
4 
4 

4 

4 
4 



133 

45 

88 

165 

45 

120 

68 
33 
35 

69 
33 
36 

69 
33 
36 



15" 21% " 500 
15" 12 V s " 

1W" 11" 500 

15" 20^|" 500 

15" 12 H" 

11%" 10" 500 



List 

Price 

Each 

S55.75 
31.00 
24.75 

52.00 
31.00 
21.00 



UVs" 16" 2001-300 33.25 

11H" 9" 21.00 

S}4" T/s" 200t-300 12.25 

liy s " 1G" 200J-300 33.75 

11^" 9" 21.00 

8W 1Y%" 200J-300 12.75 

11H* 16" 200t-300 34.75 

11 M" 9" 21.00 

SJ4" 7]4" 200J-300 13.75 



*Two way distribution. 

fFan shaped distribution. 

{Socket adapter required to change from mogul to medium 
base lamp. 

Note: These items are sold for Industrial Lighting only. 
Write for special prices on Street Lighting applications. 






220 



Northern Electric 




. - 



HOLOPHANE HOSPITAL FIXTURES 

Advantages: — 

1. Horizontal 
ilium ination 
1000 foot-can- 
dles average on 
operating area. 

2. General il- 
lumination of 
the Operating 
Room so that 
the brightness of 
thesurroundings 
is about the 
same as the inte- 
rior of the inci- 
sion (The seeing 
conditions in 
"looking up" do 
not change). 

3. The direc- 
tion of the light 
may be varied 
without moving 
the fixture. 

4. Adequate 
diffusion and ab- 
sence of harmful 
shadows. 

5. High verti- 
cal illumination 

6. Glareless, 
co m f ortable 
light. 

7. Multiple lamping (some devices put only one lamp 
between life and death). 

8. Reasonable cost of installation, operation and main- 
tenance, 

9. All enclosed and dirt resisting, 

10. No mirrors that permit conscious patients to observe 
their operation. 

MULTIPLE SPOT LENS SYSTEM 







Illustration of Holophane No. 18M.C.L. 
System for Major Surgeries 






--- 




i 



7"-~\-V- 



No. 5 Multiple Spot Lens System for Delivery Rooms. 
Consists of 1 non-tilted and 4 tilted lens boxes for either 
flush or exposed mounting. The installation illustrated 

is an exposed system. 

Dimensions 
Length Width Depth 

13-7%" 6'-6M" 1'-1QH" 
Ib'-lV^ 6'-6M" l'-10M ff 
Standard quantity 1. 

*200 watt lamps may be used over the tilted end lenses if 
higher vertical illumination is desired, but this must be so 
stated when ordering so that the necessary changes in socket 
positions may be made. 

Important: When ordering state mounting height (distance 
from floor to bottom of sash). 



Unit 


Weight 


No. 


Installed 


15-M.C.L. 


1000 


18-M.C.L. 


1150 


21-M.C.L. 


1300 



Mazda 
Lamp* 

15-150W. 

18-1 50W. 

21-150W. 



List 
Price 
Each 
Prices 

on 
Appli- 
cation 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 

MULTIPLE SPOT LENS SYSTEM (Continued) 




H-755-FL 




H-755-TF 





D-729-L D-729-T 

No. 5 Multiple Spot Lens System is for Minor Operating, 
Emergency, First Aid, and similar rooms. 

The D-729-T and L units for exposed mounting are com- 
posed of a Holophane Controlens held in a cast aluminum 
frame, the outside of which is finished polished aluminum. 
The sides of the box are opal diffusing glass to permit pleasing 
ceiling illumination from the unit. The internal construction 
includes a chromium finish reflector and receptacle for 150 
watt lamp. 

For purposes where a narrow flood of light (25° spread) with 
an intense spot is desired. ^ 

When ordering give exact height of the ceiling on which 
the lights are to be mounted. 

For further information ask for "Lighting Specific for 

Hospitals." 

Schedule "I" Discounts 
Ship. 



List 

No. 
H-755-L* 
H-755-T* 
H-755-FL* 
H-755-TF* 
D-729-L 
D-729T 



Standard Wght. 

Package Std. 

Quantity Qt. 

1 42 

1 50 

1 42 

1 50 

1 18 

1 18 



Dimensions 

Length Width Depth 

12J4' 12H" 
IWi" 12^* 
HH" 15^" 
20^* 15 W 
11' 11* 

10^" 9H" 



135*" 
15* 

12H" 

u l A" 
7H" 
8H" 



List 

Mazda Price 

Lamp Each 

150-200$25.<X 

150-200 27. (X 

150-200 28. (X 

150-200 34. (X 

100t-150 30. (X 

100t-150 30. 0( 



*When 200 watt lamps are to be used kindly advise when 
ordering. 

fUse %" socket extension with 100 watt lamp. 



Northern Etectric 



221 



HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 

MEDICAL EXAMINATION LIGHTS 




wm. 3O0vvatt 



CUfttmi IHDJBCCT ILUfMiMATIQMOVtR CNTIOt ROO** 




HOLOPHANE FIXTURES 

VERTICAL SURFACE LIGHTING UNITS 





CO 

u 



'53 

CO 

H 



No. H-790-2F No. H-790-2 

Unit With Flange Unit Without Flange 

Schedule "I" Discounts 

Ship. 

Wght. 
List Std. Std. Overall Dimensions 

No. Qt. Qt. Length Width Depth 

H-790-2 1 30 14 Y%" $M" 



H-790-2F 



31 



15'- 



10 



4r" 
T5 



5H" 

3X" 



Lamp List 

Wattage Price 

2-150 W.-CL. $28.50 
2-150 W.-CL. 31.50 



BUILT-IN WARD LIGHTING UNIT 





No. A-755 



Schedule "R" Discounts 







Ship. 


Dimensions 




List 


List 


Std. 


Weight 


Dia- Overall 


Mazda 


Price 


No. 


Quant. 


Std.Qt. 


meter Length 


Lamp 


Each 


742 


1 


15 


20" 36" 


500 watt I.F. 


S31.25 



The Medical Examination Light has an impressive appear- 
ce and dual use. It provides from one unit, correct general 
imination, also an intense concentrated beam when required. 
ie indirect bowl and lens are easily removed for cleaning. 
By turning a small knob, easily reached, a diaphragm 
covers a Holophane Controlens which gives a beam appro- 
nating 200 foot candles intensity on the examining table. 




Sectional Detail of No. A-755 

The Holophane Unit No. A-755 is a complete unit con- 
sisting of — a black enameled steel roughing box; a separate 
bronze face flange to cover the plaster joint; a bronze lens 
holder frame which is fastened to lugs in the box by means of 
four safety screws, with an adjustment for proper alignment 
of the exposed parts; a Holophane Controlens, protected by 
shatter-proof glass; main socket, and auxiliary adjustable 
socket for 10 watt night light. The main light delivers a 
comfortable flood of illumination. The auxiliary light should 
be adjusted to throw the beam away from the bed. The 
intensity of this beam is too low to disturb the patient, but 
sufficient to permit visual inspection of the room. The con- 
struction of the unit is such as to prevent a patient injuring 
himself or the unit. 

Schedule "I" Discounts 
Ship. 
Wght. 

Std. Dimen- List 

Qt. sions Wattage Price 

See 1-100 Watt In- Priceson 
50 Diagram side Frosted Appli- 
Above 1-10 Watt In- cation 
termed iate 



List 

No. 

A-755 



Standard 
Quantity 










Northern Electric 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 

Quick Detachable 

GLASSTEEL DIFFUSERS 
Type "79" 




Complete With Hood, Reflector and Globe 
With Pendent Hood 

Pendent Hoods are cast iron tapped Y 2 inch, standard; 
Y± inch, if specified. 

With Opal With Daylight 

Glass Globe Glass Globe 

Size of List List List No. List List List No. 

Lamp, Watts No. Price Globe No. Price Globe 

*150, 200 7201 S9.30 26347 7226 $9.80 26346 

300, 500 7202 12.90 26349 7227 13.65 26348 

750,1000 7203 25.00 26351 7228 27.50 26358 

Ship, 

Wgt. 

Llst Dim. in Inches Std. 

N °. Dia. Height Pkg. 

7201,7226 18 13 59% 

7202,7227 20 15& 72^ 

7203,7228 24 lg& 65 

Standard package is 4 on 18" and 20" units and 2 on 24". 

With Ceiling Type Hood 

Ceiling type hoods are of cast iron and fit 4-inch standard 
Outlet Boxes. 

With Opal With Daylight 

Glass Globe Glass Globe 
Size of List List List No. List List List No. 

Lamp, Watts No. Price Globe No. Price Globe 

150 > 200 9201 $9.30 26347 9226 $9.80 26346 

3 °0- 500 9202 12.90 26349 9227 13.65 26348 

750,1000 9203 25.00 26351 9228 27.50 26358 

Ship. 

t T lst Dim. in Inches Std. 

N°- Dia. Height Pke. 

9201,9226 18 \<$/ 2 61& 

9202,9227 20 14^ 75 

9203,9228 . .....'." ."i." ! 24 17& 67 

Standard package is 4 on 18" and 20" units and 2 on 24". 

Extra Reflectors for Easy Maintenance of System 
Consisting of Reflector, Lamp Holder and Globe 

With Opal With Daylight 

_ . . Glass Globe Glass Globe 

Size of List List List No. List List List No. 

tfiU P, ^ tts No - Price GIobe No - p rice Globe 

J.50, 200 1201 $8.50 26347 1226 S9.00 26346 

300, 500 1202 12.10 26349 1227 12.85 26348 

750,1000 1203 24.20 26351 1228 26.70 26358 

Ship. 

t - * Wgt. 

i; lst Dim. in Inches Std. 

1201,1226 18 Hi 54 

1202,1227 20 I3II 67 

1203,1228 24 16J? 61H 

Standard package is 4 on 18" and 20" units and 2 on 24'. 
Prices do not include wires or lamps. 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Quick Detachable 

GLASSTEEL DIFFUSERS 
Type "79" 
With Shock Absorbing Lamp Holders 
Shock absorbing lamp holders, an exclusive feature of Ben- 
jamin Equipment, lengthen lamp life by protecting the lamp 
filament against the jars and shocks present in every industry 
Shock absorbing lamp holders are furnished in place of the 
regular rigid lamp holder at an advance of 10 cents in list 
price. Specify "with shock absorbing lamp holders" when 
ordering. 

Globes Only for Replacement 

Opal Glass Daylight Glass 

Size of List List List List 

Lamp, Watts No. Price No. Price 

••• 200 26347 $2.30 26346 $2 80 

300, 500 26349 3.60 26348 435 

750,1000 26351 7.25 26358 12^00 

Dimen. in Ins. Std 

List No. Dia. Hgt. PI™ 

26347,26346 10 5 4 

26349,26348 12 6 

26351,26358 16 <d% 2 

*When using 150 watt lamp, Socket Extension No. 91 must 
be used to correctly position lamp in reflector. 

"BENCO" COPPER SOCKETS AND SHADE 

HOLDERS 

Keyless, 660 watts, 600 volts. 
Pull Chain, 660 watts, 250 volts. 





3'/«" Holder 
No. 4372 





2WForm"<r 



4" Holder 



No. 4200 



No. 4376 



List 
No. 
4204 
4370 
4372 
4373 
4371 



Description 
Copper Socket 
Form "O" holder 
Holder 
Holder 

P.H. For Pore. Socket 
or Holophane Shade 
Standard package, 50. 



l A 



Size 
Bushing 

3K" 
V 
1. 



No.4373 

Wt. lbs. List 
Std. Pkg. Price 



17 

8 

9 

10 

8 



$0.70 
.28 
.42 
.72 
.40 





No. 4751 




No. 4712 

List 

No. Description 

4712 Kevless 

4706 Pull Chain 

For neck size 

4751 2M" holder 

4752 3^" holder 

4753 4" holder 
4755 6* holder 



Size 
Tapped 



i 



l A" 



No. 4753 

Std. Wt. lbs. List 

Pkg. Std. Pkg. Price 

10 5 .95 

10 9 2.10 



10 
10 
10 
10 



l 5 A 
5 



.30 

.50 

.80 

1.50 









. 






Northern Electric 



223 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
^uick Detachable, Porcelain Enamelled 

REFLECTORS "TYPE 79" 
Pendent Hood Outlet Box Hood 





For J -inch Pipe For 4' Outlet Boxes 

Style of Reflector 




•Tvpe79" 
RLSl Dome 





"Type 79" 
Shallow Bowl 





"Type 79" 
Flat Cone 






"Type 79" 
Deep Bowl 





"Type 79" 
ymmetrica! Angle 





; Type 79" 
Elliptical Angle 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Quick Detachable Porcelain Enamelled 

REFLECTORS TYPE "79" 

"Type 79" Reflectors are listed below in assemblics'ior 
conduit or outlet box mounting. List numbers are given" for 
the complete units and for the hoods when ordered separated 
Pendent hoods are ordinarily supplied tapped for \¥ pipe, 
Out will be supplied tapped for %' pipe, if specified, at no 
extra charge. 











Pendent 


Outlet Box 










1 lood For 


I lood For 










H inch 


4' O 


utlet 










Pipe 


Boxes 








Std. 


List List 


List 


List 


I. amp 


Dimensions 


Pkg. 


No. Price 


No. 


Price 


Watts 


A. 


B. 


10 


No. 7 $ .80 


No. 9$ .80 




RLM Dome Reflector and Hood 






60-100 


12 


714 


10 


7041 3 60 


964 1 


3.60 


150 


14 


S?8 


10 


7642 3.80 


9642 


3 . SO 


200 


16 


M 


10 


7643 4.40 


9643 


4.40 


300-500 


18 


nS 


5 


7644 5 70 


9644 


5.70 


760-1000 


20 


14N 


5 


7645 7 . 60 


9645 


7.60 




Shalow Bowl Reflector and I lood 






50-60 


12 


6 


10 


7437 3 50 


9437 


3.50 


75-100 


12 


7 


10 


7121 3 60 


9121 


3.60 


150 


14 


s 


10 


7423 3 80 


9423 


3.80 


200 


16 


9 


10 


7425 4.40 


9425 


4.40 


300-500 


18 


mi 


5 


7509 5.70 


9509 


5.70 




Flat Cone R 


cllrctor and I lood 






50-00 


14 




1(1 


7431 3.60 


9431 


3.60 


75-100 


11 


i" 1 '' 


10 


7401 3.60 


9401 


3.60 


1 50 


U\ 


7 1 i 


10 


7402 3 80 


9102 


3 so 


200 


IN 


SH 


10 


7103 4.40 


9403 


4 40 




Deep 


Bowl Reflect 


or and Hood 






50-60 


7 


&A 


ID 


7160 3.20 


91 CO 


3 . 20 


75-100 


*H 


7Vs 


10 


71 (il 3 40 


9161 


3.40 


1 50 


9 


%V* 


10 


7 1 81 1 3 si i 


9189 


3 si > 


200 


10 


10 


10 


7169 3 80 


9169 


3 80 


300-500 


12 


11 


5 


717:; :, 60 


9173 


5.60 


750-1000 


15 


1 4 , 


5 


7174 6 80 


9174 


6. so 




Symmetrical Angle Re 


flector and 1 lood 






A. 1$ 


c. 










.50-100 


8 8>$ 7 


10 


754 1 3 25 


954 1 


3 25 


150-200 


10 11 


* S\' 


10 


7512 3.75 


9512 


3.75 


300-500 


12 uy 2 ioy 2 


5 


7543 r,.:ir, 


95 13 


5 35 




Elliptical Angle 


Re Hector and Hood 






A. B 


C. 










00-100 


13k H>i2 8% 


10 


7522 3 . 80 


9522 


3 80 


150 


v*X 12% sy 8 


10 


752.-, 4 50 


9525 


-1 50 


200 


16^ 15H HH 


10 


7526 5.10 


9520 


5.10 


300-500 


v.iH WA \VA 


5 


7537 9 K> 


95 :i7 


9.10 


750-1000 


Wi 20 J 


4 IVA 


5 


753S 10 10 


9538 


10 Hi 


Prices do not include \\ ire <>r 


1 imps. Note — Abo 


1 ' list 


prices for 


keyless 1 


amp holders 
Shipping \\ 


only, 
eights 






Ship 


. 


Ship. 




Ship. 




Ship 


List Wgt 


Lis! 


Wgt. 




List Wgt. 


List. 


Wgt 


Xo. Lbs 


No. 


Lbs. 




No. Lbs. 


No. 


LI is. 


7641 48 


9641 


53 




7166 34 


9166 


39 


7642 60 


9642 


t .:, 




70,1 38 


9161 


43 


7643 1 .5 


9643 


7(i 




7189 44 


91 S<) 


50 


7644 45 


0644 


.50 




7169 is 


9169 




7015 55 


9045 


60 




7173- 32 


9173 


35 


7137 II 


0437 


49 




7171 Id 


9174 


45 


7421 47 


9121 


52 




7541 3 1 


9541 


39 


7423 54 


9 123 


511 




7542 39 


9512 


li 


7 1 25 03 


9425 


(IS 




7.543 32 


9543 


35 


7509 40 


9509 


44 




7522 4S 


0522 


53 


7431 48 


943 1 


53 




7525 52 


9525 


57 


7401 5(1 


9401 


55 




7526 65 


9526 


7G 


7402 CO 


0102 


65 




7537 30 


9537 


30 


7403 70 


9403 


75 




7538 35 


o;,:'.s 


35 







224 



Northern Electric 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Porcelain Enamelled Reflectors 

Style of.Reflector 




(4 



XType" 
RLM Dome 




"XType" 
Shallow Bowl 




"XType' 
Flat Cone 




"X Type" 
Deep Bowl 




"X Type 
Symmetrical Angle 




"X Type" 
Elliptical Angle 




5640-5645 









5437-5509 



5431-5403 



6166-6174 



5541-5543 



5522-5538 








BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Porcelain Enamelled Reflectors 

"X Type" 

Benjamin "X Type" Porcelain Enamelled Reflectors 

List prices given below are for reflectors with keyless sockets. 
The following are other types of sockets which can be sup- 
plied at the following advances in list prices: — 

Shock- Absorbing Socket — medium or mogul base — 10 cents 
advance list. 

Self-Locking Socket — medium base only — 50 cents advance 
list. 

Shock- Absorbing Self-Locking Socket — medium base only— 
60 cents advance list. 

Pull-Chain Socket — medium base only — 80 cents advance 
list. 



Prices do not include wire or lamps 













Ship. 




Lamp 


Dimensions 


Std. 


List 


Wgt. 


List 


Watts 


A 


B 


Pkg. 


No. 


Lbs. 


Price 




"X Type" R. L. M. 


Dome Reflector 


■ 


50-60 


12 


7H 


10 


5640 


35 


$3.20 
3.30 


75-100 


12 


8K 


10 


5641 


35 


150 


14 


W% 


10 


5642 


45 


3.50 . 


200 


16 


ioy 2 


10 


5643 


50 


4.10 


300-500 


18 


12X 


5 


5644 


35 


5.30 i 


750-1000 


20 


isy 8 


5 


5645 


45 


7 . 20 




"X Type" Shallow 


Bowl Reflector 




50-60 


12 


QH 


10 


5437 


35 


3.20 ' 


75-100 


12 


7% 


10 


5421 


35 


3 30 


150 


14 


s% 


10 


5423 


40 


3 50 


200 


16 


9% 


10 


5425 


50 


4.10 


300-500 


18 


n% 


5 


5509 


35 






"X Type" Flat Cone Reflector 






50-60 


14 


6 


10 


5431 


40 


3.30 


75-100 


14 


7 


10 


5401 


45 


3.30 


150 


16 


8 


10 


5402 


50 


3.50 


200 


18 


m 


10 


5403 


55 


4.10 




"X Type" Deep Bowl Reflector 




50-00 


7 


I'A 


10 


6166 


25 


2 00 


75-100 


8J4 


8 5 A 


10 


6161 


30 


3 Id 


150 


9 


9Vs 


10 


6189 


30 


3.50 


200 


10 


10% 


10 


6169 


35 


3.5n • 


300-500 


12 


12H 


5 


6173 


30 


5 2< ' 


750-1000 


15 


15H 


5 


6174 


40 


G 40 1 




"X Type 


" Symmetrical Angle Reflector 






A. 


B. C. 










50-60-100 


8 


914 7 


10 


5541 


25 


2 9.0 


150-200 


10 


i2y 8 sy 8 


10 


5542 


35 


3 ■?•' 


300-500 


12 


MX 10H 


5 


5543 


30 


4.95 




"X Type" Elliptical Angl 


e Reflector 




60-100 


13M 


12tf 8% 


10 


5522 


35 


3.50 1 


1.50 


13 X 


IZH 8 7 A 


10 


5525 


40 


1 20 


200 


mi 


15% 11H 


10 


5520 


55 


4.80 


300-500 


W/s 


W*/i WA 


5 


5537 


45 


8.70 

9.70 


750-1000 


im 


2oy 8 wa 


5 


5538 


55 



Northern Electric 




BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 



I Two-Piece Heavy Duty 

PORCELAIN ENAMELLED REFLECTORS 

"SturdoxType" 

omplete units consist of combinations of the hoods and 
ctors. 

eyless, Easy-to-Wire, Two-Piece Sockets are Standard, 
he following sockets will be furnished, when specified at 
idvance in list price: 

nock Absorbing Socket. Keyless, medium or mogul base 
10 cents to list. Medium base Shock-Absorbing, Self- 
king Socket, add 60 cents to list, 
ey for Self-Locking Socket, $1.00 additional. 
Hf-Locking Socket, medium base only, add 50 cents to list, 
for releasing lamp, add 81.00. 

ull Chain Socket, medium base only, add 80 cents to list, 
endent hoods tapped for %" conduit supplied, when 
ified, without increass in list price. 



Outlet Box 
Steel Hood 



Pendent Cast 
Hood 



Outlet Box 
Cast Hood 






4-inch Outlet Tapped for J^-inch 
Boxes Pipe 



For 4" or 3K" 
Outlet Boxes 




< < 



SturdoxType" RLM Dome 




It 



Sturdox Type" Shallow Bowl 




"Sturdox Type" Deep Bowl 




* i 



Sturdox Type" Symmetrical Angle 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Two- Piece Heavy Duty 



PORCELAIN ENAMELLED REFLECTORS 






"Sturdox T 


ype" 










Outlet Box 

Steel Hood 

For 4" Outlet 

Boxes 


Pendent 

Cast Hood 

Tapped for 

W pipe 


Outlet Box 
Cast Hood 
For 4" or 
ZH" Outlet 
Boxes 




Std. 
Pkg. 


List List 
No. Price 


List List 
No. Price 


List 
No. 


List 
Price 


Med. B. 


10 


9230 SI. 10 


9200 SI. 30 


9220 


SI. 50 


Mogul B. 


5 


9235 1 . 60 


9205 1 . 80 


9225 


2.00 


Lamp 
Watts 


Std. 
Pkg. 


List List 
No. Price 


List List 
No. Price 


List 
No. 


List 
Price 




R. L. 


M. Dome Reflector and Hood 




100 


10 


9316 S3. 30 


9301 S3. 50 


9311 


$3.70 


150 


10 


9317 3.50 


9302 3 . 70 


9312 


3.90 


200 


10 


9318 4.10 


9303 4.30 


9313 


4.50 


300-500 


5 


9319 5.30 


9304 5.50 


9314 


5.70 


750-1000 


5 


9320 7 . 20 


9305 7 . 40 


9315 


7.00 




Shallow Bowl Reflector and Hood 






100-150 


10 


9330 3 . 50 


9321 3.70 


9327 


3.90 


200 


10 


9331 4.10 


9322 4.30 


9328 


4.50 


300-500 


5 


9332 5.30 


9323 5 . 50 


9329 


5.70 




Deep 


Bowl Reflector and Hood 






100 


10 


9345 3 . 10 


9333 3.30 


9341 


3.50 


150 


10 


9346 3 . 50 


9334 3 . 70 


9342 


3.90 


200 


10 


9347 3 . 50 


9335 3.70 


9343 


3.90 


300-500 


5 


9348 5 . 20 


9336 5.40 


9344 


5.60 


750-1000 


5 


9362 6.00 


9363 6 . 20 


9364 


6.40 




Angle Reflector and Hood 






150-200 


10 


9358 3.45 


9349 3 . 65 


9355 


3.85 


300-500 


5 


9359 4.95 


9350 5.15 


9356 


5 35 


750-1000 


5 


9360 7.60 


9351 7.80 


9357 


8.00 



Prices Do Not Include Wires or Lamps. 



SHIPPING WEIGHTS 



List 


Ship Wgt. 


List 


Ship Wgt 


No. 


lbs. 


No. 


lbs. 


9230 


17 


9321 


60 


9235 


10 


9322 


65 


9200 


33 


9323 


45 


9205 


19 


9333 


50 


9220 


30 


9334 


50 


9225 


18 


9335 


60 


9316 


40 


9336 


35 


9317 


45 


9363 


50 


9318 


50 


9349 


55 


9319 


40 


9350 


40 


9320 


45 


9351 


45 


9330 


40 


9311 


55 


9331 


45 


9312 


60 


9332 


35 


9313 


65 


9345 


30 


9314 


50 


9346 


30 


9315 


55 


9347 


40 


9327 


55 


9348 


25 


9328 


60 


9362 


40 


9329 


45 


9358 


40 


9341 


45 


9359 


30 


9342 


45 


9360 


35 


9343 


55 


9301 


60 


9344 


35 


9302 


65 


9364 


50 


9303 


70 


9355 


50 


9304 


50 


9356 


40 


9305 


55 


9357 


45 










226 



Northern Electric 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Two-Piece Heavy Duty 

PORCELAIN ENAMELLED REFLECTORS 

"Sturdox Type" 

PENDENT STEEL HOOD 

T 




Tapped for H-inch Pipe 



Medium Ease 
Mogul Base. . 



List 
No. 

9210 

9215 



Ship. 
Wgt. 

17 

10 



Std. 
Pkg. 

10 

5 



List 
Price 

SI. 10 
1.60 










"Sturdox Type" RLM Dome 

No. 26012, 26014, 26016, 26018, 26020, 9306, 9307, 9308, 
9309 and 9310. 




"Sturdox Type" Shallow Bowl 
No. 26414, 26416, 26418, 9324, 9325 and 9326. 



"Sturdox Type 
Deep Bowl 



■ i 




No. 26108, 26109, 26110, 26112, 26115, 9337, 9338, 9339, 
9340 and 9361 , 



"Sturdox Type" 

Symmetrical 

Angle 







BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Two-Piece Heavy Duty 

PORCELAIN ENAMELLED REFLECTORS 

"Sturdox Type" I 

"Sturdox Type" Reflectors are for conduit or outlet boj 
mounting. List numbers are given for the complete units am 
for the hoods and reflectors when ordered separately. 

Keyless, Easy-to-Wire, Two-Piece Sockets are standard 
The following sockets will be furnished at an advance in lis 

price : 

Shock-Absorbing Socket.— Keyless, medium or mogul base 

add 10 cents to list. Medium base Shock-Absorbing, Self 

Locking Socket, add 60 cents to list. Key for Self-Locki n| 

Socket, $1.00 list additional. 

Self-Locking Socket, medium base only, add 50 cents to list 
Pull-Chain Socket, medium base only, add 80 cents to list 

Pendent hoods tapped for M" conduit supplied, when specified 

at no increase in list price. 



Lamp 
Watts 



Reflectors Only Refl'ct'r and Hoc 

Dimensions List List List List Stc 

A B No. Price No. Price Pkf 



RLM Dome Reflector and Hood 



100 12 ± l A 26012 $2.20 9306 

150 14 5% 26014 2.40 9307 

200 16 e>y 8 26016 3.00 9308 

300-500 18 9 5 / 8 26018 3.70 9309 

750-1000 20 1VA 26020 5.60 9310 



$3.30 
3.50 
4.10 
5.30 
7.20 



100- 150.. 

200 .. 

300- 500 . . 



Shallow Bowl Reflector and Hood 

..14 3H 26414 2.40 9324 
. . 16 4% 26416 3.00 9325 
..18 6H 26418 3.70 9326 

Deep Bowl Reflector and Hood 

100 SU 5H 26108 2.00 9337 

150 9 6 26109 2.40 9338 

200 10 7 26110 2.40 9339 

300-500 12 VA 26112 3.60 9340 

750-1000 15 11M 26115 4.40 9361 

Angle Reflector and Hood 

150-200 10 9 26210 2.35 9352 

300-500 12 12 26212 3.35 9353 

750-1000 14 15^ 26214 6.00 9354 

Prices do not include wires or lamps. 

Shipping Weights 



3.50 1 
4.10 1 
5.30 



3.10 1 
3.50 ] 
3.50 1 
5.20 
6.00 



3.45 
4.95 
7.60 



No. 26210, 26212, 26214, 9352, 9353 and 9354 



List 
No. 


Ship 
Wgt 
Lbs. 


26012 


25 


26014 


30 


26016 


35 


26018 


30 


26020 


35 


26414 


25 


26416 


30 


26418 


25 


26108 


15 


26109 


15 


26110 


25 


26112 


15 


26115 


30 


26210 


20 


26212 


20 


26214 


25 



List 

No. 


Ship. 
Wgt. 
Lbs. 


9306 


40 


9307 


45 


9308 


50 


9309 


40 


9310 


45 


9324 


40 


9325 


45 


9326 


35 


9337 


30 


9338 


30 


9339 


40 


9340 


25 


9361 


40 


9352 


40 


9353 


30 


9354 


33 



Northern Electric 



227 



NJAMIN TENNIS COURT REFLECTORS 

Aluminum 




No. 7178 
For 750-1000-1500 Watt Lamps 



ESPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR TENNIS COURTS 

'esigned to meet the specific problem of properly illumin- 
g tennis courts for night play. Although of an exceptionally 
d shape, to prevent direct glare by providing ample shield- 
ed the lamp filament, these reflectors are highly efficient in 
Dut and direct light into the most effective zones for this 
! of illumination. 

hese reflectors provide uniform illumination over the court 
lout annoying shadows and troublesome glare. And, what 
lore important, they provide adequate light for highest 
)ility of the ball as well as the players in all positions on the 

La 



'TYPE 79" CONSTRUCTION 

eflector and lamp removable from hood as a unit, for easy 
ning or storage indoors, by simple quarter turn of reflector, 
ged, weather-proof bayonet mechanism makes electrical 
mechanical connection simultaneously. Pendent hoods 
>ed y 2 " standard; K" when specified. Ceiling hoods fit 4" 
dard boxes. 

LIGHTS BALL AND PLAYERS UNIFORMLY 

le special wide spread distribution of these reflectors 
ides proper illumination on all faces of the ball at all angles 
heights above the court. Distribution of light over the 
t is extremely uniform, preventing apparent changes of 
d of the ball in flight which otherwise would occur if it 
ed through light and dark areas. 



ALUMINUM VISORS 

For use where desired to cut off 
spill light in a given direction or to 
redirect light on the area to be 
illuminated. Visors attach easily and 
securely to reflectors by clamping 
the grooved band over reflector 
bead and tightening screw. Finish: 
aluminum. 




Reflector 
Visor. . 



Dia. 
Ins. 


Hght. 
Ins. 


Std. 
Pkg. 


Wt. 

lbs. 
Std. 
Pkg. 


List 
Price 


18 


19 U 


4 


54 


$15.40 


18 


8K 


4 


14 


7.50 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Sign Reflectors 

PORCELAIN ENAMELLED STEEL 




Front View List \"o. 5570 






— Vi 






3P 






y y B 


- — '*/ 






C y 







Side View List No. 5570 



List 
No. 



With Keyless Socket 

Std. Pkg. 
Size of Size Std. Shpg. List 

Lamp, WattsTapped Pkg. Wgt. Price 



S3 60 
4.20 



5570 100, 150 y 2 " 9 32 

5571 150, 200 Y 2 " 9 35 

No. 5570 width "D" 9K". diameter "A" 13W", diameter 
"C" 93^", height "B"8^". 

No. 5571 width "D" 10", diameter "A" 13M", diameter 
"C" 9y s ", height "B"9". 

Prices do not include wires or lamps. 

With Shock Absorbing Socket 

Shock Absorbing Sockets which lengthen 
lamp life will be furnished, when specified, as 
follows: for Keyless add SO. 10 to list; for Self- 
Locking add 80.60. Key only for Self- 
Locking Sockets, List No. 1399, lists at S1.00. 



With Self-Locking Socket 

Self-Locking Sockets that prevent lamp 
theft and keep lamps where they belong will 
be supplied, when specified, at an advance of 
S0.50 list. Key required* to release lamp, 
List No. 1399, furnished at SI. 00 list. 





SCLF-ACTM 
LAMP LOO 

IHSe«T KCYMC«' 

TOHLLEASf.LA*P 



Specifications 

Reflector. Elliptical shape, of porcelain enamelled steel 
with side outlet. 

Socket. Two-piece porcelain, Canadian Electrical Code and 
National Electrical Code Standard. 

Fitting. Heavy separable type weatherproof fitting, with 
set screw. 

Finish. Porcelain enamelled; Benjamin Green outside, 
white inside. When specified, reflector finished white inside 
and outside can be supplied at an additional cost. 

Distribution. Projects light in a long side lateral plane, 
as well as directing it to front. Ideal for sign illumination. 



228 



Northern Electric 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Elliptical Angle Reflectors 

PORCELAIN ENAMELLED STEEL 





Side View List No. 5525 
With Keyless Socket and Lamp Grip 



Size 
List Size of Tapped Dimensions in Inches List 

No. Lamp, Watts Inches Dia. "A" Ht. "B" Dia. "C" Price 

5522 * 60, 100 Y 2 13H 12& %V% S3. 50 

5525 |150 V 2 13H 13^ 8^ 4.20 

5526 200 V 2 16H ^V% 1^ 4.80 

5537 300, 500 % 19 7 A ™Y% ^ 7 A ^.70 

5538 750, 1000 K W/s WA ^Vs 9- 70 
List Std. Pkg. Std. 
No. Ship. Wgt. Pkg. 

5522 35 10 

.5525 40 10 

5526 55 10 

5537 45 5 

5538 55 5 

Shock-Absorbing Socket 

When specified, Medium or Mogul Base 
Fixtures will be furnished with Shock Ab- 
sorbing Keyless Socket at SO. 10 each advance 

B, ** e " mi Medium Base Fixtures can also be furnished 

with Shock- Absorbing Self-Locking Socket 
at SO. 60 each advance list. 

Kev for locking socket $1.00 additional. 



Self-Locking Socket 
Self-Locking Socket, which prevents lamp 
theft, will be supplied with Medium Base 
Reflector Sockets when specified, at an 
advance of 80.50 list. Key supplied at 
$1.00 list. 





LAMP LOCK 

INSERT KtY MCHC' 
TO AUEA5E LAHP 




Pull-Chain Socket 

Pull-Chain Sockets, with the exclusive 
Benjamin Inner Pull Feature in which the 
pull chain comes straight down inside the 
reflector, will be supplied at an advance of 
SO. 80 list when specified. 

Fitting. Extra heavy X type weather-proof separable 
fitting- 
Distribution. This reflector is especially practical for illum- 
ination from the side. It distributes the light not only to the 
front but has a wide lateral distribution which builds the 
illumination between the units where otherwise it would be 
weak. 

*Also takes 75 watt lamps. 

fAlso takes old 100 watt "PS" lamps and, if socket exten- 
sion No. 91 is used, the 100 watt "A." 
Prices do not include wires or .lamps. 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 




VIADUCT FIXTURES 

Symmetrical Angle Reflector _ 
List No. 5560 and 5549 are designed for side installation. 
Because of their wide angle of light distribution, they are used 
extensively for the illumination of viaducts, subways, trestles, 
etc. 

Construction— Symmetrical angle reflector of porcelain 
enamelled steel, X type separable fitting and two-piece easy- 
to-wire porcelain socket with Benjamin Lamp Grip. Fitting 
tapped y 2 inch regularly furnished. Finish — green porcelain 



outside, white inside. 

List Size of Lamp, 

No. Watts 

5560 60, 100, 150 

5549 300, 500 



Dim., Inches 
Dia. Hgt. 

16H 17 



Ship. 

Wgt. 

Std. 

Pkg. 

35 

40 



Std. 
Pkg. 

10 
5 



■ 

List 
Price 

S3. 95 
7.00 




No. 5566 



No. 32613 



WARNING SIGNAL LIGHTING FIXTURES 

Symmetrical Angle Reflector With Bull's Eye 

A combination warning signal and lighting unit. It has a 
red light for a warning signal and a white light to show th( 
way. At viaducts or elevated railway crossings, it illuminate; 
the substructure piers; at grade crossings it directs a flood 
light upon the crossing sign and roadway. At the same timt 
the light shining through the ruby glass lens in the back o) 
the reflector warns drivers to approach cautiously. 

Construction — Porcelain enamelled steel reflector wit! 
Zyi inch corrugated ruby lens in back, X type fitting tappc 
% inch, and socket with lamp grip. Finish^-green porcelair 
enamel outside, white inside. Ship. 

Wgt. 
List Size of Lamp, Dim., Inches Std. Std. 
No. Watts Dia. Hgt. Pkg. Pkg. Price 



5566 



60, 100 



12 



30 



So . H 



Elliptical Angle Reflector With Bull's Eye 

Another combination warning signal and lighting unit, it 
uses are similar to those of the Symmetrical reflector lister 
above, but it gives a wider distribution of light. 
32613 25, 40 9x13 K 9M 25 5 15. 5< 



Northern Etectric 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 



229 



enjamin Porcelain En- 
Iled Shadeholder Re- 

I ors are supplied in the 

| js of reflectors listed 
w and with the types 

[ .hadeholders listed to 

! right, 

inish of reflectors is 
| :n porcelain enamel 
side, white porcelain 
mel inside. 



Benjamin Shadeholder Reflectors 



Type N 
Neck 




For 2J^-inch 
Shadeholders 



Type A 

Holder 




For Ben-ox 
Sockets 



Type B 

Holder 




For Brass 
Shell Sockets 



Type P 

Holder 




B£!iWfi!N 



For Porcelain 
Sockets 



Type S 
Holder 




BEN/AMJN 



For Benco 
Sockets 



Style of 
Reflector 




RLM Dome 



Dim. 
Lamp Ins. Ship.Std. List List List List List List List 
Watts A. B.Wgt.Pkg. No. Price No. Price No. Price No. 



List List List 
Price No. Price 



*25- 40 10 3% 15 10 14025N 81.25 14025AS1.40 14025B 81.40 14025PS1-40 14025S $1.40 

50- 60 12 4% 20 10 14050N 1.80 14050A 1.95 14050B 1.95 14050P 1.95 14050S 1.95 

7.5- 100 12 53^ 25 10 14075N 1.90 14075A 2.05 14075B 2.05 14075P 2.05 14075S 2.05 

150 14 6% 30 10 14100N 2.20 14100A 2.35 14100B 2.35 14100P 2.35 14100S 2.35 

200 16 1% 35 10 14200N 2,60 14200A 2.75 14200B 2.75 14200P 2.75 14200S 2.75 

300- 500 18 7% 25 5 14300N 3.60 



750-1000 20 10% 30 5 14750N 5.30 



Takes 324-inch shadeholder. 




Shallow Bowl 



25- 40 10 3H 14 10 11050N 1.25 11050A 1.40 11050B 1.40 11050P 140 11050S 1.40 

50- 60 12 4 18 10 11060N 1.45 11060A 1.60 11060B 1.60 11060P 1.60 11060S 1.60 

75- 100 12 5 19 10 11075N 1.70 11075A 1.85 11075B 1.85 11075P 1.85 11075S 1.85 

150 15 6% 30 10 11100N 1.90 11100A 2.05 11100B 2.05 11100P 2.05 11100S 2.05 




25- 40 5 3H 7 10 12025N .95 12Q25A 1.10 12025B 1.10 12025P 1.10 12025S 1 10 

50- 60 7 4% 10 10 12060N 1.50 12060A 1.65 12060B 1.65 12060P 1.65 12060S 1.65 

75- 100 8K W 14 10 12075N 1.60 12075A 1.75 12075B 1.75 12075P 1.75 12075S 1.75 

150 9 7 16 10 12100N 1.80 12100A 1.95 12100B 1.95 12100P 1.95 12100S 1.95 

200 10 8V 8 20 10 12200 N 2.20 12200A 2.35 12200B 2.35 12200P 2.35 12200S 2.35 






Deep Bowl . 




Symmetrical Angle 



25- 40 7 5j/2 10 10 15040N 1.15 15040A 1.30 15040B 1.30 15040P 1.30 15040S 130 

50- 60 8 6}4 12 10 15060N i.45 15060A 1.60 15060B 1.60 15060P 1.60 15060S 1.60 

75-100 8 7M 13 10 15075N' 1.45 15075A 1.60 15075 B 1.60 15075 P 1.60 15075S 1.60 

150- 200 10 93, 8 18 10 15100N 1.95 15100A 2.10 15100B 2.10 15100P 2.10 15100S 2.10 



Does not take RLM Standard Label. 

'rices are for reflectors only and do not include sockets or lamps. 




230 



Northern Electric 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Ben-Ox Socket Reflector Combinations 



List Price 



Ben -ox Sockets 
No. 4712 No. 4706 

.95 $2.10 



Note: The List Numbers and Prices in 
this Chart cover combinations of Benjamin 
PORCELAIN ENAMELED SHADE- 
HOLDER REFLECTORS below with the 
sockets on the right. 

Standard Package is 10 Pieces of one 
List Number. 

For Shipping Weights, add weight of 
reflector to weight of socket or outlet box 
fitting. 



Style of Reflector 




RLM Dome 




Shallow Bowl 




Deep Bowl 




Size of 
Lamp 

25-40 
50-60 
75-100 
150 

200 



25-40 



50-60 



75-100 



150-200 



25-40 



50-60 



75-100 



150 



200 



25-40 



50-60 



75-100 



Symmetrical Angle 150-200 

Prices do not include wires or lamps. 




Keyless 
Tapped W 



No. 47150 
$2.35 

No. 47000 
$2.90 

No. 47001 
$3 . 00 

No. 47002 
S3. 30 

No. 47003 
S3. 70 



No. 47115 
S2.35 

No. 47116 
S2.55 

No. 47117 
$2.80 

No. 47118 
S3 . 00 



No. 47155 
$2.05 

No. 47010 
$2.60 

No. 47011 
$2.70 

No. 47012 
12 . 90 

No. 47013 
S3 . 30 



No. 47020 
$2.25 

No. 47021 
$2.55 

No. 47022 
S2.55 

No. 47024 
S3. 05 



Ben-ox Cast Outlet Box Fittings 
No. 4980 No. 4975 

10 $2 . 10 





Pull Chain 
Tapped ^" 



Keyless 
Fits4"Std. Box 



List Number and List Price of Ben-ox Socket 
or Outlet Box Fitting with Reflector 



No. 47151 
$3.50 

No. 47030 
$4.05 

No. 47031 
$4.15 

No. 47032 
$4.45 

No. 47033 

$4.85 



No. 47120 
S3 . 50 

No. 47121 
$3.70 

No. 47122 
$3.95 

No. 47123 
84.15 



No. 47156 
S3. 20 

No. 47040 
$3.75 

No. 47041 
$3.85 

No. 47042 
$4.05 

No. 47043 
$4.45 



No. 47050 
S3. 40 

No. 47051 
$3.70 

No. 47052 
$3 . 70 

No. 47054 
$4.20 



No. 47152 

S2.50 

No. 47060 
$3.05 

No. 47061 
$3.15 

No. 47062 
$3 . 45 

No. 47063 

$3.85 



No. 47125 
$2.50 

No. 47126 
$2.70 

No. 47127 
$2 . 95 

No. 47128 
$3.15 



No. 47157 
$2.20 

No. 47070 
$2.75 

No. 47071 
$2 . 85 

No. 47072 
$3 . 05 

No. 47073 
$3 . 45 



No. 47080 
$2.40 

No. 47081 
$2.70 

No. 47082 
$2.70 

No. 47084 
$3 20 




Pull Chain 
Fits 4" Std. Box 



No. 47153 
$3.50 

No. 47090 
$4.05 

No. 47091 
$4.15 

No. 47092 
$4.45 

No. 47093 

$4.85 



No. 47130 
$3.50 

No, 47131 
$3.70 

No. 47132 
$3.95 

No. 47133 
$4.15 



No. 47158 
$3.20 

No. 47100 
$3.75 

No. 47101 
$3.85 

No. 47102 
$4.05 

No. 47103 
$4.45 



No. 47110 
$3 . 40 

No. 47111 
13 . 70 

No. 47112 
$3.70 

No. 47114 
$4.20 



Northern Electric 



231 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 

Benco Socket Reflector Combinations 

BENCO SOCKETS 

>te: The List Numbers and Prices in 
Jhart cover combinations of Benjamin 
CELAIN ENAMELLED SHADE- 
.DER REFLECTORS below, with 
Dockets and Fittings on the right. 

andard Package is 10 Pieces of one 
Number. 




No. 4204 
Keyless 



Tapped Yl" 

>r Shipping Weights, add weight of reflector to weight 
)cket. 

leflectors with Type "S" 
Holders 




RLM Dome 




Shallow Bowl 




Deep Bowl 




Size of 


List 


List 


Lamp 


Number 


Price 


25-40 


47500 


$2 . 10 


50-60 


47501 


2.65 


75-100 


47502 


2.75 


150 


47503 


3.05 


200 


47504 


3.45 


25-40 


47515 


2.10 


50-60 


47516 


2.30 


75-100 


47517 


2 . 55 


150 


47518 


2.75 


25-40 


47505 


1.80 


50-60 


47507 


2.35 


75-100 


47508 


2.45 


150 


47509 


2.65 


200 


47514 


3.05 


25-40 


47510 


2.00 


50-60 


47511 


2.30 


75-100 


47512 


2.30 


150-200 


47513 


2.80 



Symmetrical Angle 

,ist Numbers, include sockets with copper casings. 
'rices do not include wires or lamps. 

Porcelain Enamelled Reflectors 

"H" TYPE 
Shallow Bowl Reflector 




No. H410 

With Neck to Fit Standard Shade Holders 

t Size Size Std. Pkg. Std. 

Reflector Holder Wgt. Pkg. 

10 10" 2*4" 12 lbs. 10 

12 12" 2K" 18 lbs. 10 

14 14" 2K" 25 lbs. 10 

16 16" 2 l A" 30 lbs. 10 



List 
Price 
$0.95 
1.15 
1.50 
1.90 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 

Porcelain Enamelled Reflectors 

"H" TYPE 
Flat Cone Reflector 





No. H515 

With Neck to Fit Standard Shade Holders 

List Size Size Std. Pkg. Std. List 

No. Reflector Holder Wgt. Pkg. Price 

H510 10" 2W 11 lbs. 10 $0.90 

H512 12" 2H" 15 lbs. 10 1.15 

H515 15" 2K* 30 lbs. 10 1.65 

PAINT ENAMELED TIN REFLECTORS 

Finished Green Outside, Reflecting Surface White 

Schedule A 

FLAT CONE FOR WIDE LIGHT DISTRIBUTION 

■ 

3 

For use on railroad platforms, mills, machine shops and 
warehouses. 

These reflectors are coated with a hard superior enamel 
that is very lasting. The reflecting qualities are efficient. The 
enamel can be easily cleaned with soap and water. 

Made with collars for standard holder as specified below. 

For Approx. Size of List 

List Diam. Holder Std. Wt. Lbs. Lamp, Price 
No. Inches Inches Pkg. Std. Pkg. Watts per 100 

508 8 2)4 25 7 20-25 SI 8. 00 

508A 10 2% 25 10 2.5-40 23.00 

508B 12 2M 25 15 40-60 43.00 

508C 14 2]4 25 22 100 50.00 

508D 16 3K 25 30 150-200 70.00 

SHALLOW CONE FOR DISTRIBUTION BELOW THE 

HORIZONTAL 




Made with collars for standard 2J4-inch shade rollers. 

Approx. Size of List 
Std. Wt. Lbs. Lamps, Price 
Pkg. Std. Pkg. Watts per 100 

25 18 40-60 $48.00 

DEEP CONE FOR EXTENSIVE DISTRIBUTION 



List 


Diam. 


No. 


Inches 


507C 


12 




For local light distribution over machines, work benches, 
tables, office use, etc. 

Made with collars for standard 2^-inch shade holders. 



List 
No. 


Diam. 
Inches 


Std. 
Pkg. 


Approx. 
Wt. Lbs. 
Std. Pkg. 


Size of 
Lamp, 
Watts 


List 

Price 

per 100 


547A 
547 B 
547C 


8 

10 
12 


25 
25 
25 


9 
12 
17 


25 
25-40 
40-60 


S23 . 30 
27.20 
50.00 






232 



Northern Electric 






BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Benjamin Gymnasium Fixture 

With R.L.M. Dome Reflector 




No. 6300 

A completely guarded RLM dome fixture of good appear- 
ance, for locations where the lighting fixtures are subjected to 
frequent jars and hard knocks. 

This fixture is particularly suitable for gymnasiums, in- 
door baseball courts, volley ball courts, indoor sport arenas 
and similar locations. 

Special features of this fixture are: 

1. Longer life for reflector and lamp, as they are completely 

enclosed by a heavy gauge metal canopy and a heavy 
basket type wire guard. 

2. Good illumination. Standard RLM Dome Reflector 

assures good illumination over horizontal and ver- 
tical surfaces. 

3. Easy lamp removal. It is not necessary to remove guard 

for lamp replacement. A large opening in the bottom 
of the guard permits passage of lamp. 

4. Easy cleaning. The loosening of three thumb set screws 

allows complete removal of guard and gives free 
access to reflector. 

5. Attractive appearance. Canopy and guard are finished 

in white paint enamel. 

Construction. Each unit consists of heavy gauge steel 
canopy and wire guard, medium or mogul base keyless socket, 
standard RLM dome reflector, and four steel straps for attach- 
ing to the ceiling. The canopy attaches to the straps by means 
of 4 large machine screws which are furnished. 

Finish. Steel canopy and wire guard are white paint enam- 
elled. Reflector is white porcelain enamelled steel. 



Std. Pkg. 
Std. Shpg. 
Pkg. Wgt. 



List 
Price 



List Size of 

No. Lamps, Watts Description 

6300 200 With Medium Base 

Receptacle 4 

6301 300-500 With Mogul Base 

Receptacle 2 55 

No. 6300 diameter 24", depth 9&", reflector diameter 16". 
No. 6301 diameter 24", depth 13^", reflector diameter 18". 
Prices do not include wires or lamps. 



85 $13. 00 



19.00 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Pit Lighting Fixtures 







No. 5715 



HEAVY 

WIRE GUARD 



HEAT RES'SriNG 



COVER 
ATTACHING 
BOLT 

HEAVY 
CA5T IRON 
COVER FRAME 




TAPPED FOR 
^INCH 

CONDUIT 



RECTANGULAR 

HEAVY CAST 

IRON eox 



double Rubber 
gasket makes 
gas tight 
joint between 
cover and box 



MEDIUM BASE 
PORCELAIN 

SOCKET 
RECEPTACLE 



SPECIAL TROUGH 
Shaped PORCELAIN 
ENAMELEO STEEL 
REFLECTOR 



100 o» 150 
WATT 

LAMP 



TAPPED fOH 
*'l INCH 
CONDUIT 



For lighting railroad pits, electric and bus line service pits 
automobile service pits, hydraulic car greasing lifts, washinj . 
racks, viaducts, tunnels and similar locations. Suitable fo 
built-in or surface installations. 

The Benjamin Pit Light does an unusually effective lighting 
job. When installed according to recommendations, the unit: 
will uniformly illuminate both the entire pit area and th< 
under chassis of the vehicle to be serviced. 

Designed for the severest service, either in or out-of-doors 
the Pit Lighting Unit can be relied upon to stand up inde 
finitely under more than normal abuse. Special Benjamii 
features permit proper maintenance at a low cost. 

In pits without side walls, units can be suspended bj 
means of lugs, provided with the fixture. 

Gas-Proof and Water-Tight 
The Benjamin Pit Lighting Fixture is entirely water-tigh 
and gas-proof. All joints of the fixture are effectively sealer 
against gas, vapor, water and moisture. A heavy duty, moldef 
rubber gasket is used to seal the joint between the covei 
frame and the body of the fixture. 

Unusually Sturdy Construction 
Outer rectangular box is of cast iron and cover frame is ol 
the same material. Heat-resisting glass lens, mounted ii 
cover frame, is protected from mechanical injury by heavj 
wire guard. 

Easy to Maintain 
The taking out of one screw allows wire guard to be swunj 
back for easy cleaning of smooth outer surface of cover glass 
The removal of two screws and the loosening of two other: 
allow the removal of the cover, including cover glass anc 
guard, for relamping of fixture. 

Tapping and Finish 
Boxes are tapped at both ends for H inch conduit standarc 
— % inch if specified. 

Finish — Reflecting surface is white porcelain: box anc 
cover are dead black; wire guard is tinned dipped. 

Ship. 
Dimensions in Inches Wgt. 

Lbs., List 
Dpth Lgth Width Each Price I 

Q l A 12H &H 31 $13. vA 



List 
No. 

5715 



Size of Lamp, 
Watts 



100, 150 
Prices do not include Wires or Lamps 



Northern Electric 



233 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Duo-Service Floodlight 

A Combination Floodlighting Projector and Diffusing 

Reflector 




No. 5763 

RECOMMENDED FOR LIGHTING OF 

Gasoline Service Stations 

Floodlighting the building and simultaneous general 
hting of the service areas and driveways. 

Gardens and Parks 

Floodlighting statues or monuments while providing at the 
ne time general illumination for adjacent surroundings. 

Amusement Parks 

General lighting of the board walk and the front of stand 
l ile at the same time floodlighting racks or objects at the 
ck of stand. 

Used Car Lots 

General illumination of the lot and simultaneous flood- 
hting of groups of cars to which particular attention is to 
directed. 

Barbecue Stands 

General lighting of the parking area and floodlighting the 
ilding. 

Beaches 

General lighting of a beach and floodlighting the diving 
md or float. 

Golf Practice Courses 

General lighting of the tees and adjacent areas while at the 
ne time floodlighting the fairway. 

Coal and Material Handling Yards 

General lighting with the beam centered on the weighing 
tie, or to call attention to some particular hazard. 

rhe Benjamin Duo-Service Floodlight gives an opportunity 
meet the modern requirements of illuminating and flood- 
hting outdoor areas by providing: 

\. Uniform general illumination of a ground area, with the 
lultaneous floodlighting, to a higher intensity, of a vertical 
face within or close to the ground area, as shown below. 

3. Uniform general illumination of a ground area, while at 
: same time floodlighting, to a higher intensity, an area or 
"izontal surface within or close to the area of general illu- 
nation. 

r. Uniform general illumination of a ground area, while at 
! same time floodlighting a horizontal surface at some 
tance from the general area. 

High Intensity Floodlighting Beam 
\ special highly-polished metal projector of high reflecting 
ue, utilizing a portion of the light from a 1000 watt stand- 
1 clear Mazda lamp, produces a floodlighting beam of about 
000 candles that will centre immediate attention upon the 
ect or area to be emphasized. The balance of the light 
m the lamp is used for general illumination of the surround- 
area by the diffusing reflector. 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Duo-Service Floodlight 

A Combination Floodlighting Projector and Diffusing 

Reflector 

DUO-SERVICE FLOODLIGHT 

No. 5763 

Reflector — Specially shaped heavy-gauge metal reflector is 
finished inside and out in Benjamin porcelain enamel. 

Projector — Highly polished chromium-plated projector is 
permanently positioned behind lamp in the reflector. 

Hood — Heavy cast aluminum hood encloses the easy-to- 
wire porcelain socket. Hood cover has thumb-screw adjust- 
ment for focusing lamp to projector. 

Bracket Arm — Universally adjustable bracket arm of cast 
aluminum is supplied with cast iron ball-type ornament. 
Bracket fits over standard 1 34-inch iron pipe and is held in 
position by two set screws. 

Finish — Reflector is finished green outside, white inside; 
projector is highly polished chromium finish; all metal fittings 
not cast aluminum are cadmium plated. 

BENJAMIN DIFFUSING FLOODLIGHT 

No. 5765 

Benjamin Diffusing Floodlight — the Duo-Service Flood- 
light without the chromium-plated projector — may be effec- 
tively utilized where additional general illumination of ground 
areas is required or where the concentrated floodlighting 
beam from the projector is not desired. 

Duo-Service Floodlight 

Shipping 

List Size of Lamp Std. Wgt., Lbs. List 

No. Watts Pkg. Std. Pkg. Price 

5763 750-1000-1500 1 34 840. 00 

Diffusing Floodlight 

Shipping 
List Size of Lamp Std. Wgt., Lbs. List 

No. Watts Pkg. Std. Pkg. Price 

5765 750-1000-1500 1 32 $32 . 53 

DUO-SERVICE FLOODLIGHT SPREAD BEAM TYPE 

(No. 5764) 
With Inner Reflector of Oxidized Aluminum 

The application of this Benjamin Duo-Service Floodlight 
is the floodlighting of a building or other vertical surface and 
the simultaneous general lighting of the surrounding ground 
area. 

In many cases the Benjamin Duo-Service Floodlight, 
Number 5763, cannot be mounted a sufficient distance back 
from the building or vertical surface to be floodlighted to 
permit the effective utilization of the high candle power, 
concentrated, floodlighting beam. As a solution to the flood- 
lighting problem in such instances, the New Spread Beam 
Duo-Service Floodlight, Number 5764, is recommended. It is 
identical in construction with Number 5763, previously 
described, except that an aluminum spread type inner reflec- 
tor, finished in a special aluminum oxide, is provided in place 
of the chromium finished inner projector. 

Area Effectively Lighted By One Unit 



Mounting 








Height 


fA 


tB 


tc 


of Unit 








20' 


50' . 


83' 


70' 


22' 


55' 


92' 


77' 


24' 


60' 


100' 


84' 


26' 


65' 


108' 


91' 


28' 


70' 


117' 


98' 


30' 


75' 


127' 


105' 



Shipping 
List Size of Lamp Std. Wgt., Lbs. List 

No. Watts Pkg. Std. Pkg. Price 

5764 750, 1000, 1500 1 33 $35.00 

fFor explanation of A, B, C, see introduction to this unit in 
previous column. 















234 



Northern Electric 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
"Play Area" Floodlights 




No. 5752 

The Benjamin Play Area Floodlight, List No. 5752, is an 
open-type, wide angle, diffusing floodlight with a reflecting 
surface of special diffusing porcelain enamel in combination 
with an inner reflector of oxidized aluminum. 

This distinctive design results in high initial efficiency and 
improved control of the light. As both the porcelain enamel 
and oxidized aluminum reflecting surfaces are impervious to 
the deterioration of weather and other atmospheric conditions, 
their high efficiency is maintained over a long period. 

The Benjamin Play-Area Floodlight meets the following 
modern requirements of lighting for outdoor sports and recre- 
ation: 

A. Provides uniform and strong illumination on the ground 

to the front and sides of the unit. 

B. Directs adequate light on vertical surfaces to be illum- 

inated, such as players, apparatus and other objects. 

C. Directs part of the light into the upper areas, permitting 

players and spectators to follow an object in flight, 
such as a baseball or football. 

D. Minimizes annoying glare by shielding the lamp, and 

prevents it from interfering with the vision of players 
or spectators. 

For Lighting: 

Football and athletic fields, baseball diamonds, miniature 
golf courses, race tracks, horseshoe pitching courts 
playgrounds, swimming pools, tennis courts, golf prac- 
tice greens, bathing beaches, croquet courts, pitch and 
putt golf courses, parking lots, barbecue stands, indus- 
trial yard areas. 

In addition to its particular suitability for lighting sport 
and recreational areas, this floodlight also has many com- 
mercial and industrial applications, such as lighting certain 
types of gasoline service stations and industrial yards. 

Fully Adjustable 

A wide range of adjustment, both horizontally and verti- 
cally, is provided by the rugged mounting bracket of the 
Benjamin Play-Area Floodlight. The light cut-off of the 
reflector, at the front, can be raised or lowered over an angle 
of 30 degrees; a positive clamping mechanism in the bracket 
locks the fixture at any desired position throughout this range. 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
"Play Area" Floodlights 




A — Lateral Positioning Set Screws 
B — Vertical Positioning Adjustments 
C — Bracket Arm Cover 

Strong and Weatherproof 
The Benjamin Play-Area Floodlight is ruggedly and 
durably constructed for outdoor service and is absolutely 
weatherproof. The reflector is porcelain enamelled inside 
and out — it never requires painting or refinishing and is easily 
cleaned with soap and water. The inner reflector, of alumi- 
num oxide finish, is non-corrosive. Hood and mounting 
bracket are durable aluminum castings. 

Easy to Wire and Install 1 

Unique design of the hood and bracket assembly reduces' 
time in wiring and assures a neat, workmanlike job with all 
leads enclosed. Loosening of four screws, two in the hood cap 
and two in the bracket cover, permits quick removal of these 
parts for access to the leads and wiring connections. 

The easy-to-wire, Mogul base porcelain socket is removable 
with the hood cap. The bracket arm cover is grooved to 
receive the wire leads so that when cover and hood cap arc 
assembled in position the wiring is completely enclosed and 
protected. 

Reflector — A specially designed floodlighting shape with 
a reflecting surface of highly efficient, special diffusing porce- 
lain enamel which minimizes glare from specular reflection. 

Inner Reflector — Of aluminum oxide finish is permanentl) 
positioned behind the lamp. 

Bracket Arm — Bracket arm is a rugged aluminum casting 
with a ball ornament of cast iron. Bracket mounts directl) 
over a \ l A inch iron pipe mast and is locked in position by twc 
set screws. 

Hood — Rugged cast aluminum hood assembly carries tin 
porcelain socket. 

Socket— Easy-to-wire Mogul base porcelain socket- 
National Electrical Code and Canadian Electrical Cod< 
standard. 

Finish — Reflector is finished in porcelain enamel — greei 
outside, white inside. Inner reflector is non-corrosive alumi 
num oxide. All metal fittings are aluminum castings o 
finished in cadmium plate to resist corrosion. 

List Size of Lamp Standard Approx. Ship. Wgt. List 
No. in Watts Package Lbs., Stand. Pkg. Price 

5752 750,1000,1500 1 33 $32. 51 

Prices do not include Wires or Lamps 



I 



Northern Etectric 



235 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Dust Tight Glass Covers 




No. 6412 

he efficiency of any lighting system, especially in those 
tions where excessive dust and dirt is present, is dependent 
n thorough and frequent cleaning of the lighting equip- 

he Benjamin Dust Tight Glass Cover readily attaches to 
jamin Reflector Equipment and affords an economical 
tiod of keeping the reflectors clean. With the Dust Tight 
er, it is necessary only to wipe off the smooth outer surface 
he glass disc, as compared with cleaning the lamp and 
cting surfaces of open reflector equipment, 
here combustible fibres or materials producing com- 
ible flyings are handled or manufactured, the Benjamin 
t Tight Cover attached to the bottom of Benjamin 
ectors will keep particles from collecting on hot lamps, 
equired by the Canadian and National Electrical Code. 
;e hazardous locations include textile mills, cotton gins, 
Iworking plants and similar establishments, 
lis cover attached to Benjamin one piece lighting equip- 
t will provide the best general illumination, while sealing 
)s and reflecting surfaces against quantities of dust 
cting. 

Ease of Attachment 

le cover is put on by first releasing the locking lever, 
h expands the band to its greatest diameter. Then the 
I is hooked over the reflector bead, and the cover is 
ed up until the band engages the reflector bead on all 
. With cover in proper position for gripping reflector 
, the locking lever is snapped into closed position. 

Light Weight 

te cover in most cases weighs less than the reflector, 
is easily handled. 

Dependable Service at all Times 

ie ingenious locking lever with compression spring gives 
ive tension on the band of the cover at all times. It is 
ally impossible for the cover to work loose from the 
tor, for, with the compression spring principle, the 
3n will never be released, even if the spring breaks. 

£LM Dome, Shallow Bowl, Deep Bowl, and Symmetrical 

Angle Reflectors 

PLETE COVER WITH BAND, GLASS DISC AND 

GASKET 



>t 
>. 
2 
4 
6 
8 



For List List Ship. 

Reflector No. of No. of Wgt. 



Dia. 

12' 

14" 

16" 

18" 



Glass Gasket Lbs. 
6462 6482 12 
6464 6484 16 
6466 6486 21 
6468 6488 24 



Standard 


List 


Package 


Price 


5 


$3.75 


5 


4.25 


5 


5.00 


5 


5.75 



ASKET ONLY 



Size 
12" 

14" 
16 " 
18" 



Ship. Wt. List 



Oz. 

9 



Price 

SO. 80 

.90 

1.00 

1.20 



GLASS DISC ONLY 

Standard List Ship. Wgt. List 
Package No. Lbs. Price 



5 
5 
5 
5 



6462 
6464 
6466 
6468 



13 

23 
36 



.00 
1.25 
1.50 
1.75 



BENJAMIN GUARDS 
Locking Lamp Guard 

Attachable to Dome or Bowl Type Reflectors with Bead 




No. 1388 Guard only 

Construction. Heavy steel wire guard with welded joints 
and steel clamp for attaching to bead of reflector. No tools 
are required for attaching to reflector. Diameter given is 
that of the reflector which the guard fits. For padlock with 
two keys add 65 cents, list. 

Finish. Bright tin applied after welding parts. Clamp is 
cadmium plated. 

List Size in Inches Std. List 

No. Dia. Depth Pkg. Price 

1383 10 2% 10 $1.20 

1386...., 12 3% 10 1.50 

1388 14 5 10 1.80 

1390 15 6% 10 2.00 

1392 16 4% 10 2.10 

1394 18 6M 10 2.50 

1396 20 4 10 3.00 

Prices in every case are for the guard only. 






No. 1415 



No. 1400 



No. 31002B 



Guard for Fixture Globe 

For Moisture and Dust Proof Fixture 

Construction. Guard has a wide mesh of heavy tinned wire, 
and screws on outside of Moisture and Dustproof Fixtures, 
List Nos. 663-DT and 657-DT. 

Finish. Bright tin applied after welding parts. 

Shpg. 
List Wgt. Std. List 

No. Description Lbs. Pkg. Price 

1415 For Fixtures List Nos. 663-DT 

and 657-DT 6 10 $1 . 30 

Prices in every case are for guard only. 

Outlet Box Lamp Guard 

This guard is to protect a lamp attached directly to outlet 
box, and is particularly adapted for use on low ceilings, side 
walls, foot lights, etc. 

Construction. Guard base has supporting screw holes to 
correspond to those in outlet box cover, and is slotted to fit 
either 3M inch or 4 inch boxes. Will take 40 to 60 watt lamps. 

Finish. Bright tin applied after welding parts. 

1400 4 5% 8 10 $0.90 

Prices in every case are for guard only. 





















236 



Northern Etectric 



BENJAMIN FITTINGS 



\S 








i i 

No. 3380 

(Outlet Box and Conduit 
not furnished) 




No. 6030 



No. 3360 




No. 6202 

45° Ball Fixture Aligner 

Outlet Box Cover Type 

List No. 3380 Ball Fixture Aligner, although permitting 
the fixture to hang plumb and protecting it against mechanical 
jars and shocks, is comparatively inexpensive, costing no 
more than an ordinary outlet box cover and fixture stud. It 
consists of a cast iron ball, which is mounted between two 
riveted steel plates. Ball, which is tapped for Y 2 inch iron 
pipe, has hexagon neck, which affords a convenient means for 
gripping and holding ball when iron pipe is screwed in. Cover 
attaches directly to standard 3K or 4 inch outlet boxes by 
means of two screws. Finish is galvanized. 

Ship. 
List For Size Wgt.,Lbs. Std. List 

No. Description Box Tapped Std. Pkg. Pkg. Price 
3380 Aligner only, Std. 
with steel 334 and 
cover 4 inch y 2 " 9 10 SO. 45 



Aligner with Shock Absorber 

Outlet Box Cover Type 
Benjamin Aligner and Shock Absorber, List No. 3366, has 
shock absorbing feature and flexible knuckle, permitting 
fixture to hang plumb. Mounting screw holes are elongated. 
Fitting is supported by a steel cover, which fastens to stand- 
ard 4 inch outlet boxes. Finish is galvanized. 

Ship. 
List For Size 

No. Description Box Tapped 
3366 Aligner with Std. 

steel cover 4 inch y 2 " 



Wgt., Lbs. 
Std. Pkg. 



Std. 
Pkg. 



List 
Price 



8 



10 $1.00 



Shock Absorber Suspension Fitting 

Ship. 

List Size Wgt., Lbs. Std. List 

No. Description Tapped Std. Pkg. Pkg. Price 

6030 Galvanized Iron y 2 " 11 10 $0.90 

Shock Absorber Cross Arm 

Ship. 

List Size Wgt.. Lbs. Std. List 

No. Description Tapped Std. Pkg. Pkg. Price 

6202 With Shock Absorber V 2 " 20 10 $ 1.40 

6200 Less Shock Absorber y 2 " 19 10 1.30 



BENJAMIN WEATHERPROOF FITTING 




No. 6203 

Cross Arm 

With Porcelain Wire Openings 



List 
No. 

6203 
6205 



Std. 






Pkg. 
Bottom Top Shpg. 
Thread Tapped Wgt. 


Std. 
Pkg. 


Lis 

Pn 


M* M" 30 

V 2 " H" 28 


10 
10 


SI. VI 

1 .'. 





No. (3037M 



No. 6039M 



Clamp Type Cable Suspension Fitting 

With Cross Arm 

This type of Benjamin Cable Suspension Fitting is equippi 
with a cross arm, having porcelain knobs at each end f 
supporting current carrying wires. A hook type clamp 
provided which accommodates ^ inch to 3^ inch diamet 
messenger cable. Iron parts are galvanized finish. 

Std. Pkg. 
, Size Shpg. 

Tapped Wgt. 

22 
(Male) 22 

Without Cross Arm 
The Benjamin Cable Suspension Fitting without the Crc 
Arm is similar in other respects to the above type. Iron pai 
are galvanized finish. 

6038 M" 15 10 $1. 

6039M W (Male) 15 10 1. 

Prices in every case are for fittings only and do not inclu 
wires, reflectors or lamps. 



List 
No. 

6036. . 
6037M 






Std. 


Lm 


Pkg. 


Pri 


10 


si.. 


10 


1 .' 






No. 6029 



No. 6028 



No. 603 1M No. 604! 



Suspension Fittings 

Suspension Fittings 

With Non-Insulated Wire Openings 

Std. Pkg. 
List Size Shpg. Std. 

No. Tapped Wgt. Pkg. 

6029 Y 2 " 9% 10 

6028 y 2 " 5Y 2 10 

With Porcelain Wire Openings 

Std. Pkg. 

List Size Shpg. Std. 

No. Tapped Wgt. Pkg. 

6031 y 2 " 10M 10 

6031M y 2 " (Male) 11 10 

6049M y 2 " (Male) 14M 10 

6049V %" (Male) 15 10 



Lis 

Pr 
SO. 



L 

Pr 

$0. 

1. 
1. 
1 




■ 



Northern Electric 



237 



HAMIN WEATHERPROOF FITTINGS 





No. 5025 No. 5026 

Pole and Wall Fittings 



st No. 5025 has curved back to fit pole, and both styles 
: wire entrance slots for internal wiring. 

Ship. 
Size 
Tapped 



List 
No. 


Kind o: 
Fitting 


5025 
5026 


Pole 
Wall 



Wgt.,Lbs. 

Std. Pkg. 

10 

8 



Std. 
Pkg. 

10 
10 



List 
Price 

§0.35 
.35 







No. 5027 


No. 5031 






St 


Wall Fittings 

Ship. 
Size Wgt., Lbs. 
Description Tapped Std. Pkg. 


Std. 
Pkg. 


List 
Price 


7 
3 

1 

2 


Without Wire 

openings 

Without Wire 

With wire openings. 
With wire openings. 

Iron part 


3 A" 15 

Vl" 15 

%" 18 

s are galvanized 


10 

10 
10 
10 


SO . 65 

.65 
l.lo 
1.15 



1 



No. 5040 

Iron Brackets 

With Wall Fitting 



st 
o. 

6 



Size 
Pipe 

%" 



Std. 
Lgth 
40" 



a 



Description 
With Brace. . 
Ball Fitting 

only 



Std. 

Pkg. 

10 

10 



Ship. 

Wgt., Lbs. 

Std. Pkg. 

83 



List 
Price 
S4.00 

.55 




List 

No. 

5036 
5037 



40 x 3 



No. 5036 

Iron Goosenecks 

Without Fitting 

Ship. 
List No. Wgt., Lbs. 
Fitting Std. Pkg. 

23 

55 



Size in 
Inches 

30 x H 

4 



Std. 


List 


Pkg. 


Price 


10 


SI. 00 


10 


1.50 



BENJAMIN WEATHERPROOF FITTINGS 




List 
No. 

6180 



No. 6180 



Iron Mast Arm 

With Chains and %'x.M* Fitting 

Sh'p'g Wgt. 
Std. Addit. Size Lbs. Std. 

Length Per Ft. Pipe Std. Pkg. Pkg. 

. ... 36" SO. 80 M" 105 10 

Mast arms furnished up to 10 feet in length 

All iron parts are galvanized. 



List 
Price 

S3 . 50 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Ben-ox (Interchangeable) Devices 

Keyless, 660 watts, 600 volts; Pull Chain, 660 watts, 
250 volts — Medium Base. 



ffVOPffWlMp 





No. 4980 



No. 4712 Socket 





No. 4706 Socket No. 4975 

KEYLESS SOCKETS 

With Clamping Ring — For Use Without Reflector 

Std. Pkg. 
List Size Wgt. Std. List 

No. Finish Tapped Lbs. Pkg. Price 

4700 Nat. Copper M" 4 10 SI. 10 

4701 Nat. Copper %" 4 10 1.10 

Without Clamping Ring — For Use With Reflector 

4712 Nat. Copper V 2 " 4 10 SO. 95 

4713 Nat. Copper %' 4 10 .95 

PULL CHAIN SOCKETS 

4706 Nat. Copper V 2 " 6 10 $2. 10 

4707 Nat. Copper %' 6 10 2. 10 

KEYLESS TYPE CAST OUTLET BOX FITTINGS 

With Clamping Ring — For Use Without Reflector 

Screw Std. Pkg. 

List For Hole Flange Wgt. Std. List 

No. (Kind of Box) Centers Dia. Lbs. Pkg. Price 

4970 Regular 4"... %W V/ 2 " 13 10 $1.25 

Without Clamping Ring — For Use With Reflector 
4980 Regular 4"... ZV 2 " V/ 2 " 13 10 SI. 10 

PULL CHAIN TYPE CAST OUTLET BOX FITTINGS 
4975 Regular 4"... 3V 2 " 4^" 15 10 $2.10 












238 



Northern Electric 






BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
Sockets for Reflectors 

("X" Type and "Sturdox Type") 

The sockets on this page are listed for replacement on Ben- 
jamin "X Type" and "Sturdox Type" Lighting Equipment. 
The styles of equipment on which they are used are shown 
by the group headings. 




1500 



88 .. 
4657 Y 2 



No. 4651 

Keyless Socket 

Medium Base— 660 watts, 600 volts. Mogul Base- 
watts, 600 volts. 

This socket is of two-piece porcelain and is supplied with 
Benjamin Lamp Grip. 

For "X Type" Reflectors 
Size Std. Pkg. 

List Tapped Shipping Std. 

No. Ins. Description Wgt. 

4651 Yi Medium Base Socket and 

X Type Fitting 7J^ 

Medium Base Socket with- 
out X Type Fitting. ... 8 
Mogul Base Socket and 

X Type Fitting ... 12 H 

Mogul Base Socket with- 
out X Type Fitting. ... 10 

For "Sturdox Type" Reflectors 
Medium Base Socket with 

XR Type Fitting. ..... 10H 

Medium Base Socket with- 
out XR Type Fitting. . 8 
Mogul Base Socket, XR 

Type Fitting 12^ 

Mogul Base Socket less 
XR Type Fitting 10 



698 

4505 
4511 
4506 
4515 



Vi 



l A 



Pkg. 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 
10 
10 
10 



List 
Price 

SI. 05 

.60 

1.50 

1.05 

SI. 05 

.60 

1.50 



1.05 




No. 4676 

Shock Absorbing Keyless Socket 

For "X Type" and "Sturdox Type" Reflectors 

Size Std. Pkg. 

List Tapped Shipping Std. List 

No. Ins. Description Wgt. Pkg. Price 

4767 Yi Medium Base Socket 

and X Type Fitting. 9J^ 10 $1.15 
4670 Yi Mogul Base Socket and 

X Type Fitting 12^ 10 1.60 

Standard tapping for sockets is Yi inch iron pipe size. 
Sockets will be supplied tapped for % or % inch pipe at no 
extra charge when specified on order. 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 

Sockets for Reflectors 




!h 

p 

f,0l 



: 



SELF-ACTING 
LAMP LOCK 

INSERT KEY HERE 
TO RELEASE LAMP 
No. 4528 

Self-Locking — Medium Base Socket 

660 Watts, 600 Volts 

This socket locks automatically when a lamp is screwed in. 

The key must be used to remove the lamp. 

The body only, List No. 586, which contains the self- 
locking feature, may be substituted for the body of Socket 
No. 88 in fixtures now in use. This can be accomplished with- 
out touching the wiring. 

Key, List No. 1399, is furnished only with an original 
installation of Benjamin Self-Locking Sockets. Additional 
keys may be purchased only on order of an executive officer 
or member of a firm having such an installation. 

For "X Type" and "Sturdox Type" Reflectors 
Size Std. Pkg. 

List Tapped Shipping Std. List 

No. Ins. Description Wgt. Pkg. Price 

4528 Vi Socket and XTvpe Fitting 9H 10 $1.5c 
86 . . Socket without X Type 

Fitting 8 10 Lit 

586 . . Locking Body Element 

only 6 10 .9( 

1399 .. Key only y 2 1 1.0( 

Self-Locking — Shock Absorbing Socket 
4548 Yi Socket and X Type Fitting 10 10 1.6! 

* 







III 

I 

I 



No. 4661 

Pull Chain — Medium Base Socket 

660 Watts, 250 Volts 
This socket has two-piece molded composition body. Th 
pull chain, as well as all other interior parts, is thorough! 
insulated and, when installed in Benjamin Reflector Equip 
ment, it can be used outdoors. Regularly supplied witl 
Benjamin Lamp Grip. 

For "X Type" and "Sturdox Type" Reflectors 
Size Std. Pkg. 

List Tapped _ Shipping Std. 

No. Ins. Description Wgt. Pkg. 

4661 Yi Socket, stirrup, X Type 

Fitting 8 10 SI. 8 

Standard tapping for sockets is V£ inch iron pipe size 
Sockets will be supplied tapped for % or Y% inch pipe at n 
extra charge when specified on order. 



List 
Pric 






I 



Northern Electric 



239 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 

Type 79" 



t< 



LAMP HOLDERS AND FITTINGS 

rhe lamp holder assemblies shown are for use in Benjamin 
ype 79" Reflector Equipment. 

These assemblies can be assembled to the reflector in a few 
iiple operations. First, the lamp holder only is slipped 
rough the reflector neck into notches provided in the top of 
i reflector. Then, the bayonet plate, with attaching screws 
d gasket, is set on top of the reflector with the screws lined 
with the openings pierced in the reflector top. These screws 
\ then turned down until they engage the threaded openings 
yvided in the lamp holder base. In this manner the reflector 
rigidly supported between the lamp holder top and the 
yonet plate of the assembly. 





No. 2751 



No. 2752 



KEYLESS LAMP HOLDER ASSEMBLY 

Medium Base— 660 Watts, 600 Volts 
Mogul Base— 1500 Watts, 600 Volts 

<o. 2751 Assembly is standard equipment for Benjamin 
dium Base, and the No. 2760 for Benjamin Mogul Base 
ype 79" Reflector Equipment. 

Assembly consists of a one-piece porcelain keyless medium 

nogul base lamp holder and a "Type 79" bayonet attaching 

te with composition gasket and attaching screws. Plate 

1 screws are Cadmium plated. 

Ship. 
Wgt., Lbs. 
Description Std. Pkg. 

Medium Base Complete 
Assembly 8H 

Mogul Base Complete 

Assembly 13H 



st 

0. 

1 





Std. 
Pkg. 


List 
Price 


10 


SO . 55 


10 


1.10 



Pull Chain" Medium Base Lamp Holder 

Assembly 

660 Watts, 250 Volts 

io. 2752 Pull Chain Lamp Holder Assembly, with the 
usive "Benjamin Inner Pull Feature," provides a reliable 
hod of individually controlling Benjamin Medium Base 
■pe 79" Reflector Equipment. 

ssembly consists of a one-piece medium base porcelain 

p holder and a "Type 79" bayonet attaching plate with 

position gasket and attaching screws. Attaching plate 

screws are Cadmium plated. 

Ship, 
it Wgt., Lbs. Std. List 

). Description Std. Pkg. Pkg. Price 

J Complete Assembly 8V 2 10 SI . 35 



BENJAMIN REFLECTORS 
"Type 79" 

LAMP HOLDERS AND FILLINGS (Continued) 





No. 2753 



SELF ACTING' 
LAMP LOCK 

INSERT KEY HERE 
TO RELEASE LAMP 

No. 2754 



SHOCK ABSORBING LAMP HOLDER ASSEMBLY 

Medium Base, 660 watts, 600 volts. Mogul Base, 1500 
watts, 600 volts. 

Benjamin Shock Absorbing Lamp Holders, List No. 2753 
and List No. 2762, lengthen lamp life by guarding the lamp 
filament against the vibration, jars and shocks encountered in 
every location. They are suitable for use in all Benjamin 
"Type 79" Reflector Equipment. 

Assembly consists of a one-piece porcelain medium or mogul 
base keyless lamp holder, with shock absorbing spring, and a 
"Type 79" bayonet attaching plate with composition gasket 
and attaching screws. Plate and screws are cadmium plated. 



List 
No. 

2753 



Description 

Medium Base, Complete 
Assembly 10 



Std. Pkg. 
Shpg. Std. 
Wgt. Pkg 



2762 Mogul Base, Complete 

Assembly 13 



10 



10 



List 
Price 



SO . 65 



1.20 



SELF-LOCKING MEDIUM BASE LAMP HOLDER 

ASSEMBLY 

660 watts, 600 volts 

Self-Locking Lamp Holders prevent unauthorized removal 
of lamps. The socket locks automatically as the lamp is 
screwed in, but Key List No. 1399 is required for removal. 

List No. 2754 Self-Locking Lamp Holder Assembly may be 
used in all Medium Base Benjamin "Type 79" Reflector 
Equipment. 

Assembly consists of a medium base porcelain lamp holder 
with self-locking feature, and a "Type 79" bayonet attaching 
plate with composition gasket and attaching screws. Attach- 
ing plate and screws are cadmium plated. 



List 
No. 



Std. Pkg. 

Shpg. 

Wgt. 



Description 

275-4 Complete Assembly ll}4 

1399 Key only, for releasing lamp 



Std. 
Pkg. 

10 

1 



List , 
Price 

SI. 05 
1.00 









240 



Northern Electric 



BENJAMIN "HEAVY DUTY" VAPOR 
PROOF LIGHTING FIXTURES 

These fixtures are ruggedly constructed, weather and vapor 
proof lighting units. Asbestos gaskets effectually seal the 
hood, globe and reflector against the entrance of vapors, and a 
stuffing gland in the hood seals the wire entrance. Hoods are 
rugged iron castings designed to accommodate threaded copper 
neck of heavy gauge steel reflectors. Lower portion of two- 
piece hood can be unscrewed, providing easy access to the 
sturdy porcelain socket. 

Finish. Reflectors are finished in acid-resisting porcelain 
enamel, white inside, green outside, and hoods are green 
lacquered. 

Pendent Fixtures. Regularly supplied with hoods tapped 
H inch I.P.S., but % inch tapping will be supplied at no 
advance in list price if specified on order. 

Ceiling Fixtures. Regularly supplied with four slip holes for 
direct attachment to 4>£ inch vapor proof outlet boxes. If 
specified on order, hoods will be drilled to fit standard 4 inch 
outlet boxes. 

Wire Guards. Prices on request. 

Aluminum Hoods. Prices on fixtures with aluminum hoods 
can be furnished on request. 

Gaskets. No. 6535 gasket for use with No. 1062 globe— 
10 cents list price. No. 6537 gasket for use with No. 1063 
globe — 15 cents list price. 





No. 6501 



No. 6513 



Pendent Type 


Ceil 


List List 


List 


No. Price 


No. 


6500 $6 . 00 


6550 


6501 6.75 


6551 


6502 8 . 25 


6552 


6503 1 . 75 


6553 



WITH DOME REFLECTOR 



type Ship. 

List Wgt. 

Price Lbs. 

-70 87 

7-45 92 

8-95 9S 

H.45 1021 



Globe 
List 

No. 
1062 
1062 
1062 
1063 



List Lamp 

Nos. Watts 

6500 6550 75-100 

6501 6551 150 

6502 6552 200 

6503 6553 300-500 



Dimensions, 
Hgt. 



Refl. 


Fend. 


Dia. 


Type 


12 


U% 


14 


\\% 


16 


u% 


18 


i*H 



Ins. 

Hgt. 
Ceil. 
Type 

11 

11 

11 

143^ 



Std. 

Pkg 

10 

10 

10 

5 



WITH FLAT CONE REFLECTOR 

Pendent Type Ceiling Type Ship. 

List List List List Wet 

No. Price No. Price I £ 

6513 $6.00 6563 S6.75 go 

6514 6.75 6564 7.50 go 

6515 8.25 6565 9.00 '.'.'.'.'.'..'.'.'..'. my 2 

Dimensions, Ins. 

I ;=f T H &- H gt- 

h lst Lani P Refl. Pend. Ceil. 

*«?°!lwrt i ¥atts Dia - T yp e T ype 

6513 6563 75-100 14 l{& 11 

6514 6564 150 16 \\y. {} 

6515 6565 ..... 200 18 {{g {{ 

Prices do not include wires or lamps. 



Globe 
List 

No. 
1062 
1062 
1062 



Std. 
Pkg. 

10 

10 

10 



BENJAMIN "HEAVY DUTY" VAPOR W> 
PROOF LIGHTING FIXTURES H^ 





No. 6556 



No. 6518 



WITH BOWL REFLECTOR 



Pendent Type 
List List 

No. Price 

6506 $6 . 40 

6507 7 . 00 

6508 9 . 05 



Ceiling Type 



List 

No. 

6556 

6557 

6558 



List 

Price 

$7.10 

7.70 

9.75 



Ship. 
Wgt. 
Lbs. 

86 

91 

92 



Globe 
List 
No. 
1062 
1062 
1063 



List 

No. 

6506 

6507 

6508 



List 

No. 

6556 

6557 

6558 



Lamp 

Watts 

150 

200 
300-500 



Refl. 

Dia. 

9 

10 

12 



Dimensions 

Height Height 
Pend. 



Type 
11M 

15K 



Ceil. 
Type 

11 

11 

14M 



Std. 

Pkg. 
10 

10 

5 



WITH SYMMETRICAL ANGLE REFLECTOR 



Pendent Type 
List List 

No. Price 

6517 $6.50 

6518 7.25 

6519 10.00 



Ceiling Type 



List 
No. 

6567 
6568 
6569 



List 
Price 
S7 . 20 

7.95 
10.70 



Ship. 
Wgt. 
Lbs. 

91 

97 

97 



Globe 
List 
No. 
1062 
1062 
1063 



List 

No. 

6517 

6518 

6519 



List 

No. 

6567 

6568 

6569 



Lamp 

Watts 

75-100 

150-200 

300-500 



Refl. 

Dia. 
10 
12 
14 



Dimensions 

Height Height 



Pend. 
Type 
\1% 

18H 



Ceil. 
Type 

143^ 
17*$ 



Std. 
Pkg. 

10 

10 
5 





No. 6527 



No. 6577 



WITHOUT REFLECTOR 



Pendent Type 
List List 

No. Price 

6526 $3 . 75 

6527 4.20 

6528 5 . 60 



Ceiling Type 
List List 

No. Price 

6576 $4 . 45 

6577 4 90 

6578 6 . 30 



Ship, 
Wgt. 
Lbs. 

59 

71 

75 



Globe 
List 
No. 
1062 
1062 
1063 



Dimensions 



List 

No. 

6526 

6527 

6528 



List 
No. 

6576 
6577 
6578 



Lamp 

Watts 

50-100 

150-200 

300-500 



Globe 
Dia. 
6 
6 

8M 



Height Height 



Pend. 
Type 
20% 

15H 



Ceil. 

Type 
10 

10J-6 
14H 



Std. 

Pkg. 
10 

10 

5 



Northern Electric 



241 



iNJAMIN "1500 SERIES" VAPOR PROOF 

FIXTURES 



asnets maVe joints 

impervious to 03S or vapor 





No. 1545 

Fixtures with Reflector 

rhese fixtures have a heavy clear glass globe by which the 
ip is tightly enclosed as a protective measure. A single 
testos gasket provides a tight vapor proof joint between 
\ screw type glass enclosing globe and the copper holder 
ated in the reflector neck. 

rhe heavy gauge reflectors of the Benjamin "1500 Series" 
its are protected against the deteriorating effects of gases, 
nes and vapors by the complete coverage of all surface with 
d resisting porcelain enamel. 

r ixtures are designed for conduit suspension and are turn- 
ed with easy-to-wire keyless sockets with lamp grips. The 
Type" flange and nut fitting is sealed at the top of the 
ector by means of a composition gasket on the inside of the 
ector and an impregnated asbestos gasket on the outside, 
ting is regularly supplied tapped for Yi inch conduit, but 
I be supplied with % inch tapping at no extra charge if 
dried on order. 

•inish — Acid Resisting Porcelain Enamel, white inside and 
en outside. 

"ixtures for Outlet Box Mounting can be supplied at 70 
ts additional list price if type of outlet box for use with, 
cified on order. 






No. 1555 



No. 1523 



No. 1538 



ze of 

amp, 

fatts 

D-100 

150 

200 

3-500 



WITH DOME REFLECTOR 
Angle of cut-off 17}^ degrees 

Dimensions in Inches List No. Ship 



List 
No. 

1543f 
1544 f 

1545f 
1546t 



5td. Pkg. 10 



List 

Price 

S 6.00 

6.75 

8.25 

10.75 



Dia. 
"A" 

12 

14 

16 

18 



Hgt. 
"B" 



"C" 
6 

6 

i. 



of 
Globe 
1062 
1062 
1063 
1063 



Wgt. 

Lbs. 

68 

79 

113 

69 



X Std. Pkg. 5 

WITH FLAT CONE REFLECTOR 

1553 $ 6.00 14 11 V 2 6 1062 

1555 6.75 16 liy 2 



6 



1062 



8.25 18 13K &H 1063 



68 
79 
93 



3-100 

150 

200 1558 

td. Pkg. 10. 

WITH SYMMETRICAL ANGLE REFLECTOR 
)-200 1523f $ 7.25 10 13% 6 1062 60 

)-500 1524 J 10.00 14 16M % l A 1063 38 

Jtd. Pkg. 10 JStd. Pkg. 5. 

WITH BOWL REFLECTOR 

>-200 1538 $ 7.00 10 11^ 6 1062 60 

td. Pkg. 10. 

rices on Wire Guards for these fixtures can be supplied on 
lest. 

rices do not include wires or lamp?. 



BENJAMIN "1500 SERIES" VAPOR PROOF 

FIXTURES 






No. 5020 



FIXTURE WITHOUT REFLECTOR 

Construction— Porcelain enamelled steel hood, with fitting 
tapped for l /2 inch stem, two piece, easy-to-wire porcelain 
receptacle with Benjamin Lamp Grip, screw threaded enclos- 
ing globe and globe holder. 

Finish — Hoods are green Acid Resisting Porcelain Enamel. 

Fixtures for Outlet Box Mounting can be supplied at 70 
cents additional list price if type of outlet box for use with, 
specified on order. 

Dimensions 
List List in Inches 
No. Price Hgt. Dia. 

1565 S3. 75 9 6 

1568 4.20 11*4 6 
1570 5.60 13M W± 
Prices on Wire Guards for these fixtures can be supplied on 
request. 

CAST IRON COVER AND GASKET 

List No. 5020 is for use in suspending Benjamin Vapor 
Proof Units from standard four inch outlet boxes. It is tapped 
for Yi inch pipe and screw holes are on SY2 inch centers. It has 
a gasket to seal the outlet box. 

List List Ship. Wgt. 

No. Price Description Lbs. 

5020 $0.60 Flange and Gasket 13 

5021 .10 Gasket only 1 



Size of 
Lamp, 
Watts 

60-100 
150-200 
300-500 



List No. Ship. 

of Wgt. 

Globe Lbs. 

1062 38 

1062 49 

1063 42 



Std. 
Pkg. 

10 
10 



5 



Std. 

Pkg. 
10 
10 



List 

No. 

1059 

1060 

1062 

1063 



GLOBES ONLY FOR REPLACEMENT 

Ship. 
Wgt. 



List 

Price 

.45 

.75 

1.20 

1.60 



Dimensions in Inches 



Diam. 
6 



Hgt. 

m 

5M 

8% 



Fitter 
3 
4 

4M 
5H 



Lbs. 
7 
13 

21H 

50 



Std. 

Pgk 

10 

10 

10 

5 



BENJAMIN CARGO LIGHT 




Construction — Heavy fitting, 
for suspending fixture by rope, 
is provided with water tight 
stuffing box for cable. One- 
piece bowl reflector, of copper, is 
fitted with Benjamin wireless 
cluster body. Strong galvanized 
wire guard is held in position by 
an adjustable cadmium plated 
steel band which fits over bead 
of reflector. Guard has wire 
loop to which a light rope may 
be attached for purpose of tip- 
ping fixture to throw light at any 
angle. Lamps are not furnished, 
but 25 to 60 watt lamps may be 
used. 



No. 3093 



Finish— Reflector is black outside, aluminum sprayed 
inside. Fittings and guard have a hot dipped protective metal 
finish and will not corrode. 

No. of Kind of Size of Ship. Std. 

Lights Reflector Reflector Wt.. Lbs. Pkg. 

4 Copper 1Q%" 9 1 

5 Copper 16%" 9 1 

6 Copper 16%" 9 1 
Prices do not include wires or Lamps. 



List 


List 


No. 


Price 


3093 


$14.50 


3094 


14.80 


3095 


15.10 












242 



Northern Etectric 



BENJAMIN ALUMINUM VAPOR PROOF, 

"PROJECTOLITE" 




No. 



For the Lighting of Horizontal and Vertical Surfaces from a 

Grazing Angle 

TYPICAL USES 
Spraying and Finishing Departments: 

Auto Body Plants 

Furniture Factories. 

Refinishing Shops. 
Locomotive Roundhouses. 
Inspection Frames of Textile Plants. 
Printing Presses and Color Proofing Tables. 
Automobile Laundries. 
Close Work on Large Machines. 
Locations Below Overhanging Machinery. 

The "Projectolite" is a unit developed to meet those 
frequently encountered lighting problems which are not 
adequately met by the ordinary types of overhead or side 
lighting units. 

The powerful beam of the "Projectolite" is broadened and 
flattened by a special ribbed cover glass which directs the 
greater part of the light to points farthest from the light 
source and a correspondingly smaller amount to points nearer 
the reflector. The result is even illumination over the entire 

surface. 

SPECIAL FEATURES 

Vapor, Dust and Weatherproof — There are no openings 
in the reflector and all wiring is inclosed. A gasketed, heat- 
resisting glass cover seals bottom of reflector. 

Durable Aluminum Construction — The "Projectolite" is 
designed to successfully resist the corrosive effects of sulphur- 
ous smoke, fumes, dirt and moisture. ^ 

Efficient Reflector — The non-tarnishing, highly polished 
aluminum reflecting surface maintains its high initial lighting 

efficiency. 

Easy to Clean — It is the work of a moment to wipe off the 
smooth outer surface of the glass cover. 

Easily Detachable — Without necessitating repositioning, 
No. 5627 may be taken down for relamping, by unscrewing 
the swivel ring of the connector plug from the body. 

Adjustability — Adjustable bracket permits positioning at 
any point through a 180-degree angle by loosening holding 
bolt. A set screw in the tapped end of the bracket provides 
a means for lateral positioning. 



BENJAMIN ALUMINUM VAPOR PROOF 

"PROJECTOLITE" 






Size of 






List 


Lamp, 




List 


No. 


Watts 


Description 


Price 


5613 


300 


"Projectolite" with 10' leads 


$16.00 


5627 


300 


"Projectolite" with Connector.. . . 


22.00 


5622 


• • a 


Cover Glass Only 


6.00 



Prices do not include lamps and wiring only as specified. 









Ship. Wt. 




List 


Dimensions 


Inches 


Lbs. 


Standard 


No. 


Diam. 


Height 


Std. Pkg. 


Pkg. 


5613 


12^ 


12fc 


11 


1 


5627 


12 H 


123* 


11 


1 


5622 




. • « > 


7 


1 



SPECIFICATIONS AND LISTINGS 

Construction — Non-corroding aluminum alloy body into 

■ 

which is spun a one-piece heavy aluminum neck, aluminum 
alloy cover band and cast adjustable bracket. The body 
interior is highly polished inside, assuring a non-corroding 
highly efficient reflecting surface. The heat-resisting molded 
cover glass is of special ribbed design, with a double gasket. 

Socket — C. E. C. Standard keyless porcelain mogul base 
socket. 



Wiring — No. 5613 is furnished with 10-foot leads of No. 
16 B and S gauge asbestos covered stranded fixture wire. 
No. 5627 is without leads but is wired from the socket termi- 
nals to connector plug, using same wire supplied with No. 
5613. 

Connector and Tapping — No. 5627 only is supplied with 
a 2 pole, water-tight, 15 ampere, 125 volt polarized connector 
— tapped Yi inch iron pipe size. The bracket on No. 5613 
is tapped }/% inch iron pipe size, standard; % inch, if spe- 
cified, at same price. 



Northern Electric 



243 



SNJAMIN MOISTURE PROOF AND DUST 

TIGHT FIXTURES 

Recommended for Use in; 
Refrigerating Plants, Laundries, Creameries, Turkish 
ths, Engine Rooms and damp places. 

They are also a safeguard in flour mills, elevators, starch 
.nts, etc., where the processes involved produce dust clouds 
ich, hanging in the air, form a highly explosive combination . 




Gasket Seals 
Against Gas 



Threaded 
Clear Glas9 
Globe 




ist 
o. 

)3-DT . 
>5-DT . 



Ship. 

Wgt. 
Lbs. 

17 
40 



List 

Price 

Each 

S2.10 
2.65 



No. 665 

MOISTURE AND DUST PROOF FIXTURES 

Fixture Without Guard 
Construction. Weatherproof hood of copper, regularly 
pped for 34-inch stem, easy-to-\vire porcelain socket with 
enjamin Lamp Grip and screw globe of heavy clear glass. 
asket between globe and hood makes the fixture tight. 
Finish. Natural copper. 

Size of Dimensions List 
Lamp in Inches No. of 
Watts Dia. Hgt. Globe 
"A" " R " 

25- 60 33^ 1% 1060 
75-100 6 9% 1062 
Hood is of copper. Standard package, 10. 

Fixture With Guard 
Guarded type fixture No. 657 has strong tinned wire guard 
hich screws on outside of hood and globe. In other respects, 
lis unit is like No. 663-DT. 

)7^DT .... 25-60 WA 8H 1060 20 $2 . 75 

tDiameter of guard, 4^ inches 
Hood is of copper. Standard package, 10. 

DUST TIGHT FIXTURE 

No. 659-DT is a dust-tight 
fixture, especially for drop 
cord work in mills, elevators, 
granaries, etc. It affords a 
high degree of protection 
against the dust hazard, by 
reason of the heavy screw 
globe and copper hood which 
enclose the lamp. 

Construction. Hood is of 
copper; screw globe is heavy 
clear glass. Hard rubber 
bushing for drop cord has cl- 
inch opening. Ample space is 
provided for knotting the 
cord. The general construc- 
tion is the same as No. 
663-DT. 




No. 657 

Finish. Natural copper. 



ist 
0. 

19-DT. 



List Ship. List 
No. of Wgt. Price 
Globe Lbs. Each 



Size of Dimensions 

Lamp in Inches 

Watts Dia. Hgt. 

25- 40 3% iy s 1059 
Hood is of copper. Standard package, 10. 
Prices do not include wires or lamps. 

GLOBES ONLY FOR REPLACEMENT 
Dimensions in Inches Ship. 



18 S2.15 



ist Dia. 

o. "A" 

>59 2,% 

160 3% 

162 6 



Hgt. 

i i ni r 



Fitter 

3 

4 

4K 



Wgt. 

Lbs. 

7 

13 

21H 



Std. 

Pkg. 
10 
10 
10 



List 

Price 

Each 

SO . 45 

.75 

1.20 



R. & S. LIGHTING SPECIALITIES 
Underwater Lighting for Swimming Pools 




No. 2360—250 Watt 
Swimming Pool Light 

The proper and artistic lighting of swimming pools is a 
highly specialized art. Safety of swimmers (especially at 
night) and determination of water purity are some of the 
important benefits obtained by the installation of the best 
equipment. 

Pioneers in watertight and marine lighting, through years 
of practical experience in the lighting of pools, have developed 
a perfect line of units for the proper lighting of any type of 

pool. 

Artistic and simple design, experienced engineering, highest 
grades of material and skilled artisanship, assure easy instal- 
lation, beauty without glare, simplified maintenance and 
economical cost. 

Application of these units can also be made to steel tank 
pools. Complete information upon request. 

Prices on application. 



R. & S. WIRING DEVICES 




No. 503 

Deck Fixture 

Heavy cast iron base, white enameled inside, black out- 
side. Clear globe No. 383 is mounted in hinged rim, with or 
without guard as listed. Can also be supplied in cast brass or 
aluminum on request. 

Maximum size lamp — 100 watt. 

Maximum conduit — %" four way. Specify size and loca- 
tion of outlets when ordering. 

Dimensions — 11" diameter, 5" deep. 
List Approx. Net List Price 



No. Description 

503 Complete with Guard 



Weight Lbs. on Request 
10 









'-"Wfc£*'ttXW 



244 



Northern Electric 



REELITE EXTENSION PORTABLES 

.MACHINE TOOL TYPE 
250 Volt, 660 Watt 




Black enameled reel-unit. ~ l /i inches in 
diameter, with base for attaching to 3J4 or 
4-inch outlet box; 2 J feet of extra heavy 
approved rubber covered cord and attach- 
ment plug connector body. Plural-spring 
reel insuring lon^ life. 

List 
List _ Cord Price 

Xo. Description Feet Each 

1523 Connector Bodv 20 §12.50 



PORTABLE TYPE 

250 Volt, 250 Watt 

Black enameled reel-unit, 7\{ inches in 
diameter, with base for attaching to S\i or 
4-inch outlet box; 25 feet of approved rubber 
covered cord. Rubber handle and hea\y wire 
guard, keyless or Levolier socket. 



Cord 
Description Feet 

Keyless Socket 25 

Levolier Socket 25 



List 
Price 
Each 

815.00 

15.00 





PORTABLE TYPE 
250 Volt, 250 Watt 

Black enameled reel-unit. 7 l 4 inches in 
diameter, with base for attaching to Z\i or 
4-inch outlet box: 20 feet of approved, rubber 
covered cord. With vapor-proof globe and 
guard. Will take 25 or 40-watt lamps. 

List 
List Cord Price 

-\o. Description Feet Each 

1529 Yaporproof 20 S16.50 

AUTOMATIC TAKE-UP REELS 




Black enameled reel unit, 10 
inches in diameter, with base for 
attaching to 3 l i or 4-inch outlet 
boxes; 40 feet of approved rub- 
ber covered cord. Furnished 
without any wiring device to 

which socket, lampguard or prac- 
tically any wiring device may be 
attached. 

Lgth. For Wiring List 
List Cord. Device not Price 
Xo. Feet to Exceed Each 

1519 40 IK lbs. §23.00 



SUPPORTING BRACKET 

Ordinarily the Reelite is used in 
ceilings, but frequently situations 
arise where it is quite necessarv to 
have the Reelite mounted on side 
walls. The wall-supporting bracket 
can be furnished separately but we 
recommend, when necessary, the 
Reelites be ordered complete with 
the bracket at an additional §1.50 
to regular list prices. 

_ . . List Price 

Description Each 

For Portable Type Reelites SI .50 

For Drop-Cord Type Reelites i 50 

For Xo. 1519 Reelite 1 '50 




List 

Xo. 

1537 

153S 

1539 



REELITE EXTENSION PORTABLES 



250 Yolt, 250 Watt 

Reelites keep the cords always out of 
the way — clean and un kinked — facilitat- 
ing the movements of machinery and 
trucks— freeing the aisles of the snares 
that cause accidents and retard produc- 
tion. The lights are instantly available— 
within arm's reach — no time lost untang- 
ling cords or making extensions. 

There are thousands of manufacturing 
operations where a specialized light is 
needed at intermittent intervals and there 
is a Reelite adapted to every requirement. 

When once installed, Reelites soon pay 
for themselves in convenience, reduced 
cost of cord maintenance, increased pro- 
duction and elimination of accident. 

The initial cost is but little more than 
that of a similar device without a reel- 
while the life of the Reelite will be 4 to 6 
times as long, thus a saving of money as 
well as the prevention of loss of time. ' 

PORTABLE TYPE 

Black enameled reel-unit, ~\i inches in 
diameter, with base for attaching to 3> 4 
or 4-inch outlet box; 25 feet of approved 
rubber covered cord. With heavy wire 
open guard or Loxon guard. Will take lamps up to and includ- 
ing 60-watt. 





List 
Xo. 

1522 

1527 

1528 



Cord 

Description Feet 

Heavy Wire Guard, Half Reflector, 

Keyless Socket 25 

Loxon Guard, Key Socket 25 

Heavy Wire Guard, Half Reflector, 

Levolier Socket 25 



List 

Price 

Each 

S15.00 
13.50 

15.00 



List Xos. 1522 and 152S Reelites can be furnished with a 
Guard and Separable Hook to prevent the Reelite from being 
torn from its mounting. Reelites furnished with Guards for 
Separable Hook take an additional list of $1.00. 



DROP-CORD TYPE 

Black enameled reel-unit, 5}' 2 inches in diame- 
ter, with base for attaching to 3'4 or 4- inch out- 
let box; 12 feet of approved rubber cord and with 
or without kev-switch socket. 



List 
X r o. 

1532 
1533 
1534 



Cord 
Description Feet 

Without Socket 12 

Brass Shell Key Socket. . . 12 
Composition Key Socket. 12 

PORTABLE TYPE 



List 
Price 
Each 

% 9.50 
10.00 
10.00 




Black enameled reel-unit, 734 inches in diameter, with base 
lor attaching to 3Ji or 4-inch outlet box; 25 feet of appro\ 
rubber covered cord. 

List List Price 

Xo. Description Each 

1524 Without Socket or Guard . . $12.00 
11524)2 Keyless Socket (Cord Grip) 13.00 

1525 Brass Key Socket 'Less 
Guard)..... 12.50 

lo26 Comp. Key Socket (Less 

Guard) 12.50 

6» " 1 530 Without Wiring Devices 13 . 00 

¥ m *List Xo. 1530 equipped with Xo. 18 gauge, 

3-conductor cord. Two conductors are con- 
, . , nected to the brushes of the Reelite and the 

third conductor is grounded to the frame. 
fThis type is 660 watts, 600 volts. 




, 



Northern Electric 



245 



WHITE ADJUSTABLE FIXTURES 
"Applied Illumination" for the Office 



No. 5M 

Straight arm 
ling* through 
.versa I joint; 
long, reach 
lamp 26", 
ght 11'. 

\ttachecl to 
eof desk with 
od screws. 

Clears 1%" 
erhand. 



it Price, 

:h $5.55 




No. 5M 




No. 8M 

Telescopic Arm. Slid- 
ing through universal 
joint ; 21 " extension ; reach 
of lamp 29"; height 11". 

Readily attached (or 
detached) to thickness up 
to 2\4 " by means of clamp 
on base. This Fixture is 
very useful in any office. 

List Price, each. . . $7.85 



No. 8-M 



No. IF 

^ery high grade — 
brass with joints of 
nganese bronze. 

Regularly furnished 

:h base as shown 

V x 3%") for at- 

hment by wood screws. Two arm; 36* extreme extension; 

versally adjustable. Can be folded flat against the wall. 

Jst Price, each $9 . 45 




Xo. IF 




No. 8F 

Telescoping Arm ; 15 " 
to 24" extension; univer- 
sally adjustable. A most 
popular fixture, particu- 
larly in doctors' offices. 

List Price, each. . $7.70 



WHITE ADJUSTABLE FIXTURES 
Adjustable Floor Portables 

Of simple design 
without filigree, but 
eminently practical. 
Wired through base 
and upright. Ex- 
posed cord lies Hat 
on floor, preventing 
accidents by trip- 
ping. 

No. 11PB — 
a Bridge Lamp of 
especially fine con- 
struction. Tele- 
scoping up to six feet. The 
design and lighting quality 
makes this ideal for bridge 
and similar uses. Standard 
finishes. 




D11PB is equipped with 
No* 800 Daylight Unit, spe- 
cial heavy duty socket, bake- 
lite plug and 6' (in clear) silk 
cord. 

Price on application 

No. 10P— with small, but 
heavy base; very convenient. 
Height adjustable up to six 
feet. Cord automatically 
coils in base when telescoped. 
Standard finishes. 




No. 11PB 




Xo. 10P 



No. D10P — is equipped with No. 100 Daylight Unit, 
special heavy duty key socket, bakelite plug and 6' (in 
clear) silk cord. 

Standard finishes: Old Brass, statuary Bronze. 

No. D10P. List Price $19.00 



Adjustable Standard 





No. 8F 



No. 8YY 

For Large Desks, 
Tables, Etc. 

No. 8VV. List Price 
Each §20.25 

Two lights with tele- 
scoping arms, adjust- 
able at any angle in 

any direction. Lights may be concentrated or given their 
extreme spread of 5 feet. Height 25". Standard finishes. 

No. DSYY is equipped with No, 100 Daylight Units, 
special heavy duty key sockets, bakelite plug and 2' (in clear) 
silk cord. 

No. D8VV. List Price Each $29. 60 



246 



Northern Electric 






THOMPSON LAMP LOWERING HANGERS 




No. 93A 

No. 93-A, with a reflector attached- 
typical outdoor installation — showing 
also U-Bolts No. 51, Corner Pulley No. 
50-B and Bracket End No. 12-15. 



Model No. 93-A 
The most popular model, so far, has been the No. 93-A, 
which has a canopy or enclosure of medium depth, adapting 
it for either indoor or outdoor use. It has two porcelain bush- 
ings in the back of the canopy, to provide for the entrance of 
the line wires into the hanger. It will be observed from the 
illustration Fig. A that this hanger lends itself readily to 
either open wiring or conduit distribution. 

No. 93-A Hanger with "Built In" Contacts, List Price,. $9. 00 

No. 93-A-R Hanger with lower member having "Re- 
movable Contacts," List Price $9.60 




Hanger No. 93-B 

— is exactly like No. 93-A, except that 
instead of porcelain bushings, there is 
one drilled hole, 13/16 inch, in the back 
of the canopy, for attaching standard 
conduit fittings, to enable the line 
wires to be enclosed directly into the 
hanger, when so desired, as shown in 
small line drawings above. 



Hanger No. 93-B 

No. 93-B Hanger with "Built-in" Contacts, List Price,. S9. 00 

No. 93-B-R Hanger with lower member having " Remov- 
able Contacts," List Price $9.60 

In specifying, add the letter 'D' to the model desired (appli- 
cable to any model except No. 95), as for instance — Model 
No. 93-B made in this duplex form would be known as No. 
93-B-D; Model No. 97 would be known as No. 97-D; Model 
No. 201-B would be known as No. 231-B-D, etc. The only 
change made in these models would be to furnish the upper 
member in two parts, as above described. 

All models except No. 95 can be furnished with the upper 
member in two parts. This special construction will be priced 
at 50c per Hanger net in addition to the prices noted above. 



THOMPSON LAMP LOWERING HANGERS «' 





Hanger No. 95 shown in connection with enclosed 

Corner Pulley No. 149 

Hanger No. 95 
This model is a further development of the "Sealtype" 
principle. It becomes an integral part of the conduit system 
with the line wires coming into the hanger on the ceiling or 
girder line and passing down into the canopy through a cham- 
ber or duct which is a part of the sheave housing casting. 

All of the No. 95 Hangers are furnished with the sheave 
housing tapped for %-inch chain conduit, and 5^-mch wiring 
conduit. 

No. 95 Hanger with " Built In" Contacts, List Price. $11. 00 
No. 95-R Hanger with lower member having "Remov- 
able Contacts." List Price .$11 .63 

Duplex Upper Member 
Any of the Hanger models, except 
No. 95, can be furnished with the upper 
member in two parts — that is to say, 
the sheave housing will be separated 
from the body of the Hanger, provision 
being made for inserting a %-inch con- 
duit-stem between the sheave housing 
and the body of the Hanger. 

This construction enables the sheave 
housing to be attached rigidly to the 
overhead support, and the body of the 
Hanger to be attached to wiring con- 
duit at a lower elevation — either di- 
rectly or by a short connection. The 
lowering chain will then pass down 
through the conduit-stem and be dead- 
ended as usual in the lower mernbei 
of the Hanger. 

This type of construction will be ol 
great advantage in forge shops anr 
places where the upper atmosphere u 
filled with smoke, dirt and corrosive 
elements. The lamp being attached di 
rectly to the lower member, it will b< 
easy for the operator to inspect the 
latching parts and contacts whenever 
he lowers the lamp — as contrasted witt 
having the lower member of the Han I 
ger attached to the upper end of a stem I 
If the stem should be very long the lower member of th» 
Hanger would be out of reach for easy inspection. 




Duplex Hanger 
No. 97-D 



Northern Electric 



247 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

he term "overhead" has been applied to street lighting 
pment of the utilitarian type and to systems in which the 
ent is carried to the lighting units by overhead wiring, to 
nguish installations of this character from ornamental 
:t lighting systems, in which the energy is conveyed to the 
ting units through underground cable construction. 

verhead street lighting systems are generally installed in 
ying districts of the larger cities, on interurban highways 
in small towns and villages. 

he principal advantage to be gained by the use of overhead 
ct lighting equipment is low capital cost. 

i the following pages will be found descriptions and 
>trations of overhead street lighting equipment designed 
VVestinghouse to meet the most exacting requirements of 
type of overhead street lighting system. Particular atten- 
l has been given to simplification and interchangeability 
>arts with the result that a large variety of complete units 
vailable from a comparatively small number of parts. 

r 

"here are many obvious advantages to be gained in the use 
uch equipment, a few of which are mentioned as follows; 

. An entire overhead street lighting system can be planned 
rs ahead and a complete section of a municipality can be 
ered with a basic system to which may be added reflectors, 
lophane refractors or enclosing glassware, as it is desired to 
;e the illumination values. 

!, Stocks of spare equipment are maintained at a minimum 
carrying a reasonable stock of component parts. 

!. The appearance of the system will be uniform throughout. 

n addition to the universal Multilux line of fixtures a group 
aon-interchangeable fixtures has been included to meet the 
uirements of small or isolated street lighting systems where 
• use of the universal line would not be justified. 

7 or ease in selection the equipment listed in this catalogue 
3 been grouped in several classes as follows: 

1. Universal Multilux fixtures for use with 

a. Cast aluminum reflectors. 

b. Porcelain enamelled reflectors. 

c. Holophane refractors. 

d. Outer enclosing glassware. 

2. Xon-interchangeable fixtures for use with 

a. Standard porcelain enamelled reflectors. 

b. Screw type porcelain enamelled reflectors. 

3. Suspension fittings. 

4. Pipe brackets. 

5. Constant current regulators and control equipment. 

These designs of street lighting equipment are the result 
years of experience on the part of Westinghouse in the field 
illumination, and the use of them insures the best in street 
hting. 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Universal Multilux Fixtures 

Westinghouse Universal Multilux Fixtures are designed 

around four basic types of heads to which many types of 

reflectors, refractors or enclosing globes may be adapted. 
The heads may be briefly listed as follows: 

1. Wet process series head, maximum voltage 14,000. 

2. Dry process series head, maximum voltage 7,000. 

3. Cast aluminum series head with exterior terminal 
bushings, maximum voltage 3,500. 

3A. Cast aluminum series head, for interior wiring, 
maximum voltage 3,500. 

4. Cast aluminum multiple head with exterior terminal 
bushings, maximum voltage 115. 

4A. Cast aluminum multiple head for interior wiring, 
maximum voltage 115. 

The wet process porcelain head has a wet flashover value of 
30,000 volts and a dry flashover value of 60,000 volts. 

The dry process porcelain head has a wet flashover value 
of 15,000 volts and a dry flashover value of 30,000 volts. 

The basic parts are common to both types, permitting 
interchangeability, and all current carrying parts are nickel 
plated. 

Both types are designed for inner or outer wiring. 

The cast iron canopy and reflector holding rings used on 
the wet process and dry process heads are hot galvanized. 
A square head set screw is provided in the hexagonal nut 
at the top of the canopy to securely lock the head to its 
supporting bracket or fitting. 

The cast aluminum heads for low tension series and mul- 
tiple service are designed with liberal insulation values. 
Square head set screws are also provided in the hexagonal 
nuts at the top of the canopies. Hot galvanized reflector 
holding rings are used for supporting porcelain enamelled 
reflectors. 

A green duco finish is applied to the cast aluminum heads 
to match the finish on the aluminum and porcelain enamelled 
reflectors. 

Each of the above heads is designed to take a single type 
of cast aluminum reflector to which may be attached a re- 
fractor ring and globe band. The refractor ring is supported 
on the reflector with an open hinge at one side and by the 
exclusive VVestinghouse toggle latch on the opposite side. 
When the globe is used it is supported by an additional 
bronze band which is fastened to the refractor ring. 

When Holophane refractors or outer enclosing globes are 
not required the cast aluminum reflector may be used and 
glassware may be added at a later date. 

If Holophane refractors or outer globes are not required 
or contemplated for some time, porcelain enamelled reflectors 
of the standard or screw type may be attached to the heads 
by means of adapter rings supplied with the heads. 

Westinghouse Holophane Refractors 

FOR USE WITH PENDENT TYPE LIGHTING UNITS 

One of the most important requirements of a street lighting 
system is uniform illumination upon the roadway and side- 
walks. Uniform illumination may be obtained either by 
close spacing of the lighting units or by controlling the light. 
The former method would be very costly and the latter 
method which is most generally adopted is economically 
and efficiently accomplished by the use of Holophane refrac- 
tors. 

Westinghouse - Holophane refractors have been designed 
for a wide variety of street lighting applications and may be 
used either with or without enclosing globes. 

The various types of refractors available are described 
below and from the accompanying distribution curves their 
applications may be readily determined. 
















248 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Holophane Refractors 





BOWL TYPE BILUX REFRACTOR 

Style No. 344199 

For use without enclosing Globe 

Maximum Lamp Sizes 300 Watts— 6000 Lumens 

The bowl type Bilux refractor is designed for use with 
pendent lighting units to produce asymmetric light distri- 
bution and is used in units placed on or adjacent to the curb 
line. It is furnished with a light velvet finish on the inside 
of the outer piece permitting its use without an enclosing 
globe. The velvet finish also serves to reduce the surface 
brightness and consequently reduces ocular discomfort. 

From the distribution curve, it will be observed that two 
wide beams of light are projected up and down the street 
at an angle of 22° from the curb line. The candle power 
directed across the street is considerably lower, as the dis- 
tance the light has to travel is comparatively short. The 
candle power directed toward the buildings is also low and 
so directed that light is properly distributed on the sidewalks 
but does not become objectionable in the vicinity of houses 
or buildings. 

The light distribution from this refractor is such that very 
uniform illumination is provided over the street and side- 
walks. 




BOWL TYPE BILUX REFRACTOR 

Style No. 342714 

For use with enclosing Globe 

Maximum Lamp Sizes 500 Watts— 10,000 Lumens 

This refractor is similar to Style No. 344199 but is designed 
for use in an enclosing globe permitting the use of 500 watt 
and 10,000 lumen lamps. 

The light distribution is practically the same as Style No. 
344199, and the resulting illumination is very uniform over 
the street and sidewalks. 

Prices on application. 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Holophane Refractors 



I 











Distribution from Two- Way Refractor 

TWO-WAY REFRACTOR 

Style No. 353974 

Maximum Lamp Sizes 

300 Watts— 6,000 Lumens 

The two-way refractor, as the name indicates, is designed t- 
throw two beams of light in opposite directions 180 degree 
apart. This refractor is principally used on suspension unit 
mounted over the centre line of the street. 




Distribution from Four-Way Refractor 

FOUR-WAY REFRACTOR 

Style No. 353975 

Maximum Lamp Size 

300 Watts— 6,000 Lumens 

The four-way refractor is designed for use in units mounte- 
over street intersections. Its prism construction is such as t 
divide the light into four beams laterally 90 degrees apar 
instead of two beams 180 degrees apart as in the case of th 
two-way refractor. 

Prices on application. 



I 



Northern Electric 



249 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

HOLOPHANE REFRACTORS 





SUPERLUX REFRACTOR 
Style No. 344639 

ximum Lamp Sizes 300 Watts— 6,000 Lumens 

rbe superlux refractor is designed to give uniform or sym- 
trical illumination around the vertical axis and its prisms 

designed to give a maximum brightness over the entire 
lace oi' the refractor and to distribute light in the area 
ned iately below the unit. This is undoubtedly the best 
e of refractor for general service and is recommended for 

in pendent units where symmetrical distribution is re- 
red. 




B' B-WAY 
REFRACTOR 
yle No. H -278 19 




cimum Lamp Sizes 



arararm'te'ifa' w H' 

300 Watts— 6,000 Lumens 

he B-way refractor is designed for units mounted at the 
of the street. It directs light downwards and spreads 

'er the street to provide approximately uniform illumina- 
over the street and sidewalks. A small amount of light 

irected toward the houses and buildings. 





WW WJB^TF ■ V Jo 



•II* SYMMETRIC BOWL REFRACTOR 

Style No. 351761 

imum Lamp Sizes 500 Watts — 15,000 Lumens 

le 11* Symmetric bowl refractor is designed to give sym- 
ical distribution around the vertical axis. It is designed 
ise on units mounted over the centre or at the side of 
treet. 

ices on application. 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Holophane Refractors 













^vfl 


1 


r*^^^^ 


-1^1 


HM1 






V ; 














*11" B-WAY BOWL REFRACTOR 

Style No. H -27820 

Maximum Lamp Sizes 

1 500 Watts— 15000 Lumens 

The 11" B-way refractor is designed for units mounted at 
the side of the street. It directs light downward and spreads 
it up and down the street, providing uniform illumination 
over the street and sidewalks. 

These Refractors are not adaptable to Universal 

Multilux Fixtures 



H 




Fig. 1 



Fig. 2 





Style 

N umber 



344191) 
342714 
353974 
353975 

H-27819 
344639 
351761 

H -27820 



Fig. 4 



HOLOPHANE REFRACTORS 

For use with Pendent Type Lighting Units 

Holophane Ref. 

Number Description Fig. 

8" Bilux Refractor, Velvet Finish 1 



4373 -YF 

4373 

4376 

4375 

4377 

4336 

4333- VF 

4177-VF 



S" Bilux Refractor 
s" Two- Way Refractor 
S" Four-Way Refractor 
8" B-Way Refractor 



1 
2 
2 
2 
1 
3 
4 



S " Supc-riiix Rel ractor 
*11" Symmetric Bowl Refractor 
*11* B-Way Bowl Refractor 

•These Refractors arc not adaptable to Universal Multilux 
Lighting Units. 

Prices on application. 







250 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Holophane Refractors 




Luxsolite Rectilinear Globe 

ENCLOSING GLOBE 

For 8" Holophane Refractors Style No. 341029 

Universal Multilux Fixtures 

SERIES TYPE 



JRJ] 










~y| 


i 






1 1 








No. H-274 56 



Description Lamps 

Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum reflector and Ho- 6000 
lophane super] ux refractor, lumens 
Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum reflector and Ho- 6000 
lophane 2-way refractor. lumens 
Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum reflector and Ho- 6000 
lophane 4-way refractor. lumens 
Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum reflector and Ho- 6000 
lophane B-way refractor. lumens 
Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum reflector and Ho- 6000 
lophane Bilux refractor. lumens 

Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum reflector, Holo- 
phane Bilux refractor and 10000 
Luxsolite globe. lumens H-27466 

Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum reflector and Lux- 
solite globe without re- 6000 
fractor. lumens 

Prices on application. 



No. H-27466 

Wet Process Dry Process 
Porcelain Porcelain 

14000 volts 7000 volts 

Max. Max. 

Style No. Style No. 



H -27456 



H -27458 



H -27460 



H-27462 



H-27464 



H-27457 



H -27459 



H-27461 



H -2746 3 



H-27465 



H-27467 



H-27468 



H-27469 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Universal Multilux Fixtures 

SERIES TYPE— Cont. 




No. H-27470 



No. H-27480 




No. H-27476 



No. H -2 7482 
External Interior 
Terminals Wiring 
3500 volts 3500 volt 



Description Lamps 

Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum head and reflector 
with Holophane superlux re- 6000 
fractor. lumens 

Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum head and reflector 
with Holophane 2-way re- 6000 
fractor. _ lumens 

Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum head and reflector 
with Holophane 4-way re- 6000 
fractor. lumens 

Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum head and reflector 
with Holophane B-way re- 6000 
fractor. lumens 

Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum head and reflector 
with Holophane Bilux re- 6000 
fractor. lumens 

10000 
Same with Luxsolite globe, lumens 

Same without refractor. 6000 

lumens 
Prices on application. 



Max. 


Max. 




Style No. 


Style Nc 












liitf 


H-27470 


H-274 1 


line 
■ Mu 

lillll 






liit 


H-27472 


H-274 1 


Ifoc 
1 

|*it 


H-27474 


H-274 1 


Ik 
1 

hlu 
Ik 


H-27476 


H-274 


1 








H-27478 


H-274 




H-27480 


H-274 


1 
1 


H -2 7482 


H-274 





Northern Electric 



251 



VESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
Universal Multilux Fixtures 

MULTIPLE TYPE 



■ - T^^^B 


m 




■ \ ■ w 




jfi? 


1 


^r 






1 

B 1 
1 


pv <H^ 






m~z^am 






JM 








.J 




^^ ^ , 








No. H-27484 



No. H-27494 




No. H-27488 



Description 
tilux fixture with cast 
linum head and reflector 
Holophane superlux re- 



:or. 

tilux fixture with cast 

linum head and reflector 

Holophane 2-way re- 
:or. 

tilux fixture with cast 
linum head and reflector 

Holophane 4-way re- 
:or. 

tilux fixture with cast 
linum head and reflector 

Holophane B-way re- 
:or. 

tilux fixture with cast 
linum head and reflector 

Holophane Bilux re- 
or. 

e with Luxsolite globe, 
tilux fixture with cast 
linum head and reflector 
Luxsolite globe, 
ices on application. 





No. H-27496 


Lamps 


External 
Terminals 

115 volts 
Style No, 


Interior 

Wiring 

115 volts 

Style No. 


300 

watts 


H-27484 


H-27485 


300 
watts 


H -27486 


H-27487 


300 

watts 


H-27488 


H-27489 


300 
watts 


H -27490 


H -274 91 


300 
watts 

500 
watts 


H-27492 
H-27494 


H-27493 
H-27495 


300 

watts 


H-27496 


H-27497 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Universal Multilux Fixtures 

WITH PORCELAIN REFLECTORS 




Wet Process Dry Process 
Porcelain Porcelain 



Description Lamps 

Multilux fixture with por- 
celain head and standard 18" 
radial bowl reflector, series 6000 
socket. lumens 

Multilux fixture with por- 
celain head and standard 20" 
radial bowl reflector, series 6000 
socket, lumens 



14000 volts 

Max. 
Style No. 



H-22781 



340297 



Description Lamps 

Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum head and stand- 
ard 18" radial bowl reflector, 6000 
series socket, 3500 volts. lumens 

Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum head and stand- 
ard 20" radial bowl reflector, 6000 
series socket, 3500 volts. lumens 



External 
Terminals 
Stvle No. 



H-22783 



341867 



Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum head and stand- 
ard 18" radial bowl reflector, 300 
mogul multiple socket, 115 v. watts 

Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum head and stand- 
ard 20" radial bow! reflector, 300 
mogul multiple socket, 115 v. watts 

Prices on application. 



H-22784 



341869 



7000 volts 

Max. 
Style No, 



H-22782 



340293 







Interior 

Wiring 

Style No. 



H -22 785 



341267 




H -22 786 



341269 






252 



Northern Etectric 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Universal Multilux Fixtures 

WITH PORCELAIN REFLECTORS— Cont. 




Description 
Multilux fixture with por- 
celain head and screw type 
18* radial bowl reflector, 6000 
series socket. lumens 

Multilux fixture with por- 
celain head and screw tvpe 
20" radial bowl reflector, 6000 
series socket, lumens 



Wet Process Dry Process 

Porcelain Porcelain 

14000 volts 7000 volts 

Max. Max. 

Lamps Style No. Style No. 



H -27435 



H-27437 



H-27436 



H-27438 




Description Lamps 

Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum head and screw 
type 18" radial bowl re- 6000 
flector, series socket, 3500 v. lumens 
Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum head and screw 
type 20" _ radial bowl re- 6000 
flector, series socket, 3500 v. lumens 



External 
Terminals 



Interior 
Wiring 



H -27439 



H-27443 



H-27440 



H-27444 




Multilux fixture with cast 
aluminum head and screw 
type 18" radial bowl re- 
flector, mogul multiple 
socket, 115 volts. 

Same 20" radial bowl 
Prices on application. 



300 






watts 


H-27441 


H -27445 


300 






watts 


H -27442 


H -27446 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Part For Universal Pendent Type Fixture 





WET PROCESS PORCELAIN HEADS 

Complete With Series Sockets 

Style No. 
For use with Cast Aluminum Reflector H-27507 

For use with Standard Type Porcelain Reflectors 354638 
For use with Screw Type Porcelain Reflectors H -27508 

DRY PROCESS PORCELAIN HEADS 

Complete With Series Sockets 

For use with Cast Aluminum Reflector H-27509 

For use with Standard Type Porcelain Reflectors 354658 
For use with Screw Type Porcelain Reflectors H-27510 


















CAST ALUMINUM HEADS WITH EXTERNAL 

TERMINALS 

Style No. 
Series Multiple 
Socket Socket 

For use with Cast Aluminum Reflector H-27512 H-27518 

For use with Standard Porcelain Reflec- 
tors H-27513 H-2751!) 

For use with Screw Type Porcelain 
Reflectors H-27514 H-27520 



CAST ALUMINUM HEADS 

For Interior Wiring 

Style No. 
Series Multiple 
Socket Socket 
For use with Cast Aluminum Reflector H-27515 H-27521 
For use with Standard Porcelain 
Reflectors H-27516 H-27522 

For use with Screw Tvpe Porcelain 
Reflectors H-27517 H-27816 

Prices on application. 






"n 



Northern Electric 



253 



^ESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
Fixture Parts 




No. H27817 




No. 335990 




No. 335343 



Cast Aluminum Reflector without Refractor 
or Globe Band 

'Standard Radial Bowl Reflector 

f Standard Radial Bowl Reflector 

' Screw Type Radial Bowl Reflector 

' Screw Type Radial Bowl Reflector 



Style No. 



H-27817 
335940 
336153 
335343 
347917 





No. 354632 
indard Reflector Adapter 
ew Type Reflector Adapter 



No. 342722 



354632 
342722 




No. H27818 





No. 354660 




No. 353958 

ractor Ring'for 8" Refractors 
be band for Luxsolite Globe 

ndard Series Films (pkg. of 50) 
Vmpere, 80-400 volt films 
Ampere, 30-80 volt films 

ulard Series Film Socket 
idard Series Receptacle 
Jul Multiple Socket 

es on application. 



No. H-21262 

H-27818 
353958 



H-21262 
354570 
354450 



354660 
354659 
336179 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Non-Interchangeable Street Lighting 

Fixtures 




No. H -27448 




No. H -27450 

Multiple Pendent Type Fixtures 

For Standard Porcelain Enamelled Reflectors 



Style No, 
H-27447 



H -2 7448 

H -27449 

H-21316 
H-27450 

H-27451 

335940 
336153 
H-21545 



Description 

Medium Multiple Head only with Cross-arm for 
exterior wiring. 

Medium Multiple Head complete with Cross- 
arm for exterior wiring and 18" Radial Bowl 
Reflector. 

Medium Multiple Head complete with Cross- 
arm for exterior wiring and 20" Radial Bowl 
Reflector. 

Medium Multiple Head only for interior wiring. 

Medium Multiple Head complete for interior 
wiring and 18" Radial Bowl Reflector. 

Medium Multiple Head complete for interior 
wiring and 20" Radial Bowl Reflector. 

18" Radial Bowl Reflector only. 

20" Radial Bowl Reflector only. 

Medium Multiple Socket only. 

Westinghouse non-interchangeable fixtures are available 
in two distinct types as follows: 

1. Standard Reflector type. 

2. Screw Reflector type. 

The standard reflector type is designed for both interior 
and exterior wiring: in the latter case a cross-arm with por- 
celain insulators is provided as an integral part of the body 
and porcelain bushings are provided for the entrance of wiring. 

18" and 20'' radial bowl porcelain enamelled reflectors are 
available for this fixture and may be used with lamps up to 
200 watts as the fixture is only provided with a medium 
socket. 

The screw reflector type is also designed for both interior 
and exterior wiring and the latter type is provided with a 
cross-arm with porcelain insulators as an integral part of 
the body and porcelain bushings are provided for the entrance 
of wiring. 

The screw reflector type is recommended for use where 
extreme wind and vibration conditions exist. 

18" and 20" radial bowl reflectors are available for this 
fixture and up to 300 watt lamps may be used as it is available 
with both medium and mogul sockets. 

Both types of fixtures are supplied with cast iron bodies 
which are hot galvanized. 

Prices on application. 



?MMMftf 



254 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
Street Lighting Brackets and Suspension Fittings 




*.^ 



*? 



i*pfyt 



x 



-45- 



e 




Type A Bracket 




Edison Bracket — Double Scroll 




GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

Westinghouse street lighting brackets and suspension 
fittings are supplied in a variety of designs with hot 
galvanized finish. 

These brackets are available in standard lengths of 4 
feet with $£'-1* or 134" pipe. Single or double scrolls 
are available and scroll clamps are provided to permit 
adjustment for pole rake. 

Various types of brackets are available for supporting 
the several types of fixtures according to weight and size. 

A wide variety of suspension fittings is also available to 
meet the many conditions imposed by the various types of 
overhead street lighting fixtures. 

Style No. 

Galvanized 



4'x %"Type "A" Bracket 
4' x % * Type "B" Bracket 
4' x \ x /i" Edison Bracket single scroll 



4' x 134' Edison Bracket double scroll 




Majestic Bracket— Double Scroll 4' x ^ » Majestic Bracket single scroll 



4' x %* Majestic Bracket double scroll 
4' x 1" Spartan Bracket single scroll 
4' x 1" Spartan Bracket double scroll 
4' x \\i" Spartan Bracket single scroll 



Spartan Bracket-Double Scroll 4 ' * l H Spartan BraCket d ° Ub,e SCT ° U 

4' x 134" Civic Bracket single scroll 

4'x 1M' Civic Bracket double scroll 



4' x K"Type"C" Bracket 

4 x l"Type"C" Bracket 

\%" Pole Crook with Adjustable Pole Plate 




Civic Bracket— Double Scroll 




Prices on application. 



H -22872 



352245 



340347 



H -22827 



34034S 



352264 



340250 



346355 



H-21334 



H-22817 



351757 




Type B Bracket 




Edison Bracket — Single Scroll 

71 




352274 Majestic Bracket— Single Scroll 



337562 



352249 



H-22876 




Spartan Bracket— Single Scroll 




Civic Bracket— Single Scroll 




Type C Bracket 




Pole Crook 



Northern Electric 



255 



VESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Suspension Fittings 




Ae No. 

5202 

5344 

27826 

5398 

5210 

5338 

5200 

5343 

1508 

H71 

5639 

5737 

5508 

5509 

27827 

5510 

5511 




Cable Clamp 



Type D Loop 




Interchangeable Cross-Arm 




Simple Cross Arm 



$9= 







i; 




Swivel Cross-Arm with Type D Loop 




Angle Change Brace Arm 

Description 

Cable Clamp with %* Stud. 

Cable Clamp with VA" Stud. 

Cable Clamp with Hook. 

Cable Clamp with Swivel Eye. 

Type "D" Loop, %". 

Type "D" Loop, 1}£*. 

Interchangeable Cross-Arm, %" \ 

Interchangeable Cross- Arm, 1^"- 

Simple Cross-Arm, 24". 

Simple Cross-arm, IK"- 

%" Locknut. 

V/i" Locknut. 

Swivel Cross-arm with %' type "D" Loop. 

Swivel Cross-arm with V/i" type "D" Loop. 

Swivel Cross-arm with hook. 

Swivel Cross-arm with cable clamp and j£ stud 

Swivel Cross-arm with cable clamp and \\i" stud 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Suspension Fittings 




Double-Bushed Suspension Hanger 






H igh-Voltage Section of Streethood Showing 
Insulator Outside Terminals 



Jupiter 
Insulator 




High-Voltage Cross-Arm 



Prices on application. 




Grip Arm 



Style No. 



Description 



354494 Double Bushed Suspension Hanger, %" 

354528 Double Bushed Suspension Hanger, 1\£ 

334768 1}£* to %" Reducing Bushing. 

342437 %" to H" Reducing Bushing. 

337444 Outside Terminals for porcelain heads. 

346327 High Voltage Insulator with %* stud. 

346362 High Voltage Insulator with hook. 

346363 Jupiter Insulator with %" stud. 

346364 Jupiter Insulator with hook. 
346360 High Voltage Cross-arm. 
335205 Grip Arm. 

346198 Angle Change Brace Arm. 

Prices on application. 



256 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
Pole-Type Constant Current Regulating Transformers 



Type "LP" 



Siphon- 
proof 
Joints 



Primary 
L«ads 



Bronze 
Bumper 



Moving 
Coil 



Stationary 
Coil 




Silicon Non- 
Ageing Core 



Secondary 
Leads 



Counter Bal- 
ance Weight 

Micrometer 
Adjustment 

Ball Bearings 
on All Mov- 
able Points 
of Support 



Core Held 
Firmly 



Flexible 
Secondary 
Leads 




Exterior View Type LP Regulator 



Interior View Type LP Regulator 



GENERAL 

Type ■"LP" constant current regulating transformers 
embody a new type of construction ancfan entirely new design 
of operating mechanism. A parallel motion mechanism sup- 
ports the moving secondary coil. This ensures a parallel 
position of the coils regardless of load condition and assures 

improved operating characteristics under all operating con- 
ditions. 

OPERATION" 

The operating characteristics shown below are based on 
average measured iron loss, copper loss at 75°C, load power 
factor of 99H%, rated load, and normal primary voltage. 

The design differs widely from the hinged coil type, the 
operation ot type "LP" regulators being very simple. When 
the primary coil is energized the repulsion between the 
primary and secondary coils causes the secondare coil to move 
to a position fixed by the counter weight and forces of repul- 
sion In moving, the secondarv coil is assisted bv the counter 
weight and guided by the parallel motion mechanism. 

CONSTRUCTION 

The non-ageing silicon steel core is rigidlv clamped to and 
held hrmlyby structural steel and frames affording minimum 
weight with quiet operation. The counter weight is supported 
by a lever and is easily adjusted within verv close limits bv a 
\ ernier adjustment screw. After adjustment to the correct 
position for rated constant current, the counter weight i* 
securely locked in position by lock nuts. 

The coils are wound on a Micarta tube affording high 
insulation to the centre leg of the core. The winding is broken 
intersections by inserting wooden spacers at intervals in the 
winding. This permits the circulation of oil and ensures an 



even temperature. The coils are thoroughly impregnated b\ 
the thermo vacuum process with high grade insulating com- 
pound. The moving coil is insulated from the outer legs of 
the core by Micarta channels. The leads are insulated bv 
Micarta tubing. 

\R ith the parallel motion mechanism the secondary 
current regulation is even better than with the hinged type 
construction formerly used. Secondary current is maintained 
within l^c of rated current from full "load to short circuit 

In accordance with A.I.E.E. recommendations, the pole 
type constant current regulating transformers are designed 
to deliver the rated output at the secondarv terminals to a 
Ws^c power factor load at 5% below rated primary voltage. 
The temperature rise of the windings will not exceed 5o°C- 
vvhen operated S hours continuously at half load. 

The regulators normally carried in stock and listed below 
are rated 2300 volt primary with 10°^ reduced voltage tap. 
6.6 ampere secondary, 25 and 60 cycles. When the regulator 
is fully loaded it is recommended that the 2070 volt tap be 
used when the average voltage supplv is less than 21 SO volts 
For partial load the full primary winding should be used. 

The case is made of boiler iron with all joints welded; for 
the larger sizes tubes are welded into the walls to increase the 
radiated surface, thus permitting operation within the specified 
temperature rise limits with a minimum amount of oil. 

A light sheet steel cover is provided to afford easv access 
to the mechanism for adjustment and inspection. 

SPECIAL REGULATORS 

Constant current regulating transformers with special 
voltages, frequencies or current can be furnished on special 
order. 



J! 



[■ 



Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



257 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
Manhole Type Constant Current Regulating Transformers 



e operating; mechanism of the manhole type 
:ant current regulating transformer is identical 

that of the pole type. The manhole type 
iating transformer is required to operate sub- 
;ed in water at times and it is necessary, there- 
that an immersion proof tank be used and that 
e lead joints be made to both primary and 
idary terminals. 

accordance with A.I.E.E. recommendations, 
manhole type constant current regulating 
formers are designed to deliver rated output at 
secondary terminals to a 99M c ~c power factor 
at 5% below rate primary voltage. The tem- 
ure rise of the winding will not exceed 55°C., 
i operated fifteen hours continuously at half 

OPERATION" 
e operating characteristics shown below are 
1 on average measured iron loss, copper loss at 
., load power factor of 99 H%, rated load and 
al primary voltage. 

CONSTRUCTION 
e tank of the type *LM" regulating trans- 
;r is made of heavy sheet steel with steel chan- 
icross the bottom to protect the tank. It is 



Type "LM" 




made water proof by a cork gasket between the 
top rim and the cover. The gasket is shellaced on 
one side and liberally greased on the other, making 
possible the removal of the cover without injury 
to the gasket. The tank is protected with two coats 
of battleship grey paint. 

The three primary leads and two secondary leads 
terminate at separate terminal boards. Four bronze 
wiping sleeves, 1 inch inside diameter, are provided 
for primary and secondary entrance leads. White 
lead joints should be made on all subway installa- 
tions to ensure satisfactory operation of the reg- 
ulating transformer if submerged. 

The mechanism of the manhole type unit is 
identical with the pole type unit, with the exception 
of the terminal board provided with the manhole 
type; the same features of construction and rating 
for the type LP also apply to the type TM." 

The parallel motion type mechanism makes pos- 
sible the design of manhole type regulating trans- 
formers in ratings of 30 kw. or less with an overall 
diameter not exceeding 30 inches. This eliminates 
the necessity of using a tandem type design. 



PERFORMANCE DATA 
2300-2070 Volt Primary. 6.6 Ampere Secondary, 60 Cycle 



Primary 



Secondarv 



Efficiency 



Power Factor 



ing 
r. 


Amperes 


Kv-a 
Input 


Nor. 
Load 
Volts* 


Open 

Cir. 

Volts 


Full 
Load 


Load 


Load 


M 
Load 


Full 
Load 


H 

Load 


H 

Load 


H 

Load 


Gals. 
Oil 




2.94 


6 75 


760 


1023 


93 . 2 


91.2 


87.2 


77.3 


75 


56 


3S 


20 


38 


i 


4.41 


10.13 


1140 


1534 


94 2 


92 2 


88.8 


79.8 


75 


56 


as 


20 


45 




5.88 


13.50 


1520 


2045 


94.7 


93.1 


90.0 


81.8 


75 


56 


o- 


20 


45 




8.82 


20 . 25 


2280 


3068 


95 4 


93.9 


91.3 


S3. 9 


75 


56 


:>^ 


20 


55 




11.77 


27.00 


3040 


4090 


95. S 


94.6 


92.1 


85 . 5 


75 


56 


38 


20 


DO 




14.70 


33 . 75 


3800 


5113 


96.3 


95.2 


93.0 


86.9 


75 


56 


3> 


20 


75 




17.64 


40.50 


4560 


6135 


96.5 


95.4 


93.3 


87.3 


75 


56 


38 


20 


75 



'ote: Efficiency and power factor based on rated load, average measured iron loss, copper loss at 75°C, Wi% power factor 



rhis voltage is available at the secondary terminals with a 99J^% power factor load connected and with 95% of normal 
e applied to the primary. With 100% of normal voltage, the available load voltage will be 10-5% of the values shown. 

erformance Data on 25 cycle regulators may be obtained on application to the nearest district office, 

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES 




Rating Kw. 


A 


B 


C 


D 


E 


5 


50 


39 


23 


3 


14 


7H 


51 


40 


25 


4H 


17 


10 


51 


40 


25 


4K 


17 


15 


53 


42 


27H 


4M 


IS 


20 


53 


42 


27H 


4H 


IS 


25 


54 


43 


29K 


5 


21 


30 


54 


43 


29 H 


5 


21 



Above dimensions apply to 60 cycle regulators and are for reference only. For official dimensions of 
25 and 60 cycle regulators apply to the nearest district office. 

Prices on application. 









258 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
Station-type Constant Current Regulating Transformers Type "RS" 



Chain clamped to supporting 
wheel 

Auxiliary balancing weights 
insure close regulation 

Ball bearings eliminate friction 



Full wheel insures correct lever 
arm for all loads 

Heavy flexible chain 

Note rugged construction of 
top casing and wheel sup- 
ports 



One counterweight 



Expanded steel protecting 
cage easily removed 

Coils and leads insulated. 
Steel cage merely protects | 
moving parts 

Rugged base casting and tie 
rods hold iron firmly in posi- 
tion 




Primary leads with taps for 10 
per cent above and 10 per cent 

under rated voltage 



Silicon 
in core 



non-ageing steel used 



Porcelain bushing fixes posi- 
tion of leads 

Bumpers protect insulation 

on coil 

Extra flexible leads insure long 
life and smooth operation 

6.6-ampere and 7.5-ampere clip 
taps are easily interchanged 

Bumpers protect insulation 



Micarta tube insulates 
coil from core 



each 



Note Concentric construc- 
tion of coils exposing both sides 
of each section to air 

Clamps hold iron core securely 



Station-Type Regulator 



The station type "RS" constant current regulating trans- 
former is designed for manually-controlled indoor operation 
or may be adapted for automatic. operation as outlined below. 
Type 'RS" regulating transformers have 2300 volt primary 
windings with taps for 2100 or 2500 volts. The secondary 
is designed for 6.6 or 7.5 ampere constant current with a 90 
per cent tap in the secondary for improved power factor 
and efficiency for 35 to 90 per cent loads. This same im- 
proved performance may be obtained for any secondary load 
from to 90 per cent when the 100 per cent load secondary 
connection is employed and when 2300 volts is applied to the 
2500 volt primary connection or 2100 volts to the 2300 volt 
primary connection. Further improvement in performance 
may be obtained for any secondary load from to 80 per cent 
when the 100 per cent load secondary connection is employed 
and when 2100 volts is applied to the 2500 volt primary 
connection. 

The equivalent of an 80 per cent tap is possible with 
2300 volt primary by using the 90 per cent secondary tap 
and the 2500 volt primary tap, and the table of performance 
is based on the use of this connection for 75, 50 and 25 per 
cent loads. In accordance with A.I.E.E. recommendations 
the regulators are designed to deliver rated kw. load at the 
secondary terminals to a 99^ per cent power factor load 
and with 5 per cent reduced primary voltage. The tem- 

p f[ a l ure . rise above ambient temperatures will not exceed 
55 Centigrade when operated at half load continuously for 
15 hours. All regulators are adjusted on test to give second- 
ary constant current within 1 per cent rated. 

The shell-type case of the station-type regulator is made of 
silicon non-ageing steel securely held to insure quiet operation 
and low iron loss. In order to secure maximum ventilation 
and even temperature in the winding, the coils are divided 
into a number of concentric sections. The inside section is 
wound on a Micarta tube affording good mechanical strength 
and at the same time high insulation between the coil and the 
centre leg of the core. The succeeding sections are wound 
oyer wooden spacing strips placed at intervals about the 
circumference so as to introduce ventilating ducts. Having 
both sides of each section exposed to the air assures an even 
copper temperature, and in addition this method of con- 
struction gives a coil of light weight, aiding in obtaining high 
sensitiveness to changes in load. 



■ 

The secondary coils of the station-type regulators from 5 
to 30 kw. .inclusive are designed for single-circuit operation 
only, while the 35 to 70 kw. sizes are designed for two inter- 
connected secondary operation as shown in the diagram 
below. The 35 and 40 kw. units are insulated for single- 
circuit operation but the 50, 60 and 70 kw. units must be 
specially manufactured when required for single-circuit 
secondary operation. 



AUTOMATIC OPERATION 

Any of the non-automatic station (Type "RS") constant 
current regulating transformers will operate automatically 
when the connected load is not less than 50 per cent below 
rating. The reduced capacity secondary taps should not be 
used when operated automatically. However, the reduced 
capacity primary taps as outlined above should be used when 
normal voltage or 90 per cent of normal voltage is applied 
to the primary and when the connected load is less than 91 
per cent of rated. Regulators over 35 kw. rating should not 
be operated automatically when the connected load is less 
than half rating; however, the smaller rating will operate 
satisfactorily at lighter loads. 

When full automatic station-type regulators are require* 
to operate from full load to short circuit, regulators of a high 
reactance type should be used. Prices and complete inform 
ation may be secured from the nearest district office. 




Ttcon<tory 



P/imorj 



Diagram of Inter-Connected 
Secondary Circuits 



Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



259 




WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 









M-~ 



Type 'LY'Rnnerrjc 



Type'i'O/l SwrmH 
4 pole: 



type CD'WfiTTHOu/e 
Metep 

Test Links 
Potential Studs 




TfrC Cf'ffWIElER 



Trpe'l'O/LSu/rr&f 
3 °OLE 2 Hfin0L£ 



Trpe 1'Oil SwrrtH 
ZFtLE 



Type 'CD'yPTTMOu^ 
tlETE/? 

Test Links 
Potential Studs 




r m'LrRtwETEf 



Type't'Oil Sv/tc* 
JFOlE 2H0NDLE 



Type I Oil Swtch 
2 POLE 



Type CD UffTTHOue 
. tlETEF 
Test L/akq 

PoTCtfTlAL Stuj& 



Fig. 1 



Fig. 2 



Fig. 3 




1} cm' 0*1. 



in: 



& ,«.Jj 



I LlL 

Ir 3 :i 



&*j*~t 



-'-'.- 






HM ?<r to. 













£' t,^/ jk» +* 







IMm*t~*j iff 
\w*» / / MM* 






IZOOK- 



^Sz 







CIS ffcr 



^.5* '*-.* £•« 









noo/nw *>» Too-* 









Tut Li-M 



Fig. 4 



Fig. 



Control Panels 



Control panels are furnished in black marine finished steel 
inches high, the single circuit panel 20 inches wide and the 
D-circuit 24 inches wide, complete with wall braces 5 feet 
g, and channel iron base. 

The standard panel for single circuit constant-current 
.ulating transformers is the two-switch panel, figures 2 
d 5, and includes one two pole single-throw oil switch 
d one three pole two handle oil switch with short-circuiting 
itacts, one type "LY" ammeter with Type "K-2" current 
nsformer and mounting brackets, two single pole fused 
:outs complete with mounting brackets and fuses connected 
the primary circuit. 

rhe standard panel for two circuit constant-current 
;ulating transformers is the three-switch panel, figures 3 
d 6, and includes one two pole single-throw oil switch and 
o three-pole two handle oil switches with short-circuiting 
itacts. Other equipment is the same as supplied on the 
gle circuit panel. 

Single circuit panels with one four pole single-throw pole 
itch, figures 1 and 4, may be used for closing both primary 
d secondary circuits with one operation but their use is 
: recommended. 

^ny of the above types of control panels may be obtained 
h metering equipment. Metering equipment includes 
: type "CD" watthour meter, one type "K-2" current 
nsformer, dry-type potential transformer with primary and 
ondary fuses and necessary mounting brackets. 

rhe metering equipment shown by dotted lines on the 
ing diagrams will be supplied only when style number 
luding it is specified. Prices on application. 



Fig. 6 

WITHOUT METERING EQUIPMENT— 25 and 60 Cycle 

Figure 
Circuits Switches Outline Diag. 



Regulator 
Rating Kw. 

5 
10 
15 
20 

5 
10 
15 

20 and 25 
50 

30 and 35 
40 and 50 
60 and 70 



Single 

Single 

Single 

Single 

Single 

Single 

Single 

Single 

Single 

Two 

Two 

Two 



J 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 

2 
2 
2 
3 
3 
3 



1 
1 
1 
1 

2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
3 
3 
3 



4 
4 
4 
4 
5 
5 
:■ 
5 
5 
6 
6 
6 



Style No. 
H-27640 
H-27641 
H-27642 
H-27643 
H-27644 
H -276 45 
H-27646 
H-27647 
H -27648 
H-27649 
H -27650 
H-27651 



5 
10 
15 
20 

5 
10 
15 

20 and 25 
30 

30 and 35 
40 



WITH METERING EQUIPMENT— 25 Cycle 

Single 1 1 4 H-27652 

Single 1 1 4 H-27653 

Single 1 1 4 H-27654 

Single 1 1 4 H-27655 

Single 2 2 5 H-27656 

Single 2 2 5 H -27657 

Single 2 2 5 H-27658 

Single 2 2 5 H-27659 

Single 2 2 5 H-27660 

Two 3 3 6 H -27661 

Two 3 -3 6 H-27662 



5 
10 
15 
20 

5 
10 
15 

20 and 25 
30 

30 and 35 
40 and 50 
60 and 70 



Single 

Single 

Single 

Single 

Single 

Single 

Single 

Single 

Single 

Two 

Two 

Two 



1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
3 
3 
3 



60 Cycle 



1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
3 
3 
3 



4 
4 
4 
4 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
6 
6 
6 



H -2766a 
H-27664 
H -27665 
H -27666 
H -27667 
H-27668 
H -27669 
H -27670 
H-27671 
H-27672 
H-27673 
H-27674 















^B 



- 




- NGHOUSE QVERHE. 
LIGHTING 



iating Current Transform ti^ 








• "STINGHOUSE OVERHEAD «■ 

3TING EQUIPME>~ 

liariru* Carresir Transformers 




L "■ :f: :r:r= .— • 
—is ire :CTTagar 



aj ". - . : - - - 
co carry 

■ 



::- 



• - _ - 






BEY 



: 



x toe 






pe 



" >: 






ot : -xz- - Mag, series 

a&ecr :<x>. .as -~:-r ti^l~ 



: r 



_r ~ : nifty 



1~ . . -ZSZ - 




TC JL'JD 



":.. 



" r:_ _ 






•;r~ 







■ 





Northern Electric 



261 



VESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Isolating Current Transformers 

For Safety Coils 

he "CM" manhole type coil has pipe terminals welded to 

case, which being hot galvanized permits the use of a 
ed lead joint. If the coils are installed in the base of 
ts where the coil is not required to operate submerged, 
ater-proofed taped joint is satisfactory. 

he "GP" pole type safety coils is identical with the man- 
i type except that a bracket is added for mounting the 
5e "GM" on a pole in an inverted position, 
iroup series safety coils of 1 and 2 kilowatt sizes are air- 
led and of the same construction as Type "MA" current 
lsformers. The magnetic circuit, with laminations ex- 
ed to the air, is clamped between cast iron end caps 
cfa protect the windings, the leads extending downward 
:>ugh suitable bushings in the bottom end caps. The 
s are impregnated with an insulating compound which 
roughly seals up the joints between the laminations and 

caps, 
'he 3 Kw. sizes and larger are coil insulated and air cooled 
i have the same form of construction as the Tvpe "SK" 
ribution transformers. These sizes are available in both 
? or manhole type cases and each has a film protective 
ice mounted inside the transformer case. 



1 


J5 


r^ 










J * 


■ 


/ J 


t^gr^Y) 




L n * 







iHcle 




Fig. 7 



Fig. 5 




Prices on application. 



Amps. 


A 


B 


C 


D 


F 


6.6-6.6 


*H 


6{i 


2M 






6 t>-15 


6H 


6H 


2H 






15-20 


- - 


6H 


VA, 


a m • 




20-20 


SH 


6tt 


2H 


_ _ ■ 


- 


20-20 


9 


' $ 4 


- 4 






20-20 


mi 


8H 


3* 


• 





WESTINGHOUSE OVERHEAD STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Isolating Current Transformers 

or Safetv Coils 

Outline Dimensions in Inches 

TVPE GM FOR MAXHOLE MOUNTING 

For Operating one 6.6-15 or 20 Ampere Lamp from 6.6 
Ampere 60 Cycle Constant Current Circuit. Figure 8 

Lamp Rating 

Lumens 

1000-2500 

2500-4000 

4000-6000 

6000-10000 

10000-15000 

15000-25000 

TVPE GP FOR POLE MOUNTING 

For Operating one 6.6-15 or 20 Ampere Lamp from 6.6 
Ampere 60 Cycle Constant Current Circuit. Figure 7. 

1000-2500 

2500-4000 

4000-6000 

6000-10000 
10000-1.5000 
1 5000-25000 

DUPLEX ISOLATING CURRENT TRANSFORMERS 

For Operating Two 6.6-15 or 20 Ampere Lamps from a 6.6 

Ampere 60 Cycle Constant Current Circuit. 

Lamp Rating FL 

L-mens Amps. No. A B C D F G H K L 

2/1000-2/3500 6.6-6.6 8 6ft 6H-'i 

2 2500-2 4000 6.6-15 8 &H 6H- 11 * 

10-2 6000 15-20 9 9 7«* 2» 4 

- ••000-2 10000 20-20 6 10 4 $'-« 3ft 

2 10000-2 15000 20-20 S 10^ $U 3ft 

2 15000-2 25000 - -20 6 154 1 1 1 -! ~ - ~ i 4 ; s 4 *« ft . 

GROUP SERIES TVPE 

6.6. Ampere Primary-6.6 Ampere Secondary. 60 cycles. 
For Operating Groups of Lamps in Series on Secondary. 



6.6-6.6 


6H 


6iJ- 

u 16 


2« 


11 




6 6-15 


&H 


o i«. 


2\i 


11 


C: 1 


15-20 


S*s 


6H 


2H 


11 4 


8^ 


20-20 


- - 


6U 


2H 


UK 


SH 


20-20 


9 


■ 


2 S 4 


^H 


9^ 


20-20 


lOtf 


■i 


3A 


14-*- 


9li 



Kv-a 


- 






















Ratir | 


No 


A 


B 


c 


D 


F 


G 


H 


' 


k: 


i- 


2a 


8 


6H 


6^ 


2*4 
















50 


s 


8 . 


6 H 


- 
















1 00 


6 




*H 


6 ; ; 


5tt 




H 


H 




ft 


4 


2 00 


" 


15> 2 


11 H 


7H 


' 


4 4 


H 


*4 




ft 


4 


3.00 


o 


26 


14 H 


15% 




is . 


10* 4 


24 


24 






4.00 


- 


ay 


14-', 


15 . 


17 . 




13»» 


24 


24 






5.00 




29 


14 H 


' 


17 


18 


13 8 4 


24 


24 






7.50 


=■ 


304 


1PU 


17 l 4 


19 4 


19 s 4 


13*4 


24 


24 






10.00 


5 




161* 


■' 


19 H 




13** 


24 


24 







SERIES PRIMARV-MULTIPLE SECONDARY TVPE 

For Operating 115 \"olt Multiple Lamps from a 6.6 Ampere 
60 Cvcle Constant Current Circuit. 



Lamp Rating Fig. 
Watts Xo. 

401 
60- S 

100 

1501 

200 

250 

500 

750 
1000 



Manhole Type 



A 

6H 



B 

: - 



m 6H 



8 

S 



$ 3 s 
9 

10U 



6H 

7 3 4 

8H 



C 
2H 



2K 



2H 

3r> 



D 



Pole Type 



2H n 3 4 



s 1 



<*H 6H 2* 4 11 . S»* 



401 

1001 

isoi 
200 \ 

250,1 
500 
750 
1000 

Dimensions are for reference only. For official dimensions 
and for dimensions of 25 cycle Safety Coils apply to the 
nearest Office. 

Prices on application. 



1 


> > 


6tt 


2 


11 


s 1 * 


, 


9 


7 S 4 


2H 


12 H 


9H 


7 


1034 


SH 


3A 


M* 


9 • 



*r' jm*V * 



262 



Northern Etectric 






WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 






Cast Iron Standards 



ARCADIAN DESIGN 



The Arcadian design has a plain column with sharp clear- 
cut lines which give distinction and simple dignity to the 
standard. It is available in six different heights in both 
single and two-light forms. The single-light column is 
equipped with a Type U universal fitter to which any of the 
luminaires described hereinafter may be attached without 
any intermediate casing. The numeral following the name 
of the standard indicates the height in feet of the column 
only. The column heights indicated below are measured 
from the ground line to the flange on which the luminaire 
is mounted. The two-light column height and style number 
include the column complete, with the Arcadian two-light 
top section. 









Description 


Cc 

H 
Ft. 


lumn 
eight 
In. 


Light 

Center 

Ft. In. 


Dimensions 
in Inches 

Base Bolt 
C D 


Ship 

Wt. 

Lb., 

Each 


Style 
No. 








Single-Light 








Arcadian 10 


10 





11 





16 


9% 


245 


347310 


Arcadian 11 


11 





12 





16 


9% 


250 


347311 


Arcadian 12 


12 





13 





20 


12 • 


420 


347312 


Arcadian 13 


13 





14 





20 


12 


460 


347313 


Arcadian 14 


14 





15 





20 


12 


530 


347314 


Arcadian 15 


15 





16 





20 


12 


580 


347315 








Ti 


vo-Light 








Arcadian 10 


11 


10 


12 


10 


•16 


9% 


395 


337880 


Arcadian 11 


12 


10 


13 


10 


16 


9K 


400 


337881 


Arcadian 12 


13 


10 


14 


10 


20 


12 


570 


337882 


Arcadian 13 


14 


10 


15 


10 


20 


12 


610 


337883 


Arcadian 14 


15 


10 


16 


10 


20 


12 


680 


337884 


Arcadian 15 


16 


10 


17 


10 


20 


12 


730 


352391 



£ooo# 






Type U Single-Light 
Column Top Fitter 



Base Template 



Type U Two-Light 
Column Top Fitter 



Dimensions are for reference only. For official dimensions applv to the nearest district office. 



Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



263 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 



Cast Iron Standards 



CAPITAL DESIGN 



/ 



c»». 



The Capital design has sharp clear-cut lines which give 
an appearance of distinction and simple dignity to the stand- 
ard. It is available in three different heights in both single 
and two-light forms. The single-light column is equipped 
with a Type U universal fitter to which any of the luminaires 
described hereinafter may be attached without any inter- 
mediate casing. The numeral following the name of the 
standard indicates the height in feet of the column only. 
The column heights indicated below are measured from the 
ground line to the flange on which the luminaire is mounted. 
The two-light column height and style number include the 
column complete, with the Cosmopolitan two-light top section. 



Description 



Dimensions Ship. 
Column Light in Inches Wt. 

Height Center Base Bolt Center Lb. Style 
Ft. In. Ft. In. C D E Each No. 

Single-Light 



Capital 10 10 11 18 .... \%M 415 347810 

Capital 12 12 13 20 133^ .... 495 347812 

Capital 15 15 16 20 13 Mi .... 595 347815 

Two-Light 

Capital 10 11 11 12 11 18 .... 133^ 545 338170 

Capital 12 13 11 14 11 20 \%Y> - . . . 625 338172 

Capital 15 16 11 17 11 20 13V£ .... 725 338175 



tDOOP 




Base Template 
Capital 10 



*;:*■* 






r4i 



6 
1 



Type G Two-Light 
Column Top Fitter 




Base Template 
Capital 12 and 15 




Type U Single-Light 
Column Top Fitter 



Dimensions are for reference only. For official dimensions apply to the nearest district office. 



Prices on application. 



264 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 



Cast Iron Standards 



EDGEWATER DESIGN 



. i 




The Edgewater is a plain design with sharp, clear-cut lines 
which give distinction and simple dignity to the standard. 
It is available in six different heights in both single and two- 
light forms. The single-light column is equipped with a 
Type U universal fitter to which any of the luminaires de- 
scribed hereinafter may be attached without any intermediate 
casing. The numeral following the name of the standard 
indicates the height in feet of the column only. The column 
heights indicated below are measured from the ground line 
to the flange on which the luminaire is mounted. The two- 
light column height and style number include the column 
complete, with the Edgewater two-light top section. 



Dimensions Ship. 
Column Light in Inches Wt. 

Height Center Base Bolt Center Lb. 



Style 







s 


ingl 


e Light 








Description Ft. 


In 


Ft. 


In. 


C 


D 


E 


Each 


No. 


Edgewater 10 10 





11 





18 


5H 


5ft 


315 


347410 


Edgewater 11 11 





12 





18 


5H 


5ft 


325 


34741 1 


Edgewater 12 12 





13 





20 


6^ 


6ft 


445 


347412 


Edgewater 13 13 





14 





20 


6^ 


6ft 


495 


347413 


Edgewater 14 1-1 





15 





20 


QH 


VA 


570 


347414 


Edgewater 15 15 





16 





20 


6H 


6H 


635 


347415 



Two-Light 



Edgewater 10 12 


8 


13 


8 


18 


5V 2 


5ft 


565 


337890 


Edgewater 11 13 


8 


14 


8 


18 


5V 2 


5ft 


575 


337891 


Edgewater 12 14 


8 


15 


8 


20 


QVo 


6ft 


695 


337892 


Edgewater 13 16 


1 


17 


1 


20 


VA 


6ft 


745 


337893 


Edgewater 14 17 





18 





20 


6H 


6H 


820 


337894 


Edgewater 15 17 


9 


18 


9 


20 


QVs 


QVs 


885 


352392 



tDOOQ 





h*i 



>*. 



Type U Single-Light 
Column Top Fitter 



Base Template 




Type J Two-Light 
Column Top Fitter 



/ 



Dimensions are for reference only. For official dimensions apply to the nearest district office 






Prices on application. 




Northern Electric 



265 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 



Cast Iron Standards 



-" 



VILLA DESIGN 



The Villa design has sharp clear-cut lines which give an 
appearance of distinction and simple dignity to the standard. 
It is available in two different heights in both single and two- 
light forms. The single-light column is equipped with a Type 
U universal fitter to which any of the luminaires described 
hereinafter may be attached without any intermediate casing. 
The numeral following the name of the standard indicates the 
height in feet of the column only. The column heights indi- 
cated below are measured from the ground line to the flange 
on which the luminaire is mounted. The two-light column 
height and style number include the column complete, with 
the Villa two-light top section. 



Dimensions Ship. 

Column Light in Inches Wt. 

Descrip- Height Center Base Bolt Center Lbs. 

tion Ft. In. Ft. In. C D E Ea. 



Style 
No. 



Villa 10 10 11 
Villa 12 12 13 



Single-Light 

17H .... 
19 14H 



12H 235 348110 
325 348112 



Two-Light 

Villa 10 11 8 12 8 17M ■••■ 
Villa 12 13 8 14 8 19 }±H 



Z.DOOP 



12K 



310 338260 
400 352337 




fjffOLZS 



Base Template Villa 10 





DOCK? 



Type U Single-Light 
Column Top Fitter 



■HOLES 



Base Template 
Villa 12 




Type U Two-Light 
Column Top Fitter 










Dimensions are for reference only. For official dimensions apply to the nearest district office. 



Prices on application. 












266 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Casing Adaptors 

FOR CAST-IRON STANDARDS 

The casing adaptors shown are used principally for use in converting existing installations of cluster-light standards to the mor 
modern and efficient single-light type. These adaptors are of cast-iron painted with a high grade black weatherproof paint. 

— st — 





71 



\r-7- 



8 






6 



7U 



7A=\ 



ft 




Arcadian 



California 





Edgewater Large 

12 



1-3H 



-41- 



Edgewater Small 




\^4fl 



7 



Grand View 




si 



/ a 




>H 



Commercial 



Commonwealth 





Egyptian Junior 



Egyptian Senior 



7i 



7 



8 



^t 



h 



z 



<n n p 





Villa Senior 



Villa Junior 



Type of Additive Approx. 

Name of Casing Column Top Heights of Wt Lb., 

& hitter Casing, Inches Ship. 

Arcadian TT __. 

California TT a 

Commercial ... 

Commonwealth ttt r 

Edgewater, large * ' E ' ., 

Edgewater, small ~ 8 

Egyptian Junior / 

Egyptian Senior " R {* 

GrandView ? "g* 3 * 

ParkView f 13 / 2 45 

™ a J unior :::::::::::::::::::::::: i> l A \t 

VlI,aSemor d m 17 

D . „ _. Order By Style Number 

Prices on application. 



Style 
No. 

350662 

351491 

3534231 

351522 

351382 

353387 

336293 

336294 

353736 

351381 

353782 

353757 



fodian 
oopolj 

vnttt 



foot! 



* 



01 



"^ 



Northern Electric 



267 



STINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 



Two-Light Top Sections and Brackets 




Edgewater 




Cosmopolitan 




Villa 





-Description 



Ship 
Type Wt. Style 
Fitter Lb., Ea. No. 



ian Two-light 

^politan Two-light 
'ater Two-light 
go Two-light 

Two-light 



Cast-iron U 150 338395 



Cast-iron G 

Cast-iron J 

Cast-iron G 

Cast-iron U 



130 338394 

225 338389 

200 338390 

80 338393 



lensions are for reference only. For official dimensions 
to the nearest district office. 

es on application. 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Accessories for Lighting Standards 

POTHEADS 




Showing Installation of Pothead by the Use of Iron Support 

Imbedded in Concrete Foundation 





Disconnecting Pothead Parts for Disconnecting 

with Ground Support Pothead 

Ship. Wt. 
Description Lb., Ea. Style No 

Simple pothead complete (without 

compound) 16 343266 

Disconnecting pothead complete 

(without compound) 17 343265 

Pothead compound 1-gallon can 

(sufficient for 12 potheads) 11 354500 

Ground test plug 1 336045 

Prices on application. 

PEERLESS CUTOUT 




$£CTiQn SHOVING P££#LCSS 

Cutout >*?oc#ytcd /y 3*s£ 

Peerless Cutout in Base 
of Granite Standard 







Peerless Cutout Open 




Peerless Cutout Closed 

Ship. Wt. 
Description Lb., Ea, Style No. 

Peerless cutout complete with mounting 

bracket for Sheridan 12 or 13 14 354580 

Prices on application. 




** 



268 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 



Trolleylite Brackets 









k 




Cblumbian Trolleylite Bracket 

When^conditions warrant, the purely 
utilitarian trolley pole may be utilized 
as a street lighting unit. This is accom- 
plished by the addition of either single 
or double ornamental brackets. 

Westinghouse brackets are designed to 
support any Westinghouse luminaire. 
Different styles of brackets are available 
so that a harmonious combination can 
be very easily secured. The use of 
trolleylite brackets provides an economical 
and attractive method of lighting streets 
on which trolley poles are already in 




\ 



Columbian Trolleylite Bracket 

place. The same types of luminaires may 
be used on both standards and trolleylite 
brackets, thus making the luminaire; 
uniform in appearance throughout the 
city. Prices on double brackets will b( 
furnished upon request- 
Further ornamentation of trolley pole; 
may be secured by the addition of orna 
mental bases, etc. 



Style number covers brackets only 
Prices on steel trolley poles will be fur 
nished on application. 



~« 



Trolley Pole Equipped with Columbian 

Brackets, Metropolis Base 

and Acorn Finial 

COLUMBIAN TROLLEYLITE BRACKETS 

^ . . Wt.,Lb 

Description Ship 

For 4-inch pipe 130 

For 5-inch pipe 135 

For 6-inch pipe 140 

For 7-inch pipe 150 

For wooden poles 120 







Style No. 
352381 
352382 
352383 
352384 
352380 



Brackets can also be furnished for mounting on concrete trolley poles. Prices will be furnished upon request 
Dimensions are for reference only. For official dimensions apply to the nearest district office. 

Prices on application. 



Si 



Northern Electric 



269 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 




irolina Trolleylite Bracket with 
Washington Senior Luminaire 




1-Lux Trolleylite Bracket with 
Sol-Lux Senior Luminaire 




Trolleylite Brackets 

(Continued) 






CAROLINA TROLLEYLITE 
BRACKETS 








Wt., Lb. 


Style 


Description 


Ship. 


No. 


For 4-inch pipe. . . 


140 


352260 


For 5-inch pipe. . . 


140 


352261 


For 6-inch pipe. . . 


145 


352262 


For 7-inch pipe. . . 


145 


352263 


For wooden pole.. 


135 


352264 



SOL-LUX TROLLEYLITE 
BRAKETS 



Description 

For 4-inch pipe. . . 
For 5-inch pipe. . . 
For 6-inch pipe. . . 
For 7-inch pipe. . . 
For wooden pole.. 



Wt., Lb. 

Ship. 


Style 
No. 


. 120 


342088 


. 120 


342089 


125 


342090 


. 125 


342091 


. 110 


342985 



SOL-LUX SHORT TORCH 
TROLLEYLITE BRACKETS 





Wt., Lb. 


Stvle 


Description 


Ship. 


No. 


For 4-inch pipe. . 


110 


350796 


For 5-inch pipe. . 


110 


350797 


For G-inch pipe. . 


. 115 


350798 


For 7-inch pipe. . 


. 115 


350799 


For wooden pole. 


. 100 


350800 



l-Lux Short Torch Trolleylite 
Bracket with Crystalux Senior 
Luminaire 



List price includes brackets complete 
except without luminaires. 

Brackets can also be furnished for 
mounting on concrete trolley poles. 
Prices will be furnished upon request. 

Dimensions are for reference only. 
For official dimensions apply to the 
nearest district office. 

Prices on application. 




Carolina Trolleylite Bracket with 
Washington Senior Luminaire 




Sol-Lux Trolleylite Bracket with 
Sol-Lux Senior Luminaire 




Sol-Lux Short Torch 1 Trolleylite 

Bracket with Crystalux Senior 

Luminaire 






270 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Trolleylite Brackets — Continued 



- 




Santiago Trolleylite Bracket with 
Octagonal Pendant 







Santiago Trolleylite Bracket with 
Octagonal Pendant 

SANTIAGO TROLLEYLITE BRACKETS 

Description 

For 4-inch pipe 

For 5-inch pipe 

For 6-inch pipe 

For 7-inch pipe 

For wooden pole 

Prices on application. 

Ornamental Equipment for Steel Trolley 

Poles 



Wt., Lb. 


Style 


Ship. 


No. 


75 


352205 


75 


352206 


75 


352207 


75 


352208 


75 


352209 





Acorn Finial Acorn Finial 

ACORN TROLLEY POLE FINIALS 

Acorn trolley pole finial is a cast-iron ornament for the 
top of tubular steel trolley poles. 

Description 

For 2M-»nch pipe 

For 3-inch pipe 

For 4-inch pipe 

For 5-inch pipe 

For 6-inch pipe 

Prices on application. 



t.. Lb. 


Style 


Ship. 


No. 


3 


335603 


5 


339608 


8 


339387 


10 


339718 


15 


350015 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREE 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Ornamental Equipment for Steel Trolley 

Poles 





Plain Wheel Guard 



Plain Wheel Guard 



PLAIN WHEEL GUARDS 

Plain wheel guard is a cast-iron base to slip over tubul; I 

steel poles to protect the pole from being damaged by tl 

wheels of vehicles. 

Wt., Lb. Style II 
Description Ship. No. 1 

For 6-inch pipe 60 35139> [I 

For 7-inch pipe 65 35139' 

For 8-inch pipe 75 351401 




H 



r 



I 

j 



H 



M 



Pole Collar 



Pole Collar 



ORNAMENTAL POLE COLLARS 

Ornamental pole collar is a cast-iron collar for covering t | 
swedged joints of tubular steel trolley poles. 

Wt., Lb. Style 
Description Ship No. 

For 5-6 inch joints 16 35453' 

For 6-7 inch joints , 20 35453 ! 

For 7-8 inch joints 24 35453 j 





Duquesne Trolley Base Duquesne Trolley Base 

DUQUESNE TROLLEY BASES 

A light ornamental base made in two parts for bolting arou 

trolley pole after erection. 

Wt., Lb. Style 
Description Ship. No. 

For 5-inch pipe 100 35176 

For 6-inch pipe 100 35176 

For 7-inch pipe 100 35176 

Dimensions are for reference only. For official dimensic 
apply to the nearest district office. I 

Prices on application. 









^ 



Northern Electric 



271 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
Ornamental Equipment for Steel Trolley Poles— Continued 




Hawthorne Trolley 
Base 



HAWTHORNE TROLLEY BASES 

Hawthorne trolley base is a light-weight base for sliding 
over trolley poles of six, seven and eight-inch diameters. 

Wt, Lb. Style 
Description Ship. No. 

For 6-inch pipe 165 353810 

For 7-inch pipe 175 352366 

For 8-inch pipe 200 352367 



r"f-i 




J 



42 



u 



Hawthorne Trolley 
Base 




Winslow Trolley Base 



WINSLOW TROLLEY BASES 

Winslow trolley base is an ornamental base of attractive 
design which is made in two sections which can be easily 
bolted together. It has an interchangeable collar at the top 
which allows this base to be used with poles of different 
diameters. The bottom is eccentric in shape and has ample 
space for the installation of safety coils when required. 



Wt., Lb. 
Description Ship. 

For 7-inch pipe 225 

For 8-inch pipe 225 

For 9-inch pipe . . . 225 



Style 
No. 

352363 

352364 

352365 




Winslow Trolley Base 




Metropolis Trolley 
Base 



METROPOLIS TROLLEY BASES 

Metropolis trolley base is for ornamenting tubular steel 
trolley poles. It is designed to slip over the pole during 
erection. 

Wt., Lb. Style 
Description Ship. No. 

For 5-inch pipe 375 353172 

For 6-inch pipe - 385 335597 

For 7-inch pipe 410 335595 

For 8-inch pipe .' 430 353173 

For 9-inch pipe 45 ° 335596 



Prices on application. 



7-102 



24 




Metropolis Trolley 
Base 









272 



Northern Electric 






^- 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Luminaires for Street Lighting 




CRYSTAL UX 

Approx. 
Wt., Lb. 

Lamp each 
Description Rating Ship. 

Senior 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, 

standard series socket and Bi-lux 10000 50 
refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, 

mogul multiple socket and Bi-lux 500 50 

refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, 

standard series socket and Super- 10000 50 
lux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, 

mogul multiple socket and Super- 500 50 

lux refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, 

standard series socket without 15000 35 
refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, 

mogul multiple socket without 750 35 

refractor watt 



Style 
No. 



352379 



352394 



338198 



338199 



352557 



352558 



Junior 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, 
standard series socket without 
refractor 



oOOO 
lumen 



30 



352559 



With rectilinear globe and canopy, 
mogul multiple socket without 300 
refractor watt 

Prices on application. 



30 



352560 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Luminaires for Street Lighting 





95 


3523! 


95 


3523; 


95 


33831 


95 


33831 


80 


3523i 


80 


3523. 



PARAGON 

Approx. 
Wt.,Lb.. 
Lamp Each Styk 

Description Rating Ship. No. 

Giant 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 10000 

socket and Bi-lux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket and Bi-lux refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 10000 

socket and Superlux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket and Superlux refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy. Standard series 25000 

socket without refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 1500 

socket without refractor watt 

Senior 

With rectilinear globe and canopy. Standard series 100O0 

socket and Bi-lux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket and Bi-lux refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 10000 

socket and Superlux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket and Superlux refractor watt 

With rectilinear glob** and canopy, Standard series 15000 

socket without refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 1000 

socket without refractor watt 

With Monax globe and canopy. Standard series 15000 

socket without refractor lumen 

With Monax globe and canopy, mogul multiple 1000 

socket without refractor watt 

Junior 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 10000 

socket and Bi-lux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket and Bi-lux refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 10000 

socket and Superlux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket and Superlux refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 10000 

socket without refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket without refractor watt 

With Monax globe and canopy. Standard series 10000 

socket without refractor lumen 

With Monax globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket without refractor watt 

Prices on application. 



55 


3524 


55 


3524 


55 


3383 


55 


3383 


40 


3524 


40 


3524 


40 


3524 


40 


3524 



50 


352c 


50 


352! 


50 


33*: 


50 


338: 


35 


352- 


35 


352-: 


35 


352' 


35 


352' 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Luminaires for Street Lighting— Continued 



OCTAGONAL 



273 




Octagonal 



Description 

With glass canopy, Standard series socket 
and Bi-lux refractor 

With glass canopy, mogul multiple socket 
and Bi-lux refractor 

With glass canopy, Standard series socket 
and Superlux refractor 

With glass canopy, mogul multiple socket 
and Superlux refractor 

With glass canopy, Standard series socket 
without refractor 

With glass canopy, mogul multiple socket 
without refractor 

With metal canopy, Standard series socket 
and Bi-lux refractor 

With metal canopy, mogul multiple socket 
and Bi-lux refractor 

With metal canopy, Standard series socket 
and Superlux refractor 

With metal canopy, mogul multiple socket 
and Superlux refractor 

With metal canopy, Standard series socket 
without refractor 

With metal canopy, mogul multiple socket 
without refractor , 



Lamp 
Rating 

[ 10000 
\lumen 

/500 

\watt 

[ 10000 
\lumen 

/500 
\watt 

(15000 

[lumen 

(1000 

\watt 

/ 10000 

\lumen 

(500 

\watt 

(10000 
\lumen 

(500 

\watt 

(15000 
\lumen 

(1000 
watt 



Approx. 

Wt. 
Lb., Ea. 

Ship. 

Senior 



Style 

No. 



125 351642 



125 351641 



120 338346 



120 338347 



110 351310 



110 351311 



120 351742 



120 351744 



1 15 338348 



115 338349 



105 351745 



105 351747 



Lamp 
Rating 

(10000 
\lumen 

(500 
(watt 

[ 10000 
\lumen 

(500 
\watt 

(10000 
\lumen 

(500 
\watt 

(10000 
\lumen 

(500 
\watt 

(10000 
\lumen 

/500 
\watt 

(10000 
\lumen 

(500 

\watt 



Approx. 

Wt. 
Lb., Ea 

Ship. 

Junior 

105 



Style 
No. 



351711 



105 351713 



100 338354 



100 338355 



85 351719 



85 351721 



80 351646 



80 351647 



75 338356 



75 338357 



60 351321 



60 351323 



OCTAGONAL WITH SPURS 




)ctagonal with Spurs 



With glass canopy, Standard series socket (10000 

and Bi-lux refractor \lumen 

With glass canopy, mogul multiple socket (500 

and Bi-lux refractor \watt 

With glass canopy, Standard series socket (10000 

and Superlux refractor \lumen 

With glass canopy, mogul multiple socket (500 

and Superlux refractor \watt 

With glass canopy, Standard series socket (15000 

without refractor \lumen 

With glass canopy, mogul multiple socket (1000 

without refractor \watt 

With metal canopy, Standard series socket (10000 

and Bi-lux refractor \lurnen 

With metal canopy, mogul multiple socket (500 

and Bi-lux refractor \watt 

With metal canopy, Standard series socket (10000 

and Superlux refractor \lumen 

With metal canopy, mogul multiple socket (500 

and Superlux refractor \watt 

With metal canopy, Standard series socket (15000 

without refractor \lumen 

With metal canopy, mogul multiple socket (1000 

without refractor \watt 



130 351706 



130 351707 



125 338350 



125 338351 



115 351709 



115 351710 



125 351748 



125 351750 



120 338352 



120 338353 



110 351751 



110 351753 



[10000 

\lumen 

(500 

\watt 

[10000 
\lumen 

(500 
\watt 

[10000 

\lumen 

[500 
\watt 

[10000 
\lumen 

[500 
\watt 

(10000 
\lumen 

[500 
\watt 

(10000 

\lumen 

(500 
\watt 



110 351715 



110 351717 



105 338358 



105 338359 



90 351723 



90 351725 



85 351728 



85 351730 



80 338360 



80 338361 



65 351732 



65 351734 






Prices on application. 


























274 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Luminaires for Street Lighting— Continued 




SOL-LUX 

Approx. 
Wt. 

. . Lamp L 

Description Rating < 

SENIOR 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard 1000 

series socket and Bi-Lux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, rnogul 500 

multiple socket and Bi-Lux refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe, metal canopy, Stand- 10000 

ard series socket and Bi-Lux refractor. . . . lumen 

With rectilinear globe, metal canopv, mogul 500 

multiple socket and Bi-Lux refractor. . . . watt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy. Standard 10000 

series socket and Superlux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul 500 

multiple socket and Superlux refractor. . . . watt 

With rectilinear globe, metal canopy. Stand- 10000 

ard series socket and Superlux refractor. . . lumen 

With rectilinear globe, metal canopy, mogul 500 

multiple socket and Superlux refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard 15000 

series socket without refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul 750 

multiple socket without refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe, metal canopy, Stand- 15000 

ard series socket without refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe, metal canopy, mogul 750 

multiple socket without refractor watt 

With Monax globe and canopy, Standard 15000 

series socket without refractor lumen 

With Monax globe and canopv, mogul 750 

multiple socket without refractor watt 

With Monax globe, metal canopy. Standard 15000 

series socket without refractor. lumen 

With Monax globe, metal canopy, mogul 750 

multiple socket without refractor watt 

JUNIOR 

With^ rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard 6000 

series socket without refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul 300 

multiple socket without refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe, metal canopy, Stand- 6000 

ard series; socket without refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe, metal canopy, mogul 300 

multiple socket without refractor watt 

With Monax globe and canopy, Standard 6000 

series socket without refractor lumen 

With Monax globe and canopy, mogul 300 

multiple socket without refractor watt 

With Monax globe, metal canopy. Standard 6000 

series socket without refractor lumen 

With Monax globe, metal canopy, mogul 300 

multiple socket without refractor watt 

Prices on application. 



). Ea. 
hip. 


Style 
No. 


50 


352372 


50 


352374 


50 


352312 


50 


352314 


50 


338256 


50 


338257 


50 


338258 


50 


338259 


35 


352373 


35 


352375 


35 


352313 


35 


352315 


35 


352376 


33 


352377 


35 


351275 


35 


351271 



32 


352368 


32 


352369 


32 


352318 


32 


352319 


32 


352370 


32 


352371 


32 


351283 


32 


351285 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET *# 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Luminaires for Street Lighting— Continued 







90 
90 
90 
90 
75 
75 



WASHINGTON Approx 

Wt., Lb 

- . . Lamp Each 

Description Rating Ship. 

Giant 

With rectilinear globe and canopy. Standard series 10000 
socket and Bi-lux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 
socket and Bi-lux refractor wa tt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 10000 

socket and Superlux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket and Superlux refractor wa tt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 25000 
socket without refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 1500 

socket without refractor watt 

Large 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 10000 

socket and Bi-lux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket and Bi-lux refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 10000 

socket and Superlux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket and Superlux refractor wat t 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 15000 

socket without refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 1000 

socket without refractor watt 

Medium 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 10000 

socket and Bi-lux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket and Bi-lux refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy. Standard series 10000 

socket and Superlux refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket and Superlux refractor watt 

With rectilinear globe and canopy. Standard series 10000 

socket without refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 500 

socket without refractor . . w ^tt 

Small 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, Standard series 6000 

socket without refractor lumen 

With rectilinear globe and canopy, mogul multiple 300 

socket without refractor watt 

Prices on application. 



Styl.. 



33837 



:imi 










oo 



Q.) 



55 



oo 
40 
40 



35231 



35234 



50 3523 



50 
50 
50 
35 
35 



3383 
3383 

3523 



30 
30 



3524 



332; 



Wtoi 



Northern Electric 



275 



i;STINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
iminaires for Street Lighting — Continued 




WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Luminaires for Street Lighting — Continued 





L^f-I 



Paragon 





Octagonal 

Description 

ystalux Senior 

•ystalux Junior 

tragon Giant 

iragon Senior 

iragon Junior 

:tagonal Senior 

:tagonal Junior. 

:tagonal Senior with Spurs 
-tagonal Junior with Spurs 

Dimensions are for reference only. 
>ply to the nearest district office. 

Prices on application. 



Octagonal with Spurs 



Dimensions in inches 



A 


B 


C 


12 


29 


16 


12 


25 


13 


14 


41 


21H 


12 


32^ 


183/s 


12 


29H 


163/8 


17 


42 


19 


12 


33 


16 


17 


42 


21 


12 


33 


18 



For official dimensions 



7i 

WASHINGTON" 



Dimensions in Inches 



Description 
Sol-Lux Senior. . . . 
Sol-Lux Junior. . . . 



• • « . 



A 

12 
12 



B 

27' j 

22H 



16 
13 




Dimensions in Inches 
Description A 

Washington Giant 173^ 

Washington Large 12 

Washington Medium 12 

Washington Small 12 

Dimensions are for reference only. For official dimensions 
apply to the nearest district office. 

Prices on application. 



B 


C 


39 V 2 


18M 


32 


17 


29 


1534 


27 


14^ 






276 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Ornamental Cast Iron Newels — Continued 

DIMENSIONS IN FEET AND INCHES 




Arcadian 4 
Newel 




- »tf 



i 




16 PLATS 




Edgewater 6 
Newel 






Arcadian 6 
Newel 





" 




Sol-Lux 5 
Newel 



Dimensions are for reference only, 
apply to the nearest district office. 

Prices on application. 




9-7 





Arcadian 8 
Newel 




Sol-Lux 3 
Newel 

For official dimensions 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Ornamental Cast-iron Newels — Continued 

SOL-LUX BRIDGE NEWELS 

Prices include medium sockets 
for side lamps and mogul 
sockets for center lamps, unless 
otherwise specified. Price does 
not include globes, lamps, wiring 
or foundation bolts. 







No. of 

Lights 

1 

2 
3 
4 
5 



Wt., Lb 
Each 

175 
215 
230 
260 
295 



Style 
No. 

341445 
3414-46 
341447 
341448 
341449 



Sol-Lux 5-Light 
Bridge Newel 





Interior View of 
Red-Head Beacon 



Red -Head Beacon Mounted 
on a Sol-Lux 5 Newel 



RED-HEAD WARNING BEACONS 

Distinctive Features 

1. Low current consumption — 300-400 watts. 

2. Illumination of standard and surroundings enable 
driver to estimate his distance from the point of dangei 

3. Red head serves as daytime warning. 

4. Adaptable to present traffic newels. 

5. May be operated on either multiple or series alter 
nating-current circuits with a safety coil. 

Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



277 



ESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Street Lighting Glassware 

GENERAL 




^^ 



\ 



\ 









v 




■ 



P 



Luxsolite Rectilinear Globe 

RECTILINEAR GLASS 

Rectilinear glassware is blown in carefully prepared moulds 
the most skillful glass blowers. The outer surface is made 
of a series of horizontal and vertical prisms so arranged as 
produce a diffusing and sparkling effect. The prisms are so 
anged that the globe can be cleaned easily with a damp 
th. 

Rectilinear globes have been designed to diffuse the light 
th by means of the opalescence of the glassware, and by the 
angement of the prisms. Its sparkling appearance is very 
ractive and since the absorption of light is very small the 
ciency is correspondingly high. 

Rectilinear glass is of medium density, is uniform in color 
i texture and is designed to possess high mechanical 
ength. 

Experience has shown that glare from a street lighting unit 
not only unpleasant but extremely dangerous, blinding 
ke to pedestrians and vehicle drivers. Glare has sometimes 
Ti defined as misdirected light. A light source of high 
rinsic brilliancy, such as an unshielded arc or the filament 
a type C lamp unshielded by diffusing glassware invariably 
>duces glare, and the pupil of the human eye becomes so 
itracted by the intensity of the light source that it cannot, 
:h any degree of precision, discern objects, either stationary 
in motion, between it and the point where the lamp is 
ated. 

rhe primary purpose of diffusing glassware on a street 
iting unit is to convert the piercing glare of high-powered 
ips into useful, comfortable, and properly distributed light. 
is a well known fact that more unmodified light is required 
see objects clearly than is necessary when the glare is 
ninated. Consequently, the use of diffusing glassware 
reases the utility of the light produced by the lamps, the 
rentage of increase depending upon the efficiency of the 
ssware itself. 

105 



90 
75 

60 



?YyU 


Tfj*>£^$&w 


^\V 




l \ l ~-*T""'"i-'* j yiV ' \ >> N, -i'*^!r'*"**- 





OS 
90 

rs 

60 



45 30 15 15 30 45 

Typical Distribution from a Rectilinear Globe 
Vices on application. 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
Street Lighting Glassware 





Luxsolite Monax Globe 

MONAX GLASS 

Monax glassware is the result of many years of develop- 
ment in the glassmaking art. 

The diffusing effect provided by Monax glass is obtained 
without loss of light, because of the care taken in manufacture. 
By reflected light Monax glass has an appearance by day fully 
as attractive as it appears by transmitted light at night. 
It is blown as thin as is consistent with strength; thus glare 
is entirely absent and the lamp filament is not visible through 
the globe. 

GLOBES AND CANOPIES FOR LIGHTING UNITS 

Globe Canopy 

Fig. Ship. Wt. Style Fig. Ship. Wt. Style 
Description No. Lb., Ea. No. No. Lb., Ea. No. 

Crystal ux Junior 

rectilinear 27 15 341026 4 7 341019 

Crystal ux Senior 

rectilinear 26 18 341028 2 7 341023 

Paragon Junior 

Monax.... 18 16 353224 13 9 345909 

Paragon Junior 

rectilinear 18 18 341086 13 9 341085 

Paragon Senior 

Monax. . 17 18 352914 12 9 354329 

Paragon Senior 

rectilinear * 17 18 341088 12 9 341087 

Paragon Giant 

rectilinear 16 50 341090 11 15 341089 

Sol-lux Junior 

Monax 27 15 336148 22 8 354490 

Sol-lux Junior 

rectilinear.. ...... 27 15 341026 22 8 341025 

Sol-lux Senior 

Monax.. 26 18 336150 21 9 354491 

Sol-lux Senior 

rectilinear _. 26 18 34102S 21 9 341027 

Sol-lux Senior recti- 
linear with 9^8- 

inch bottom fitter 25 18 341074 21 9 341027 

Washington, giant, 

rectilinear 6 50 341048 1 10 341047 

Washington, large. 

rectilinear 7 20 341024 2 7 341023 

Washington, m e d- 

ium, rectilinear.. . 8 16 341022 3 7 341021 

Washington, small, 

rectilinear.. 10 16 341018 5 6 341017 

GLOBES FOR PENDANT UNITS 

Fig. Ship. Wt. Style 

Description No. Lb., Ea. No. 

Delaware rectilinear 28 50 341063 

Luxsolite Monax 24 7 220260 

Luxsolite rectilinear 24 9 341029 

Mission Bell 20 20 341766 

Polaris rectilinear 23 18 352499 

Titan Monax 29 17 336900 

Titan rectilinear 29 20 340051 












278 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Street Lighting Glassware — Continued 



DIMENSIONS IN INCHES 



-Hi r-f*HOLE 



*BmO££ 




OG25. 



Dimensions are for reference only. For official dimensions apply to the nearest district office. 
Prices on application. 









Northern E/ectric 



279 



- iSTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Holophane Refractors 

GENERAL 

*he flux from any light source naturally radiates in all 
actions. One of the most important requirements of street 
iting is a uniform intensity upon the roadway and side- 
Iks so that pedestrians and drivers may proceed in safety 
1 comfort. 

Uniform intensity may be obtained either by close spacing 

| the units or by controlling the light. Light may be con- 

lled by reflection or refraction. Reflection is the method 

lerally adopted in interior lighting, but in street lighting 

ere the light-sources must be spaced at wider intervals, 

lectors would produce a condition of spotty illumination or 

glare. Refraction, which is the bending of a ray of light 

\ it passes from one medium to another medium of different 

nsity, is universally used for the directional control of 

L;ht for street illumination. 

> 

APPLICATION 

Westinghouse-Holophane refractors have been designed for 
e with street lighting units to efficiently control the light 
several ways depending upon the results desired and the 
:al conditions- Refractors may be used with or without 
enclosing rectilinear globe to fit local conditions. The 
.rious types of refractors available are described below. 




Bi-Lux Refractor, Bowl Type 

BOWL BI-LUX REFRACTOR 

The Bowl Bi-lux Refractor is similar in character to the 
Iindrical Bi-lux but instead of being cylindrical in shape, 
e lower portion is drawn in to form a bowl. It is used with 
-ndent units and in the globe type of ornamental units. 
y in the case of the Cylindrical Bi-lux the Bow! Bi-lux is 
signed for use in ornamental units placed on or adjacent 
the curb line. 



7500 moo 




150 mwmoww8omo v 5o v € jo i 

Distribution from Bowl Bi-Lux Refractor 
Prices on application. 




T17HATEVER your prob- 
lem may be in Residen- 
tial, Commercial, Industrial, 
Church, School or even Street 
Lighting, you will find in this 
catalogue a representative se- 
lection of the best and latest 
in lighting equipment to 
choose from. 



Experienced Lighting Spec- 
ialists are located at our many 
distributing centres, alert to 
assist you with your lighting 
problems. We want you to 
take full advantage of their 






services. 







V' 




280 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Holophane Refractors 




WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREEl 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
Holophane Refractors 



Holophane Two-Way Refractor 





Superlux Refractor 

SUPERLUX 
The Superlux Refractor prisms are designed to give 
uniform brightness over the entire surface of the refractc 
and to distribute light in the area immediately below th 
unit. 



/49 /»" iw a iia''i9f9Cf'Bsflo' 6(f 30" 46 
Distribution from Two-Way Refractor 

TWO-WAY 

The Two-Way Refractor, as the name indicates, is designed 
to throw two beams of light in opposite directions 180 degrees 
apart. This refractor is principally used on suspension units 
mounted over the center line of the street. 





IO* 20° SO" 4<?° 

Distribution From Superlux Refractor 



Holophane Four-Way Refractor 



FOUR-WAY 

The Four-Way Refractor is designed for use in units 
mounted over street intersections. Its prism construction is 
such as to divide the light into four beams laterally 90 degrees 
apart instead of two beams 180 degrees apart as in the case of 
the i wo- Way Refractor. 





r W^'i/ 



/4e* 'SoVzF/icru 

Distribution from Four-Way Refractor 
Price on application. 



Bowl Refractor 

BOWL 

The Bowl Refractor was the first refractor designed 1, 
modern street lighting service and was developed for genei 
service requirements. In this refractor the horizontal prisi 
extend over the entire surface of the inner envelope produci , 
a wide distribution of illumination. 




<T 10° 20" 30° *e w 

Distribution From Bowl Refractor 
Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



281 



ESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 

Holophane Refractors 




Hi-Lux Refractor 

HI-LUX 

The Westinghouse-Molophane Hi-lux Refractor is designed 
r use in the Westinghouse highway lighting unit. Its dis- 
ibution is similar to the Holophane Highway Refractor but 
i increase in efficiency is obtained in combination with a 
mispherical reflector. The complete unit distributes a 
liform glareless illumination on the highway. 






Description 

-lux open bowl type 

-lux closed bowl type (velvet finish) 
-lux (large opening— 3 %-inch hole)., 

perlux open type 

perlnx closed type 

Vay. 

Vay 

rge bowl type 

•lux refractor 



Fig. Wt., Lb. Style 
No. Ea. Ship. No. 






DIMENSIONS IN INCHES 



1 


9 


\\'A\m 


2 


9 


354065 


• 


10 


351686 


1 





352939 


2 


!) 


352940 


3 


9 


353974 


3 


9 


353975 


4 


15 


351761 


6 


40 


343228 




Fig. 1 





Fig. 2 



Fig. 3 





U *^J HOLE 
Fig. 5 




Fig. 6 



> 

intensions are for reference only. For official dimensions 
y to the nearest district office. 

ices on application. 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET 

LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
Glass Panels 

I he Octagonal Luminaires are equipped with Syenite glass 
P ane ' s a s sta nda rd. Syenite glass is an efficient clear glass with 
a pebbled finish which diffuses the light. It is particularly 
well suited for use with refractors. 

It may be desirable in some cases to use a glass with some- 
what more color than the Syenite in which case Colonial 
opal glass is recommended but must be specified in ordering 

Wt., 

Lb., 
. . Fig. Each 

Description No. Ship. 

Syenite side panel for Octagonal 

Junior luminaires 3 1 

Syenite top panel for Octagonal 

Junior luminaires 5 1 ., 

C olonial opal side panel for Octagonal 

Junior luminaires 3 p., 

Colonial opal top panel for Octagonal 

Junior luminaires 5 1 

S3 inite side panel for Octagonal 

Senior iuminaires . , 1 | 1 . 

Syenite top panel for Octagonal 

Senior luminaires 4 1 

Colonial opal side panel for Oi tagonal 

Senior luminaires l 1 1 ., 

Colonial opal top panel for Octagonal 

Sen ior I uminaircs 1 l 

Lower Syenite glass panel for 

' Ictagpnal Junior Lantern 7 )4 

Lower Colonial opal glass panel for 

Octagonal Junior Lantern 7 \i 

Lower Syenite glass panel for 

Octagonal Senior Lantern 6 ]/^ 

Lower Colonial opal glass panel for 

Octagonal Senior Lantern 6 ' ■, 



Style 
No. 

35333 1 

351737 

351548 

851738 

35137". 
351377 
353332 
353333 
351645 
35 1 G55 
351490 
353334 



DIMENSIONS IN INCHES 





r-.* 



r 



t4 



Fig. 3 



J_L 




—i 




-Jj- -ri 




Fig. 7 

Dimensions are for reference only 
apply to the nearest district office. 
Prices on application. 



For official dimensions 



282 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 



R-C-O-C Remote Control Oil Switches and Relays 







Tim 



Fig. 1 
Form AN Switch 



Fig. 2 
Form RM Switch 



Fig. 3 
Form MR Relay 



Fig. 4— Form M R 

Relay with Fuses and 

Lightning Arrester 




Fig. 5 
Form SR Relay 



R-C-O-C electrically operated remote control oil switches 
and relays provide an economical means of control for lighting 
circuits of either series or multiple types. The switches and 
relays are solenoid operated from pilot circuits controlled 
by time switches, manually operated switches, adjacent series 
circuits, or by combination of any of these methods. By 
the use of these switches and relays practically any desired 
scheme of control may be obtained, assuring economical and 
positive operation. 

The switches and relays are carefully designed, manu- 
factured of the best materials and workmanship and each 



unit is carefully tested to meet the exacting requirements of 
exterior lighting control. 

Switches and relays can be supplied with control solenoids 
for practically any desired voltage, current or frequency 
rating. The series operating coils of the switches listed below 
are designed for d-c. or a-c. at any frequency, while the 
multiple coils are for 60-cycle operation only. When special 
types are required, the voltage or current and frequency rating 
of the control coil should be clearly specified to insure correct 
interpretation. 



■X 









M 



SWITCHES 

^r.vJir^lLfv'* Re . mot -! Co "} r . o[ o11 switch is used principally to cascade a constant current transformer from a multiple or 
?«*\™a llght '"f C1 , rcuit - Th ! s swit ch is of the normally open or circuit closing type. The switch contacts are always closed 
ana loaa connected when operating coils are energized. 

STYLE No. , . STYLE No. 



n 



No. 

Poles 



One 

Two 
Three 

One 
Two 



Gal. 
Oil 



3 
4 
4 



Approx. 

Wt, Lb., R-C-O-C 4 

Ea. Ship. Form Amp 



Series Operating Coils 

5.5 6.6 

Amp. Amp. 



Shunt Operating Cotts 

7.5 R-C-O-C 110-125 220-250 
Amp. Form Volts Volts 



10000- Volt Switch* to control constant current regulators up to and including 80 kw. 



3 
3 



180 AN-1 343283 343284 343285 343286 AN-1 
195 AN-2 343289 343290 343291 343292 AN-2 
200 AN-3 343295 343296 343297 343298 AN-3 

4600-Volt Switch J to control constant current regulators up to and including 40 kw. 

}§2 A ^ _1 343301 343302 343303 343304 AN-1 
180 AN-2 343307 343308 343309 343310 AN-2 



343287 
343293 
343299 

343305 
343311 



343288 
343294 
343300 

343306 
343312 



One 
Two 
Three 



2V 2 
2V 2 

2y 2 



343323 
343325 
343327 



343324 
343326 
343328 



2500- Volt Switchf to control constant current regulators up to and including 25 kw 
57 RMS-1 343329 343330 343331 343332 RM-1 

§£ S™S~ 2 343333 343334 343335 343336 RM-2 

XK .„ . u D 70 RMS " 3 343337 343338 343339 343340 RM-3 «**, o*oo*o 

load froma mEnSSf 01 ^ '-1 T^ e f xt u 6nsively }? Contro1 the P rimar y of a constant current transformer or othe 

^d^dt^afdrSnni^^ Th* *"*% * ° f $* no ™ a »y cl ? Sed or ^cuit opening type. The switch contacts are alway 
ciosea ana the load connected when the operating coils are de-energized. 

10000-Volt Switch* to control constant current regulators up to and including 80 kw 
180 ANR-1 . Q.QQio 

200 anr-2 itii\i 

205 ANR - 3 ....: :::::: :::::: ;:;: 34331? 

4600-Volt Switch J to control constant current regulators up to and including 40 kw 
185 ANR-1 * o 4 o-> lq 

185 anr-2 :;;;;; ;;;; gggg 

2oOO-Volt Switch f to control constant current regulators up to and including 25 kw 

57 RMR-1 ,",,» 

60 RMR-2 will 

*Add $80.00 list for subway case. a%am& 

tAdd $40.00 list for subway case. 

JAt 2300 volts to control constant current regulators up to and including 80 kw. 

Prices on application. 



Lijitn 

-.::!n 

b 
lib 

fffla 



One 

Two 

Three 



One 
Two 

One 
Two 



3 
4 
4 



5 
5 



2V 2 
2V 2 



343314 
343316 
343318 



343320 
343322 



343342 
343344 



■■is 



i'jfuse 



•J 

{A 
Pr 



Northern Electric 



283 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
R-C-O-C Remote Control Oil Switches and Relays— Continued 

SWITCHES— Continued 

The Part-night Remote Control switch is used to operate a part-night street lighting load controlled from a multiple or series 
_>et lighting circuit. The two-pole switch is used to cut off an entire circuit while the single-pole switch is used to cut off a 
p of a series circuit. This switch is operated by interrupting the control circuit at midnight, automatically locking it open. 



o. 

les 



ie 
vo 



ie 
so 



R-C-O-C- 
Form 



Gal. 
Oil 



Approx. VVt. 

Lb., Ea. 
Ship. 



STYLE No. 



STYLE No. 



Series Operating Coils 

5.5 6.6 

Amp. Amp. 



4 5.5 6.6 7.5 

Amp. Amp. Amp. Amp. Volts 

10000- Volt Switch* to control constant current regulators up to and including 80 kw. 

MNS-1 4 200 343345 343346 343347 343348 

MN-3 4 200 343349 343358 343359 343360 343361 

4600- Volt Switch \% to control constant current regulators up to and including 40 kw. 

MNS-1 4 180 343363 343364 343365 343366 

MN-2 3 ISO 343367 343368 343369 343370 343371 



Shunt Operating Coils 
110-125 220-250 



Volts 



343362 



343372 



The All-night automatic latching type remote control switch is used principally to operate a constant current transformer, 
itribution transformer or other load from a multiple pilot circuit where it is unnecessary to have the pilot circuit energized except 
the instant it is desired to operate the switch. The first impulse to switch will close contacts and connect load. Second i ra- 
ise will release contacts and disconnect load. 



vo 



vo 



10000- Volt Switch* to control constant current regulators up to and including 80 kw. 
ANAL 4 200 343373 

4600- Volt SwitchfJ to control constant current regulators up to and including 40 kw. 
ANAL 3 180 343375 



343374 



343376 






RELAYS 

The Remote Control multiple relay is used principally to control a small multiple load. This relay can be furnished with 

ntacts normally open and load disconnected when operating coil is de-energized or with contacts normally closed and load 
nnected when operating coil is de-energized. 

Volts Approx. Open Tvpe ■- Closed Tvpe 

Operating No. Wt., Lb.. R-C-O-C R-C-O-C 

Description Coils Poles Ea. Ship. Style No. Form Style No. Form 

3500-\Yatt AC. Relay 

nfused 110-125 1 5 343385 MR- A 343397 MRR-A 

nfused 220-250 1 5 343386 MR-C 343398 MRR-C 

jsed control 110-125 1 5 343387 MR-K 343399 MRR-K 

jsed control 220-250 1 5 343388 MR-M 343400 MRR-M 

jsed load 110-125 1 5 343389 MR-T 343401 MRR-T 

jsedload 220-250 1 5 343390 MR-U 343402 MRR-U 

jsed load and control 110-125 I bV 2 343391 MR-X 343403 MRR-X 

jsed load and control 220-250 1 5H 343392 MR-Y 343404 MRR-Y 

ghtning arrester and fused control.. 110-125 1 5 343393 MR-AB 343405 MRR-AB 

ghtning arrester and fused control.. 220-250 1 5 343394 MR-AC 343406 MRR-AC 

ightning arrester, fused control and 

fused load 110-125 1 6 343395 M R-AF 343407 M RR-AF 

ghtning arrester, fused control and 

fused load 220-250 1 6 343396 MR-AG 343408 MRR-AG 

5000-Watt A.C. Relay 

ifused 110-125 1 8 343409 MR-CA 343444 MRR-CA 

1 fused.. 220-250 1 8 343410 MR-CC 343445 MRR-CC 

1IU sed 110-125 2 8 343411 MR-CB 343446 MRR-CB 

!fused 220-250 2 8 343412 MR-CD 343447 MRR-CD 

ised control . 110-125 1 8 343413 MR-CI 343448 MRR-CI 

ised control 220-250 1 8 343414 MR-CK 343449 MRR-CK 

,sed control . .. 110-125 2 8 343415 MR-CJ 343450 MRR-CJ 

,sed control 220-250 2 8 343416 MR-CL 343451 MRR-CL 

•Add $80.00 list for subway case. ^ 

fAdd $40.00 list for subway case. 

tAt 2300 volts to control constant current regulators up to and including 80 kw. 

Prices on application. 





















284 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE ORNAMENTAL STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
R-G-O-C Remote Control Oil Switches and Relays— Continued 

RELAYS— Continued 

Volts Approx. Wt. Open Type Closed Type 

Operating No. Lb., Each. R-C-O-C R-C-O-C 

Description Coils Poles Ship. Style No. Form Style No. Form 

5000- Watt A-C. Relays— Continued 

Fused load 110-125 1 8 343417 MR-CQ 343452 MRR-CQ 

Fused load 220-250 1 8 343418 MR-CS 343453 MRR-CS 

Fused load 110-125 2 %V 2 343419 MR-CR 343454 MRR-CR 

Fused load 220-250 2 %}/ 2 343420 MR-CT , 343455 MRR-CT 

Fused load and control 110-125 1 8 343421 MR-CY 343456 MRR-CY 

Fused load and control 220-250 1 8 343422 MR-DA 343457 MRR-DA 

Fused load and control 110-125 2 " 8H 343423 MR-CZ 343458 MRR-CZ 

Fused load and control 220-250 2 $V 2 343435 MR-DB 343459 MRR-DB 

Lightning arrester and fused control.... 110-125 1 8 343436 MR-DG 343460 MRR-DG 

Lightning arrester and fused control... .. 220-250 1 8 343437 MR-DI 343461 MRR-DI 

Lightning arrester and fused control.. .. 110-125 2 8 343438 MR-DH 343462 MRR-DH 

Lightning arrester and fused control.. .. 220-250 2 8 343439 _MR-DJ 343463 MRR-DJ 
Lightning arrester, fused load and fused 

control 110-125 1 8^ 343440 MR-DO 343464 MRR-DO 

Lightning arrester, fused load and fused 

control 220-250 1 SV 2 343441 MR-DQ 343465 MRR-DQ 

Lightning arrester, fused control and 

fused load 110-125 2 %V 2 343442 MR-DP 343466 MRR-DP 

Lightning arrester, fused control and 

fused load 220-250 2 S% 343443 MR-DR 343467 MRR-DR 

5000- Watt D-C. Relay 

Unfused 110-125 1 9 343468 MR-DW 343480 MRR-DW 

Unfused 220-250 1 9 343469 MR-DY 343481 MRR-DY 

Fused control 110-125 1 9 343470 MR-EI 343482 MRR-EI 

Fused control 220-250 1 9 343471 MR-EK 343483 MRR-EK 

Fused load 110-125 1 9 343472 MR-EU 343484 MRR-EU 

Fused load 220-250 1 9 343473 MR-EW 343485 MRR-EW 

Fused load and control 110-125 1 9 343474 MR-FG 343486 MRR-FG 

Fused load and control 220-250 1 9 343475 MR-FI 343487 MRR-FI 

Lightning arrester and fused control.. .. 110-125 1 9 343476 MR-FS 343488 MRR-FS 

Lightning arrester and fused control.. .. 220-250 1 9 343477 MR-FU 343489 MRR-FU 
Lightning arrester, fused control and 

fused load 110-125 1 9 l / 2 343478 MR-GE 343490 MRR-GE 

Lightning arrester, fused control and 

fused load 220-250 1 9 343479 MR-GG 343491 MRR-GG 

The series multiple relay is used principally to cascade a small multiple load from a series circuit. The relay can be furnished with 

contacts normally open with load disconnected when operating coil is de-energized or with contacts normally closed with load 
connected when operating coils are de-energized. 

Amperes Approx. Wt. Open Type Closed Type 

Operating No. Lb., Each. R-C-O-C R-C-O-C 

Description Coils Poles Ship. Style No. Form Style No. Form 

5000-Watt Relay 

Unfused 4 1 11 343655 SR-1 343667 SRR-1 

Unfused 4 2 12 343656 SR-2 343668 SRR-2 

Unfused 5.5 1 11 343657 SR-1 343669 SRR-1 

Unfused 5.5 2 12 343658 SR-2 343670 SRR-2 

Unfused 6.6 1 11 343659 SR-1 343671 SRR-1 

Unfused 6.6 2 12 343660 SR-2 343672 SRR-2 

Unfused 7.5 1 11 343661 SR-1 343673 SRR-1 

Unfused 7.5 2 12 343662 SR-2 343674 SRR-2 

Unfused 15 1 11 343663 SR-1 343675 SRR-l 

Unfused 15 2 12 343664 SR-2 343676 SRR-2 

Unfused 20 1 11 343665 SR-1 343677 SRR-1 

Unfused 20 2 12 343666 SR-2 343678 SRR-2 



The protective primary cutout relay is used to automatically cut off the primary supply to a constant current transformer when 
an open circuit occurs on the secondary circuit of the transformer. 

Control Circuit Coil 

6.6 amperes (series) 
6 . 6 amperes (series) 
7.5 amperes (series) 
7.5 amperes (series) 
110-125 volts (multiple) 
110-125 volts (multiple) 

Prices on application. 



Protective Circuit 


Coil 


App. 


Wt., 


Lb., 


Ea. Ship. 


Style No. 


R-C-O-C Form 


6.6 amperes 








30 




343679 


PC 


7.5 amperes 








30 




343680 


PC 


7.5 amperes 








30 




343681 


PC 


6 . 6 amperes 








30 


/ 


343682 


PC 


6.6 amperes 








30 




343683 


PC 


7.5 amperes 








30 




343684 


PC 






Northern Electric 



285 



WELDLESS STEEL TUBULAR POLES 

Electric Traction and Transmission 

Lighting— Telegraph— Telephone 
Masts for Wireless Aerials 
amp Posts— Signal Posts— Flag Staffs 

INTRODUCTION 

:onomy and correct design in line construction are of 
mount importance, and these objects are best achieved 
the adoption of British Mannesmann Weldless One- 
e Stepped Poles manufactured from High Tensile Steel 
5/40 tons per square inch. 

he tensile strength of this material being so much higher 
i that employed in the lapwelded process enables us to 
>ly lighter poles — that is, with smaller diameters or of 
same diameters with thinner shells — and still maintain 
same degree of resistance with a factor of safety equal to 
heavier lapwelded poles. Such reduction in size and 
;ht is a matter of considerable importance, especially 
i poles have to be shipped to a far destination and trans- 
costs assume large proportions, 
'hen transport difficulties arise which prevent the adoption 
he one-piece pole, we are able to supply poles in two, 
e or more sections as required, with a loose taper or 
r type of joint suitable for assembling on site. 
le design of the British Mannesmann One-Piece Stepped 
, free from joints, or welds of any kind, is based on scien- 
principles. Being in one piece, there is no redundant 
il due to overlap at joints as is the case with the built- 
>ole; this fact tends to make the one-piece pole lighter 
out in any way sacrificing considerations of strength. 
le absence of joints also ensures the maximum degree 
ability and gives a neat appearance to the pole. The 
:hment of Channel Iron Cross Arms and other fittings 
neans of back straps and clamps is a simple matter; 
operation is most easily carried out whilst the pole is in 
one position. 

eldless One-Piece Poles stepped down to the required 
ons have no ledges, pockets or traps where moisture 
accumulate and set up corrosion, and all surfaces are 
y inspected, cleaned and painted. 

le evil effects of corrosion on a jointed pole are clearly 
rated hereinafter. The action of moisture at and 
nd the joints, aggravated by the inevitable vibration, 
the effect of causing the upper sections to loosen and 
a cant from the perpendicular. Cases have come to 
lotice where a pole has failed completely at a joint and 
illy endangered human life. 

hen the integrity of the joint is impaired in this manner 
customary to resort to welding round the joint to pre- 
further corrosion and to form a ridge from which the 
r will run off. This operation on the two joints of each 
involves a large expenditure of time and money which 
be obviated by the installation of our weldless One- 
! Stepped Pole. 

has been clearly proved that the presence of decorative 
gs on poles facilitates the collection of moisture, thus 
'ing corrosion. The trend of modern practice is there- 
o dispense with these embellishments whenever possible. 
e illustrations of poles in service appearing in this 
3gue clearly indicate this tendency and serve to de- 
trate that the British Mannesmann One-Piece Pole 
neat and symmetrical appearance, inherent in its method 
mufacture, which renders such adornments unnecessary, 
poles supplied by us are treated on the inside through- 
nd over the ground portion outside with a good coat 
ecial preservative solution applied hot, the remainder 
e outside surface receiving a good coat of red oxide 
f If extra protection is required for the outside ground 
>n this surface can be wrapped with jute cloth heavily 
gnated with our special preservative solution or a 
:ting sleeve can be shrunk on. 

tish Mannesmann One-Piece High Tensile Weldless 
Poles have been successfully installed for upwards of 
rter of a century, and their widespread use, not only 
eat Britain but in all quarters of the globe, provides 
ig testimony to the efficiency and popularity of this 
of construction. 



WELDLESS STEEL TUBULAR POLES 

Electric Traction and Transmission 

Lighting— Telegraph— Telephone 

Masts for Wireless Aerials 

Lamp Posts— Signal Posts— Flag Staffs 

CUSTOMER ENQUIRIES 

When sending enquiries customers are requested to supply 
the information indicated below. 

LIGHTING POLES 

Particulars of Pole 
1. Number of poles. 
, 2. Type. 

"3. "Weight of lamp in lbs. 

4. Outreach to center of lamp. 

5. Point of suspension from end of pole to lamp center. 

6. Height of lamp center above ground. 

7. Distance of post in ground. 

Particulars of Fittings 

8. Base flange or buckled plate. 

9. Base and type. 

10. Door in base. 

11. Size and position of slot hole, 

12. Size and position of drilled holes. 

13. Ladder rest. Position to be given. 

14. Cast iron collars. 

15. Scroll work desired. (Send sketch or denote type). 

ELECTRIC TRAMWAY POLES 

1. Base flange or buckled plate. 

2. Cast iron or pole base. 

3. Cast iron collar. 

4. Bracket arm. 

5. Cast iron finials. 

6. Height above ground. 

7. Height below ground. 

SPAN WIRE SUSPENSION POLES 

1. Height of pole above ground. 

2. Distance of pole in ground. 

3. Distance between poles. 

4. Height above ground at which suspension is fixed. 

5. Weight of lamp or fixture. 

6. Weight per foot run of suspension wires in lbs. 

7. Minimum sag of wires in feet. 

Alternatively to the last three questions give the tension 
in the span wire. 

POWER TRANSMISSION POLES 

Write for questionnaire of particulars required and con- 
ditions to be met with. 








286 



Northern Electric 



WELDLESS STEEL TUBULAR POLES 

Electric Traction and Transmission, Lighting, Telegraph, Telephone, Masts for Wireless Aerials, Lamp 

Posts, Signal Posts, Flag Staffs 





Step on British Mannesmann One- 
Piece Weldless Steel Pole, 



Joint on a Built-up Pole showing 
corrosion which takes place under 
sen-ice conditions. 







Joint on Built-up Pole showing L 
Welding carried out on site. 



Operator Welding round a Joint on 
a Built-up Pole. 

The above illustrations clearly demonstrate the superiority of the British Mannesmann method of 
reducing by stepping, compared with the result obtained by shrinking together tubes of different 

diameters. 





Close up view, cast 

iron pillar damaged by 

passing car. 



Showing how Weldless Steel Pole 
was hit but did not collapse. 



Showing cast iron pil- 
lar damaged by pas- 
sing car. 








Northern Electric 



287 



WELDED STEEL TUBULAR POLES 
{ Lamp Standards 

ttings and ornaments can be supplied to customers' 
-, irements 

n 







B 







D 



Three-stepped pole with swan neck, all in one piece 
Three-stepped pole with separate swan neck. 
One-piece pole with moulded base. 
One-piece fluted pole with moulded base. 
One-piece pole with double moulded base. 



H 



I 



I 



One-piece fluted pole with double moulded base. 

One-piece three stepped plain pole. 

One-piece all fluted three-stepped pole. 
' Fluted pole with shrunk on steel base. 
J. Plain-stepped pole with shrunk on steel base. 

Prices on application. 



WELDED STEEL TUBULAR POLES 
LAMP STANDARDS 

Fittings and ornaments can be supplied 
to customers' requirements. 



K L M 

K. Plain Column. 

L. Fluted Column. 

M. Two Step Plain Column. 

NF. Two Step Fluted Column 

O. Parapet Column, Plain. 



N 



n 




w 






Q 



R 



P. 

Q. 

R. 
S. 
T. 



Parapet Column, Fluted. 
Plain Column, Single Moulded Base. 
Fluted Column, Single Moulded Base. 
Plain Column, Double Moulded Base. 
Fluted Column, Double Moulded Base. 



Prices on application. 

































I 






288 



Northern Electric 



S 



WELDLESS STEEL TUBULAR POLES 



/f 



Decorative Lighting Standards 







British Mannesmann Steel Poles erected on the 
parapet of the Sorel Bridge, Quebec. Fittings and 
Lighting units by The Northern Electric 

Company of Canada 




Saskatoon Bridge 





Etienne Cartier Memorial, Montreal 



British Mannesmann Steel Poles 
in Montreal, 



Park Avenue 
Montreal 



Northern Electric 



289 



WELDLESS STEEL TUBULAR POLES 
For Transmission Lines 






British Mannesmann Transmission Poles 
Plympton Electrical Distribution Co, 



The above illustration shows a Double Member "IT' Structure 

composed of two British Mannesmann Single Poles braced together, 

placed at an Angle Point in the Transmission Line. 

Ganges Canal Hydro-Electric Grid Scheme. 










above photograph shows a Transmission Tower corn- 
el of Four British Mannesmann Single Poles braced 
ther, placed at a take-off Point in the Transmission Line. 
Ganges Canal Hydro-Electric Grid Scheme. 




The above photograph shows a Triple Member Triangular 
Structure composed of three British Mannesmann Single 
Poles braced together, placed at an Angle Point in the Trans- 
mission Line. Ganges Canal Hydro-Electric Grid Scheme. 



290 



Northern Electric 



WELDLESS STEEL TUBULAR POLES 



Signal Poles 



For Easy Handling, Erection, 

and 



Low Maintenance Cost 




>• 



For a number of years Signal Poles of tubular steel construction have been standardised by certain railways in Americ 
and in other countries they are gradually superseding the wood and lattice steel poles. ■** 

These clearly illustrate their neat appearance, accessibility for purposes of painting, and the ease with which the necessai 
fittings may be secured. 



^ 



Northern Electric 



291 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Applications 



TWENTY-FOUR INCH FLOODLIGHTS 

Floodlighting to increase speed and safety in railroad yards, 
bring out the architectural beauty of buildings, to maintain 
ady output during the night in open surface mines, to give 
vlight landings on the small airport, or to draw interest 
d new customers to evening sports— such uses come within 
i application of the Westinghouse floodlights Type CSAG- 
and CSA-24. Their large lumen output qualifies them to 
itallation where a great amount of light is needed from a 
nimum of units. 



TWENTY INCH FLOODLIGHTS 

Unusual beam concentration at long ranges give these 
odlights a diversity of uses. In railroad yards, industrial 
rds, strip mines, baseball parks, football fields, or to flood - 
;ht buildings, monuments, docks and construction work 
' ese units find service. Where long throw and large light 
ilume are necessary CAG-20 and CA-20 floodlights are 
jplicable. 



; SIXTEEN INCH FLOODLIGHTS 

These sixteen inch floodlights have an unlimited number of 
ies. To light buildings, towers, stacks, monuments, play- 
ounds, athletic fields, railroad and industrial yards, con- 
' ruction work, open surface mines, oil fields, and countless 
• her applications either in white or colored light, these 1G 
ch units find service. They are as versatile as they are 
;pendable. 



FOURTEEN INCH FLOODLIGHTS 

Sturdy construction and convenient size make these flood- 
?hts suitable to many applications. Buildings, monuments, 
emorials, signs, service stations, barbecues, industrial yards, 
mstruction work, tennis courts, bathing beaches, public 
luares — these are some of the uses of Types CAG-14 and 
A-14. In addition, these units have a number of special 
ies such as display and exhibit lighting, emergency equip- 
lent installed on cars to be driven from place to place, 
tachment to cranes and shovels for night work, etc. West- 
ighouse manufactures a 130-pound gas electric unit which 

' irnishes sufficient power to operate two or three 14-inch 
uodlights. In emergencies this set can be placed in a car or 

1 uck, on which floodlights are temporarily mounted, and 
riven to the scene of action. 



Hi 



TWELVE INCH FLOODLIGHTS 

Where light weight and small size are necessary advantages, 
iese generally useful floodlights find service. They light 
gns, parking areas, real estate lots and houses for sale, 
;rvice stations, roadside restaurants, tourist camps, play- 
rounds, athletic fields, fountains, gardens, flags, statues, oil 
erricks, loading platforms, scales and numerous other useful 
nd well-known floodlighting applications. 



TEN INCH FLOODLIGHTS 



Severe service conditions and limited space are no handicap 
^ these small, sturdy floodlights. Beside their regular 
^rvice in lighting signs, statues, parking areas, exhibits, 
a ntrances, viaducts, small excavations, and round houses, 
hey find many special uses where larger units are impossible 
r impractical. 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 



EQUIPMENT 

Applications 



UNIVERSAL FLOODLIGHT 

For economical and effective illumination of both com- 
mercial and industrial building interiors, such as show 
windows, speakers' platforms, spotlighting, fine assembly 
work, inspection work, or wherever a small floodlight is 
needed these type 1-12 floodlights find application. The 
same effective illumination is obtainable outdoors, in rose 
or flower gardens, on small signs, barbecue stands, gasoline 
filling stations, garages and the like. 



OPEN TYPE 

The Type AF-20 floodlight was specially designed to fulfill 
the requirements for an open type unit suitable for the 
illumination of football fields, baseball fields, golf courses, 
tennis courts, service stations, parking areas, barbecue 
stands, etc. 

The AF-16 floodlight was designed primarily for the illu- 
mination of smaller tennis courts, service stations, parking 
areas, barbecue stands, golf courses, etc. 



SIXTEEN INCH SEARCHLIGHT 

This searchlight is for floodlighting domes of buildings, 
smoke stacks, and any other applications where high candle- 
power and accurate beam control are required. 

Sometimes it is necessary to mount floodlights a long dis- 
tance away from the subject to be lighted. In these applica- 
tions the sixteen inch searchlight serves best. It can be 
mounted wherever convenient, and its long range beam of 
light will reach the object. This is an important advantage 
in applications where no place to mount the lighting equip- 
ment is available and the equipment must be hidden from 



view. 



DIOLUX UNITS 

The Westinghouse Diolux Floodlighting Unit has been 
designed to meet the requirements of floodlighting large areas 
such as parking spaces, bathing beaches, industrial yards, 
storage yards, building excavations, etc. 



DUOLUX UNITS 

The Duolux floodlight offers the ideal means of floodlighting 
banks, hotels, pavilions, theatres, monuments, swimming 
pools, office and public buildings, suburban store fronts, and 
filling stations which are difficult to floodlight, when there is 
no place to conceal floodlighting units. 

The Duolux floodlight units are mounted on top of attract- 
ive street lighting standards. They consist of an ornamental 
luminaire inside which is a 500 to 1500-watt lamp and re- 
flector that throws its light on the building, while a 100 to 
500-watt lamp below the reflector reduces the shadow cast 
by the reflector and lights the street and sidewalk. This 
makes it possible to floodlight low buildings or wall areas 
near the street level at the same time providing street lighting. 















292 



Northern Ehctric 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Applications 

DESCRIPTION 






Billboards 

Buildings: 

Banks 

Churches 

Dairies 

Factories 

Hotels 

Mortuaries 
Circuses 

Construction Work 
Docks 
Expositions 
Fairs 

Fountains 
Fire Equipment 
Gasoline Filling Stations 
Light-Houses 
Mines 

Monuments: 
Historic Places 
Landscapes 
Natures Scenic Monuments 

Real Restate Developments 

Roadside Stands 

Signs 

Smokestacks 

Sports: 

Bathing Beaches 

Badminton 

Baseball Parks 

Bowl i ng-on-the-G reen 

Football Stadiums 

Golf Course (Major) 

Golf Course (Miniature) 

Golf Driving Range 

Hockey Rinks 

Playgrounds 
Tourists' Camps 
Water Tanks 

Yards : 
Industrial 
Parking Spaces 
Prison 



Office Buildings 
Power Stations 
Public Buildings 
Schools 
Stores 
Theatres 



Memorials 
Statues 



Croquet 
Rose Racks 
Box Lacrosse 
Skating Rinks 
Soccer Fields 
Swimming Pools 
Tennis Courts 
Toboggan Slides 
Trap Shooting 
Winter Carnivals 



Railroad 
Residences 




Huron and Erie Bank— the Contrast of White 
Light Against Velvet Blackness 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Twenty-four Inch Floodlights 




Type CSA-24 with Chromium Plated Reflector 

Approximate weight, Type CSA-24. Net, 110 pound> 
shipping, 200 pounds. 

Type CSA-24 with Chromium Plated Reflectors 



Style No. 



Lens 



349126 
349128 
349127 

349136 

349135 

349137 

349893 

349894 

342897 
342898 
349138 

Style 
No. 
349126 
349128 
349127 
349136 
349135 
349137 
349893 
349894 
342897 
342898 
349138 



Reflector 



Plain Narrow Beam 

Plain . Wide Beam 

Narrow Horizontal Rectilinear 

Spread Narrow Beam 

Narrow Horizontal Rectilinear 

Spread Wide Beam 

Medium Horizontal Rectilinear 

Spread Narrow Beam 

Medium Horizontal Rectilinear 

Spread. Wide Beam 

Wide Horizontal Rectilinear 

Spread Narrow Beam 

Wide Horizontal Rectilinear 

Spread. Wide Beam 

Heavily Stippled Narrow Beam 

Heavily Stippled Wide Beam 

Plain Narrow Beam 



Beam* Beam Spread, Degrees* 
Lumens Horizontal Vertical 



Lampsf 



12100 
12200 
12400 
12500 
12600 
12700 
12800 
12900 
12600 
12700 
7200 



19 

25 

35 

42 

55 

65 

110 

115 

42 

48 

8 



16 
22 
16 
22 
16 
22 
16 
22 
39 
45 
8 



Visor 



Description 



Watts Bui 

2000 PS- 

2000 PS- 

2000 PS- 

2000 PS- 

2000 PS- 

2000 1 5 

2000 PS 

2000 PS 

2000 PS 

2000 PS 

1500 G 

Wt., Lb. Stvl. 

Net Ship. No. 

11 3491 

\V 2 349* 
20 
25 



25 34K 



Socket Stilt for G-Bulb Lamp 1 

Railroad Base with Rotation Stop. ... 14 

Plain Lens and Felt Gasket 15 

Narrow Rectilinear Spread Lens and 

Felt Gasket 15 

Medium Rectilinear Spread Lens and 

Felt Gasket 15 

Heavily Stippled Lens and Felt Gasket 15 

Connector for Flexible Cable 1 14 

Wide Rectilinear Spread Lens and Felt 

Gasket 15 

Narrow Beam Chromium Reflector. . 8 

Wide Beam Chromium Reflector 8 

*For estimating purposes only. 

fTwo Kw. PS and 1500-watt G-48 lamps are special. 

Prices on application. 



25 
25 

2 

25 
15 
15 



34* 

3491 



Northern Electric 



293 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 
Twenty-four Inch Floodlights - 




Type CSAG-24 with Silvered Glass Reflector 

pproximate weight, Type CSAG-24. Net, 120 pounds; 
ping, 175 pounds. 

>E CSAG-24 WITH SILVERED GLASS REFLECTORS 

e No. Lens Reflector 

e CSAG-24 Floodlights with Silvered Glass Reflectors 

>49 Plain Narrow Beam 

'67 Plain Narrow Beam 

155 Narrow Horizontal Rectilinear 

Spread Narrow Beam 

i56 Narrow Horizontal Rectilinear 

Spread. Narrow Beam 

57 Medium Horizontal Rectilinear 

Spread Narrow Beam 

158 Medium Horizontal Rectilinear 

Spread Narrow Beam 

'59 Wide Horizontal Rectilinear 

Spread Narrow Beam 

60 Wide Horizontal Rectilinear 

Spread Narrow Beam 

61 Heavily Stippled Narrow Beam 

I Beam Beam Spread, Degrees* Lampsf 

Lumens Horizontal Vertical Watts Bulb 

49 20700 20 IS 2000 PS-52 

67 12700 10 10 1500 G-48 

55 20900 45 18 2000 PS-52 

56 12800 35 10 1500 G-48 

57 21200 55 18 2000 PS-52 

58 13000 48 10 1500 G-48 

59 21400 90 18 2000 PS-52 

60 13200 80 10 1500 G-48 
51 21400 47 45 2000 PS-52 

ACCESSORIES Approx. 

Wt., Lb. Style 

Description Net Ship. No. 
pe CSAG-24 Floodlights with Silvered Glass Reflectors 

• 8 12 34S662 

et Stilt for G-Bulb Lamp 1 \y 2 349304 

oad Base with Rotation Stop 14 20 348106 

Lens and Felt Gasket 18 30 348663 

ow Rectilinear Spread Lens and 

It Gasket. 18 30 348664 

um Rectilinear Spread Lens and 

It Gasket IS 30 348665 

Rectilinear Spread Lens and 

It Gasket 18 30 348666 

ily Stippled Lens and Felt Gasket 18 30 348667 

>w Beam Silvered Glass Reflector 16 25 348668 
3r estimating purposes only. 

wo Kw. PS and 1500-watt G-48 lamps are special, 
ces on application. 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Twenty Inch Floodlights 




Type CAG-20 Floodlights with Silvered Glass Reflectors 

Style No. Lens Base Reflector 

345550 Plain Standard Narrow Beam 

345551 Plain , Standard Narrow Beam 

348552 Lightly Stippled Standard Narrow Beam 

348553 Lightly Stippled Standard Narrow Beam 

348554 Heavily Stippled Standard Narrow Beam 

348555 Heavily Stippled Standard Narrow Beam 

34S556 Horizontal Rectilinear Standard Narrow Beam 

348557 Horizontal Rectilinear Standard Narrow Beam 

348558 Vertical Rectilinear Standard Narrow Beam 

348559 Vertical Rectilinear Standard Narrow Beam 

348560 Plain Railroad Narrow Beam 

348561 Plain Railroad Narrow Beam 

• 

Style Beam Beam Spread, Degrees Lamps 

N"o. Lumens Horizontal Vertical Watts Bulb 

345550 14200 23 17.5 1500 PS-52 

345551 11900 11 11 1500 G-48 

345552 14500 43 38 1500 PS-52 

348553 12200 30 30 1500 G-48 

348554 14700 50 44 1500 PS-52 

348555 12400 35 35 1500 G-48 

348556 14350 60 17.5 1500 PS-52 

348557 12100 48 11 1500 G-48 

348558 14350 23 55 1500 PS-52 

348559 12100 11 48 1500 G-48 

348560 14200 23 17.5 1500 PS-52 

348561 11900 11 11 1500 G-48 

Type CA-20 Floodlights with Chromium Plated Reflectors 

Style No. Lens Base Reflector 

348077 Narrow Beam Standard Narrow Beam 

348078 Medium Beam Standard Narrow Beam 

348079 Wide Beam Standard Narrow Beam 

348080 Horizontal Rectilinear Standard Narrow Beam 

348082 Narrow Beam Standard Narrow Beam 

342893 Railroad Railroad Narrow Beam 

348571 Railroad Railroad Narrow Beam 

Style Beam Beam Spread, Degrees Lamps 

No. Lumens Horizontal Vertical Watts Bulbs 

348077 9300 26 18.5 1500 PS-52 

348078 9600 34 30 1500 PS-52 

348079 10200 55 47 1500 PS-52 

348080 9400 62 18.5 1500 PS-52 
348082 7215 15 13 1500 G-48 
342893 9300 26 18. 5 1500 PS-52 
348571 7215 15 13 1500 G-48 

Prices on application. 



294 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 
Twenty Inch Floodlights 

Approx. Wt., Lb. Style 

Description Net Shipg. No. 
Accessories for Type CAG-20 Floodlights with 

Silvered Glass Reflectors 

Amber Inner Lens Assembly 15 27 348277 

Red Inner Lens Assembly 15 27 348274 

Green Inner Lens Assembly 15 27 348276 

Blue Inner Lens Assembly 15 27 348275 

Blue-Green Inner Lens Assembly. 15 27 348278 

Socket Stilt for G-Bulb Lamp. .. . 1 ty 2 349304 

Visor 6 9 348091 

Circular Louvers 3 5 348572 

Plain Lens and Felt Gasket 12 24 348641 

Lightly Stippled Lens and Felt 

Gasket 12 24 348642 

Heavily Stippled Lens and Felt 

Gasket 12 24 348643 

Rectilinear Spread Lens and Felt 

Gasket 12 24 348644 

Narrow Beam Silvered Glass Re- 
flector 10 18 348671 

Railroad Base with Rotation Stop 14 20 348106 

Accessories for Type CA-20 Floodlights with 
Chromium Plated Reflectors 

Amber Inner Lens Assembly 15 27 348277 

Red Inner Lens Assembly 15 27 348274 

Green Inner Lens Assembly 15 27 348276 

Blue Inner Lens Assembly 15 27 348275 

Blue-Green Inner Lens Assembly 15 27 348278 

Socket Stilt for G-Bulb Lamp. ... 1 \]/ 2 349304 

Visor 6 9 348091 

Circular Louvers 3 5 339997 

Narrow Beam Lens and Felt 

Gasket 12 24 348645 

Medium Beam Lens and Felt 

Gasket 12 24 348646 

Wide Beam Lens and Felt Gasket 12 24 348643 
Rectilinear Spread Lens and Felt 

Gasket 12 24 348647 

Railroad Lens and Felt Gasket. . 12 24 348648 
Narrow Beam Chromium Re- 
flector 7 14 348104 

Railroad Base with Rotation Stop 14 20 348106 

Sixteen Inch Floodlights 

Type CAG-16 with Silvered Glass Reflectors 
Type CA-16 with Chromium Plated Reflectors 




Type CAG-16 with Silvered Glass 

Reflector 

Approximate Weight, Type CAG-16 — Net, 48 pounds; 
shipping, 70 pounds. 
Prices on application. 



WESTINGHOUSE 

FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 



Sixteen Inch 
Floodlights 



Type CA-16 Projector 

Approximate weight, Type CA-16 — Net, 
shipping, 90 pounds. 




52 pounds 



Type CAG-16 Floodlights with Silvered 

Stvle No. Lens 

348522 Plain 

348523 Plain 

348524 Lightly Stippled 

348525 Lightly Stippled 

348526 Heavily Stippled 

348527 Heavily Stippled 

348635 Horizontal Rectilinear Spread. . . . 

348636 Horizontal Rectilinear Spread. . . . 

348528 Vertical Rectilinear Spread 

348529 Vertical Rectilinear Spread 

Type CA-16 Floodlights with Chromium 

349306 Plain 

3493] 1 Plain 

349309 Plain 

342455 Lightly Stippled 

349308 Heavily Stippled 

342889 Heavily Stippled 

342890 Heavily Stippled 

349307 Horizontal Rectilinear Spread 

347506 Horizontal Rectilinear Spread. . . . 
347504 Vertical Rectilinear Spread 

347507 Vertical Rectilinear Spread 

349345 Horizontal Rectilinear Spread. . . . 

349310 Heavily Stippled 

342456 Lightly Stippled 



Style 
No. 
348522 
348523 
348524 
348525 
348526 
348527 
348635 
348636 
348528 
348529 
349306 
349311 
349309 
342455 
349308 
342889 
342890 
349307 
347506 
347504 
347507 
349345 
349310 
342456 



Beam 
Lumens 
8350 
7860 
8750 
8220 
8850 
8400 
8550 
8050 
8550 
8050 
4950 
4300 
6900 
5560 
5760 
5050 
6800 
5250 
4600 
5250 
4600 
7100 
7500 
7300 



Beam Spread, 
Horizontal 
21 
14 
40 
33 
45 
38 
60 
52 
21 
14 
17 
10 
30 
37 
42 
34 
47 
55 
48 
17 
10 
65 
54 
48 



Degrees 
Vertical 

20 

14 

40 

33 

45 

38 

20 

14 

58 

52 

14 

10 

27 

34 

38 

34 

47 

14 

10 

52 

48 

27 

50 

45 



Glass Reflector 

Reflector 
Narrow Bean 
Narrow Bean 
Narrow Bean 
Narrow Bean 
Narrow Bean 
Narrow Bean 
Narrow Bean 
Narrow Bean 
Narrow Bear 
Narrow Bear 

Plated Reflector 

Narrow Bear 
Narrow Bear 
Wide Beam 
Narrow Bear 
Narrow Bear 
Narrow Bear 
Wide Beam 
Narrow Bear 
Narrow Bear ! 
Narrow Beai 
Narrow Beai 
Wide Beam 
Wide Beam 
Wide Beam 

Lampsf 
Watts Bulb 



1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 
1000 



PS-5 

G-4 

PS-E 
G-4 

PS-E 

G-4 
PS-" 

G-4 
PS-f 

G-4 
PS-f 

G- 
PS-f 
PS-;' 
PS- 

G-' 

G 
PS-/ 

G- 

ps-; 

G- 

PS-.' 
PS-.' 



Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



295 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Sixteen Inch Floodlights 

ACCESSORIES 

Approx. 

_ . Wt., Lb. Style 
Description Net Ship. No. 
/pe CAG-16 Floodlights with Silvered Glass Reflectors 
pr Lens Mounting Clips (5 Re- 
tired). .... % \ 3 49510 

>er Inner Lens 8 15 349717 

: Inner Lens 8 15 349714 

in Inner Lens 8 15 342247 

: Inner Lens 8 15 347998 

.'-Green Inner Lens 8 15 342229 

cet Stilt for G-Bulb Lamp -1 \% 348530 

«"•■•• 4 7 349305 

ular Louver 3 5 348531 

n Lens and Felt Gasket 8 15 348637 

ltly Stippled Lens and Felt 

asket. . . 8 15 348638 

vily Stippled Lens and Felt 

asket 8 15 348639 

tllinear Spread Lens and Felt 

-asket 8 15 348640 

row Beam Silvered Glass Re- 

ector 7 12 344573 

>e CA-16 Floodlights with Chromium Plated Reflectors 

.ccessories are the same for the CA-16 floodlights as for 
G-16 floodlights listed above, except for the Socket Stilt 
G-Bulb Lamp and the Circular Louver, the reflectors, and 
ition of Inclination Stop listed below. 

rrow Beam Chromium Re- 

ector 3 8 349858 

le Beam Chromium Reflector 3 8 349343 

ket Stilt for G-Bulb Lamp. ... 1 \y 2 349304 

:ular Louver 3 5 349739 

lination Stop \y 2 2]/ 2 349095 



Fourteen Inch Floodlights 

Type CAG-14 with Silvered Glass Reflectors 
Type CA-14 with Chromium Plated Reflectors 




Type CAG-14 with Silvered 
Glass Reflector 

proximate weight, Type CAG-14. Net, 37 pounds; 
>ing, 52 pounds. 

ices on application. 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Fourteen Inch Floodlights 




Type CA-14 Projector 

Approximate weight, Type CA-14— Net, 40 pounds; 
shipping, 55 pounds. 

Type CAG-14 Floodlights with Silvered Glass Reflectors 

Style No. Lens Reflector 

348532 Plain Narrow Beam 

348533 Plain Narrow Beam 

348534 Lightly Stippled Narrow Beam 

348535 Lightly Stippled Narrow Beam 

348536 Heavily Stippled Narrow Beam 

348537 Heavily Stippled. Narrow Beam 

348538 Vertical Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

348539 Vertical Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

348629 lorizontal Rectilinear Spread. . . . Narrow Beam 

348630 Horizontal Rectilinear Spread. . . . Narrow Beam 

Style Beam Beam Spread, Degrees Lamps 

No. Lumens Horizontal Vertical Watts Bulb 

348532 4100 25 23 500 PS-40 

348533 3400 15 15 500 G-40 

348534 4240 45 42 500 PS-40 

348535 3570 35 35 500 G-40 

348536 4350 50 47 500 PS-40 

348537 3620 40 40 500 G-40 

348538 4150 25 60 500 PS-40 

348539 3490 15 52 500 G-40 

348629 4150 62 23 500 PS-40 

348630 3490 52 15 500 G-40 

Type CA-14 Floodlights with Chromium Plated Reflectors 

Style No. Lens Reflector 

349326 Plain Narrow Beam 

349329 Plain Wide Beam 

349331 Plain Narrow Beam 

348366 Lightly Stippled Narrow Beam 

342885 Lightly Stippled Narrow Beam 

341014 Lightly Stippled Wide Beam 

342886 Lightly Stippled Wide Beam 

349327 Horizontal Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

341900 Horizontal Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

349344 Horizontal Rectilinear Spread. . . . Wide Beam 

341891 Vertical Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

341901 Vertical Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

Style Beam Beam Spread, Degrees Lamps 

No. Lumens Horizontal Vertical Watts Bulb 

349326 2550 21 19 500 PS-40 
349329 3240 31 29 500 PS-40 
349331 2070 12 12 500 G-40 
348366 2740 40 38 500 PS-40 

342885 2240 27 27 500 G-40 
341014 3400 50 48 500 PS-40 

342886 2900 37 37 500 G-40 

349327 2640 58 19 500 PS-40 

341900 2160 50 12 500 G-40 
349344 3300 65 30 500 PS-40 
341891 2640 21 55 500 PS-40 

341901 2160 12 50 500 G-40 
Prices on application. 













296 



Northern Electric 






WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Fourteen Inch Floodlights 

Approx. Wt M Lb. Style 
Description Net Ship. No. 

Accessories for Type CAG-14 Floodlights with 

Silvered Glass Reflectors 

Clips for Color Lens Mounting (4 

Required) - % 1 349510 

Amber Inner Lens -6 11 349713 

Red Inner Lens 6 11 349710 

Green Inner Lens '6 11 342233 

Blue Inner Lens 6 11 347999 

Blue-Green Inner Lens 6 11 342228 

Socket Stilt for G-Bulb Lamp 1 V/ 2 349324-A 

Visor 3 5 349325 

Circular Louver 3 5 348568 

Plain Lens and Felt Gasket 6 11 348631 

Lightly Stippled Lens and Felt 

Gasket 6 11 348632 

Heavilv Stippled Lens and Felt 

Gasket 6 11 348633 

Rectilinear Spread Lens and Felt 

Gasket 6 11 348634 

Narrow Beam Glass Reflector 5 9 348672 

Accessories for Type CA-14 Floodlights with 
Chromium Plated Reflectors 

Accessories are the same for the CA-14 floodlights as for 
CAG-14 floodlights listed above, except for the Socket Stilt 
for G-Bulb lamp, the Circular Louver, the reflectors and 
addition of inclination stop all of which are listed below. 

Socket Stilt for G-Bulb Lamp 1 lH 349324 

Circular Louver 3 5 349738 

Narrow Beam Chromium Reflector. 2Y 2 7 349883 

Wide Beam Chromium Reflector.. . . 2V 2 7 349342 

Inclination Stop VA %H 349095 

Twelve Inch Floodlights 

Type CAG-12 with Silvered Glass Reflectors 
Type SA-12 with Chromium Plated Reflectors 
Type SC-12 with Chromium Plated Reflectors 

r 




Type SA-12 with Chromium Plated Reflector 

Approximate weight. Type SA-12. Net, 10 pounds; 
shipping, 13 pounds. 

Approximate weight, Type SC-12. Net, 12 pounds; 
shipping, 15 pounds. 




Type CAG-12 with Silvered Glass Reflector 

Approximate weight, Type CAG-12. Net, 12 pounds; 
shipping, 15 pounds. 

Prices on application. 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Twelve Inch Floodlights 

Type CAG-12 Floodlights with Silvered Glass Reflector 



Style No. 
348562 Plain 



Lens 



348563 
348564 
348565 
348566 

Style 
No. 
348562 
348562 
348563 
348563 
348564 
348564 
348565 
348565 
348566 
348566 



Lightly Stippled 

Heavily Stippled 

Horizontal Rectilinear Spread. . . . 
Vertical Rectilinear Spread 

Beam Beam Spread, Degrees 
Lumens Horizontal Vertical 



Reflector 
Narrow Bean 
Narrow Bean 
Narrow Bean 
Narrow Bean 
Narrow Bean 

Lamps 



1460 
1560 
1510 
1610 
1540 
1650 
1490 
1590 
1490 
1590 



24 
14 
43 
34 
50 
38 
50 
38 
24 
13 



21 
13 
40 
33 
46 
36 
21 
13 
46 
38 



Watts 
200 
250 
200 
250 
200 
250 
200 
250 
200 
250 



Bulb 
PS-3 

G-3 
PS-3 

G-3 
PS-3 

G-3 
PS-3 

G-3 
PS-3 

G-3 



Type SA-12 Floodlights with Chromium 

Style No. Lens 

349550 Plain 

349551 Lightly Stippled 

349536 Horizontal Rectilinear Spread. . . . 
349591 Circular Spread 

Style Beam Beam Spread, Degrees 

No. Lumens Horizontal Vertical 

349550 1180 10 10 

349551 1250 20 20 
349536 1285 32 18 
349591 1390 28 28 



Plated Reflector 

Reflector 
Narrow Beai 
Narrow Beai 
Narrow Beai 
Narrow Beai 



Lamps 



Watts 
250 
250 
250 
250 



Bull 

G-a 

G-c 

G-.: 
G-c 



Type SC-12 Floodlights with Chromium Plated Reflecto 

Reflector 
Narrow Bea 
Narrow Bea 
Narrow Bea 
Narrow Bea 

Lamps 

Bull 

G-; 
G-: 
G-: 
G-; 



Style No. Lens 

348279 Plain 

348280 Lightly Stippled 

384281 Horizontal Rectilinear Spread 

348282 Circular Spread 

Style Beam Beam Spread, Degrees 

No. Lumens Horizontal Vertical 

348279 1180 10 10 

348280 1250 20 20 

348281 1285 32 18 

348282 1390 28 28 



Watts 
250 
250 
250 
250 



Wt., Lb. 
Description Net Ship. Style N 

ACCESSORIES FOR TYPE CAG-12 FLOODLIGH1 

Color Lens Holder V 2 1 3486: 

Amber Inner Lens 2 4 3486: 

Red Inner Lens 2 4 3486: 

Green Inner Lens 2 4 3486: 

Blue Inner Lens 2 4 3486: 

Circular Louver 2 3 3486" 

Plain Lens Only 3 8 3486 

Lightly Stippled Lens Only 3 8 3486' 

Heavily Stippled Lens Only 3 8 3486' 

Rectilinear Spread Lens Only 3 8 3486 

Narrow Beam Silvered Glass Reflector 3 6 3465 1 

ACCESSORIES FOR TYPE SA-12 FLOODLIGHTS 



Color Lens Holder 

Amber Inner Lens 

Red Inner Lens 

Green Inner Lens 

Blue Inner Lens 

Circular Louver 

Plain Lens Only 

Lightly Stippled Lens Only 

Rectilinear Spread Lens Only 

Circular Spread Lens Only 

1^-inch Pipe Mounting Base 

Narrow Beam Chromium Reflector. 



2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
3 
3 
3 
3 
1 
2 



^ 



1 
4 
4 
4 
4 
3 
8 
8 
8 
8 
2 
6 



3495 
3493 
3493 
3495 
3493 
3497 
3493 
3493 
3495 
3495 
3494 
3493 



ACCESSORIES FOR TYPE SC-12 FLOODLIGHTS 

Accessories are the same for the SC-12 floodlights as I 
the SA-12 floodlights listed above, except for the lj^-in 
Pipe Mounting Base listed below. 
1%-inch Pipe Mounting Base 2 3 3482 

Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



297 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 
Ten Inch Floodlights 

Type CAG-10 with Silvered Glass Reflectors. 
Type CA-10 with Chromium Plated Reflectors. 




Type CAG-10 With Silvered Glass Reflector 
Approximate Weight, Type CAG-10 — Net, 22 pounds; 
hipping, 34 pounds. 




Type CA-10 Projector 
Approximate Weight, Type CA-10 — Net, 26 pounds; 
shipping, 40 pounds. 

rYPE CAG-10 FLOODLIGHTS WITH SILVERED GLASS 

REFLECTORS 
Lens Reflector 

Plain Narrow Beam 

Plain Narrow Beam 

-ight Stippled Narrow Beam 

-ight Stippled Narrow Beam 

heavily Stippled Narrow Beam 

heavily Stippled Narrow Beam 

lorizontal Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

-lorizontal Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

/ertical Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

/ertical Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

Beam Spread, Degrees 

T.amns 

Style No. 
348540 
348541 
348542 
348543 
348544 
348545 
348546 
348547 
348548 
348549 

Prices on application. 



Beam 


Hori- 




Lamps 


-umens 


zontal 


Vertical 


Watts 


Bulb 


1380 


26 


23 


200 


PS-30 


1450 


16 


15 


250 


G-30 


1440 


45 


42 


200 


PS-30 


1510 


36 


35 


250 


G-30 


1480 


52 


48 


200 


PS-30 


1540 


40 


38 


250 


G-30 


1420 


52 


23 


200 


PS-30 


1475 


40 


15 


250 


G-30 


1420 


26 


48 


200 


PS-30 


1475 


15 


40 


250 


G-30 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Ten Inch Floodlights 

Type CA-10 Floodlights with Chromium Plated Reflectors 



Style No 

349100 
349386 
349301 
348304 
349415 
348618 
349515 
348303 
348619 
348620 

Style 
No. ' 

349100 
349386 
349301 
348304 
349415 
348618 
349515 
348303 
348619 
348620 



Lens Reflector 

Plain , Narrow Beam 

Plain Narrow Beam 

Lightly Stippled Narrow Beam 

Lightly Stippled Narrow Beam 

Heavily Stippled Narrow Beam 

Heavily Stippled Narrow Beam 

Horizontal Rectilinear Spread. . . . Narrow Beam 

Horizontal Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

Vertical Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

Vertical Rectilinear Spread Narrow Beam 

Beam* Beam Spread, Degrees* Lamps 

Lumens Horizontal Vertical Watts Bulbs 

835 21 18 200 PS-30 

890 12 12 250 G-30 

885 40 37 200 PS-30 

950 32 32 250 G-30 

900 45 42 200 PS-30 

965 36 36 250 G-30 

850 44 18 200 PS-30 

910 37 12 250 G-30 

850 21 43 200 PS-30 

910 12 37 250 G-30 



ACCESSORIES FOR TYPE CAG-10 FLOODLIGHTS 

Approx. Wt.,Lb. Style 

Description Net Ship. No. 

Visor 2 3 340743 

Socket Stilt for G-Bulb Lamp 1 VA 348569 

Clips for Color Lens Mounting (3 Re- 
quired) % 1 350490 

Blue-Green Inner Lens 3 8 348506 

Amber Inner Lens 3 8 348504 

Red Inner Lens 3 8 348502 

Green Inner Lens 3 8 348505 

Blue Inner Lens 3 8 348503 

Circular Louver. . . . 2 3 348570 

Plain Lens and Felt Gasket 3 8 348613 

Lightly Stippled Lens and Felt Gasket 3 8 348614 

Heavily Stippled Lens and Felt Gasket 3 8 348615 
Rectilinear Spread Lens and Felt 

Gasket 3 8 348616 

Narrow Beam Silvered Glass Reflector 2 l / 2 5 344629 



ACCESSORIES FOR TYPE CA-10 FLOODLIGHTS 

Accessories are the same for CA-10 floodlights as for CAG-10 
floodlights listed above, except for the Socket Stilt for G- 
Bulb Lamp, the Circular Louver and Reflector listed below. 

Socket Stilt for G-Bulb Lamp 1 l}/ 2 349121 

Circular Louver. 2 3 350604 

Narrow Beam Chromium Reflector. . . 1^ 5 337549 

*For estimating purposes only. 









! 






298 



Northern Electric 






WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Universal Floodlight 

TYPE 1-12, 150 or 200-ratt Flooiligrht 




TS*pe 1-12 Universal Floodlight 

Distinctive Features 
L Specially designed, chromium plated brass reflector. 
- Adjxistal E socbet :r:~ Mrtsade of projector. 
3. Universal svri . 
-i. Ease of operation and maintenance 

r Low cosl. 

I rasiructjon 

I - e ref ooor k : 3 spa© brass ed to a spun steel housing, 

■R-hich hold? fcbc sodaet in position, and makes a d .?■: -right 

housing 7 c : >c viom of rbe Lousing- is attached an adjust- 

e e /--el or base -which gives universal adjustment of tie 

odlight. The rwivel ba^r k arranged to St a standard 4-inch 

_: et box ::: v_: e :>r pole mounting, and can be mner -wired 

if cleared Each unit is complete with teaa feet of wiring cable 

■limit eas i nstallation. 

Leas — Either - ea t resist..- g clear or lightly stippled, :-r nop 
. ._: resasdn| . ear or stippled glass disc If clear leas C 

desired in - r heat resisting or non heat resisting the 

reflect ar i I be stippled. 

_ Lamps—- The 1-12 floodlight uses either 150 or 200-V aU 

clear or seed lamps. A 1 I -"■' "att inside frost lamp may 
•-: _>ei by adc D| i ?-L~_Lrd medium sorter errenaon. 

i xjdlights wei; eipro o ff Dover can be read:".;- reroov 

r — ] * flood r nt has. an elect i : rtic protect^ coating 
on a. f enx»u5 pari s and all other surfaces ^re z r: bected by a 

I ' ren bakir g - namt 

.71 1-12 FLOODLIGHT FOR CONDUIT 

MOUNTING 

Approx. 

Description Stop. Wt. Style Xo. 

lain stipj --; - 343074 

W - in clear lens 8 347650 

W..-; pat teas: -ng sxippted leais. - . . . 8 347651 

With i reasdaf -ar tens 8 347652 

Plain stippled leasV.: joJder 2 343071 

Heat resisting stippled en s with bolder 3 347649 

TYPE 1-12 FLOODLIGHT WITH BASE 

With plain stippled less. . 10 347653 

With plain dear lens. 1 347654 

W ah beat resisting stapled lens. . 347655 

With heat resisting dear lens 10 347656 

ACCESSORIES 

2 347657 

1 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Mounting Accessories 

1 





2 holes '21 — 21 



i i 



« — r-j 

J 

I 



Beam Base 



Pipe Stand 

5//; r-:.-£ r 




% Die. Z Holes 




Sap Firrer Base 





Wall or Pole Bracket 



i i£<a>4ftoJa 



Shank Adapter 
for Type U Fir. 




St vie So. 

345142 



MMH 



Des: 
Pipe Maud 

1 u. ■ pipe bast- 

2" pipe base 

1JJ* pipe base. 

_' :• ac base 

Sled or channel-iron 



M799~ 
340512 




bean 

Sfij> Fitter base for 
-:-** pipe.- 

5 : : :ttts BBS! I ■ 

4' pipe 
SGp Finer base for 



4' p;pr 
12" toB ar pole 



>' 



V Ailipwr (Med «*■ 

2^'djpfiU.e- 



Floodlight Mounted on Standai 

For use with SI aafei 

Wt.lfc/ 
CA-1C 14 If. and CAG-16. 

14 and 16 
CA-10. 14. 16 and CAG-1 

14 and 16 I 

CA-20. CAG-20. CSA-24 ani 

CSAG-24 8 

CA - AG-20. CSA-24 and 

CSAG-24 
CA-20. CAG-20. CSA- nd 

CSAG-24 
CA-1C- H 16 and CAG-2 

14. 16 
CA-20. CAG-20. CSA-24 and 

CSAG-24 
CV10. 14. 16 and CAG-10. 

14.16 « 

CA-10. 14 16 and CAG-10. 

14. If. . « 

CA -iO. C AG-S0 and CSA-24. 

CS.\G-24. 10 

CA-20. CAG-3D and CSA-24. 

CS.\C-24 

CA-10. 14.16 n 

C\-10. 14. 16 and CAG-10. 

14. 16 
CA-10. 14. 16. 30. CSA-24. 

«ad CAG-10 14.16. CSAG-20 !'• 



Northern Electric 



299 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Sixteen Inch Searchlights 




Sixteen Inch Searchlight 

Distinctive Features 

All light concentrated into the main beam — There is a large 

Ivered glass reflector in the back of the searchlight and a 
nail spherical silvered glass reflector in front of the lamp 
etween the lamp and the searchlight lens. This small reflector 
itercepts the direct light from the lamp and redirects it into 
le main beam. A feature that gives the greatest concen- 
ation to the light beam. 

Unimpaired efficiency lowers expense — Floodlight ing's 
rgest expense, the cost of operation, is reduced by this search- 
ght's life-long efficiency. Through years of strenuous service 

maintains substantially the same lumen output as on the day 
istalled. Cleaning and servicing expense is as low as possible. 

Daylight focusing feature — The adjustable lamp socket is 
lounted at the bottom of the drum. Peep sights through the 
ide of the drum line up with cross markers inside making it 
ossible to focus the lamp in daylight. The peep sights are 
osed against the weather after focusing by knurled head 
:rews. 

Cool operation — The Sixteen inch searchlight will not 
verheat. Its aluminum alloy body disposes of heat entirely 
y radiation, and without the use of ventilating holes. 

Colored light — The searchlight beam can be changed from 
hite to colored light simply by mounting colored glass 
:reens inside the door frame. 

Construction 

Body and Door — Non-corrosive cast silicon aluminum alloy. 

Lens — High quality plain heat resisting glass, convex in 
hape. 

Reflector — Commercial precision ground and polished 
ilvered glass mirror with spherical silvered glass reflector 
i place of louver. 

Wiring — Two-conductor cable is brought out through 

rubber bushed waterproof gland. 



LAMPS (115 VOLTS) 
application Watts 

Ieadlight 94 

pottight 100 

potlight 250 

loodlight 250 

potlight 400 

loodlight 500 

lirway Beacon 500 

loodlight 1000 

Ship. Wt. 
16-Inch Searchlight Lb., Ea. Style No. 

Vith Flat Base 130 342151 

Vith 2^-inch Slip Fitter 130 347993 

Vith 4-inch Slip Fitter 130 347994 

"Medium base lamps. Use with socket reducer Style No. 
36213. 

fBurn in any position except within 45° of vertical, base up. 
JBurn within 25° of vertical base down. 
Prices on application. 



Type 
of Bulb 
P-25* 
P-25*f 

G-30*t 

G-30f 

G-30| 

G-40f 

T-20J 

G-40t 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Sixteen and Twenty Inch Open-Type 

Floodlights 

Types AF-16 and AF-20 




Type AF-16 Open-Type Floodlighting Conduit Mounting 



1 




Type AF-20 Open-Type Floodlight for Cross-Arm Mounting 




Type AF-20 Open-Type Floodlight for Pipe Mounting 

DISTINCTIVE FEATURES 

Low first cost — Open-type floodlights have the advantage 
of lower first cost over closed-type floodlights. 

Result of long experience— In designing these open-type 
floodlights Westinghouse had the benefit of long experience 
with similar lighting equipment. 

Porcelain enameled finish — Westinghouse AF-20 and AF-16 
floodlights have a porcelain enameled finish. It is one of the 
best reflecting surfaces and is unequaled by any paint finish 
for its resistance to weather even under the intense heat from 
the high-wattage lamps. 












300 



Northern Electric 






WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Sixteen and Twenty Inch Floodlights 

OPEN TYPE 

Construction 

Reflector — Heavy sheet steel, shaped to utilize the lamp's 
maximum output. 

Coated inside and out with porcelain enamel. The first 
coat is a ground coat after which one coat of green is applied, 
outside and two coats of white inside. Coats fired separately. 

Socket housing — of cast iron, in which is mounted a mogul 
screw socket. 

Wiring — Asbestos covered leads are brought out of the 
socket housing' through a lava bushing and sealed on the 
AF-20. The AF-16 is arranged for %" conduit mounting and 
internal wiring. It is not necessary to disassemble the socket 
housing on the AF-20 for wiring as connections can be made 
to the leads furnished. 

Mountings — The mounting bow and bracket on the AF-20 
is of cast iron electro-galvanized and enameled green. A 
bracket can be supplied for cross arm mounting of the AF-20 
or for a 4-inch slip fitter steel post top mounting. With either 
mounting the AF-20 can be tipped at any required angle or 
rotated horizontally and locked in position. The AF-16 
can be tipped and rotated on the conduit fittings with which 
it is mounted. 

Lamps— The AF-20 floodlight is designed for 750, 1000, 
1500, and 2000- watt 11 6- volt general service lamps. The 
AF-16 is designed for 750, and 1000-watt lamps. 



Style 
No. 



Description 



Beam Spread* 

Total Hon- Lamp Wt. in Lbs 

Lumens* zon. Vert. Watts Bulb Net Ship. 



TYPE AF-20 FLOODLIGHTS 



344644 For cross-arm 

mounting 

344645 For 4-inch pipe 

mounting 



21.100 100 90 1500 PS-52 27 
21,100 100 90 1500 PS-52 30 



40 
43 



TYPE AF-16 FLOODLIGHTS 

344168 Complete flood- 

o,n-oo ,Ji ght , 12 - 350 90 90 100 ° ps -52 19H 

342588 Reflector only 15 

349746 Hood with socket ... 414 



/ -14 Taper Pipe Tap 



26 

20 

6 





Dimensions In Inches, Type AF-16 
*For estimating purposes only. 




Base for 
*u*a ^ isK Pipe Mount ino 

Sase for Cross- Arm ttounting 
Dimensions in Inches, Type AF-20 

Prices on application. 




WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Diolux Floodlighting Unit 

Ideal for Parking Space — Bathing Beach, — Industrial Yards 
Storage Yards, — Building Excavations 

Uses Lamp Size 300 or 500 Watts 




i 



• 



DIOLUX LIGHTING UNIT 

The optical system of the Diolux lighting unit consists of ' 
180° dioptric Fresnel lens and a spherical reflector. The lens 
made of an excellent quality heat resisting glass and th 
reflector is of brass spun over an accurate form and chromim 
plated to ensure long life and high efficiency over a long perio 
of time. 

The body of the lighting unit in which the lens and reflectc 
are mounted is of cast iron heavily galvanized. 

Placed inside of the body is an adjustable socket suppoi 
which permits vertical movement of the lamp for the purpo; 
of raising or depressing the beam of light. 

After adjustment has been made the socket can be locked i 
position by means of a locking device operated externally. 

To facilitate relamping of the unit a door is provided whic 
hinges from the bottom. This door is provided with a gla 
panel which permits a portion of the light to be transmits 
to the ground beneath the unit. 

A bracket is provided for mounting which permits rotatic 
of the lighting unit around its vertical axis and also allows 
to be tilted towards or away from the pole on which it 
mounted. 

LAMPS 

The Diolux Lighting Unit is designed for use with 300 i 
500 watt lamps. 

Recommended Watts per 1000 Square Feet for Varioi 

Applications Watts pei 

Application 1000 Sq. F 

Parking Spaces 150— 30( 

Building Excavations 300 — 60< 

Industrial Yards 150 — 30( 

Storage Yards 150 — 30< 

Bathing Beaches 150 — 30< 

Skating Rinks 300—60* 

Swimming Pools 900-150* 

Style No. H22842 for Pole mounting. 

Style No. H22841 for Wall mounting. .1 

Prices on applications. 






Northern Electric 



301 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 




Duolux 
Floodlights 



\r 



*-* #•■»■ 





Villa 12' Standard with 

Casing and Octagonal 

Duolux Lantern 



Capital 15' Standard and Casing 
-ith Villa 2 Light Top Section 
and Octagonal Senior 
Duolux Lanterns 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Duolux Floodlights 

Distinctive Features 

Pleasing appearance — The Duolux floodlight presents a 
pleasing appearance. During the day it appears as an orna- 
mental lighting unit and at night, in addition to illuminating 
the street, it performs its major function — that of floodlight- 
ing some building or entrance. 

Ease of installation — The unit has a standard type fitter 
and may be easily attached to any Westinghouse ornamental 
street lighting standard. 

Harmonizes with street lighting system — Standard globe 
type street lighting luminaires designed to harmonize with 
the street lighting installation may be equipped with adjust- 
able floodlighting reflectors. 

Wide beam control — The reflector can be moved through 
an unusally wide floodlight beam control of a large area. 

Operation 

The top, or main floodlighting lamp of the unit, may be 
multiple operated, which the lower socket of the Octagonal 
unit may be either series or multiple. Thus the lower lamp 
of the Octagonal unit may be connected in the underground 
street lighting series circuit and be controlled with the regular 
ornamental lighting system. Inasmuch as a standard series 
film socket cannot be accommodated in the top of the unit, 
it would be necessary to use a series multiple coil in con- 
nection with a mogul multiple socket, should a series hook- 
up be used. 

The recommended spacing of Duolux Units is from 25 to 30 
feet between units with the units from 15 to 25 feet from the 
surface to be illuminated. 

Construction 

Framework — of lanterns, light in weight, but strong. 

Lantern canopy — of heat-resisting glass; reduces mainte- 
nance to a minimum, dust-proof and insect-proof. 

Parabolic reflector — of chromium plated metal; mounted 
on adjustable supports, directs a high percentage of light in 
the floodlighting beam. 

COLUMNS 

Style No. Description 

H-22866 Arcadian 12' Standard 

H -2 1425 Arcadian 13' 6* Standard 

H-22867 Arcadian 15' Standard 

H -2 1563 Capital 13' Standard 

H -22850 Capital 15' Standard 

336029 Villa 10' Standard 

353739 Villa 12' Standard 

ORNAMENTAL CASING 
Style No. Description 

350662 Arcadian Casing 

336294 Capital Casing 

353757 Villa 12' Casing 

TWO LIGHT TOP SECTIONS 

338393 Villa 2 Light Top Section 

338395 Arcadian 2 Light Top Section 

COMPLETE UNITS 

Reflector Auxil. 
Lamp Lamp Ship. Wt. 
Description Watts Watts Lb., Ea. Style No. 

Corona Senior Duolux 750 200 60 342333 

Corona Junior Duolux 500 100 55 342334 

Sollux Senior Duolux 500 100 50 342335 

Crystalux Senior Duolux 500 100 50 342336 
Washington Large 

Duolux .... 1000 200 55 342337 

Washington Medium 

Duolux 750 100 50 342338 

Sollington Senior 

Duolux 1000 200 55 342339 

Paragon Senior Duolux 750 200 55 342340 

Paragon Junior Duolux 500 100 50 342341 

Octagonal Sen. Duolux 1500 500 125 342342 

Octagonal Jun. Duolux 500 200 95 342343 

Prices on application. 



302 



Northern Electric 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Cornice Floodlight 

Type CA 




Cornice Floodlight 

APPLICATION 

The Type CA cornice floodlight is used to eliminate the 
shadows above building cornices that are caused by floodlights 
mounted below. The Cornice floodlight is mounted on the 
building cornice. Its low height makes it inconspicuous on 
the cornice, and its short wide distribution of light eliminates 
shadows. 

Another application of the Cornice floodlight is lighting 
coves and arches. 

DISTINCTIVE FEATURES 

Because it can be mounted inconspicuously, and because of 
its wide short range, the Cornice floodlight has the distinctive 
advantage of providing clear and colored floodlighting where 
space limitations prohibit the use of standard floodlights. 

Beautiful color effects are obtainable with colored Cornice 
floodlights in combination with other standard floodlights. 

CONSTRUCTION 

Housing — of non-corrosive cast silicon aluminum alloy, 
equipped with a twin socket for operating two general service 
lamps in parallel. Lamps 150 watts maximum. 

Lens — of clear heat-resisting glass, fastened in a weather- 
proof mounting in the door. Inner color lenses of the following 
standard colors are available: red, amber, blue, and green. 

Reflector — is the inner surface of the housing. It is sprayed 
with a high-grade aluminum paint, that provides a good 
reflecting surface and also gives wide distribution of light. 

Door — is clamped to the housing by six T-screws with wing 
nuts. Two of the T-screws also serve as hinges for the door. 

Mounting— is equipped with a U-shaped bracket. By 
loosening the clamping bolt at each end of the housing, it 
may be adjusted to any position. 

TYPE CA CORNICE FLOODLIGHT AND LENSES 

Style No. Description 

Type CA Cornice Floodlight with plain clear lens 
Blue inner lens only 
Red inner lens only 
Amber inner lens only 
Green inner lens only 



344098 
335500 
335501 
335502 
335503 



Prices on application. 



WESTINGHOUSE FLOODLIGHTING 

EQUIPMENT 

Mobile Color Floodlighting 

Mobile color floodlighting is a specially designed method < 
lighting the exterior of a building with a number of differer 
colors to attract public attention and bring out the pred< 
minating architectural features of the building in a symphon 
of color harmonies. 

To obtain even distribution of light over the lighted art 
requires an accurate study of the building architecture wit 
the view of obtaining the best possible color cycle and W 
location, number, and type of floodlights. 

Methods of obtaining good mobile color effects may \ 
divided into two general classes. First, washout method* an 
second, color blending method. 

The washout method is used where only two color chang« 
are desired. The static or background color is left on coi 
tinuously and either a lighter or a good blending color 
brought to full intensity at regular intervals and siipe 
imposed on the background color. If the mobile color is lightt 
than the background and of sufficient intensity, it will wa< 
out the background color and the building will assume \\ 
lighter color. If a color which is near the same intensity as tl 
background color is used for the mobile color the building w 
assume a color which is a combination of the two color 
While the mobile color is increasing or decreasing in intensit 
there will be various shades in the color changes. 

The color blending method is the more commonly used sin* 
it gives a wider variety of color combinations. Several colo 
are chosen and a cycle is laid out with these colors on in a pr 
determined sequence, with color blending when changir 
from one color to the next. 

Control systems for obtaining mobile lighting are divide 
into three general classes: 

1. Resistance cycle dimmer. 

2. Reactance cycle dimmer. 

3. Thermionic-Reactance cycle dimmer. 

The resistance cycle dimmer uses the required number 
resistance dimmer plates operated either by motor driv< 
cams or by a separate motor for each color. If the latt 
method is chosen a motor driven flasher must be used 
control the color motors but more elaborate cycles can 1 
obtained. 

The reactance cycle dimmer is similar to the resistance ty] 
except that the dimming is accomplished by reactance inste 
of resistance. The use of reactance dimming will redu* 
operating costs because reactors have a greater oven 
efficiency. Pilot plates are used in the cycle dimmer whit 
control the reactors. 

The Thermionic-Reactance cycle dimmer is a new develo 
ment in mobile lighting control. It consists of a small mot 
With changeable gear speed reducers operating rheostats f 
the output control of the thermionic tubes to the reactoi ' 
The tubes, rheostats, and motor are assembled into one ur 
which can be connected directly to the a-c. service feedii 
the reactors and floodlights. 

For elaborate cycles or installations where changes of cycl 
are desired a Thermionic-Reactance control has be< 
developed using rolls on which the various cycles ha- 
been recorded. The roll is inserted into the unit and t 
cycle can be operated at definite intervals or continuousl 
Any type or length of cycle may be recorded and new ro 
made to meet any condition. 

Cycle dimmers designed for floodlighting are also applicab 
to window and fountain lighting. In the latter case wat 
displays can be synchronized with the mobile color eye 
Automatic starting and stopping can be accomplished by 
contact making clock- 
Requests for additional information and assistance 
laying out mobile lighting should be referred to the neare 
District Sales Office. 

Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



303 



HIGH SPEED TYPE FLASHERS 




This type is used for producing spectacular effects such as 
unning water, foam, flames, smoke, dust, revolving wheels, 
:lobes and circles, waving flags, travelling borders, waterfalls, 
ountains, lightning, pulsating effects, fireworks, rain, etc. 

Brushes are l /&" wide. 

Capacity as follows: — 

On D.C. 250 watts— On A.C. 330 watts. 



List 
No. 

1S-4 
-1S-8 



List Price 

No. of Size Net Boxed Steel 

Brushes Inches Weight Weight Flasher Cabinet 

4 20x13x11 46 lbs. 72 lbs. $38.00 $7.00 

8 27x13x11 51 lbs. 78 lbs. 53.00 10.00 

Each additional switch or feeder §3.00 



List Price 




Steel 


Flasher 


Cabinet 


$48 . 00 


$ 8.00 


63 . 00 


11.00 


83.00 


14.00 


103.00 


16.50 



Brushes are 1* wide. 

Capacity as follows: — 

On D.C. 500 watts. On A.C. 660 watts. 

List No. of Size Net Boxed 
No. Brushes Inches Weight Weight 

IHS- 4 4 22x13x11 51 lbs. 77 lbs. 

IHS- 8 8 31x13x11 59 lbs. 85 lbs. 

1H5-12 12 42x13x11 70 lbs. 100 lbs. 

IHS-16 16 51x13x11 79 lbs. 110 lbs. 

Each additional switch or feeder So. 00. 

Above Flasher prices include either 110- volt DC or 110-voIt 
cycle AC motor. When furnished without motor, deduct 
12.00 from list price. 

High Speed Flashers are usually made with a multiple of 
>ur brushes (1-2-3-4) with a common feeder ring. Where a 
ower speed effect is desired such as fountains, rising steam, 
ropping coins, etc., it is advisable to use six circuit brushes 
id a feeder. When the flasher is to be balanced on three- 
ire service, there should be an extra feeder ordered for each 
;t of circuit brushes. 



HOW TO FIGURE COMBINATION FLASHERS 

When a high-speed is geared to a slow-speed unit add price 
both plus cost of motor. A HHS-4 with 5-8 Speller and 
andard motor therefor lists at $83.00. 

To figure cost of "Speller," "On and Off," "Script" or other 
3W speed types in combination with each other take the 
'ice of the unit with the heaviest brushes and add cost of 
ushes in additional units, dependent on their size, viz.: 15-4 
i7.00 plus No. S-10 $12.50 equals $59.50. 



FLASHERS 



Ot No. 603 

:iTTS&BLrn 

eoaroPATitt 

S { . York, as, \ 



No. 604 



WYNK-A-LITE FLASHING 
PLUG 

No. 604 

List Price SO. 15 



PRONG TYPE 
FLASHER 

No. 620 

List Price $0.20 




No. 620 




PORCELAIN 

RECEPTACLE 

FLASHER 

No. 615 

List Price $0.35 



No. 615 



PORCELAIN 

CHAT 

FLASHER 

List List 

No. Watts Price 

169 100 SO. 40 

672 220 3 . 30 

674 440 5 . 30 

676 660 8.00 




No. 672 



Whatever your problem may be in light 
control, you will find that many can be 
solved by the use of some of the flashers 
and time clocks shown in this section of 
our catalogue. If not, you have available 
the assistance of our lighting specialists, 
located at our various distributing houses. 
Put your problem up to them. They are 
there to help you. 









304 



Northern Electric 



SANGAMO SIGN FLASHERS 
Motor Driven 




Single Contact "off and on" Flasher 
Mode! 1, Form 6101 




Model 2, Form 6144 
FLASHERS, MODELS 1 AND 2 
Sangamo Flashers are built to give a long-life, trouble-free, 
and dependable service for years. They are distinguished 
by their simplicity and sturdy construction. They are built 
to control any type of display from a simple "off and on" 
effect to the most complicated spectacular action. 



SANGAMO SIGN FLASHERS 
Motor Driven 

FLASHERS, MODELS 1 AND 2 

Continued 

Models 1 and 2, "Off and On 1 ' and "Chaser" flashers, ai 
small- and compact. They are designed so that they may t 
installed inside the sign in order to reduce the cost of ir 
stallation. The size of these units is 4}4 inches wide, 7] 
inches high and 434 inches deep. 

Pure silver contacts are used on all flashers. They wi 
not pit or stick, and will insure long life without replacemen 
These contacts have proved by years of satisfactory operatio 
that they are a superior form of contact for use in sign flasher 
The use of silver contacts allows the flasher to be operated i 
any position; no leveling or final adjustment of the flashe 
after installation is needed. Neither are they affected b 
heat or cold, or by short circuits in the sign. 

High grade, hardened, ground and polished, ball bearing 
are used throughout. The ball bearings are enclosed in 
dustproof housing, lubricated in assembly with a high grad 
non-corrosive, non-evaporating oil, and need no furthe] 
attention during the life of the flasher. With this type c 
bearing, the operation of the flasher is not affected by extrem 
heat or cold. 

The slow speed induction disc motor has a simple spee | 
adjustment. The fast speed is two times greater than th 
slow speed. The cost of operation of these flashers is ver, 
small; the motor draws less than seven watts on the Model 
and less than thirteen watts on the Model 2. 

All steel parts on Sangamo Flashers are heavily nickc 
plated over copper. All drives are either direct or throug 
spur gear reduction. This insures positive and even action 

The contact points are rated to carry 25 amperes, 2,87 
watts per circuit, 115 volts, alternating current; or 2,87 j 
volt-ampere neon tube transformer load. 

OFF AND ON OR ALTERNATE FLASHER j 

MODEL 1 ; 

Flasher Size 4K"x7H"x4}4". Cabinet Size 6*x9H r x5*. 

25, 50 or 60 Cycles 

No, 

Circuit 
Timing 

Off and On 
Off and On 
Alternate 
Alternate 

Circuit per Wattage: 2875. Amperes per Circuit: 25. 

Speed Adjustment: 15 to 30 flashes per minute. 

For special speeds consult factory. 

For 25 cycle: specify speed of flash desired. 



HIGH SPEED BORDER CHASER FLASHER 

MODEL 2 

Flasher Size 4K"x7M*x4^' f . Cabinet Size 6"x9H*x5". 

25, 50 or 60 Cycles 
No. 

Circuit 
Timing 

1-3 
1-3 
1-4 
1-4 
1-6 

Circuit per Wattage: 2875. Amperes per Circuit: 25. 

Speed Adjustment: 150 to 250 flashes per minute. 

25 cycle Model 2 flashers driven by a constant speed in 
duction motor, specify speed of flash on order. 



List No. 

O 1-6101 
O 1-6102 
O 1-61A2 
1-61A4 



of 
Circuits 

1 
2 
2 
4 





Total 


Wired 


Wattage 


115 


2875 


115-230 


5750 


115-230 


5750 


115-230 


11500 



List No. 

O 2-6133 
2-6136 

O 2-6144 
2-6148 
2-6166 



of 

Circuits 

3 

6 

4 
8 
6 





Total 


Wired 


Wattage 


115-230 


8625 


115-230 


17250 


115-230 


11500 


115-230 


23000 


115-230 


17250 



Northern Electric 



305 



. * SANGAMO SIGN FLASHERS 

Motor Driven 

FLASHERS, MODELS 1 AND 2 

Continued 

DIRECT CURRENT FLASHERS 

Standard A.C. flashers can be used on direct current where 
;ernating current is available for the motor. Condensers 
the proper size and type must be connected to the contacts 
r proper operation. Where A.C- is not available for the 
3tor f flashers can be furnished driven by a direct current 

3tor. 

For prices consult our office, giving number of circuits, 

ad per circuit and flashing cycle or sequence desired. 




Speller Flasher, Model 4, Form 61S12 

SPELLER FLASHER, MODEL 4 

Speller flashers are so designed that they can be built to 
eet any requirement in the control of electric signs. 

They are equipped throughout with ball bearings and silver 
>n tacts. 

Each contact is controlled by individual split cams. One 
m controls the "on" operation and the other one the "off' 
»eration; only one "on" and "off" operation per contact 
•r cycle. 

When two or more circuits are to operate in unison the 
lole load is put on one contact, if it doesn't exceed the 
pacity of one contact. In case the load is larger than the 
pacity of one contact, then the load is broken through 
lays, so that a clean cut operation is assured. 

The contacts on the Model 4 Speller flasher are in two sizes. 
i and 50 amperes, alternating current. 

The 50 ampere contact is recommended when the opera- 

)ns are not over ten per minute. 

i 

25, 50 or 60 Cycles 

When ordering Speller type flashers, be sure to furnish the 
ice with complete information, including the number of 
cuits, load per circuit, flashing cycle or sequence of opera- 
>n desired, and advise whether 115 volts, 2 wire or 115/230 
Its, 3 wire power supply is available. 

For D.C. prices, consult the office, giving complete 
ormation for quotation. 

Speller type flashers complete with all fuses, relays and 
ring can be supplied- For prices, consult office giving 
mplete in format ion . 



SANGAMO FLASHERS 



Motor Driven 




VS-21 Time-Switch and Form 6144 Flasher 



FLASHERS WITH TIME SWITCHES 

A convenient combination is the unit consisting of a flasher 
and time-switch mounted in the same cabinet, as illustrated. 

This combination can consist of any of the various models 
of flashers with either Form VS, VSC or YW time-switch to 
produce any flashing effect or time-switch control that might 
be desired. All electrical connections between the time- 
switch and flasher units are made at the factory; only the 
external leads to and from the combination units are required. 
This results in a saving in the installation costs. 

FLASHERS, MODEL 3 

The Model 3 flasher has been developed to fill the need for 
a small, inexpensive, but dependable flasher that is simple in 
design and rugged in construction. The flasher, complete 
with cabinet, weighs less than six pounds, and will operate in 
any position. It is an ideal unit for the control of small signs 
and will give dependable and satisfactory service for a long 
period of time. 

The flasher has pure silver contacts and is driven by a slow- 
speed induction motor. This motor has a simple speed adjust- 
ment which permits a change in speed over a very wide range. 
The bearings are of the polished pivot construction, and are 
lubricated for the life of the flasher. The operations are not 
affected in any manner by extreme variations of temperature. 
The contacts are rated at 15 amperes, (1725 watts or 1725 
V.A. transformer rating) 115 volts alternating current. 

The contact fingers are equipped with rollers which ride on 
bakelite cams. This unit is so designed that it can be installed 
in the sign and will operate in any position. 

All steel parts are finished with nickel over copper, an 
accepted rust-proofing treatment. 



306 



Northern Electric 



SANGAMO FLASHERS 
Motor Driven 




i * 



Alternate" Flasher, Model 3, Form 61A2 



FLASHER MODEL 3 
OFF & ON AND ALTERNATE FLASHERS 



W*W 


x2 \i " 
No. 


25, 50 or 60 < 


Cycles 






OI 


Circuit 




Total 


List No. 


Circuits 


Timing 


Wired 


Wattage 


3-6101 


1 


Off and On 


115 V. 


1725 


3-6102 


2 


Off and On 


X115 


3450 


3-6103 


3 


Off and On 


115-230 


5175 


3-6104 


4 


Off and On 


115-230 


6900 


O 3-6 1A2 


2 


Alternate 


X115 


3450 


3-61 A3 


3 


Alternate 


115-230 


5175 


3-61A4 


4 


Alternate 


115-230 


6900 



Circuit per Wattage: 1725. Amperes per Circuit: 15. 

Cabinet: Cabinets for flashers marked "O"— Slide cover 

type- "Weatherproof" Cabinets for other flashers not marked 
"O," hinged type. 

Speed of flash: 15 to 30 flashes per minute. 

Standard cams are set for 50-50 operation. 



tf\r m 



'£" In case flashers marked "X" are desired wired for 
115/230 volts, specify on order. 

For 25 cycle flashers specify speed of flash desired. 



HIGH SPEED BORDER CHASER FLASHERS 



W% "x4M "x4 " 25, 50 or 60 Cycles 

No. 

of Circuit 

List No. Circuits Timing 



3-6133 
3-6144 



3 

4 



1-3 

1-4 



Wired 

115-230 
115-230 



Total 
Wattage 

5175 
6900 



Circuit per Wattage: 1725. Amperes per Circuit: 15. 

Standard flashing: 1 "off," 3 "on." 

Speed of flash: 175 to 240 flashes per minute. 

For 25 cycles specify speed of flash desired. 



SANGAMO FLASHERS 
Motor Driven 




Model 3, Speller Flasher, 3-61S4 

SPELLER FLASHER, MODEL 3 

The Model 3 Speller Flasher was designed to fill the nee 
for an inexpensive Speller Flasher. This unit uses th 
standard Model 3 contacts rated at 15 amperes, 115 volt 
alternating current. The cams are made of canvas has 
bakelite, and are cut to meet the different flashing cycle 
as required. The cams are all cut special so for each circu 
as many operations per cycle per contact as desired may I: 
supplied. 

The above illustration shows the type of construction u 
to four contacts. Above four contacts a slightly differer 
mounting arrangement is required. 

With this arrangement the motor is mounted on edge z 
the left of a steel plate, with the contacts mounted to th 
right in a horizontal plane. As many contacts as may t 
required for the control of any spelling action can be suppliec 



List No. 

3-61S1 
3-61S2 
3-61S3 
3-61S4 



No. 

of 
Circuits 

1 
2 
3 

4 

* 



25, 50 or 60 cycles 



Circuit 
iming 

As 

specified 

on 

Order 



Wired 

115 

115 

115-230 
1 15-230 



Total 
Wattage 

1725 
3450 
5175 
6900 



Circuit per Wattage, 1725. Amperes per Circuit, 15. 
*Five contacts or more see below. 
For 25 cycles add $5.00 list extra. 

Three different fast cycles may be had as follows: 4 second: 
8.5 seconds, 18.7 seconds, (the slow cycle is three times c 
long as the fast cycle and is easily adjusted). 

For Speller type flashers having more than four contact 
specify complete information on order as to the number < 
circuits, timing desired, wattage per circuit. 



Northern Electric 



307 



, SANGAMO FLASHERS 

Motor Driven 

RADIO INTERFERENCE ELIMINATOR 

The arcing at the contacts of the flashers may cause radio 
terference which, on some installations, is objectionable. 

Each eliminator consists of two choke coils and two con- 
nsers, so that the interference is completely choked and 
•en a path to ground. 

For best results eliminator should be mounted in the same 
binet as the flasher and with the leads as short as possible. 

Three types of eliminators have been developed to reduce 
is interference to a minimum- 
One eliminator is required for each contact or circuit 
at is causing the interference. Full directions for con- 
icting the eliminator are supplied. 



ist No. 
A 
B 
C 



Amperes per Circuit 
5 
15 
25 



One Unit required for 

each circuit causing 

interference 




Relay No. 6-61F2 

RELAY MODEL 6 

A new relay, primarily for sign flashing duty, has been 
eveloped and designed for use in connection with flashers. 

It can be used where the load is larger than the capacity 
: one contact or where it is desired to break a number of 
rcuits at one time for a clean cut "off" and "on" action. 

This relay is made in two styles only, each having two poles 
id for use on alternating current only. The type 6-61F2 
is the contacts closed when the coil is energized. The other 
r pe, 6-61R2, has the contacts opened when the coil is ener- 
zed. 

The relay is small in size, quiet in operation and so de- 
gned that the mechanical movement is extremely small, 
his makes an ideal unit when used where an extremely 
rge number of operations are expected. 







25 


, 50 or 60 cycl 


es 




-ist No. 
6-61F2 
6-6 1R2 


No. 

of 

Circuits 

2 

2 




Amperes 

per 
Circuit 

75 

75 


Wattage 

per 
Circuit 
8625 
8625 


Total 

Wattage 

17250 

17250 



For use on alternating current only. Specify voltage. 



SANGAMO FLASHERS 



Motor Driven 



K k K 




Neon Flasher 

HIGH VOLTAGE NEON FLASHER MODEL 5 

The Model 5 Flasher is an adjustable speed motor driven 
unit for the flashing of neon tube signs on the high voltage or 
secondary side of the transformers. 

The switching mechanism is operated on the well-known 
automobile ignition distributor system and is reliable, depend- 
able and positive in action. Each unit will handle one 15,000 
volts, 30 M.A. transformer. Glazed porcelain insulation is 
used throughout on all the high voltage circuits. All metal 
parts in the contact chamber are of stainless steel to prevent 
corrosion. 

The speed of flash is varied by a simple speed adjustment 
from 75 to 300 flashes per minute. 

The unit is compact and can be mounted inside the sign. 
For best results the flasher should be mounted with terminals 
in the "up" position. Be sure all terminals are connected. 

As shown below the flasher is made in four different styles, 
depending on the number of circuits required. 

For more than six circuits, full information is required as to 
the flashing effect desired, size of transformers, etc. Flashers 
can be furnished where more than one transformer is ussd. 





25, 


50 oi 


■60 


Cycles 




Model 


Number 


ofC 


'ircuits 


Rate of Flash 


5-61 N2 






2 




75—300 


5-61 N3 






3 




75—300 


5-61 N4 






4 




75—300 


5-61 N6 






6 




75—300 



Cabinet size, 4%" x ^V% x 5J^'\ Shipping weight, 6 lbs. 
Flashing speed 5-35 flashes per minute, can be supplied. 

Specify Voltage. Speed of 25 cycle flasher 50 to 85 flashes 
per minute. Double speed can be had by using a flasher with 
double the required number of terminals. 






308 



Northern Electric 



SANGAMO TIME SWITCHES 

Form VW 




Double-Pole, Single-Throw 

SAXGAMO FORM VW TIME SWITCH 

1. Electrically Wound. 

2. Ten Hours Reserve. 

3. Forty Ampere Capacity. 

4. Revolutionary Mechanical Contact. 

5. Manual Operation without Disturbing Sequence. 

6. Jeweled Balance. 

7. Sunday and Holiday Cutout. 

8. Dustproof Mounting. 

9. Pry-outsat Back and Bottom. 

■ 

10. Fully Guaranteed. 

A constant speed alternating current motor winds the main- 
spring and keeps it wound. During- current interruptions the 
mainspring carries on, having a reserve of ten hours. 

A jeweled balance with non-magnetic, non-rusting, tem- 
perature compensating, special alloy hairspring guarantees 
dependable time. 

The contacts are slow opening through a small gap; revo- 
lutionary, but thoroughly tested and guaranteed. 

The switch is equipped with a Sunday and Holiday cutout. 
Three pins are regularly supplied and one of these should be 
placed in each of the positions representing the days the switch 
is not to operate. 

Levers for three complete daily operations are supplied, 
allowing for either one, two or three on and off periods each 
day. 

Either on or off levers may be tripped manually without 
affecting the sequence of subsequent operations. 

Switch is supplied for 115 volts or 230 volts either 25, 50 
or 60 cycle and is made in three forms: 

VW-11 Single-Pole, Single-Throw 

VW-12 Single-Pole, Double-Throw 

VW-21 Double-Pole, Single-Throw 

Prices on application. 



SANGAMO TIME SWITCHES 

Form VS 




3. 

4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 



SANGAMO FORM VS TIME SWITCH 

1. Low Speed High Torque Self-Starting Synchronous 
Motor. 

2. Forty Ampere Capacity. 

Silver Contacts. 

Manual Operation without Disturbing Sequence. 

Sunday and Holiday Cutout. 

Dustproof Mounting. 

Arranged for Conduit Connection with Pryouts at 
Back and Bottom. 

8. Fully Guaranteed. 

A low speed, high torque self-starting synchronous'motor 
operates the time switch unit and guarantees accurate oper- 
ation on controlled frequency circuits. In event of power 
interruption, the motor will start automatically when power 
is restored, it only being necessary to reset the dial to the 
correct time. 

The contacts Open through a small gap approximately 
fifteen thousandths of an inch. Arcing at the contacts is 
practically eliminated giving phenomenal performance in 
service. 

The switch is equipped with a Sunday and Holiday cutout. 
Three pins are regularly supplied and one of these should be 
placed in each of the positions representing the days the 
switch is not to operate. 

Either on or off levers may be tripped manually without 
affecting the sequence of subsequent operations. 

The complete unit with contact mechanism and moulded 
bakelite terminal block is mounted in a pressed steel case 
having a hinged door. Pryouts for Y<i" and % h ' conduit are 
provided at the bottom and back. Ample space is allowe<l 
for making connections to the terminal block. The door is 
arranged with a hasp for locking or sealing. The switch 
can also be furnished mounted in a weatherproof case for 
outdoor use. 

The Form VS time switch is supplied for operation on 115 
or 230 volts, 25, 50 or 60 cycle. It is rated at 40 amperes as 
follows: — 

VS-11 Single-Pole, Single Throw 
VS-12 Single-Pole, Double Throw 
VS-21 Double-Pole, Single Throw 

It can also be supplied as a Double-pole, Double Throw 
and Triple-pole, Double Throw with a rating of 6 Amperes 
115 Volts and 3 Amperes 220 Volts. 

Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



309 



SAIA SWITCHES 

aia Switches are motor driven time and remote control 
;ches electrically wound and electrically propelled so as to 
absolutely automatic day in and day out, throughout the 
r. They are made in Switzerland and have a 15 jewel 
1 grade Swiss clock movement. They can be supplied 
IT either an astronomical clock face dial or a plain clock 

i dial. 





Types 

All clock controlled Saia Switches are equipped with high 
ide Swiss clock, 15 jewels, anchor escapement, temperature 
mpensation and electric wind. 

Type Z apparatus are standard time switches. 

Type Z switches (except 100/200 amp. range) can be 
uipped with additional separate 10 amp. switch or remote 
ntrol actuating switch, operated from same clock, at 
Cerent hours from the main switch, and suitable for the 
ntrol of small sign, heater, pump circuits or other type F 
mote switches, all listed sizes. 

Type F apparatus (without clock) are remote control 
•itches, operated from type Z master-clock or from or in 
nj unction with, thermo regulators for temperature control 
liquids, air or mixtures, electrically heated. 

Type ZF apparatus similar to type F, but containing 
:>ck, arranged to close and open heater circuit, and in con- 
nction with thermo regulators, maintain temperature during 
rtain predetermined hours. 

Type FR apparatus (without clock), but with built-in 
>-vo!t coil, used in service with 110/220 volt, 3-wire systems 
iving additional 4th wire for street lighting. The FR switch 

designed to relay the lighting circuits, etc. 

The push-on feature makes it possible to close or open the 
ritch, by means of an external, approved type, 110-volt, 
ill-push, independently of the setting of the clock-arms, 
his switch can be placed under a store counter or other 
:mote but convenient place, and is not included in the price. 

Dials are arranged with two on and two off operations daily 
id can be plain (hand-set) or astronomical which automatic - 
ly adjust the trip-arms daily to synchronize with the chang- 
g daylight throughout the year. Additional operating 
■ms can be supplied (see extras list). 

Motors in all stock switches are wound for 110-volts (only). 
this voltage is not available, then clearly specify what 
^ltage is obtainable for motor excitation. 

Type ZW group switch arranged to close two circuits, 
ngle pole, at evening, one circuit opening at midnight, the 
;her at dawn. 

Saia Switches are made for use with alternating current 



SAIA SWITCHES 

LIST PRICES 

Type Z Time Switches Group 

Size in Weight in with Plain Dial Switches 

Amperes Pounds 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole ZW 

250 Volt; Air-break Switch 

6 7 J120.00 $140.00 

10 7 J126.00 $146.00 

15 9 145.00 J150.00 155.00 160.00 

25 10 162.00 J168.00 174.00 176,00 

30 11 180.00 £190.00 200.00 195.00 

40 23 195.00 J210.00 225.00 255.00 

60 24 210.00 £225.00 240.00 285.00 

600 Volt, Air-break Switch 

15 10 150.00 155.00 160.00 

40 23 205.00 215.00 230.00 

600- Volt, Oil-break Switch 

100 44 290.00 £310.00 335.00 325.00 

200 49 315.00 £355.00 395.00 380.00 

{These listings are stock switches and include push-on feature, except in 
5 and 10 ampere sizes. 

LIST PRICES 

Si2e in Weight in Type ZF Switches Type F Switches 

Amperes Pounds 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole 

250 Volt; Air-break 
Switch 

15 9 153.00 159.00 165.00 80.00 86.00 92.00 

25 10 172.00 178.00 184.00 94.00 100-00 106.00 

30 11 195.00 205.00 215.00 114.00 120.00 126.00 

40 23 210.00 220.00 235.00 120.00 130.00 145.00 

60 24 225.00 235.00 250.00 135.00 145.00 160.00 

600 Volt; Air-break 
Switch 

15 10 15S.00 164.00 170.00 82.00 93.00 99.00 

40 23 220.00 230.00 245.00 130.00 140.00 155.00 

600 Volt, Oil-break 
Switch 
100 44 300.00 320.00 345.00 225.00 245.00 270.00 

200 49 320.00 360.00 400.00 245.00 285.00 325.00 

For List Prices of type FR Switches add S25. 00 list per piece to all type F 

listings. T . 

List 

Extra 

Push-on feature (except heavy type listing) 815*00 

Astronomical Dials 20.00 

Sunday Cut-Out 30.00 

Heating Unit (except 100/200 amp. and Sunday cut-out) 20.00 

Separate 10 amp. 1 pole Switch in Type Z 50.00 

Separate Remote Control Switch in Type Z 40. 00 

Extra operating arms on dials, each 2 . 00 

Prices on other special arrangements quoted on application. 

Type Q Thermo Regulator Unit, with Mercury Tube Switch, Single 
pole, temperature range up to 120°C, for liquids. 

6 amp., 250 volt, dimension chart, fig. 4 32.00 

12 amp., 250 volt, dimension chart fig. 4 34.00 

Add $4. 50 list for horizontal mounting. 

Type R, Thermo Regulators for use with Type F and ZF with adjustable 
temperature regulation. 

Rl -20° to +120°C for liquids 36.00 

R2 to +300°C for liquids ' 70.00 

R3-10°to + 120°Cforair . SO- 00 

R4 to + 120°C for liquids 40.00 

Type G Apartment House Passage Lighting Switches (without Clock) 
to automatically switch off lights 2-3-4 or 6 minutes after they have been 
switched on by hand, type ZG (with clock) provides continuous lighting 
during certain hours, after which the type G feature comes into effect. 

All single pole: — 

5 amp., 250 volt Type G 70.00 

10 amp., 250 volt Type G 75.00 

5 amp., 250 volt Type ZG 185.00 

10 amp., 250 volt Type ZG 195.00 

High tension type HTS 40 amp. 2 pole, 2300 volts SAIA-RCOC combina- 
tion, including Oil, Hangers, Plain Dial. Price So20.0O 

When ordering specify: — 

Type of Apparatus — Give type letters. 

Voltage of motor. 

Voltage of Switch proper. 

Number of Poles. 

Frequency of supply. 

Current Capacity in Amperes. 

Type of Dial. If astronomical, state city of final destination. 




310 



Northern Electric 









JEFFERSON AIR-COOLED 
TRANSFORMERS 

For Operating 110 Volt Lights and Equipment on Low Rate 

Power Circuits 





Cover broken away 
to show primary leads 
in one compartment 
and the secondary 
leads in another. 

H.E.P.C. App. 
No. 2952 

Jefferson Air-Cooled Transformers open the wav for big 
savings in electrical bills. They permit lights, soldering irons, 
drills, and small motor-driven devices to be operated from 
high -voltage, lower-rate power lines. Whether a single light 
or a large number of devices must be supplied with 110-volt 
current (new installations or replacement work), the savings 
obtained from the use of a Jefferson Transformer pay worth- 
while returns. 

In addition to savings on electrical bills, eliminating separate 
circuits tor 110-volt equipment saves wiring— both cost of 
installation and upkeep. In many cases the wiring saved alone 
will pay for the transformer, 

Jefferson Air-Cooled Transformers are supplied in two 
types: Double Wound Transformers and Auto Transformers, 
both listed as standard by Underwriters' Laboratories. An 
innovation in construction is offered in the feature of entirely 
enclosed primary and secondary connections. Separate 
compartments are provided for primary and secondary splices, 
which may be brought into the transformer through either 
rigid or flexible conduit or armored cable, to meet National 
tlectncal Code rulings. For open wiring, standard porcelain 
bushings may be used. The rugged cases are constructed of 
rust-rcs.st.ng metal and are equipped with heavy mounting 
brackets. 1 h e highest grade core iron, re-annealed after 
punching, and double-vacuum impregnated windings are 
incorporated in the design of these Jefferson Transformers. 
All types up to . -IvVA, double-wound, and 5-KYA auto type 
are compound filled, making them impervious to moisture and 
the elements. 1 ransformers of capacities above these ratings 
are not compounded. In determining size of transformer, total 
volt ampere load must be properly figured, as inductive loads 

less tl ™ thT e h S C ? US i ng the watta * e to be decidedly 

Jess than the volt ampere load. 

Double wound types are used in a wide variety of applica- 
tions. Typical uses are railroad lighting and signaling; signal 
systems m schools factories, mines; remote control switching- 
hghts and other low-voltage devices which it is desired to 

2h?5,£E? P ° W r meS: l 0T insuIatin g Circuits from power 
and lighting supply lines; for emergency lighting systems. 

Auto transformers— commonly called compensators or 
balance co.ls-are economical substitutes for ordinary trans- 
formers Recommended for use where it is desired to operate 

IS" vo i?n e r eS . °" V "'^, lineS ° r 110 - vo,t devils on 
UU-vplt lines, where electrical code requirements permit the 

n^H * l l l tyPe tr . ansf u ormers - .Where auto transformers are 
*lrJ\ b 5 ,an 5f. COI,s the capacity will depend on the unbal- 
anced load. It is usual, however, to figure this unbalancing 

? ° JJfnn Cen r CnCe ', a l°°9-volt amp. transformer will carl 
for a 4000-volt amp load with 25 per cent unbalancing For 
example, across each 110-volt section of the transformer apply 
oO per cent of the total load. pp J 



JEFFERSON AIR-COOLED 
TRANSFORMERS 

For operating 110 volt lights and equipment on low rai 
power circuits. 

DOUBLE WOUND TYPES 

220-230-240 Volt Primary-110-115-120 Volt Secondarv- 

60 Cycles 5 

Approx. Dimensions 



List 

No. 
235-101 
235-111 
235-121 
235-131 
235-141 
235-151 
235-161 



Capacity 

Volt 

Amps. 

50 

75 

100 

150 

250 

500 

750 



Depth Width Length 



Approx. 
NetWt. Li 



3^4 

5 
5 
5 
6 



4k 
4k 
4k 

4k 

5 
5 



6H 

6H 

7 5 A 

m 

7% 
11 

11 



Lbs. 

7k 
7k 

13 

14k 
28 

35 



Pric< 

S22 . .: 

24 ,( 

25.,: 
28 { 
34. r 
48. C 
60. C 



220-240 Volt Primary— 115-230 Volt Secondary— 60 Cycle 



235-201 
235-211 
235-221 
235-231 
235-241 
235-251 
235-261 



1000 
1500 
2000 
3000 
5000 
7500 
10000 



7 

7k 

m 

9k 

iik 
ny 2 

14k 



8k 
10 

10 

10 

10k 

10k 
iok 



12 
14k 

14k 

i 

22 

26 



59 
84 
99 
125 
132 
175 
265 



440 Volt Primary— 1 10 Volt Secondary— 60 Cycles 



77. ( 
92. [ 
110. ( 
140 f 
207. f 
290. C 
360. C 



235-501 
235-511 
235-521 
235-531 
235-541 
235-551 
235-561 



50 
75 
100 
150 
250 
500 
750 



3% 

5 

5 
5 
6 

3 



4H 

4H 

4k 

4k 

4k 
5 

5 



°16 

6U 

iy% 

7k 

7% 
ii 



8 
8 
12 

13% 
14% 

28 

35k 



22. c 
24. ( 

25. ; I 
28. F_ 
34. J 
48. ( 
60. C 



550-440 Volt Primary— 110-220 Volt Secondary— 60 Cycl. 



235-301 
235-311 
235-321 
235-33 1 
235-341 
235-351 
235-361 



50 
75 
100 
150 
250 
500 
750 



"4 

3% 
5 

5 

5 

6 

7 



k 
w 8 
±y 8 

±y 8 

5 

l 



m 

6H 
7H 

7% 

7% 

nk 
ii 



8k 
8k 

14 

23 M 
27 

57 



24. C 
25. i 
27. C 
31.1 
37. 1 
52.. F 
65. ( 



440-220 Volt Primary— 220-110 Volt Secondary— 60 Cych 



235-401 
235-411 
235-421 
235-431 
235-441 
235-451 
235-461 



1000 
1500 
2000 
3000 
5000 
7500 
10000 



550-600 



7 

7k 
7k 
9k 

uy 8 



8k 
10 

10 

10 

iok 
iok 
ioh 



12 

14K 
14 k 
14k 

22 
26 



65 
88 
100 
160 
225 
300 
375 



77. ( 
92. t 
110. ( 
140. ( 
207. ( 
290. C 
360. ( 



235-601 
235-611 
235-621 
235-631 
235-641 
235-651 
235-661 



Volt Primary— 220-110 Volt Secondary— 60 Cych 



1000 
1500 
2000 
3000 
5000 
7500 
10000 



7 
7k 

7k 

9k 

nk 



8k 
10 
10 
10 

iom 

iok 

10k 



12 

uy 2 

14k 

14k 

14k 
22 

26 



05 
90 
101 
160 
225 
300 
375 



80. C 
96. ( 

116. C 
148. ( 
215. ( 
303. C 
380. f 



AUTO TRANSFORMERS 

220-230-240 Volt Primary— 110-115-120 Volt Secondar 

— 60 Cycles 
Overall Dimensions 
Including Brackets 
Length Width Height 



List 

No. 
233-101 
233-111 
233-121 
233-131 
233-141 
233-151 
233-161 
233-171 
233-181 
233-191 
233-201 
233-231 
233-241 
233-251 
233-261 



Capacity 

Volt 

Amps. 

100 

150 

250 

500 

750 

1000 

1500 

2000 

3000 

4000 

5000 

7500 

10000 

15000 

20000 



6H 

6H 

iy% 

iy 8 
ii 

ii 

ii 

12 
l 



"4 

14k 
l 



'4 

14k 
22 

26 



'8 

4k 
5A 

5A 

8k 
10 

10 

10 

10 

10k 
10k 
16k 



'4 

5 
5 
6 
6 

m 

7 

7% 

7% 

7y 2 

9k 
Ilk 
Ilk 
14k 



Weight 
Lbs. 

7k 
9 

9 

14 

26 

28 

33 

65 

90 
100 
108 
160 
225 
300 
375 



List 

Pric. 

17 J : 

19.. F 

27. ( 

34. c 

42.1 

48.1 

60 I 

72. ( 

87. ( 

102. ( 

118. ( 

158. ( 

195. ( 

274. C 

340 I 



All of the above prices are for 60 cycle transformers onl> 
1 rices covering other voltages and frequencies on applicatioi 



■ 






Northern Electric 



311 



JEFFERSON TRANSFORMERS 
Jefferson Gore and Coil 

LUMINOUS TUBE SIGN TRANSFORMERS 

?fferson core and coil types are particularly adaptable for 
11 portable signs, where space is at a premium and where 
11 sections of tube are to be operated. Each unit is 
mbled in the same careful and thorough manner as are 
erson encased types. Windings are vacuum-treated, im- 
*nated and the entire unit is dipped and baked in pro- 
ive insulating varnish. 

'niversal mounting brackets are supplied on all core and 

types. These brackets hold the core rigidly, reducing to 

absolute minimum the possibility of any of these trans- 

ners developing an audible hum. 

is shown in the illustration, core and coil 
e transformers are equipped with flexible 
nary leads 4" long. The secondary leads 
) are 4" long, are heavily insulated and 
provided with connection clips. 

efferson core and coil transformers of 
)0 volt secondary or less are listed as 

ndard by the Hydro Electric Power Com- n ype , n ., 
/ -11 • Core and Coil 

>sion of Ontario, and when properly m- 
lled will insure Hydro approval of the completed sign, 
re should be taken in the installation to see that there is 
pie clearance between secondary coils and sign enclosure. 
r example there should be j^g" clearance when transformers 
3000 volt secondary or less are used, and %* clearance 
en transformers of 4000 volts and above are used. 





Fig. 9 




H^O^h 



%l*%~ LONG SLOTS 



Fig. 10 



List 

No. 
720-361 
720-371 
720-391 
720-381 



Capacity 

V. A. 

100 

80 

60 

50 



Secondary 
Volts M. A. 

5,000 18 

4,000 18 

3,000 18 

2,000 18 



Approx. 

Shipping 

Weight 

Lbs. 

5 

4K 
3H 



Ml of above Transformers have 110 volt 60 cycle primaries 



Approximate Dimensions in Inches 



List No. 
720-351 
720-331 
720-361 
720-371 
720-391 
720-381 



Fig. 
10 
9 
9 
9 
9 
9 



A 

SH 

3^ 



B 

m 

2H 
2A 



C 

4H 
4^ 

4H 



D 
1 

IH 
l 

i 

l 

H 



E 

sy 8 

3H 
3H 
3H 



F 

m 

2 
2 
2 



G 

9-2- 

•^32" 

m 

2 23 
32" 

21 5 
3T 



JEFFERSON TRANSFORMERS 
Luminous Tube Sign Transformers 

Approved by the Hydro Electric Power Commission 

of Ontario 




Nos. 721-111, 721-121 



Nos. 721-141, 721-221 





Nos. 721-11 IX, 721-121X 



No. 721-161 




No. 721-351 

Jefferson luminous tube sign transformers are designed for 
use in all types of portable or fixed, indoor or outdoor neon 
signs. 

The cases in which Jefferson transformers are assembled 
are made of extra heavy rust-resisting steel, with substantial 
brackets, providing the rugged construction so necessary to 
long lived transformers. Binding posts and nuts are cadmium 
plated to guard against corrosion, while the entire case is black 
enamelled, baked thoroughly to insure a tough and durable 
finish. 





1U VC 


its uv V 
(one 


at eac 


h end of case) 


OleUK 


ictlU 








Approx. 










Approx. 






Watts 












Ship. 


List 


Cap. 


Con- 


Secondary 


Overall Dimensions 


Wgt. 


No. 


V.A. 


s'mpt'n 


Volts 


M.A. 


Long 


Wide 


High 


Lbs. 


721-111 


450 


225 


15000 


30 


u% 


m 


&Vs 


32 


721-411 


900 


360 


15000 


60 


U% 


0H 


7J/ 8 


47 


721-221 


250 


125 


12000 


24 


lift 


4ft 


5H 


21 


721-121 


360 


180 


12000 


30 


14% 


4% 


GH 


32 


721-421 


720 


310 


12000 


60 


14 Vs 


srt 


'oVs 


38 


721-341 


190 


80 


9000 


18 


nii 


3 


4M 


13 


721-141 


250 


125 


9000 


30 


nft 


4ft 


5H 


21 


721-441 


500 


225 


9000 


00 


im 


5ft 


5H 


32 


721-151 


225 


100 


7500 


30 


nft 


4ft 


5tt 


21 


721-351 


150 


65 


7500 


18 


UH 


2% 


4H 


10H 


721-131 


180 


75 


6000 


30 


11H 


3 


4H 


13 


721-331 


140 


50 


6000 


18 


11 % 


i m 


4H 


10 


721-161 


150 


70 


5000 


30 


9ft 


4 


4% 


14 


721-361 


100 


45 


5000 


18 


8H 


3ft 


AH 


8K 


721-171 


140 


55 


4000 


30 


s% 


3ft 


4H 


9 


721-371 


90 


35 


4000 


18 


8% 


3ft 


7H 


721-191 


100 


40 


3000 


30 


8« 


3ft 


Wa. 


9 


721-391 


80 


25 


3000 


18 


8% 


3ft 


4M 


8 




L10 Volts GO Cycle- 


-Binding Posts 


Stan 


dard 








(both at one end of case) 








721-11 IX 


450 


225 


15000 


30 


12 H 


5Yh 


5% 


31 


721-121X 


360 


180 


12000 


30 


12 » 


5 Hi 


5Vs 


29 


721-22 IX 


250 


125 


12000 


24 


io H 


4% 


5% 


22 


721-141X 


250 


125 


9000 


30 


io y* 


4% 


5H 


22 




110 Volts 25 Cycle- 


-Binding Posts Standard 








(one at each end 


of case) 








721-112 


450 


225 


15000 


30 


M« 


6H 


iy% 


48 


721-122 


360 


180 


12000 


30 


UH 


m 


7 k 


43 


721-222 


250 


125 


12000 


24 


UH 


5ft 


5Vi 


32 


721-142 


250 


125 


9000 


30 


14% 


5ft 


5H 


32 


721-162 


150 


75 


5000 


30 


lift 


4ft 


5tt 


22 






312 



Northern Electric 



JEFFERSON TRANSFORMERS 

High Power Type 

Luminous Tube Transformers 

In some sections 
of the country, 
power supply com- 
panies have incor- 
porated minimum 
power factor clauses 
in their contracts 
affecting all low 
power factor loads. 

To provide lum- 
inous tube transfor- 
mers suitable for 
use in cities operat- 
ing under power 
factor rulings, Jef- 
ferson engineers 
have developed a 
series of transfor- 
T e «<724" mers incorporating 

y ^ built-in capacitors. 

The inherently high reactance of standard luminous tube 
transformers causes low power factor. In the Jefferson series 
"724" transformers this reactance is partially neutralized by 
the incorporation of the capacitor, which is treated and im- 
mersed in a liquid insulation of recent discovery which is non- 
inflammable, provides a much greater insulating factor and 
permits operation at higher temperatures without detrimental 
effects. Service records never before approached with capa- 
citors of other types have been attained, and only after long 
and successful laboratory and field tests has this new capacitor 
been adopted. The method of installation prevents thecapa- 
citor from absorbing transformer heat, insuring operation at 
comparatively low temperatures. 

These combination transformer and capacitor units operate 
at a power factor of approximately 90% when connected to 
the proper tube load under normal line voltage conditions. 

Approx. Ship- 
Secondary ping Weight 




List 

724-111 
724-121 
724-221 
724-141 
724-151 
724-131 
724-161 



Capacity 
V.A. 
250 
200 
150 
150 
120 
100 
90 



Volts 

15000 

12000 

12000 

9000 

7500 

6000 

5000 



M. A. 
30 
30 
24 
30 
30 
30 
30 



Lbs. 
37 
35 
26 
26 
25 
20 
16 




APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS IN INCHES 



List No. 

724-111 

724-121 

724-141 

724-151 

724-221 

724-131 

724-161 



ABCD EFGH 
14% 5^ 7V 8 8& 10& 3ft 10H 6ft 



ha m iy* 7H 8A 2H m 6 



9K 4ft VA 6ft 7 2V 2 7ft 5ft 



ft x ■ 



17 v 



25 
64 



JEFFERSON LUMINOUS TUBE 
TRANSFORMERS 




No. 728-111 



Series 728 are provided with hanging brackets, and 
standing position, brackets are also available. The porcel; 
secondary bushings accommodate either high tension ca 
leads or serve as electrode housings. 

Installation is exceptionally convenient. The chromii 
end plates are quickly removable by loosening one sere 
opening wide the wiring compartments at each end of I 
case. When cables are used, they are securely anchored | 
quickly-attached clamps which eliminate strain on i 
secondary connections. No splicing is ever required 
installing the Series 728. Glass tubes or metal shields can 
used over cables if desired. The bushings are quickly adjc 
able to accommodate variation in electrode centers. 

In quality, the new Series 728 is all that the Industry 1 
come to expect of Jefferson Products. It incorporates m 
point grounded balanced design and the other features j 
neered by Jefferson which have made such important c< 
tributions to the efficiency and dependability of luminc 
tube signs. 

Dimensions 16 J4* long, 6^" deep by 7 A" high. 
Mounting screws spaced 7 l A" on screw hole centers. 









Secondary 


List No. 


Capacity V.A. 


Volts 


M.A 


728-111 


450 


15000 


30 


728-121 


360 


12000 


30 


728-221 


250 


12000 


24 


728-141 


250 


9000 


30 


728-341 


190 


9000 


18 


728-151 


225 


7500 


30 


728-351 


150 


7500 


18 


728-131 


180 


6000 


30 


728-331 


140 


6000 


18 



XX 

64 






25 

64 



Hanging brackets and cable clamps are included * 
above transformers at no extra cost. Primary pull swit 
6 foot three conductor primary cord and 2-prong pi 
standing type mounting supports and secondary cables 
available at small additional cost. 



Northern Electric 



313 



MAZDA LAMPS 

■ 

V Mazda lamp is always the product of the latest and best 
thods of incandescent lamp making. 

The filaments of all Mazda lamps are at present made of 
igsten. When any material more suitable for the purpose 
liscovered or developed, it will be used. 

n a Mazda "B" lamp the filament operates in a vacuum. 

n a Mazda "C" lamp the filament operates in an inert gas. 

HOW TO ORDER LAMPS 

\11 orders should give the following information: 

Quantity — Number of lamps desired. Purchasers wilt 
Did delays and get best discount by ordering standard 
:kage quantities. 

Size of lamps — Specify wattage of multiple lamps and 
nens of street series lamps. 

Voltage — For multiple lamps. 
Amperes — For series lamps. 

Bulb— For example: A-19, G-25, T-8, PS-30, etc. The 
ter in the bulb designation indicates its shape and the 
ure its diameter in eights of an inch. Thus a PS-30 bulb 
pear shaped and is 30/8 or 3% inches in diameter. "G" 
iicates a round (globular), and "T" a tubular bulb. The 
ter "A ,r indicates the standard line bulb shape with inside 
>st» unless otherwise noted. 

Finish of bulb — Inside frosted, clear, white, white bowl, 
ylight, frosted, etc. 

Base — Medium screw, mogul screw, or candelabra screw. 
Service — For example: projection, floodlighting, locomotive 
•adlight, etc. 

EXTRA CHARGES FOR SPECIAL FEATURES 

Natural colors. For natural colored lamps add the follow- 
g percentage charges to the list prices of clear lamps: 

S-17,5-19, S-21 S-14 
Natural Color JA-19, JA-21 Bulb 

ireen or fBlue 50% 40% 

>urple 75% 63% 

tuby or Opal 100% 75% 

Vmber or Canary 150% 100% 

The extra charges given above cover only bulbs of the 
anufacturers' standard colored glass and types of bulbs listed. 

♦Natural Ruby and Natural Amber Lamps are regularly 
rnished in the light shade. Dark Ruby and Dark Amber 
;ed in photographic works will be furnished, only when 
ders specify ''Photographic Ruby" or * 'Photographic 
mber," at the same price. 

tDoes not include daylight blue, photographic blue or 
anufacturers' standard colored glass used for blue sign 
mps. 

{These lamps are regularly supplied clear. (Not inside 
osted). 

Coated Colors and Tints. — The following additional list 
larges shall be added to the list prices of clear lamps for coated 
»lors and tints as follows: Red, Yellow, Green, Blue, Amber- 
range, Rose and Ivory Coated Colors and Flametints. 
n coated colors and tints not appearing in price book, an 
Iditional charge of 20% will be added to the price of regular 
>ated colored lamps. Colors and tints are not recommended 
i any lamps larger than 150 watts. 

ist Price of List Additional 

lear Lamps Coated Colors 

^ssthan $1.00 $0.20 

■ 00 to $1.99 , .20 

5.00 to 2.99 30 

5.00 to 3.99 40 

t.OOto 4.99 -50 

The extra charges given above apply only to the Manufac- 
irers' standard coated colors and tints. 



MAZDA LAMPS 

EXTRA CHARGES— (Continued) 

The prices of white, all frosted and white bowl lamps in 
these schedules cover lamps so finished by the Manufacturer's 
standard coated method only. 

With the exception of those lamps listed as white, frosted 
and white bowl, the following list additional charges shall be 
added to the list prices of clear lamps for either white bowl or 
all frosting such clear lamps. 

List 
Additional Charge 
List Price of for White, 

Clear Lamps White Bowl or 

all Frosting 

Less than $1.00 $0.05 

S1.00 to $1.99 .10 

2.00 to 2.99 .15 

3.00 to 3.99 .20 

4.00 to 4.99 '-; .25 

5.00 to 5.99 ....' .30 

6.00 to 6.99..,. .35 

7.00 to 7.99... '. -40 

8.00 to 8.99 . .. .45 

9.00 to 9.99 .50 

10.00 to 10.99 .55 

11.00 to 11.99 60 



Etching or Printing Letters. — The following charges for 
etching or printing letters or designs on Mazda Lamps (in 
accordance with specifications given below) are net and subject 
to no discount: 



Size of Lamp in Watts Net Price of 

(for Street Series Lamps, Size in Candle- Etching or 

Power) Printing per 

Lamp 

50 watts or under He 

Over 50 watts, up to and including 80 %c. 

Over 80 watts, up to and including 150 lc 

Over 150 watts, up to and including 250 1K C - 

Over 250 watts lMc. 



Orders for large lamps with customer's etching may be 
filled either short or in excess, within the limits of 5% 
except that on orders for less than 40 lamps the shortage or 
excess may equal but not exceed two lamps. 

Etched lamps are not rejectable by the purchaser under the 
provisions of the standard specifications. 

Voltage.— Lamps of 100, 105, 125 and 130 volts can be 
supplied at the same prices as lamps of 110, 115 and 120 
volts. For prices of voltages other than 100, 105, 110, 115, 
120, 125 and 130 volts, apply to the manufacturer. 

As lamps for 200, 220, 230, 240, 250 and 260 volts cover 
approximately 90 per cent of the demand, lamps for other 
voltages between 200 and 260 are not regularly carried in 
stock In all places but may be obtained at the same prices. 

Special Basing. — The prices listed cover only lamps fitted 
with unskirted bases unless otherwise indicated. The price 
of lamps fitted with bases other than listed may be obtained 
on application. 

When lamps listed with medium base are equipped with 
medium bayonet base add 10 cents to the list price. 



^■^^IH 




314 



Northern Electric 



MAZDA LAMPS 

STANDARD LINE 

GENERAL LIGHTING SERVICE 

110, 115 and 120 Volts 







A- 17 



A-19 



A-21 



A-23 



The Standard Line Lamps represent the latest developments in incan- 
descent lamp manufacture, and for general lighting service are distinctly 
superior to the old types which they supersede. They present a more 
attractive appearance, produce better illumination, are more efficient, 
and are easily cleaned. 

However, there are a few classes of service, as indicated below, where 
special precautions are necessary. 

Outdoor Service. The 40- to 1000-watt lamps of the Standard Line 
are Mazda "C" (gas filled) lamps and should not be generally used out 
of doors, unless protected from rain or snow. 



INSIDE FROSTED MAZDA LAMPS 

Watts Mazda Bulb Screw 
B or C Base 

25 B A-19 Medium 

40 C A-19 Medium 

60 C A-21 Medium 

75 C A-21 Medium 

*100 C A-23 Medium 

100 C A-23 Medium 

150 C PS-25 Medium 

200 C PS-30 Medium 

250 C PS-35 Medium 

300 C PS-35 Mogul 

500 C PS-40 Mogul 

750 C PS-52 Mogul 

1000 C PS-52 Mogul 

*75Q hour supplied in 110, 115 and 120 volt only. 

All above lamps Universal Burning. 

The 15-watt A-17 lamp is shown under Decorative Lightin 

HIGH VOLTAGE LIGHTING SERVICE 
220, 230 and 250 Volts 

INSIDE FROSTED MAZDA LAMPS 



Std. 

Pkg. 

Quan. 


List 
Price 


120 


SO. 25 


120 


.25 


120 


.25 


120 


.50 


60 


.40 


60 


.50 


24 


.75 


24 


1.05 


24 


1.40 


24 


1.75 


12 


2.80 


6 


5.55 


6 


5.80 



g Service. 



Watts Mazda 
B or C 

25 B 


Bulb 
A-19 


Screw 
Base 


Std. 

Pkg. 

Quan. 

120 

120 

60 


List 
Price 

§0.35 


50 B 


A-21 


Medium 


.35 


100 c 


A-23 


Medium 


.60 



COUNTRY HOME LIGHTING SERVICE 

28-32 Volts 

INSIDE FROSTED MAZDA C LAMPS 

Std. 
Watts Bulb Screw Pkg. List 

Base Quan. Price 

15 A-17 Medium 120 $0.30 

25 A-19 Medium 120 .30 

50 A-21 Medium 120 .35 

100 A-23 Medium 60 . 50 

Orders should specify "28-32 Volts" and "Country Home Lighting" to 
distinguish from train lighting lamps. 

The prices on this schedule apply only to lamps which are designed for an 
average voltage, as determined by the manufacturer, suitable for 
operation on 28-32 volt circuits, and do not apply to lamps ordered 
for individual voltages within this range. 



MAZDA LAMPS 

GENERAL LIGHTING SERVICE 
110, 115 and 120 Volts 







150 Watts 




300 Watts 






Watts 


Bulb 


MAZDA C LAMPS 

Approx. Screw 
Lumens Base 


Std. 

Pkg. 

Quan. 


List 
Price 
Clear 


List 

Price 

White 

Bowl 


150 


PS-25 


2300 


Medium 


24 


SO. 75 


SO. 95 


200 


PS-30 


3300 


Medium 


24 


1.05 


1.25 


250 


PS-35 


4300 


Medium 


24 


1.40 


1.50 


300 


PS-35 


5400 




24 


1.75 


1,85 


500 


PS-40 


9800 




12 


2.65 


3.00 


750 


PS-52 


15000 




6 


5.25 


5.55 


1000 


PS-52 


20500 




6 


5.50 


5.80 


1500 


PS-52 


33000 


Mogul Clamp. . 


6 


7.25 


■ ill 


2000 


PS-52 


45000 


Mogul Clamp. . 


6 


18.50 


. . . 


All 


above lamps Universal Burning. 









HIGH VOLTAGE LIGHTING SERVICE 
220, 230, and 250 Volts 





200 Watts 



MAZDA C LAMPS 



Watts Bulb Approx. Screw 

Lumens Base 

150 PS-25 1875 Medium. 

200 PS-30 2700 Medium 

300 PS-35 4200 Mogul.. 

500 PS-40 8200 Mogul.. 

750 PS-52 12600 Mogul . . 

1000 PS-52 18300 Mogul . . 

All above lamps Universal Burning. 



500 Watts 






Std. 

Pkg. 

Quan. 


List 
Price 
Clear 


List 

Price 

Whit. 

Bowl 


24 


$1.00 


SI. 10 


24 


1.35 


1.45 


24 


2.00 
2.75 
5.50 
6.25 


2.1o 


12 


2.90 


6 


5.80 


6 


6.611 



Northern Etectric 



315 



MAZDA LAMPS 

STANDARD LINE 

TRAIN LIGHTING SERVICE 
32 Volts 
*64 Volts 



INSIDE FROSTED MAZDA C LAMPS 

Std. 
t tts Bulb Screw Pkg. List 

Base Quan. Price 

15 A-17 Medium 120 80.30 

>5 A-19 Medium 120 .30 

50 A-21 Medium 120 .35 

)0 A-23 Medium 60 . 50 

ders should be marked "Train Lighting" to distinguish from Country 
Home Lighting Lamps. 

his lamp in 64 volt is Mazda B. 



COLORED LAMPS 
110, 115 and 120 Volts 

Flametint lamps give a soft tinted lighting effect often desirable in 
mes, hotels, theatres, etc. 

Substantially all the color effects required for decorative and display 
;hting in theatres, restaurants, signs, etc., can be produced by the colored 
d tinted lamps listed below. In the interest of lamp type simplification 
is recommended that colored lamp demand be confined to these types 
lich are superior to and supercede the G18H and G25 colored lamps. 



INSIDE COLORED MAZDA B LAMPS 

atts Bulb Screw 

Base 

15 JA-17 Colored Medium 

15 A-17 Flametint and Ivory Medium 

15 JA-17 Colored Medium 

<25 JA-19 Colored Medium 

25 A-19 Flametint and Ivory Medium 

25 JA-19 Colored Medium 

'40 JA-21 Colored Medium 

40 A-21 Flametint and Ivory Medium 

40 JA-21 Colored Medium 

'50 hour supplied in 110, 115 and 120 volt only. 

Supplied in Standard Colors. 



OUTSIDE COLORED MAZDA B LAMPS 

'atts Bulb Screw 

Base 

45 JA-17 Colored Medium 

15 A-17 Flametint and Ivory Medium 

15 JA-17 Colored Medium 

*25 JA-19 Colored Medium 

25 A-19 Flametint and Ivory Medium 

25 JA-19 Colored Medium 

'40 JA-21 Colored Medium 

40 A-21 Flametint and Ivory Medium 

40 {A-21 Colored Medium 

r 50 hour supplied in 110, 115 and 120 volt only. 

Supplied in Standard Colors. 



LIMITED LIGHTING SERVICE 
110, 115 and 120 Volts 



Std. 




PkR. 


List 


Quan. 


Price 


120 


§0.30 


120 


.35 


120 


.40 


120 


.30 


120 


.35 


120 


.40 


120 


.30 


120 


.35 


120 


.40 



Std. 




Pkg. 


List 


Quan. 


Price 


120 


SO. 30 


120 


.45 


120 


.45 


120 


.30 


120 


.40 


120 


.45 


120 


.30 


120 


.40 


120 


.45 



Hfe 



D 



25 Watts— T-6^ 




25 Watts— T-10 



'atts 

25 
25 
40 
50 



40 Watts— T-S 



CLEAR MAZDA B LAMPS 

Bulb Screw 

Base 

T-6M Clear Intermediate 

T-10 Clear Medium 

T-8 Clear Medium 

T-8 Clear Medium 



Std. 




PkR. 


List 


Quan. 


Price 


60 


SO- 70 


60 


.60 


24 


1.30 


24 


1.00 




MAZDA LAMPS 

STREET RAILWAY SERVICE 
105, 110, 115. 120, 125 and 130 Volts 







S-Bulb 



A- Bulb 



A- Bulb 



P-Bulb 



tMAZDA B LAMPS— STREET RAILWAY 



Watts 

23 
94 



Bulb 



Screw Base 



S-17 Clear . . . Medium 

S-24K Clear. . Medium 



Light 

Center Std . 

Length, Pkg. 

Inches Quan. 

120 

60 



List 
Price 

80.32 
1.00 



tMAZDA B LAMPS— STREET RAILWAY HEADLIGHT 



Watts 

*23 

*36 

56 

94 



Bulb 

A-19 Clear. 
A-19 Clear. 
P-25 Clear. 
P-25 Clear . 



Screw Base 

Medium. . . 
Medium. . . 
Medium. .. 
Medium. . . 



Watts 

23 
q36 
^56 

Amp. 

ti.o 

:i.6 



Bulb 



Screw Base 



A-19 Medium 

A-21 Medium 

A-21 Medium 

30 Volts 

A-19 Medium 

A-21 Medium 



Light 

Center 

Length, 

Inches 


Std. 

Pkg. 

Quan. 


List 
Price 


2A 


120 


$ 0.80 


2* 


120 


.80 


2A 


60 


1.15 


2tV 


60 


1.50 


,EET RAILWAY 




Light 

Center 

Length, 

Inches 


Std. 

Pkg. 

Quan. 


List 
Price 




120 


% 0.30 




120 


.30 


> • • ■ 


120 


.35 


> 4 ■ • 


120 


SO. 60 




120 


.75 



*These lamps will satisfactorily replace the G-18M bulb lamps of 2 A inch, 

and 2-h inch light centre length. 
tThese lamps are for use 5 in series on 525, 550, 575, 600, 625 and 650 

volts. 
flThese lamps, if burned horizontally, will not give as good service as when 
burned in a vertical position. 
These prices apply only for lamps of the voltages given above. 

JMazda C Street Railway Cut-out lamps. These are for use approxi- 
mately twenty lamps in series on 600 volt circuits. Where the circuit 
voltage is greater or less than 600 volts, sufficient lamps may be in- 
stalled or omitted in order to make the total lamp voltage equal to 
that of the circuit. 

MAZDA C— TRAFFIC SIGNAL SERVICE 
110, 115 and 120 Volts 




Watts 



Bulb 



A-21 



Screw Base 



Light 






Center 


Std. 




Length, 


Pkg. 


List 


Inches 


Quan. 


Price 



^ 



60 A-21 Clear Medium 2A 



120 



SO. 45 



316 



Northern Electric 



MAZDA LAMPS 

STREET LIGHTING SERVICE 
6.6 Amperes 





S-Bulb PS-Bulb 

MAZDA C LAMPS 

. . Std - 

Lumens Av ge Bulb Pkg. List 

Volts Quan. Price 

600 6.5 S-24H Clear 60 $1 00 

800 8. 1 S-24M Clear 60 115 

1000 9.6 S-24H Clear 60 115 

2500 22.3 PS-35 Clear 24 205 

4000 38.8 PS-35 Clear 24 255 

6000 49.4 PS-40 Clear 12 3.35 

The above lamps arc fitted with mogul screw base. 

The nominal candle-power of these lamps is one-tenth of their lumen rating. 

There are but few conditions of street lighting now prevailing which justify 
the use of lamps smaller than 1000 lumens. 

STREET LIGHTING SERVICE 
4. 5.5 and 7.5 Amperes* 

MAZDA C LAMPS 

n „ Average Volts Std. 

Lumens Bulb 4.0 5.5 7.5 Pkg. List 

r,nn eo^r-i A ^B- Am E' Am P" Quan. Price 

600 S-2414 Clear 10.5 7.7 5.8 60 SI 00 

800 S-24j^ Clear 13.9 10.1 7.2 60 115 

1000 S-24^ Clear 16.6 12.0 8.5 60 115 

2500 PS-35 Clear 41.4 28.0 19.8 24 205 

4000 PS-35 Clear 64.1 43.3 30.1 24 2 5? 

6000 PS-40 Clear 93.5 62.4 43.7 12 3:35 

The above lamps are fitted with mogul screw base, 
^he nominal candle-power of these lamps is one-tenth their lumen rating. 

There are but few conditions of street lighting now prevailing which justify 
the use of lamps smaller than 1000 lumens. 

*There is a very marked trend toward the use of the 6.6 ampere lamps 
as the standard. 

MAZDA C LAMPS 

, . , Light Std. 

Lumens Av ge Bulb Center Amp. Pkg. List 

Volts Length. Quan. Price 

Inches 
4000 14.6 PS-40 Clear... 9% 15 12 82 90' 

6000 15.9 PS-40 Clear. . . 9Q 20 12 3 65 

10000 25.9 PS-40 Clear... 9<} 2 20 12 450 ' 

15000 38.5 PS-40 Clear. . . 9<A 20 12 6 00 

2o000 62.2 PS-52 Clear. . . 9K 20 6 9^5 

The above lamps are fitted with mogul screw base. 

These lamps are designed for base up burning position. If for base down 
burning may be supplied with light center length H14". Lamps ordered 
tor base down burning position may be supplied at the same price. 
The nominal candle-power of these lamps is one-tenth of their lumen rating. 

FOR NEW STREET LIGHTING EQUIPMENT 
SHORT LIGHT CENTER 

MAZDA C LAMPS 

1 » . Light Std. 

Lumens A v ge Bulb Center Amp. Pkg. List 

Volts Length. Quan. Price 

Inches 

4000 14.6 PS-35 Clear 7 15 04 *? ^ 

,™ 15 ' 9 PS-40 Short Clear 7 20 12 3 35 

10000 25.9 PS-40 Short Clear 7 20 12 490 

15000 38.5 PS-40 Short Clear 7 20 12 a! 40 
The above lamps are fitted with mogul screw base. 

The above lamps are manufactured for base up burning. If for base down 
hurning may be supplied with light center length of 6J4 inches. 



MAZDA LAMPS 

AIRPORT FLOODLIGHTING SERVICE 

(continued) 

30 and 32 Volt 









Watts 



T-24 



Bulb 



GT-38 



MAZDA C LAMPS 

Light 
Screw 
Base 



Center 

Length, 

Inches 



t*1000 T-20 



30 Volts 
Mogul 



4H 



Std. 

Pkg. 

Quan. 

6 



List 
Price 



*9.10 






1500 
3000 



32 Volts 
Prong 
Prong 



6 

4 



15.00 
39.00 



T-24 Prong 5^ 

GT-38 Prong 7 

*May be used in Advertising Beacon. 

These lamps must burn base down. 

The above lamps are of limited, but increasing demand and may be 
supplied where demand exists. 

JAirway Beacon, 500 hrs. life. 

LOCOMOTIVE LIGHTING SERVICE 




S-14 Bulb 

MAZDA B LAMPS— LOCOMOTIVE CAB* 

34 Volts 



Watts 



15 



Bulb 



S-14 Clear. 



Std. 

Pkg. 

Quan. 

120 



List 
Price 

$0.29 



Watts 

tioo 

1250 



MAZDA C LAMPS— LOCOMOTIVE HEADLIGHT 

32 Volts 

Light 

Bulb 



Center 

Length, 

Inches 



Std. 

Pkg. 

Quan. 



P-25 Clear 
P-25 Clear. 



3 
3 



60 
60 



Li-t 
Price 

S1.30 
2.00 



The above lamps are fitted with medium screw base. 

♦Orders should specify for locomotive cab lighting. 34 volts only. 

tThese lamps can be burned in any position except within 45 degrees of 
vertically, base up. 



Northern Electric 



317 



- 



MAZDA LAMPS 

FLOODLIGHTING SERVICE 
110, 115 and 120 Volts 




G-Bulb 

MAZDA C LAMPS 

Light 

tta Bulb Screw Center Std. List 

Base Length. Pkjr. Price 

Inches Quan. 

:50 G-30 *Medium 3 24 $2.30 

,00 G-40 Mogul 4K 12 4.20 

100 G-40 Mogul 5A 12 9.00 

,Di) G-40 Mogul 5rW 12 12.00 

ogul screw base can be supplied at same price with a light center length 
of 3% inches and a maximum over-all length of 5 A inches. 

Jers for these lamps must specify for floodlighting purposes. 

cse lamps can he burned in any position except within 45 degrees of 
vertically, base up. 



AIRPORT FLOODLIGHTING SERVICE 
110, 115 and 120 Volts 




~^j 



i 1 1 1 ! i 1 5 

v y y 






n 

G-96 

MAZDA C LAMPS 

Light 
itts Bulb Screw Center Std- List 

Base Length. Pkg. Price 

Inches Quan. 

1000 T-20 Mogul ±% 6 $8 . 50 

5000 G-64 Prong 9 1 55 . 00 

WOO ; G-96. . , . . . Skirted Prong 12 1 125 . 00 

hese lamps must burn base down. 

he above lamps are of limited, but increasing, demand and may be sup- 
plied where demand exists. 

t Airway Beacon. 500 hrs. life. 



MAZDA LAMPS 



PROJECTION LAMPS 








T8 
50 Watts 



T8^ 
100 Watts 



T10 
200 Watts 

50 Volts 



T10 
200 Watts 



T20 

500 Watts 



Watts 



a 200 
250 



q 50 

b 100 

c 200 

500 

elOOO 



Bulb 



T-10. 
T-10. 



MAZDA C LAMPS 

Light 
Center 

Base Length, 

I riches 

50 Volts 

Med. Prefocus f 2 ,'. 

Med. Prefocus f 2A 



110. 115 and 120 Volts 

T-3 D.C. Bay. Cand g l J a 

T-Njo Med. Prefocus I 2A 

T-10 Med. Prefocus f 2ft 

T-20 Med. Prefocus f 2 A 

T-20 Mog. Prefocus f 3ft 



Std. 

Pkg. 

Quan. 

24 

24 



24 

-'i 
21 

» 



List 

Price 



$2.'',; ( 

3.1H) 



$2 . 00 
2 . 80 

3 05 

4 25 

U . 00 



(a) Medium screw base can be supplied with a light center length of 3 
inches and maximum over-all length of o'-i inches. 

(b) Medium screw base can be supplied with a li^ht center length of ;* 
inches and a maximum over-all length of 5^ inches. 

(c) Medium screw base can be supplied with a light center length of 3 
inches and a maximum over-all length of 5J- ; j inches. 

(e) Mogul screw base can be supplied with a light center length of \ A i 
inches and a maximum over-all length of '.) { l € inches. 

(f) The light center length of this lamp is the distance from center of light 
source to top of base fin. 

(g) The light center length of this lamp is the distance from center of light 
source to top of base pins. 

f These lamps may be obtained with single contact bayonet Candelabra 
base at same list price. 

These lamps must bum base down. 

SPOTLIGHT SERVICE 
110. 115 and 120 Volts 





P-Bulb 



G-Bulb 



Watts 

100 

250 

400 

1000 

1500 

*2000 



Bulb 



MAZDA C LAMPS 



Screw Base 



P-25. Medium 

G-30 fMedium 

G-30 JMedium 

G-40 Mogul. . 

G-40 Mogul . . 

G-48 Mogul. . 



Light 






Center 


Std. 




Lentgh, 


Pkg. 


List 


Inches 


Quan, 


Price 


3 


60 


$1.30 


3 


24 


2.30 


3 


24 


4.00 


5A 


12 


9.50 


5-rV 


12 


12.25 


5M 


8 


18.00 



tMogul screw base can be supplied at same price with a light center length 
of 3 Y% inches and a maximum over-all length of 5iV inches. 

JMedium screw skirted base can be supplied at the same price with a light 
center length of 3?^ inches and a maximum orer-all length of 5 fi 
inches. 

Orders for these lamps must specify for spotlight purposes. 

*This lamp is not regularly carried in stock, but will be manufactured 
to order. 

These lamps can be burned in any position except within 45 degrees of 
vertically, base up. 



*, • 



318 



Northern Electric 



MAZDA LAMPS 

SIGN LIGHTING SERVICE 
110, 115 and 120 Volts 







S-ll Bulb *A-Bulb S-Bulb *S-Bulb 

MAZDA B SIGN LAMPS 

Std. 

„,„„„ d.-iv. Screw Fkg. List 

Watts Bulb Base Quan price 

G S-ll Clear and Inside Colored.. Intermediate 120 $0.32 

Tin S-ll Clear Intermediate iZO .&* 

+10 S-ll White Intermediate 120 .32 

+,+10 S-ll Colored Intermediate 120 .32 

10 S-14 Inside Frosted M e l! um i5n ' M 

10 S-14 Clear ^ e ^ um }?S IS 

10 S-14 White Medium 120 .30 

110 S-14 Colored M e £ um J?n '^ 

15 *S-14 Daylight.., Medium 20 .45 

25 *A-19 Clear Daylight Medium 120 .50 

40 A-21 Inside Frosted Medium \M .j* 

50 *A-19 Clear Daylight Medium 120 . oO 

+These lamps are suitable for decorative Lighting service and are identical 
with the corresponding lamps listed under Decorative Mazda Lamps. 
t/This lamp may be supplied in all standard coated colors. 
♦The bulb is of special light blue glass to give a whiter light than the 
ordinary clear bulb lamp. 



PROJECTION LIGHTING SERVICE 







250 Watts 



3(H) Watts 



000 Walts 



1000 Watts 



MAZDA C LAMPS 

Light 

Watts Bulb Screw Center Std. List 

Base Length. I'kg. Price- 
Inches Quan. 
28-32 Volts 
•165 T-10 - Medium 3 24 S2.G0 
•300 T-18 Medium 3 12 3.70 
•600 T-20 Mogul 4*4 '■ J 20 
•900 T-20 Mogul 4H 6 9.00 

q 75 Volts 
375 T-10 . Medium 3 5H M.50 

25 hours rated life, to be used only with forced ventilation. 

q 110. 11 5 and 120 Volts 

H",r, T-10 Medium 3 24 $2.<i«) 

250 T-14.. Medium 3 24 2.16 

400 T-20. Medium 3 6 8.90 

1500 T-20 . Medium 3 6 4.00 

000 T-20 . Mogul 4H 6 6.50 

1500 T-24 . Mogul 5H 6 14.65 

tMedium screw skirted baf* can be supplied at the same price with a 
light center length of 3H inches and a maximum over-all length of 
8 ; inches. 

•The price of this lamp applies only to a lamp which is designed for an 
average voltage, as determined by the manufacturer, suitable for 
operation on 28-32 volt circuits, and does not apply to lamps ordered 
for individual voltaues within this range. 

These lamps must burn base down. 

flThe above lamps mav be supplied when fitted with Medium Base with 
Medium Prefocus Base, when fitted with Mogul Base with Mogul 
Prefocus Base at the same li^t price. 



MAZDA LAMPS 

DECORATIVE LIGHTING SERVICE 
110, 115 and 120 Volts 

MAZDA B LAMPS 








S-Bulb 



A-Bulb 



F-10 Bulb F-15 Bulb 



G-Bulb 



Std. 
Watts Bulb Screw Pkg. List 

Base Quan. Price 

6 S-ll Clear and Inside Colored Intermediate 120 $0 

tlO S-ll Clear Intermediate 120 32 

tlO S-ll White Intermediate 120 

*tl0 S-ll Colored Intermediate 120 .83 

15 A-17 Inside Frosted Medium 120 

*15 F-10 White and Colored Candelabra 100 50 

*25 F-15 White and Colored Medium 120 

*25 G-18H White. Clear and Colored. ^Medium 120 .40 

*25 G-25 White, Clear and Colored. , . JMedium no 

*40 G-25 White, Clear and Colored. . . {Medium GO .50 

tThese lamps are suitable for sign lighting service and are identical with | 
corresponding lamps listed under Sign Lighting Service. 

This lamp may be supplied in all standard coated colors. 

IWhen demand and stock conditions warrant, these lamps will be super- 
seded by the STANDARD LINE lamps. 



GENERAL LIGHTING SERVICE 

DAYLIGHT 

110, 115 and 120 Volts 





A- Bulb 



PS-Bulb 



Watts 

60 
100 



MAZDA C DAYLIGHT LAMPS— INSIDE FROSTED 

Std. 
Bulb Screw Pkg. 

Base Quan. Price 

120 SU 



A-21 Daylight Medium 

A-23 Daylight Medium 



MAZDA C DAYLIGHT LAMPS— CLEAR 

Std. 
Watts Bulb Screw l'kg. 

Ba&c (Juan. 

150 PS-25 Daylight Medium 24 

200 PS-30 Daylight Medium 24 

300 PS-35 Daylight Mogul 24 

500 PS-40 Daylight Mogul 12 

1000 PS-52 Daylight Mogul h 

1500 PS-52 Daylight Mogul 6 

Mazda Daylight Lamps have bulbs made of special blue glass to 
light approximating average daylight quality. 



Lte 


Pi 


SI 


1.70 


2 






1) 


prodiic 



MAZDA C PHOTOGRAPHIC BLUE LAMPS— CLEAR 



Watts 

1000 
1300 



Bulb 



Screw 
Base 



PS-52 Photographic Mogul 

J '--32 Photographic Mogul 



1. 

I'kg. Li* 
Quan. Price 

6 W 
6 11 65 



Northern Electric 



319 



MAZDA LAMP COLORING DEVICES 
Northern Coloring Fluid 

V high-grade fluid for coloring incandescent 
ips that is widely used and giving great 
isfaction. 

iives the lamps that snap and brilliance 
cally found only in natural colored glass, 
rnished in blue, green, purple, amber, red, 
»y, violet, canary, pink and frosting. Satis- 
tory results guaranteed when used accord- 
to directions. Pint and quart sizes in 
tie and individual cartons; large sizes in 
;s. A dipping cup is furnished with each 
t and quart. 

List Price 
Size Each 

Gallon $28.00 

Half-gallon 15.00 

Quart 8.00 

Pint 4.00 

Half-pint 2.00 

Color Caps 

Made of natural 
colored glass in ruby, 
green, amber, blue 
canary and opal. They 
snap on the lamp. 
Colors may be assorted 
in making up standard 
package. 

Specify with every 
order: Sizef of bulb 
and style A or B. 

fS-14 fits 1%" dia- 
meter bulb, 23^, 5, 
lYi and 10- watt (sign 
type). 






Style A 



Style B 



fS-17 fits 23^" diameter bulb, 15 and 25-watt lamps. 
hS-19 fits 2H" diameter bulb, 40 and 50-watt lamps. 
fBA-19 fits new type A-19 25-watt lamp. 

t Style A Style B 

AS-14 AS-17 AS-19 BS-14 BS-17 BS-19 BA-19 
ce .19 .43 .46 .20 .47 .50 .40 

How to Use Color Caps 

Style A caps are usually preferable for large roof signs, 
manent displays and channel letters, as they produce the 
or effect by reflecting without "killing" the light. 
>tyle A color face of letter or design same color as the caps 
be used. Use gloss paint. 

>tyle B. These can be used like colored lamps on any back- 
und. They are especially adaptable for frequent color 
ngesor where a deep color is required. Also recommended 
street decorating, window display, fire exits, elevator 
ials, stage lighting effects, etc. 

Cosmos Lamp Coloring 

or direct application by dipping or spraying on metals, 
chment, cellon or glass. 

Application 

-lean the surfaces to be finished. 

Lpply tht lacquer at room temperature or even warmer 

material you are sure is also at same temperature. Allow 

work to dry at same temperature too. Keep the work 

ly from dust or drafts. Do not use artificial heat to dry. 



Clear Amber 
Clear Ruby 
Clear Green 
Opaque Amber 
Opaque Blue 
Opaque Green 



Colours 



Clear Red 
Clear Ruby 

Opaque Red 
Opaque Ruby 



List Price, any colour $1.00 per pint. 




Size 
Can 

Small 

Medium 

Large 

Thinner, H-pint Cans 

Dipping Machines. List Price, each 



ETCH-O-LITE 

The use of Etch-O-Lite for etching 
or frosting glass articles, gives a smooth 
satin-like surface which will neither 
catch nor hold dirt, and which is 
superior in appearance to either sand 
blast or acid etch. It is harmless to 
hands or clothing and can be shipped 
by freight, express or parcel post. 

Frosting with Etch-O-Lite is a 
simple, rapid and positive operation. 
The article to be frosted is dipped in 
Etch-O-Lite, and after 1^ or 2 
minutes the material which adheres is 
scraped back into the can. Upon 
washing, the article will be found to 
have a permanent white frost, as the 
gloss has been removed from the glass! 

It is economical: Mazda lamps — 
10 W. to 500 W. may be frosted at a 
cost of a fraction of a cent each for 
material. 

If Etch-O-Lite becomes too thick 
it may be thinned to proper consist- 
ency by adding a small quantity of 
Etch-O-Lite Thinner. All containers 
are guaranteed against leakage for one 
year. 

Contents List Price 
Pounds per Can 



4 

8 

12 



6.00 
11.60 
15.60 

1.00 
3.50 



REED'S ETCHING OUTFITS 






' 







The loss sustained by hospitals, office buildings, industrial 
plants and similar institutions on stolen electric light bulbs 
and general glassware amounts to thousands of dollars a year. 

Reed's Glass Etching Ink Outfit supplies the needed 
protection. 




Showing Etched Globe 

The outfit consists of one-half pint can of Reed's Etching 
Ink, Lead Inking Pad, Camel's Hair Brush, Flexible Form 
Adapter and Rubber Stamp to make impression. With this 
outfit 10,000 to 12,000 pieces of glassware can be easily and 
permanently marked. The outfit will pay for itself in a short 
time if the loss on stolen glassware is at all serious. 

Standard Outfit, including ink as shown. List Price ea. $14 . 00 

One half-pint can ink List Price ea. 8 . 50 

Standard Outfit with 4 oz. bottle ink.. . .List Price ea. 11.50 
Standard Outfit with 2 oz. bottle ink List Price ea. 9.00 




320 



Northern Electric 



DECORATIVE MAZDA LAMPS 



No. 93— Display box of 25 
C-9M, 120-volt Edison or 
Westinghouse Mazda lamps 
in assorted colors. 

List Price, per lamp. §0.15 

No. 94. — Edison or West- 
inghouse C-9J4. 120-volt 
Mazda lamps. Packed 10 of 
one color to a box. Colors: 
red, green, blue, orange, 
vellow and white. 

List Price, per lamp. SO. 15 




No. S3 

No. 95. — An assortment of 
10 designs of 15-volt Mazda 
fancy lamps, packed in at- 
tractive display box. 

List Price, per lamp. SO. 15 





No. 90 



No. 95 

No. 90. — Display box of 
100 C-6, 15-volt Edison or 
Westinghouse Mazda lamps 
in assorted colors. 

List Price, per lamp. SO. 08 

No. 92.— Edison or West- 
inghouse C-6 15-volt Mazda 
lamps. Packed 10 of one col- 
or to a box. Colors: red, 
green, blue, orange, yellow 
and white. 

List Price, per lamp. SO. 08 



DECORATIVE LIGHTING OUTFITS 




No. 100.— 8 It. series outfit 
with 8 Mazda C-6, 15-volt 
lamps, long double silk cord 
with lead to patented add-on 
connector; has adjustable 
patented berry beads to hold 
sockets and lamps in any 
desired position. 

List Price, complete 

with lamps Si -50 



No. 100 

No. 111.— 8 It. series outfit with 8 A Mazda C-6, 15-volt 
lamps. This set is of loop construction, of a single silk cord, 
has patented berry beads and patented add-on connector. 

List Price, complete with lamps $1.25 



No. 140. — 8 It. series outfit 
with 8 Mazda C-6, 15-volt 
lamps, triple silk cord with 
patented add-on connector at 
extreme end of the line, so as 
to permit a continuous fes- 
tooning of lights; also has 
patented berry beads. 




List Price, complete 

with lamps $1.75 



DECORATIVE OUTDOOR OUTFITS 



No. 3125.— A 25 It, 



No. 140 




niu 



__ _ Vr Jil(J 

tiple streamer, thorough! 
weatherproof, Bakelite socl 
ets, Bakelite patented ben- 
beads, C-9K 120-volt Mazd 
lamps, lacquer coated win 
Most wonderful streamer fc 
general utility. 

List Price, complete 
with lamps $9.0 



No. 3125 

No. 3000— 7 It. Weather- 
proof multiple outfit, using 
C-9^t Mazda Intermediate 
base, 120-volt inside colored 
lamps, Bakelite sockets, lac- 
quer coated wire. The exten- 
sion connection is at the 
extreme end, also has Bake- 
lite berry beads which permit 
the placing of socket and 
lamp in any desired position 
on the tree. 

List Price, complete 

with lamps S2 . 65 




LNo. 3000 



No. 3500. — Same construction as No. 3000, but with 
twinkling device permitting the lamps to twinkle or bur 
continuously as desired. 

List Price, complete with lamps $5.( 





Star 



Cross 



No. 35. — Cross, 24 inches by 14 inches, complete with 17 C-9) 
120-volt white Mazda lamps, with connector ready to attach, fully weathi 
proof. 

List Price, complete with lamps $12 

No. 22. — Crescent 16 inch, complete with 15 C-9K. 120-volt cana 
inside coated Mazda lamps, with connector ready to attach, fully wcath< 

proof. 

List Price, complete with lamps $11 

No. 23. — Diamond, 18 inch, complete with 16 C-9>£, 120-volt gre 
inside coated Mazda lamps, with connector ready to attach, fully weattv 
proof. 

List Price, complete with lamps $11 

No. 24.— Spearhead, 17 inch, complete with 16 C-9 34. 120-volt bl 
inside coated Mazda lamps, with connector ready to attach, fully weathi 
proof. 

List Price, complete with lamps $11 

No. 21. — Circle, 14 inch, complete with 18 C 9#. 120 volt red insi 
coated Mazda lamps, with connector ready to attach, fully weatherpro 
List Price, complete with lamps $12 

No. 10- — Star, 12 inch, complete with 10 C 9Ji. 120-volt white insi 

coated Mazda lamps, with connector ready to attach, fully weatherpro 

List Price, complete with lamps $7. 

No. 25. — Star, 19 inch, with 20 white C-9J4 Mazda lamps, connect' 
weatherproof. 

List Price, complete with lamps - $12 

No. 26. — Star, 30 inch, with 40 white C-9M Mazda lamps, connect 
weatherproof. 

List Price, complete with lamps $24 

No. 27. — Star, 50 inch, with 60 white C-9K Mazda lamps, connect 
weatherproof. 

List Price, complete with lamps $37 



-v 



^n order placed with the Northern 
Electric Company for Wiring 
Devices and Electrical Supplies 
assures you that you will receive 
quality goods, proper packing, 
prompt deliveries from large stocks, 
md fairly priced. 



/ou have also at your can an 
experienced and trained staff, 
tfhose duty it is to serve you 

satisfactorily. 

It is because of this sound policy 
that the business of the Company 
las grown to its present large pro- 
portions. 



WIRING DEVICES 

and 

ELECTRICAL 
SUPPLIES 



NDEX 



Batteries 

Cabinets 

Conduits 

Conduit Fittings 

Connectors 

Flashers 



Flashlights 

Fuses 

Insulating Varnishes 

Panelboards 

Signaling Devices 

Wiring Devices 



See alphabetical index for 
page numbers of listings 
at back of book. 




322 



Northern Electric 



WALKER "ALSTEEL-PRESET" UNDERFLOOR 

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 




Phantom View 



The "ALSTEEL-PRESET" System in general consists of a network 
of rectangular steel ducts, single or multiple with inserts cast in the 
floor. Each length of duct is equipped with "PRESET" inserts applied 
in the course of manufacture, at regular closely spaced uniform intervals. 
This forms a continuous concealed steel raceway with outlets for wires of the 
various services from the center of distribution to the surface of the floor at 
the point of application, constantly available without disturbing the floor 
structure. 

The practical advantage, economy and convenience of these "PRESET" 
regularly spaced inserts are readily apparent. The use of steel for this raceway 
meets the highest standards of safety by insuring the continuity of the metal- 
lic ground throughout the system. Locating this system in the floor solves all 
problems of appearance and availability. Confusion, dirt and noise are prac- 
tically eliminated in making connections during occupancy of the building. 






Northern Electric 



323 



ALKER "ALSTEEL-PRESET" UNDER 
FLOOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 

DUCT 




No. 1 




No. 2 



4 gauge cold rolled steel, having enamelled finish. 
:tion type " Preset" inserts 24 inches on centers, 1.3 inches 
liameter for No. 1 duct, and 1.9 inches in diameter for No. 2 
t. Inserts 1 inch in height unless otherwise ordered. 

nserts of special diameters, heights and threads can be 
aished to order. Shipping weight — No. 1 duct, 180 pounds 
100 feet; No. 2 duct, 240 pounds per 100 feet. 

JUNCTION BOXES 



t d Hole 

e 

ustable 

g 



t 

ion 

er 



:iuon 



tiling 



e 
3ox 




*rey iron castings, having enamelled finish, provided 
h opening on the 4 sides for either 1, 2 or 3 ducts as required 
I in the arrangement required. Adjustable top assembly 
>uit types of floor and height of inserts. Adjusting screws 
levelling. All corners can be drilled and tapped for conduit 
lers. Special boxes for all types of service can be furnished 
>rder. 

Single Duct Boxes 

Shpg. 
Wgt. 
st Description Lbs. 

o. Each 

1 For No. 1 Duct 10 

2 For No. 2 Duct 14 

2 Duct Boxes 

1 For No. 1 Duct 18 

2 For No. 2 Duct 27 

2 For Nos. 1 and 2 Duct 22 

3 Duct Boxes 

1 For Three No. 1 Ducts 27 

2 For Three No. 2 Ducts 43 

1 For Two No. 1 and One No. 2 Ducts 36 

2 For One No. 1 and Two No. 2 Ducts 41 

1 For Two No. 1 and One No. 2 Ducts 33 

1 For One No. 1 and Two No. 2 Ducts 39 

'rices and detailed information on request. 



WALKER "ALSTEEL-PRESET" UNDER 
FLOOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 

DUCT SUPPORTS . 










Stamped steel, enameled finish. Vertical and horizontal 
adjustments, locking screws, and mounting holes. Arranged 
for 1, 2 or 3 duct systems as required. Vertical members 
furnished in accordance with thickness of floor slab. 

Average shipping weight per 100 pieces, 125 pounds. 

Prices on application. 



DUCT COUPLINGS 




List No. Description 

C-l For No. 1 Duct . 
C-2 For No. 2 Duct . 



Ship. Wgt 
per 100 
. 60 
. 80 



END FITTINGS 

Cast iron cap for closing the end 
of the duct. Contains marker screw 
for locating the end of duct runs. 

List Ship Wgt. 

No. Description per 100 

D-l For No. 1 Duct 80 

D-2 For No. 2 Duct 115 



MARKER CAPS 






<t±- 

















Marker cap for locating preset 
inserts under floor covering. 

List. Ship. Wgt. 

No. Description Per 100 

353 For 1.3-Inch Inserts 8 

360 For 1.9-Inch Inserts 12 



LINOLEUM HOLDERS 



Brass holder for floor 
coverings such as lino- 
leum. 

Depth as ordered. 

Ship. 
List Size Wgt. 

No. In. Per 100 

364 4 35 

366 6 57 

367 7 100 

368 8 120 
370 10 190 





SERVICE FITTINGS 

Cast brass service fittings. 

List Ship. Wgt 

No. Description Per 100 

101-L Low Tension. , . . 90 
101-H High Tension ... 95 



Prices and detailed information on request. 






324 



Northern Electric 



WALKER "ALSTEEL-PRESET" UNDER- 
FLOOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 

SUPPORTS 
Cast brass service fitting supports 




List 

No. 

221 -1 

221 -\y 2 

1101-1 
1101-1H 



For 
Insert 
Diam. In 
1.3 
1.3 
1.9 
1.9 



Shank 

Lgth. In. 

1 

m 

i 



Shpg. 
Wt. 
Per 100 

70 

90 

95 
115 



FLUSH FITTINGS 

Polarized flush floor 
respectacle for use in 
1.9-inch insert only. 







List 

No. 

200 

205 

210 



Description 
10 Amp., 2 Pole 
10 Amp., 3 Pole 
Low Tension. . . 



Shpg. Wt 

Per 100 

100 

100 

90 




BLANKING PLATES 

Cast brass blanking plates 
For Shpg. 

Insert Shank Wt. 
Diam. Lgth. Per 
In. In. 
1.3 1 
1.9 1 



List 
No. 
323-A 
1323-C 



100 
36 
65 



Prices on applictkm. 

FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT 






tksPtXt 



Size 
' Inside 
Diameter 

5 " 

16 

H" 

Vi" 

H" 

l " 

i/" 



X4 

2 
3 



If 



It 



Weight in Lbs 
Per 1000 

feet 

178 

290 

480 

610 
1080 
1320 
1710 
2240 
2770 
3320 






Standard 
Coils 
100-250 
100-250 
75-125 
25- 50 
25- 50 
25- 50 
2.5- 50 
25- 50 
25- 50 
25 



List Price 
per 100 
feet 
$ 5. 00 
7.50 
10.00 
13.00 
21.00 
26.00 
35.00 
45 . 00 
52.00 
59.00 



TRIDUCT 




TRIDUCT 

NON-METALLIC 

FLEXIBLE CONDUIT 

Non-Metallic Conduit 

Triduct is a perfectly uniform, 
closely woven single wall tube, 
non-collapsible, saturated and 
finished with a non-absorbent 
flame-proof compound. T^ s 
tube has the unusual qualities 
of great wall strength and ex- 
ceptional flexibility. 

Weight in Lbs. List Price 
per 1000 feet 
55 



70 

82 

97 

113 

125 



per 100 feet 
$ 6.00 
9.00 
12.00 
15.00 
18.00 
25.00 



RIGID IRON CONDUIT 




" Loricated" Conduit is a mild steel welded tube, enamelec 
inside and outside. 

"Galvaduct" Conduit is thoroughly galvanized and tht 
tube is then treated on the interior only with special flexibh | 

enamel. 

List Prices I 

"Galvaduct" and "Loricated" Conduit, I 

Couplings and Elbows 



CONDUIT 



Size 



Diameters 
Ext'n'l Int'n'l 



K 

Vs 

l A 
% 
1 

\y* 

2 

2V2 

3 

3H 
4 

5 

6 



.540 
.675 
.840 
1.050 
1.315 
1.660 
1.900 
2 . 375 
2 . 875 
3.500 
4.000 
4.500 
5.563 
6.625 



.364 

.493 

.622 

.824 

1.094 

1.380 

1.610 

2.067 

2.469 

3.068 

3.548 

4.026 

5.047 

6.065 



Thick- 
ness 

.088 

.091 

.109 

.113 

.133 

.140 

.145 

.154 

.203 

.216 

.226 

.237 

.258 

.280 



Thr'd 
per In 

18 

18 

14 

14 

HH 
11^ 

ny 2 
ny 2 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 



Wgt. 
Foot 

.425 

.568 

.852 

1.134 

1.684 

2.281 

2.731 

3.678 

5.819 

7.616 

9.202 

10 . 889 

14.810 

19.185 



Std. List 
Pkg. Price 
Feet Per F' 

100 $0.08^ 

100 .08! 



100 
70 
50 
30 
30 
20 
10 
10 
10 



OS 

.11' • 

.17 

.23 
27>- 

.37 
.58} 
•763 
.92 



COUPLINGS 



10 109 
10 1.48 
10 1.92 



ELBOWS 



Wgt. List 

Size Per 100 Std. Price 
in Lbs. Pkg. Each 

6.0 500 | .05 



H 

Vs 

l A 
1 

m 

1H 

2 

2H 
3 

3M 

4 

5 
6 



Wgt. Lisi 

Offset Radius Per 100 Std. Pric 

in Lbs. Pkg. Eac 

42 200 



9.5 

11.6 

20.9 

34.3 

53.5 

74.3 

120.8 

172.0 

249.8 

424.1 

474.1 

700.0 

750 . 



500 

500 

400 

250 

150 

100 

50 

40 

25 

15 

10 



.06 
.07 
.10 
.13 
.17 
.21 
.28 
.40 
.60 
.80 
1.00 
1.65 
2.40 



In. 

7.50 

7.50 

7.37 

8.37 

9.50 

10.87 

12.62 

15.25 

17.37 

19.50 

21.25 

22.50 

32.00 

3975 



In. 

4.25 

4.25 

4.25 

5.37 

5.75 

7.25 

8.25 

9.50 

10.50 

13.00 

15.00 

16.00 

24.00 

30.00 



53 

75 

120 

200 

300 

427 

700 

1300 

1700 

2300 

2700 

5500 

9000 



150 
125 
100 
50 
25 
20 
15 
10 
8 
6 
4 



1 

1. 

4 
10 
12 
25. 
32 



Tubes in 10 feet lengths, threaded both ends, with c 
coupling. 

Prices quoted on special sizes, bends and lengths, on i 

plication. 

Dimensions are nominal. Weights subject to usual variat 
of 5 per cent. 



Northern Electric 



325 



EVERDUR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT 

it is a recognized fact that electrical conduit 
ich is subject to deterioration by rust and other 
ms of corrosion constitutes not only a serious 
: hazard, but also an avoidable maintenance 
)ense that far outweighs the temporary first- 
-t advantages over conduit made of a much 
>re durable metal. 

because most conduit is concealed, evidence 
serious rust or corrosion is not readily apparent, 
fortunately, trouble in electrical lines is apt 
make itself manifest by fire and, in some 
tances, by explosion. 

There are other more frequent but less serious 
ms of expense and annoyance. Excessive 
intenance costs can frequently be attributed 
delays in locating open circuits, shorts or 
>unds in inaccessible places, and to making 
>airs or replacements in wiring systems caused 
ectly or indirectly by failure of rustable con- 
it. In some processing industries, power in- 
ruptions, with a resulting shut-down of equip- 
•nt, may also involve a substantial loss in 
>iled materials. 

Everdur Electrical Conduit was developed by 
e American Brass Company to meet a long- 
t need for a more durable conduit than was 
•etofore available for installations exposed to 
leral corrosive conditions or hazardous loca- 
ns. 

CORROSIVE CONDITIONS 

AND LOCATIONS 

Everdur Conduit offers exceptional resistance 
many general corroding influences and agents, 
ong which may be listed : 

Various chemicals prevalent in surrounding 
iir, soil or construction materials. 

Atmospheres containing steam, ammonia 
urnes, bone dust, etc. 

Humid atmospheres, and areas where unusual 
tmospheric condensation takes place. 

Salt atmosphere encountered in coastal areas. 
Atmospheres containing smoke, soot, or in- 
lustrial gases. 

Electrical conduit subjected to more than the 
al corrosive conditions include such locations 

Shore resorts, docks, ships, and the marine 
eld in general. 

Railroad roundhouses, yards and terminals, 
especially conduit protecting wires used for 
ommunication and signaling devices which are 
xposed to smoke fumes). 

Dairies and ice cream plants. 
Meat packing plants. 

Building construction, or wherever conduit is 
mbedded in plaster or cinder concrete. 

Subways, tunnels, mines and underground 
orkings. 

Viaducts and bridges. 

Battery rooms, plating rooms, etc. 

Tank storage houses. 

Alkali, salt, or potash works or warehouses. 



EVERDUR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT 

Plants producing heavy acids. 
Sewage treatment plants. 
Manufacturing processes involving acids. 
Agitation tanks where sludge acids are 
handled. 

Foundries, blast furnaces, coke production 
plants. 

Breweries, distilleries, paper mills, etc. 

HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS 

The high factor of safety provided by Everdur 
Conduit is particularly advantageous for hazard- 
ous locations where inflammable volatile liquids, 
highly inflammable gasses or mixtures, com- 
bustible dusts of explosive nature, and easily 
ignitible fibres or materials are handled, manu- 
factured, stored, or used. 

It is a definitely established fact that in such 
locations, if combustible vapors or dust are 
emitted in sufficient quantities, mixtures highly 
susceptible to explosion will result. 

Some such hazardous locations may be classi- 
fied as follows: 

Atmospheres containing acetylene, hydrogen, 
ethyl ether, gasoline, common petroleum, ethyl 
alcohol, methyl alcohol, acetone and lacquer 
solvent vapors. 

Atmospheres containing metal dust, carbon 
black, coal or coke dust, and grain dust. 

Among the various industries where exception- 
ally hazardous locations are encountered may be 
listed. 

Dry cleaning and dry dyeing plants. 
Paint and varnish factories. 
Gas plants - Oil refineries - Gas and oil wells. 
Gasoline storage, handling and pumping. 
Storage and handling of nitro-cellulose prod- 
ucts, such as celluloid, photographic films, etc. 
Flour and feed mills. 
Grain elevators - Starch plants. 
Sugar, cocoa and coal pulverizing plants. 
Coal mines, etc. 

Everdur Electrical Conduit in manufactured in 
two wall thicknesses, marketed as Everdur 
E. M. T. and Everdur Rigid Conduit. Both 
conduits are seamless and accurately cold-drawn 
to size with smooth walls inside and out for use 
with standard fittings. They are of uniform 
temper and can be cut, threaded, bent and 
assembled in practically the same manner and 
with the same equipment employed for steel 
conduit or tubing. 

Everdur Electrical Metallic Tubing and Ever- 
dur Rigid Conduit are listed and labeled by 
Underwriters' Laboratories and have success- 
fully withstood the prescribed tests for: 

1. Conductivity. 

2. Short Circuit and Ground. 

3. Resistance to Arcing. 

4. Bonding and Fittings. 

5. Tensile and Compression Strength. 

6. Resistance to Impact. 

7. Bending. 






326 



Northern Electric 



EVERDUR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT 

EVERDUR ELECTRICAL METALLIC 
TUBING— Everdur E. M. T. is a thin-wall con- 
duit made of Everdur Metal. Its physical pro- 
perties are approximately equal to mild steel 
tubing of comparable wall thickness. It is 
available in sizes from %" to 2" in diameter in 
standard 10-foot lengths, for^ assembly with 
threadless fittings, which facilitate installation 
and dismantling. 

The following table gives the dimensions of 
Everdur E. M. T. with minimum shipping weights 
per foot, in accordance with Underwriters listing 
requirements: 



Nominal 

Size 

Inches 



4 

1 

2 



O.D. 
Inches 
.577 
.706 
.922 
1.165 
1.51 
1.74 
2.19 



I.D. 

Inches 
.493 
.622 
.824 
1.049 
1.38 
1.61 
2.06 



Wall 
Inches 
.042 
.042 
.049 
.058 
.065 
.065 
.065 



Lbs. Per 

Foot 
.268 
.332 
.510 
.765 

1.12 

1.30 

1.65 



Everdur 



EVERDUR RIGID CONDUIT 
R. C. is supplied in nominal sizes from 34 to 4 
inclusive. Its physical properties are approxi- 
mately equal to mild steel rigid conduit. As 
ordinarily supplied, the 10-footlengthsare threaded 

both ends with one Everdur coupling attached, 
but they may also be obtained unthreaded for 
use with threadless fittings. The following table 
gives the dimensions and weights of Everdur 
Rigid Conduit: 

Nominal 

Size 

Inches 

M 



4 
1 

2 
3 

4 



O.D. 

Inches 

.540 

.675 

.840 

1 . 050 

1.315 

1.660 

1.900 

2.375 

2.875 

3.500 

4.000 

4 . 500 



I.D. 

Inches 
.382 
.503 
.636 
.834 
1.075 
1.382 
1.614 
2.077 
2.519 
3.084 
3.524 
4.024 



Wall 
Inches 
.079 
.086 
.102 
.108 
.120 
.139 
.143 
.149 
.178 
.208 
.238 
.238 



Lbs. Per 
Foot 
.433 
.603 
.897 
1 21 
1.71 
2.52 
2.99 
3.95 
5.72 
8.16 
10.67 
12.08 



EVERDUR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT 
EASILY INSTALLED — The ease with which 
Everdur Electrical Conduit can be installed in the 
field, together with its permanently smooth non- 
rusting interior — an aid in wire drawing, not only 
when the tube is new, but indefinitely thereafter — 
are additional advantages of this new conduit. 

CORROSION RESISTANCE OF EVERDUR 
— While Everdur Metal offers exceptional cor- 
rosion resistance, it should be borne in mind that 
it is not equally resistant to all corroding agents, 
nor equally resistant to the same agent under 
all conditions. 



EVERDUR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT ' 




When Everdur Electrical Conduit is installed 
in cinder fill, the recommended procedure for 
counteracting galvanic corrosion is to surround 
the tube with a 6" bed of clean sand mixed with 
lime, thereby preventing the metal from coming' 
in direct contact with moist cinders. Another 
method is to surround the tube with limestone 
or broken plaster. (Lime, being alkaline, to 
some extent neutralizes the acid in cinders). 

Requests for information on the resistance of 
Everdur Electrical Conduit and Everdur Fittings 
to various corroding agents under specified con- 
ditions will be given careful consideration. j 

NON-MAGNETIC ADVANTAGES — Single 
alternating current wires or leads may be taken 
off a generator and encased in non-magnetic 
Everdur Conduit without creating excessive in- 
ductive effects. With steel conduit, usually s 
complete circuit must be enclosed in an individua 
conduit to eliminate undesirable inductive effects 

Everdur Fittings 

It is desirable, of course, to use Everdur fitting: 
with Everdur Electrical Conduit. Several com 
plete lines of such fittings are now available. 

Connectors and couplings may be made of cas 
Everdur, or machined from free-cutting Everdu 
Rods. 

Certain types of outlet boxes, junction boxes 
switch boxes, covers and similar parts are usualb 
fabricated from hot- rolled Everdur sheet or strip 
as this metal is readily stamped, drawn, an< 
machined. Such parts are strong and ductil 
and possess excellent corrosion resistance. Othe 
fittings are cast from Everdur Ingot Metal, whicl 
is an ideal casting alloy, producing dense-gramed 
strong and sound castings of economical, light 
weight design. 

Everdur also possesses excellent welding cha 
racteristics and lends itself to all the usual method 
of welding. The corrosion-resistance of Everdu 
Fittings is substantially the same as that of Evei 
dur Electrical Conduit. 
Prices on application. 



Northern Electric 



327 




ELECTRUNITE STEELTUBES 

Perfect bends made 
easily. 

No threading. 

Simplified and effi- 
cient Fittings. 

Light yet rigid. 

Lower cost. 

Superior resistance 
to corrosion, and 
now 

The new "knurled" 
inside finish which 
reduces effort in 
"wire pulling" as 
much as 30%. 

'he old premise that the inside of conduit should be as 
)Oth as possible has been proved wrong. The cable in 
>oth finish conduit makes contact throughout the entire 
jth, results in high friction, and requires more effort to 
cable through. Electrunite Steeltubes Conduit with the 
rled inside finish showed by actual test a saving of 30 per 
t in the effort required to pull cable through. The cable 
s the tops of the tiny knobs instead of making contact 
entire length. 

Dimensions and Weights 

Approx. Wgt. Diameter 
\ Per 1000 Ft. Int. Ext. 

" 254 lbs. .493 .577 

" 321 lbs. .622 .706 

" 488 lbs. .824 .922 

u 711 lbs. 1.049 1.163 

* 985 lbs. 1.380 1.508 

" 1141 lbs. 1.610 1.738 

* 1470 lbs. 2.067 2.195 

COUPLINGS WITH STEEL RING 

Furnished with wide, curved, 
split steel ring and hexagonal nut, 
easily tightened by means of a small 
hand wrench to make a secure joint. 
All parts are protected from corne- 
rs o. 6038 s j on by cadmium plating. Hexag- 

nutsonly furnished in sizes up to and including one inch. 

Wgt. List 
Std. 
Pkg. 

200 
200 
100 

50 

25 

10 




Size 

H" 
Vi" 

%" 
l " 

IK" 

iy 2 " 

2 



Carton Lbs. Price 
Quan. per 100 per 100 



" 



50 


12 


$12.00 


50 


13 


12.00 


50 


15 


17.00 


25 


20 


25.00 


25 


50 


50.00 


10 


80 


70.00 


5 


140 


100.00 




NEW IMPROVED WATERTIGHT COUPLING 

jrnished with a round, split, 

ring and a flat brass ring, mak- 
a secure and yet absolutely 
:rtight joint. Hexagonal nuts 

in only sizes up to and includ- 
me inch. All parts are protected 
i corrosion by cadmium plating. 



Size 

iW M" 

»w y 2 " 

w y±* 

iW 1 * 

iW.... IK" 

w \y 2 » 

W 2 * 



ng- 




No. 6038 W 






Wgt. 


List 


Std. 


Carton Lbs. 


Price 


Pkg. 


Quan 


per 100 


per 100 


200 


50 


12 


$12.00 


200 


50 


13 


12.00 


100 


50 


15 


17.00 


50 


25 


20 


25.00 


25 


25 


50 


50.00 


10 


10 


80 


70.00 


5 


5 


140 


100.00 



ELECTRUNITE STEELTUBES 

CONNECTOR WITH STEEL RING 

Furnished with wide curved split steel 
ring, hexagonal tightening nut and jagged- 
edged locknut. All parts are protected 
from corrosion by cadmium plating. 
Hexagonal tightening nuts only furnished 
in sizes up to and including one inch. 




No. ' 


^038 










List 




Std. 


Carton 


Wt. Lbs. 


List Price 


No. 


Size 


Pkge. 


Quan. 


Per 100 


Per 100 


7038 


Vs" 


200 


50 


10 


S12.00 


7050 


M" 


200 


50 


11 


12.00 


7075 


K" 


100 


50 


13 


17.00 


7100 


l " 


50 


25 


20 


25 . 00 


7125 


W* 


25 


25 


50 


50.00 


7150 


VA" 


10 


10 


60 


70.00 


7200 


2 " 


5 


5 


100 


100.00 



NEW IMPROVED WATERTIGHT CONNECTOR 

Furnished with a round, split, wire ring 
and a flat brass ring, making a secure and 
yet watertight joint. A jagged-edged lock- 
nut firmly secures the connector to any 
standard knock-out box. All parts protect- 
ed from corrosion by cadmium plating. 
Hexagonal tightening nuts only used in 
sizes one inch and smaller. 




No. 7038-W 



List 




Std. 


Carton 


Wt. Lbs. 


List Price 


No. 


Size 


Pkge. 


Quan. 


Per 100 


Per 100 


7038-W 


Vs" 


200 


50 


10 


S12.00 


7050-W 


l A" 


200 


50 


11 


12.00 


7075-W 


W 


100 


50 


13 


17.00 


7100-W 


l " 


50 


25 


20 


25.00 


7125-W 


IK" 


25 


25 


50 


50 . 00 


7150-W 


W 


10 


10 


60 


70.00 


7200-W 


l " 


5 





100 ■ 


100.00 




SPLIT STEEL ADAPTER 

This simple tapered steel sleeve adapts Elec- 
trunite Steeltubes to all standard conduit fittings 
with the regular threaded hub. No obsolescence 
or disturbance of stock. This fitting makes 
everything threadless. Furnished with hexagonal 
grip and cadmium plated to resist corrosion. 



No. 1038 












List 




Std. 


Carton 


Wt. Lbs. 


List Price 


No. 


Size 


Pkge. 


Quan. 


Per 100 


Per 100 


1038 


H" 


200 


100 


m 


$ 4.00 


1050 


H" 


200 


50 


2V 2 


4.00 


1075 


H" 


100 


25 


5 


6.00 


1100 


l " 


50 


25 


6 


10.00 


1125 


W 


20 


20 


10 


20.00 


1150 


1H" 


10 


10 


15 


25.00 


1200 


2 " 


5 


5 


20 


35 . 00 



COUPLING WITH STEEL GLAND 

This coupling has sharp diagonal cuts in 
the gripping surfaces of the slotted, steel 
gland so as to take a positive bite in the 
tube. The tightening nuts are of steel 
while the threaded hub is of malleable iron. 
All pieces are galvanized to insure adequate corrosion 
resistance. Sizes 1%" ar) d larger have malleable iron nuts 
and wire springs. 




List 




Std. 


Carton 


Wt. Lbs. 


List Price 


No. 


Size 


Pkge. 


Quan. 


Per 100 


Per 100 


10038 


w 


200 


50 


13 


S16.35 


10050 


w 


200 


50 


13 


12.75 


10075 


H" 


100 


25 


20 


17.00 


10100 


l " 


50 


25 


28 


24.90 


10125 


IK" 


25 


5 


60 


56 . 50 


10150 


VA" 


10 


2 


100 


72.50 


10200 


2 " 


5 


2 


140 


113.30 







328 



Northern Electric 



ELEGTRUNITE STEELTUBES 

CONNECTOR WITH STEEL GLAND 

Furnished with a slotted steel gland having 
sharp diagonal cuts in the gripping surface 
which bites into the tube thus making a 
secure connection. Tightening nut and lock- 
nut are made from steel, while the threaded 
hub is of malleable iron. All parts are galvanized. Sizes 
larger than 1" have malleable iron rings and steel springs. 




List 

No. Size 

11038 H" 

11050 Vz" 

11075 %° 

11100 1 " 

11125 1W 

11150 W 

11200 2 " 



MALLEABLE IRON PIPE STRAP 

Here is a one-hole support made of tough 
malleable iron, designed specially for a snug fit 
on the tubing. Protected against corrosion by 
a galvanized coating. 







List 


Wgt. 




Price 


Lbs. 


Std. 


per 


per 100 


Pkg. 


100 


12 


200 


$16.30 


12 


200 


10.60 


18 


100 


14.70 


26 


50 


24.90 


60 


25 


56.50 


100 


10 


72.50 


140 


5 


113.30 




List Std. 

No. Size Pkg. 

4175 '. ... Vs" 100 

4176 y 2 " 100 

4177 U" 100 

4178 1 " 100 

4179 • IK" 50 

4180 \V 2 " 50 

4181 2 " 25 



Wgt. 

Lbs. 

Per 

100 

3 
4 

7 
10 
12 
14 
20 



List 

Price 

Per 

100 

$4.40 

5.10 

6.40 

8.80 

14.70 

22.10 

47.85 




STEELTUBES BENDING TOOL 



Especially designed for bending Elec- 
trunite Steeltubes, this tool provides the 
necessary support for side walls, elimin- 
ating all chance of kinking at the bend. 
All bends can be made either by a sweep 
with bender reversed using the tubing 



or 



of the handle 
as the lever. 

So effective is this tool, that elbows have been found un- 
necessary in sizes one inch or smaller and consequently are 
not fabricated. Be sure to save the shipping tag on one of 
your next bundles of Electrunite Steeltubes as it has on the 
back side complete directions for making accurate bends. 

Wgt. 

List 

No. Size 

4195 Yi" 

4196.. %" 

4197 1 " 





Lbs. 


List 


Std. 


Per 


Price 


Pkg. 


100 


Each 


10 


250 


$4.00 


10 


420 


5.90 


2 


600 


9.35 



Makes be 
kinking, the 
ten degrees 
stubbing-up 
bends. 



STEELTUBES HICKEY 

nds of any desired radius. To insure against 
tube should be "inched" through, not more than 
being pulled at a time. An excellent tool for 
in concrete work and for making short or close 



List 

No. 

2195 
2196 
2197 



Size 

1 



« 



Description 

(Use %" pipe handle) 
(Use 1 " pipe handle) 
(Use 1" pipe handle) 



Std. 
Pkg. 

10 

10 

5 



Wgt. 

Lbs. 
Per 
100 

200 
350 
500 



List 

Price 

Each 

$2.65 
4.00 
6.80 




ELECTRUNITE STEELTUBES 

FLANGE-TYPE COUPLING 

Composed of a female and male part, 
which when screwed together, securely 
locks the two flanged edges to make a 
mechanically positive joint. Fabricated 
from a high grade steel and galvanized tc 
resist corrosion. No rough edges. Provided 



with sharp, clean threads. 



List 
No. 

8050 
8075 
8100 
8125 
8150 
8200 



Size 

H' 

l " 

IK" 

2 " 



Std. 
Pkge. 

200 

100 

50 

25 

10 

5 



Carton 
Quan. 

50 
50 
25 
25 
10 
5 



Wt. Lbs. List Price 
Per 100 Per 100 



15 
23 
34 
50 
80 
140 



$12.00 
17.00 
25.00 
50.00 
70.00 

100. 00 



FLANGE-TYPE CONNECTOR 

Composed of a female sleeve, threaded 
hub and self-binding lock nut. The hub 
and sleeve screw together and wedge the 
flanged end secure. All parts protected 
from corrosion by galvanizing. 




List 




Std. 


Carton 


Wt. Lbs. 


List Pric 


No. 


Size 


Pkge. 


Quan. 


Per 100 


Per 100 


9050 


l A" 


200 


50 


12 


$12.00 


9075 


%" 


100 


50 


20 


17.00 


9100 


l " 


50 


25 


32 


25.00 


9125 


VA" 


25 


25 


50 


50.00 


9150 


W 


10 


10 


60 


70.00 


9200 


2 " 


5 


5 


100 


100. 00 



FLANGING TOOL 




With a few blows of the hammer this hardened steel pit 

provides the correct flange for a perfect connection. Ca 

must be taken to drive the too! into the tube so that the er 

of the tube is just level with the top of the shoulder. Be 

results are obtained when the tubing is cut squarely. TI 

flanging tool is accurately machined to fit and galvanized I 

prevent rusting. Catalog number 50 is provided with tv 

shoulders to take both Yi" and %" sizes. 

Wgt. Lbs. List 
List No. Size Std. Pkg. Per C Price ea< 

50 Y 2 " &W r 10 115 $2.20 

100 1" 5 . 141 2.80 

FLANGING MACHINE 
In flanging sizes larger than one inch it is necessary 
employ the flanging machine. This machine has only t\ 
moveable parts — the die which holds the tubing in pla 
during the flnging operation and the conical plunger whi 
moves forward to form the correct flange. This machine 
capable of flanging all sizes of Electrunite Steeltubes frc 
\/^r £ *" j ^ m ay k e mounted on a work bench or operat 

on legs as shown. 

List Price $97/ 

For the ordinary small job which does not require the i 
of Electrunite Steeltubes in sizes larger than one inch, t 
use of the flanging machine is not necessary as the smal 
sizes are easily flanged by means of the flanging tool sho 
above. The use of this machine is particularly applicable 
production jobs where large quantities of tubing of all si 
are used . 



Northern Electric 



329 



ALUMINUM RIGID CONDUIT 



Light in Weight and 

luminum Rigid Conduit is a drawn seamless tubing, 
t in weight and highly resistant to corrosion. It has been 
: approved by the National Board of Fire Underwriters, 
las peculiar characteristics which make it superior to 
1 conduit for many purposes, especially when installed 
re it is subject to attack from certain chemicals and 
r vapors. 

luminum Rigid Conduit is now being used on flood- 
ting systems in connection with exterior illumination of 
e buildings, memorial towers, and by engineers and 
hanics on electrical systems in round-houses, railroad 
)s t train sheds, railroad yards, packing houses, chemical 
mfacturing plants, paper mills and for all electrical work 
alt water districts. 

luminum Rigid Conduit is particularly desirable in these 
ses of work, not only because of its resistance to corrosion 
er all atmospheric conditions, but because it does not 
in or streak the surface of the structure on which it is 
ched- 

he weight of Aluminum Rigid Conduit is about one- 
d that of steel and this together with its corrosion re- 
ng qualities has made valuable applications possible 
jesigners and builders of electric and steam railway cars. 
• dimensions of Aluminum Conduit are identical with 
;e of steel conduit and manufacturers of cast conduit 
ngs are now prepared to furnish their entire lines in 
ninum. 

DESCRIPTION OF ALUMINUM CONDUIT 

luminum Rigid Conduit is manufactured from a drawn 
nless tubing of an aluminum manganese allby with me- 
dical properties higher than those of commercially pure 
ninum but with equal resistance to corrosion. 

he tensile strength of this alloy is 21,000 to 26,000 lbs. 
square inch. Aluminum Rigid Conduit is manufactured 
tandard iron pipe sizes and its dimensions are identical 
\ those of steel conduit. It is furnished in ten foot 
;ths, and is enameled inside to conform with standard 
rtice in manufacturing electrical conduit. It has threads 
tandard size on both ends and a coupling on one end and 
threads on the end opposite the coupling are protected 
a possible damage — all as recommended by Underwriters' 
oratories. In the Underwriters' report approving Alum- 
n Rigid Conduit they state that the well established 
s will apply for the installation and use of rigid conduit 
>utlined in the National Electrical Code. 

luminum Rigid Conduit also can be furnished in lengths 
to 48 feet, enameled as above described, on applications 
jiring seamless or jointless runs. Aluminum Conduit 
high-grade product and is constructed by methods adapted 
jroduce a wireway of accurate dimensions and uniform 
lity. It can be fitted and installed with the same tools 
in the same manner as steel conduit. Aluminum straps 
available for its installation. Recommendations for 
king may be found hereinafter. 

STRONG AND DURABLE 

luminum Rigid Conduit, while not as strong as steel 
?, has adequate strength for all electrical work when pro- 
y installed, supported and fastened according to the 
hods common to good practice in conduit work, 
he threading is smooth, full and clean, permitting the 
oer tight fitting of couplings, lock nut and bushings. 
luminum Rigid Conduit will prove durable in service 
er all conditions of ordinary use and is superior to steel 
duit under many special conditions, particularly when 
3sed to the action of corrosive vapors and gases. 

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 

he electrical properties of aluminum are such as to make 
use for conduit desirable. The conductivity is greater 
i that of steel so that under the same conditions it pro- 
*s adequate grounding connection throughout a conduit 
em. Its electrical action when in contact with steel or 
?r metals is not such as to produce undesirable electrolytic 
cts. 

tluminum Rigid Conduit, because of its non-inductive 
perties, is recommended in power stations and electrical 
allations wherever it is desirable to run individual alter - 



Corrosion Resisting 

nating current conductors. For instance, generator and 
transformer leads, lightning arrester connections, and all 
alternating current conductors of similar character can well 
be run in aluminum conduit to avoid eddy current losses. 
Aluminum Rigid Conduit is recommended also on alternating 
current locomotives and multiple unit cars where individual 
conductors must be run in rigid conduit. 

Radio installations and broadcasting stations, because of 
the high frequencies used, can undoubtedly obtain exceptional 
advantages from this non-inductive feature of Aluminum 
Rigid Conduit. 

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR WORKING 
ALUMINUM CONDUIT 

Sawing Aluminum Conduit. Aluminum Conduit can be 
sawed quite readily and a bandsaw is well suited for the 
purpose. A woodworking band saw operating at a linear 
blade speed of 1500 to 4000 feet per minute is recommended. 
The conduit is fed by hand into the saw, just as if wood were 
being cut. 

A number of band saw blades, especially designed for cutting 
aluminum, are obtainable and most of them give good service. 
However, excellent results are obtained from the usual 
wood-cutting band saw blades and these can be re-sharpened 
from time to time. Coarse pitch teeth of 4 to 10 teeth per 
inch give best results. 

As a cutting lubricant, parowax or ordinary candle wax 
may be applied by hand. 

REMOVING BURRS FROM END OF ALUMINUM 

CONDUIT 

These burrs are formed when the conduit is being cut, 
and they can be removed easily by using a reamer in the 
usual manner. However, we recommend the reamer with 
spiral flutes as better suited for the purpose than the straight 
fluted type. The use of a lubricant aids in the operation 
and we suggest the use of one of those listed below. 

Threading Aluminum Conduit. In order to satisfactorily 
machine aluminum and its alloys, it must be remembered 
that these metals have machining characteristics that are 
distinctly different from those of steel or brass, and that 
the cutting tools required for aluminum and aluminum alloys 
are not at all like the tools required for cutting steel and 
tools for brass cutting. The fundamental requirements for 
aluminum-cutting tools must be understood if threading 
tools for aluminum conduit are to be prepared properly. 

First, a satisfactory tool for aluminum must have consider- 
ably more top rake than a steel cutting tool. This gives a 
comparatively keen or a sharp angle to the cutting edge. 
For threading dies, we recommend a top rake angle of 25 
degrees to 35 degrees. This gives a cutting edge angle of 55 
degrees to 65 degrees. 

Also, side rake is very desirable in an aluminum cutting 
tool. In most threading dies, this feature is very important, 
because it not only produces a more efficient cutting tool, 
but aids in eliminating cuttings that might interfere by 
clogging the die head. To obtain side rake on threading 
dies grind the nose of the chasers so that a spiral cutting 
tool is produced. 

We recommend using, for threading diss, a side rake of 
15 to 20 degrees and extending back about 3 teeth from the 
nose of the chaser. The spiral should be in the left hand 
direction so that the cuttings will be directed forward or 
out of the die. The effect is similar to that of the patented 
"Gun" tap which has its flutes ground on a slight left hand 
spiral at the nose of the tap, thus throwing the cuttings ahead 
of the tap- 
In grinding tools for cutting aluminum, it is very essential 
to supplement the rough grinding with the use of a rather 
fine oilstone. This removes the grinding-wheel marks, 
scratches, or burrs which may result from cutting edge and 
from the surface over which cuttings rub. 

We have found the following cutting compound suitable 
for use with aluminum threading dies: — 

Lard Oil and Kerosene, Mixed 50-50 

It is essential that the dies be flooded with cuttingcompound 
and this is obtained to best advantage by directing a copious 
stream under pressure directly onto the work. 

We recommend a cutting speed from 100 to 200 feet per 
minute. Greater cutting speeds can be used but the dura- 
bility of the cutting edge will be reduced. 






330 



Northern Electric 



ALUMINUM RIGID CONDUIT 
Light in Weight and Corrosion Resisting 

Table 1 

ALUMINUM 
RIGID CONDUIT 



Electrical 
Trade 
Size 

v%" 

V*" 
W 

i" 



n if 

3" 

4 

5 

6 



Weights and Dimensions 
Weight in Weight in 

Pounds 
per Foot Outside 
Steel Diameter 

Conduit Inches 



Pounds 

per Foot 

Aluminum 

Conduit 



.145 
.197 
.298 
.399 
.598 
.807 
.964 
1.29 
2.07 
2.70 
3.26 
3.88 
4.56 
5.26 
6.85 



.415 

.562 

.85 

1.115 

1.67 

2.24 

2.67 

3.61 

5.90 

7.54 

9.31 

11.07 

13.02 

15.00 

19.55 



.540 
.675 
.840 
1.050 
1.315 
1.660 
1.900 
2.375 
2.875 
3.500 
4.000 
4.500 
5.000 
5.563 
6.625 



Inside 

Diameter 

Inches 

.364 

.494 

.623 

.824 

1.048 

1.380 

1.611 

2.067 

2.468 

3.067 

3.548 

4.026 

4.506 

5.047 

6.065 



TABLE II 

WEIGHT AND DIMENSIONS OF 
90° ALUMINUM CONDUIT BENDS 



r— i> —I 



ELBOW OR BEND 90' 




Elec- 














Wgt. 


trical 


Actual 


Actual 










in 


Trade 


I.D. 


or 


A 


B 


C 


D 


Pds. 


Size 


Inches 


Inches 










Each 


1 4" 


.36 


.54 


Z% 


3H 


&A 


3 


.15 


H" 


.49 


.675 


3% 


3^ 


6M 


3 


.20 


V?" 


.62 


.84 


3% 


3^ 


6M 


oil 

^32 


.30 


H" 


.82 


1.05 


m 


4 


m 


O XL 

* 32 


.43 


l" 


1.04 


1.315 


5% 


O32 


m 


m 


.73 


m- 


1.38 


1.66 


W* 


"J32 


* 32 


°32 


1.11 


IV?" 


1.61 


1.90 


SV* 


7iV 


lift 


O 16 


1.71 


2" 


2.06 


2.375 


m 


8Ar 


13 % 


m 


2.48 


2V ? ," 


2.46 


2.875 


10V6 


fy* 


17 


m 


4.68 


3" 


3.06 


3.50 


UK 


10 


17 H 


5 [ A 


6.74 


3H f 


3.56 


4.00 


13 K 


11H 


20^ 


7 


9.93 


4" 


4.02 


4.50 


16 


13K 


22^ 


m 


13.00 


4H" 


4.50 


5.00 


18 


15H 


24tV 


&& 


13.30 


5" 


5.04 


5.563 


24 


21U 


32 


8 


23.4 


6" 


6.06 


6.625 


30 


26H 


36 % 


6^ 


34.9 



Table III 

MINIMUM RADIUS FOR BENDING 
CONDUIT PIPE 

Electrical Size Min. Radius 90° Bend 

A" ' w 

2" 

2y 2 " 



A" 



i" 

1A" 
V/ 2 " 
2" 

2H" 
3" 

3H" 



3" 
4" 
6" 
8" 
20" 
36" 



These bends are practical with aluminum rigid conduit in 
the I. P. S. specified. 



METAL XTENSIONDUCT 

and 

FITTINGS 

Standard finish dark brown. 

Ill Moldings and Fittings can be supplied, on special orde 
with cream white finish at an additional charge of 15 pc 
cent. Shipment from factory approximately six days afte 



receipt of order. 



Illustration 
5 ft. Lengths 



Std. 
List Std. Pkg. 
No. Pkg. Wgt. 



Lis' 

Pric 
Pe: 
1« 




Xtensionduct 



111 100 



17 



$12 = 




Cutting and Notching Gauge 122 1 180. { 

Coupling 144 100 1 3( 




90° Flat Elbow 



136 50 



12( 



4/S 



External Elbow 137 



50 



16. ( 




Internal Elbow 138 



50 



16. ( 




Baseboard Offset Elbow 



176 50 



30. ( 




Yl" Box Connector 



180 25 



55. ( 




Show Case Lighting Unit 



160 25 



100 1 




Duplex Receptacle Unit 



350 10 



120 1 




Box Extension Adapter 



139 10 



8O.1 




Box Extension Device 



141 



10 



120.' 



Northern Electric 



331 



WIREMOLD RACEWAY AND FITTINGS 



No. 500 RACEWAY 

10 Ft. Lengths 

100 Ft. to Carton 

Weight per 1000 feet, 320 lbs 

lpacity Single Conductor 

—No. 8 2— No. 14* 
—No. 10 6— No. 16 
—No. 12 6— No. 18 




No. 500 
Actual Size 

Capacity Twisted Pair 

2— No. 16 
2— No. 18 
3— No. 19 



*No. 500 is designed for installations requiring circuits 
two and short runs of three wires. List No. 500 Wiremold 
iceway, List Price per 1000 feet $15. 00 



CAT. 
NO 


ARTICLE 


502 


X) 

BUSMING 


504 


ST